diff --git a/Web/App_GlobalResources/Resource.resx b/Web/App_GlobalResources/Resource.resx index 1ee1bc843..54463981d 100644 --- a/Web/App_GlobalResources/Resource.resx +++ b/Web/App_GlobalResources/Resource.resx @@ -2924,7 +2924,7 @@ <b>ONLYOFFICE Document Editor</b> is an online application that lets you look through and edit documents directly in your browser. - Using <b>ONLYOFFICE Document Editor</b>, you can perform various editing operations like in any desktop editor, print the edited documents keeping all the formatting details or download them onto your computer hard disk drive as DOCX, PDF, ODT, TXT, DOTX, PDF/A, OTT, RTF, DOCXF, OFORM, HTML, FB2, EPUB files. + Using <b>ONLYOFFICE Document Editor</b>, you can perform various editing operations like in any desktop editor, print the edited documents keeping all the formatting details or download them onto your computer hard disk drive as DOCX, PDF, ODT, TXT, DOTX, PDF/A, OTT, RTF, DOCXF, HTML, FB2, EPUB files. ONLYOFFICE Presentation Editor @@ -3062,7 +3062,7 @@ <b>All Editors</b> will help you learn more about the editors' features in details. - Working with OFORMS + Working with forms Languages available for ONLYOFFICE Projects app for iOS @@ -3707,7 +3707,7 @@ Connecting to your Personal cloud - Connecting to your SaaS portal + Connecting to your DocSpace cloud Connecting to your Seafile server diff --git a/Web/Controls/Help/Desktop/Documents/Common/ConnectMoodle/ConnectMoodleDesktop.ascx b/Web/Controls/Help/Desktop/Documents/Common/ConnectMoodle/ConnectMoodleDesktop.ascx new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7cfe63685 --- /dev/null +++ b/Web/Controls/Help/Desktop/Documents/Common/ConnectMoodle/ConnectMoodleDesktop.ascx @@ -0,0 +1,95 @@ +<%@ Control Language="C#" Inherits="BaseContentUserControls" %> +<%@ Register Namespace="TeamLab.Controls" Assembly="__Code" TagPrefix="cc" %> + + +
+

Connecting ONLYOFFICE Desktop Editors to your Moodle server

+ <%--
+
    + +
+
--%> + +

ONLYOFFICE allows you to edit the files stored in your Moodle account and collaborate on them using online and desktop ONLYOFFICE editors. Thereby, you can use not only online collaboration tools, but also the features available in your desktop application only:

+
    +
  • protecting documents with a digital signature,
    • +
  • sending the currently edited file right from the editor using the Send plugin,
    • +
  • inserting audio and video via the Presentation Editor.
    • +
+

To take full advantage of all these editing options you will need to install and configure several components:

+
    +
  1. It's supposed that you already have a Moodle server instance installed and configured.<%-- If not, you can refer to the Moodle official installation instructions.--%>
    2. +
  2. Install ONLYOFFICE Docs. Please note that Moodle server and ONLYOFFICE Docs must be accessible to each other over the network. To find more detailed instructions on how to install ONLYOFFICE Docs, you can refer to ">our articles.
    3. +
  3. Enable our official integration app in the Moodle administrator account. To find out more details on configuring the integration app you can refer to the corresponding article for ">Moodle.
    4. +
+
+ An Internet connection is required for connecting your Moodle server, as well as for real-time co-editing. +
+ +

Step 1. Connect to Moodle

+
+
+

Launch ONLYOFFICE Desktop Editors. To connect Desktop Editors to your Moodle, perform the following actions:

+
    +
  1. Switch to the Connect to cloud section at the left side panel.
    2. +
  2. Click the Moodle button. Alternatively, you can use the Connect now link at the bottom. +
    + Connect to cloud tab" /> Connect to cloud tab" /> +
    +
    +
    3. +
  3. If you pressed the Moodle service button, the Connect to cloud office window opens with the Moodle selected. If you used the Connect now link, choose the Moodle cloud storage from the drop-down list. In the Cloud office URL field, enter your Moodle server domain name or IP address. When ready, click the Connect now button. +
    + Connect to cloud office window" /> Connect to cloud office window" /> +
    +
    +
    4. +
  4. +

    The Moodle sign in page will open in a new tab tab of the Desktop Editors interface.

    +
      +
    • Specify your Username and the Password you use to access your Moodle account,
      • +
    • Click the Log in button.
      • +
    +
    + Connect to cloud office window" /> Connect to cloud office window" /> +
    +
    +
    5. +
+

The Moodle main page will open. Now you can edit your existing files and create new ones, share your documents and collaborate on them with Moodle users using ONLYOFFICE editors.

+
+
+

Step 2. Manage your connected accounts

+
+
+

Click the logo in the upper left corner of the Desktop Editors interface to return to the main program window, then switch to the Connect to cloud section to view the Connected clouds list. Right-click on a connected cloud office and use one of the available contextual menu options:

+
    +
  • Open - to switch to the corresponding cloud storage tab, if you are already logged in to this account, or to open the Connect to cloud office window, if you are not currently logged in (in such a case, you will need to enter your credentials),
    • +
  • Logout - to exit from your account, +
    + You can also click the Exit icon" /> icon to the right of the account to exit from it. +
    +
    • +
  • Remove from list - to disconnect the selected account and remove it from the list.
    • +
+

If you have several accounts or clouds, use the Add cloud button to connect one more account.

+
+ <%--
+ Connected accounts list" /> Connected accounts list" /> +
+
--%> +
+ + +
diff --git a/Web/Controls/Help/Desktop/Documents/Common/ConnectSaaS/ConnectSaaS.ascx b/Web/Controls/Help/Desktop/Documents/Common/ConnectSaaS/ConnectSaaS.ascx index 89e5f7ae2..f3cbac2f0 100644 --- a/Web/Controls/Help/Desktop/Documents/Common/ConnectSaaS/ConnectSaaS.ascx +++ b/Web/Controls/Help/Desktop/Documents/Common/ConnectSaaS/ConnectSaaS.ascx @@ -4,22 +4,17 @@
-

Connecting Desktop Editors to your SaaS portal

+

Connecting Desktop Editors to your DocSpace cloud

<%--
    @@ -27,19 +22,19 @@
--%> -

After you have installed ONLYOFFICE Desktop Editors on your computer, you can easily connect the application to your existing SaaS portal or create a new one so that you can use all the product capabilities:

+

After you have installed ONLYOFFICE Desktop Editors on your computer, you can easily connect the application to your existing DocSpace cloud or create a new one so that you can use all the product capabilities:

- An Internet connection is required for creating or connecting a portal, as well as for real-time co-editing<%--, enabling pro features--%> and using online features. + An Internet connection is required for creating or connecting DocSpace, as well as for real-time co-editing<%--, enabling pro features--%> and using online features.

Step 1. Create a new cloud

-

If you do not have a portal yet, launch Desktop Editors, switch to the Connect to cloud section at the left side panel and click the Create an ONLYOFFICE cloud button.

+

If you do not have DocSpace yet, launch Desktop Editors, switch to the Connect to cloud section at the left side panel and click the Create an ONLYOFFICE cloud button.

Connect to cloud tab" /> Connect to cloud tab" /> @@ -55,7 +50,7 @@
  • enter your First and Last Name;
  • specify a valid Email address and your Phone number;
    • -
  • choose the language of communication and the number of users;
    • +
  • enter your company name;
  • enter a Name for your portal in the Create account name field.
    The portal name CANNOT be less than 6 characters long.
    • @@ -63,7 +58,7 @@
  • specify if you want to be informed about the service possibilities, then review the service Terms and Conditions.

When all the fields are filled in click the START NOW button.

-

The Start page of your cloud office will open in a new tab of the Desktop Editors interface. You can switch to the Documents module and proceed to Step 3.

+

The Rooms section of your DocSpace will open in a new tab of the Desktop Editors interface. You can proceed to Step 3.

Do not forget to confirm the email address used to register your portal. The Email Activation message will be sent to the email you have specified during the portal registration. Follow the link provided in this letter to complete your email activation procedure.
@@ -71,7 +66,7 @@

Step 2. Connect to an existing cloud

-

To connect Desktop Editors to your existing portal account perform the following actions:

+

To connect Desktop Editors to your existing DocSpace cloud account perform the following actions:

  1. Switch to the Connect to cloud section on the left side panel.
  2. Click the ONLYOFFICE button to connect to an existing portal. Alternatively, you can use the Connect now link at the bottom. @@ -105,49 +100,31 @@ Connect to cloud office window" />
-

If the two-factor authentication is enabled in your cloud office, a new window opens where you should enter the verification code received in an SMS message.

+

If the two-factor authentication is enabled in your cloud office, a new window opens where you should enter the verification code generated by your authenticator app.

-

Your portal Documents module will open.

+

Your DocSpace will open.

-

Step 3. Manage documents in your cloud office

+

Step 3. Manage documents in your DocSpace

-

Once you connect Desktop Editors to your cloud office, you can switch between the available sections (My documents, Shared with me, Favorites, Recent, Common, In projects, Trash) manage your files stored on the portal, create or upload new ones, view, share and edit them together with other portal users or external users.

+

Once you connect Desktop Editors to your DocSpace, you can create rooms, manage your documents, create or upload new ones, view and edit them together with other users.

Portal documents" /> Portal documents" />
-

To be able to edit a file collaboratively, share it with other cloud office users or provide access to the file via an external link.

-
    -
  1. click the Share button to the right of the necessary document - the Sharing Settings window opens,
    2. -
  2. click the Add Users or Add Groups button to open the user/group list, then check the users/groups you want to share the document with and click Save,
    3. -
  3. change the permission details for each particular user/group selecting one of the available options from the drop-down list next to the person/group name: -
      -
    • Full Access - to allow a user to edit the document,
      • -
    • Review (this option is available for the .docx files only) - to allow a user to suggest changes which can be accepted or rejected,
      • -
    • Form Filling (this option is available for the .oform files only) - to allow a user to fill forms only,
      • -
    • Custom Filter (this option is available for the .xlsx files only) - to allow a user to apply changes to filters only locally,
      • -
    • Comment - to allow a user to work with comments only,
      • -
    • Read Only - to allow a user to view the document only,
      • -
    • Deny Access - to block previously granted access.
      • -
    -

    When ready, click Save at the bottom of the Sharing Settings window.

    -
    4. -
  4. to provide access to the file via an external link, turn on the External link access switcher, click the Read only link, select the necessary permissions described above. When ready, copy the link and close the Sharing Settings window.
    5. -
-

For more details on how to share files you can refer to this ">instruction.

-
-
- Sharing settings" /> - Sharing settings" /> -
-
+
    +
  • Create rooms - create spaces with flexible settings for any purpose and edit them. Choose one of the available collaboration ">room type, depending on your goals, ">invite users, and assign ">permission levels to them.
    • +
  • Create and manage documents - create new documents, spreadsheets, presentations, and forms for personal use in My documents section, or share these files with other users of a certain room. Participants of the room will be able to perform actions depending on their access level.
    • +
  • Document editing - use the versatile document editing capabilities provided by ">ONLYOFFICE Online Editors.
    • +
  • Edit profile - ">edit your personal data, including name, email, password, language, photo, customization, and get access to security features.
    • +
+
diff --git a/Web/Controls/Help/Desktop/Documents/Common/GettingStarted/GettingStarted.ascx b/Web/Controls/Help/Desktop/Documents/Common/GettingStarted/GettingStarted.ascx index 4cc8fcf6a..ec2c99729 100644 --- a/Web/Controls/Help/Desktop/Documents/Common/GettingStarted/GettingStarted.ascx +++ b/Web/Controls/Help/Desktop/Documents/Common/GettingStarted/GettingStarted.ascx @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@

Overview

ONLYOFFICE Desktop Editors is an open-source office suite distributed under AGPL v.3. The application does not require a constant connection to the Internet and allows you to work with documents stored on your computer.

-

You can create, view and edit text documents, spreadsheets, and presentations of the most popular formats: DOCX, ODT, XLSX, ODS, CSV, PPTX, ODP, etc. You can also create DOCXF form templates and fill out OFORM fillable forms. View all the formats supported by ">Document Editor, ">Spreadsheet Editor, ">Presentation Editor.

+

You can create, view and edit text documents, spreadsheets, and presentations of the most popular formats: DOCX, ODT, XLSX, ODS, CSV, PPTX, ODP, etc. You can also create DOCXF form templates and fill out PDF fillable forms. View all the formats supported by ">Document Editor, ">Spreadsheet Editor, ">Presentation Editor, ">PDF Editor.

@@ -59,13 +59,25 @@ Creating documents" />
-

On Windows 7 and later, you can also right-click the ONLYOFFICE Editors shortcut in the Start menu or in the taskbar and choose the necessary option from the task list.

+

On Windows 7 and later, you can also use shortcuts in the Start menu or in the taskbar and choose the necessary option from the task list.

Creating documents" /> Creating documents" />

A new file will open in a new tab or in a new window subject to the option you choose. To select the needed option, go to the Settings section in the left side menu, scroll down to the Open file, click the arrow to open the drop-down menu, and select In its own tab or In its own window. Click the Apply button at the bottom of the page for changes to take effect.

+

To quiсkly create a new form template, use the Templates tab. You can choose the necessary Language and Category, use the Search and Sort tools.

+
+ Creating documents" /> + Creating documents" /> +
+
+

When you click on a template, you will see its preview and a brief description. Choose the required format and click the Open button.

+
+ Creating documents" /> + Creating documents" /> +
+
the tab-based interface allows working with multiple files within one and the same window. It’s also possible to drag and drop a document into a separate window (on Windows and Linux only).
@@ -96,7 +108,7 @@

All the directories that you have accessed using ONLYOFFICE Desktop Editors will be displayed in the Recent folders list so that you can quickly access them afterward. Click the necessary folder to select one of the files stored in it.

-

You can edit documents, spreadsheets, and presentations using a great number of formatting and styling tools. To learn more, you can refer to the corresponding sections of the documentation for ">Document Editor, ">Spreadsheet Editor, ">Presentation Editor.

+

You can edit documents, spreadsheets, and presentations, fill in PDF forms using a great number of formatting and styling tools. To learn more, you can refer to the corresponding sections of the documentation for ">Document Editor, ">Spreadsheet Editor, ">Presentation Editor, ">PDF Editor.

Detailed instructions on using features can also be found here: ">Editors User Guides.

@@ -106,8 +118,7 @@

Connecting ONLYOFFICE Desktop Editors to the cloud allows you to get access to:

@@ -117,7 +128,7 @@ Connecting to the cloud" />
-

Read the detailed instruction on how to connect ONLYOFFICE Desktop Editors to ">ONLYOFFICE cloud version, ">ONLYOFFICE Personal cloud, ">ONLYOFFICE server version, ">Nextcloud, ">ownCloud, ">Seafile, ">Liferay, ">KDrive.

+

Read the detailed instruction on how to connect ONLYOFFICE Desktop Editors to ">ONLYOFFICE cloud version, ">ONLYOFFICE Personal cloud, ">ONLYOFFICE server version, ">Nextcloud, ">ownCloud, ">Seafile, ">Liferay, ">KDrive, ">Moodle.

Collaborative features

Connecting ONLYOFFICE Desktop Editors to the cloud you get access to the following collaborative features:

- <%--
Pro features
-

Some features are only available in the paid online version (cloud or server). Starting from the version 5.6 of Desktop Editors, you can add these features to Desktop Editors and use them for working with your local files. The following pro features are currently available for the Document Editor and Spreadsheet Editor:

- -

The instruction on how to activate pro features in Desktop Editors is available here: ">Using pro features in ONLYOFFICE Desktop Editors

--%>
Online features

Some editing features are only available in the online version (both in the paid ONLYOFFICE cloud and in the free Community version). You can use them through the ONLYOFFICE Desktop Editors interface only after connecting to the cloud:

Document Editor

Spreadsheet Editor

Presentation Editor

Mobile Editors

\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Web/Controls/Help/SideMenu/features/ONLYOFFICEEditors/PDFEditor/BasicOperations/PDFBasicOperations.ascx b/Web/Controls/Help/SideMenu/features/ONLYOFFICEEditors/PDFEditor/BasicOperations/PDFBasicOperations.ascx index 38318d2e9..620521f64 100644 --- a/Web/Controls/Help/SideMenu/features/ONLYOFFICEEditors/PDFEditor/BasicOperations/PDFBasicOperations.ascx +++ b/Web/Controls/Help/SideMenu/features/ONLYOFFICEEditors/PDFEditor/BasicOperations/PDFBasicOperations.ascx @@ -1,4 +1,5 @@ <%@ Control Language="C#" %> \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Web/Controls/Help/SideMenu/features/ONLYOFFICEEditors/SpreadsheetEditor/UseFunctions/UseFunctions.ascx b/Web/Controls/Help/SideMenu/features/ONLYOFFICEEditors/SpreadsheetEditor/UseFunctions/UseFunctions.ascx index 7b04c7d67..45d61f916 100644 --- a/Web/Controls/Help/SideMenu/features/ONLYOFFICEEditors/SpreadsheetEditor/UseFunctions/UseFunctions.ascx +++ b/Web/Controls/Help/SideMenu/features/ONLYOFFICEEditors/SpreadsheetEditor/UseFunctions/UseFunctions.ascx @@ -4,6 +4,7 @@
  • ">Insert array formulas
  • ">Use named ranges
  • ">Watch window
    • +
  • ">Goal Seek
  • ">Calculate percentages
  • ">Insert time
  • ">Switch between languages in a table
    • diff --git a/Web/Controls/Help/VariousControls/Versions/DesktopEditors/DesktopEditors_Current.ascx b/Web/Controls/Help/VariousControls/Versions/DesktopEditors/DesktopEditors_Current.ascx index 45c238627..5e735db58 100644 --- a/Web/Controls/Help/VariousControls/Versions/DesktopEditors/DesktopEditors_Current.ascx +++ b/Web/Controls/Help/VariousControls/Versions/DesktopEditors/DesktopEditors_Current.ascx @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ <%@ Control Language="C#" Inherits="BaseContentUserControls" %> <%@ Register Namespace="TeamLab.Controls" Assembly="__Code" TagPrefix="cc" %> -v7.5 +v8.0 \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Web/Controls/Help/VariousControls/Versions/DocumentServer/DocumentServerDocker_Current.ascx b/Web/Controls/Help/VariousControls/Versions/DocumentServer/DocumentServerDocker_Current.ascx index 52d3fa1b7..a70910328 100644 --- a/Web/Controls/Help/VariousControls/Versions/DocumentServer/DocumentServerDocker_Current.ascx +++ b/Web/Controls/Help/VariousControls/Versions/DocumentServer/DocumentServerDocker_Current.ascx @@ -3,5 +3,5 @@ <%@ Register TagPrefix="cc" TagName="DocSerChangelog" Src="~/Controls/Help/VariousControls/Changelogs/DocumentServerChangelog.ascx" %> ONLYOFFICE Docs - v7.5 + v8.0 diff --git a/Web/Controls/Help/VariousControls/Versions/DocumentServer/DocumentServerWindows_Current.ascx b/Web/Controls/Help/VariousControls/Versions/DocumentServer/DocumentServerWindows_Current.ascx index e1a09f427..8fb588e1d 100644 --- a/Web/Controls/Help/VariousControls/Versions/DocumentServer/DocumentServerWindows_Current.ascx +++ b/Web/Controls/Help/VariousControls/Versions/DocumentServer/DocumentServerWindows_Current.ascx @@ -3,5 +3,5 @@ <%@ Register TagPrefix="cc" TagName="DocSerChangelog" Src="~/Controls/Help/VariousControls/Changelogs/DocumentServerChangelog.ascx" %> ONLYOFFICE Docs - v7.5 + v8.0 \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Web/Controls/Help/VariousControls/Versions/DocumentServer/DocumentServer_Current.ascx b/Web/Controls/Help/VariousControls/Versions/DocumentServer/DocumentServer_Current.ascx index 788d4360b..dd1e91ba8 100644 --- a/Web/Controls/Help/VariousControls/Versions/DocumentServer/DocumentServer_Current.ascx +++ b/Web/Controls/Help/VariousControls/Versions/DocumentServer/DocumentServer_Current.ascx @@ -3,5 +3,5 @@ <%@ Register TagPrefix="cc" TagName="DocSerChangelog" Src="~/Controls/Help/VariousControls/Changelogs/DocumentServerChangelog.ascx" %> ONLYOFFICE Docs - v7.5 + v8.0 \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Web/ONLYOFFICE-Editors/ONLYOFFICE-Document-Editor/UsageInstructions/TerMef.aspx b/Web/ONLYOFFICE-Editors/ONLYOFFICE-Document-Editor/UsageInstructions/TerMef.aspx new file mode 100644 index 000000000..626d15f77 --- /dev/null +++ b/Web/ONLYOFFICE-Editors/ONLYOFFICE-Document-Editor/UsageInstructions/TerMef.aspx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +<%@ Page Title="" Language="C#" MasterPageFile="~/Masters/Features/DocumentEditor.master" %> + +<%@ Register Namespace="TeamLab.Controls" Assembly="__Code" TagPrefix="cc" %> + + + + + + + +
    +
      +
      • +
    +
    +     + +
    + diff --git a/Web/ONLYOFFICE-Editors/ONLYOFFICE-Document-Editor/UsageInstructions/FillingOutForm.aspx b/Web/ONLYOFFICE-Editors/ONLYOFFICE-PDF-Editor/UsageInstructions/FillingOutForm.aspx similarity index 89% rename from Web/ONLYOFFICE-Editors/ONLYOFFICE-Document-Editor/UsageInstructions/FillingOutForm.aspx rename to Web/ONLYOFFICE-Editors/ONLYOFFICE-PDF-Editor/UsageInstructions/FillingOutForm.aspx index d155d05ac..7a544107e 100644 --- a/Web/ONLYOFFICE-Editors/ONLYOFFICE-Document-Editor/UsageInstructions/FillingOutForm.aspx +++ b/Web/ONLYOFFICE-Editors/ONLYOFFICE-PDF-Editor/UsageInstructions/FillingOutForm.aspx @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<%@ Page Title="" Language="C#" MasterPageFile="~/Masters/Features/DocumentEditor.master" %> +<%@ Page Title="" Language="C#" MasterPageFile="~/Masters/Features/PDFEditor.master" %> <%@ Register Namespace="TeamLab.Controls" Assembly="__Code" TagPrefix="cc" %> <%@ Register Src="~/Controls/Common/VideoConteiner.ascx" TagName="VideoContainer" TagPrefix="uc" %> <%@ Register TagPrefix="cc" TagName="ModifyObjTag" Src="~/Controls/Help/Tags/modify-object/modify-object.ascx" %> @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ - +
    @@ -39,5 +39,5 @@ --%> -
    +
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Web/ONLYOFFICE-Editors/ONLYOFFICE-Spreadsheet-Editor/UsageInstructions/GoalSeek.aspx b/Web/ONLYOFFICE-Editors/ONLYOFFICE-Spreadsheet-Editor/UsageInstructions/GoalSeek.aspx new file mode 100644 index 000000000..33fb3c910 --- /dev/null +++ b/Web/ONLYOFFICE-Editors/ONLYOFFICE-Spreadsheet-Editor/UsageInstructions/GoalSeek.aspx @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +<%@ Page Title="" Language="C#" MasterPageFile="~/Masters/Features/SpreadsheetEditor.master" %> +<%@ Register Namespace="TeamLab.Controls" Assembly="__Code" TagPrefix="cc" %> +<%@ Register TagPrefix="cc" TagName="DataProcessingTag" Src="~/Controls/Help/Tags/data-processing/data-processing.ascx" %> + + + + + + + +
    +
      +
      • +
    +
    +     + +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/Contents.json b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/Contents.json index 8fe265a7e..0998213c8 100644 --- a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/Contents.json +++ b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/Contents.json @@ -59,7 +59,6 @@ { "src": "UsageInstructions/CreateTableOfContents.htm", "name": "Create table of contents" }, {"src": "UsageInstructions/AddTableofFigures.htm", "name": "Add and Format a Table of Figures" }, { "src": "UsageInstructions/CreateFillableForms.htm", "name": "Create fillable forms", "headername": "Fillable forms" }, - { "src": "UsageInstructions/FillingOutForm.htm", "name": "Filling Out a Form" }, {"src": "UsageInstructions/UseMailMerge.htm", "name": "Use mail merge", "headername": "Mail Merge"}, { "src": "UsageInstructions/InsertEquation.htm", "name": "Insert equations", "headername": "Math equations" }, { "src": "HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm", "name": "Co-editing documents in real time", "headername": "Collaboration" }, @@ -85,7 +84,8 @@ {"src": "UsageInstructions/Jitsi.htm", "name": "Make Audio and Video Calls"}, {"src": "UsageInstructions/Drawio.htm", "name": "Create and insert diagrams"}, {"src": "UsageInstructions/Zoom.htm", "name": "Host and schedule Zoom meetings"}, - {"src": "UsageInstructions/ChatGPT.htm", "name": "Use AI to write text"}, + { "src": "UsageInstructions/ChatGPT.htm", "name": "Use AI to write text" }, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/TerMef.htm", "name": "Insert definitions"}, {"src": "UsageInstructions/ViewDocInfo.htm", "name": "View document information", "headername": "Tools and settings"}, {"src": "UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm", "name": "Save, download, print your document" }, {"src": "HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm", "name": "Advanced settings of Document Editor"}, diff --git a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/About.htm b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/About.htm index eacbbe7bd..1f8a062b6 100644 --- a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/About.htm +++ b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/About.htm @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@

    The Document Editor is an online application that allows you to view through and edit documents directly in your browser.

    Using the Document Editor, you can perform various editing operations like in any desktop editor, - print the edited documents keeping all the formatting details or download them onto your computer hard disk drive as DOCX, PDF, ODT, TXT, DOTX, PDF/A, OTT, RTF, HTML, FB2, EPUB, DOCXF, and OFORM files.

    + print the edited documents keeping all the formatting details or download them onto your computer hard disk drive as DOCX, PDF, ODT, TXT, DOTX, PDF/A, OTT, RTF, HTML, FB2, EPUB, DOCXF files.

    To view the current software version, build number, and licensor details in the online version, click the icon on the left sidebar. To view the current software version and licensor details in the desktop version for Windows, select the About menu item on the left sidebar of the main program window. In the desktop version for macOS, open the ONLYOFFICE menu at the top of the screen and select the About ONLYOFFICE menu item.

    diff --git a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm index b51e62de2..a728ea9de 100644 --- a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm +++ b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm @@ -66,6 +66,7 @@

    Workspace

      +
    1. The Turn on screen reader support option is used to enable support of screen reader software.
    2. The Alignment Guides option is used to turn on/off alignment guides that appear when you move objects. It allows for a more precise object positioning on the page.
    3. The Hieroglyphs option is used to turn on/off the display of hieroglyphs.
    4. The Use Alt key to navigate the user interface using the keyboard option is used to enable using the Alt / Option key in keyboard shortcuts.
      5. diff --git a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/Commenting.htm b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/Commenting.htm index ad6aa69d2..42a2e52f0 100644 --- a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/Commenting.htm +++ b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/Commenting.htm @@ -17,21 +17,20 @@

      Commenting documents

      The Document Editor allows you to maintain a constant team-wide approach to work flow: share files and folders, collaborate on documents in real time, communicate right in the editor, save document versions for future use, review documents and add your changes without actually editing the file, compare and merge documents to facilitate processing and editing.

      In Document Editor, you can leave comments to the content of documents without actually editing it. Unlike chat messages, the comments stay until deleted.

      -

      Added comments will remain in third-party editors.

      Leaving comments and replying to them

      To leave a comment,

      1. select a text passage where you think there is an error or problem,
      2. - switch to the Insert or Collaboration tab of the top toolbar and click the
        Comment button, or
        - use the
        icon on the left sidebar to open the Comments panel and click the Add Comment to Document link, or
        + switch to the Insert or Collaboration tab of the top toolbar and click the
        Comment button, or
        + use the
        icon on the left sidebar to open the Comments panel, and either click the Add comment button in the top toolbar of the panel, or click the More symbol and choose the Add Comment to Document option to leave a comment to the whole document, or
        right-click the selected text passage and select the Add Сomment option from the contextual menu,
      3. enter the required text,
      4. click the Add Comment/Add button.

      The comment will be seen on the Comments panel on the left. Any other user can answer the added comment, asking questions or reporting on the work they have done. For this purpose, click the Add Reply link situated under the comment, type in your reply in the entry field and press the Reply button.

      -

      If you are using the Strict co-editing mode, new comments added by other users will become visible only after you click the icon in the left upper corner of the top toolbar.

      +

      If you are using the Strict co-editing mode, new comments added by other users will become visible only after you click the icon in the left upper corner of the top toolbar.

      Disabling display of comments

      The text passage you commented will be highlighted in the document. To view the comment, just click within the passage. To disable this feature,

        @@ -39,24 +38,23 @@
      1. select the Advanced Settings option,
      2. uncheck the Turn on display of the comments box.
      -

      Now the commented passages will be highlighted only if you click the  icon.

      +

      Now the commented passages will be highlighted only if you click the  icon.

      Managing comments

      You can manage the added comments using the icons in the comment balloon or on the Comments panel on the left:

      • - sort the added comments by clicking the
        icon: + sort the added comments by clicking the
        icon:
        • by date: Newest or Oldest. This is the sort order by default.
        • by author: Author from A to Z or Author from Z to A.
        • by location: From top or From bottom. The usual sort order of comments by their location in a document is as follows (from top): comments to text, comments to footnotes, comments to endnotes, comments to headers/footers, comments to the entire document.
          • -
        • - by group: All or choose a certain group from the list. This sorting option is available if you are running a version that includes this functionality. -

          Sort comments

          +
        • by group: All or choose a certain group from the list. This sorting option is available if you are running a version that includes this functionality. +

          Sort comments

        -
      • edit the currently selected comment by clicking the
        icon,
        • -
      • delete the currently selected comment by clicking the
        icon,
        • -
      • close the currently selected discussion by clicking the
        icon if the task or problem you stated in your comment was solved, after that the discussion you opened with your comment gets the resolved status. To open it again, click the
        icon. If you want to hide resolved comments, click the File tab on the top toolbar, select the Advanced Settings option, uncheck the Turn on display of the resolved comments box and click Apply. In this case, the resolved comments will be highlighted only if you click the
        icon,
        • +
      • edit the currently selected comment by clicking the
        icon,
        • +
      • delete the currently selected comment by clicking the
        icon,
        • +
      • close the currently selected discussion by clicking the
        icon if the task or problem you stated in your comment was solved, after that the discussion you opened with your comment gets the resolved status. To open it again, click the
        icon. If you want to hide resolved comments, click the File tab on the top toolbar, select the Advanced Settings option, uncheck the Turn on display of the resolved comments box and click Apply. In this case, the resolved comments will be highlighted only if you click the
        icon,
      • if you want to manage comments in a bunch, open the Resolve drop-down menu on the Collaboration tab. Select one of the options for resolving comments: resolve current comments, resolve my comments or resolve all comments in the document.

      Adding mentions

      @@ -72,7 +70,7 @@

      Removing comments

      To remove comments,

        -
      1. click the
        Remove button on the Collaboration tab of the top toolbar,
        2. +
      2. click the
        Remove button on the Collaboration tab of the top toolbar,
      3. select the necessary option from the menu:
          @@ -82,7 +80,7 @@
      -

      To close the panel with comments, click the icon on the left sidebar once again.

      +

      To close the panel with comments, click the icon on the left sidebar once again.

    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm index c56da4dc2..5facb8d87 100644 --- a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm +++ b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm @@ -130,10 +130,10 @@ OFORM - A format to fill out a Form. Form fields are fillable but users cannot change the formatting or parameters of the form elements*. + An old format to fill out a Form. You will be prompted to save it to PDF to be able to fill it out. + - + + @@ -225,8 +225,7 @@ -

    *Note: the OFORM format is a format for filling out a form. Therefore, only form fields are editable.

    -

    The following table contains the formats in which you can download a document from the File -> Download as menu.

    +

    The following table contains the formats in which you can download a document from the File -> Download as menu.

    @@ -238,35 +237,35 @@ - + - + - + - + - + - + - + - + @@ -274,27 +273,27 @@ - + - + - + - + - + - + @@ -306,7 +305,7 @@ - + @@ -318,11 +317,11 @@ - + - +
    Input format
    DOCDOCX, DOCXF, DOTX, EPUB, FB2, HTML, JPG, ODT, OFORM, OTT, PDF, PDF/A, PNG, RTF, TXTDOCX, DOCXF, DOTX, EPUB, FB2, HTML, JPG, ODT, OTT, PDF, PDF/A, PNG, RTF, TXT
    DOCMDOCX, DOCXF, DOTX, EPUB, FB2, HTML, JPG, ODT, OFORM, OTT, PDF, PDF/A, PNG, RTF, TXTDOCX, DOCXF, DOTX, EPUB, FB2, HTML, JPG, ODT, OTT, PDF, PDF/A, PNG, RTF, TXT
    DOCXDOCX, DOCXF, DOTX, EPUB, FB2, HTML, JPG, ODT, OFORM, OTT, PDF, PDF/A, PNG, RTF, TXTDOCX, DOCXF, DOTX, EPUB, FB2, HTML, JPG, ODT, OTT, PDF, PDF/A, PNG, RTF, TXT
    DOCXFDOCX, DOCXF, DOTX, EPUB, FB2, HTML, JPG, ODT, OFORM, OTT, PDF, PDF/A, PNG, RTF, TXTDOCX, DOCXF, DOTX, EPUB, FB2, HTML, JPG, ODT, OTT, PDF, PDF/A, PNG, RTF, TXT
    DOTXDOCX, DOCXF, DOTX, EPUB, FB2, HTML, JPG, ODT, OFORM, OTT, PDF, PDF/A, PNG, RTF, TXTDOCX, DOCXF, DOTX, EPUB, FB2, HTML, JPG, ODT, OTT, PDF, PDF/A, PNG, RTF, TXT
    EPUBDOCX, DOCXF, DOTX, EPUB, FB2, HTML, JPG, ODT, OFORM, OTT, PDF, PDF/A, PNG, RTF, TXTDOCX, DOCXF, DOTX, EPUB, FB2, HTML, JPG, ODT, OTT, PDF, PDF/A, PNG, RTF, TXT
    FB2DOCX, DOCXF, DOTX, EPUB, FB2, HTML, JPG, ODT, OFORM, OTT, PDF, PDF/A, PNG, RTF, TXTDOCX, DOCXF, DOTX, EPUB, FB2, HTML, JPG, ODT, OTT, PDF, PDF/A, PNG, RTF, TXT
    HTMLDOCX, DOCXF, DOTX, EPUB, FB2, HTML, JPG, ODT, OFORM, OTT, PDF, PDF/A, PNG, RTF, TXTDOCX, DOCXF, DOTX, EPUB, FB2, HTML, JPG, ODT, OTT, PDF, PDF/A, PNG, RTF, TXT
    MHTML
    ODTDOCX, DOCXF, DOTX, EPUB, FB2, HTML, JPG, ODT, OFORM, OTT, PDF, PDF/A, PNG, RTF, TXTDOCX, DOCXF, DOTX, EPUB, FB2, HTML, JPG, ODT, OTT, PDF, PDF/A, PNG, RTF, TXT
    OFORMDOCX, DOCXF, DOTX, EPUB, FB2, HTML, JPG, ODT, OFORM, OTT, PDF, PDF/A, PNG, RTF, TXTDOCX, DOCXF, DOTX, EPUB, FB2, HTML, JPG, ODT, OTT, PDF, PDF/A, PNG, RTF, TXT
    OTTDOCX, DOCXF, DOTX, EPUB, FB2, HTML, JPG, ODT, OFORM, OTT, PDF, PDF/A, PNG, RTF, TXTDOCX, DOCXF, DOTX, EPUB, FB2, HTML, JPG, ODT, OTT, PDF, PDF/A, PNG, RTF, TXT
    PDFDOCX, DOCXF, DOTX, EPUB, FB2, HTML, JPG, OFORM, PDF/A, PNG, RTF, TXTDOCX, DOCXF, DOTX, EPUB, FB2, HTML, JPG, PDF/A, PNG, RTF, TXT
    PDF/ADOCX, DOCXF, DOTX, EPUB, FB2, HTML, JPG, OFORM, PDF, PNG, RTF, TXTDOCX, DOCXF, DOTX, EPUB, FB2, HTML, JPG, PDF, PNG, RTF, TXT
    RTFDOCX, DOCXF, DOTX, EPUB, FB2, HTML, JPG, ODT, OFORM, OTT, PDF, PDF/A, PNG, RTF, TXTDOCX, DOCXF, DOTX, EPUB, FB2, HTML, JPG, ODT, OTT, PDF, PDF/A, PNG, RTF, TXT
    STW
    TXTDOCX, DOCXF, DOTX, EPUB, FB2, HTML, JPG, ODT, OFORM, OTT, PDF, PDF/A, PNG, RTF, TXTDOCX, DOCXF, DOTX, EPUB, FB2, HTML, JPG, ODT, OTT, PDF, PDF/A, PNG, RTF, TXT
    WPS
    XMLDOCX, DOCXF, DOTX, EPUB, FB2, HTML, JPG, ODT, OFORM, OTT, PDF, PDF/A, PNG, RTF, TXTDOCX, DOCXF, DOTX, EPUB, FB2, HTML, JPG, ODT, OTT, PDF, PDF/A, PNG, RTF, TXT
    XPSDOCX, DOCXF, DOTX, EPUB, FB2, HTML, JPG, ODT, OFORM, OTT, PDF, PDF/A, PNG, RTF, TXT, XPSDOCX, DOCXF, DOTX, EPUB, FB2, HTML, JPG, ODT, OTT, PDF, PDF/A, PNG, RTF, TXT, XPS

    You can also refer to the conversion matrix on api.onlyoffice.com to see possibility of conversion your documents into the most known file formats.

    diff --git a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm index a7d1197fb..5b2658d60 100644 --- a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm +++ b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm @@ -10,11 +10,11 @@ -
    -
    - -
    -

    Plugins tab

    +
    +
    + +
    +

    Plugins tab

    The Plugins tab of the Document Editor allows accessing the advanced editing features using the available third-party components. This tab also makes it possible to use macros to simplify routine operations.

    The corresponding window of the Online Document Editor:

    @@ -25,8 +25,9 @@

    Plugins tab

    The Plugin Manager button allows viewing and managing all the installed plugins, as well as adding new ones.

    +

    The Background Plugins button allows viewing the list of plugins that work in the background. Here you can activate or disable them by activating/deactivating the corresponding switches, and adjust their settings by clicking the More button next to the required plugin.

    The Macros button allows you to create and run your own macros. To learn more about macros, please refer to our API Documentation.

    -

    Currently, the following plugins are available by default:

    +

    Currently, the following plugins are available by default:

    • Send allows sending the document via email using the default desktop mail client (available in the desktop version only),
    • Highlight code allows highlighting syntax of the code selecting the necessary language, style, background color,
      • @@ -45,7 +46,8 @@

    The WordPress and EasyBib plugins can be used if you connect the corresponding services in your portal settings. You can use the following instructions for the server version or for the SaaS version.

    The WordPress and EasyBib plugins are not included in the free version of the editors.

    +

    Several visual plugins can be added to your document. The added plugins will be displayed as corresponding icons on the left panel.

    To learn more about plugins, please refer to our API Documentation. All the currently existing open source plugin examples are available on GitHub.

    -
    +
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/ProgramInterface.htm b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/ProgramInterface.htm index a6f633279..1840e1ded 100644 --- a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/ProgramInterface.htm +++ b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/ProgramInterface.htm @@ -38,9 +38,10 @@
  • Search - allows searching the document for a particular word or symbol, etc.
    • -
  • The Top toolbar displays a set of editing commands depending on the selected menu tab. Currently, the following tabs are available: File, Home, Insert, Layout, References, Forms (available with DOCXF files only), Collaboration, Protection, Plugins. -

    The Copy, Paste, Cut and Select All options are always available on the left side of the Top toolbar regardless of the selected tab.

    -
    • +
  • + The Top toolbar displays a set of editing commands depending on the selected menu tab. Currently, the following tabs are available: File, Home, Insert, Layout, References, Forms (available with DOCXF files only), Collaboration, Protection, Plugins. +

    The Copy, Paste, Cut and Select All options are always available on the left side of the Top toolbar regardless of the selected tab.

    +
  • The Status bar located at the bottom of the editor window indicates the page number and word count, as well as displays some notifications (for example, "All changes saved", ‘Connection is lost’ when there is no connection and the editor is trying to reconnect, etc.). It also allows setting the text language, enabling spell checking, turning on the track changes mode and adjusting zoom.
  • The Left sidebar contains the following icons: @@ -59,7 +60,7 @@
  • Scroll bar on the right allows scrolling up and down multipage documents.

    • For your convenience, you can hide some components and display them again when them when necessary. To learn more about adjusting view settings, please refer to this page.

    - +

    When there are many icons on the left and right panels, the ones below will be hidden, and they can be accessed via the More button.

    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/CreateFillableForms.htm b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/CreateFillableForms.htm index eb813d2aa..578e751ec 100644 --- a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/CreateFillableForms.htm +++ b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/CreateFillableForms.htm @@ -17,12 +17,13 @@

    Create fillable forms

    ONLYOFFICE Document Editor allows you to effortlessly create fillable forms in your documents, e.g. agreement drafts or surveys.

    -

    Form Template is DOCXF format that offers a range of tools to create a fillable form. Save the resulting form as a DOCXF file, and you will have a form template you can still edit, revise or collaborate on. To make a Form template fillable and to restrict file editing by other users, save it as an OFORM file. Please refer to form filling instructions for further details.

    -

    DOCXF and OFORM are new ONLYOFFICE formats that allow to create form templates and fill out forms. Use ONLYOFFICE Document Editor either online or desktop to make full use of form-associated elements and options.

    +

    Form Template is DOCXF format that offers a range of tools to create a fillable form. Save the resulting form as a DOCXF file, and you will have a form template you can still edit, revise or collaborate on. To make a Form template fillable and to restrict file editing by other users, save it as a PDF file. Please refer to form filling instructions for further details.

    +

    DOCXF is a new ONLYOFFICE format that allows to create form templates and fill out forms. Use ONLYOFFICE Document Editor either online or desktop to make full use of form-associated elements and options.

    You can also save any existing DOCX file as a DOCXF to use it as a Form template. Go to the File tab, click the Download as... or Save as... option on the left side menu and choose the DOCXF icon. Now you can use all the available form editing functions to create a form.

    It is not only the form fields that you can edit in a DOCXF file, you can still add, edit and format text or use other Document Editor functions.

    Creating fillable forms is enabled through user-editable objects that ensure overall consistency of the resulting documents and allow for advanced form interaction experience.

    Currently, you can insert editable plain text fields, combo boxes, dropdown lists, checkboxes, radio buttons, assign designated areas for images, as well as create email address, phone number, date and time, zip code, credit card and complex fields. Access these features on the Forms tab that is available for DOCXF files only.

    +
    There are tips for each form field to facilitate creating a fillable form.

    Creating a new Plain Text Field

    Text fields are user-editable plain text form fields; no other objects can be added.

    @@ -230,6 +231,7 @@ Tip: type in the text to be displayed as a tip when a user hovers their mouse pointer over the radio button.
    tip inserted +
  • Radio button choice: type in the text used as a name for the element.
  • Button is checked by default: check this box so that the radio button field is activated by default.
  • Fixed size field: check this box to create a field with a fixed size.
    @@ -578,7 +580,7 @@
  • use the Edit or Delete buttons to change the roles or delete them,
  • click Close to go back to form editing.
    • -

    When saving the form as .oform file, you can view all roles created for the form.

    +

    When saving the form as .pdf file, you can view all roles created for the form.

    @@ -610,6 +612,9 @@

    view form active

    You can view the form from the point of view of each created role. To do that, click the arrow under the View Form button and choose the required role.

    view form role

    +

    Navigate through the form fields using the Previous field and Next field buttons at the top toolbar.

    +

    fill form panel

    +

    To clear all fields and reset the form, click the Clear fields button at the top toolbar.

    To exit the viewing mode, click the same icon again.

    Moving form fields

    @@ -618,22 +623,14 @@

    You can also copy and paste form fields: select the necessary field and use the Ctrl+C/Ctrl+V key combinations.

    Creating required fields

    -

    To make a field obligatory, check the Required option. The mandatory fields will be marked with red stroke.

    +

    To make a field obligatory, check the Required option. The mandatory fields will be marked with red stroke.

    Locking form fields

    To prevent further editing of the inserted form field, click the Lock icon. Filling the fields remains available.

    - -

    Clearing form fields

    -

    To clear all inserted fields and delete all values, click the Clear All Fields button on the Forms tab on the top toolbar. Clearing fields can be performed in the form filling mode only.

    - -

    Navigate, View and Save a Form

    -

    fill form panel

    -

    Go to the Forms tab at the top toolbar.

    -

    Navigate through the form fields using the Previous field and Next field buttons at the top toolbar.

    -

    When you are finished, click the Save as oform button at the top toolbar to save the form as an OFORM file ready to be filled out. You can save as many OFORM files as you need.

    - + +

    Saving a Form

    +

    When you are finished, click the Save as pdf button at the top toolbar to save the form as a PDF file ready to be filled out. You can save as many PDF files as you need.

    +

    Removing form fields

    To remove a form field and leave all its contents, select it and click the Delete icon (make sure the field is not locked) or press the Delete key on the keyboard.

    diff --git a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/FillingOutForm.htm b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/FillingOutForm.htm deleted file mode 100644 index 4b246d068..000000000 --- a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/FillingOutForm.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,45 +0,0 @@ - - - - Filling Out a Form - - - - - - - - -
    -
    - -
    -

    Filling Out a Form

    -

    A fillable form is an OFORM file. OFORM is a format for filling out template forms and downloading or printing the form after you have filled it out.

    -

    How to fill in a form:

    -
      -
    1. - Open an OFORM file. -

      oform

      -

      2. -
    2. Fill in all the required fields. The mandatory fields are marked with red stroke. Use
      or
      Next Field on the top toolbar to navigate between fields, or click the field you wish to fill in.
      3. -
    3. Use the Clear All Fields button Clear all form filling to empty all input fields.
      4. -
    4. After you have filled in all the fields, click the Save as PDF button to save the form to your computer as a PDF file.
      5. -
    5. - Click
      in the top right corner of the toolbar for additional options. You can Print, Download as docx, or Download as pdf. -

      More OFORM

      -

      You can also change the form Interface theme by choosing Same as system, Light, Classic Light, Dark or Contrast Dark. Once the Dark or Contrast Dark interface theme is enabled, the Dark mode becomes available.

      -

      Dark Mode Form

      -

      Zoom allows to scale and to resize the page using the Fit to page, Fit to width and Zoom in or Zoom out options:

      -

      Zoom

      -
        -
      • Fit to page allows to resize the page so that the screen displays the whole page.
        • -
      • Fit to width allows to resize the page so that the page scales to fit the width of the screen.
        • -
      • Zoom adjusting tool allows to zoom in and zoom out the page.
        • -
      -

      Open file location when you need to browse the folder where the form is stored.

      -
      6. -
    -
    - - \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm index 3ba748968..90ca88aea 100644 --- a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm +++ b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
    1. click the File tab of the top toolbar,
    2. select the Save as option,
      3. -
    3. choose one of the available formats depending on your needs: DOCX, DOCXF, OFORM, DOTX, ODT, OTT, RTF, TXT, HTML, FB2, EPUB, PDF, PDF/A. You can also choose the Document template (DOTX or OTT) option.
      4. +
    4. choose one of the available formats depending on your needs: DOCX, DOCXF, DOTX, ODT, OTT, RTF, TXT, HTML, FB2, EPUB, PDF, PDF/A. You can also choose the Document template (DOTX or OTT) option.
    @@ -38,14 +38,14 @@
    1. click the File tab of the top toolbar,
    2. select the Download as option,
      3. -
    3. choose one of the available formats depending on your needs: DOCX, PDF, ODT, DOCXF, OFORM, DOTX, PDF/A, OTT, RTF, TXT, FB2, EPUB, HTML, JPG, PNG.
      4. +
    4. choose one of the available formats depending on your needs: DOCX, PDF, ODT, DOCXF, DOTX, PDF/A, OTT, RTF, TXT, FB2, EPUB, HTML, JPG, PNG.

    Saving a copy

    In the online version, you can save a copy of the file on your portal,

    1. click the File tab of the top toolbar,
    2. select the Save Copy as option,
      3. -
    3. choose one of the available formats depending on your needs: DOCX, PDF, ODT, DOCXF, OFORM, DOTX, PDF/A, OTT, RTF, TXT, FB2, EPUB, HTML, JPG, PNG.
      4. +
    4. choose one of the available formats depending on your needs: DOCX, PDF, ODT, DOCXF, DOTX, PDF/A, OTT, RTF, TXT, FB2, EPUB, HTML, JPG, PNG.
    5. select a location of the file on the portal and press Save.
    diff --git a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/TerMef.htm b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/TerMef.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a87fd574e --- /dev/null +++ b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/TerMef.htm @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ + + + + Insert definitions + + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    Insert definitions

    +

    In the Document Editor, you can use the TerMef plugin to search for notions, display their definitions from the database and insert the required definition as an endnote at the end of your document. The plugin only works with notions and definitions in French. It can be installed via the built-in Plugin Manager.

    +
      +
    1. Select your term in the document.
      2. +
    2. Check the required definition on the left-side panel.
      3. +
    3. Paste the definition as an endnote by clicking the Note de bas de page button.
      4. +
    +

    TerMef

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fill_form.png b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fill_form.png index a6fc82c12..63febc0c4 100644 Binary files a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fill_form.png and b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fill_form.png differ diff --git a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_pluginstab.png b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_pluginstab.png index 324af26b8..f55e2e478 100644 Binary files a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_pluginstab.png and b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_pluginstab.png differ diff --git a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/filetab.png b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/filetab.png index 57a2a2b6d..1231b3709 100644 Binary files a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/filetab.png and b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/filetab.png differ diff --git a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/pluginstab.png b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/pluginstab.png index 61e38fa45..6e8ed591a 100644 Binary files a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/pluginstab.png and b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/pluginstab.png differ diff --git a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/radio_button_settings.png b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/radio_button_settings.png index d4dffc39c..90c623fe3 100644 Binary files a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/radio_button_settings.png and b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/radio_button_settings.png differ diff --git a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/sortcomments.png b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/sortcomments.png index eef28178a..2ffeff431 100644 Binary files a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/sortcomments.png and b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/sortcomments.png differ diff --git a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/termef.png b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/termef.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f5907b88a Binary files /dev/null and b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/termef.png differ diff --git a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/view_form_role.png b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/view_form_role.png index bde9cf38e..4cc19c369 100644 Binary files a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/view_form_role.png and b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/view_form_role.png differ diff --git a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/search/indexes.js b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/search/indexes.js index 8567bad6e..a67f77ffc 100644 --- a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/search/indexes.js +++ b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/search/indexes.js @@ -3,37 +3,37 @@ var indexes = { "id": "HelpfulHints/About.htm", "title": "About Document Editor", - "body": "About the Document Editor The Document Editor is an online application that allows you to view through and edit documents directly in your browser . Using the Document Editor, you can perform various editing operations like in any desktop editor, print the edited documents keeping all the formatting details or download them onto your computer hard disk drive as DOCX, PDF, ODT, TXT, DOTX, PDF/A, OTT, RTF, HTML, FB2, EPUB, DOCXF and OFORM files. To view the current software version, build number, and licensor details in the online version, click the icon on the left sidebar. To view the current software version and licensor details in the desktop version for Windows, select the About menu item on the left sidebar of the main program window. In the desktop version for Mac OS, open the ONLYOFFICE menu at the top of the screen and select the About ONLYOFFICE menu item." + "body": "About the Document Editor The Document Editor is an online application that allows you to view through and edit documents directly in your browser . Using the Document Editor, you can perform various editing operations like in any desktop editor, print the edited documents keeping all the formatting details or download them onto your computer hard disk drive as DOCX, PDF, ODT, TXT, DOTX, PDF/A, OTT, RTF, HTML, FB2, EPUB, DOCXF files. To view the current software version, build number, and licensor details in the online version, click the icon on the left sidebar. To view the current software version and licensor details in the desktop version for Windows, select the About menu item on the left sidebar of the main program window. In the desktop version for macOS, open the ONLYOFFICE menu at the top of the screen and select the About ONLYOFFICE menu item." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm", "title": "Advanced Settings of the Document Editor", - "body": "The Document Editor allows you to change its advanced settings. To access them, open the File tab on the top toolbar and select the Advanced Settings option. The advanced settings are grouped as follows: Editing and saving Autosave is used in the online version to turn on/off automatic saving of changes you make while editing. Autorecover is used in the desktop version to turn on/off the option that allows automatically recovering documents in case the program closes unexpectedly. Show the Paste Options button when the content is pasted. The corresponding icon will appear when you paste content in the document. The Use smart paragraph selection option is used to include the paragraph mark when a whole paragraph is selected. Make the files compatible with older MS Word versions when saved as DOCX. The files saved in DOCX format will become compatible with older Microsoft Word versions. Collaboration The Co-editing mode subsection allows you to set the preferable mode for seeing changes made to the document when working in collaboration. Fast (by default). The users who take part in the document co-editing will see the changes in real time once they are made by other users. Strict. All the changes made by co-editors will be shown only after you click the Save icon that will notify you about new changes. The Show track changes subsection allows you to choose how new changes will be displayed. Show by click in balloons. The change is shown in a balloon when you click the tracked change. Show by hover in tooltips. A tooltip appears when you hover the mouse pointer over the tracked change. The Real-time Collaboration Changes subsection allows you to choose how new changes and comments will be displayed in real time. View None. All the changes made during the current session will not be highlighted. View All. All the changes made during the current session will be highlighted. View Last. Only the changes made since you last time clicked the Save icon will be highlighted. This option is only available when the Strict co-editing mode is selected. Show changes from other users. This feature allows to see changes made by other users in the document opened for viewing only in the Live Viewer mode. Show comments in text. If you disable this feature, the commented passages will be highlighted only if you click the Comments icon on the left sidebar. Show resolved comments. This feature is disabled by default so that the resolved comments are hidden in the document text. You can view such comments only if you click the Comments icon on the left sidebar. Enable this option if you want to display resolved comments in the document text. Proofing The Spell Checking option is used to turn on/off the spell checking. Ignore words in UPPERCASE. Words typed in capital letters are ignored during the spell checking. Ignore words with numbers. Words with numbers in them are ignored during the spell checking. The AutoCorrect options... menu allows you to access the autocorrect settings such as replacing text as you type, recognizing functions, automatic formatting etc. Workspace The Alignment Guides option is used to turn on/off alignment guides that appear when you move objects. It allows for a more precise object positioning on the page. The Hieroglyphs option is used to turn on/off the display of hieroglyphs. The Use Alt key to navigate the user interface using the keyboard option is used to enable using the Alt / Option key in keyboard shortcuts. The Interface theme option is used to change the color scheme of the editor’s interface. The Same as system option makes the editor follow the interface theme of your system. The Light color scheme incorporates standard blue, white, and light gray colors with less contrast in UI elements suitable for working during daytime. The Classic Light color scheme incorporates standard blue, white, and light gray colors. The Dark color scheme incorporates black, dark gray, and light gray colors suitable for working during nighttime. The Contrast Dark color scheme incorporates black, dark gray, and white colors with more contrast in UI elements highlighting the working area of the file. The Turn on document dark mode option is used to make the working area darker when the editor is set to Dark or Contrast Dark interface theme. Check the Turn on document dark mode box to enable it. Note: Apart from the available Light, Classic Light, Dark, and Contrast Dark interface themes, ONLYOFFICE editors can now be customized with your own color theme. Please follow these instructions to learn how you can do that. The Unit of Measurement option is used to specify what units are used on the rulers and in properties of objects when setting such parameters as width, height, spacing, margins etc. The available units are Centimeter, Point, and Inch. The Default Zoom Value option is used to set the default zoom value, selecting it in the list of available options from 50% to 500%. You can also choose the Fit to Page, Fit to Width, or Last Used option. The Last Used option refers to the last set scaling during the current session. The Font Hinting option is used to select how fonts are displayed in the Document Editor. Choose As Windows if you like the way fonts are usually displayed on Windows, i.e. using Windows font hinting. Choose As OS X if you like the way fonts are usually displayed on a Mac, i.e. without any font hinting at all. Choose Native if you want your text to be displayed with the hinting embedded into font files. Default cache mode - used to select the cache mode for the font characters. It’s not recommended to switch it without any reason. It can be helpful in some cases only, for example, when an issue in the Google Chrome browser with the enabled hardware acceleration occurs. The Document Editor has two cache modes: In the first cache mode, each letter is cached as a separate picture. In the second cache mode, a picture of a certain size is selected where letters are placed dynamically and a mechanism of allocating/removing memory in this picture is also implemented. If there is not enough memory, a second picture is created, etc. The Default cache mode setting applies two above mentioned cache modes separately for different browsers: When the Default cache mode setting is enabled, Internet Explorer (v. 9, 10, 11) uses the second cache mode, other browsers use the first cache mode. When the Default cache mode setting is disabled, Internet Explorer (v. 9, 10, 11) uses the first cache mode, other browsers use the second cache mode. The Macros Settings option is used to set macros display with a notification. Choose Disable All to disable all macros within the document. Choose Show Notification to receive notifications about macros within the document. Choose Enable All to automatically run all macros within the document. To save the changes you made, click the Apply button." + "body": "The Document Editor allows you to change its advanced settings. To access them, open the File tab on the top toolbar and select the Advanced Settings option. The advanced settings are grouped as follows: Editing and saving Autosave is used in the online version to turn on/off automatic saving of changes you make while editing. Autorecover is used in the desktop version to turn on/off the option that allows automatically recovering documents in case the program closes unexpectedly. Show the Paste Options button when the content is pasted. The corresponding icon will appear when you paste content in the document. The Use smart paragraph selection option is used to include the paragraph mark when a whole paragraph is selected. Make the files compatible with older MS Word versions when saved as DOCX. The files saved in DOCX format will become compatible with older Microsoft Word versions. Collaboration The Co-editing mode subsection allows you to set the preferable mode for seeing changes made to the document when working in collaboration. Fast (by default). The users who take part in the document co-editing will see the changes in real time once they are made by other users. Strict. All the changes made by co-editors will be shown only after you click the Save icon that will notify you about new changes. The Show track changes subsection allows you to choose how new changes will be displayed. Show by click in balloons. The change is shown in a balloon when you click the tracked change. Show by hover in tooltips. A tooltip appears when you hover the mouse pointer over the tracked change. The Real-time Collaboration Changes subsection allows you to choose how new changes and comments will be displayed in real time. View None. All the changes made during the current session will not be highlighted. View All. All the changes made during the current session will be highlighted. View Last. Only the changes made since you last time clicked the Save icon will be highlighted. This option is only available when the Strict co-editing mode is selected. Show changes from other users. This feature allows seeing changes made by other users in the document opened for viewing only in the Live Viewer mode. Show comments in text. If you disable this feature, the commented passages will be highlighted only if you click the Comments icon on the left sidebar. Show resolved comments. This feature is disabled by default so that the resolved comments are hidden in the document text. You can view such comments only if you click the Comments icon on the left sidebar. Enable this option if you want to display resolved comments in the document text. Proofing The Spell Checking option is used to turn on/off the spell checking. Ignore words in UPPERCASE. Words typed in capital letters are ignored during the spell checking. Ignore words with numbers. Words with numbers in them are ignored during the spell checking. The AutoCorrect options... menu allows you to access the autocorrect settings such as replacing text as you type, recognizing functions, automatic formatting etc. Workspace The Turn on screen reader support option is used to enable support of screen reader software. The Alignment Guides option is used to turn on/off alignment guides that appear when you move objects. It allows for a more precise object positioning on the page. The Hieroglyphs option is used to turn on/off the display of hieroglyphs. The Use Alt key to navigate the user interface using the keyboard option is used to enable using the Alt / Option key in keyboard shortcuts. The Interface theme option is used to change the color scheme of the editor’s interface. The Same as system option makes the editor follow the interface theme of your system. The Light color scheme incorporates standard blue, white, and light gray colors with less contrast in UI elements suitable for working during daytime. The Classic Light color scheme incorporates standard blue, white, and light gray colors. The Dark color scheme incorporates black, dark gray, and light gray colors suitable for working during nighttime. The Contrast Dark color scheme incorporates black, dark gray, and white colors with more contrast in UI elements highlighting the working area of the file. The Turn on document dark mode option is used to make the working area darker when the editor is set to Dark or Contrast Dark interface theme. Check the Turn on document dark mode box to enable it. Note: Apart from the available Light, Classic Light, Dark, and Contrast Dark interface themes, ONLYOFFICE editors can now be customized with your own color theme. Please follow these instructions to learn how you can do that. The Unit of Measurement option is used to specify what units are used on the rulers and in properties of objects when setting such parameters as width, height, spacing, margins etc. The available units are Centimeter, Point, and Inch. The Default Zoom Value option is used to set the default zoom value, selecting it in the list of available options from 50% to 500%. You can also choose the Fit to Page, Fit to Width, or Last Used option. The Last Used option refers to the last set scaling during the current session. The Font Hinting option is used to select how fonts are displayed in the Document Editor. Choose As Windows if you like the way fonts are usually displayed on Windows, i.e. using Windows font hinting. Choose As OS X if you like the way fonts are usually displayed on a Mac, i.e. without any font hinting at all. Choose Native if you want your text to be displayed with the hinting embedded into font files. Default cache mode - used to select the cache mode for the font characters. It’s not recommended to switch it without any reason. It can be helpful in some cases only, for example, when an issue in the Google Chrome browser with the enabled hardware acceleration occurs. The Document Editor has two cache modes: In the first cache mode, each letter is cached as a separate picture. In the second cache mode, a picture of a certain size is selected where letters are placed dynamically and a mechanism of allocating/removing memory in this picture is also implemented. If there is not enough memory, a second picture is created, etc. The Default cache mode setting applies two above-mentioned cache modes separately for different browsers: When the Default cache mode setting is enabled, Internet Explorer (v. 9, 10, 11) uses the second cache mode, other browsers use the first cache mode. When the Default cache mode setting is disabled, Internet Explorer (v. 9, 10, 11) uses the first cache mode, other browsers use the second cache mode. The Macros Settings option is used to set macros display with a notification. Choose Disable All to disable all macros within the document. Choose Show Notification to receive notifications about macros within the document. Choose Enable All to automatically run all macros within the document. To save the changes you made, click the Apply button." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm", "title": "Co-editing documents in real time", - "body": "The Document Editor allows you to maintain constant team-wide approach to work flow: share files and folders, communicate right in the editor, comment certain parts of your documents that require additional third-party input, save document versions for future use, review documents and add your changes without actually editing the file, compare and merge documents to facilitate processing and editing. In Document Editor you can collaborate on documents in real time using two modes: Fast or Strict. The modes can be selected in the Advanced Settings. It's also possible to choose the required mode using the Co-editing Mode icon on the Collaboration tab of the top toolbar: The number of users who are working on the current document is displayed on the right side of the editor header - . If you want to see who exactly is editing the file now, you can click this icon or open the Chat panel with the full list of the users. Fast mode The Fast mode is used by default and shows the changes made by other users in real time. When you co-edit a document in this mode, the possibility to Redo the last undone operation is not available. This mode will show the actions and the names of the co-editors when they are editing the text. By hovering the mouse cursor over one of the edited passages, the name of the user who is editing it at the moment is displayed. Strict mode The Strict mode is selected to hide changes made by other users until you click the Save   icon to save your changes and accept the changes made by co-authors. When a document is being edited by several users simultaneously in this mode, the edited text passages are marked with dashed lines of different colors. As soon as one of the users saves their changes by clicking the icon, the others will see a note within the status bar stating that they have updates. To save the changes you made, so that other users can view them, and get the updates saved by your co-editors, click the icon in the left upper corner of the top toolbar. The updates will be highlighted for you to check what exactly has been changed. You can specify what changes you want to be highlighted during co-editing if you click the File tab on the top toolbar, select the Advanced Settings option and choose one of the three options: View all - all the changes made during the current session will be highlighted. View last - only the changes made since you last time clicked the  icon will be highlighted. View None - changes made during the current session will not be highlighted. Live Viewer mode The Live Viewer mode is used to see the changes made by other users in real time when the document is opened by a user with the View only access rights. For the mode to function properly, make sure that the Show changes from other users checkbox is active in the editor's Advanced Settings. Anonymous Portal users who are not registered and do not have a profile are considered to be anonymous, although they still can collaborate on documents. To have a name assigned to them, the anonymous user should enter a name they prefer in the corresponding field appearing in the right top corner of the screen when they open the document for the first time. Activate the “Don’t ask me again” checkbox to preserve the name." + "body": "The Document Editor allows you to maintain a constant team-wide approach to work flow: share files and folders, communicate right in the editor, comment certain parts of your documents that require additional third-party input, save document versions for future use, review documents and add your changes without actually editing the file, compare and merge documents to facilitate processing and editing. In Document Editor, you can collaborate on documents in real time using two modes: Fast or Strict. The modes can be selected in the Advanced Settings. It's also possible to choose the required mode using the Co-editing Mode icon on the Collaboration tab of the top toolbar: The number of users who are working on the current document is displayed on the right side of the editor header - . If you want to see who exactly is editing the file now, you can click this icon or open the Chat panel with the full list of the users. Fast mode The Fast mode is used by default and shows the changes made by other users in real time. When you co-edit a document in this mode, the possibility to Redo the last undone operation is not available. This mode will show the actions and the names of the co-editors when they are editing the text. By hovering the mouse cursor over one of the edited passages, the name of the user who is editing it at the moment is displayed. Strict mode The Strict mode is selected to hide changes made by other users until you click the Save   icon to save your changes and accept the changes made by co-authors. When a document is being edited by several users simultaneously in this mode, the edited text passages are marked with dashed lines of different colors. As soon as one of the users saves their changes by clicking the icon, the others will see a note within the status bar stating that they have updates. To save the changes you made, so that other users can view them, and get the updates saved by your co-editors, click the icon in the left upper corner of the top toolbar. The updates will be highlighted for you to check what exactly has been changed. You can specify what changes you want to be highlighted during co-editing if you click the File tab on the top toolbar, select the Advanced Settings option and choose one of the three options: View all - all the changes made during the current session will be highlighted. View last - only the changes made since you last time clicked the  icon will be highlighted. View None - changes made during the current session will not be highlighted. Live Viewer mode The Live Viewer mode is used to see the changes made by other users in real time when the document is opened by a user with the View only access rights. For the mode to function properly, make sure that the Show changes from other users checkbox is active in the editor's Advanced Settings. Anonymous Portal users who are not registered and do not have a profile are considered to be anonymous, although they still can collaborate on documents. To have a name assigned to them, the anonymous user should enter a name they prefer in the corresponding field appearing in the right top corner of the screen when they open the document for the first time. Activate the “Don’t ask me again” checkbox to preserve the name." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/Commenting.htm", "title": "Commenting documents", - "body": "The Document Editor allows you to maintain constant team-wide approach to work flow: share files and folders, collaborate on documents in real time, communicate right in the editor, save document versions for future use, review documents and add your changes without actually editing the file, compare and merge documents to facilitate processing and editing. In Document Editor you can leave comments to the content of documents without actually editing it. Unlike chat messages, the comments stay until deleted. Leaving comments and replying to them To leave a comment, select a text passage where you think there is an error or problem, switch to the Insert or Collaboration tab of the top toolbar and click the Comment button, or use the icon on the left sidebar to open the Comments panel and click the Add Comment to Document link, or right-click the selected text passage and select the Add Сomment option from the contextual menu, enter the required text, click the Add Comment/Add button. The comment will be seen on the Comments panel on the left. Any other user can answer the added comment asking questions or reporting on the work they have done. For this purpose, click the Add Reply link situated under the comment, type in your reply in the entry field and press the Reply button. If you are using the Strict co-editing mode, new comments added by other users will become visible only after you click the icon in the left upper corner of the top toolbar. Disabling display of comments The text passage you commented will be highlighted in the document. To view the comment, just click within the passage. To disable this feature, click the File tab at the top toolbar, select the Advanced Settings... option, uncheck the Turn on display of the comments box. Now the commented passages will be highlighted only if you click the   icon. Managing comments You can manage the added comments using the icons in the comment balloon or on the Comments panel on the left: sort the added comments by clicking the icon: by date: Newest or Oldest. This is the sort order by default. by author: Author from A to Z or Author from Z to A. by location: From top or From bottom. The usual sort order of comments by their location in a document is as follows (from top): comments to text, comments to footnotes, comments to endnotes, comments to headers/footers, comments to the entire document. by group: All or choose a certain group from the list. This sorting option is available if you are running a version that includes this functionality. edit the currently selected comment by clicking the icon, delete the currently selected comment by clicking the icon, close the currently selected discussion by clicking the icon if the task or problem you stated in your comment was solved, after that the discussion you opened with your comment gets the resolved status. To open it again, click the icon. If you want to hide resolved comments, click the File tab on the top toolbar, select the Advanced Settings... option, uncheck the Turn on display of the resolved comments box and click Apply. In this case the resolved comments will be highlighted only if you click the icon, if you want to manage comments in a bunch, open the Resolve drop-down menu on the Collaboration tab. Select one of the options for resolving comments: resolve current comments, resolve my comments or resolve all comments in the document. Adding mentions You can only add mentions to the comments made to the text parts and not to the document itself. When entering comments, you can use the mentions feature that allows you to attract somebody's attention to the comment and send a notification to the mentioned user via email and Talk. To add a mention, Enter the \"+\" or \"@\" sign anywhere in the comment text - a list of the portal users will open. To simplify the search process, you can start typing a name in the comment field - the user list will change as you type. Select the necessary person from the list. If the file has not yet been shared with the mentioned user, the Sharing Settings window will open. Read only access type is selected by default. Change it if necessary. Click OK. The mentioned user will receive an email notification that they have been mentioned in a comment. If the file has been shared, the user will also receive a corresponding notification. Removing comments To remove comments, click the Remove button on the Collaboration tab of the top toolbar, select the necessary option from the menu: Remove Current Comments - to remove the currently selected comment. If some replies have been added to the comment, all its replies will be removed as well. Remove My Comments - to remove comments you added without removing comments added by other users. If some replies have been added to your comment, all its replies will be removed as well. Remove All Comments - to remove all the comments in the document that you and other users added. To close the panel with comments, click the icon on the left sidebar once again." + "body": "The Document Editor allows you to maintain a constant team-wide approach to work flow: share files and folders, collaborate on documents in real time, communicate right in the editor, save document versions for future use, review documents and add your changes without actually editing the file, compare and merge documents to facilitate processing and editing. In Document Editor, you can leave comments to the content of documents without actually editing it. Unlike chat messages, the comments stay until deleted. Leaving comments and replying to them To leave a comment, select a text passage where you think there is an error or problem, switch to the Insert or Collaboration tab of the top toolbar and click the Comment button, or use the icon on the left sidebar to open the Comments panel, and either click the Add comment button in the top toolbar of the panel, or click the More symbol and choose the Add Comment to Document option to leave a comment to the whole document, or right-click the selected text passage and select the Add Сomment option from the contextual menu, enter the required text, click the Add Comment/Add button. The comment will be seen on the Comments panel on the left. Any other user can answer the added comment, asking questions or reporting on the work they have done. For this purpose, click the Add Reply link situated under the comment, type in your reply in the entry field and press the Reply button. If you are using the Strict co-editing mode, new comments added by other users will become visible only after you click the icon in the left upper corner of the top toolbar. Disabling display of comments The text passage you commented will be highlighted in the document. To view the comment, just click within the passage. To disable this feature, click the File tab at the top toolbar, select the Advanced Settings option, uncheck the Turn on display of the comments box. Now the commented passages will be highlighted only if you click the   icon. Managing comments You can manage the added comments using the icons in the comment balloon or on the Comments panel on the left: sort the added comments by clicking the icon: by date: Newest or Oldest. This is the sort order by default. by author: Author from A to Z or Author from Z to A. by location: From top or From bottom. The usual sort order of comments by their location in a document is as follows (from top): comments to text, comments to footnotes, comments to endnotes, comments to headers/footers, comments to the entire document. by group: All or choose a certain group from the list. This sorting option is available if you are running a version that includes this functionality. edit the currently selected comment by clicking the icon, delete the currently selected comment by clicking the icon, close the currently selected discussion by clicking the icon if the task or problem you stated in your comment was solved, after that the discussion you opened with your comment gets the resolved status. To open it again, click the icon. If you want to hide resolved comments, click the File tab on the top toolbar, select the Advanced Settings option, uncheck the Turn on display of the resolved comments box and click Apply. In this case, the resolved comments will be highlighted only if you click the icon, if you want to manage comments in a bunch, open the Resolve drop-down menu on the Collaboration tab. Select one of the options for resolving comments: resolve current comments, resolve my comments or resolve all comments in the document. Adding mentions You can only add mentions to the comments made to the text parts and not to the document itself. When entering comments, you can use the mentions feature that allows you to attract somebody's attention to the comment and send a notification to the mentioned user via email and Talk. To add a mention, Enter the \"+\" or \"@\" sign anywhere in the comment text - a list of the portal users will open. To simplify the search process, you can start typing a name in the comment field - the user list will change as you type. Select the necessary person from the list. If the file has not yet been shared with the mentioned user, the Sharing Settings window will open. Read only access type is selected by default. Change it if necessary. Click OK. The mentioned user will receive an email notification that they have been mentioned in a comment. If the file has been shared, the user will also receive a corresponding notification. Removing comments To remove comments, click the Remove button on the Collaboration tab of the top toolbar, select the necessary option from the menu: Remove Current Comments - to remove the currently selected comment. If some replies have been added to the comment, all its replies will be removed as well. Remove My Comments - to remove comments you added, without removing comments added by other users. If some replies have been added to your comment, all its replies will be removed as well. Remove All Comments - to remove all the comments in the document that you and other users added. To close the panel with comments, click the icon on the left sidebar once again." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/Communicating.htm", "title": "Communicating in real time", - "body": "The Document Editor allows you to maintain constant team-wide approach to work flow: share files and folders, collaborate on documents in real time, comment certain parts of your documents that require additional third-party input, save document versions for future use, review documents and add your changes without actually editing the file, compare and merge documents to facilitate processing and editing. In Document Editor you can communicate with your co-editors in real time using the built-in Chat tool as well as a number of useful plugins, i.e. Telegram or Rainbow. To access the Chat tool and leave a message for other users, click the icon on the left sidebar, or switch to the Collaboration tab of the top toolbar and click the Chat button, enter your text into the corresponding field below, press the Send button. The chat messages are stored during one session only. To discuss the document content, it is better to use comments which are stored until they are deleted. All the messages left by users will be displayed on the panel on the left. If there are new messages you haven't read yet, the chat icon will look like this - . To close the panel with chat messages, click the icon on the left sidebar or the Chat button at the top toolbar once again." + "body": "The Document Editor allows you to maintain a constant team-wide approach to work flow: share files and folders, collaborate on documents in real time, comment certain parts of your documents that require additional third-party input, save document versions for future use, review documents and add your changes without actually editing the file, compare and merge documents to facilitate processing and editing. In Document Editor, you can communicate with your co-editors in real time using the built-in Chat tool as well as a number of useful plugins, i.e. Telegram or Rainbow. To access the Chat tool and leave a message for other users, click the icon on the left sidebar, or switch to the Collaboration tab of the top toolbar and click the Chat button, enter your text into the corresponding field below, press the Send button. The chat messages are stored during one session only. To discuss the document content, it is better to use comments which are stored until they are deleted. All the messages left by users will be displayed on the panel on the left. If there are new messages you haven't read yet, the chat icon will look like this - . To close the panel with chat messages, click the icon on the left sidebar or the Chat button at the top toolbar once again." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/Comparison.htm", "title": "Comparing and combining documents", - "body": "The Document Editor allows you to maintain constant team-wide approach to work flow: share files and folders, collaborate on documents in real time, communicate right in the editor, comment certain parts of your documents that require additional third-party input, save document versions for future use, review documents and add your changes without actually editing the file. If you need to compare and merge two documents, the Document Editor provides you with the document Compare feature. It allows displaying the differences between two documents and merge the documents by accepting the changes one by one or all at once. The Combine feature may seem the same but with one major difference, i.e., the Tracked Changes in both versions are merged into one version and the rest of the texts is compared. After merging two documents, the result will be stored on the portal as a new version of the original file. If you do not need to merge documents which are being compared, you can reject all the changes so that the original document remains unchanged. Choose a document for comparison To compare two documents, open the original document that you need to compare and select the second document for comparison: switch to the Collaboration tab on the top toolbar and press the Compare button, select one of the following options to load the document: the Document from File option will open the standard dialog window for file selection. Browse your computer hard disk drive for the necessary .docx file and click the Open button. the Document from URL option will open the window where you can enter a link to the file stored in a third-party web storage (for example, Nextcloud) if you have corresponding access rights to it. The link must be a direct link for downloading the file. When the link is specified, click the OK button. Note: The direct link allows downloading the file directly without opening it in a web browser. For example, to get a direct link in Nextcloud, find the necessary document in the file list, select the Details option from the file menu. Click the Copy direct link (only works for users who have access to this file/folder) icon on the right of the file name on the details panel. To find out how to get a direct link for downloading the file in a different third-party web storage, please refer to the corresponding third-party service documentation. the Document from Storage option will open the Select Data Source window. It displays the list of all the .docx documents stored on your portal you have corresponding access rights to. To navigate through the sections of the Documents module, use the menu on the left part of the window. Select the necessary .docx document and click the OK button. When the second document for comparison is selected, the comparison process will start and the document will look as if it was opened in the Review mode. All the changes are highlighted with a color, and you can view the changes, navigate between them, accept or reject them one by one or all the changes at once. It's also possible to change the display mode and see how the document looks before comparison, in the process of comparison, or how it will look after comparison if you accept all changes. Choose a document for combining To combine two documents, open the original document and select the second document for combining: switch to the Collaboration tab on the top toolbar and press the Combine button, select one of the following options to load the document: the Document from File option will open the standard dialog window for file selection. Browse your computer hard disk drive for the necessary .docx file and click the Open button. the Document from URL option will open the window where you can enter a link to the file stored in a third-party web storage (for example, Nextcloud) if you have corresponding access rights to it. The link must be a direct link for downloading the file. When the link is specified, click the OK button. Note: The direct link allows downloading the file directly without opening it in a web browser. For example, to get a direct link in Nextcloud, find the necessary document in the file list, select the Details option from the file menu. Click the Copy direct link (only works for users who have access to this file/folder) icon on the right of the file name on the details panel. To find out how to get a direct link for downloading the file in a different third-party web storage, please refer to the corresponding third-party service documentation. When the second document for combining is selected, the combining process will start and the document will look as if it was opened in the Review mode. All the changes are highlighted with a color, and you can view the changes, navigate between them, accept or reject them one by one or all the changes at once. It's also possible to change the display mode and see how the document looks before combining, in the process of combining, or how it will look after combining if you accept all changes. Choose the changes display mode Click the Display Mode button on the top toolbar and select one of the available modes from the list: Markup and balloons - this option is selected by default. It is used to display the document in the process of comparison/combining. This mode allows both viewing the changes and editing the document. It also includes a baloon that displays the reviewer's name, the date and the time of the revision, and the revision itseltf. Use the balloon to accept (tick mark) or to rejet (cross mark) the change. Only markup - this option is used to display the document in the process of comparison/combining, and allows both viewing the changes and editing the document. No ballons are displayed. Final - this mode is used to display the document after comparison/combining as if all the changes were accepted. This option does not actually accept all changes, it only allows you to see how the document will look like after you accept all the changes. In this mode, you cannot edit the document. Original - this mode is used to display the document before comparison/combining as if all the changes were rejected. This option does not actually reject all changes, it only allows you to view the document without changes. In this mode, you cannot edit the document. Accept or reject changes Use the Previous and the Next buttons on the top toolbar to navigate through the changes. To accept the currently selected change, you can: click the Accept button on the top toolbar, or click the downward arrow below the Accept button and select the Accept Current Change option (in this case, the change will be accepted and you will proceed to the next change), or click the Accept button of the change pop-up window. To quickly accept all the changes, click the downward arrow below the Accept button and select the Accept All Changes option. To reject the current change you can: click the Reject button on the top toolbar, or click the downward arrow below the Reject button and select the Reject Current Change option (in this case, the change will be rejected and you will move on to the next available change), or click the Reject button of the change pop-up window. To quickly reject all the changes, click the downward arrow below the Reject button and select the Reject All Changes option. Additional info on the comparison and combining feature Method of comparison Documents are compared by words. If a word contains a change of at least one character (e.g. if a character was removed or replaced), in the result, the difference will be displayed as the change of the entire word, not the character. The image below illustrates the case when the original file contains the word 'Characters' and the document for comparison contains the word 'Character'. Authorship of the document When the comparison process is launched, the second document for comparison is being loaded and compared to the current one. If the loaded document contains some data which is not represented in the original document, the data will be marked as added by a reviewer. If the original document contains some data which is not represented in the loaded document, the data will be marked as deleted by a reviewer. If the authors of the original and loaded documents are the same person, the reviewer is the same user. His/her name is displayed in the change balloon. If the authors of two files are different users, then the author of the second file loaded for comparison is the author of the added/removed changes. Presence of the tracked changes in the compared document If the original document contains some changes made in the review mode, they will be accepted in the comparison process. When you choose the second file for comparison, you'll see the corresponding warning message. In this case, when you choose the Original display mode, the document will not contain any changes. If both documents contain some changes made in the review mode, they will be merged into one version in the combining process." + "body": "The Document Editor allows you to maintain a constant team-wide approach to work flow: share files and folders, collaborate on documents in real time, communicate right in the editor, comment certain parts of your documents that require additional third-party input, save document versions for future use, review documents and add your changes without actually editing the file. If you need to compare and merge two documents, the Document Editor provides you with the document Compare feature. It allows displaying the differences between two documents and merge the documents by accepting the changes one by one or all at once. The Combine feature may seem the same but with one major difference, i.e., the Tracked Changes in both versions are merged into one version and the rest of the texts is compared. After merging two documents, the result will be stored on the portal as a new version of the original file. If you do not need to merge documents which are being compared, you can reject all the changes so that the original document remains unchanged. Choose a document for comparison To compare two documents, open the original document that you need to compare and select the second document for comparison: switch to the Collaboration tab on the top toolbar and press the Compare button, select one of the following options to load the document: the Document from File option will open the standard dialog window for file selection. Browse your computer hard disk drive for the necessary .docx file and click the Open button. the Document from URL option will open the window where you can enter a link to the file stored in a third-party web storage (for example, Nextcloud) if you have corresponding access rights to it. The link must be a direct link for downloading the file. When the link is specified, click the OK button. Note: The direct link allows downloading the file directly without opening it in a web browser. For example, to get a direct link in Nextcloud, find the necessary document in the file list, select the Details option from the file menu. Click the Copy direct link (only works for users who have access to this file/folder) icon on the right of the file name on the details panel. To find out how to get a direct link for downloading the file in a different third-party web storage, please refer to the corresponding third-party service documentation. the Document from Storage option will open the Select Data Source window. It displays the list of all the .docx documents stored on your portal you have corresponding access rights to. To navigate through the sections of the Documents module, use the menu on the left part of the window. Select the necessary .docx document and click the OK button. When the second document for comparison is selected, the comparison process will start and the document will look as if it was opened in the Review mode. All the changes are highlighted with a color, and you can view the changes, navigate between them, accept or reject them one by one or all the changes at once. It's also possible to change the display mode and see how the document looks before comparison, in the process of comparison, or how it will look after comparison if you accept all changes. Choose a document for combining To combine two documents, open the original document and select the second document for combining: switch to the Collaboration tab on the top toolbar and press the Combine button, select one of the following options to load the document: the Document from File option will open the standard dialog window for file selection. Browse your computer hard disk drive for the necessary .docx file and click the Open button. the Document from URL option will open the window where you can enter a link to the file stored in a third-party web storage (for example, Nextcloud) if you have corresponding access rights to it. The link must be a direct link for downloading the file. When the link is specified, click the OK button. Note: The direct link allows downloading the file directly without opening it in a web browser. For example, to get a direct link in Nextcloud, find the necessary document in the file list, select the Details option from the file menu. Click the Copy direct link (only works for users who have access to this file/folder) icon on the right of the file name on the details panel. To find out how to get a direct link for downloading the file in a different third-party web storage, please refer to the corresponding third-party service documentation. When the second document for combining is selected, the combining process will start and the document will look as if it was opened in the Review mode. All the changes are highlighted with a color, and you can view the changes, navigate between them, accept or reject them one by one or all the changes at once. It's also possible to change the display mode and see how the document looks before combining, in the process of combining, or how it will look after combining if you accept all changes. Choose the changes display mode Click the Display Mode button on the top toolbar and select one of the available modes from the list: Markup and balloons - this option is selected by default. It is used to display the document in the process of comparison/combining. This mode allows both viewing the changes and editing the document. It also includes a balloon that displays the reviewer's name, the date and the time of the revision, and the revision itself. Use the balloon to accept (tick mark) or to reject (cross mark) the change. Only markup - this option is used to display the document in the process of comparison/combining, and allows both viewing the changes and editing the document. No balloons are displayed. Final - this mode is used to display the document after comparison/combining as if all the changes were accepted. This option does not actually accept all changes, it only allows you to see how the document will look like after you accept all the changes. In this mode, you cannot edit the document. Original - this mode is used to display the document before comparison/combining as if all the changes were rejected. This option does not actually reject all changes, it only allows you to view the document without changes. In this mode, you cannot edit the document. Accept or reject changes Use the Previous and the Next buttons on the top toolbar to navigate through the changes. To accept the currently selected change, you can: click the Accept button on the top toolbar, or click the downward arrow below the Accept button and select the Accept Current Change option (in this case, the change will be accepted, and you will proceed to the next change), or click the Accept button of the change pop-up window. To quickly accept all the changes, click the downward arrow below the Accept button and select the Accept All Changes option. To reject the current change, you can: click the Reject button on the top toolbar, or click the downward arrow below the Reject button and select the Reject Current Change option (in this case, the change will be rejected, and you will move on to the next available change), or click the Reject button of the change pop-up window. To quickly reject all the changes, click the downward arrow below the Reject button and select the Reject All Changes option. Additional info on the comparison and combining feature Method of comparison Documents are compared by words. If a word contains a change of at least one character (e.g. if a character was removed or replaced), in the result, the difference will be displayed as the change of the entire word, not the character. The image below illustrates the case when the original file contains the word 'Characters' and the document for comparison contains the word 'Character'. Authorship of the document When the comparison process is launched, the second document for comparison is being loaded and compared to the current one. If the loaded document contains some data which is not represented in the original document, the data will be marked as added by a reviewer. If the original document contains some data which is not represented in the loaded document, the data will be marked as deleted by a reviewer. If the authors of the original and loaded documents are the same person, the reviewer is the same user. His/her name is displayed in the change balloon. If the authors of two files are different users, then the author of the second file loaded for comparison is the author of the added/removed changes. Presence of the tracked changes in the compared document If the original document contains some changes made in the review mode, they will be accepted in the comparison process. When you choose the second file for comparison, you'll see the corresponding warning message. In this case, when you choose the Original display mode, the document will not contain any changes. If both documents contain some changes made in the review mode, they will be merged into one version in the combining process." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm", "title": "Keyboard Shortcuts", - "body": "Keyboard Shortcuts for Key Tips Use keyboard shortcuts for a faster and easier access to the features of the Document Editor without using a mouse. Press Alt key to turn on all key tips for the editor header, the top toolbar, the right and the left sidebars and the status bar. Press the letter that corresponds to the item you wish to use. The additional key tips may appear depending on the key you press. The first key tips hide when additional key tips appear. For example, to access the Insert tab, press Alt to see all primary key tips. Press letter I to access the Insert tab, and to see all the available shortcuts for this tab. Then press the letter that corresponds to the item you wish to configure. Press Alt to hide all key tips, or press Escape to go back to the previous group of key tips. Find the most common keyboard shortcuts in the list below: Windows/Linux Mac OS Working with Document Open 'File' panel Alt+F ^ Ctrl+⌥ Option+F Open the File panel panel to save, download, print the current document, view its info, create a new document or open an existing one, access the Document Editor Help Center or advanced settings. Open 'Find and Replace' dialog box Ctrl+F ^ Ctrl+F, ⌘ Cmd+F Open the Find and Replace dialog box to start searching for a character/word/phrase in the currently edited document. Open 'Find and Replace' dialog box with replacement field Ctrl+H ^ Ctrl+H Open the Find and Replace dialog box with the replacement field to replace one or more occurrences of the found characters. Repeat the last 'Find' action ⇧ Shift+F4 ⇧ Shift+F4, ⌘ Cmd+G, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+F4 Repeat the previous Find performed before the key combination was pressed. Open 'Comments' panel Ctrl+⇧ Shift+H ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+H, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+H Open the Comments panel to add your own comment or reply to other users' comments. Open comment field Alt+H ⌘ Cmd+⌥ Option+A Open a data entry field where you can add the text of your comment. Open 'Chat' panel (Online Editors) Alt+Q ^ Ctrl+⌥ Option+Q Open the Chat panel in the Online Editors and send a message. Save document Ctrl+S ^ Ctrl+S, ⌘ Cmd+S Save all the changes to the document currently edited with The Document Editor. The active file will be saved with its current file name, location, and file format. Print document Ctrl+P ^ Ctrl+P, ⌘ Cmd+P Print the document with one of the available printers or save it as a file. Download As... Ctrl+⇧ Shift+S ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+S, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+S Open the Download as... panel to save the currently edited document to the hard disk drive of your computer in one of the supported formats: DOCX, PDF, ODT, TXT, DOTX, PDF/A, OTT, RTF, HTML, DOCXF, OFORM, HTML, FB2, EPUB. Full screen (Online Editors) F11 Switch to the full screen view in the Online Editors to fit the Document Editor into your screen. Help menu F1 F1 Open the Document Editor Help menu. Open existing file (Desktop Editors) Ctrl+O On the Open local file tab in the Desktop Editors, opens the standard dialog box that allows to select an existing file. Close file (Desktop Editors) Ctrl+W, Ctrl+F4 ^ Ctrl+W, ⌘ Cmd+W Close the current document window in the Desktop Editors. Element contextual menu ⇧ Shift+F10 ⇧ Shift+F10 Open the selected element contextual menu. Reset the ‘Zoom’ parameter Ctrl+0 ^ Ctrl+0 or ⌘ Cmd+0 Reset the ‘Zoom’ parameter of the current document to a default 100%. Navigation Jump to the beginning of the line Home Home Put the cursor to the beginning of the currently edited line. Jump to the beginning of the document Ctrl+Home ^ Ctrl+Home Put the cursor to the very beginning of the currently edited document. Jump to the end of the line End End Put the cursor to the end of the currently edited line. Jump to the end of the document Ctrl+End ^ Ctrl+End Put the cursor to the very end of the currently edited document. Jump to the beginning of the previous page Alt+Ctrl+Page Up Put the cursor to the very beginning of the page which preceeds the currently edited one. Jump to the beginning of the next page Alt+Ctrl+Page Down ⌥ Option+⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+Page Down Put the cursor to the very beginning of the page which follows the currently edited one. Scroll down Page Down Page Down, ⌥ Option+Fn+↑ Scroll the document approximately one visible page down. Scroll up Page Up Page Up, ⌥ Option+Fn+↓ Scroll the document approximately one visible page up. Next page Alt+Page Down ⌥ Option+Page Down Go to the next page in the currently edited document. Previous page Alt+Page Up ⌥ Option+Page Up Go to the previous page in the currently edited document. Zoom In Ctrl++ ^ Ctrl+=, ⌘ Cmd+= Zoom in the currently edited document. Zoom Out Ctrl+- ^ Ctrl+-, ⌘ Cmd+- Zoom out the currently edited document. Move one character to the left ← ← Move the cursor one character to the left. Move one character to the right → → Move the cursor one character to the right. Move to the beginning of a word or one word to the left Ctrl+← ^ Ctrl+←, ⌘ Cmd+← Move the cursor to the beginning of a word or one word to the left. Move one word to the right Ctrl+→ ^ Ctrl+→, ⌘ Cmd+→ Move the cursor one word to the right. Move one line up ↑ ↑ Move the cursor one line up. Move one line down ↓ ↓ Move the cursor one line down. Navigate between controls in modal dialogues ↹ Tab/⇧ Shift+↹ Tab ↹ Tab/⇧ Shift+↹ Tab Navigate between controls to give focus to the next or previous control in modal dialogues. Writing End paragraph ↵ Enter ↵ Return End the current paragraph and start a new one. Add line break ⇧ Shift+↵ Enter ⇧ Shift+↵ Return Add a line break without starting a new paragraph. Delete ← Backspace, Delete ← Backspace, Delete Delete one character to the left (← Backspace) or to the right (Delete) of the cursor. Delete word to the left of cursor Ctrl+← Backspace ^ Ctrl+← Backspace, ⌘ Cmd+← Backspace Delete one word to the left of the cursor. Delete word to the right of cursor Ctrl+Delete ^ Ctrl+Delete, ⌘ Cmd+Delete Delete one word to the right of the cursor. Create nonbreaking space Ctrl+⇧ Shift+␣ Spacebar ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+␣ Spacebar, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+␣ Spacebar Create a space between characters which cannot be used to start a new line. Create nonbreaking hyphen Ctrl+⇧ Shift+_ ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+Hyphen, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+Hyphen Create a hyphen between characters which cannot be used to start a new line. Undo and Redo Undo Ctrl+Z ^ Ctrl+Z, ⌘ Cmd+Z Reverse the latest performed action. Redo Ctrl+Y ^ Ctrl+Y, ⌘ Cmd+Y, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+Z Repeat the latest undone action. Cut, Copy, and Paste Cut Ctrl+X, ⇧ Shift+Delete ⌘ Cmd+X, ⇧ Shift+Delete Delete the selected text fragment and send it to the computer clipboard memory. The copied text can be later inserted to another place in the same document, into another document, or into some other program. Copy Ctrl+C, Ctrl+Insert ⌘ Cmd+C Send the selected text fragment to the computer clipboard memory. The copied text can be later inserted to another place in the same document, into another document, or into some other program. Paste Ctrl+V, ⇧ Shift+Insert ⌘ Cmd+V Insert the previously copied text fragment from the computer clipboard memory to the current cursor position. The text can be previously copied from the same document, from another document, or from some other program. Paste text without style formatting Ctrl+⇧ Shift+V, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+V Insert the previously copied text fragment from the computer clipboard memory to the current cursor position without preserving its original formatting. The text can be previously copied from the same document, from another document, or from some other program. Insert hyperlink Ctrl+K ⌘ Cmd+K Insert a hyperlink which can be used to go to a web address. Copy style Alt+Ctrl+C ⌘ Cmd+Alt+C Copy the formatting from the selected fragment of the currently edited text. The copied formatting can be later applied to another text fragment in the same document. Apply style Alt+Ctrl+V ⌘ Cmd+Alt+V Apply the previously copied formatting to the text in the currently edited document. Text Selection Select all Ctrl+A ⌘ Cmd+A Select all the document text with tables and images. Select fragment ⇧ Shift+→ ← ⇧ Shift+→ ← Select the text character by character. Select from cursor to beginning of line ⇧ Shift+Home ⇧ Shift+Home Select a text fragment from the cursor to the beginning of the current line. Select from cursor to end of line ⇧ Shift+End ⇧ Shift+End Select a text fragment from the cursor to the end of the current line. Select one character to the right ⇧ Shift+→ ⇧ Shift+→ Select one character to the right of the cursor position. Select one character to the left ⇧ Shift+← ⇧ Shift+← Select one character to the left of the cursor position. Select to the end of a word Ctrl+⇧ Shift+→ Select a text fragment from the cursor to the end of a word. Select to the beginning of a word Ctrl+⇧ Shift+← Select a text fragment from the cursor to the beginning of a word. Select one line up ⇧ Shift+↑ ⇧ Shift+↑ Select one line up (with the cursor at the beginning of a line). Select one line down ⇧ Shift+↓ ⇧ Shift+↓ Select one line down (with the cursor at the beginning of a line). Select the page up ⇧ Shift+Page Up ⇧ Shift+Page Up Select the page part from the cursor position to the upper part of the screen. Select the page down ⇧ Shift+Page Down ⇧ Shift+Page Down Select the page part from the cursor position to the lower part of the screen. Text Styling Bold Ctrl+B ^ Ctrl+B, ⌘ Cmd+B Make the font of the selected text fragment darker and heavier than normal. Italic Ctrl+I ^ Ctrl+I, ⌘ Cmd+I Make the font of the selected text fragment italicized and slightly slanted. Underline Ctrl+U ^ Ctrl+U, ⌘ Cmd+U Make the selected text fragment underlined with a line going below the letters. Strikeout Ctrl+5 ^ Ctrl+5, ⌘ Cmd+5 Make the selected text fragment struck out with a line going through the letters. Subscript Ctrl+. ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+>, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+> Make the selected text fragment smaller and place it to the lower part of the text line, e.g. as in chemical formulas. Superscript Ctrl+, ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+<, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+< Make the selected text fragment smaller and place it to the upper part of the text line, e.g. as in fractions. Heading 1 style Alt+1 ⌥ Option+^ Ctrl+1 Apply the style of the heading 1 to the selected text fragment. Heading 2 style Alt+2 ⌥ Option+^ Ctrl+2 Apply the style of the heading 2 to the selected text fragment. Heading 3 style Alt+3 ⌥ Option+^ Ctrl+3 Apply the style of the heading 3 to the selected text fragment. Bulleted list Ctrl+⇧ Shift+L ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+L, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+L Create an unordered bulleted list from the selected text fragment or start a new one. Remove formatting Ctrl+␣ Spacebar Remove formatting from the selected text fragment. Increase font Ctrl+] ⌘ Cmd+] Increase the size of the font for the selected text fragment 1 point. Decrease font Ctrl+[ ⌘ Cmd+[ Decrease the size of the font for the selected text fragment 1 point. Align center/left Ctrl+E ^ Ctrl+E, ⌘ Cmd+E Switch a paragraph between centered and left-aligned. Align justified/left Ctrl+J, Ctrl+L ^ Ctrl+J, ⌘ Cmd+J Switch a paragraph between justified and left-aligned. Align right/left Ctrl+R ^ Ctrl+R, ⌘ Cmd+R Switch a paragraph between right-aligned and left-aligned. Apply subscript formatting (automatic spacing) Ctrl+= Apply subscript formatting to the selected text fragment. Apply superscript formatting (automatic spacing) Ctrl+⇧ Shift++ Apply superscript formatting to the selected text fragment. Insert page break Ctrl+↵ Enter ^ Ctrl+↵ Return, ⌘ Cmd+↵ Return Insert a page break at the current cursor position. Increase indent Ctrl+M ^ Ctrl+M, ⌘ Cmd+M Indent a paragraph from the left incrementally. Decrease indent Ctrl+⇧ Shift+M ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+M, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+M Remove a paragraph indent from the left incrementally. Add page number Ctrl+⇧ Shift+P ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+P, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+P Add the current page number at the current cursor position. Nonprinting characters Ctrl+⇧ Shift+Num8 Show or hide the display of nonprinting characters. Delete one character to the left ← Backspace ← Backspace Delete one character to the left of the cursor. Delete one character to the right Delete Delete Delete one character to the right of the cursor. Modifying Objects Constrain movement ⇧ Shift + drag ⇧ Shift + drag Constrain the movement of the selected object horizontally or vertically. Set 15-degree rotation ⇧ Shift + drag (when rotating) ⇧ Shift + drag (when rotating) Constrain the rotation angle to 15-degree increments. Maintain proportions ⇧ Shift + drag (when resizing) ⇧ Shift + drag (when resizing) Maintain the proportions of the selected object when resizing. Draw straight line or arrow ⇧ Shift + drag (when drawing lines/arrows) ⇧ Shift + drag (when drawing lines/arrows) Draw a straight vertical/horizontal/45-degree line or arrow. Movement by one-pixel increments Ctrl+← → ↑ ↓ Hold down the Ctrl key and use the keybord arrows to move the selected object by one pixel at a time. Working with Tables Move to the next cell in a row ↹ Tab ↹ Tab Go to the next cell in a table row. Move to the previous cell in a row ⇧ Shift+↹ Tab ⇧ Shift+↹ Tab Go to the previous cell in a table row. Move to the next row ↓ ↓ Go to the next row in a table. Move to the previous row ↑ ↑ Go to the previous row in a table. Start new paragraph ↵ Enter ↵ Return Start a new paragraph within a cell. Add new row ↹ Tab in the lower right table cell. ↹ Tab in the lower right table cell. Add a new row at the bottom of the table. Insert table break Ctrl+⇧ Shift+↵ Enter ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+↵ Return, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+↵ Return Insert a table break within the table. Inserting special characters Insert equation Alt+= ⌥ Option+^ Ctrl+= Insert an equation at the current cursor position. Insert an em dash Alt+Ctrl+Num- ⌥ Option+⇧ Shift+- Insert an em dash ‘—’ within the current document and to the right of the cursor. Insert an en dash ⌥ Option+- Insert an en dash ‘-’ within the current document and to the right of the cursor. Insert a non-breaking hyphen Ctrl+⇧ Shift+_ ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+Hyphen, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+Hyphen Insert a non-breaking hyphen ‘-’ within the current document and to the right of the cursor. Insert a no-break space Ctrl+⇧ Shift+␣ Spacebar ⌥ Option+␣ Spacebar Insert a no-break space ‘o’ within the current document and to the right of the cursor. Insert a copyright symbol Ctrl+Alt+G ⌘ Cmd+⌥ Option+G Insert a copyright symbol ‘©’ within the current document and to the right of the cursor." + "body": "Keyboard Shortcuts for Key Tips Use keyboard shortcuts for a faster and easier access to the features of the Document Editor without using a mouse. Press Alt (Option for macOS) key to turn on all key tips for the editor header, the top toolbar, the right and the left sidebars and the status bar. Press the letter that corresponds to the item you wish to use. The additional key tips may appear depending on the key you press. The first key tips hide when additional key tips appear. For example, to access the Insert tab, press Alt (Option for macOS) to see all primary key tips. Press letter I to access the Insert tab, and to see all the available shortcuts for this tab. Then press the letter that corresponds to the item you wish to configure. Press Alt (Option for macOS) to hide all key tips, or press Escape to go back to the previous group of key tips. Find the most common keyboard shortcuts in the list below. Please note: for macOS, some shortcuts contain the Home, End, Page Up and Page Down keys which are only available on the extended keyboard. If you don't have these keys, use the keyboard shortcuts specified above (i.e. use ^ Ctrl/⌘ Cmd+← or Fn+← instead of Home, ^ Ctrl/⌘ Cmd+→ or Fn+→ instead of End, Fn+↑ instead of Page Up, Fn+↓ instead of Page Down). Windows/Linux Mac OS Working with Document Open 'File' panel Alt+F ^ Ctrl+⌥ Option+F Open the File panel to save, download, print the current document, view its info, create a new document or open an existing one, access the Document Editor Help Center or advanced settings. Open 'Find' dialog window Ctrl+F ^ Ctrl+F, ⌘ Cmd+F Open the Find dialog window to start searching for a character/word/phrase in the currently edited document. Open 'Find and Replace' menu (panel) with replacement field Ctrl+H ^ Ctrl+H Open the Find and Replace menu (panel) with the replacement field to replace one or more occurrences of the found characters. Open 'Comments' panel Ctrl+⇧ Shift+H ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+H, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+H Open the Comments panel to add your own comment or reply to other users' comments. Open comment field Alt+H ⌘ Cmd+⌥ Option+A Open a data entry field where you can add the text of your comment. Open 'Chat' panel (Online Editors) Alt+Q ^ Ctrl+⌥ Option+Q Open the Chat panel in the Online Editors and send a message. Save document Ctrl+S ^ Ctrl+S, ⌘ Cmd+S Save all the changes to the document currently edited with The Document Editor. The active file will be saved with its current file name, location, and file format. Print document Ctrl+P ^ Ctrl+P, ⌘ Cmd+P Print the document with one of the available printers or save it as a file. Download As... Ctrl+⇧ Shift+S ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+S, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+S Open the Download as... panel to save the currently edited document to the hard disk drive of your computer in one of the supported formats: DOCX, DOCXF, OFORM, DOTX, ODT, OTT, RTF, TXT, HTML, FB2, EPUB, PDF, PDF/A, PNG, JPG. Full screen (Online Editors) F11 Switch to the full screen view in the Online Editors to fit the Document Editor into your screen. Help menu F1 Fn+F1 Open the Document Editor Help menu. Open existing file Ctrl+O ⌘ Cmd+O Open the standard dialog box that allows selecting an existing file. If you select the file in this dialog box and click Open, the file will be opened in a new tab or window of Desktop Editors. Switch to the next tab Ctrl+↹ Tab ^ Ctrl+↹ Tab Switch to the next file tab in Desktop Editors or browser tab in Online Editors. Switch to the previous tab Ctrl+Shift+↹ Tab ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+↹ Tab Switch to the previous file tab in Desktop Editors or browser tab in Online Editors. Close file Ctrl+W ⌘ Cmd+W Close the current document window. Element contextual menu ⇧ Shift+F10 ⇧ Shift+Fn+F10 Open the selected element contextual menu. Close menu or modal window, reset modes, etc. Esc Esc Close a menu or modal window. Reset pop-ups and balloons with comments and review changes. Reset drawing and erasing table mode. Reset text drag-n-drop. Reset marker selection mode. Reset format painter mode. Deselect shapes. Reset adding shapes mode. Exit from the header/footer. Exit from filling in forms. Reset the ‘Zoom’ parameter Ctrl+0 ^ Ctrl+0 or ⌘ Cmd+0 Reset the ‘Zoom’ parameter of the current document to a default 100%. Update fields F9 Fn+F9 Update fields (e.g., Table of Contents). Navigation Jump to the beginning of the line Home ⌘ Cmd+← Home Put the cursor to the beginning of the currently edited line. Jump to the beginning of the document Ctrl+Home ^ Ctrl+Fn+←, ⌘ Cmd+Fn+← ^ Ctrl+Home, ⌘ Cmd+Home Put the cursor to the very beginning of the currently edited document. Jump to the end of the line End ⌘ Cmd+→ End Put the cursor to the end of the currently edited line. Jump to the end of the document Ctrl+End ^ Ctrl+Fn+→, ⌘ Cmd+Fn+→ ^ Ctrl+End, ⌘ Cmd+End Put the cursor to the very end of the currently edited document. Jump to the beginning of the previous page Alt+Ctrl+Page Up ⌥ Option+Fn+↑, ⌘ Cmd+Fn+↑ ⌥ Option+Page Up, ⌘ Cmd+Page Up Put the cursor to the very beginning of the page which preceeds the currently edited one. Jump to the beginning of the next page Alt+Ctrl+Page Down ⌥ Option+Fn+↓, ⌘ Cmd+Fn+↓ ⌥ Option+Page Down, ⌘ Cmd+Page Down Put the cursor to the very beginning of the page which follows the currently edited one. Scroll down Page Down Fn+↓ Page Down Scroll the document approximately one visible page down. Scroll up Page Up Fn+↑ Page Up Scroll the document approximately one visible page up. Next page Alt+Page Down Go to the next page in the currently edited document. Previous page Alt+Page Up Go to the previous page in the currently edited document. Zoom In Ctrl+Num+, Ctrl++ (on the main keyboard) ^ Ctrl++, ⌘ Cmd++ Zoom in the currently edited document. Zoom Out Ctrl+- (on the main keyboard) ^ Ctrl+-, ⌘ Cmd+- Zoom out the currently edited document. Move one character to the left/right or one line up/down ← → ↑ ↓ ← → ↑ ↓ Move the cursor one character to the left/right or one line up/down. Move to the beginning of a word or one word to the left Ctrl+← ⌥ Option+← Move the cursor to the beginning of a word or one word to the left. Move one word to the right Ctrl+→ ⌥ Option+→ Move the cursor one word to the right. Navigate between controls in modal dialogues ↹ Tab/⇧ Shift+↹ Tab ↹ Tab/⇧ Shift+↹ Tab Navigate between controls to give focus to the next or previous control in modal dialogues. Move to lower header/footer Page Down Fn+↓ Page Down Move to the lower header/footer (if the cursor is in the header/footer). Move to upper header/footer Page Up Fn+↑ Page Up Move to the upper header/footer (if the cursor is in the header/footer). Move to lower header Alt+Page Down ⌥ Option+Fn+↓ ⌥ Option+Page Down Move to the lower header (if the cursor is in the header/footer). Move to upper header Alt+Page Up ⌥ Option+Fn+↑ ⌥ Option+Page Up Move to the upper header (if the cursor is in the header/footer). Writing End paragraph ↵ Enter ↵ Return End the current paragraph and start a new one. Add line break ⇧ Shift+↵ Enter ⇧ Shift+↵ Return Add a line break without starting a new paragraph. Add new placeholder to equation argument Enter Return Add a new placeholder to the equation argument. Change the alignment level of the operator to the left ⇧ Shift+↹ Tab ⇧ Shift+↹ Tab Change the alignment level of the operator to the left (for the second line of the equation with a forced break). Change the alignment level of the operator to the right ↹ Tab ↹ Tab Change the alignment level of the operator to the right (for the second line of the equation with a forced break). Delete character on the left ← Backspace Delete Delete one character to the left of the cursor. Delete character on the right Delete Fn+Delete Delete one character to the right of the cursor. Delete word/selection/graphical object to the left of cursor Ctrl+← Backspace ⌥ Option+Delete Delete one word/selection/graphical object to the left of the cursor. Delete word/selection/graphical object to the right of cursor Ctrl+Delete Fn+⌥ Option+Delete Delete one word/selection/graphical object to the right of the cursor. Create nonbreaking space Ctrl+⇧ Shift+␣ Spacebar ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+Fn+␣ Spacebar, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+Fn+␣ Spacebar Create a space between characters which cannot be used to start a new line. Create nonbreaking hyphen Ctrl+⇧ Shift+- ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+-, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+- Create a hyphen between characters which cannot be used to start a new line. Undo and Redo Undo Ctrl+Z ^ Ctrl+Z, ⌘ Cmd+Z Reverse the latest performed action. Redo Ctrl+Y ^ Ctrl+Y, ⌘ Cmd+Y Repeat the latest undone action. Cut, Copy, and Paste Cut Ctrl+X, ⇧ Shift+Delete ⌘ Cmd+X Delete the selected text fragment and send it to the computer clipboard memory. The copied text can be later inserted to another place in the same document, into another document, or into some other program. Copy Ctrl+C, Ctrl+Insert ⌘ Cmd+C Send the selected text fragment to the computer clipboard memory. The copied text can be later inserted to another place in the same document, into another document, or into some other program. Paste Ctrl+V, ⇧ Shift+Insert ⌘ Cmd+V Insert the previously copied text fragment from the computer clipboard memory to the current cursor position. The text can be previously copied from the same document, from another document, or from some other program. Paste text without style formatting Ctrl+⇧ Shift+V ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+V Insert the previously copied text fragment from the computer clipboard memory to the current cursor position without preserving its original formatting. The text can be previously copied from the same document, from another document, or from some other program. Copy style Alt+Ctrl+C ⌘ Cmd+⌥ Option+C, ^ Ctrl+⌥ Option+C Copy the formatting from the selected fragment of the currently edited text. The copied formatting can be later applied to another text fragment in the same document. Apply style Alt+Ctrl+V ⌘ Cmd+⌥ Option+V, ^ Ctrl+⌥ Option+V Apply the previously copied formatting to the text in the currently edited document. Paste Special options 1 Keep source formatting Ctrl then K ^ Ctrl then K Keep the source formatting of the copied text. Keep text only Ctrl then T ^ Ctrl then T Paste the text without its original formatting. Overwrite cells Ctrl then O ^ Ctrl then O Replace the contents of the existing table with the copied data. Nest table Ctrl then N ^ Ctrl then N Paste the copied table as a nested table into the selected cell of the existing table. Working with Hyperlinks Insert hyperlink Ctrl+K ⌘ Cmd+K, ^ Ctrl+K Insert a hyperlink which can be used to go to a web address. Visit hyperlink Enter Return Visit a hyperlink (with the cursor in the hyperlink). Text Selection Select all Ctrl+A ⌘ Cmd+A, ^ Ctrl+A Select all the document text with tables and images. Select from cursor to beginning of line ⇧ Shift+Home ⇧ Shift+Fn+← ⇧ Shift+Home Select a text fragment from the cursor to the beginning of the current line. Select from cursor to end of line ⇧ Shift+End ⇧ Shift+Fn+→ ⇧ Shift+End Select a text fragment from the cursor to the end of the current line. Select from cursor to beginning of document Ctrl+⇧ Shift+Home ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+Fn+←, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+Fn+← ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+Home, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+Home Select a text fragment from the cursor to the beginning of the document. Select from cursor to end of document Ctrl+⇧ Shift+End ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+Fn+→, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+Fn+→ ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+End, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+End Select a text fragment from the cursor to the end of the document. Select one character to the right ⇧ Shift+→ ⇧ Shift+→ Select one character to the right of the cursor position. Select one character to the left ⇧ Shift+← ⇧ Shift+← Select one character to the left of the cursor position. Select to the end of a word Ctrl+⇧ Shift+→ ⇧ Shift+⌥ Option+→ Select a text fragment from the cursor to the end of a word. Select to the beginning of a word Ctrl+⇧ Shift+← ⇧ Shift+⌥ Option+← Select a text fragment from the cursor to the beginning of a word. Select one line up ⇧ Shift+↑ ⇧ Shift+↑ Select one line up (with the cursor at the beginning of a line). Select one line down ⇧ Shift+↓ ⇧ Shift+↓ Select one line down (with the cursor at the end of a line). Select the page up to the upper part of the screen ⇧ Shift+Page Up ⇧ Shift+Fn+↑ ⇧ Shift+Page Up Select the page part from the cursor position to the upper part of the screen. Select the page down to the lower part of the screen ⇧ Shift+Page Down ⇧ Shift+Fn+↓ ⇧ Shift+Page Down Select the page part from the cursor position to the lower part of the screen. Select to the beginning of the previous page Ctrl+⇧ Shift+Page Up ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+Fn+↑, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+Fn+↑ ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+Page Up, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+Page Up Select a text fragment from the cursor to the beginning of the previous page. Select to the beginning of the next page Ctrl+⇧ Shift+Page Down ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+Fn+↓, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+Fn+↓ ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+Page Down, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+Page Down Select a text fragment from the cursor to the beginning of the next page. Text Styling Bold Ctrl+B ^ Ctrl+B, ⌘ Cmd+B Make the font of the selected text fragment darker and heavier than normal. Italic Ctrl+I ^ Ctrl+I, ⌘ Cmd+I Make the font of the selected text fragment italicized and slightly slanted. Underline Ctrl+U ^ Ctrl+U, ⌘ Cmd+U Make the selected text fragment underlined with a line going below the letters. Strikeout Ctrl+5 ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+x Make the selected text fragment struck out with a line going through the letters. Subscript Ctrl+. ^ Ctrl+., ⌘ Cmd+. Make the selected text fragment smaller and place it to the lower part of the text line, e.g. as in chemical formulas. Superscript Ctrl+, ^ Ctrl+,, ⌘ Cmd+, Make the selected text fragment smaller and place it to the upper part of the text line, e.g. as in fractions. Heading 1 style Alt+1 ⌥ Option+^ Ctrl+1, ⌥ Option+⌘ Cmd+1 Apply the style of the heading 1 to the selected text fragment. Heading 2 style Alt+2 ⌥ Option+^ Ctrl+2, ⌥ Option+⌘ Cmd+2 Apply the style of the heading 2 to the selected text fragment. Heading 3 style Alt+3 ⌥ Option+^ Ctrl+3, ⌥ Option+⌘ Cmd+3 Apply the style of the heading 3 to the selected text fragment. Bulleted list Ctrl+⇧ Shift+L ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+L, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+L Create an unordered bulleted list from the selected text fragment or start a new one. Clear formatting Ctrl+␣ Spacebar ^ Ctrl+Fn+␣ Spacebar, ⌘ Cmd+Fn+␣ Spacebar Clear formatting of the selected text fragment. Increase font Ctrl+] ⌘ Cmd+], ^ Ctrl+] Increase the size of the font for the selected text fragment 1 point. Decrease font Ctrl+[ ⌘ Cmd+[, ^ Ctrl+[ Decrease the size of the font for the selected text fragment 1 point. Align center Ctrl+E ^ Ctrl+E, ⌘ Cmd+E Switch a paragraph between centered and left-aligned. Align justified Ctrl+J ^ Ctrl+J, ⌘ Cmd+J Switch a paragraph between justified and left-aligned. Align right Ctrl+R ^ Ctrl+R, ⌘ Cmd+R Switch a paragraph between right-aligned and left-aligned. Align left Ctrl+L ^ Ctrl+L, ⌘ Cmd+L Align a paragraph left. Insert page break Ctrl+↵ Enter ^ Ctrl+↵ Return, ⌘ Cmd+↵ Return Insert a page break at the current cursor position. Increase indent Ctrl+M ^ Ctrl+M, ⌘ Cmd+M Indent a paragraph from the left incrementally. Decrease indent Ctrl+⇧ Shift+M ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+M, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+M Remove a paragraph indent from the left incrementally. Add page number Ctrl+⇧ Shift+P ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+P, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+P Add the current page number at the current cursor position. Nonprinting characters Ctrl+⇧ Shift+Num8, Ctrl+⇧ Shift+8 ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+8, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+8 Show or hide the display of nonprinting characters. Increase list/indent level ↹ Tab ↹ Tab Increase the list/indent level (with the cursor at the beginning of a paragraph). Decrease list/indent level ⇧ Shift+↹ Tab ⇧ Shift+↹ Tab Decrease the list/indent level (with the cursor at the beginning of a paragraph). Add tab character to paragraph ↹ Tab ↹ Tab Add the tab character to a paragraph (if the cursor is not at the beginning of a paragraph). Increase indent for selected paragraphs ↹ Tab ↹ Tab Increase the indent for the selected paragraphs. Decrease indent for selected paragraphs ⇧ Shift+↹ Tab ⇧ Shift+↹ Tab Decrease the lindent for the selected paragraphs. Modifying Objects Working with shapes ↵ Enter Return When the shape is selected, if it does not contain content, create content and move the cursor to the beginning of the line. If the content is empty, move the cursor to it, otherwise select the entire content. Working with charts ↵ Enter When the chart title is selected, if the title is empty, move the cursor to the beginning of the line, otherwise select the text. Create a copy when dragging Ctrl ^ Ctrl Select an object and hold down the specified key when dragging the object to create the copy of the object in the location where it was moved. Constrain movement ⇧ Shift + drag ⇧ Shift + drag Constrain the movement of the selected object horizontally or vertically. Set 15-degree rotation ⇧ Shift + drag (when rotating) ⇧ Shift + drag (when rotating) Constrain the rotation angle to 15-degree increments. Maintain proportions ⇧ Shift + drag (when resizing) ⇧ Shift + drag (when resizing) Maintain the proportions of the selected object when resizing. Change angle of line/arrow when drawing ⇧ Shift + drag (when drawing lines/arrows) ⇧ Shift + drag (when drawing lines/arrows) Hold down the Shift key while drawing the line/arrow and rotate the spout of the arrow/end of the line to change the angle of the line/arrow when drawing it. The line/arrow will be rotated exactly 45 degrees. Movement by one-pixel increments Ctrl+← → ↑ ↓ ⌘ Cmd+← → ↑ ↓ Hold down the specified key and use the keybord arrows to move the selected object to the left, right, up, or down by one pixel at a time. Move shape by a big step ← → ↑ ↓ ← → ↑ ↓ Use the keybord arrows to move the selected object by a big step to the left, right, up, or down. Move focus to the next object ↹ Tab ↹ Tab Move focus to the next object after the currently selected one. Move focus to the previous object ⇧ Shift+↹ Tab ⇧ Shift+↹ Tab Move focus to the previous object before the currently selected one. Working with Endnotes/Footnotes Insert endnote Ctrl+Alt+D ^ Ctrl+⌥ Option+D Insert an endnote. Insert footnote Ctrl+Alt+F Insert a footnote. Working with Tables Move to the next cell in a row ↹ Tab ↹ Tab Go to the next cell in a table row. Move to the previous cell in a row ⇧ Shift+↹ Tab ⇧ Shift+↹ Tab Go to the previous cell in a table row. Move to the next row ↓ ↓ Go to the next row in a table. Move to the previous row ↑ ↑ Go to the previous row in a table. Start new paragraph ↵ Enter ↵ Return Start a new paragraph within a cell. Add new row ↹ Tab in the lower right table cell. ↹ Tab in the lower right table cell. Add a new row at the bottom of the table. Insert table break Ctrl+⇧ Shift+↵ Enter ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+↵ Return, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+↵ Return Insert a table break within the table. Working with Forms Move to the next form ↹ Tab Move to the next form. Move to the previous form ⇧ Shift+↹ Tab Move to the previous form. Choose the next combo box option in the form ↓ ↓ Choose the next combo box option in the form. Choose the previous combo box option in the form ↑ ↑ Choose the previous combo box option in the form. Add line break in the multiline form Enter Add a line break in the multiline form. Inserting special characters Insert equation Alt+= ⌥ Option+^ Ctrl+=,⌥ Option+⌘ Cmd+= Insert an equation at the current cursor position. Insert an em dash Alt+Ctrl+Num- ⌥ Option+⇧ Shift+- Insert an em dash ‘—’ within the current document and to the right of the cursor. Insert an en dash Ctrl+Num- ⌥ Option+- Insert an en dash ‘-’ within the current document and to the right of the cursor. Insert a copyright symbol Ctrl+Alt+G ⌘ Cmd+⌥ Option+G, ^ Ctrl+⌥ Option+G Insert a copyright symbol ‘©’ within the current document and to the right of the cursor. Insert the Euro sign Ctrl+Alt+E ⌘ Cmd+⌥ Option+E, ^ Ctrl+⌥ Option+E Insert the Euro sign (€) at the current cursor position. Insert the registered trademark sign Ctrl+Alt+R ⌘ Cmd+⌥ Option+R, ^ Ctrl+⌥ Option+R Insert the registered trademark sign (®) at the current cursor position. Insert the trademark sign Ctrl+Alt+T ⌘ Cmd+⌥ Option+T, ^ Ctrl+⌥ Option+T Insert the trademark sign (™) at the current cursor position. Insert ellipsis Ctrl+Alt+. ⌥ Option+; Insert the ellipsis sign (...) at the current cursor position. Replace selected Unicode code with symbol Alt+X ⌥ Option+⌘ Cmd+X, ⌥ Option+^ Ctrl+X Replace the selected Unicode code with a symbol. Work with keyboard supporting the ability to insert Unicode symbols ⌥ Option+Q, ⌥ Option+F, ⇧ Shift+⌥ Option+7, and others When using the ⌥ Option+keyboard symbol shortcuts, for the keyboards supporting the ability to insert Unicode symbols, the keyboard symbols are added. The examples are listed below. With the English ABC layout, the ⌥ Option+Q shortcut inserts the \"œ\" symbol, the ⌥ Option+F shortcut inserts the “ƒ” function symbol. With the US International w/o deadkeys layout, the ⌥ Option+Q shortcut inserts the “ä” symbol. With the Swiss-german layout, the ⇧ Shift+⌥ Option+7 shortcut inserts the \"\\” symbol. Paste the copied data using Ctrl+V on Windows or Cmd+V on macOS. After pasting the copied data, use the Ctrl key to open the Paste Special menu, then press the letter key which corresponds to the necessary option." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm", @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ var indexes = { "id": "HelpfulHints/Password.htm", "title": "Protecting documents with a password", - "body": "You can protect your documents with a password that is required to enter the editing mode by your co-authors. The password can be changed or removed later on. The password cannot be restored if you lose or forget it. Please keep it in a safe place. You can also protect your documents by restricting access rights. Setting a password go to the File tab at the top toolbar and choose the Protect option. Click the Add password button to open the Set password window, or go to the Protection tab and choose the Encrypt option, set a password in the Password field and repeat it in the Repeat password field below. Click to show or hide password characters when entered. Click OK when ready. To open the document with the full access rights, the user has to enter the set password. Changing a password go to the File tab at the top toolbar and choose the Protect option. Click the Change password button to open the Set password window, or go to the Protection tab and choose the Encrypt option, set a new password in the Password field and repeat it in the Repeat password field below. Click to show or hide password characters when entered. click OK. Deleting a password go to the File tab at the top toolbar, choose the Protect option, click the Delete password button. Protecting a document go to the Protection tab, click the Protect Document button, set the password if necessary, choose the required access rights for the document provided the password has not been entered by the user: No changes (Read only) - the user can only view the document. Filling forms - the user can only fill a form. Tracked changes - the user can only view the document changes history and review the document itself. Comments - the user can only leave and answer comments. click Protect when ready. To remove protection from the document provided that the password has been set, go to the Protection tab, click the Protect Document button, enter the set password in the Unprotect Document window." + "body": "You can protect your documents with a password that is required to enter the editing mode by your co-authors. The password can be changed or removed later on. The password cannot be restored if you lose or forget it. Please keep it in a safe place. You can also protect your documents by restricting access rights. Setting a password go to the File tab at the top toolbar and choose the Protect option. Click the Add password button to open the Set password window, or go to the Protection tab and choose the Encrypt option, set a password in the Password field and repeat it in the Repeat password field below. Click to show or hide password characters when entered, Click OK when ready. To open the document with the full access rights, the user has to enter the set password. Changing a password go to the File tab at the top toolbar and choose the Protect option. Click the Change password button to open the Set password window, or go to the Protection tab and choose the Encrypt option, set a new password in the Password field and repeat it in the Repeat password field below. Click to show or hide password characters when entered. click OK. Deleting a password go to the File tab at the top toolbar, choose the Protect option, click the Delete password button. Protecting a document go to the Protection tab, click the Protect Document button, set the password if necessary, choose the required access rights for the document, provided the password has not been entered by the user: No changes (Read only) - the user can only view the document. Filling forms - the user can only fill a form. Tracked changes - the user can only view the document changes history and review the document itself. Comments - the user can only leave and answer comments. click Protect when ready. To remove protection from the document, provided that the password has been set, go to the Protection tab, click the Protect Document button, enter the set password in the Unprotect Document window." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/Review.htm", @@ -53,27 +53,27 @@ var indexes = { "id": "HelpfulHints/Search.htm", "title": "Search and Replace Function", - "body": "To search for the required characters, words or phrases used in the currently edited document, click the icon situated on the left sidebar of the Document Editor, the icon situated in the upper right corner, or use the Ctrl+F (Command+F for MacOS) key combination to open the small Find panel or the Ctrl+H key combination to open the full Find panel. A small Find panel will open in the upper right corner of the working area. The panel includes the text field for typing in a search query, the number of search results, and controls for moving to the previous or the next result, and closing the bar. To access the advanced settings, click the icon or use the Ctrl+H key combination. The Find and replace panel will open: Type in your inquiry into the corresponding Find data entry field. If you need to replace one or more occurrences of the found characters, type in the replacement text into the corresponding Replace with data entry field. You can choose to replace a single currently highlighted occurrence or replace all occurrences by clicking the corresponding Replace and Replace All buttons. To navigate between the found occurrences, click one of the arrow buttons. The button shows the next occurrence while the button shows the previous one. Specify search parameters by checking the necessary options below the entry fields: Case sensitive - is used to find only the occurrences typed in the same case as your inquiry (e.g. if your inquiry is 'Editor' and this option is selected, such words as 'editor' or 'EDITOR' etc. will not be found). Whole words only - is used to highlight only whole words. All occurrences will be highlighted in the file and shown as a list in the Find panel to the left. Use the list to skip to the required occurrence, or use the navigation and buttons. The Document Editor supports search for special characters. To find a special character, enter it into the search box. The list of special characters that can be used in searches Special character Description ^l Line break ^t Tab stop ^? Any symbol ^# Any digit ^$ Any letter ^n Column break ^e Endnote ^f Footnote ^g Graphic element ^m Page break ^~ Non-breaking hyphen ^s Non-breaking space ^^ Escaping the caret itself ^w Any space ^+ Em dash ^= En dash ^y Any dash Special characters that may be used for replacement too: Special character Description ^l Line break ^t Tab stop ^n Column break ^m Page break ^~ Non-breaking hyphen ^s Non-breaking space ^+ Em dash ^= En dash" + "body": "To search for the required characters, words or phrases used in the currently edited document, click the icon situated on the left sidebar of the Document Editor, the icon situated in the upper right corner, or use the Ctrl+F (Command+F for macOS) key combination to open the small Find panel or the Ctrl+H key combination to open the full Find panel. A small Find panel will open in the upper right corner of the working area. The panel includes the text field for typing in a search query, the number of search results, and controls for moving to the previous or the next result, and closing the bar. To access the advanced settings, click the icon or use the Ctrl+H key combination. The Find and replace panel will open: Type in your inquiry into the corresponding Find data entry field. If you need to replace one or more occurrences of the found characters, type in the replacement text into the corresponding Replace with data entry field. You can choose to replace a single currently highlighted occurrence or replace all occurrences by clicking the corresponding Replace and Replace All buttons. To navigate between the found occurrences, click one of the arrow buttons. The button shows the next occurrence, while the button shows the previous one. Specify search parameters by checking the necessary options below the entry fields: Case sensitive - is used to find only the occurrences typed in the same case as your inquiry (e.g. if your inquiry is 'Editor' and this option is selected, such words as 'editor' or 'EDITOR' etc. will not be found). Whole words only - is used to highlight only whole words. All occurrences will be highlighted in the file and shown as a list in the Find panel to the left. Use the list to skip to the required occurrence, or use the navigation and buttons. The Document Editor supports search for special characters. To find a special character, enter it into the search box. The list of special characters that can be used in searches Special character Description ^l Line break ^t Tab stop ^? Any symbol ^# Any digit ^$ Any letter ^n Column break ^e Endnote ^f Footnote ^g Graphic element ^m Page break ^~ Non-breaking hyphen ^s Non-breaking space ^^ Escaping the caret itself ^w Any space ^+ Em dash ^= En dash ^y Any dash Special characters that may be used for replacement too: Special character Description ^l Line break ^t Tab stop ^n Column break ^m Page break ^~ Non-breaking hyphen ^s Non-breaking space ^+ Em dash ^= En dash" }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/SpellChecking.htm", "title": "Spell-checking", - "body": "The Document Editor allows you to check the spelling of your text in a certain language and correct mistakes while editing. In the desktop version, it's also possible to add words into a custom dictionary which is common for all three editors. Starting from version 6.3, the ONLYOFFICE editors support the SharedWorker interface for smoother operation without significant memory consumption. If your browser does not support SharedWorker then just Worker will be active. For more information about SharedWorker please refer to this article. First of all, choose a language for your document. Click the Set Document Language icon on the status bar. In the opened window, select the required language and click OK. The selected language will be applied to the whole document. To choose a different language for any piece within the document, select the necessary text passage with the mouse and use the menu on the status bar. To enable the spell checking option, you can: click the Spell checking icon on the status bar, or open the File tab of the top toolbar, select the Advanced Settings option, check the Turn on spell checking option box and click the Apply button. All misspelled words will be underlined by a red line. Right click on the necessary word to activate the menu and: choose one of the suggested similar words spelled correctly to replace the misspelled word with the suggested one. If too many variants are found, the More variants... option appears in the menu; use the Ignore option to skip just that word and remove underlining or Ignore All to skip all the identical words repeated in the text; if the current word is missed in the dictionary, you can add it to the custom dictionary. This word will not be treated as a mistake next time. This option is available in the desktop version. select a different language for this word. To disable the spell checking option, you can: click the Spell checking icon on the status bar, or open the File tab of the top toolbar, select the Advanced Settings option, uncheck the Turn on spell checking option box and click the Apply button." + "body": "The Document Editor allows you to check the spelling of your text in a certain language and correct mistakes while editing. In the desktop version, it's also possible to add words into a custom dictionary, which is used for all three editors. Starting from version 6.3, the ONLYOFFICE editors support the SharedWorker interface for smoother operation without significant memory consumption. If your browser does not support SharedWorker then just Worker will be active. For more information about SharedWorker please refer to this article. First, choose a language for your document. Click the Set Document Language icon on the status bar. In the opened window, select the required language and click OK. The selected language will be applied to the whole document. To choose a different language for any piece within the document, select the necessary text passage with the mouse and use the menu on the status bar. To enable the spell checking option, you can: click the Spell checking icon on the status bar, or open the File tab of the top toolbar, select the Advanced Settings option, check the Turn on spell checking option box and click the Apply button. All misspelled words will be underlined by a red line. Right-click on the necessary word to activate the menu and: choose one of the suggested similar words spelled correctly to replace the misspelled word with the suggested one. If too many variants are found, the More variants... option appears in the menu, use the Ignore option to skip just that word and remove underlining, or Ignore All to skip all the identical words repeated in the text, if the current word is missed in the dictionary, you can add it to the custom dictionary. This word will not be treated as a mistake next time. This option is available in the desktop version, select a different language for this word. To disable the spell checking option, you can: click the Spell checking icon on the status bar, or open the File tab of the top toolbar, select the Advanced Settings option, uncheck the Turn on spell checking option box and click the Apply button." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm", "title": "Supported Formats of Electronic Documents", - "body": "An electronic document is one of the most commonly used computer. Due to the highly developed modern computer network, it's more convenient to distribute electronic documents than printed ones. Nowadays, a lot of devices are used for document presentation, so there are plenty of proprietary and open file formats. The Document Editor handles the most popular of them. While uploading or opening the file for editing, it will be converted to the Office Open XML (DOCX) format. It's done to speed up the file processing and increase the interoperability. The following table contains the formats which can be opened for viewing and/or editing. Formats Description View natively View after conversion to OOXML Edit natively Edit after conversion to OOXML DjVu File format designed primarily to store scanned documents, especially those containing a combination of text, line drawings, and photographs + DOC Filename extension for word processing documents created with Microsoft Word + + DOCM Macro-Enabled Microsoft Word Document Filename extension for Microsoft Word 2007 or higher generated documents with the ability to run macros + + DOCX Office Open XML Zipped, XML-based file format developed by Microsoft for representing spreadsheets, charts, presentations, and word processing documents + + DOCXF A format to create, edit and collaborate on a Form Template. + + DOTX Word Open XML Document Template Zipped, XML-based file format developed by Microsoft for text document templates. A DOTX template contains formatting settings, styles etc. and can be used to create multiple documents with the same formatting + + EPUB Electronic Publication Free and open e-book standard created by the International Digital Publishing Forum + + FODT A text document saved in the OpenDocument format, but stored as a flat XML file + + FB2 An ebook extension that lets you read books on your computer or mobile devices + + HTML HyperText Markup Language The main markup language for web pages + + MHTML MIME (Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions) HTML A web archive format that combines all the contents of a webpage. + + ODT Word processing file format of OpenDocument, an open standard for electronic documents + + OFORM A format to fill out a Form. Form fields are fillable but users cannot change the formatting or parameters of the form elements*. + + OTT OpenDocument Document Template OpenDocument file format for text document templates. An OTT template contains formatting settings, styles etc. and can be used to create multiple documents with the same formatting + + PDF Portable Document Format File format used to represent documents regardless of the used software, hardware, and operating systems + PDF/A Portable Document Format / A An ISO-standardized version of the Portable Document Format (PDF) specialized for use in the archiving and long-term preservation of electronic documents. + RTF Rich Text Format Document file format developed by Microsoft for cross-platform document interchange + + STW StarOffice Document Template A file format used for saving word processing documents in OpenOffice.org Writer. An STW file can be edited using any other software that supports the OpenDocument Format (ODF) standard. STW files contain text, images, and other formatting information. + + SXW StarOffice/OpenOffice Writer Document A text document format included in the StarOffice suite that is based on the OpenDocument XML format and is compatible with Apache OpenOffice (formerly OpenOffice.org) Writer, the successor to StarOffice Writer. + + TXT Filename extension for text files usually containing very little formatting + + WPS Microsoft Works Word Processor Text Document A text document created by Microsoft Works Word Processor, the word processing program that was replaced by Microsoft Word. WPS files are similar to Word documents, but they have fewer formatting options. + + WPT WordPerfect Text Document A text file with .wpt extension is saved in a binary format and can contain text, charts, images, tables and other textual data. + + XML Extensible Markup Language (XML). A simple and flexible markup language that derived from SGML (ISO 8879) and is designed to store and transport data. + + XPS Open XML Paper Specification Open royalty-free fixed-layout document format developed by Microsoft + *Note: the OFORM format is a format for filling out a form. Therefore, only form fields are editable. The following table contains the formats in which you can download a document from the File -> Download as menu. Input format Can be downloaded as DjVu DjVu, PDF DOC DOCX, DOCXF, DOTX, EPUB, FB2, HTML, JPG, ODT, OFORM, OTT, PDF, PDF/A, PNG, RTF, TXT DOCM DOCX, DOCXF, DOTX, EPUB, FB2, HTML, JPG, ODT, OFORM, OTT, PDF, PDF/A, PNG, RTF, TXT DOCX DOCX, DOCXF, DOTX, EPUB, FB2, HTML, JPG, ODT, OFORM, OTT, PDF, PDF/A, PNG, RTF, TXT DOCXF DOCX, DOCXF, DOTX, EPUB, FB2, HTML, JPG, ODT, OFORM, OTT, PDF, PDF/A, PNG, RTF, TXT DOTX DOCX, DOCXF, DOTX, EPUB, FB2, HTML, JPG, ODT, OFORM, OTT, PDF, PDF/A, PNG, RTF, TXT EPUB DOCX, DOCXF, DOTX, EPUB, FB2, HTML, JPG, ODT, OFORM, OTT, PDF, PDF/A, PNG, RTF, TXT FB2 DOCX, DOCXF, DOTX, EPUB, FB2, HTML, JPG, ODT, OFORM, OTT, PDF, PDF/A, PNG, RTF, TXT HTML DOCX, DOCXF, DOTX, EPUB, FB2, HTML, JPG, ODT, OFORM, OTT, PDF, PDF/A, PNG, RTF, TXT MHTML DOCX, DOCXF, DOTX, EPUB, FB2, HTML, JPG, ODT, PDF, PDFA, PNG, RTF, TXT ODT DOCX, DOCXF, DOTX, EPUB, FB2, HTML, JPG, ODT, OFORM, OTT, PDF, PDF/A, PNG, RTF, TXT OFORM DOCX, DOCXF, DOTX, EPUB, FB2, HTML, JPG, ODT, OFORM, OTT, PDF, PDF/A, PNG, RTF, TXT OTT DOCX, DOCXF, DOTX, EPUB, FB2, HTML, JPG, ODT, OFORM, OTT, PDF, PDF/A, PNG, RTF, TXT PDF DOCX, DOCXF, DOTX, EPUB, FB2, HTML, JPG, OFORM, PDF/A, PNG, RTF, TXT PDF/A DOCX, DOCXF, DOTX, EPUB, FB2, HTML, JPG, OFORM, PDF, PNG, RTF, TXT RTF DOCX, DOCXF, DOTX, EPUB, FB2, HTML, JPG, ODT, OFORM, OTT, PDF, PDF/A, PNG, RTF, TXT STW DOCX, DOCXF, DOTX, EPUB, FB2, HTML, JPG, ODT, PDF, PDFA, PNG, RTF, TXT SXW DOCX, DOCXF, DOTX, EPUB, FB2, HTML, JPG, ODT, PDF, PDFA, PNG, RTF, TXT TXT DOCX, DOCXF, DOTX, EPUB, FB2, HTML, JPG, ODT, OFORM, OTT, PDF, PDF/A, PNG, RTF, TXT WPS DOCX, DOCXF, DOTX, EPUB, FB2, HTML, JPG, ODT, PDF, PDFA, PNG, RTF, TXT WPT DOCX, DOCXF, DOTX, EPUB, FB2, HTML, JPG, ODT, PDF, PDFA, PNG, RTF, TXT XML DOCX, DOCXF, DOTX, EPUB, FB2, HTML, JPG, ODT, OFORM, OTT, PDF, PDF/A, PNG, RTF, TXT XPS DOCX, DOCXF, DOTX, EPUB, FB2, HTML, JPG, ODT, OFORM, OTT, PDF, PDF/A, PNG, RTF, TXT, XPS You can also refer to the conversion matrix on api.onlyoffice.com to see possibility of conversion your documents into the most known file formats." + "body": "Electronic documents are the most frequently used computer files. Due to the highly developed modern computer network, it's more convenient to distribute electronic documents than printed ones. Nowadays, a lot of devices are used for document presentation, so there are plenty of proprietary and open file formats. The Document Editor handles the most popular of them. While uploading or opening the file for editing, it will be converted to the Office Open XML (DOCX) format. It's done to speed up the file processing and increase the interoperability. The following table contains the formats which can be opened for viewing and/or editing. Formats Description View natively View after conversion to OOXML Edit natively Edit after conversion to OOXML DjVu File format designed primarily to store scanned documents, especially those containing a combination of text, line drawings, and photographs + DOC Filename extension for word processing documents created with Microsoft Word + + DOCM Macro-Enabled Microsoft Word Document Filename extension for Microsoft Word 2007 or higher generated documents with the ability to run macros + + DOCX Office Open XML Zipped, XML-based file format developed by Microsoft for representing spreadsheets, charts, presentations, and word processing documents + + DOCXF A format to create, edit and collaborate on a Form Template. + + DOTX Word Open XML Document Template Zipped, XML-based file format developed by Microsoft for text document templates. A DOTX template contains formatting settings, styles etc. and can be used to create multiple documents with the same formatting + + EPUB Electronic Publication Free and open e-book standard created by the International Digital Publishing Forum + + FODT A text document saved in the OpenDocument format, but stored as a flat XML file + + FB2 An ebook extension that lets you read books on your computer or mobile devices + + HTML HyperText Markup Language The main markup language for web pages + + MHTML MIME (Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions) HTML A web archive format that combines all the contents of a webpage. + + ODT Word processing file format of OpenDocument, an open standard for electronic documents + + OFORM An old format to fill out a Form. You will be prompted to save it to PDF to be able to fill it out. + OTT OpenDocument Document Template OpenDocument file format for text document templates. An OTT template contains formatting settings, styles etc. and can be used to create multiple documents with the same formatting + + PDF Portable Document Format File format used to represent documents regardless of the used software, hardware, and operating systems + PDF/A Portable Document Format / A An ISO-standardized version of the Portable Document Format (PDF) specialized for use in the archiving and long-term preservation of electronic documents. + RTF Rich Text Format Document file format developed by Microsoft for cross-platform document interchange + + STW StarOffice Document Template A file format used for saving word processing documents in OpenOffice.org Writer. An STW file can be edited using any other software that supports the OpenDocument Format (ODF) standard. STW files contain text, images, and other formatting information. + + SXW StarOffice/OpenOffice Writer Document A text document format included in the StarOffice suite that is based on the OpenDocument XML format and is compatible with Apache OpenOffice (formerly OpenOffice.org) Writer, the successor to StarOffice Writer. + + TXT Filename extension for text files usually containing very little formatting + + WPS Microsoft Works Word Processor Text Document A text document created by Microsoft Works Word Processor, the word processing program that was replaced by Microsoft Word. WPS files are similar to Word documents, but they have fewer formatting options. + + WPT WordPerfect Text Document A text file with .wpt extension is saved in a binary format and can contain text, charts, images, tables and other textual data. + + XML Extensible Markup Language (XML). A simple and flexible markup language that derived from SGML (ISO 8879) and is designed to store and transport data. + + XPS Open XML Paper Specification Open royalty-free fixed-layout document format developed by Microsoft + The following table contains the formats in which you can download a document from the File -> Download as menu. Input format Can be downloaded as DjVu DjVu, PDF DOC DOCX, DOCXF, DOTX, EPUB, FB2, HTML, JPG, ODT, OTT, PDF, PDF/A, PNG, RTF, TXT DOCM DOCX, DOCXF, DOTX, EPUB, FB2, HTML, JPG, ODT, OTT, PDF, PDF/A, PNG, RTF, TXT DOCX DOCX, DOCXF, DOTX, EPUB, FB2, HTML, JPG, ODT, OTT, PDF, PDF/A, PNG, RTF, TXT DOCXF DOCX, DOCXF, DOTX, EPUB, FB2, HTML, JPG, ODT, OTT, PDF, PDF/A, PNG, RTF, TXT DOTX DOCX, DOCXF, DOTX, EPUB, FB2, HTML, JPG, ODT, OTT, PDF, PDF/A, PNG, RTF, TXT EPUB DOCX, DOCXF, DOTX, EPUB, FB2, HTML, JPG, ODT, OTT, PDF, PDF/A, PNG, RTF, TXT FB2 DOCX, DOCXF, DOTX, EPUB, FB2, HTML, JPG, ODT, OTT, PDF, PDF/A, PNG, RTF, TXT HTML DOCX, DOCXF, DOTX, EPUB, FB2, HTML, JPG, ODT, OTT, PDF, PDF/A, PNG, RTF, TXT MHTML DOCX, DOCXF, DOTX, EPUB, FB2, HTML, JPG, ODT, PDF, PDFA, PNG, RTF, TXT ODT DOCX, DOCXF, DOTX, EPUB, FB2, HTML, JPG, ODT, OTT, PDF, PDF/A, PNG, RTF, TXT OFORM DOCX, DOCXF, DOTX, EPUB, FB2, HTML, JPG, ODT, OTT, PDF, PDF/A, PNG, RTF, TXT OTT DOCX, DOCXF, DOTX, EPUB, FB2, HTML, JPG, ODT, OTT, PDF, PDF/A, PNG, RTF, TXT PDF DOCX, DOCXF, DOTX, EPUB, FB2, HTML, JPG, PDF/A, PNG, RTF, TXT PDF/A DOCX, DOCXF, DOTX, EPUB, FB2, HTML, JPG, PDF, PNG, RTF, TXT RTF DOCX, DOCXF, DOTX, EPUB, FB2, HTML, JPG, ODT, OTT, PDF, PDF/A, PNG, RTF, TXT STW DOCX, DOCXF, DOTX, EPUB, FB2, HTML, JPG, ODT, PDF, PDFA, PNG, RTF, TXT SXW DOCX, DOCXF, DOTX, EPUB, FB2, HTML, JPG, ODT, PDF, PDFA, PNG, RTF, TXT TXT DOCX, DOCXF, DOTX, EPUB, FB2, HTML, JPG, ODT, OTT, PDF, PDF/A, PNG, RTF, TXT WPS DOCX, DOCXF, DOTX, EPUB, FB2, HTML, JPG, ODT, PDF, PDFA, PNG, RTF, TXT WPT DOCX, DOCXF, DOTX, EPUB, FB2, HTML, JPG, ODT, PDF, PDFA, PNG, RTF, TXT XML DOCX, DOCXF, DOTX, EPUB, FB2, HTML, JPG, ODT, OTT, PDF, PDF/A, PNG, RTF, TXT XPS DOCX, DOCXF, DOTX, EPUB, FB2, HTML, JPG, ODT, OTT, PDF, PDF/A, PNG, RTF, TXT, XPS You can also refer to the conversion matrix on api.onlyoffice.com to see possibility of conversion your documents into the most known file formats." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/VersionHistory.htm", "title": "Version history", - "body": "The Document Editor allows you to maintain constant team-wide approach to work flow: share files and folders, collaborate on documents in real time, communicate right in the editor, comment certain parts of your documents that require additional third-party input, review documents and add your changes without actually editing the file, compare and merge documents to facilitate processing and editing. In Document Editor you can view the version history of the document you collaborate on. Viewing version history: To view all the changes made to the document, go to the File tab, select the Version History option at the left sidebar or go to the Collaboration tab, open the history of versions using the  Version History icon at the top toolbar. You'll see the list of the document versions and revisions with the indication of each version/revision author and creation date and time. For document versions, the version number is also specified (e.g. ver. 2). Viewing versions: To know exactly which changes have been made in each separate version/revision, you can view the one you need by clicking it on the left sidebar. The changes made by the version/revision author are marked with the color which is displayed next to the author's name on the left sidebar. To return to the current version of the document, use the Close History option on the top of the version list. Restoring versions: If you need to roll back to one of the previous versions of the document, click the Restore link below the selected version/revision. To learn more about managing versions and intermediate revisions, as well as restoring previous versions, please read the following article." + "body": "The Document Editor allows you to maintain a constant team-wide approach to work flow: share files and folders, collaborate on documents in real time, communicate right in the editor, comment certain parts of your documents that require additional third-party input, review documents and add your changes without actually editing the file, compare and merge documents to facilitate processing and editing. In Document Editor, you can view the version history of the document you collaborate on. Viewing version history: To view all the changes made to the document, go to the File tab, select the Version History option at the left sidebar or go to the Collaboration tab, open the history of versions using the  Version History icon at the top toolbar. You'll see the list of the document versions and revisions, with the indication of each version/revision author and creation date and time. For document versions, the version number is also specified (e.g., ver. 2). Viewing versions: To know exactly which changes have been made in each separate version/revision, you can view the one you need by clicking it on the left sidebar. The changes made by the version/revision author are marked with the color which is displayed next to the author's name on the left sidebar. To return to the current version of the document, use the Close History option on the top of the version list. Restoring versions: If you need to roll back to one of the previous versions of the document, click the Restore link below the selected version/revision. To learn more about managing versions and intermediate revisions, as well as restoring previous versions, please read the following article." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/Viewer.htm", "title": "ONLYOFFICE Document Viewer", - "body": "You can use ONLYOFFICE Document Viewer to open and navigate through PDF, XPS, DjVu files. ONLYOFFICE Document Viewer allows to: view PDF, XPS, DjVu files, add annotations using chat tool, navigate files using contents navigation panel and page thumbnails, use select and hand tools, print and download files, use internal and external links, access advanced settings of the editor and view the following document info using the File and the View tab: Location (available in the online version only) - the folder in the Documents module where the file is stored. Owner (available in the online version only) - the name of the user who has created the file. Uploaded (available in the online version only) - the date and time when the file has been uploaded to the portal. Statistics - the number of pages, paragraphs, words, symbols, symbols with spaces. Page size - the dimensions of the pages in the file. Last Modified - the date and time when the document was last modified. Created - the date and time when the document was created. Application - the application the document has been created with. Author - the person who has created the document. PDF Producer - the application used to convert the document to PDF. PDF Version - the version of the PDF file. Tagged PDF - shows if PDF file contains tags. Fast Web View - shows if the Fast Web View has been enabled for the document. use plugins Plugins available in the desktop version: Translator, Send, Thesaurus. Plugins available in the online version: Controls example, Get and paste html, Telegram, Typograf, Count word, Speech, Thesaurus, Translator. ONLYOFFICE Document Viewer interface: The Top toolbar provides access to File, View and Plugins tabs, and the following icons: Print allows to print out the file; Download allows to download a file to your computer; Share (available in the online version only) allows you to manage the users who have access to the file right from the document: invite new users giving them permissions to edit, read, comment, fill forms or review the document, or deny some users access rights to the file. Open file location in the desktop version allows opening the folder, where the file is stored, in the File explorer window. In the online version, it allows opening the folder of the Documents module, where the file is stored, in a new browser tab; Mark as favorite / Remove from favorites (available in the online version only) click the empty star to add a file to favorites as to make it easy to find, or click the filled star to remove the file from favorites. The added file is just a shortcut so the file itself remains stored in its original location. Deleting a file from favorites does not remove the file from its original location; User displays the user’s name when you hover the mouse over it. Search - allows to search the document for a particular word or symbol, etc. The Status bar located at the bottom of the ONLYOFFICE Document Viewer window indicates the page number and displays the background status notifications. It also contains the following tools: Selection tool allows to select text in a file. Hand tool allows to drag and scroll the page. Fit to page allows to resize the page so that the screen displays the whole page. Fit to width allows to resize the page so that the page scales to fit the width of the screen. Zoom adjusting tool allows to zoom in and zoom out the page. The Left sidebar contains the following icons: - allows to use the Search and Replace tool, - (available in the online version only) allows opening the Chat panel, - allows to open the Headings panel that displays the list of all headings with corresponding nesting levels. Click the heading to jump directly to a specific page. Click the Settings icon to the right of the Headings panel and use one of the available options from the menu: Expand all - to expand all levels of headings at the Headings panel. Collapse all - to collapse all levels of headings, excepting level 1, at the Headings panel. Expand to level - to expand the heading structure to the selected level. E.g. if you select level 3, then levels 1, 2 and 3 will be expanded, while level 4 and all lower levels will be collapsed. Font size – to customize font size of the Headings panel text by choosing one of the available presets: Small, Medium, and Large. Wrap long headings – to wrap long heading text. To manually expand or collapse separate heading levels, use the arrows to the left of the headings. To close the Headings panel, click the   Headings icon on the left sidebar once again. - allows to display page thumbnails for quick navigation. Click on the Page Thumbnails panel to access the Thumbnails Settings: Drag the slider to set the thumbnail size, The Highlight visible part of page is active by default to indicate the area that is currently on screen. Click it to disable. To close the Page Thumbnails panel, click the Page Thumbnails icon on the left sidebar once again. - allows to contact our support team, - (available in the online version only) allows to view the information about the program." + "body": "You can use ONLYOFFICE Document Viewer to open and navigate through PDF, XPS, DjVu files. ONLYOFFICE Document Viewer allows to: view PDF, XPS, DjVu files, add annotations using chat tool, navigate files using contents navigation panel and page thumbnails, use select and hand tools, print and download files, use internal and external links, access advanced settings of the editor and view the following document info using the File and the View tab: Location (available in the online version only) - the folder in the Documents module where the file is stored. Owner (available in the online version only) - the name of the user who has created the file. Uploaded (available in the online version only) - the date and time when the file has been uploaded to the portal. Statistics - the number of pages, paragraphs, words, symbols, symbols with spaces. Page size - the dimensions of the pages in the file. Last Modified - the date and time when the document was last modified. Created - the date and time when the document was created. Application - the application the document has been created with. Author - the person who has created the document. PDF Producer - the application used to convert the document to PDF. PDF Version - the version of the PDF file. Tagged PDF - shows if PDF file contains tags. Fast Web View - shows if the Fast Web View has been enabled for the document. use plugins Plugins available in the desktop version: Translator, Send, Thesaurus. Plugins available in the online version: Controls example, Get and paste html, Telegram, Typograf, Count word, Speech, Thesaurus, Translator. ONLYOFFICE Document Viewer interface: The Top toolbar provides access to File, View and Plugins tabs, and the following icons: Print allows to print out the file; Download allows to download a file to your computer; Share (available in the online version only) allows you to manage the users who have access to the file right from the document: invite new users giving them permissions to edit, read, comment, fill forms or review the document, or deny some users access rights to the file. Open file location in the desktop version allows opening the folder, where the file is stored, in the File explorer window. In the online version, it allows opening the folder of the Documents module, where the file is stored, in a new browser tab; Mark as favorite / Remove from favorites (available in the online version only) click the empty star to add a file to favorites as to make it easy to find, or click the filled star to remove the file from favorites. The added file is just a shortcut, so the file itself remains stored in its original location. Deleting a file from favorites does not remove the file from its original location; User displays the user’s name when you hover the mouse over it. Search - allows searching the document for a particular word or symbol, etc. The Status bar located at the bottom of the ONLYOFFICE Document Viewer window indicates the page number and displays the background status notifications. It also contains the following tools: Selection tool allows selecting text in a file. Hand tool allows dragging and scrolling the page. Fit to page allows resizing the page so that the screen displays the whole page. Fit to width allows resizing the page so that the page scales to fit the width of the screen. Zoom adjusting tool allows zooming in and out of the page. The Left sidebar contains the following icons: - allows using the Search and Replace tool, - (available in the online version only) allows opening the Chat panel, - allows opening the Headings panel that displays the list of all headings with corresponding nesting levels. Click the heading to jump directly to a specific page. Click the Settings icon to the right of the Headings panel and use one of the available options from the menu: Expand all - to expand all levels of headings at the Headings panel. Collapse all - to collapse all levels of headings, excepting level 1, at the Headings panel. Expand to level - to expand the heading structure to the selected level. E.g. if you select level 3, then levels 1, 2 and 3 will be expanded, while level 4 and all lower levels will be collapsed. Font size – to customize font size of the Headings panel text by choosing one of the available presets: Small, Medium, and Large. Wrap long headings – to wrap long heading text. To manually expand or collapse separate heading levels, use the arrows to the left of the headings. To close the Headings panel, click the   Headings icon on the left sidebar once again. - allows displaying page thumbnails for quick navigation. Click on the Page Thumbnails panel to access the Thumbnails Settings: Drag the slider to set the thumbnail size, The Highlight visible part of page is active by default to indicate the area that is currently on the screen. Click it to disable. To close the Page Thumbnails panel, click the Page Thumbnails icon on the left sidebar once again. - allows contacting our support team, - (available in the online version only) allows viewing the information about the program." }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/DrawTab.htm", @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ var indexes = { "id": "ProgramInterface/FileTab.htm", "title": "File tab", - "body": "The File tab of the Document Editor allows performing some basic operations. The corresponding window of the Online Document Editor: The corresponding window of the Desktop Document Editor: With this tab, you can use the following options: in the online version: save the current file (in case the Autosave option is disabled), save it in the required format on the hard disk drive of your computer with the Download as option, save a copy of the file in the selected format to the portal documents with the Save copy as option, print or rename the current file. in the desktop version: save the current file without changing its format and location using the Save option, save it changing its name, location or format using the Save as option or print the current file. protect the file using a password, change or remove the password; protect the file using a digital signature (available in the desktop version only); create a new document or open a recently edited one (available in the online version only), view general information about the document or change some file properties, manage access rights (available in the online version only), track version history (available in the online version only), access the Advanced Settings of the editor, in the desktop version, open the folder, where the file is stored, in the File explorer window. In the online version, open the folder of the Documents module, where the file is stored, in a new browser tab." + "body": "The File tab of the Document Editor allows performing some basic operations. The corresponding window of the Online Document Editor: The corresponding window of the Desktop Document Editor: With this tab, you can use the following options: in the online version: save the current file (in case the Autosave option is disabled), save it in the required format on the hard disk drive of your computer with the Download as option, save a copy of the file in the selected format to the portal documents with the Save copy as option, print or rename the current file, in the desktop version: save the current file without changing its format and location using the Save option, save it changing its name, location or format using the Save as option or print the current file, protect the file using a password, change or remove the password, protect the file using a digital signature (available in the desktop version only), create a new document or open a recently edited one (available in the online version only), view general information about the document or change some file properties, manage access rights (available in the online version only), track version history (available in the online version only), access the Advanced Settings of the editor, in the desktop version, open the folder, where the file is stored, in the File explorer window. In the online version, open the folder of the Documents module, where the file is stored, in a new browser tab." }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/FormsTab.htm", @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ var indexes = { "id": "ProgramInterface/HomeTab.htm", "title": "Home tab", - "body": "The Home tab appears by default when you open the Document Editor. It also allows formating fonts and paragraphs. Some other options are also available here, such as Mail Merge and color schemes. The corresponding window of the Online Document Editor: The corresponding window of the Desktop Document Editor: Using this tab, you can: adjust the font type, its size and color, apply font decoration styles, select a background color for a paragraph, create bulleted and numbered lists, change paragraph indents, set paragraph line spacing, align your text in a paragraph, show/hide non-printing characters, copy/clear text formatting, change the color scheme, use Mail Merge (available in the online version only), manage styles." + "body": "The Home tab appears by default when you open the Document Editor. It also allows formatting fonts and paragraphs. Some other options are also available here, such as Mail Merge and color schemes. The corresponding window of the Online Document Editor: The corresponding window of the Desktop Document Editor: Using this tab, you can: adjust the font type, its size and color, apply font decoration styles, select a background color for a paragraph, create bulleted and numbered lists, change paragraph indents, set paragraph line spacing, align your text in a paragraph, show/hide non-printing characters, copy/clear text formatting, change the color scheme, use Mail Merge (available in the online version only), manage styles." }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm", @@ -108,12 +108,12 @@ var indexes = { "id": "ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm", "title": "Plugins tab", - "body": "The Plugins tab of the Document Editor allows accessing the advanced editing features using the available third-party components. This tab also makes it possible to use macros to simplify routine operations. The corresponding window of the Online Document Editor: The corresponding window of the Desktop Document Editor: The Plugin Manager button allows viewing and managing all the installed plugins as well as adding new ones. The Macros button allows you to create and run your own macros. To learn more about macros, please refer to our API Documentation. Currently, the following plugins are available by default: Send allows to send the document via email using the default desktop mail client (available in the desktop version only), Highlight code allows to highlight syntax of the code selecting the necessary language, style, background color, OCR allows to recognize text included into a picture and insert it into the document text, Photo Editor allows to edit images: crop, flip, rotate them, draw lines and shapes, add icons and text, load a mask and apply filters such as Grayscale, Invert, Sepia, Blur, Sharpen, Emboss, etc., Speech allows to convert the selected text into speech (available in the online version only), Thesaurus allows to search for synonyms and antonyms of a word and replace it with the selected one, Translator allows to translate the selected text into other languages, This plugin doesn't work in Internet Explorer. YouTube allows to embed YouTube videos into your document, Mendeley allows to manage research papers and generate bibliographies for scholarly articles (available in the online version only), Zotero allows to manage bibliographic data and related research materials (available in the online version only), EasyBib helps to find and insert related books, journal articles and websites (available in the online version only). The Wordpress and EasyBib plugins can be used if you connect the corresponding services in your portal settings. You can use the following instructions for the server version or for the SaaS version. The Wordpress and EasyBib plugins are not included in the free version of the editors. To learn more about plugins, please refer to our API Documentation. All the currently existing open source plugin examples are available on GitHub." + "body": "The Plugins tab of the Document Editor allows accessing the advanced editing features using the available third-party components. This tab also makes it possible to use macros to simplify routine operations. The corresponding window of the Online Document Editor: The corresponding window of the Desktop Document Editor: The Plugin Manager button allows viewing and managing all the installed plugins, as well as adding new ones. The Background Plugins button allows viewing the list of plugins that work in the background. Here you can activate or disable them by activating/deactivating the corresponding switches, and adjust their settings by clicking the More button next to the required plugin. The Macros button allows you to create and run your own macros. To learn more about macros, please refer to our API Documentation. Currently, the following plugins are available by default: Send allows sending the document via email using the default desktop mail client (available in the desktop version only), Highlight code allows highlighting syntax of the code selecting the necessary language, style, background color, OCR allows recognizing text included into a picture and insert it into the document text, Photo Editor allows editing images: crop, flip, rotate them, draw lines and shapes, add icons and text, load a mask and apply filters such as Grayscale, Invert, Sepia, Blur, Sharpen, Emboss, etc., Speech allows converting the selected text into speech (available in the online version only), Thesaurus allows searching for synonyms and antonyms of a word and replace it with the selected one, Translator allows translating the selected text into other languages, This plugin doesn't work in Internet Explorer. YouTube allows embedding YouTube videos into your document, Mendeley allows managing research papers and generate bibliographies for scholarly articles (available in the online version only), Zotero allows managing bibliographic data and related research materials (available in the online version only), EasyBib helps to find and insert related books, journal articles and websites (available in the online version only). The WordPress and EasyBib plugins can be used if you connect the corresponding services in your portal settings. You can use the following instructions for the server version or for the SaaS version. The WordPress and EasyBib plugins are not included in the free version of the editors. Several visual plugins can be added to your document. The added plugins will be displayed as corresponding icons on the left panel. To learn more about plugins, please refer to our API Documentation. All the currently existing open source plugin examples are available on GitHub." }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/ProgramInterface.htm", "title": "Introducing the user interface of the Document Editor", - "body": "The Document Editor uses a tabbed interface where editing commands are grouped into tabs by functionality. Main window of the Online Document Editor: Main window of the Desktop Document Editor: The editor interface consists of the following main elements: The Editor header displays the ONLYOFFICE logo, tabs for all opened documents with their names and menu tabs. On the left side of the Editor header, the Save, Print file, Undo and Redo buttons are located. On the right side of the Editor header, along with the user name the following icons are displayed: Open file location - in the desktop version, it allows opening the folder, where the file is stored, in the File explorer window. In the online version, it allows opening the folder of the Documents module, where the file is stored, in a new browser tab. Share (available in the online version only). It allows adjusting access rights for the documents stored in the cloud. Mark as favorite - click the star to add a file to favorites as to make it easy to find. The added file is just a shortcut so the file itself remains stored in its original location. Deleting a file from favorites does not remove the file from its original location. Search - allows to search the document for a particular word or symbol, etc. The Top toolbar displays a set of editing commands depending on the selected menu tab. Currently, the following tabs are available: File, Home, Insert, Layout, References, Forms (available with DOCXF files only), Collaboration, Protection, Plugins. The Copy, Paste, Cut and Select All options are always available on the left side of the Top toolbar regardless of the selected tab. The Status bar located at the bottom of the editor window indicates the page number and word count, as well as displays some notifications (for example, \"All changes saved\", ‘Connection is lost’ when there is no connection and the editor is trying to reconnect etc.). It also allows setting the text language, enabling spell checking, turning on the track changes mode and adjusting zoom. The Left sidebar contains the following icons: - allows using the Search and Replace tool, - allows opening the Comments panel, - allows going to the Headings panel and managing headings, - (available in the online version only) allows opening the Chat panel, - (available in the online version only) allows to contact our support team, - (available in the online version only) allows to view the information about the program. Right sidebar sidebar allows adjusting additional parameters of different objects. When you select a particular object in the text, the corresponding icon is activated on the Right sidebar. Click this icon to expand the Right sidebar. The horizontal and vertical Rulers make it possible to align the text and other elements in the document, set up margins, tab stops and paragraph indents. Working area allows to view document content, enter and edit data. Scroll bar on the right allows to scroll up and down multi-page documents. For your convenience, you can hide some components and display them again when them when necessary. To learn more about adjusting view settings, please refer to this page." + "body": "The Document Editor uses a tabbed interface, where editing commands are grouped into tabs by functionality. Main window of the Online Document Editor: Main window of the Desktop Document Editor: The editor interface consists of the following main elements: The Editor header displays the ONLYOFFICE logo, tabs for all opened documents with their names and menu tabs. On the left side of the Editor header, the Save, Print file, Undo and Redo buttons are located. On the right side of the Editor header, along with the username the following icons are displayed: Open file location - in the desktop version, it allows opening the folder, where the file is stored, in the File explorer window. In the online version, it allows opening the folder of the Documents module, where the file is stored, in a new browser tab. Share (available in the online version only). It allows adjusting access rights for the documents stored in the cloud. Mark as favorite - click the star to add a file to favorites as to make it easy to find. The added file is just a shortcut, so the file itself remains stored in its original location. Deleting a file from favorites does not remove the file from its original location. Search - allows searching the document for a particular word or symbol, etc. The Top toolbar displays a set of editing commands depending on the selected menu tab. Currently, the following tabs are available: File, Home, Insert, Layout, References, Forms (available with DOCXF files only), Collaboration, Protection, Plugins. The Copy, Paste, Cut and Select All options are always available on the left side of the Top toolbar regardless of the selected tab. The Status bar located at the bottom of the editor window indicates the page number and word count, as well as displays some notifications (for example, \"All changes saved\", ‘Connection is lost’ when there is no connection and the editor is trying to reconnect, etc.). It also allows setting the text language, enabling spell checking, turning on the track changes mode and adjusting zoom. The Left sidebar contains the following icons: - allows using the Search and Replace tool, - allows opening the Comments panel, - allows going to the Headings panel and managing headings, - (available in the online version only) allows opening the Chat panel, - (available in the online version only) allows contacting our support team, - (available in the online version only) allows viewing the information about the program. Right sidebar allows adjusting additional parameters of different objects. When you select a particular object in the text, the corresponding icon is activated on the Right sidebar. Click this icon to expand the Right sidebar. The horizontal and vertical Rulers make it possible to align the text and other elements in the document, set up margins, tab stops and paragraph indents. Working area allows viewing document content, enter and edit data. Scroll bar on the right allows scrolling up and down multipage documents. For your convenience, you can hide some components and display them again when them when necessary. To learn more about adjusting view settings, please refer to this page. When there are many icons on the left and right panels, the ones below will be hidden, and they can be accessed via the More button." }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/ProtectionTab.htm", @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ var indexes = { "id": "ProgramInterface/ReferencesTab.htm", "title": "References tab", - "body": "The References tab of the Document Editor allows managing different types of references: adding and refreshing tables of contents, creating and editing footnotes, inserting hyperlinks. The corresponding window of the Online Document Editor: The corresponding window of the Desktop Document Editor: Using this tab, you can: create and automatically update a table of contents, insert footnotes and endnotes, insert hyperlinks, add bookmarks. add captions, insert cross-references, create a table of figures." + "body": "The References tab of the Document Editor allows managing different types of references: adding and refreshing tables of contents, creating and editing footnotes, inserting hyperlinks. The corresponding window of the Online Document Editor: The corresponding window of the Desktop Document Editor: Using this tab, you can: create and automatically update a table of contents, insert footnotes and endnotes, insert hyperlinks, add bookmarks, add captions, insert cross-references, create a table of figures." }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/ReviewTab.htm", @@ -133,17 +133,17 @@ var indexes = { "id": "ProgramInterface/ViewTab.htm", "title": "View tab", - "body": "The View tab of the Document Editor allows you to manage how your document looks like while you are working on it. The corresponding window of the Online Document Editor: The corresponding window of the Desktop Document Editor: View options available on this tab: Headings allow to display and navigate headings in your document. Zoom allows to zoom in and zoom out your document. Fit to Page allows to resize the page so that the screen displays the whole page. Fit to Width allows to resize the page so that the page scales to fit the width of the screen. Interface Theme allows to change interface theme by choosing a Same as system, Light, Classic Light, Dark or Contrast Dark theme. Dark Document option becomes active when the Dark or Contrast Dark theme is enabled. Click it to make the working area dark too. The following options allow you to configure the elements to display or to hide. Check the elements to make them visible: Always Show Toolbar to make the top toolbar always visible. Status Bar to make the status bar always visible. Left Panel to make the left panel visible. Right Panel to make the right panel visible. Rulers to make rulers always visible." + "body": "The View tab of the Document Editor allows you to manage how your document looks like while you are working on it. The corresponding window of the Online Document Editor: The corresponding window of the Desktop Document Editor: View options available on this tab: Headings allow displaying and navigating headings in your document. Zoom allows zooming in and out of your document. Fit to Page allows resizing the page so that the screen displays the whole page. Fit to Width allows resizing the page so that the page scales to fit the width of the screen. Interface Theme allows changing interface theme by choosing a Same as system, Light, Classic Light, Dark or Contrast Dark theme. Dark Document option becomes active when the Dark or Contrast Dark theme is enabled. Click it to make the working area dark too. The following options allow you to configure the elements to display or to hide. Check the elements to make them visible: Always Show Toolbar to make the top toolbar always visible. Status Bar to make the status bar always visible. Left Panel to make the left panel visible. Right Panel to make the right panel visible. Rulers to make rulers always visible." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/AddBorders.htm", "title": "Add borders", - "body": "To add borders to a paragraph, page, or the whole document in the Document Editor, place the cursor within the required paragraph, or select several paragraphs with the mouse or the whole text by pressing the Ctrl+A key combination, click the right mouse button and select the Paragraph Advanced Settings option from the menu or use the Show advanced settings link on the right sidebar, switch to the Borders & Fill tab in the opened Paragraph - Advanced Settings window, set the needed value for Border Size and select a Border Color, click within the available diagram or use buttons to select borders and apply the chosen style to them, click the OK button. After adding the borders, you can also set paddings i.e. distances between the right, left, top and bottom borders and the paragraph. To set the necessary values, switch to the Paddings tab of the Paragraph - Advanced Settings window:" + "body": "To add borders to a paragraph, page, or the whole document in the Document Editor, place the cursor within the required paragraph, or select several paragraphs with the mouse or the whole text by pressing the Ctrl+A key combination, click the right mouse button and select the Paragraph Advanced Settings option from the menu, or use the Show advanced settings link on the right sidebar, switch to the Borders & Fill tab in the opened Paragraph - Advanced Settings window, set the needed value for Border Size and select a Border Color, click within the available diagram or use buttons to select borders and apply the chosen style to them, click the OK button. After adding the borders, you can also set paddings, i.e., distances between the right, left, top and bottom borders and the paragraph. To set the necessary values, switch to the Paddings tab of the Paragraph - Advanced Settings window:" }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/AddCaption.htm", "title": "Add caption", - "body": "s A caption is a numbered label that can be applied to objects, such as equations, tables, figures, and images in the document. A caption allows making a reference in the text - an easily recognizable label on an object. In the Document Editor, you can also use captions to create a table of figures. To add a caption to an object: select the required object to apply a caption; switch to the References tab of the top toolbar; click the Caption icon on the top toolbar or right-click on the object and select the Insert Caption option to open the Insert Caption dialogue box choose the label to use for your caption by clicking the label drop-down and choosing the object. or create a new label by clicking the Add label button to open the Add label dialogue box. Enter a name for the label into the label text box. Then click the OK button to add a new label into the label list; check the Include chapter number checkbox to change the numbering for your caption; in Insert drop-down menu choose Before to place the label above the object or After to place it below the object; check the Exclude label from caption checkbox to leave only a number for this particular caption in accordance with a sequence number; you can then choose how to number your caption by assigning a specific style to the caption and adding a separator; to apply the caption click the OK button. Deleting a label To delete a label you have created, choose the label from the label list within the caption dialogue box then click the Delete label button. The label you created will be immediately deleted. Note: You may delete labels you have created but you cannot delete the default labels. Formatting captions As soon as you add a caption, a new style for captions is automatically added to the styles section. To change the style for all captions throughout the document, you should follow these steps: select the text to copy a new Caption style; search for the Caption style (highlighted in blue by default) in the styles gallery on the Home tab of the top toolbar; right-click on it and choose the Update from selection option. Grouping captions up To move the object and the caption as one unit, you need to group the object and the caption: select the object; select one of the Wrapping styles using the right sidebar; add the caption as it is mentioned above; hold down Shift and select the items to be grouped up; right-click item and choose Arrange > Group. Now both items will move simultaneously if you drag them somewhere else in the document. To unbind the objects, click on Arrange > Ungroup respectively." + "body": "s A caption is a numbered label that can be applied to objects, such as equations, tables, figures, and images in the document. A caption allows making a reference in the text - an easily recognizable label on an object. In the Document Editor, you can also use captions to create a table of figures. To add a caption to an object: select the required object to apply a caption; switch to the References tab of the top toolbar; click the Caption icon on the top toolbar or right-click on the object and select the Insert Caption option to open the Insert Caption dialogue box choose the label to use for your caption by clicking the label drop-down and choosing the object, or create a new label by clicking the Add label button to open the Add label dialogue box. Enter a name for the label into the label text box. Then click the OK button to add a new label into the label list; check the Include chapter number checkbox to change the numbering for your caption; in Insert drop-down menu, choose Before to place the label above the object or After to place it below the object; check the Exclude label from caption checkbox to leave only a number for this particular caption in accordance with a sequence number; you can then choose how to number your caption by assigning a specific style to the caption and adding a separator; to apply the caption, click the OK button. Deleting a label To delete a label you have created, choose the label from the label list within the caption dialogue box, then click the Delete label button. The label you created will be immediately deleted. Note: You may delete labels you have created, but you cannot delete the default labels. Formatting captions As soon as you add a caption, a new style for captions is automatically added to the styles section. To change the style for all captions throughout the document, you should follow these steps: select the text to copy a new Caption style; search for the Caption style (highlighted in blue by default) in the styles gallery on the Home tab of the top toolbar; right-click on it and choose the Update from selection option. Grouping captions up To move the object and the caption as one unit, you need to group the object and the caption: select the object; select one of the Wrapping styles using the right sidebar; add the caption as it is mentioned above; hold down Shift and select the items to be grouped up; right-click item and choose Arrange > Group. Now both items will move simultaneously if you drag them somewhere else in the document. To unbind the objects, click on Arrange > Ungroup respectively." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/AddFormulasInTables.htm", @@ -153,12 +153,12 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm", "title": "Add hyperlinks", - "body": "To add a hyperlink in the Document Editor, place the cursor in the text that you want to display as a hyperlink, switch to the Insert or References tab of the top toolbar, click the Hyperlink icon on the top toolbar, after that the Hyperlink Settings window will appear, and you will be able to specify the hyperlink parameters: Select a link type you wish to insert: Use the External Link option and enter a URL in the http://www.example.com format in the Link to field below if you need to add a hyperlink leading to an external website. If you need to add a hyperlink to a local file, enter the URL in the file://path/Document.docx (for Windows) or file:///path/Document.docx (for MacOS and Linux) format in the Link to field. The file://path/Document.docx or file:///path/Document.docx hyperlink can be opened only in the desktop version of the editor. In the web editor you can only add the link without being able to open it. Use the Place in Document option and select one of the existing headings in the document text or one of previously added bookmarks if you need to add a hyperlink leading to a certain place in the same document. Display - enter a text that will get clickable and lead to the address specified in the upper field. ScreenTip text - enter a text that will become visible in a small pop-up window with a brief note or label pertaining to the hyperlink to be pointed. Click the OK button. To add a hyperlink, you can also use the Ctrl+K key combination or click with the right mouse button at a position where a hyperlink will be added and select the Hyperlink option in the right-click menu. Note: it's also possible to select a character, word, word combination, text passage with the mouse or using the keyboard and then open the Hyperlink Settings window as described above. In this case, the Display field will be filled with the text fragment you selected. By hovering the cursor over the added hyperlink, the ScreenTip will appear containing the text you specified. You can follow the link by pressing the CTRL key and clicking the link in your document. To edit or delete the added hyperlink, click it with the right mouse button, select the Hyperlink option and then the action you want to perform - Edit Hyperlink or Remove Hyperlink." + "body": "To add a hyperlink in the Document Editor, place the cursor in the text that you want to display as a hyperlink, switch to the Insert or References tab of the top toolbar, click the Hyperlink icon on the top toolbar, after that, the Hyperlink Settings window will appear, and you will be able to specify the hyperlink parameters: Select a link type you wish to insert: Use the External Link option and enter a URL in the http://www.example.com format in the Link to field below if you need to add a hyperlink leading to an external website. If you need to add a hyperlink to a local file, enter the URL in the file://path/Document.docx (for Windows) or file:///path/Document.docx (for macOS and Linux) format in the Link to field. The file://path/Document.docx or file:///path/Document.docx hyperlink can be opened only in the desktop version of the editor. In the web editor, you can only add the link without being able to open it. Use the Place in Document option and select one of the existing headings in the document text or one of previously added bookmarks if you need to add a hyperlink leading to a certain place in the same document. Display - enter a text that will get clickable and lead to the address specified in the upper field. ScreenTip text - enter a text that will become visible in a small pop-up window with a brief note or label pertaining to the hyperlink to be pointed. Click the OK button. To add a hyperlink, you can also use the Ctrl+K key combination or click with the right mouse button at a position where a hyperlink will be added and select the Hyperlink option in the right-click menu. Note: it's also possible to select a character, word, word combination, text passage with the mouse or using the keyboard and then open the Hyperlink Settings window as described above. In this case, the Display field will be filled with the text fragment you selected. By hovering the cursor over the added hyperlink, the ScreenTip will appear containing the text you specified. You can follow the link by pressing the CTRL key and clicking the link in your document. To edit or delete the added hyperlink, click it with the right mouse button, select the Hyperlink option and then the action you want to perform - Edit Hyperlink or Remove Hyperlink." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/AddTableofFigures.htm", "title": "Add and Format a Table of Figures", - "body": "Table of Figures provides an overview of equations, figures and tables added to a document. Similar to a table of contents, a Table of Figures lists, sorts out and arranges captioned objects or text headings that have a certain style applied. This makes it easy to reference them in your document and to navigate between figures. Click the link in the Table of Figures formatted as links and you will be taken directly to the figure or the heading. In the Document Editor, any table, equation, diagram, drawing, graph, chart, map, photograph or another type of illustration is presented as a figure. To add a Table of Figures go to the References tab and use the Table of Figures toolbar button to set up and format a table of figures. Use the Refresh button to update a table of figures each time you add a new figure to your document. Creating a Table of Figures Note: You can create a Table of Figures using either captioned figures or styles. Before proceeding, a caption must be added to each equation, table or figure, or a style must be applied to the text so that it is correctly included in a Table of Figures. Once you have added captions or styles, place your cursor where you want to inset a Table of Figures and go to the References tab then click the Table of Figures button to open the Table of Figures dialog box, and generate the list of figures. Choose an option to build a Table of Figures from the Caption or Style group. You can create a Table of Figures based on captioned objects. Check the Caption box and select a captioned object from the drop-down list: None; Equation; Figure; Table. You can create a Table of Figures based on the styles used to format text. Check the Style box and select a style from the drop-down list. The list of options may vary depending on the style applied: Heading 1; Heading 2; Caption; Table of Figures; Normal. Formatting a Table of Figures The check box options allow you to format a Table of Figures. All formatting check boxes are activated by default as in most cases it is more reasonable to have them. Uncheck the boxes you don’t need. Show page numbers - to display the page number the figure appears on; Right align page numbers - to display page numbers on the right when Show page numbers is active; uncheck it to display page numbers right after the title; Format table of figures as links - to add hyperlinks to the Table of Figures; Include label and number - to add a label and number to the Table of Figures. Choose the Leader style from the drop-down list to connect titles to page numbers for a better visualization. Customize the table of figures text styles by choosing one of the available styles from the drop-down list: Current - displays the style chosen previously. Simple - highlights text in bold. Online - highlights and arranges text as a hyperlink. Classic - makes the text all caps. Distinctive - highlights text in italic. Centered - centers the text and displays no leader. Formal - displays text in 11 pt Arial to give a more formal look. Preview window displays how the Table of Figures appears in the document or when printed. Updating a Table of Figures Update a Table of Figures each time you add a new equation, figure or table to your document.The Refresh button becomes active when you click or select the Table of Figures. Click the Refresh button on the References tab of the top toolbar and select the necessary option from the menu: Refresh page numbers only - to update page numbers without applying changes to the headings. Refresh entire table - to update all the headings that have been modified and page numbers. Click OK to confirm your choice or Right-click the Table of Figures in your document to open the contextual menu, then choose the Refresh field to update the Table of Figures." + "body": "Table of Figures provides an overview of equations, figures and tables added to a document. Similar to a table of contents, a Table of Figures lists, sorts out and arranges captioned objects or text headings that have a certain style applied. This makes it easy to reference them in your document and to navigate between figures. Click the link in the Table of Figures formatted as links, and you will be taken directly to the figure or the heading. In the Document Editor, any table, equation, diagram, drawing, graph, chart, map, photograph or another type of illustration is presented as a figure. To add a Table of Figures, go to the References tab and use the Table of Figures toolbar button to set up and format a table of figures. Use the Refresh button to update a table of figures each time you add a new figure to your document. Creating a Table of Figures Note: You can create a Table of Figures using either captioned figures or styles. Before proceeding, a caption must be added to each equation, table or figure, or a style must be applied to the text so that it is correctly included in a Table of Figures. Once you have added captions or styles, place your cursor where you want to inset a Table of Figures and go to the References tab then click the Table of Figures button to open the Table of Figures dialog box, and generate the list of figures. Choose an option to build a Table of Figures from the Caption or Style group. You can create a Table of Figures based on captioned objects. Check the Caption box and select a captioned object from the drop-down list: None; Equation; Figure; Table. You can create a Table of Figures based on the styles used to format text. Check the Style box and select a style from the drop-down list. The list of options may vary depending on the style applied: Heading 1; Heading 2; Caption; Table of Figures; Normal. Formatting a Table of Figures The checkbox options allow you to format a Table of Figures. All formatting checkboxes are activated by default, as in most cases it is more reasonable to have them. Uncheck the boxes you don’t need. Show page numbers - to display the page number the figure appears on; Right align page numbers - to display page numbers on the right when Show page numbers is active; uncheck it to display page numbers right after the title; Format table of figures as links - to add hyperlinks to the Table of Figures; Include label and number - to add a label and number to the Table of Figures. Choose the Leader style from the drop-down list to connect titles to page numbers for a better visualization. Customize the table of figures text styles by choosing one of the available styles from the drop-down list: Current - displays the style chosen previously. Simple - highlights text in bold. Online - highlights and arranges text as a hyperlink. Classic - makes the text all caps. Distinctive - highlights text in italic. Centered - centers the text and displays no leader. Formal - displays text in 11 pt Arial to give a more formal look. Preview window displays how the Table of Figures appears in the document or when printed. Updating a Table of Figures Update a Table of Figures each time you add a new equation, figure or table to your document. The Refresh button becomes active when you click or select the Table of Figures. Click the Refresh button on the References tab of the top toolbar and select the necessary option from the menu: Refresh page numbers only - to update page numbers without applying changes to the headings. Refresh entire table - to update all the headings that have been modified and page numbers. Click OK to confirm your choice or Right-click the Table of Figures in your document to open the contextual menu, then choose the Refresh field to update the Table of Figures." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/AddWatermark.htm", @@ -168,17 +168,17 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/AlignArrangeObjects.htm", "title": "Align and arrange objects on a page", - "body": "Align and arrange objects on the page In the Document Editor, the added autoshapes, images, charts or text boxes can be aligned, grouped and ordered on the page. To perform any of these actions, first select a separate object or several objects on the page. To select several objects, hold down the Ctrl key and left-click the required objects. To select a text box, click on its border, not the text within it. After that you can use either the icons on the Layout tab of the top toolbar described below or the corresponding options from the right-click menu. Align objects To align two or more selected objects, Click the Align icon on the Layout tab of the top toolbar and select one of the following options: Align to Page to align objects relative to the edges of the page, Align to Margin to align objects relative to the page margins, Align Selected Objects (this option is selected by default) to align objects relative to each other, Click the Align icon once again and select the necessary alignment type from the list: Align Left - to line up the objects horizontally by the left edge of the leftmost object/left edge of the page/left page margin, Align Center - to line up the objects horizontally by their centers/center of the page/center of the space between the left and right page margins, Align Right - to line up the objects horizontally by the right edge of the rightmost object/right edge of the page/right page margin, Align Top - to line up the objects vertically by the top edge of the topmost object/top edge of the page/top page margin, Align Middle - to line up the objects vertically by their middles/middle of the page/middle of the space between the top and bottom page margins, Align Bottom - to line up the objects vertically by the bottom edge of the bottommost object/bottom edge of the page/bottom page margin. Alternatively, you can right-click the selected objects, choose the Align option from the contextual menu and then use one of the available alignment options. If you want to align a single object, it can be aligned relative to the edges of the page or to the page margins. The Align to Margin option is selected by default in this case. Distribute objects To distribute three or more selected objects horizontally or vertically so that there is equal space between them, Click the Align icon on the Layout tab of the top toolbar and select one of the following options: Align to Page to distribute objects between the edges of the page, Align to Margin to distribute objects between the page margins, Align Selected Objects (this option is selected by default) to distribute objects between two outermost selected objects, Click the Align icon once again and select the necessary distribution type from the list: Distribute Horizontally - to distribute objects evenly between the leftmost and rightmost selected objects/left and right edges of the page/left and right page margins. Distribute Vertically - to distribute objects evenly between the topmost and bottommost selected objects/top and bottom edges of the page/top and bottom page margins. Alternatively, you can right-click the selected objects, choose the Align option from the contextual menu and then use one of the available distribution options. Note: the distribution options are disabled if you select less than three objects. Group objects To group two or more selected objects or ungroup them, click the arrow next to the Group icon at the Layout tab on the top toolbar and select the necessary option from the list: Group - to combine several objects into a group so that they can be simultaneously rotated, moved, resized, aligned, arranged, copied, pasted, formatted like a single object. Ungroup - to ungroup the selected group of the previously combined objects. Alternatively, you can right-click the selected objects, choose the Arrange option from the contextual menu and then use the Group or Ungroup option. Note: the Group option is disabled if you select less than two objects. The Ungroup option is available only when a group of the previously combined objects is selected. Arrange objects To arrange objects (i.e. to change their order when several objects overlap each other), you can use the Bring Forward and Send Backward icons on the Layout tab of the top toolbar and select the required arrangement type from the list. To move the selected object(s) forward, click the arrow next to the Bring Forward icon on the Layout tab of the top toolbar and select the required arrangement type from the list: Bring To Foreground - to move the object(s) in front of all other objects, Bring Forward - to move the selected object(s) by one level forward as related to other objects. To move the selected object(s) backward, click the arrow next to the Send Backward icon on the Layout tab of the top toolbar and select the required arrangement type from the list: Send To Background - to move the object(s) behind all other objects, Send Backward - to move the selected object(s) by one level backward as related to other objects. Alternatively, you can right-click the selected object(s), choose the Arrange option from the contextual menu and then use one of the available arrangement options." + "body": "Align and arrange objects on the page In the Document Editor, the added autoshapes, images, charts or text boxes can be aligned, grouped and ordered on the page. To perform any of these actions, first select a separate object or several objects on the page. To select several objects, hold down the Ctrl key and left-click the required objects. To select a text box, click on its border, not the text within it. After that, you can use either the icons on the Layout tab of the top toolbar described below or the corresponding options from the right-click menu. Align objects To align two or more selected objects, Click the Align icon on the Layout tab of the top toolbar and select one of the following options: Align to Page to align objects relative to the edges of the page, Align to Margin to align objects relative to the page margins, Align Selected Objects (this option is selected by default) to align objects relative to each other, Click the Align icon once again and select the necessary alignment type from the list: Align Left - to line up the objects horizontally by the left edge of the leftmost object/left edge of the page/left page margin, Align Center - to line up the objects horizontally by their centers/center of the page/center of the space between the left and right page margins, Align Right - to line up the objects horizontally by the right edge of the rightmost object/right edge of the page/right page margin, Align Top - to line up the objects vertically by the top edge of the topmost object/top edge of the page/top page margin, Align Middle - to line up the objects vertically by their middles/middle of the page/middle of the space between the top and bottom page margins, Align Bottom - to line up the objects vertically by the bottom edge of the bottommost object/bottom edge of the page/bottom page margin. Alternatively, you can right-click the selected objects, choose the Align option from the contextual menu and then use one of the available alignment options. If you want to align a single object, it can be aligned relative to the edges of the page or to the page margins. The Align to Margin option is selected by default in this case. Distribute objects To distribute three or more selected objects horizontally or vertically so that there is equal space between them, Click the Align icon on the Layout tab of the top toolbar and select one of the following options: Align to Page to distribute objects between the edges of the page, Align to Margin to distribute objects between the page margins, Align Selected Objects (this option is selected by default) to distribute objects between two outermost selected objects, Click the Align icon once again and select the necessary distribution type from the list: Distribute Horizontally - to distribute objects evenly between the leftmost and rightmost selected objects/left and right edges of the page/left and right page margins. Distribute Vertically - to distribute objects evenly between the topmost and bottommost selected objects/top and bottom edges of the page/top and bottom page margins. Alternatively, you can right-click the selected objects, choose the Align option from the contextual menu and then use one of the available distribution options. Note: the distribution options are disabled if you select less than three objects. Group objects To group two or more selected objects or ungroup them, click the arrow next to the Group icon at the Layout tab on the top toolbar and select the necessary option from the list: Group - to combine several objects into a group so that they can be simultaneously rotated, moved, resized, aligned, arranged, copied, pasted, formatted like a single object. Ungroup - to ungroup the selected group of the previously combined objects. Alternatively, you can right-click the selected objects, choose the Arrange option from the contextual menu and then use the Group or Ungroup option. Note: the Group option is disabled if you select less than two objects. The Ungroup option is available only when a group of the previously combined objects is selected. Arrange objects To arrange objects (i.e., to change their order when several objects overlap each other), you can use the Bring Forward and Send Backward icons on the Layout tab of the top toolbar and select the required arrangement type from the list. To move the selected object(s) forward, click the arrow next to the Bring Forward icon on the Layout tab of the top toolbar and select the required arrangement type from the list: Bring To Foreground - to move the object(s) in front of all other objects, Bring Forward - to move the selected object(s) by one level forward as related to other objects. To move the selected object(s) backward, click the arrow next to the Send Backward icon on the Layout tab of the top toolbar and select the required arrangement type from the list: Send To Background - to move the object(s) behind all other objects, Send Backward - to move the selected object(s) by one level backward as related to other objects. Alternatively, you can right-click the selected object(s), choose the Arrange option from the contextual menu and then use one of the available arrangement options." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/AlignText.htm", "title": "Align your text in a paragraph", - "body": "The text is commonly aligned in four ways: left-aligned text, right-aligned text, centered text or justified text. To align the text in the Document Editor, place the cursor to the position where you want the alignment to be applied (this can be a new line or already entered text), switch to the Home tab of the top toolbar, select the alignment type you would like to apply: Left alignment (when the text is lined up to the left side of the page with the right side remaining unaligned) is done by clicking the Align left icon on the top toolbar. Center alignment (when the text is lined up in the center of the page with the right and the left sides remaining unaligned) is done by clicking the Align center icon on the top toolbar. Right alignment (when the text is lined up to the right side of the page with the left side remaining unaligned) is done by clicking the Align right icon on the top toolbar. Justified alignment (when the text is lined up to both the left and the right sides of the page, and additional spacing is added where necessary to keep the alignment) is done by clicking the Justified icon on the top toolbar. The alignment parameters are also available in the Paragraph - Advanced Settings window: right-click the text and choose the Paragraph - Advanced Settings option from the contextual menu or use the Show advanced settings option on the right sidebar, open the Paragraph - Advanced Settings window, switch to the Indents & Spacing tab, select one of the alignment types from the Alignment list: Left, Center, Right, Justified, click the OK button to apply the changes." + "body": "The text is commonly aligned in four ways: left-aligned text, right-aligned text, centered text or justified text. To align the text in the Document Editor, place the cursor to the position where you want the alignment to be applied (this can be a new line or already entered text), switch to the Home tab of the top toolbar, select the alignment type you would like to apply: Left alignment (when the text is lined up to the left side of the page with the right side remaining unaligned) is done by clicking the Align left icon on the top toolbar. Center alignment (when the text is lined up in the center of the page, with the right and the left sides remaining unaligned) is done by clicking the Align center icon on the top toolbar. Right alignment (when the text is lined up to the right side of the page with the left side remaining unaligned) is done by clicking the Align right icon on the top toolbar. Justified alignment (when the text is lined up to both the left and the right sides of the page, and additional spacing is added where necessary to keep the alignment) is done by clicking the Justified icon on the top toolbar. The alignment parameters are also available in the Paragraph - Advanced Settings window: right-click the text and choose the Paragraph - Advanced Settings option from the contextual menu, or use the Show advanced settings option on the right sidebar, open the Paragraph - Advanced Settings window, switch to the Indents & Spacing tab, select one of the alignment types from the Alignment list: Left, Center, Right, Justified, click the OK button to apply the changes." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/BackgroundColor.htm", "title": "Select background color for a paragraph", - "body": "Select a background color for a paragraph A background color is applied to the whole paragraph and completely fills all the paragraph space from the left page margin to the right page margin. To apply a background color to a certain paragraph or change the current one in the Document Editor, select a color scheme for your document from the available ones clicking the Change color scheme icon at the Home tab on the top toolbar place the cursor within the required paragraph, or select several paragraphs with the mouse or the whole text using the Ctrl+A key combination open the color palettes window. You can access it in one of the following ways: click the downward arrow next to the icon on the Home tab of the top toolbar, or click the color field next to the Background Color caption on the right sidebar, or click the 'Show advanced settings' link on the right sidebar or select the 'Paragraph Advanced Settings' option on the right-click menu, then switch to the 'Borders & Fill' tab within the 'Paragraph - Advanced Settings' window and click the color field next to the Background Color caption. select any color among the available palettes After you select the required color by using the icon, you'll be able to apply this color to any selected paragraph just by clicking the icon (it displays the selected color), without having to choose this color in the palette again. If you use the Background Color option on the right sidebar or within the 'Paragraph - Advanced Settings' window, remember that the selected color is not retained for quick access. (These options can be useful if you wish to select a different background color for a specific paragraph and if you are also using some general color selected by clicking the icon). To remove the background color from a certain paragraph, place the cursor within the required paragraph, or select several paragraphs with the mouse or the whole text using the Ctrl+A key combination open the color palettes window by clicking the color field next to the Background Color caption on the right sidebar select the icon." + "body": "Select a background color for a paragraph A background color is applied to the whole paragraph and completely fills all the paragraph space from the left page margin to the right page margin. To apply a background color to a certain paragraph or change the current one in the Document Editor, select a color scheme for your document from the available ones, clicking the Change color scheme icon at the Home tab on the top toolbar place the cursor within the required paragraph, or select several paragraphs with the mouse or the whole text using the Ctrl+A key combination open the color palettes window. You can access it in one of the following ways: click the downward arrow next to the icon on the Home tab of the top toolbar, or click the color field next to the Background Color caption on the right sidebar, or click the 'Show advanced settings' link on the right sidebar or select the 'Paragraph Advanced Settings' option on the right-click menu, then switch to the 'Borders & Fill' tab within the 'Paragraph - Advanced Settings' window and click the color field next to the Background Color caption. select any color among the available palettes After you select the required color by using the icon, you'll be able to apply this color to any selected paragraph just by clicking the icon (it displays the selected color), without having to choose this color in the palette again. If you use the Background Color option on the right sidebar or within the 'Paragraph - Advanced Settings' window, remember that the selected color is not retained for quick access. (These options can be useful if you wish to select a different background color for a specific paragraph and if you are also using some general color selected by clicking the icon). To remove the background color from a certain paragraph, place the cursor within the required paragraph, or select several paragraphs with the mouse or the whole text using the Ctrl+A key combination open the color palettes window by clicking the color field next to the Background Color caption on the right sidebar select the icon." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/ChangeColorScheme.htm", @@ -188,17 +188,17 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/ChangeWrappingStyle.htm", "title": "Change text wrapping", - "body": "Change the text wrapping The Wrapping Style option determines the way the object is positioned relative to the text. In the Document Editor, you can change the text wrapping style for inserted objects, such as shapes, images, charts, text boxes or tables. Change text wrapping for shapes, images, charts, text boxes To change the currently selected wrapping style: left-click a separate object to select it. To select a text box, click on its border, not the text within it. open the text wrapping settings: switch to the the Layout tab of the top toolbar and click the arrow next to the Wrapping icon, or right-click the object and select the Wrapping Style option from the contextual menu, or right-click the object, select the Advanced Settings option and switch to the Text Wrapping tab of the object Advanced Settings window. select the necessary wrapping style: Inline - the object is considered to be a part of the text, like a character, so when the text moves, the object moves as well. In this case the positioning options are inaccessible. If one of the following styles is selected, the object can be moved independently of the text and precisely positioned on the page: Square - the text wraps the rectangular box that bounds the object. Tight - the text wraps the actual object edges. Through - the text wraps around the object edges and fills the open white space within the object. To apply this effect, use the Edit Wrap Boundary option from the right-click menu. Top and bottom - the text is only above and below the object. In front - the object overlaps the text. Behind - the text overlaps the object. If you select the Square, Tight, Through, or Top and bottom style, you will be able to set up some additional parameters - Distance from Text at all sides (top, bottom, left, right). To access these parameters, right-click the object, select the Advanced Settings option and switch to the Text Wrapping tab of the object Advanced Settings window. Set the required values and click OK. If you select a wrapping style other than Inline, the Position tab is also available in the object Advanced Settings window. To learn more on these parameters, please refer to the corresponding pages with the instructions on how to work with shapes, images or charts. If you select a wrapping style other than Inline, you can also edit the wrap boundary for images or shapes. Right-click the object, select the Wrapping Style option from the contextual menu and click the Edit Wrap Boundary option. You can also use the Wrapping -> Edit Wrap Boundary menu on the Layout tab of the top toolbar. Drag wrap points to customize the boundary. To create a new wrap point, click anywhere on the red line and drag it to the required position. Change text wrapping for tables For tables, the following two wrapping styles are available: Inline table and Flow table. To change the currently selected wrapping style: right-click the table and select the Table Advanced Settings option, switch to the Text Wrapping tab of the Table - Advanced Settings window, select one of the following options: Inline table is used to select the wrapping style when the text is broken by the table as well as to set the alignment: left, center, right. Flow table is used to select the wrapping style when the text is wrapped around the table. Using the Text Wrapping tab of the Table - Advanced Settings window, you can also set up the following additional parameters: For inline tables, you can set the table Alignment type (left, center or right) and Indent from left. For floating tables, you can set the Distance from text and the table position on the Table Position tab." + "body": "Change the text wrapping The Wrapping Style option determines the way the object is positioned relative to the text. In the Document Editor, you can change the text wrapping style for inserted objects, such as shapes, images, charts, text boxes or tables. Change text wrapping for shapes, images, charts, text boxes To change the currently selected wrapping style: left-click a separate object to select it. To select a text box, click on its border, not the text within it. open the text wrapping settings: switch to the Layout tab of the top toolbar and click the arrow next to the Wrapping icon, or right-click the object and select the Wrapping Style option from the contextual menu, or right-click the object, select the Advanced Settings option and switch to the Text Wrapping tab of the object Advanced Settings window. select the necessary wrapping style: Inline - the object is considered to be a part of the text, like a character, so when the text moves, the object moves as well. In this case, the positioning options are inaccessible. If one of the following styles is selected, the object can be moved independently of the text and precisely positioned on the page: Square - the text wraps the rectangular box that bounds the object. Tight - the text wraps the actual object edges. Through - the text wraps around the object edges and fills the open white space within the object. To apply this effect, use the Edit Wrap Boundary option from the right-click menu. Top and bottom - the text is only above and below the object. In front - the object overlaps the text. Behind - the text overlaps the object. If you select the Square, Tight, Through, or Top and bottom style, you will be able to set up some additional parameters - Distance from Text at all sides (top, bottom, left, right). To access these parameters, right-click the object, select the Advanced Settings option and switch to the Text Wrapping tab of the object Advanced Settings window. Set the required values and click OK. If you select a wrapping style other than Inline, the Position tab is also available in the object Advanced Settings window. To learn more on these parameters, please refer to the corresponding pages with the instructions on how to work with shapes, images or charts. If you select a wrapping style other than Inline, you can also edit the wrap boundary for images or shapes. Right-click the object, select the Wrapping Style option from the contextual menu and click the Edit Wrap Boundary option. You can also use the Wrapping -> Edit Wrap Boundary menu on the Layout tab of the top toolbar. Drag wrap points to customize the boundary. To create a new wrap point, click anywhere on the red line and drag it to the required position. Change text wrapping for tables For tables, the following two wrapping styles are available: Inline table and Flow table. To change the currently selected wrapping style: right-click the table and select the Table Advanced Settings option, switch to the Text Wrapping tab of the Table - Advanced Settings window, select one of the following options: Inline table is used to select the wrapping style when the text is broken by the table as well as to set the alignment: left, center, right. Flow table is used to select the wrapping style when the text is wrapped around the table. Using the Text Wrapping tab of the Table - Advanced Settings window, you can also set up the following additional parameters: For inline tables, you can set the table Alignment type (left, center or right) and Indent from left. For floating tables, you can set the Distance from text and the table position on the Table Position tab." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/ChatGPT.htm", "title": "ChatGPT", - "body": "The ChatGPT plugin allows you to analyze, summarize and translate the selected text, to generate images, to find synonyms and to use the OpenAI chatbot to perform tasks that involve understanding or generating natural language or code. Installation To install the ChatGPT plugin, Go to the Plugins tab. Open the Plugin Manager. Find ChatGPT on the marketplace and click the Install button below. Right-click anywhere in the document and find ChatGPT in the context menu. Click Settings to proceed with the plugin configuration. Configuration Create your API key on the OpenAI API key page. Copy the generated API key into the corresponding field of the Settings window. How to use ONLYOFFICE assumes no responsibility for any ChatGPT completions that may contain errors or omissions as well as for any harassing and inappropriate content. The information contained in the plugin completions is generated by ChatGPT and is provided on the \"as is\" basis without additional filtering from ONLYOFFICE. Once installed ChatGPT will be added to the context menu, and all of the ChatGPT features will be accessed with a right mouse click. Select a piece of text or a word to access the context menu and to choose one of the ChatGPT features: Text Analysis, Word Analysis, Translation, Image Generation, Thesaurus, Chat, and Custom Request. Text Analysis The Text analysis feature includes two options: Summarize and Keywords. The Summarize option generates and inserts a concise version of the selected text. The Keywords option detects the key points and extracts keywords from the selected text. The result appears below the text. Word Analysis The Word analysis feature offers two options: Explain text in comment and Explain text in hyperlink. The Explain text in comment option provides the definition of the selected word in the comment section. The Explain text in hyperlink option allows you to embed a link into the selected word. This link directs users to the website that gives a detailed explanation of the selected word or phrase. Translation into French or German The Translation feature allows you to translate the selected text into French or German. The translation replaces the original text. Image Generation The Generate image from text feature allows you to generate images based on the selected text. You can choose the appropriate size of the image to be generated from the ChatGPT context menu. Thesaurus of Synonyms The Thesaurus feature facilitates the generation of synonyms for the selected word. Right-click the word you want to find the synonyms for, and navigate to the Thesaurus option in the ChatGPT context menu. The list of synonyms will open. The Explain text in comment becomes also available when you right-click a word. The explanaition for the word will be provided on the right-side Comments panel. Chat Integration of ChatGPT into the context menu allows you to invoke the Chat from anywhere in the document. Use chatbot to interact and carry on a conversation, ask questions, and receive responses to your requests. Navigate to the Chat option from the ChatGPT context menu, and start a conversation in the text box at the bottom of the ChatGPT window. Custom Request The Custom Request feature allows you to tokenize natural language or code. The tool converts the input text into a list of tokens, processes the request, converts the generated tokens back to the text, and returns the string in the document. To make a custom request, go to the ChatGPT context menu, and click Custom request. In the Open AI text box, enter the text you would like to tokenize. The tool shows the total number of tokens in the text. Click the Show advanced settings to configure the request settings: Model - the model which will generate the completion. Some models are suitable for natural language tasks, others specialize in code. To learn more about these models, please refer to the official ChatGPT website. Maximum length - the maximum number of tokens to generate in the completion. Temperature - this parameter controls randomness, e.g., lowering it results in less random completions. As the temperature approaches zero, the node will become deterministic and repetitive. Top P - an alternative to sampling with temperature, called nucleus sampling, where the model considers the results of the tokens with top_p probability mass. Stop sequences - up to four sequences where the API will stop generating further tokens. The returned text will not contain the stop sequence. Click the Submit button to process the text, or click the Clear button to delete the request and enter a new one." + "body": "The ChatGPT plugin allows you to analyze, summarize and translate the selected text, to generate images, to find synonyms and to use the OpenAI chatbot to perform tasks that involve understanding or generating natural language or code. Installation To install the ChatGPT plugin, Go to the Plugins tab. Open the Plugin Manager. Find ChatGPT on the marketplace and click the Install button below. Right-click anywhere in the document and find ChatGPT in the context menu. Click Settings to proceed with the plugin configuration. Configuration Create your API key on the OpenAI API key page. Copy the generated API key into the corresponding field of the Settings window. How to use ONLYOFFICE assumes no responsibility for any ChatGPT completions that may contain errors or omissions, as well as for any harassing and inappropriate content. The information contained in the plugin completions is generated by ChatGPT and is provided on the \"as is\" basis without additional filtering from ONLYOFFICE. Once installed, ChatGPT will be added to the context menu, and all the ChatGPT features will be accessed with a right mouse click. Select a piece of text or a word to access the context menu and to choose one of the ChatGPT features: Text Analysis, Word Analysis, Translation, Image Generation, Thesaurus, Chat, and Custom Request. Text Analysis The Text analysis feature includes two options: Summarize and Keywords. The Summarize option generates and inserts a concise version of the selected text. The Keywords option detects the key points and extracts keywords from the selected text. The result appears below the text. Word Analysis The Word analysis feature offers two options: Explain text in comment and Explain text in hyperlink. The Explain text in comment option provides the definition of the selected word in the comment section. The Explain text in hyperlink option allows you to embed a link into the selected word. This link directs users to the website that gives a detailed explanation of the selected word or phrase. Translation into French or German The Translation feature allows you to translate the selected text into French or German. The translation replaces the original text. Image Generation The Generate image from text feature allows you to generate images based on the selected text. You can choose the appropriate size of the image to be generated from the ChatGPT context menu. Thesaurus of Synonyms The Thesaurus feature facilitates the generation of synonyms for the selected word. Right-click the word you want to find the synonyms for, and navigate to the Thesaurus option in the ChatGPT context menu. The list of synonyms will open. The Explain text in comment also becomes available when you right-click a word. The explanation for the word will be provided on the right-side Comments panel. Chat Integration of ChatGPT into the context menu allows you to invoke the Chat from anywhere in the document. Use chatbot to interact and carry on a conversation, ask questions, and receive responses to your requests. Navigate to the Chat option from the ChatGPT context menu, and start a conversation in the text box at the bottom of the ChatGPT window. Custom Request The Custom Request feature allows you to tokenize natural language or code. The tool converts the input text into a list of tokens, processes the request, converts the generated tokens back to the text, and returns the string in the document. To make a custom request, go to the ChatGPT context menu, and click Custom request. In the Open AI text box, enter the text you would like to tokenize. The tool shows the total number of tokens in the text. Click the Show advanced settings to configure the request settings: Model - the model which will generate the completion. Some models are suitable for natural language tasks, others specialize in code. To learn more about these models, please refer to the official ChatGPT website. Maximum length - the maximum number of tokens to generate in the completion. Temperature - this parameter controls randomness, e.g., lowering it results in less random completions. As the temperature approaches zero, the node will become deterministic and repetitive. Top P - an alternative to sampling with temperature, called nucleus sampling, where the model considers the results of the tokens with top_p probability mass. Stop sequences - up to four sequences where the API will stop generating further tokens. The returned text will not contain the stop sequence. Click the Submit button to process the text, or click the Clear button to delete the request and enter a new one." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/CommunicationPlugins.htm", "title": "Communicate while editing", - "body": "In ONLYOFFICE Document Editor, you can always keep in touch with colleagues and use popular online messengers, such as Telegram and Rainbow. Telegram and Rainbow plugins are not installed by default. To find information on how to install them, please, refer to the corresponding article: Adding plugins to the ONLYOFFICE Desktop Editors Adding plugins to ONLYOFFICE Cloud, or Adding new plugins to server editors . Telegram To start chatting in the Telegram plugin, Switch to the Plugins tab and click Telegram, enter your phone number into the corresponding field, check the Keep me signed in checkbox if you want to save credentials for the current session and click the Next button, enter the code you've received in your Telegram app, or log in using the QR code, open Telegram app on your phone, go to Settings > Devices > Scan QR, scan the image to Log in. Now you can use Telegram for instant messaging within ONLYOFFICE editors interface. Rainbow To start chatting in the Rainbow plugin, Switch to the Plugins tab and click Rainbow, register a new account by clicking the Sign up button, or log into an already created one. To do this, enter your email into the corresponding field and click Continue, then enter your account password, check the Keep my session alive checkbox if you want to save credentials for the current session, and click the Connect button. Now you're all set and can simultaneously chat in Rainbow and work within ONLYOFFICE editors interface." + "body": "In ONLYOFFICE Document Editor, you can always keep in touch with colleagues and use popular online messengers, such as Telegram and Rainbow. Telegram and Rainbow plugins are not installed by default. To find information on how to install them, please, refer to the corresponding article: Adding plugins to the ONLYOFFICE Desktop Editors Adding plugins to ONLYOFFICE Cloud, or Adding new plugins to server editors . Telegram To start chatting in the Telegram plugin, Switch to the Plugins tab and click Telegram, enter your phone number into the corresponding field, check the Keep me signed in checkbox if you want to save credentials for the current session, and click the Next button, enter the code you've received in your Telegram app, or log in using the QR code, open Telegram app on your phone, go to Settings > Devices > Scan QR, scan the image to Log in. Now you can use Telegram for instant messaging within ONLYOFFICE editors interface. Rainbow To start chatting in the Rainbow plugin, Switch to the Plugins tab and click Rainbow, register a new account by clicking the Sign up button, or log into an already created one. To do this, enter your email into the corresponding field and click Continue, then enter your account password, check the Keep my session alive checkbox if you want to save credentials for the current session, and click the Connect button. Now you're all set and can simultaneously chat in Rainbow and work within ONLYOFFICE editors interface." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/ConvertFootnotesEndnotes.htm", @@ -213,12 +213,12 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm", "title": "Copy/paste text passages, undo/redo your actions", - "body": "Use basic clipboard operations To cut, copy and paste text passages and inserted objects (autoshapes, images, charts) in the Document Editor, select the corresponding options from the right-click menu or click the icons located on any tab of the top toolbar: Cut – select a text fragment or an object and use the Cut option from the right-click menu, or the Cut icon on the top toolbar to delete the selected text and send it to the computer clipboard memory. The cut text can be later inserted to another place in the same document. Copy – select a text fragment or an object and use the Copy option from the right-click menu, or the Copy icon on the top toolbar to copy the selected text to the computer clipboard memory. The copied text can be later inserted to another place in the same document. Paste – find the place in your document where you need to paste the previously copied text fragment/object and use the the Paste option from the right-click menu, or the Paste icon on the top toolbar. The copied text/object will be inserted to the current cursor position. The data can be previously copied from the same document. In the online version, the key combinations below are only used to copy or paste data from/into another document or a program. In the desktop version, both corresponding buttons/menu options and key combinations can be used for any copy/paste operations: Ctrl+X key combination for cutting; Ctrl+C key combination for copying; Ctrl+V key combination for pasting. Note: instead of cutting and pasting text fragments in the same document, you can just select the required text passage and drag and drop it to the necessary position. Use the Paste Special feature Note: For collaborative editing, the Paste Special feature is available in the Strict co-editing mode only. Once the copied text is pasted, the Paste Special button appears next to the inserted text passage. Click this button to select the necessary paste option or use the Ctrl key in combination with the letter key given in the brackets next to the required option. When pasting a text paragraph or some text within autoshapes, the following options are available: Keep source formatting (Ctrl+K) - allows pasting the copied text keeping its original formatting. Keep text only (Ctrl+T) - allows pasting the text without its original formatting. If you copy a table and paste it into an already existing table, the following options are available: Overwrite cells (Ctrl+O) - allows replacing the contents of the existing table with the copied data. This option is selected by default. Nest table (Ctrl+N) - allows pasting the copied table as a nested table into the selected cell of the existing table. Keep text only (Ctrl+T) - allows pasting the table contents as text values separated by the tab character. To enable / disable the automatic appearance of the Paste Special button after pasting, go to the File tab > Advanced Settings and check / uncheck the Show the Paste Options button when the content is pasted checkbox. Undo/redo your actions To perform undo/redo operations, click the corresponding icons in the editor header or use the following keyboard shortcuts: Undo – use the Undo icon on the left side of the editor header or the Ctrl+Z key combination to undo the last operation you performed. Redo – use the Redo icon on the left part of the editor header or the Ctrl+Y key combination to redo the last undone operation. When you co-edit a document in the Fast mode, the possibility to Redo the last undone operation is not available." + "body": "Use basic clipboard operations To cut, copy and paste text passages and inserted objects (autoshapes, images, charts) in the Document Editor, select the corresponding options from the right-click menu or click the icons located on any tab of the top toolbar: Cut – select a text fragment or an object and use the Cut option from the right-click menu, or the Cut icon on the top toolbar to delete the selected text and send it to the computer clipboard memory. The cut text can be later inserted to another place in the same document. Copy – select a text fragment or an object and use the Copy option from the right-click menu, or the Copy icon on the top toolbar to copy the selected text to the computer clipboard memory. The copied text can be later inserted to another place in the same document. Paste – find the place in your document where you need to paste the previously copied text fragment/object and use the the Paste option from the right-click menu, or the Paste icon on the top toolbar. The copied text/object will be inserted to the current cursor position. The data can be previously copied from the same document. In the online version, the key combinations below are only used to copy or paste data from/into another document or a program. In the desktop version, both corresponding buttons/menu options and key combinations can be used for any copy/paste operations: Ctrl+X key combination for cutting (Cmd+X for macOS); Ctrl+C key combination for copying (Cmd+C for macOS); Ctrl+V key combination for pasting (Cmd+V for macOS). Note: instead of cutting and pasting text fragments in the same document, you can just select the required text passage and drag and drop it to the necessary position. Use the Paste Special feature Note: For collaborative editing, the Paste Special feature is available in the Strict co-editing mode only. Once the copied text is pasted, the Paste Special button appears next to the inserted text passage. Click this button to select the necessary paste option or use the Ctrl key to open the Paste Special menu, then press the letter key given in the brackets next to the required option. When pasting a text paragraph or some text within autoshapes, the following options are available: Keep source formatting (Ctrl then K) - allows pasting the copied text keeping its original formatting. Keep text only (Ctrl then T) - allows pasting the text without its original formatting. If you copy a table and paste it into an already existing table, the following options are available: Overwrite cells (Ctrl then O) - allows replacing the contents of the existing table with the copied data. This option is selected by default. Nest table (Ctrl then N) - allows pasting the copied table as a nested table into the selected cell of the existing table. Keep text only (Ctrl then T) - allows pasting the table contents as text values separated by the tab character. To enable / disable the automatic appearance of the Paste Special button after pasting, go to the File tab > Advanced Settings and check / uncheck the Show the Paste Options button when the content is pasted checkbox. Undo/redo your actions To perform undo/redo operations, click the corresponding icons in the editor header or use the following keyboard shortcuts: Undo – use the Undo icon on the left side of the editor header or the Ctrl+Z key combination to undo the last operation you performed. Redo – use the Redo icon on the left part of the editor header or the Ctrl+Y key combination to redo the last undone operation. When you co-edit a document in the Fast mode, the possibility to Redo the last undone operation is not available." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/CreateFillableForms.htm", "title": "Create fillable forms", - "body": "ONLYOFFICE Document Editor allows you to effortlessly create fillable forms in your documents, e.g. agreement drafts or surveys. Form Template is DOCXF format that offers a range of tools to create a fillable form. Save the resulting form as a DOCXF file, and you will have a form template you can still edit, revise or collaborate on. To make a Form template fillable and to restrict file editing by other users, save it as an OFORM file. Please refer to form filling instructions for further details. DOCXF and OFORM are new ONLYOFFICE formats that allow to create form templates and fill out forms. Use ONLYOFFICE Document Editor either online or desktop to make full use of form-associated elements and options. You can also save any existing DOCX file as a DOCXF to use it as Form template. Go to the File tab, click the Download as... or Save as... option on the left side menu and choose the DOCXF icon. Now you can use all the available form editing functions to create a form. It is not only the form fields that you can edit in a DOCXF file, you can still add, edit and format text or use other Document Editor functions. Creating fillable forms is enabled through user-editable objects that ensure overall consistency of the resulting documents and allow for advanced form interaction experience. Currently, you can insert editable plain text fields, combo boxes, dropdown lists, checkboxes, radio buttons, assign designated areas for images, as well as create email address, phone number, date and time, zip code, credit card and complex fields. Access these features on the Forms tab that is available for DOCXF files only. Creating a new Plain Text Field Text fields are user-editable plain text form fields; no other objects can be added. To insert a text field, place the insertion point within a line of the text where you want the field to be added, switch to the Forms tab of the top toolbar, click the Text Field icon or click the arrow next to the Text Field icon and choose whether you want to insert an inline text field or a fixed text field. To learn more about fixed field, please read the Fixed size field paragraph of this section below. The form field will appear at the insertion point within the existing text line. The Form Settings menu will open to the right. Who needs to fill this out?: choose the role via the dropdown list to set the group of users with access to this field. To learn more about assigning roles, please read the Managing Roles section of this guide. Key: a key to group fields to fill out simultaneously. To create a new key, enter its name in the field and press Enter, then assign the required key to each text field using the dropdown list. A message Fields connected: 2/3/... will be displayed. To disconnect the fields, click the Disconnect button. Placeholder: type in the text to be displayed in the inserted text field; “Your text here” is set by default. Tag: type in the text to be used as a tag for internal use, i.e., displayed only for co-editors. Tip: type in the text to be displayed as a tip when a user hovers their mouse pointer over the text field. Default value: enter the value displayed in the field by default. Format: choose the content format of the text field, i.e., only the chosen character format will be allowed: None, Digits, Letters, Arbitrary Mask (the text shall correspond with the custom mask, e.g., (999) 999 99 99), Regular Expression (the text shall correspond with the custom expression). When you choose an Arbitrary Mask or a Regular Expression format, an additional field below the Format field appears. Allowed Symbols: type in the symbols that are allowed in the text field. Fixed size field: check this box to create a field with a fixed size. When this option is enabled, you can also use the AutoFit and/or Multiline field settings. A fixed size field looks like an autoshape. You can set a wrapping style for it as well as adjust its position. AutoFit: this option can be enabled when the Fixed size field setting is selected, check it to automatically fit the font size to the field size. Multiline field: this option can be enabled when the Fixed size field setting is selected, check it to create a form field with multiple lines, otherwise, the text will occupy a single line. Characters limit: no limits by default; check this box to set the maximum characters number in the field to the right. Comb of characters: spread the text evenly within the inserted text field and configure its general appearance. Leave the box unchecked to preserve the default settings or check it to set the following parameters: Cell width: choose whether the width value should be Auto (width is calculated automatically), At least (width is no less than the value given manually), or Exactly (width corresponds to the value given manually). The text within will be justified accordingly. Border color: click the icon to set the color for the borders of the inserted text field. Choose the preferred border color from the palette. You can add a new custom color if necessary. Background color: click the icon to apply a background color to the inserted text field. Choose the preferred color out of Theme Colors, Standard Colors, or add a new custom color if necessary. Required: check this box to make the text field a necessary one to fill in. Click within the inserted text field and adjust the font type, size, color, apply decoration styles and formatting presets. Formatting will be applied to all the text inside the field. Creating a new Combo box Combo boxes contain a dropdown list with a set of choices that can be edited by users. To insert a combo box, place the insertion point within a line of the text where you want the field to be added, switch to the Forms tab of the top toolbar, click the Combo box icon. The form field will appear at the insertion point within the existing text line. The Form Settings menu will open to the right. Who needs to fill this out?: choose the role via the dropdown list to set the group of users with access to this field. To learn more about assigning roles, please read the Managing Roles section of this guide. Key: a key to group combo boxes to fill out simultaneously. To create a new key, enter its name in the field and press Enter, then assign the required key to each combo box using the dropdown list. A message Fields connected: 2/3/... will be displayed. To disconnect the fields, click the Disconnect button. Placeholder: type in the text to be displayed in the inserted combo box; “Choose an item” is set by default. Tag: type in the text to be used as a tag for internal use, i.e., displayed only for co-editors. Tip: type in the text to be displayed as a tip when a user hovers their mouse pointer over the form field. Default value: enter the value displayed in the field by default. Value Options: add new values, delete them, or move them up and down in the list. Fixed size field: check this box to create a field with a fixed size. A fixed size field looks like an autoshape. You can set a wrapping style for it as well as adjust its position. Border color: click the icon to set the color for the borders of the inserted combo box. Choose the preferred border color from the palette. You can add a new custom color if necessary. Background color: click the icon to apply a background color to the inserted combo box. Choose the preferred color out of Theme Colors, Standard Colors, or add a new custom color if necessary. Required: check this box to make the combo box field a necessary one to fill in. You can click the arrow button in the right part of the added Combo box to open the item list and choose the necessary one. Once the necessary item is selected, you can edit the displayed text entirely or partially by replacing it with yours. You can change font decoration, color, and size. Click within the inserted combo box and proceed according to the instructions. Formatting will be applied to all the text inside the field. Creating a new Dropdown list form field Dropdown lists contain a list with a set of choices that cannot be edited by the users. To insert a dropdown list, place the insertion point within a line of the text where you want the field to be added, switch to the Forms tab of the top toolbar, click the Dropdown icon. The form field will appear at the insertion point within the existing text line. The Form Settings menu will open to the right. Who needs to fill this out?: choose the role via the dropdown list to set the group of users with access to this field. To learn more about assigning roles, please read the Managing Roles section of this guide. Key: a key to group dropdown lists to fill out simultaneously. To create a new key, enter its name in the field and press Enter, then assign the required key to each form field using the dropdown list. A message Fields connected: 2/3/... will be displayed. To disconnect the fields, click the Disconnect button. Placeholder: type in the text to be displayed in the inserted dropdown list; “Choose an item” is set by default. Tag: type in the text to be used as a tag for internal use, i.e., displayed only for co-editors. Tip: type in the text to be displayed as a tip when a user hovers their mouse pointer over the form field. Default value: enter the value displayed in the field by default. Value Options: add new values, delete them, or move them up and down in the list. Fixed size field: check this box to create a field with a fixed size. A fixed size field looks like an autoshape. You can set a wrapping style for it as well as adjust its position. Border color: click the icon to set the color for the borders of the inserted dropdown field. Choose the preferred border color from the palette. You can add a new custom color if necessary. Background color: click the icon to apply a background color to the inserted dropdown field. Choose the preferred color out of Theme Colors, Standard Colors, or add a new custom color if necessary. Required: check this box to make the dropdown list field a necessary one to fill in. You can click the arrow button in the right part of the added Dropdown list form field to open the item list and choose the necessary one. Creating a new Checkbox Checkboxes are used to provide users with a variety of options, any number of which can be selected. Checkboxes operate individually, so they can be checked or unchecked independently. To insert a checkbox, place the insertion point within a line of the text where you want the field to be added, switch to the Forms tab of the top toolbar, click the Checkbox icon. The form field will appear at the insertion point within the existing text line. The Form Settings menu will open to the right. Who needs to fill this out?: choose the role via the dropdown list to set the group of users with access to this field. To learn more about assigning roles, please read the Managing Roles section of this guide. Key: a key to group checkboxes to fill out simultaneously. To create a new key, enter its name in the field and press Enter, then assign the required key to each form field using the dropdown list. A message Fields connected: 2/3/... will be displayed. To disconnect the fields, click the Disconnect button. Tag: type in the text to be used as a tag for internal use, i.e., displayed only for co-editors. Tip: type in the text to be displayed as a tip when a user hovers their mouse pointer over the checkbox. Checkbox is checked by default: check this box so that the checkbox field is activated by default. Fixed size field: check this box to create a field with a fixed size. A fixed size field looks like an autoshape. You can set a wrapping style for it as well as adjust its position. Border color: click the icon to set the color for the borders of the inserted checkbox. Choose the preferred border color from the palette. You can add a new custom color if necessary. Background color: click the icon to apply a background color to the inserted checkbox. Choose the preferred color out of Theme Colors, Standard Colors, or add a new custom color if necessary. Required: check this box to make the checkbox field a necessary one to fill in. To check the box, click it once. Creating a new Radio Button Radio buttons are used to provide users with a variety of options, only one of which can be selected. Radio buttons can be grouped so that there is no selecting several buttons within one group. To insert a radio button, place the insertion point within a line of the text where you want the field to be added, switch to the Forms tab of the top toolbar, click the Radio Button icon. The form field will appear at the insertion point within the existing text line. The Form Settings menu will open to the right. Who needs to fill this out?: choose the role via the dropdown list to set the group of users with access to this field. To learn more about assigning roles, please read the Managing Roles section of this guide. Group key: to create a new group of radio buttons, enter the name of the group in the field and press Enter, then assign the required group to each radio button. Tag: type in the text to be used as a tag for internal use, i.e., displayed only for co-editors. Tip: type in the text to be displayed as a tip when a user hovers their mouse pointer over the radio button. Button is checked by default: check this box so that the radio button field is activated by default. Fixed size field: check this box to create a field with a fixed size. A fixed size field looks like an autoshape. You can set a wrapping style for it as well as adjust its position. Border color: click the icon to set the color for the borders of the inserted radi button. Choose the preferred border color from the palette. You can add a new custom color if necessary. Background color: click the icon to apply a background color to the inserted radio button. Choose the preferred color out of Theme Colors, Standard Colors, or add a new custom color if necessary. Required: check this box to make the radio button field a necessary one to fill in. To check the radio button, click it once. Creating a new Image field Images are form fields which are used to enable inserting an image with the limitations you set, i.e. the location of the image or its size. To insert an image form field, place the insertion point within a line of the text where you want the field to be added, switch to the Forms tab of the top toolbar, click the Image icon. The form field will appear at the insertion point within the existing text line. The Form Settings menu will open to the right. Who needs to fill this out?: choose the role via the dropdown list to set the group of users with access to this field. To learn more about assigning roles, please read the Managing Roles section of this guide. Key: a key to group images to fill out simultaneously. To create a new key, enter its name in the field and press Enter, then assign the required key to each form field using the dropdown list. A message Fields connected: 2/3/... will be displayed. To disconnect the fields, click the Disconnect button. Placeholder: type in the text to be displayed in the inserted image form field; “Click to load image” is set by default. Tag: type in the text to be used as a tag for internal use, i.e., displayed only for co-editors. Tip: type in the text to be displayed as a tip when a user hovers their mouse pointer over the bottom border of the image. When to scale: click the drop down menu and select an appropriate image sizing option: Always, Never, when the Image is Too Big, or when the Image is Too Small. The selected image will scale inside the field correspondingly. Lock aspect ratio: check this box to maintain the image aspect ratio without distortion. When the box is checked, use the vertical and the horizontal slider to position the image inside the inserted field. The positioning sliders are inactive when the box is unchecked. Select Image: click this button to upload an image either From File, From URL, or From Storage. Border color: click the icon to set the color for the borders of the inserted image field. Choose the preferred border color from the palette. You can add a new custom color if necessary. Background color: click the icon to apply a background color to the inserted image field. Choose the preferred color out of Theme Colors, Standard Colors, or add a new custom color if necessary. Required: check this box to make the image field a necessary one to fill in. To replace the image, click the   image icon above the form field border and select another one. To adjust the image settings, open the Image Settings tab on the right toolbar. To learn more, please read the guide on image settings. Creating a new Email Address field Email Address field is used to type in an email address corresponding to a regular expression \\S+@\\S+\\.\\S+. To insert an email address field, place the insertion point within a line of the text where you want the field to be added, switch to the Forms tab of the top toolbar, click the Email Address icon. The form field will appear at the insertion point within the existing text line. The Form Settings menu will open to the right. Who needs to fill this out?: choose the role via the dropdown list to set the group of users with access to this field. To learn more about assigning roles, please read the Managing Roles section of this guide. Key: to create a new group of email addresses, enter the name of the group in the field and press Enter, then assign the required group to each email address field. Placeholder: type in the text to be displayed in the inserted email address form field; “user_name@email.com” is set by default. Tag: type in the text to be used as a tag for internal use, i.e., displayed only for co-editors. Tip: type in the text to be displayed as a tip when a user hovers their mouse pointer over the email address field. Default value: enter the value displayed in the field by default. Format: choose the content format of the field, i.e., None, Digits, Letters, Arbitrary Mask or Regular Expression. The field is set to Regular Expression by default so as to preserve the email address format \\S+@\\S+\\.\\S+. Allowed Symbols: type in the symbols that are allowed in the email address field. Fixed size field: check this box to create a field with a fixed size. When this option is enabled, you can also use the Autofit and/or Multiline field settings. A fixed size field looks like an autoshape. You can set a wrapping style for it as well as adjust its position. AutoFit: this option can be enabled when the Fixed size field setting is selected, check it to automatically fit the font size to the field size. Multiline field: this option can be enabled when the Fixed size field setting is selected, check it to create a form field with multiple lines, otherwise, the text will occupy a single line. Characters limit: no limits by default; check this box to set the maximum characters number in the field to the right. Comb of characters: spread the text evenly within the inserted email address field and configure its general appearance. Leave the box unchecked to preserve the default settings or check it to set the following parameters: Cell width: choose whether the width value should be Auto (width is calculated automatically), At least (width is no less than the value given manually), or Exactly (width corresponds to the value given manually). The text within will be justified accordingly. Border color: click the icon to set the color for the borders of the inserted email address field. Choose the preferred border color from the palette. You can add a new custom color if necessary. Background color: click the icon to apply a background color to the inserted email address field. Choose the preferred color out of Theme Colors, Standard Colors, or add a new custom color if necessary. Required: check this box to make the email address field a necessary one to fill in. Creating a new Phone Number field Phone Number field is used to type in a phone number corresponding to an arbitrary mask given by the form creator. It is set to (999)999-9999 by default. To insert a phone number field, place the insertion point within a line of the text where you want the field to be added, switch to the Forms tab of the top toolbar, click the Phone Number icon. The form field will appear at the insertion point within the existing text line. The Form Settings menu will open to the right. Who needs to fill this out?: choose the role via the dropdown list to set the group of users with access to this field. To learn more about assigning roles, please read the Managing Roles section of this guide. Key: to create a new group of phone numbers, enter the name of the group in the field and press Enter, then assign the required group to each phone number. Placeholder: type in the text to be displayed in the inserted phone number form field; “(999)999-9999” is set by default. Tag: type in the text to be used as a tag for internal use, i.e., displayed only for co-editors. Tip: type in the text to be displayed as a tip when a user hovers their mouse pointer over the phone number field. Default value: enter the value displayed in the field by default. Format: choose the content format of the field, i.e., None, Digits, Letters, Arbitrary Mask or Regular Expression. The field is set to Arbitrary Mask by default. To change its format, type in the required mask into the field below. Allowed Symbols: type in the symbols that are allowed in the phone number field. Fixed size field: check this box to create a field with a fixed size. When this option is enabled, you can also use the AutoFit and/or Multiline field settings. A fixed size field looks like an autoshape. You can set a wrapping style for it as well as adjust its position. AutoFit: this option can be enabled when the Fixed size field setting is selected, check it to automatically fit the font size to the field size. Multiline field: this option can be enabled when the Fixed size field setting is selected, check it to create a form field with multiple lines, otherwise, the text will occupy a single line. Characters limit: no limits by default; check this box to set the maximum characters number in the field to the right. Comb of characters: spread the text evenly within the inserted phone number field and configure its general appearance. Leave the box unchecked to preserve the default settings or check it to set the following parameters: Cell width: choose whether the width value should be Auto (width is calculated automatically), At least (width is no less than the value given manually), or Exactly (width corresponds to the value given manually). The text within will be justified accordingly. Border color: click the icon to set the color for the borders of the inserted phone number field. Choose the preferred border color from the palette. You can add a new custom color if necessary. Background color: click the icon to apply a background color to the inserted phone number field. Choose the preferred color out of Theme Colors, Standard Colors, or add a new custom color if necessary. Required: check this box to make the phone number field a necessary one to fill in. Creating a new Date and Time field Date and Time field is used to insert a date. The date is set to DD/MM/YYYY by default. To insert a date and time field, place the insertion point within a line of the text where you want the field to be added, switch to the Forms tab of the top toolbar, click the Date and Time icon. The form field will appear at the insertion point within the existing text line. To enter a date, click the dropdown arrow within the field and choose the required date via the calendar. The Form Settings menu will open to the right. Who needs to fill this out?: choose the role via the dropdown list to set the group of users with access to this field. To learn more about assigning roles, please read the Managing Roles section of this guide. Key: to create a new group of date and time fields, enter the name of the group in the field and press Enter, then assign the required group to each date and time field. Placeholder: type in the text to be displayed in the inserted date and time form field; by default, today's date is displayed. Tag: type in the text to be used as a tag for internal use, i.e., displayed only for co-editors. Tip: type in the text to be displayed as a tip when a user hovers their mouse pointer over the date and time field. Default value: enter the value displayed in the field by default. Display the date like this: choose the format of the field, e.g., MM/DD/YYYY, Monday, MM DD, YYYY, etc. The date is set to DD/MM/YYYY by default. Language: choose the required language for displaying the date and time. Fixed size field: check this box to create a field with a fixed size. A fixed size field looks like an autoshape. You can set a wrapping style for it as well as adjust its position. Border color: click the icon to set the color for the borders of the inserted date and time field. Choose the preferred border color from the palette. You can add a new custom color if necessary. Background color: click the icon to apply a background color to the inserted date and time field. Choose the preferred color out of Theme Colors, Standard Colors, or add a new custom color if necessary. Required: check this box to make the date and time field a necessary one to fill in. Creating a new Zip Code field Zip Code field is used to enter a zip code corresponding to an arbitrary mask given by the form creator. It is set to 99999-9999 by default. To insert a zip code field, place the insertion point within a line of the text where you want the field to be added, switch to the Forms tab of the top toolbar, click the Zip Code icon. The form field will appear at the insertion point within the existing text line. The Form Settings menu will open to the right. Who needs to fill this out?: choose the role via the dropdown list to set the group of users with access to this field. To learn more about assigning roles, please read the Managing roles section of this guide. Key: to create a new group of zip codes, enter the name of the group in the field and press Enter, then assign the required group to each zip code. Placeholder: type in the text to be displayed in the inserted zip code form field; “99999-9999” is set by default. Tag: type in the text to be used as a tag for internal use, i.e., displayed only for co-editors. Tip: type in the text to be displayed as a tip when a user hovers their mouse pointer over the zip code field. Default value: enter the value displayed in the field by default. Format: choose the content format of the field, i.e., None, Digits, Letters, Arbitrary Mask or Regular Expression. The field is set to Arbitrary Mask by default. To change its format, type in the required mask into the field below. Allowed Symbols: type in the symbols that are allowed in the zip code field. Fixed size field: check this box to create a field with a fixed size. When this option is enabled, you can also use the AutoFit and/or Multiline field settings. A fixed size field looks like an autoshape. You can set a wrapping style for it as well as adjust its position. AutoFit: this option can be enabled when the Fixed size field setting is selected, check it to automatically fit the font size to the field size. Multiline field: this option can be enabled when the Fixed size field setting is selected, check it to create a form field with multiple lines, otherwise, the text will occupy a single line. Characters limit: no limits by default; check this box to set the maximum characters number in the field to the right. Comb of characters: spread the text evenly within the inserted zip code field and configure its general appearance. Leave the box unchecked to preserve the default settings or check it to set the following parameters: Cell width: choose whether the width value should be Auto (width is calculated automatically), At least (width is no less than the value given manually), or Exactly (width corresponds to the value given manually). The text within will be justified accordingly. Border color: click the icon to set the color for the borders of the inserted zip code field. Choose the preferred border color from the palette. You can add a new custom color if necessary. Background color: click the icon to apply a background color to the inserted zip code field. Choose the preferred color out of Theme Colors, Standard Colors, or add a new custom color if necessary. Required: check this box to make the zip code field a necessary one to fill in. Creating a new Credit Card field Credit Card field is used to enter a credit card number corresponding to an arbitrary mask given by the form creator. It is set to 9999-9999-9999-9999 by default. To insert a credit card field, place the insertion point within a line of the text where you want the field to be added, switch to the Forms tab of the top toolbar, click the Credit Card icon. The form field will appear at the insertion point within the existing text line. The Form Settings menu will open to the right. Who needs to fill this out?: choose the role via the dropdown list to set the group of users with access to this field. To learn more about assigning roles, please read the Managing Roles section of this guide. Key: to create a new group of credit card numbers, enter the name of the group in the field and press Enter, then assign the required group to each credit card field. Placeholder: type in the text to be displayed in the inserted credit card form field; “9999-9999-9999-9999” is set by default. Tag: type in the text to be used as a tag for internal use, i.e., displayed only for co-editors. Tip: type in the text to be displayed as a tip when a user hovers their mouse pointer over the credit card field. Default value: enter the value displayed in the field by default. Format: choose the content format of the field, i.e., None, Digits, Letters, Arbitrary Mask or Regular Expression. The field is set to Arbitrary Mask by default. To change its format, type in the required mask into the field below. Allowed Symbols: type in the symbols that are allowed in the credit card field. Fixed size field: check this box to create a field with a fixed size. When this option is enabled, you can also use the AutoFit and/or Multiline field settings. A fixed size field looks like an autoshape. You can set a wrapping style for it as well as adjust its position. AutoFit: this option can be enabled when the Fixed size field setting is selected, check it to automatically fit the font size to the field size. Multiline field: this option can be enabled when the Fixed size field setting is selected, check it to create a form field with multiple lines, otherwise, the text will occupy a single line. Characters limit: no limits by default; check this box to set the maximum characters number in the field to the right. Comb of characters: spread the text evenly within the inserted credit card field and configure its general appearance. Leave the box unchecked to preserve the default settings or check it to set the following parameters: Cell width: choose whether the width value should be Auto (width is calculated automatically), At least (width is no less than the value given manually), or Exactly (width corresponds to the value given manually). The text within will be justified accordingly. Border color: click the icon to set the color for the borders of the inserted credit card field. Choose the preferred border color from the palette. You can add a new custom color if necessary. Background color: click the icon to apply a background color to the inserted credit card field. Choose the preferred color out of Theme Colors, Standard Colors, or add a new custom color if necessary. Required: check this box to make the credit card field a necessary one to fill in. Creating a new Complex Field Complex Field combines several field types, e.g., text field and a drop-down list. You can combine fields however you need. To insert a complex field, place the insertion point within a line of the text where you want the field to be added, switch to the Forms tab of the top toolbar, click the Complex Field icon. The form field will appear at the insertion point within the existing text line. The Form Settings menu will open to the right. Who needs to fill this out?: choose the role via the dropdown list to set the group of users with access to this field. To learn more about assigning roles, please read the Managing Roles section of this guide. Key: to create a new group of complex fields, enter the name of the group in the field and press Enter, then assign the required group to each complex field. Placeholder: type in the text to be displayed in the inserted complex field; “Your text here” is set by default. Tag: type in the text to be used as a tag for internal use, i.e., displayed only for co-editors. Tip: type in the text to be displayed as a tip when a user hovers their mouse pointer over the complex field. Fixed size field: check this box to create a field with a fixed size. A fixed size field looks like an autoshape. You can set a wrapping style for it as well as adjust its position. Border color: click the icon to set the color for the borders of the inserted complex field. Choose the preferred border color from the palette. You can add a new custom color if necessary. Background color: click the icon to apply a background color to the inserted complex field. Choose the preferred color out of Theme Colors, Standard Colors, or add a new custom color if necessary. Required: check this box to make the complex field a necessary one to fill in. To insert various form fields in a complex field, click within it and choose the required field at the top toolbar in the Forms tab, then configure it to your liking. To learn more about each field type, read the corresponding sections above. Please note that you cannot use Image form field within complex fields. Managing Roles You can create new roles that will determine who can fill in certain form fields. To manage roles, go to the Forms tab in the top toolbar, click the Managing Roles icon, click the New button to create a new role, type in the role name and choose its color if necessary. You can also create a custom color by clicking the corresponding menu item, click OK to create a new role, set the order in which the fillers receive and sign the document using the and buttons, use the Edit or Delete buttons to change the roles or delete them, click Close to go back to form editing. When saving the form as .oform file, you can view all roles created for the form. Enabling the View form Note: Once you have entered the View form mode, all editing options will become unavailable. Click the View Form button on the Forms tab of the top toolbar to see how all the inserted forms will be displayed in your document. You can view the form from the point of view of each created role. To do that, click the arrow under the View Form button and choose the required role. To exit the viewing mode, click the same icon again. Moving form fields Form fields can be moved to another place in the document: click the button on the left of the control border to select the field and drag it without releasing the mouse button to another position in the text. You can also copy and paste form fields: select the necessary field and use the Ctrl+C/Ctrl+V key combinations. Creating required fields To make a field obligatory, check the Required option. The mandatory fields will be marked with red stroke. Locking form fields To prevent further editing of the inserted form field, click the Lock icon. Filling the fields remains available. Clearing form fields To clear all inserted fields and delete all values, click the Clear All Fields button on the Forms tab on the top toolbar. Clearing fields can be performed in the form filling mode only. Navigate, View and Save a Form Go to the Forms tab at the top toolbar. Navigate through the form fields using the Previous field and Next field buttons at the top toolbar. When you are finished, click the Save as oform button at the top toolbar to save the form as an OFORM file ready to be filled out. You can save as many OFORM files as you need. Removing form fields To remove a form field and leave all its contents, select it and click the Delete icon (make sure the field is not locked) or press the Delete key on the keyboard." + "body": "ONLYOFFICE Document Editor allows you to effortlessly create fillable forms in your documents, e.g. agreement drafts or surveys. Form Template is DOCXF format that offers a range of tools to create a fillable form. Save the resulting form as a DOCXF file, and you will have a form template you can still edit, revise or collaborate on. To make a Form template fillable and to restrict file editing by other users, save it as a PDF file. Please refer to form filling instructions for further details. DOCXF is a new ONLYOFFICE format that allows to create form templates and fill out forms. Use ONLYOFFICE Document Editor either online or desktop to make full use of form-associated elements and options. You can also save any existing DOCX file as a DOCXF to use it as a Form template. Go to the File tab, click the Download as... or Save as... option on the left side menu and choose the DOCXF icon. Now you can use all the available form editing functions to create a form. It is not only the form fields that you can edit in a DOCXF file, you can still add, edit and format text or use other Document Editor functions. Creating fillable forms is enabled through user-editable objects that ensure overall consistency of the resulting documents and allow for advanced form interaction experience. Currently, you can insert editable plain text fields, combo boxes, dropdown lists, checkboxes, radio buttons, assign designated areas for images, as well as create email address, phone number, date and time, zip code, credit card and complex fields. Access these features on the Forms tab that is available for DOCXF files only. There are tips for each form field to facilitate creating a fillable form. Creating a new Plain Text Field Text fields are user-editable plain text form fields; no other objects can be added. To insert a text field, place the insertion point within a line of the text where you want the field to be added, switch to the Forms tab of the top toolbar, click the Text Field icon or click the arrow next to the Text Field icon and choose whether you want to insert an inline text field or a fixed text field. To learn more about fixed field, please read the Fixed size field paragraph of this section below. The form field will appear at the insertion point within the existing text line. The Form Settings menu will open to the right. Who needs to fill this out?: choose the role via the dropdown list to set the group of users with access to this field. To learn more about assigning roles, please read the Managing Roles section of this guide. Key: a key to group fields to fill out simultaneously. To create a new key, enter its name in the field and press Enter, then assign the required key to each text field using the dropdown list. A message Fields connected: 2/3/... will be displayed. To disconnect the fields, click the Disconnect button. Placeholder: type in the text to be displayed in the inserted text field; “Your text here” is set by default. Tag: type in the text to be used as a tag for internal use, i.e., displayed only for co-editors. Tip: type in the text to be displayed as a tip when a user hovers their mouse pointer over the text field. Default value: enter the value displayed in the field by default. Format: choose the content format of the text field, i.e., only the chosen character format will be allowed: None, Digits, Letters, Arbitrary Mask (the text shall correspond with the custom mask, e.g., (999) 999 99 99), Regular Expression (the text shall correspond with the custom expression). When you choose an Arbitrary Mask or a Regular Expression format, an additional field below the Format field appears. Allowed Symbols: type in the symbols that are allowed in the text field. Fixed size field: check this box to create a field with a fixed size. When this option is enabled, you can also use the AutoFit and/or Multiline field settings. A fixed size field looks like an autoshape. You can set a wrapping style for it as well as adjust its position. AutoFit: this option can be enabled when the Fixed size field setting is selected, check it to automatically fit the font size to the field size. Multiline field: this option can be enabled when the Fixed size field setting is selected, check it to create a form field with multiple lines, otherwise, the text will occupy a single line. Characters limit: no limits by default; check this box to set the maximum characters number in the field to the right. Comb of characters: spread the text evenly within the inserted text field and configure its general appearance. Leave the box unchecked to preserve the default settings, or check it to set the following parameters: Cell width: choose whether the width value should be Auto (width is calculated automatically), At least (width is no less than the value given manually), or Exactly (width corresponds to the value given manually). The text within will be justified accordingly. Border color: click the icon to set the color for the borders of the inserted text field. Choose the preferred border color from the palette. You can add a new custom color if necessary. Background color: click the icon to apply a background color to the inserted text field. Choose the preferred color out of Theme Colors, Standard Colors, or add a new custom color if necessary. Required: check this box to make the text field a necessary one to fill in. Click within the inserted text field and adjust the font type, size, color, apply decoration styles and formatting presets. Formatting will be applied to all the text inside the field. Creating a new Combo box Combo boxes contain a dropdown list with a set of choices that can be edited by users. To insert a combo box, place the insertion point within a line of the text where you want the field to be added, switch to the Forms tab of the top toolbar, click the Combo box icon. The form field will appear at the insertion point within the existing text line. The Form Settings menu will open to the right. Who needs to fill this out?: choose the role via the dropdown list to set the group of users with access to this field. To learn more about assigning roles, please read the Managing Roles section of this guide. Key: a key to group combo boxes to fill out simultaneously. To create a new key, enter its name in the field and press Enter, then assign the required key to each combo box using the dropdown list. A message Fields connected: 2/3/... will be displayed. To disconnect the fields, click the Disconnect button. Placeholder: type in the text to be displayed in the inserted combo box; “Choose an item” is set by default. Tag: type in the text to be used as a tag for internal use, i.e., displayed only for co-editors. Tip: type in the text to be displayed as a tip when a user hovers their mouse pointer over the form field. Default value: enter the value displayed in the field by default. Value Options: add new values, delete them, or move them up and down in the list. Fixed size field: check this box to create a field with a fixed size. A fixed size field looks like an autoshape. You can set a wrapping style for it as well as adjust its position. Border color: click the icon to set the color for the borders of the inserted combo box. Choose the preferred border color from the palette. You can add a new custom color if necessary. Background color: click the icon to apply a background color to the inserted combo box. Choose the preferred color out of Theme Colors, Standard Colors, or add a new custom color if necessary. Required: check this box to make the combo box field a necessary one to fill in. You can click the arrow button in the right part of the added Combo box to open the item list and choose the necessary one. Once the necessary item is selected, you can edit the displayed text entirely or partially by replacing it with yours. You can change font decoration, color, and size. Click within the inserted combo box and proceed according to the instructions. Formatting will be applied to all the text inside the field. Creating a new Dropdown list form field Dropdown lists contain a list with a set of choices that cannot be edited by the users. To insert a dropdown list, place the insertion point within a line of the text where you want the field to be added, switch to the Forms tab of the top toolbar, click the Dropdown icon. The form field will appear at the insertion point within the existing text line. The Form Settings menu will open to the right. Who needs to fill this out?: choose the role via the dropdown list to set the group of users with access to this field. To learn more about assigning roles, please read the Managing Roles section of this guide. Key: a key to group dropdown lists to fill out simultaneously. To create a new key, enter its name in the field and press Enter, then assign the required key to each form field using the dropdown list. A message Fields connected: 2/3/... will be displayed. To disconnect the fields, click the Disconnect button. Placeholder: type in the text to be displayed in the inserted dropdown list; “Choose an item” is set by default. Tag: type in the text to be used as a tag for internal use, i.e., displayed only for co-editors. Tip: type in the text to be displayed as a tip when a user hovers their mouse pointer over the form field. Default value: enter the value displayed in the field by default. Value Options: add new values, delete them, or move them up and down in the list. Fixed size field: check this box to create a field with a fixed size. A fixed size field looks like an autoshape. You can set a wrapping style for it as well as adjust its position. Border color: click the icon to set the color for the borders of the inserted dropdown field. Choose the preferred border color from the palette. You can add a new custom color if necessary. Background color: click the icon to apply a background color to the inserted dropdown field. Choose the preferred color out of Theme Colors, Standard Colors, or add a new custom color if necessary. Required: check this box to make the dropdown list field a necessary one to fill in. You can click the arrow button in the right part of the added Dropdown list form field to open the item list and choose the necessary one. Creating a new Checkbox Checkboxes are used to provide users with a variety of options, any number of which can be selected. Checkboxes operate individually, so they can be checked or unchecked independently. To insert a checkbox, place the insertion point within a line of the text where you want the field to be added, switch to the Forms tab of the top toolbar, click the Checkbox icon. The form field will appear at the insertion point within the existing text line. The Form Settings menu will open to the right. Who needs to fill this out?: choose the role via the dropdown list to set the group of users with access to this field. To learn more about assigning roles, please read the Managing Roles section of this guide. Key: a key to group checkboxes to fill out simultaneously. To create a new key, enter its name in the field and press Enter, then assign the required key to each form field using the dropdown list. A message Fields connected: 2/3/... will be displayed. To disconnect the fields, click the Disconnect button. Tag: type in the text to be used as a tag for internal use, i.e., displayed only for co-editors. Tip: type in the text to be displayed as a tip when a user hovers their mouse pointer over the checkbox. Checkbox is checked by default: check this box so that the checkbox field is activated by default. Fixed size field: check this box to create a field with a fixed size. A fixed size field looks like an autoshape. You can set a wrapping style for it as well as adjust its position. Border color: click the icon to set the color for the borders of the inserted checkbox. Choose the preferred border color from the palette. You can add a new custom color if necessary. Background color: click the icon to apply a background color to the inserted checkbox. Choose the preferred color out of Theme Colors, Standard Colors, or add a new custom color if necessary. Required: check this box to make the checkbox field a necessary one to fill in. To check the box, click it once. Creating a new Radio Button Radio buttons are used to provide users with a variety of options, only one of which can be selected. Radio buttons can be grouped so that there is no selecting several buttons within one group. To insert a radio button, place the insertion point within a line of the text where you want the field to be added, switch to the Forms tab of the top toolbar, click the Radio Button icon. The form field will appear at the insertion point within the existing text line. The Form Settings menu will open to the right. Who needs to fill this out?: choose the role via the dropdown list to set the group of users with access to this field. To learn more about assigning roles, please read the Managing Roles section of this guide. Group key: to create a new group of radio buttons, enter the name of the group in the field and press Enter, then assign the required group to each radio button. Tag: type in the text to be used as a tag for internal use, i.e., displayed only for co-editors. Tip: type in the text to be displayed as a tip when a user hovers their mouse pointer over the radio button. Radio button choice: type in the text used as a name for the element. Button is checked by default: check this box so that the radio button field is activated by default. Fixed size field: check this box to create a field with a fixed size. A fixed size field looks like an autoshape. You can set a wrapping style for it as well as adjust its position. Border color: click the icon to set the color for the borders of the inserted radio button. Choose the preferred border color from the palette. You can add a new custom color if necessary. Background color: click the icon to apply a background color to the inserted radio button. Choose the preferred color out of Theme Colors, Standard Colors, or add a new custom color if necessary. Required: check this box to make the radio button field a necessary one to fill in. To check the radio button, click it once. Creating a new Image field Images are form fields which are used to enable inserting an image with the limitations you set, i.e. the location of the image or its size. To insert an image form field, place the insertion point within a line of the text where you want the field to be added, switch to the Forms tab of the top toolbar, click the Image icon. The form field will appear at the insertion point within the existing text line. The Form Settings menu will open to the right. Who needs to fill this out?: choose the role via the dropdown list to set the group of users with access to this field. To learn more about assigning roles, please read the Managing Roles section of this guide. Key: a key to group images to fill out simultaneously. To create a new key, enter its name in the field and press Enter, then assign the required key to each form field using the dropdown list. A message Fields connected: 2/3/... will be displayed. To disconnect the fields, click the Disconnect button. Placeholder: type in the text to be displayed in the inserted image form field; “Click to load image” is set by default. Tag: type in the text to be used as a tag for internal use, i.e., displayed only for co-editors. Tip: type in the text to be displayed as a tip when a user hovers their mouse pointer over the bottom border of the image. When to scale: click the drop-down menu and select an appropriate image sizing option: Always, Never, when the Image is Too Big, or when the Image is Too Small. The selected image will scale inside the field correspondingly. Lock aspect ratio: check this box to maintain the image aspect ratio without distortion. When the box is checked, use the vertical and the horizontal slider to position the image inside the inserted field. The positioning sliders are inactive when the box is unchecked. Select Image: click this button to upload an image either From File, From URL, or From Storage. Border color: click the icon to set the color for the borders of the inserted image field. Choose the preferred border color from the palette. You can add a new custom color if necessary. Background color: click the icon to apply a background color to the inserted image field. Choose the preferred color out of Theme Colors, Standard Colors, or add a new custom color if necessary. Required: check this box to make the image field a necessary one to fill in. To replace the image, click the   image icon above the form field border and select another one. To adjust the image settings, open the Image Settings tab on the right toolbar. To learn more, please read the guide on image settings. Creating a new Email Address field Email Address field is used to type in an email address corresponding to a regular expression \\S+@\\S+\\.\\S+. To insert an email address field, place the insertion point within a line of the text where you want the field to be added, switch to the Forms tab of the top toolbar, click the Email Address icon. The form field will appear at the insertion point within the existing text line. The Form Settings menu will open to the right. Who needs to fill this out?: choose the role via the dropdown list to set the group of users with access to this field. To learn more about assigning roles, please read the Managing Roles section of this guide. Key: to create a new group of email addresses, enter the name of the group in the field and press Enter, then assign the required group to each email address field. Placeholder: type in the text to be displayed in the inserted email address form field; “user_name@email.com” is set by default. Tag: type in the text to be used as a tag for internal use, i.e., displayed only for co-editors. Tip: type in the text to be displayed as a tip when a user hovers their mouse pointer over the email address field. Default value: enter the value displayed in the field by default. Format: choose the content format of the field, i.e., None, Digits, Letters, Arbitrary Mask or Regular Expression. The field is set to Regular Expression by default to preserve the email address format \\S+@\\S+\\.\\S+. Allowed Symbols: type in the symbols that are allowed in the email address field. Fixed size field: check this box to create a field with a fixed size. When this option is enabled, you can also use the Autofit and/or Multiline field settings. A fixed size field looks like an autoshape. You can set a wrapping style for it as well as adjust its position. AutoFit: this option can be enabled when the Fixed size field setting is selected, check it to automatically fit the font size to the field size. Multiline field: this option can be enabled when the Fixed size field setting is selected, check it to create a form field with multiple lines, otherwise, the text will occupy a single line. Characters limit: no limits by default; check this box to set the maximum characters number in the field to the right. Comb of characters: spread the text evenly within the inserted email address field and configure its general appearance. Leave the box unchecked to preserve the default settings, or check it to set the following parameters: Cell width: choose whether the width value should be Auto (width is calculated automatically), At least (width is no less than the value given manually), or Exactly (width corresponds to the value given manually). The text within will be justified accordingly. Border color: click the icon to set the color for the borders of the inserted email address field. Choose the preferred border color from the palette. You can add a new custom color if necessary. Background color: click the icon to apply a background color to the inserted email address field. Choose the preferred color out of Theme Colors, Standard Colors, or add a new custom color if necessary. Required: check this box to make the email address field a necessary one to fill in. Creating a new Phone Number field Phone Number field is used to type in a phone number corresponding to an arbitrary mask given by the form creator. It is set to (999)999-9999 by default. To insert a phone number field, place the insertion point within a line of the text where you want the field to be added, switch to the Forms tab of the top toolbar, click the Phone Number icon. The form field will appear at the insertion point within the existing text line. The Form Settings menu will open to the right. Who needs to fill this out?: choose the role via the dropdown list to set the group of users with access to this field. To learn more about assigning roles, please read the Managing Roles section of this guide. Key: to create a new group of phone numbers, enter the name of the group in the field and press Enter, then assign the required group to each phone number. Placeholder: type in the text to be displayed in the inserted phone number form field; “(999)999-9999” is set by default. Tag: type in the text to be used as a tag for internal use, i.e., displayed only for co-editors. Tip: type in the text to be displayed as a tip when a user hovers their mouse pointer over the phone number field. Default value: enter the value displayed in the field by default. Format: choose the content format of the field, i.e., None, Digits, Letters, Arbitrary Mask or Regular Expression. The field is set to Arbitrary Mask by default. To change its format, type in the required mask into the field below. Allowed Symbols: type in the symbols that are allowed in the phone number field. Fixed size field: check this box to create a field with a fixed size. When this option is enabled, you can also use the AutoFit and/or Multiline field settings. A fixed size field looks like an autoshape. You can set a wrapping style for it as well as adjust its position. AutoFit: this option can be enabled when the Fixed size field setting is selected, check it to automatically fit the font size to the field size. Multiline field: this option can be enabled when the Fixed size field setting is selected, check it to create a form field with multiple lines, otherwise, the text will occupy a single line. Characters limit: no limits by default; check this box to set the maximum characters number in the field to the right. Comb of characters: spread the text evenly within the inserted phone number field and configure its general appearance. Leave the box unchecked to preserve the default settings, or check it to set the following parameters: Cell width: choose whether the width value should be Auto (width is calculated automatically), At least (width is no less than the value given manually), or Exactly (width corresponds to the value given manually). The text within will be justified accordingly. Border color: click the icon to set the color for the borders of the inserted phone number field. Choose the preferred border color from the palette. You can add a new custom color if necessary. Background color: click the icon to apply a background color to the inserted phone number field. Choose the preferred color out of Theme Colors, Standard Colors, or add a new custom color if necessary. Required: check this box to make the phone number field a necessary one to fill in. Creating a new Date and Time field Date and Time field is used to insert a date. The date is set to DD/MM/YYYY by default. To insert a date and time field, place the insertion point within a line of the text where you want the field to be added, switch to the Forms tab of the top toolbar, click the Date and Time icon. The form field will appear at the insertion point within the existing text line. To enter a date, click the dropdown arrow within the field and choose the required date via the calendar. The Form Settings menu will open to the right. Who needs to fill this out?: choose the role via the dropdown list to set the group of users with access to this field. To learn more about assigning roles, please read the Managing Roles section of this guide. Key: to create a new group of date and time fields, enter the name of the group in the field and press Enter, then assign the required group to each date and time field. Placeholder: type in the text to be displayed in the inserted date and time form field; by default, today's date is displayed. Tag: type in the text to be used as a tag for internal use, i.e., displayed only for co-editors. Tip: type in the text to be displayed as a tip when a user hovers their mouse pointer over the date and time field. Default value: enter the value displayed in the field by default. Display the date like this: choose the format of the field, e.g., MM/DD/YYYY, Monday, MM DD, YYYY, etc. The date is set to DD/MM/YYYY by default. Language: choose the required language for displaying the date and time. Fixed size field: check this box to create a field with a fixed size. A fixed size field looks like an autoshape. You can set a wrapping style for it as well as adjust its position. Border color: click the icon to set the color for the borders of the inserted date and time field. Choose the preferred border color from the palette. You can add a new custom color if necessary. Background color: click the icon to apply a background color to the inserted date and time field. Choose the preferred color out of Theme Colors, Standard Colors, or add a new custom color if necessary. Required: check this box to make the date and time field a necessary one to fill in. Creating a new Zip Code field Zip Code field is used to enter a zip code corresponding to an arbitrary mask given by the form creator. It is set to 99999-9999 by default. To insert a zip code field, place the insertion point within a line of the text where you want the field to be added, switch to the Forms tab of the top toolbar, click the Zip Code icon. The form field will appear at the insertion point within the existing text line. The Form Settings menu will open to the right. Who needs to fill this out?: choose the role via the dropdown list to set the group of users with access to this field. To learn more about assigning roles, please read the Managing roles section of this guide. Key: to create a new group of zip codes, enter the name of the group in the field and press Enter, then assign the required group to each zip code. Placeholder: type in the text to be displayed in the inserted zip code form field; “99999-9999” is set by default. Tag: type in the text to be used as a tag for internal use, i.e., displayed only for co-editors. Tip: type in the text to be displayed as a tip when a user hovers their mouse pointer over the zip code field. Default value: enter the value displayed in the field by default. Format: choose the content format of the field, i.e., None, Digits, Letters, Arbitrary Mask or Regular Expression. The field is set to Arbitrary Mask by default. To change its format, type in the required mask into the field below. Allowed Symbols: type in the symbols that are allowed in the zip code field. Fixed size field: check this box to create a field with a fixed size. When this option is enabled, you can also use the AutoFit and/or Multiline field settings. A fixed size field looks like an autoshape. You can set a wrapping style for it as well as adjust its position. AutoFit: this option can be enabled when the Fixed size field setting is selected, check it to automatically fit the font size to the field size. Multiline field: this option can be enabled when the Fixed size field setting is selected, check it to create a form field with multiple lines, otherwise, the text will occupy a single line. Characters limit: no limits by default; check this box to set the maximum characters number in the field to the right. Comb of characters: spread the text evenly within the inserted zip code field and configure its general appearance. Leave the box unchecked to preserve the default settings, or check it to set the following parameters: Cell width: choose whether the width value should be Auto (width is calculated automatically), At least (width is no less than the value given manually), or Exactly (width corresponds to the value given manually). The text within will be justified accordingly. Border color: click the icon to set the color for the borders of the inserted zip code field. Choose the preferred border color from the palette. You can add a new custom color if necessary. Background color: click the icon to apply a background color to the inserted zip code field. Choose the preferred color out of Theme Colors, Standard Colors, or add a new custom color if necessary. Required: check this box to make the zip code field a necessary one to fill in. Creating a new Credit Card field Credit Card field is used to enter a credit card number corresponding to an arbitrary mask given by the form creator. It is set to 9999-9999-9999-9999 by default. To insert a credit card field, place the insertion point within a line of the text where you want the field to be added, switch to the Forms tab of the top toolbar, click the Credit Card icon. The form field will appear at the insertion point within the existing text line. The Form Settings menu will open to the right. Who needs to fill this out?: choose the role via the dropdown list to set the group of users with access to this field. To learn more about assigning roles, please read the Managing Roles section of this guide. Key: to create a new group of credit card numbers, enter the name of the group in the field and press Enter, then assign the required group to each credit card field. Placeholder: type in the text to be displayed in the inserted credit card form field; “9999-9999-9999-9999” is set by default. Tag: type in the text to be used as a tag for internal use, i.e., displayed only for co-editors. Tip: type in the text to be displayed as a tip when a user hovers their mouse pointer over the credit card field. Default value: enter the value displayed in the field by default. Format: choose the content format of the field, i.e., None, Digits, Letters, Arbitrary Mask or Regular Expression. The field is set to Arbitrary Mask by default. To change its format, type in the required mask into the field below. Allowed Symbols: type in the symbols that are allowed in the credit card field. Fixed size field: check this box to create a field with a fixed size. When this option is enabled, you can also use the AutoFit and/or Multiline field settings. A fixed size field looks like an autoshape. You can set a wrapping style for it as well as adjust its position. AutoFit: this option can be enabled when the Fixed size field setting is selected, check it to automatically fit the font size to the field size. Multiline field: this option can be enabled when the Fixed size field setting is selected, check it to create a form field with multiple lines, otherwise, the text will occupy a single line. Characters limit: no limits by default; check this box to set the maximum characters number in the field to the right. Comb of characters: spread the text evenly within the inserted credit card field and configure its general appearance. Leave the box unchecked to preserve the default settings, or check it to set the following parameters: Cell width: choose whether the width value should be Auto (width is calculated automatically), At least (width is no less than the value given manually), or Exactly (width corresponds to the value given manually). The text within will be justified accordingly. Border color: click the icon to set the color for the borders of the inserted credit card field. Choose the preferred border color from the palette. You can add a new custom color if necessary. Background color: click the icon to apply a background color to the inserted credit card field. Choose the preferred color out of Theme Colors, Standard Colors, or add a new custom color if necessary. Required: check this box to make the credit card field a necessary one to fill in. Creating a new Complex Field Complex Field combines several field types, e.g., text field and a drop-down list. You can combine fields however you need. To insert a complex field, place the insertion point within a line of the text where you want the field to be added, switch to the Forms tab of the top toolbar, click the Complex Field icon. The form field will appear at the insertion point within the existing text line. The Form Settings menu will open to the right. Who needs to fill this out?: choose the role via the dropdown list to set the group of users with access to this field. To learn more about assigning roles, please read the Managing Roles section of this guide. Key: to create a new group of complex fields, enter the name of the group in the field and press Enter, then assign the required group to each complex field. Placeholder: type in the text to be displayed in the inserted complex field; “Your text here” is set by default. Tag: type in the text to be used as a tag for internal use, i.e., displayed only for co-editors. Tip: type in the text to be displayed as a tip when a user hovers their mouse pointer over the complex field. Fixed size field: check this box to create a field with a fixed size. A fixed size field looks like an autoshape. You can set a wrapping style for it as well as adjust its position. Border color: click the icon to set the color for the borders of the inserted complex field. Choose the preferred border color from the palette. You can add a new custom color if necessary. Background color: click the icon to apply a background color to the inserted complex field. Choose the preferred color out of Theme Colors, Standard Colors, or add a new custom color if necessary. Required: check this box to make the complex field a necessary one to fill in. To insert various form fields in a complex field, click within it and choose the required field at the top toolbar in the Forms tab, then configure it to your liking. To learn more about each field type, read the corresponding sections above. Please note that you cannot use Image form field within complex fields. Managing Roles You can create new roles that will determine who can fill in certain form fields. To manage roles, go to the Forms tab in the top toolbar, click the Managing Roles icon, click the New button to create a new role, type in the role name and choose its color if necessary. You can also create a custom color by clicking the corresponding menu item, click OK to create a new role, set the order in which the fillers receive and sign the document using the and buttons, use the Edit or Delete buttons to change the roles or delete them, click Close to go back to form editing. When saving the form as .pdf file, you can view all roles created for the form. Enabling the View form Note: Once you have entered the View form mode, all editing options will become unavailable. Click the View Form button on the Forms tab of the top toolbar to see how all the inserted forms will be displayed in your document. You can view the form from the point of view of each created role. To do that, click the arrow under the View Form button and choose the required role. Navigate through the form fields using the Previous field and Next field buttons at the top toolbar. To clear all fields and reset the form, click the Clear fields button at the top toolbar. To exit the viewing mode, click the same icon again. Moving form fields Form fields can be moved to another place in the document: click the button on the left of the control border to select the field and drag it without releasing the mouse button to another position in the text. You can also copy and paste form fields: select the necessary field and use the Ctrl+C/Ctrl+V key combinations. Creating required fields To make a field obligatory, check the Required option. The mandatory fields will be marked with red stroke. Locking form fields To prevent further editing of the inserted form field, click the Lock icon. Filling the fields remains available. Saving a Form When you are finished, click the Save as pdf button at the top toolbar to save the form as a PDF file ready to be filled out. You can save as many PDF files as you need. Removing form fields To remove a form field and leave all its contents, select it and click the Delete icon (make sure the field is not locked) or press the Delete key on the keyboard." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/CreateLists.htm", @@ -245,11 +245,6 @@ var indexes = "title": "Create and insert diagrams", "body": "If you need to create a lot of various and complex diagrams, ONLYOFFICE Document Editor provides you with a draw.io plugin that can create and configure such diagrams. Select the place on the page where you want to insert a diagram. Switch to the Plugins tab and click draw.io. draw io window will open containing the following sections: Top toolbar contains tools to manage files, configure interface, edit data via File, Edit, View, Arrange, Extras, Help tabs and corresponding options. Left sidebar contains various forms to select from: Standard, Software, Networking, Business, Other. To add new shapes to those available by default, click the More Shapes button, select the necessary object types and click Apply. Right sidebar contains tools and settings to customize the worksheet, shapes, charts, sheets, text, and arrows: Worksheet settings: View: Grid, its size and color, Page view, Background - you can either select a local image or provide the URL, or choose a suitable color using the color palette, as well as add Shadow effects. Options: Connection Arrows, Connection Points, Guides. Paper size: Portrait or Landscape orientation with specified length and width parameters. Shape settings: Color: Fill color, Gradient. Line: Color, Type, Width, Perimeter width. Opacity. Arrow settings: Color: Fill color, Gradient. Line: Color, Type, Width, Line end, Line start. Opacity. Working area to view diagrams, enter and edit data. Here you can move objects, form sequential diagrams, and connect objects with arrows. Status bar contains navigation tools for convenient switching between sheets and managing them. Use these tools to create the necessary diagram, edit it, and when it is finished, click the Insert button to add it to the document." }, - { - "id": "UsageInstructions/FillingOutForm.htm", - "title": "Filling Out a Form", - "body": "A fillable form is an OFORM file. OFORM is a format for filling out template forms and downloading or printing the form after you have filled it out. How to fill in a form: Open an OFORM file. Fill in all the required fields. The mandatory fields are marked with red stroke. Use or Next Field on the top toolbar to navigate between fields, or click the field you wish to fill in. Use the Clear All Fields button to empty all input fields. After you have filled in all the fields, click the Save as PDF button to save the form to your computer as a PDF file. Click in the top right corner of the toolbar for additional options. You can Print, Download as docx, or Download as pdf. You can also change the form Interface theme by choosing Same as system, Light, Classic Light, Dark or Contrast Dark. Once the Dark or Contrast Dark interface theme is enabled, the Dark mode becomes available. Zoom allows to scale and to resize the page using the Fit to page, Fit to width and Zoom in or Zoom out options: Fit to page allows to resize the page so that the screen displays the whole page. Fit to width allows to resize the page so that the page scales to fit the width of the screen. Zoom adjusting tool allows to zoom in and zoom out the page. Open file location when you need to browse the folder where the form is stored." - }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/FontTypeSizeColor.htm", "title": "Set font type, size, and color", @@ -418,7 +413,7 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm", "title": "Save, download, print your document", - "body": "Saving By default, online Document Editor automatically saves your file each 2 seconds when you work on it to prevent your data loss in case the program closes unexpectedly. If you co-edit the file in the Fast mode, the timer requests for updates 25 times a second and saves the changes if they have been made. When the file is being co-edited in the Strict mode, changes are automatically saved at 10-minute intervals. If necessary, you can easily select the preferred co-editing mode or disable the Autosave feature on the Advanced Settings page. To save your current document manually in the current format and location, press the Save icon in the left part of the editor header, or use the Ctrl+S key combination, or click the File tab of the top toolbar and select the Save option. In the desktop version, to prevent data from loss in case program closes unexpectedly, you can turn on the Autorecover option on the Advanced Settings page. In the desktop version, you can save the document with another name, in a new location or format, click the File tab of the top toolbar, select the Save as option, choose one of the available formats depending on your needs: DOCX, DOCXF, OFORM, DOTX, ODT, OTT, RTF, TXT, HTML, FB2, EPUB, PDF, PDF/A. You can also choose the Document template (DOTX or OTT) option. Downloading In the online version, you can download the resulting document onto your computer hard disk drive, click the File tab of the top toolbar, select the Download as option, choose one of the available formats depending on your needs: DOCX, PDF, ODT, DOCXF, OFORM, DOTX, PDF/A, OTT, RTF, TXT, FB2, EPUB, HTML, JPG, PNG. Saving a copy In the online version, you can save a copy of the file on your portal, click the File tab of the top toolbar, select the Save Copy as option, choose one of the available formats depending on your needs: DOCX, PDF, ODT, DOCXF, OFORM, DOTX, PDF/A, OTT, RTF, TXT, FB2, EPUB, HTML, JPG, PNG. select a location of the file on the portal and press Save. Printing To print out the current document, click the Print icon in the left part of the editor header, or use the Ctrl+P key combination, or click the File tab of the top toolbar and select the Print option. The Firefox browser enables printing without downloading the document as a .pdf file first. Adjust the following parameters in the Print window that opens: Destination - choose the destination of the printed file, e.g., Save to PDF, Microsoft XPS Document Writer, Microsoft Print to PDF, Fax, etc. Orientation - choose the Portrait option if you wish to print vertically on the page, or use the Landscape option to print horizontally. Pages - choose one of the options for printing the pages: All, Current, Odd, Even, or Custom. In the latter case, you will have to enter the number of pages manually. Colour mode - choose whether you want your file printed in Colour or Black and white. Please note that this setting is available when the Microsoft XPS Document Writer Destination parameter is selected. For the Fax Destination parameter, the colour mode is set to black and white by default. Click the More settings caption to open advanced settings. Paper size - select one of the available sizes from the drop-down list or set a user defined one. Scale - set the file scaling when printed; you can fit it to page width or set the scaling manually via the Scale checkbox and the corresponding input field. Pages per sheet - set the number of pages printed on one sheet, e.g., two, six, nine, etc. Margins - define the page margins. You can choose either default margins or custom ones measured in inches. For custom margins, please set the required values for top, bottom, left and right margins manually. You can choose the None option as well to have no margins. Options - check the Print headers and footers checkbox to have them printed, or uncheck this box to have no headers and footers printed. Print using the system dialogue - click this caption to open the system dialogue to configure the printing process. In the desktop version, the available printing settings are Print range, number of Pages, Copies, Print sides, Page size, Page orientation, and Margins. You can also print the file to PDF or use the Quick print button in the top toolbar to print the file on the last selected or default printer. It's also possible to print a selected text passage using the Print Selection option from the contextual menu both in the Edit and View modes (Right Mouse Button Click and choose option Print selection). In the online version, a PDF file will be generated on the basis of the document. You can open and print it out, or save onto your computer hard disk drive or removable medium to print it out later. Some browsers (e.g. Chrome and Opera) support direct printing." + "body": "Saving By default, online Document Editor automatically saves your file each 2 seconds when you work on it to prevent your data loss in case the program closes unexpectedly. If you co-edit the file in the Fast mode, the timer requests for updates 25 times a second and saves the changes if they have been made. When the file is being co-edited in the Strict mode, changes are automatically saved at 10-minute intervals. If necessary, you can easily select the preferred co-editing mode or disable the Autosave feature on the Advanced Settings page. To save your current document manually in the current format and location, press the Save icon in the left part of the editor header, or use the Ctrl+S key combination, or click the File tab of the top toolbar and select the Save option. In the desktop version, to prevent data from loss in case program closes unexpectedly, you can turn on the Autorecover option on the Advanced Settings page. In the desktop version, you can save the document with another name, in a new location or format, click the File tab of the top toolbar, select the Save as option, choose one of the available formats depending on your needs: DOCX, DOCXF, DOTX, ODT, OTT, RTF, TXT, HTML, FB2, EPUB, PDF, PDF/A. You can also choose the Document template (DOTX or OTT) option. Downloading In the online version, you can download the resulting document onto your computer hard disk drive, click the File tab of the top toolbar, select the Download as option, choose one of the available formats depending on your needs: DOCX, PDF, ODT, DOCXF, DOTX, PDF/A, OTT, RTF, TXT, FB2, EPUB, HTML, JPG, PNG. Saving a copy In the online version, you can save a copy of the file on your portal, click the File tab of the top toolbar, select the Save Copy as option, choose one of the available formats depending on your needs: DOCX, PDF, ODT, DOCXF, DOTX, PDF/A, OTT, RTF, TXT, FB2, EPUB, HTML, JPG, PNG. select a location of the file on the portal and press Save. Printing To print out the current document, click the Print icon in the left part of the editor header, or use the Ctrl+P key combination, or click the File tab of the top toolbar and select the Print option. The Firefox browser enables printing without downloading the document as a .pdf file first. Adjust the following parameters in the Print window that opens: Destination - choose the destination of the printed file, e.g., Save to PDF, Microsoft XPS Document Writer, Microsoft Print to PDF, Fax, etc. Orientation - choose the Portrait option if you wish to print vertically on the page, or use the Landscape option to print horizontally. Pages - choose one of the options for printing the pages: All, Current, Odd, Even, or Custom. In the latter case, you will have to enter the number of pages manually. Colour mode - choose whether you want your file printed in Colour or Black and white. Please note that this setting is available when the Microsoft XPS Document Writer Destination parameter is selected. For the Fax Destination parameter, the colour mode is set to black and white by default. Click the More settings caption to open advanced settings. Paper size - select one of the available sizes from the drop-down list or set a user defined one. Scale - set the file scaling when printed; you can fit it to page width or set the scaling manually via the Scale checkbox and the corresponding input field. Pages per sheet - set the number of pages printed on one sheet, e.g., two, six, nine, etc. Margins - define the page margins. You can choose either default margins or custom ones measured in inches. For custom margins, please set the required values for top, bottom, left and right margins manually. You can choose the None option as well to have no margins. Options - check the Print headers and footers checkbox to have them printed, or uncheck this box to have no headers and footers printed. Print using the system dialogue - click this caption to open the system dialogue to configure the printing process. In the desktop version, the available printing settings are Print range, number of Pages, Copies, Print sides, Page size, Page orientation, and Margins. You can also print the file to PDF or use the Quick print button in the top toolbar to print the file on the last selected or default printer. It's also possible to print a selected text passage using the Print Selection option from the contextual menu both in the Edit and View modes (Right Mouse Button Click and choose option Print selection). In the online version, a PDF file will be generated on the basis of the document. You can open and print it out, or save onto your computer hard disk drive or removable medium to print it out later. Some browsers (e.g. Chrome and Opera) support direct printing." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/SectionBreaks.htm", diff --git a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/images/icons.png b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/images/icons.png index d49ee9cc6..23dea4cfe 100644 Binary files a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/images/icons.png and b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/images/icons.png differ diff --git a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/images/sprite.css b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/images/sprite.css index fbcfcc877..7dd6b5361 100644 --- a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/images/sprite.css +++ b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/images/sprite.css @@ -858,18 +858,24 @@ height: 20px; } -.icon-spellcheckactivated { +.icon-sortcommentsicon { background-position: -240px -284px; width: 20px; height: 20px; } -.icon-zoom_icon { +.icon-spellcheckactivated { background-position: -260px -284px; width: 20px; height: 20px; } +.icon-zoom_icon { + background-position: -280px -284px; + width: 20px; + height: 20px; +} + .icon-align_toptoolbar { background-position: -285px -262px; width: 19px; @@ -877,127 +883,121 @@ } .icon-fittopage { - background-position: -280px -284px; + background-position: -304px 0px; width: 17px; height: 20px; } .icon-inserttextarticon { - background-position: -304px 0px; - width: 16px; - height: 20px; -} - -.icon-pagemargins { background-position: -304px -20px; width: 16px; height: 20px; } -.icon-hyphenation { +.icon-pagemargins { background-position: -304px -40px; + width: 16px; + height: 20px; +} + +.icon-hyphenation { + background-position: -304px -60px; width: 15px; height: 20px; } -.icon-sortcommentsicon { - background-position: -320px 0px; - width: 31px; - height: 19px; -} - .icon-chat_toptoolbar { - background-position: -320px -19px; + background-position: -321px 0px; width: 24px; height: 19px; } .icon-comment_toptoolbar { - background-position: -320px -38px; + background-position: -321px -19px; width: 22px; height: 19px; } .icon-insertchart { - background-position: -320px -57px; + background-position: -321px -38px; width: 22px; height: 19px; } .icon-insertequationicon { - background-position: -320px -76px; + background-position: -321px -57px; width: 22px; height: 19px; } .icon-pivotselecticon { - background-position: -320px -95px; + background-position: -321px -76px; width: 22px; height: 19px; } .icon-review_next { - background-position: -320px -114px; + background-position: -321px -95px; width: 22px; height: 19px; } .icon-review_previous { - background-position: -320px -133px; + background-position: -321px -114px; width: 22px; height: 19px; } .icon-combo_box_icon { - background-position: -320px -152px; + background-position: -321px -133px; width: 21px; height: 19px; } .icon-dropdown_list_icon { - background-position: -320px -171px; + background-position: -321px -152px; width: 20px; height: 19px; } .icon-addhyperlink { - background-position: -320px -190px; + background-position: -321px -171px; width: 19px; height: 19px; } .icon-hiderulers { - background-position: -320px -209px; + background-position: -321px -190px; width: 19px; height: 19px; } .icon-noborders { - background-position: -320px -228px; + background-position: -321px -209px; width: 19px; height: 19px; } .icon-insertcolumns { - background-position: -320px -247px; + background-position: -321px -228px; width: 18px; height: 19px; } .icon-insert_dropcap_icon { - background-position: -320px -266px; + background-position: -321px -247px; width: 18px; height: 19px; } .icon-tocrefreshicon { - background-position: -320px -285px; + background-position: -321px -266px; width: 16px; height: 19px; } .icon-removecomment_toptoolbar { - background-position: -336px -285px; + background-position: -321px -285px; width: 15px; height: 19px; } @@ -1081,73 +1081,73 @@ } .icon-search_icon_header { - background-position: -236px -304px; + background-position: -304px -80px; width: 17px; height: 17px; } .icon-easybib { - background-position: -304px -60px; + background-position: -304px -97px; width: 16px; height: 17px; } .icon-insertslicer { - background-position: -304px -77px; + background-position: -304px -114px; width: 16px; height: 17px; } .icon-paste_style { - background-position: -304px -94px; + background-position: -304px -131px; width: 16px; height: 17px; } .icon-slicer_settings { - background-position: -304px -111px; + background-position: -304px -148px; width: 16px; height: 17px; } .icon-downloadicon { - background-position: -304px -128px; + background-position: -304px -165px; width: 15px; height: 17px; } .icon-addgradientpoint { - background-position: -339px -190px; + background-position: -304px -182px; width: 12px; height: 17px; } .icon-removegradientpoint { - background-position: -339px -209px; + background-position: -304px -199px; width: 12px; height: 17px; } .icon-highlightcolor { - background-position: -253px -304px; + background-position: -236px -304px; width: 25px; height: 16px; } .icon-complex_field_icon { - background-position: -278px -304px; + background-position: -261px -304px; width: 24px; height: 16px; } .icon-text_field_icon { - background-position: -302px -304px; + background-position: -285px -304px; width: 24px; height: 16px; } .icon-view_form_icon { - background-position: -326px -304px; + background-position: -309px -304px; width: 24px; height: 16px; } @@ -1183,247 +1183,247 @@ } .icon-savewhilecoediting { - background-position: -103px -322px; + background-position: -304px -216px; width: 17px; height: 16px; } .icon-converttorange { - background-position: -304px -145px; + background-position: -304px -232px; width: 16px; height: 16px; } .icon-dropdownarrow { - background-position: -304px -161px; + background-position: -304px -248px; width: 16px; height: 16px; } .icon-editcommenticon { - background-position: -304px -177px; + background-position: -304px -264px; width: 16px; height: 16px; } .icon-favorites_icon { - background-position: -304px -193px; + background-position: -304px -280px; width: 16px; height: 16px; } .icon-filterbutton { - background-position: -304px -209px; + background-position: -103px -322px; width: 16px; height: 16px; } .icon-trackchangesstatusbar { - background-position: -304px -225px; + background-position: -119px -322px; width: 15px; height: 16px; } .icon-distributevertically { - background-position: -304px -241px; + background-position: -134px -322px; width: 14px; height: 16px; } .icon-handtool { - background-position: -338px -247px; + background-position: -148px -322px; width: 13px; height: 16px; } .icon-pagethumbnails { - background-position: -339px -228px; + background-position: -333px -304px; width: 12px; height: 16px; } .icon-textart_settings_icon { - background-position: -338px -266px; + background-position: -161px -322px; width: 12px; height: 16px; } .icon-selectiontool { - background-position: -341px -152px; + background-position: -218px -176px; width: 10px; height: 16px; } .icon-search_options { - background-position: -120px -322px; + background-position: -173px -322px; width: 22px; height: 15px; } .icon-addfootnote { - background-position: -142px -322px; + background-position: -195px -322px; width: 21px; height: 15px; } .icon-access_rights { - background-position: -163px -322px; + background-position: -216px -322px; width: 19px; height: 15px; } .icon-chaticon { - background-position: -182px -322px; + background-position: -235px -322px; width: 18px; height: 15px; } .icon-gotodocuments { - background-position: -200px -322px; + background-position: -253px -322px; width: 18px; height: 15px; } .icon-print { - background-position: -218px -322px; + background-position: -271px -322px; width: 17px; height: 15px; } .icon-bgcolor { - background-position: -304px -257px; + background-position: -288px -322px; width: 16px; height: 15px; } .icon-wrappingstyle_behind_toptoolbar { - background-position: -304px -272px; + background-position: -304px -322px; width: 16px; height: 15px; } .icon-wrappingstyle_infront_toptoolbar { - background-position: -304px -287px; + background-position: -320px -322px; width: 16px; height: 15px; } .icon-wrappingstyle_inline_toptoolbar { - background-position: -235px -322px; + background-position: -345px 0px; width: 16px; height: 15px; } .icon-wrappingstyle_square_toptoolbar { - background-position: -251px -322px; + background-position: -345px -15px; width: 16px; height: 15px; } .icon-wrappingstyle_through_toptoolbar { - background-position: -267px -322px; + background-position: -345px -30px; width: 16px; height: 15px; } .icon-wrappingstyle_tight_toptoolbar { - background-position: -283px -322px; + background-position: -345px -45px; width: 16px; height: 15px; } .icon-wrappingstyle_topandbottom_toptoolbar { - background-position: -299px -322px; + background-position: -345px -60px; width: 16px; height: 15px; } .icon-about { - background-position: -315px -322px; + background-position: -345px -75px; width: 15px; height: 15px; } .icon-abouticon { - background-position: -330px -322px; + background-position: -345px -90px; width: 15px; height: 15px; } .icon-advanced_settings_icon { - background-position: -351px 0px; + background-position: -345px -105px; width: 15px; height: 15px; } .icon-document_language { - background-position: -351px -15px; + background-position: -345px -120px; width: 15px; height: 15px; } .icon-insertpivot { - background-position: -351px -30px; + background-position: -345px -135px; width: 15px; height: 15px; } .icon-tabstopcenter { - background-position: -351px -45px; + background-position: -345px -150px; width: 15px; height: 15px; } .icon-tabstopleft { - background-position: -351px -60px; + background-position: -345px -165px; width: 15px; height: 15px; } .icon-tabstopright { - background-position: -351px -75px; + background-position: -345px -180px; width: 15px; height: 15px; } .icon-anchor { - background-position: -351px -90px; + background-position: -345px -195px; width: 14px; height: 15px; } .icon-feedback { - background-position: -351px -105px; + background-position: -345px -210px; width: 14px; height: 15px; } .icon-flipupsidedown { - background-position: -351px -120px; + background-position: -345px -225px; width: 14px; height: 15px; } .icon-file { - background-position: -351px -135px; + background-position: -345px -240px; width: 13px; height: 15px; } .icon-fitpage { - background-position: -351px -150px; + background-position: -345px -255px; width: 13px; height: 15px; } .icon-back { - background-position: -351px -165px; + background-position: -345px -270px; width: 12px; height: 15px; } .icon-lock_form_icon { - background-position: -351px -180px; + background-position: -345px -285px; width: 12px; height: 15px; } @@ -1447,163 +1447,163 @@ } .icon-distributehorizontally { - background-position: -74px -338px; + background-position: -345px -300px; width: 16px; height: 14px; } .icon-columnwidthmarker { - background-position: -351px -195px; + background-position: -345px -314px; width: 15px; height: 14px; } .icon-fliplefttoright { - background-position: -351px -209px; + background-position: -74px -338px; width: 15px; height: 14px; } .icon-alignobjectbottom { - background-position: -351px -223px; + background-position: -89px -338px; width: 14px; height: 14px; } .icon-alignobjectleft { - background-position: -351px -237px; + background-position: -103px -338px; width: 14px; height: 14px; } .icon-alignobjectright { - background-position: -351px -251px; + background-position: -117px -338px; width: 14px; height: 14px; } .icon-alignobjecttop { - background-position: -351px -265px; + background-position: -131px -338px; width: 14px; height: 14px; } .icon-bringforward { - background-position: -351px -279px; + background-position: -145px -338px; width: 14px; height: 14px; } .icon-bringtofront { - background-position: -351px -293px; + background-position: -159px -338px; width: 14px; height: 14px; } .icon-chart_settings_icon { - background-position: -351px -307px; + background-position: -173px -338px; width: 14px; height: 14px; } .icon-commentsicon { - background-position: -351px -321px; + background-position: -187px -338px; width: 14px; height: 14px; } .icon-deleteicon { - background-position: -90px -338px; + background-position: -201px -338px; width: 14px; height: 14px; } .icon-group { - background-position: -104px -338px; + background-position: -215px -338px; width: 14px; height: 14px; } .icon-image_settings_icon { - background-position: -118px -338px; + background-position: -229px -338px; width: 14px; height: 14px; } .icon-save { - background-position: -132px -338px; + background-position: -243px -338px; width: 14px; height: 14px; } .icon-searchicon { - background-position: -146px -338px; + background-position: -257px -338px; width: 14px; height: 14px; } .icon-sendbackward { - background-position: -160px -338px; + background-position: -271px -338px; width: 14px; height: 14px; } .icon-sendtoback { - background-position: -174px -338px; + background-position: -285px -338px; width: 14px; height: 14px; } .icon-shape_settings_icon { - background-position: -188px -338px; + background-position: -299px -338px; width: 14px; height: 14px; } .icon-ungroup { - background-position: -202px -338px; + background-position: -313px -338px; width: 14px; height: 14px; } .icon-alignobjectcenter { - background-position: -216px -338px; + background-position: -327px -338px; width: 13px; height: 14px; } .icon-highlight_color_mouse_pointer { - background-position: -229px -338px; + background-position: -340px -338px; width: 13px; height: 14px; } .icon-tocrefreshiconcc { - background-position: -242px -338px; + background-position: -361px 0px; width: 13px; height: 14px; } .icon-copystyle { - background-position: -255px -338px; + background-position: -361px -14px; width: 12px; height: 14px; } .icon-gradientslider { - background-position: -267px -338px; + background-position: -361px -28px; width: 12px; height: 14px; } .icon-combo_delete_values { - background-position: -340px -171px; + background-position: -361px -42px; width: 11px; height: 14px; } .icon-hard { - background-position: -342px -38px; + background-position: -361px -56px; width: 9px; height: 14px; } @@ -1621,19 +1621,19 @@ } .icon-review { - background-position: -279px -338px; + background-position: 0px -352px; width: 23px; height: 13px; } .icon-tocicon { - background-position: -302px -338px; + background-position: -23px -352px; width: 20px; height: 13px; } .icon-visible_area { - background-position: -322px -338px; + background-position: -43px -352px; width: 20px; height: 13px; } @@ -1645,421 +1645,421 @@ } .icon-removeduplicates { - background-position: -342px -338px; + background-position: -63px -352px; width: 16px; height: 13px; } .icon-text_autoshape { - background-position: 0px -352px; + background-position: -79px -352px; width: 16px; height: 13px; } .icon-changerange { - background-position: -16px -352px; + background-position: -95px -352px; width: 15px; height: 13px; } .icon-clearstyle { - background-position: -31px -352px; + background-position: -110px -352px; width: 15px; height: 13px; } .icon-clear_fields_icon { - background-position: -46px -352px; + background-position: -125px -352px; width: 15px; height: 13px; } .icon-feedbackicon { - background-position: -61px -352px; + background-position: -140px -352px; width: 15px; height: 13px; } .icon-greencircle { - background-position: -76px -352px; + background-position: -155px -352px; width: 15px; height: 13px; } .icon-alignobjectmiddle { - background-position: -91px -352px; + background-position: -170px -352px; width: 14px; height: 13px; } .icon-copy { - background-position: -105px -352px; + background-position: -184px -352px; width: 14px; height: 13px; } .icon-multiselect { - background-position: -119px -352px; + background-position: -198px -352px; width: 14px; height: 13px; } .icon-paste { - background-position: -133px -352px; + background-position: -212px -352px; width: 14px; height: 13px; } .icon-selectall { - background-position: -147px -352px; + background-position: -226px -352px; width: 14px; height: 13px; } .icon-dropcap_none { - background-position: -161px -352px; + background-position: -361px -70px; width: 13px; height: 13px; } .icon-movetable_handle { - background-position: -174px -352px; + background-position: -361px -83px; width: 13px; height: 13px; } .icon-zoomin { - background-position: -187px -352px; + background-position: -361px -96px; width: 13px; height: 13px; } .icon-equationplaceholder { - background-position: -200px -352px; + background-position: -361px -109px; width: 12px; height: 13px; } .icon-insertpagenumber { - background-position: -212px -352px; + background-position: -361px -122px; width: 12px; height: 13px; } .icon-rotateclockwise { - background-position: -224px -352px; + background-position: -361px -135px; width: 12px; height: 13px; } .icon-rotatecounterclockwise { - background-position: -236px -352px; + background-position: -361px -148px; width: 12px; height: 13px; } .icon-linespacing { - background-position: -248px -352px; + background-position: -240px -352px; width: 25px; height: 12px; } .icon-spellcheckdeactivated { - background-position: -273px -352px; + background-position: -265px -352px; width: 15px; height: 12px; } .icon-slicer_clearfilter { - background-position: -288px -352px; + background-position: -280px -352px; width: 14px; height: 12px; } .icon-circle { - background-position: -302px -352px; + background-position: -361px -161px; width: 12px; height: 12px; } .icon-follow_move { - background-position: -314px -352px; + background-position: -361px -173px; width: 12px; height: 12px; } .icon-nofill { - background-position: -326px -352px; + background-position: -361px -185px; width: 12px; height: 12px; } .icon-sup { - background-position: -338px -352px; + background-position: -361px -197px; width: 12px; height: 12px; } .icon-deletecommenticon { - background-position: -350px -352px; + background-position: -361px -209px; width: 11px; height: 12px; } .icon-review_delete { - background-position: -366px 0px; + background-position: -361px -221px; width: 11px; height: 12px; } .icon-tabletemplate { - background-position: 0px -365px; + background-position: -294px -352px; width: 26px; height: 11px; } .icon-footnotes { - background-position: -26px -365px; + background-position: -320px -352px; width: 24px; height: 11px; } .icon-insertfunction { - background-position: -50px -365px; + background-position: -344px -352px; width: 21px; height: 11px; } .icon-nonprintingcharacters { - background-position: -71px -365px; + background-position: -374px 0px; width: 20px; height: 11px; } .icon-fitwidth { - background-position: -91px -365px; + background-position: -374px -11px; width: 16px; height: 11px; } .icon-table_settings_icon { - background-position: -107px -365px; + background-position: -374px -22px; width: 16px; height: 11px; } .icon-viewsettingsicon { - background-position: -123px -365px; + background-position: -374px -33px; width: 16px; height: 11px; } .icon-mailmergeicon { - background-position: -139px -365px; + background-position: -374px -44px; width: 15px; height: 11px; } .icon-review_accept { - background-position: -154px -365px; + background-position: -374px -55px; width: 13px; height: 11px; } .icon-sub { - background-position: -167px -365px; + background-position: -374px -66px; width: 13px; height: 11px; } .icon-aligncenter { - background-position: -180px -365px; + background-position: -374px -77px; width: 12px; height: 11px; } .icon-alignleft { - background-position: -192px -365px; + background-position: -374px -88px; width: 12px; height: 11px; } .icon-alignright { - background-position: -204px -365px; + background-position: -374px -99px; width: 12px; height: 11px; } .icon-clearfilter { - background-position: -216px -365px; + background-position: -374px -110px; width: 12px; height: 11px; } .icon-decreasedec { - background-position: -228px -365px; + background-position: -374px -121px; width: 12px; height: 11px; } .icon-decreaseindent { - background-position: -240px -365px; + background-position: -374px -132px; width: 12px; height: 11px; } .icon-dropcap_margin { - background-position: -252px -365px; + background-position: -374px -143px; width: 12px; height: 11px; } .icon-dropcap_text { - background-position: -264px -365px; + background-position: -374px -154px; width: 12px; height: 11px; } .icon-increasedec { - background-position: -276px -365px; + background-position: -374px -165px; width: 12px; height: 11px; } .icon-increaseindent { - background-position: -288px -365px; + background-position: -374px -176px; width: 12px; height: 11px; } .icon-justify { - background-position: -300px -365px; + background-position: -374px -187px; width: 12px; height: 11px; } .icon-leftcolumn { - background-position: -312px -365px; + background-position: -374px -198px; width: 12px; height: 11px; } .icon-onecolumn { - background-position: -324px -365px; + background-position: -374px -209px; width: 12px; height: 11px; } .icon-resolvedicon { - background-position: -336px -365px; + background-position: -374px -220px; width: 12px; height: 11px; } .icon-resolveicon { - background-position: -348px -365px; + background-position: -374px -231px; width: 12px; height: 11px; } .icon-rightcolumn { - background-position: -360px -365px; + background-position: -374px -242px; width: 12px; height: 11px; } .icon-sortandfilter { - background-position: -377px 0px; + background-position: -374px -253px; width: 12px; height: 11px; } .icon-twocolumns { - background-position: -377px -11px; + background-position: -374px -264px; width: 12px; height: 11px; } .icon-combo_add_values { - background-position: -377px -22px; + background-position: -374px -275px; width: 11px; height: 11px; } .icon-sortatoz { - background-position: -377px -33px; + background-position: -374px -286px; width: 11px; height: 11px; } .icon-sortztoa { - background-position: -377px -44px; + background-position: -374px -297px; width: 11px; height: 11px; } .icon-threecolumns { - background-position: -377px -55px; + background-position: -374px -308px; width: 11px; height: 11px; } .icon-underline { - background-position: -377px -66px; + background-position: -374px -319px; width: 10px; height: 11px; } .icon-zoomout { - background-position: -377px -77px; + background-position: -384px -319px; width: 10px; height: 11px; } .icon-navigationicon { - background-position: -212px -130px; + background-position: -374px -330px; width: 13px; height: 10px; } .icon-strike { - background-position: -377px -88px; + background-position: -374px -340px; width: 12px; height: 10px; } .icon-yellowdiamond { - background-position: -377px -98px; + background-position: -374px -350px; width: 11px; height: 10px; } .icon-firstline_indent { - background-position: -377px -108px; + background-position: -361px -233px; width: 10px; height: 10px; } .icon-review_reject { - background-position: -377px -118px; + background-position: -361px -243px; width: 10px; height: 10px; } .icon-bold { - background-position: -377px -128px; + background-position: -386px -77px; width: 8px; height: 10px; } .icon-italic { - background-position: -377px -138px; + background-position: -387px -55px; width: 7px; height: 10px; } .icon-selectcolumnpointer { - background-position: -377px -148px; + background-position: -387px -66px; width: 7px; height: 10px; } @@ -2077,181 +2077,181 @@ } .icon-combo_values_up { - background-position: -377px -158px; + background-position: -361px -253px; width: 10px; height: 9px; } .icon-cellrow { - background-position: -377px -167px; + background-position: -385px -275px; width: 9px; height: 9px; } .icon-resize_square { - background-position: -377px -176px; + background-position: -385px -286px; width: 9px; height: 9px; } .icon-searchdownbutton { - background-position: 0px -376px; + background-position: -345px -328px; width: 14px; height: 8px; } .icon-searchupbutton { - background-position: -14px -376px; + background-position: -304px -296px; width: 14px; height: 8px; } .icon-constantproportions { - background-position: -28px -376px; + background-position: -361px -262px; width: 13px; height: 8px; } .icon-rowheightmarker { - background-position: -41px -376px; + background-position: -361px -270px; width: 13px; height: 8px; } .icon-tabstopcenter_marker { - background-position: -377px -185px; + background-position: -361px -278px; width: 12px; height: 8px; } .icon-hanging { - background-position: -377px -193px; + background-position: -361px -286px; width: 10px; height: 8px; } .icon-right_indent { - background-position: -377px -201px; + background-position: -361px -294px; width: 10px; height: 8px; } .icon-soft { - background-position: -377px -209px; + background-position: -361px -302px; width: 10px; height: 8px; } .icon-selectcellpointer { - background-position: -377px -217px; + background-position: -386px -88px; width: 8px; height: 8px; } .icon-tabstopleft_marker { - background-position: -377px -225px; + background-position: -386px -99px; width: 8px; height: 8px; } .icon-tabstopright_marker { - background-position: -377px -233px; + background-position: -386px -110px; width: 8px; height: 8px; } .icon-nextfootnote { - background-position: -377px -241px; + background-position: -386px -121px; width: 6px; height: 8px; } .icon-previousfootnote { - background-position: -383px -241px; + background-position: -386px -132px; width: 6px; height: 8px; } .icon-collapse { - background-position: -377px -249px; + background-position: -361px -310px; width: 11px; height: 7px; } .icon-expand { - background-position: -377px -256px; + background-position: -361px -317px; width: 11px; height: 7px; } .icon-selectrowpointer { - background-position: -377px -263px; + background-position: -361px -324px; width: 10px; height: 7px; } .icon-resizetable_handle { - background-position: -377px -270px; + background-position: -386px -143px; width: 7px; height: 7px; } .icon-redo1 { - background-position: -54px -376px; + background-position: -361px -331px; width: 13px; height: 6px; } .icon-undo1 { - background-position: -67px -376px; + background-position: -361px -337px; width: 13px; height: 6px; } .icon-combo_values_down { - background-position: -377px -277px; + background-position: -361px -343px; width: 12px; height: 6px; } .icon-leftindent { - background-position: -377px -283px; + background-position: -212px -130px; width: 10px; height: 6px; } .icon-nextpage { - background-position: -384px -138px; + background-position: -389px -44px; width: 5px; height: 6px; } .icon-previouspage { - background-position: -384px -148px; + background-position: -386px -154px; width: 5px; height: 6px; } .icon-tab { - background-position: -377px -289px; + background-position: -374px -360px; width: 10px; height: 5px; } .icon-nonbreakspace { - background-position: -384px -270px; + background-position: -389px -50px; width: 5px; height: 5px; } .icon-square { - background-position: -377px -294px; + background-position: -386px -160px; width: 5px; height: 5px; } .icon-space { - background-position: -387px -66px; + background-position: -390px -11px; width: 2px; height: 3px; } diff --git a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/images/src/icons/sortcommentsicon.png b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/images/src/icons/sortcommentsicon.png index 9e3ff28fe..79b602863 100644 Binary files a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/images/src/icons/sortcommentsicon.png and b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/images/src/icons/sortcommentsicon.png differ diff --git a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/pdfeditor/main/resources/help/en/Contents.json b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/pdfeditor/main/resources/help/en/Contents.json index 06824effb..7733bd968 100644 --- a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/pdfeditor/main/resources/help/en/Contents.json +++ b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/pdfeditor/main/resources/help/en/Contents.json @@ -5,7 +5,8 @@ { "src": "ProgramInterface/CommentTab.htm", "name": "Comment tab" }, {"src": "ProgramInterface/ViewTab.htm", "name": "View tab"}, {"src": "ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm", "name": "Plugins tab"}, - { "src": "UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm", "name": "Open an existing PDF or create a new document", "headername": "Basic operations" }, + { "src": "UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm", "name": "Open an existing PDF or create a new document", "headername": "Basic operations" }, + { "src": "UsageInstructions/FillingOutForm.htm", "name": "Filling out a form" }, { "src": "HelpfulHints/Communicating.htm", "name": "Communicating in real time", "headername": "Collaboration" }, {"src": "HelpfulHints/Commenting.htm", "name": "Commenting PDFs"}, {"src": "UsageInstructions/DrawingOperations.htm", "name": "Draw freehand on a PDF" }, diff --git a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/pdfeditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/About.htm b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/pdfeditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/About.htm index c998548e5..e6a50c1f4 100644 --- a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/pdfeditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/About.htm +++ b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/pdfeditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/About.htm @@ -15,11 +15,11 @@

    About the PDF Editor

    -

    The PDF Editor is an online application that allows you to view through +

    The PDF Editor is an online application that allows you to view through and edit PDFs directly in your browser.

    Using the PDF Editor, you can perform various editing operations, print the edited PDFs keeping all the formatting details or download them onto your computer hard disk drive.

    -

    The PDF Editor allows you to fill in the form fields right in the PDF, whether it was originally created from a DOCXF file or in third-party editors.

    +

    The PDF Editor allows you to fill in the form fields right in the PDF, whether it was originally created from a DOCXF file or in third-party editors.

    To view the current software version, build number, and licensor details in the online version, click the icon on the left sidebar. To view the current software version and licensor details in the desktop version for Windows, select the About menu item on the left sidebar of the main program window. In the desktop version for Mac OS, open the ONLYOFFICE menu at the top of the screen and select the About ONLYOFFICE menu item.

    diff --git a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/pdfeditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/pdfeditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm index eed73c38e..131aacad4 100644 --- a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/pdfeditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm +++ b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/pdfeditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm @@ -26,6 +26,7 @@

    Workspace

      +
    1. The Turn on screen reader support option is used to enable support of screen reader software.
    2. The Use Alt key to navigate the user interface using the keyboard option is used to enable using the Alt / Option key in keyboard shortcuts.
    3. The Interface theme option is used to change the color scheme of the editor’s interface. diff --git a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/pdfeditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/Commenting.htm b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/pdfeditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/Commenting.htm index 649bbf4b0..c03983105 100644 --- a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/pdfeditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/Commenting.htm +++ b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/pdfeditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/Commenting.htm @@ -23,6 +23,7 @@
    4. select a text passage where you think there is an error or problem,
    5. switch to the Comment tab of the top toolbar and click the
      Comment button, or
      + use the
      icon on the left sidebar to open the Comments panel and click the Add comment button in the top toolbar of the panel, or
      right-click the selected text passage and select the Add Сomment option from the contextual menu,
    6. enter the required text,
      7. diff --git a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/pdfeditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/HomeTab.htm b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/pdfeditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/HomeTab.htm index ca615398b..c3d7f8c1b 100644 --- a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/pdfeditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/HomeTab.htm +++ b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/pdfeditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/HomeTab.htm @@ -29,7 +29,8 @@
    7. navigate the file,
    8. adjust zoom,
      9. -
    9. fit to page or width.
      10. +
    10. fit to page or width,
      11. +
    11. when filling out a PDF form, navigate between fields, clear fields, submit the form (these options are not displayed for ordinar PDF files, they are available only for fillable PDF forms).
      12. diff --git a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/pdfeditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/pdfeditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm index beda4390a..9398fe440 100644 --- a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/pdfeditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm +++ b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/pdfeditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm @@ -26,6 +26,7 @@ +

      The Background Plugins button allows viewing the list of plugins that work in the background. Here you can activate or disable them by activating/deactivating the corresponding switches, and adjust their settings by clicking the More button next to the required plugin.

      Currently, the following plugins are available:

      • Send allows sending the presentation via email using the default desktop mail client (available in the desktop version only),
        • @@ -41,6 +42,7 @@
      • Speech allows converting the selected text into speech,
      +

      Several visual plugins can be added to your document. The added plugins will be displayed as corresponding icons on the left panel.

      To learn more about plugins, please refer to our API Documentation. All the currently existing open-source plugin examples are available on GitHub.

      diff --git a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/pdfeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/FillingOutForm.htm b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/pdfeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/FillingOutForm.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9b36cb8e7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/pdfeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/FillingOutForm.htm @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ + + + + Filling out a form + + + + + + + + +
      +
      + +
      +

      Filling out a form

      +

      You can fill in the form fields in the PDF file and submit, print, or download the form after you have filled it out.

      +

      How to fill in a form:

      +
        +
      1. + Open a PDF file. +

        Fillable form

        +

        2. +
      2. Fill in all the required fields. If the form contains a date field, choose the date using the Date Picker. The mandatory fields are marked with red stroke. Use the Previous Field or Next Field buttons on the top toolbar to navigate between fields, or click the field you wish to fill in.
        3. +
      3. Use the Clear Fields button to empty all input fields.
        4. +
      4. Use the navigation tools to navigate the PDF, adjust zoom, fit to page or width.
        5. +
      5. After you have filled in all the fields, сlick the
        Submit button at the top toolbar to send the form for further processing. Please note that this action cannot be undone. The form cannot be submitted until all required fields are filled in. +

        If you are using the server version of ONLYOFFICE Docs, the presence of the Submit button depends on the configuration. Read this article to learn more.

        +

        You can also use the Print button to print the form or switch to the File tab and download the form in one of the supported format.

        +
        6. +
      +
      + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/pdfeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fillable_form.png b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/pdfeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fillable_form.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..44703515f Binary files /dev/null and b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/pdfeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fillable_form.png differ diff --git a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/pdfeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/sortcomments.png b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/pdfeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/sortcomments.png index a8a4fbc87..df4342604 100644 Binary files a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/pdfeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/sortcomments.png and b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/pdfeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/sortcomments.png differ diff --git a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/pdfeditor/main/resources/help/en/search/indexes.js b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/pdfeditor/main/resources/help/en/search/indexes.js index 895d3be1d..4d0450321 100644 --- a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/pdfeditor/main/resources/help/en/search/indexes.js +++ b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/pdfeditor/main/resources/help/en/search/indexes.js @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ var indexes = { "id": "HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm", "title": "Keyboard Shortcuts", - "body": "Keyboard Shortcuts for Key Tips Use keyboard shortcuts for a faster and easier access to the features of the PDF Editor without using a mouse. Press Alt (Option for macOS) key to turn on all key tips for the editor header, the top toolbar, the left sidebar and the status bar. Press the letter that corresponds to the item you wish to use. The additional key tips may appear depending on the key you press. The first key tips hide when additional key tips appear. For example, to access the Comment tab, press Alt (Option for macOS) to see all primary key tips. Press letter C to access the Comment tab, and to see all the available shortcuts for this tab. Then press the letter that corresponds to the item you wish to configure. Press Alt (Option for macOS) to hide all key tips, or press Escape to go back to the previous group of key tips. Find the most common keyboard shortcuts in the list below: Windows/Linux Mac OS Working with PDF Open 'File' panel Alt+F ^ Ctrl+⌥ Option+F Open the File panel to save, download, print the current PDF, view its info, create a new document or open an existing PDF, access the PDF Editor Help Center or advanced settings. Open 'Find' dialog window Ctrl+F ^ Ctrl+F, ⌘ Cmd+F Open the Find dialog window to start searching for a character/word/phrase in the currently edited PDF. Open 'Comments' panel Ctrl+⇧ Shift+H ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+H, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+H Open the Comments panel to add your own comment or reply to other users' comments. Open comment field Alt+H ⌘ Cmd+⌥ Option+A Open a data entry field where you can add the text of your comment. Open 'Chat' panel (Online Editors) Alt+Q ^ Ctrl+⌥ Option+Q Open the Chat panel in the Online Editors and send a message. Print PDF Ctrl+P ^ Ctrl+P, ⌘ Cmd+P Print the PDF with one of the available printers or save it as a file. Download As... Ctrl+⇧ Shift+S ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+S, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+S Open the Download as... panel to save the currently edited PDF to the hard disk drive of your computer in one of the supported formats: DOCX, PDF, ODT, DOTX, OTT, RTF, TXT, FB2, EPUB, HTML, JPG, PNG. Full screen (Online Editors) F11 Switch to the full screen view in the Online Editors to fit the PDF Editor into your screen. Help menu F1 Fn+F1 Open the PDF Editor Help menu. Open existing file Ctrl+O ⌘ Cmd+O Open the standard dialog box that allows selecting an existing file. If you select the file in this dialog box and click Open, the file will be opened in a new tab or window of Desktop Editors. Switch to the next tab Ctrl+↹ Tab ^ Ctrl+↹ Tab Switch to the next file tab in Desktop Editors or browser tab in Online Editors. Switch to the previous tab Ctrl+↹ Tab ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+↹ Tab Switch to the previous file tab in Desktop Editors or browser tab in Online Editors. Close file Ctrl+F4 ⌘ Cmd+W Close the current PDF window. Close menu or modal window, reset modes, etc. Esc Esc Close a menu or modal window. Reset pop-ups and balloons with comments and review changes. Reset drawing and erasing table mode. Reset text drag-n-drop. Reset marker selection mode. Reset format painter mode. Deselect shapes. Reset adding shapes mode. Exit from the header/footer. Exit from filling in forms. Reset the ‘Zoom’ parameter Ctrl+0 ^ Ctrl+0 or ⌘ Cmd+0 Reset the ‘Zoom’ parameter of the current PDF to a default 100%. Navigation Jump to the beginning of the line in the comment field Home ⌘ Cmd+← Put the cursor to the beginning of the currently edited line. Jump to the beginning of the PDF Ctrl+Home ^ Ctrl+Fn+←, ⌘ Cmd+Fn+← Jump to the very beginning of the currently edited PDF. Jump to the end of the line in the comment field End ⌘ Cmd+→ Put the cursor to the end of the currently edited line. Jump to the end of the PDF Ctrl+End ^ Ctrl+Fn+→, ⌘ Cmd+Fn+→ Jump to the very end of the currently edited PDF. Scroll down Page Down Fn+↓ Scroll the PDF approximately one visible page down. Scroll up Page Up Fn+↑ Scroll the PDF approximately one visible page up. Next page Alt+Page Down Go to the next page in the currently edited PDF. Previous page Alt+Page Up Go to the previous page in the currently edited PDF. Zoom In Ctrl+Num+ or Ctrl++ (on the main keyboard) ^ Ctrl++, ⌘ Cmd++ Zoom in the currently edited PDF. Zoom Out Ctrl+- (on the main keyboard) ^ Ctrl+-, ⌘ Cmd+- Zoom out the currently edited PDF. Text Selection Select all Ctrl+A ⌘ Cmd+A, ^ Ctrl+A Select all text in the PDF." + "body": "Keyboard Shortcuts for Key Tips Use keyboard shortcuts for a faster and easier access to the features of the PDF Editor without using a mouse. Press Alt (Option for macOS) key to turn on all key tips for the editor header, the top toolbar, the left sidebar and the status bar. Press the letter that corresponds to the item you wish to use. The additional key tips may appear depending on the key you press. The first key tips hide when additional key tips appear. For example, to access the Comment tab, press Alt (Option for macOS) to see all primary key tips. Press letter C to access the Comment tab, and to see all the available shortcuts for this tab. Then press the letter that corresponds to the item you wish to configure. Press Alt (Option for macOS) to hide all key tips, or press Escape to go back to the previous group of key tips. Find the most common keyboard shortcuts in the list below: Windows/Linux Mac OS Working with PDF Open 'File' panel Alt+F ^ Ctrl+⌥ Option+F Open the File panel to save, download, print the current PDF, view its info, create a new document or open an existing PDF, access the PDF Editor Help Center or advanced settings. Open 'Find' dialog window Ctrl+F ^ Ctrl+F, ⌘ Cmd+F Open the Find dialog window to start searching for a character/word/phrase in the currently edited PDF. Open 'Comments' panel Ctrl+⇧ Shift+H ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+H, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+H Open the Comments panel to add your own comment or reply to other users' comments. Open comment field Alt+H ⌘ Cmd+⌥ Option+A Open a data entry field where you can add the text of your comment. Open 'Chat' panel (Online Editors) Alt+Q ^ Ctrl+⌥ Option+Q Open the Chat panel in the Online Editors and send a message. Print PDF Ctrl+P ^ Ctrl+P, ⌘ Cmd+P Print the PDF with one of the available printers or save it as a file. Download As... Ctrl+⇧ Shift+S ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+S, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+S Open the Download as... panel to save the currently edited PDF to the hard disk drive of your computer in one of the supported formats: DOCX, PDF, ODT, DOTX, OTT, RTF, TXT, FB2, EPUB, HTML, JPG, PNG. Full screen (Online Editors) F11 Switch to the full screen view in the Online Editors to fit the PDF Editor into your screen. Help menu F1 Fn+F1 Open the PDF Editor Help menu. Open existing file Ctrl+O ⌘ Cmd+O Open the standard dialog box that allows selecting an existing file. If you select the file in this dialog box and click Open, the file will be opened in a new tab or window of Desktop Editors. Switch to the next tab Ctrl+↹ Tab ^ Ctrl+↹ Tab Switch to the next file tab in Desktop Editors or browser tab in Online Editors. Switch to the previous tab Ctrl+⇧ Shift+↹ Tab ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+↹ Tab Switch to the previous file tab in Desktop Editors or browser tab in Online Editors. Close file Ctrl+F4 ⌘ Cmd+W Close the current PDF window. Close menu or modal window, reset modes, etc. Esc Esc Close a menu or modal window. Reset pop-ups and balloons with comments and review changes. Reset drawing and erasing table mode. Reset text drag-n-drop. Reset marker selection mode. Reset format painter mode. Deselect shapes. Reset adding shapes mode. Exit from the header/footer. Exit from filling in forms. Reset the ‘Zoom’ parameter Ctrl+0 ^ Ctrl+0 or ⌘ Cmd+0 Reset the ‘Zoom’ parameter of the current PDF to a default 100%. Navigation Jump to the beginning of the line in the comment field Home ⌘ Cmd+← Put the cursor to the beginning of the currently edited line. Jump to the beginning of the PDF Ctrl+Home ^ Ctrl+Fn+←, ⌘ Cmd+Fn+← Jump to the very beginning of the currently edited PDF. Jump to the end of the line in the comment field End ⌘ Cmd+→ Put the cursor to the end of the currently edited line. Jump to the end of the PDF Ctrl+End ^ Ctrl+Fn+→, ⌘ Cmd+Fn+→ Jump to the very end of the currently edited PDF. Scroll down Page Down Fn+↓ Scroll the PDF approximately one visible page down. Scroll up Page Up Fn+↑ Scroll the PDF approximately one visible page up. Next page Alt+Page Down Go to the next page in the currently edited PDF. Previous page Alt+Page Up Go to the previous page in the currently edited PDF. Zoom In Ctrl+Num+ or Ctrl++ (on the main keyboard) ^ Ctrl++, ⌘ Cmd++ Zoom in the currently edited PDF. Zoom Out Ctrl+- (on the main keyboard) ^ Ctrl+-, ⌘ Cmd+- Zoom out the currently edited PDF. Text Selection Select all Ctrl+A ⌘ Cmd+A, ^ Ctrl+A Select all text in the PDF." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm", @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ var indexes = { "id": "ProgramInterface/HomeTab.htm", "title": "Home tab", - "body": "The Home tab in the PDF Editor opens by default when you open a PDF. It allows you to navigate the PDF, select text or objects, adjust zoom, fit to page or width. The corresponding window of the Online PDF Editor: The corresponding window of the Desktop PDF Editor: Using this tab, you can: navigate the file, adjust zoom, fit to page or width." + "body": "The Home tab in the PDF Editor opens by default when you open a PDF. It allows you to navigate the PDF, select text or objects, adjust zoom, fit to page or width. The corresponding window of the Online PDF Editor: The corresponding window of the Desktop PDF Editor: Using this tab, you can: navigate the file, adjust zoom, fit to page or width, when filling out a PDF form, navigate between fields, clear fields, submit the form (these options are not displayed for ordinar PDF files, they are available only for fillable PDF forms)." }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm", @@ -75,6 +75,11 @@ var indexes = "title": "Draw freehand on a PDF", "body": "In the PDF Editor, you can use the Comment tab to draw freehand, add handwritten notes, highlight text and erase on your PDF. To draw, write, or highlight text, click the Pen or the Highlighter icon and move your cursor. Click the drop-down arrow to customize the stroke color and thickness. Click More colors if the color you need is not in the palette. When you are done with drawing, writing or highlighting, click the Pen or Highlighter icon again, or press the Esc button. Click the Eraser tool and move your cursor back and forth to delete a stroke. The Eraser deletes only the whole stroke. Use the Select button to select the inscription, the drawing or the highlighting. Once selected, you can resize or delete the selected element." }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/FillingOutForm.htm", + "title": "Filling out a form", + "body": "You can fill in the form fields in the PDF file and submit, print, or download the form after you have filled it out. How to fill in a form: Open a PDF file. Fill in all the required fields. If the form contains a date field, choose the date using the Date Picker. The mandatory fields are marked with red stroke. Use the Previous Field or Next Field buttons on the top toolbar to navigate between fields, or click the field you wish to fill in. Use the Clear Fields button to empty all input fields. Use the navigation tools to navigate the PDF, adjust zoom, fit to page or width. After you have filled in all the fields, сlick the Submit button at the top toolbar to send the form for further processing. Please note that this action cannot be undone. The form cannot be submitted until all required fields are filled in. If you are using the server version of ONLYOFFICE Docs, the presence of the Submit button depends on the configuration. Read this article to learn more. You can also use the Print button to print the form or switch to the File tab and download the form in one of the supported format." + }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/HTML.htm", "title": "Edit HTML", diff --git a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/pdfeditor/main/resources/help/images/icons.png b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/pdfeditor/main/resources/help/images/icons.png index 9ae78d4f5..d6b5eef26 100644 Binary files a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/pdfeditor/main/resources/help/images/icons.png and b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/pdfeditor/main/resources/help/images/icons.png differ diff --git a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/pdfeditor/main/resources/help/images/sprite.css b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/pdfeditor/main/resources/help/images/sprite.css index 51b389235..75bea0566 100644 --- a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/pdfeditor/main/resources/help/images/sprite.css +++ b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/pdfeditor/main/resources/help/images/sprite.css @@ -56,78 +56,78 @@ .icon-sortcommentsicon { background-position: 0px -54px; - width: 31px; - height: 19px; + width: 20px; + height: 20px; } .icon-comment_toptoolbar { - background-position: -31px -54px; + background-position: -20px -54px; width: 22px; height: 19px; } .icon-removecomment_toptoolbar { - background-position: -53px -54px; + background-position: -42px -54px; width: 15px; height: 19px; } .icon-search_advanced { - background-position: -84px 0px; + background-position: -57px -54px; width: 18px; height: 18px; } .icon-search_icon_header { - background-position: -84px -18px; + background-position: -84px 0px; width: 18px; height: 18px; } .icon-access_rights { - background-position: 0px -73px; + background-position: 0px -74px; width: 22px; height: 17px; } .icon-gotodocuments { - background-position: -22px -73px; + background-position: -22px -74px; width: 20px; height: 17px; } .icon-chaticon_new { - background-position: -42px -73px; + background-position: -42px -74px; width: 19px; height: 17px; } .icon-editcommenticon { - background-position: -84px -36px; + background-position: -84px -18px; width: 16px; height: 16px; } .icon-handtool { - background-position: -84px -52px; + background-position: -84px -34px; width: 13px; height: 16px; } .icon-pagethumbnails { - background-position: -68px -54px; + background-position: -84px -50px; width: 12px; height: 16px; } .icon-selectiontool { - background-position: -61px -73px; + background-position: -61px -74px; width: 10px; height: 16px; } .icon-search_options { - background-position: -71px -73px; + background-position: -71px -74px; width: 22px; height: 15px; } @@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ } .icon-pagenumber { - background-position: 0px -90px; + background-position: 0px -91px; width: 65px; height: 14px; } @@ -175,61 +175,61 @@ } .icon-searchicon { - background-position: -65px -90px; + background-position: -65px -91px; width: 14px; height: 14px; } .icon-firstpage { - background-position: -79px -90px; + background-position: -79px -91px; width: 11px; height: 14px; } .icon-lastpage { - background-position: -90px -90px; + background-position: -90px -91px; width: 11px; height: 14px; } .icon-nextpage { - background-position: -93px -73px; + background-position: -75px -54px; width: 9px; height: 14px; } .icon-previouspage { - background-position: -101px -90px; + background-position: -93px -74px; width: 9px; height: 14px; } .icon-feedbackicon { - background-position: 0px -104px; + background-position: -101px -91px; width: 15px; height: 13px; } .icon-copy { - background-position: -15px -104px; + background-position: 0px -105px; width: 14px; height: 13px; } .icon-paste { - background-position: -29px -104px; + background-position: -14px -105px; width: 14px; height: 13px; } .icon-selectall { - background-position: -43px -104px; + background-position: -28px -105px; width: 14px; height: 13px; } .icon-zoomin { - background-position: -57px -104px; + background-position: -42px -105px; width: 13px; height: 13px; } @@ -247,37 +247,37 @@ } .icon-resolvedicon { - background-position: -70px -104px; + background-position: -55px -105px; width: 12px; height: 11px; } .icon-resolveicon { - background-position: -82px -104px; + background-position: -67px -105px; width: 12px; height: 11px; } .icon-zoomout { - background-position: -110px -90px; + background-position: -79px -105px; width: 10px; height: 11px; } .icon-navigationicon { - background-position: -94px -104px; + background-position: -89px -105px; width: 13px; height: 10px; } .icon-searchdownbutton { - background-position: -120px 0px; + background-position: -84px -66px; width: 14px; height: 8px; } .icon-searchupbutton { - background-position: -120px -8px; + background-position: -102px -105px; width: 14px; height: 8px; } diff --git a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/pdfeditor/main/resources/help/images/src/icons/sortcommentsicon.png b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/pdfeditor/main/resources/help/images/src/icons/sortcommentsicon.png index 9e3ff28fe..79b602863 100644 Binary files a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/pdfeditor/main/resources/help/images/src/icons/sortcommentsicon.png and b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/pdfeditor/main/resources/help/images/src/icons/sortcommentsicon.png differ diff --git a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm index a77feb3e9..b0563ab82 100644 --- a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm +++ b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm @@ -47,6 +47,7 @@

      Workspace

        +
      1. The Turn on screen reader support option is used to enable support of screen reader software.
      2. The Alignment Guides option is used to turn on/off alignment guides that appear when you move objects. It allows for a more precise object positioning on the slide.
      3. The Hieroglyphs option is used to turn on/off the display of hieroglyphs.
      4. The Use Alt key to navigate the user interface using the keyboard option is used to enable using the Alt / Optionkey in keyboard shortcuts.
        5. diff --git a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/Commenting.htm b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/Commenting.htm index 3daf6d402..fb214395f 100644 --- a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/Commenting.htm +++ b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/Commenting.htm @@ -19,11 +19,12 @@

        In Presentation Editor you can leave comments to the content of presentations without actually editing it. Unlike chat messages, the comments stay until deleted.

        Added comments will remain in third-party editors.

        Leaving comments and replying to them

        -

        To leave a comment to a certain object (text box, shape etc.):

        +

        To leave a comment to a certain object (text box, shape, etc.):

        1. select an object where you think there is an error or problem,
        2. switch to the Insert or Collaboration tab of the top toolbar and click the
          Comment button, or
          + use the
          icon on the left sidebar to open the Comments panel, and either click the Add comment button in the top toolbar of the panel, or click the More symbol and choose the Add Comment to Document option to leave a comment to the whole presentation, or
          right-click the selected object and select the Add Сomment option from the menu,
        3. enter the needed text,
          4. diff --git a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm index fe9b33418..6efb5d952 100644 --- a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm +++ b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm @@ -10,11 +10,11 @@ -
          -
          - -
          -

          Plugins tab

          +
          +
          + +
          +

          Plugins tab

          The Plugins tab in the Presentation Editor makes it possible to access the advanced editing features using the available third-party components. Here you can also use macros to simplify routine operations.

          The corresponding window of the Online Presentation Editor:

          @@ -25,19 +25,22 @@

          Plugins tab

          The Plugin Manager button allows you to open the window where you can view and manage all installed plugins and add your own ones.

          +

          The Background Plugins button allows viewing the list of plugins that work in the background. Here you can activate or disable them by activating/deactivating the corresponding switches, and adjust their settings by clicking the More button next to the required plugin.

          The Macros button allows to open the window where you can create your own macros and run them. To learn more about macros, please refer to our API Documentation.

          -

          Currently, the following plugins are available:

          +

          Currently, the following plugins are available:

          • Send allows sending the presentation via email using the default desktop mail client (available in the desktop version only),
          • Highlight code allows highlighting the code syntax by selecting the necessary language, style, background color, etc.,
          • Photo Editor allows editing images: cropping, flipping, rotating, drawing lines and shapes, adding icons and text, loading a mask and applying filters such as Grayscale, Invert, Sepia, Blur, Sharpen, Emboss, etc.,
          • Thesaurus allows finding synonyms and antonyms for the selected word and replacing it with the chosen one,
            • -
          • Translator allows translating the selected text into other languages, +
          • + Translator allows translating the selected text into other languages,

            Note: this plugin doesn't work in Internet Explorer.

          • YouTube allows embedding YouTube videos into your presentation.
          +

          Several visual plugins can be added to your document. The added plugins will be displayed as corresponding icons on the left panel.

          To learn more about plugins, please refer to our API Documentation. All the currently existing open source plugin examples are available on GitHub.

          -
          +
          \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/ProgramInterface.htm b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/ProgramInterface.htm index 4a2ca22bb..4a87e8d68 100644 --- a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/ProgramInterface.htm +++ b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/ProgramInterface.htm @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@
        4. The Scroll bar on the right allows scrolling the presentation up and down.

        For your convenience, you can hide some components and display them again when necessary. To learn more on how to adjust the view settings, please refer to this page.

        - +

        When there are many icons on the left and right panels, the ones below will be hidden, and they can be accessed via the More button.

        \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/AddingAnimations.htm b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/AddingAnimations.htm index 990a08d29..cf5a41c5f 100644 --- a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/AddingAnimations.htm +++ b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/AddingAnimations.htm @@ -85,6 +85,10 @@

        Repeat – use this option if you want to display an animation more than once. Click the Repeat box and select one of the available options, or enter your value.

        Repeat Animation

        Rewind – check this box if you want to return the object to its original state when the animation ends.

        +

        Animation color options

        +

        You can set the final color for animation effects that change color.

        +

        Click the Parameters button at the top toolbar and select the necessary color on the Theme colors or Standard colors palette.

        +

        Colors

        diff --git a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/animation_colors.png b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/animation_colors.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9e43c30c7 Binary files /dev/null and b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/animation_colors.png differ diff --git a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_pluginstab.png b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_pluginstab.png index 89c47fc6e..ea61f3d37 100644 Binary files a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_pluginstab.png and b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_pluginstab.png differ diff --git a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/pluginstab.png b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/pluginstab.png index a295df271..4615f9f47 100644 Binary files a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/pluginstab.png and b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/pluginstab.png differ diff --git a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/sortcomments.png b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/sortcomments.png index c930c736f..dc66cd356 100644 Binary files a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/sortcomments.png and b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/sortcomments.png differ diff --git a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/search/indexes.js b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/search/indexes.js index 371dee481..55afa575c 100644 --- a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/search/indexes.js +++ b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/search/indexes.js @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ var indexes = { "id": "HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm", "title": "Advanced Settings of the Presentation Editor", - "body": "The Presentation Editor allows you to change its advanced settings. To access them, open the File tab on the top toolbar and select the Advanced Settings option. The advanced settings are grouped as follows: Editing and saving Autosave is used in the online version to turn on/off automatic saving of changes you make while editing. Autorecover is used in the desktop version to turn on/off the option that allows you to automatically recover presentations if the program closes unexpectedly. Show the Paste Options button when the content is pasted. The corresponding icon will appear when you paste content in the presentation. Collaboration The Co-editing mode subsection allows you to set the preferable mode for seeing changes made to the presentation when working in collaboration. Fast (by default). The users who take part in the presentation co-editing will see the changes in real time once they are made by other users. Strict. All the changes made by co-editors will be shown only after you click the Save icon that will notify you about new changes. Show changes from other users. This feature allows to see changes made by other users in the presentation opened for viewing only in the Live Viewer mode. Proofing The Spell Checking option is used to turn on/off the spell checking. Ignore words in UPPERCASE. Words typed in capital letters are ignored during the spell checking. Ignore words with numbers. Words with numbers in them are ignored during the spell checking. The AutoCorrect options menu allows you to access the autocorrect settings such as replacing text as you type, recognizing functions, automatic formatting etc. Workspace The Alignment Guides option is used to turn on/off alignment guides that appear when you move objects. It allows for a more precise object positioning on the slide. The Hieroglyphs option is used to turn on/off the display of hieroglyphs. The Use Alt key to navigate the user interface using the keyboard option is used to enable using the Alt / Optionkey in keyboard shortcuts. The Interface theme option is used to change the color scheme of the editor’s interface. The Same as system option makes the editor follow the interface theme of your system. The Light color scheme incorporates standard blue, white, and light gray colors with less contrast in UI elements suitable for working during daytime. The Classic Light color scheme incorporates standard blue, white, and light gray colors. The Dark color scheme incorporates black, dark gray, and light gray colors suitable for working during nighttime. The Contrast Dark color scheme incorporates black, dark gray, and white colors with more contrast in UI elements highlighting the working area of the file. Note: Apart from the available Light, Classic Light, Dark, and Contrast Dark interface themes, ONLYOFFICE editors can now be customized with your own color theme. Please follow these instructions to learn how you can do that. The Unit of Measurement option is used to specify what units are used on the rulers and in properties of objects when setting such parameters as width, height, spacing, margins etc. The available units are Centimeter, Point, and Inch. The Default Zoom Value option is used to set the default zoom value, selecting it in the list of available options from 50% to 500%. You can also choose the Fit to Page, Fit to Width, or Last Used option. The Last Used option refers to the last set scaling during the current session. The Font Hinting option is used to select how fonts are displayed in the Presentation Editor. Choose As Windows if you like the way fonts are usually displayed on Windows, i.e. using Windows font hinting. Choose As OS X if you like the way fonts are usually displayed on a Mac, i.e. without any font hinting at all. Choose Native if you want your text to be displayed with the hinting embedded into font files. Default cache mode - used to select the cache mode for the font characters. It’s not recommended to switch it without any reason. It can be helpful in some cases only, for example, when the Google Chrome browser has problems with the enabled hardware acceleration. The Presentation Editor has two cache modes: In the first cache mode, each letter is cached as a separate picture. In the second cache mode, a picture of a certain size is selected where letters are placed dynamically and a mechanism of allocating/removing memory in this picture is also implemented. If there is not enough memory, a second picture is created, etc. The Default cache mode setting applies two above mentioned cache modes separately for different browsers: When the Default cache mode setting is enabled, Internet Explorer (v. 9, 10, 11) uses the second cache mode, other browsers use the first cache mode. When the Default cache mode setting is disabled, Internet Explorer (v. 9, 10, 11) uses the first cache mode, other browsers use the second cache mode. The Macros Settings option is used to set macros display with a notification. Choose Disable All to disable all macros within the presentation. Choose Show Notification to receive notifications about macros within the presentation. Choose Enable All to automatically run all macros within the presentation. To save the changes you made, click the Apply button." + "body": "The Presentation Editor allows you to change its advanced settings. To access them, open the File tab on the top toolbar and select the Advanced Settings option. The advanced settings are grouped as follows: Editing and saving Autosave is used in the online version to turn on/off automatic saving of changes you make while editing. Autorecover is used in the desktop version to turn on/off the option that allows you to automatically recover presentations if the program closes unexpectedly. Show the Paste Options button when the content is pasted. The corresponding icon will appear when you paste content in the presentation. Collaboration The Co-editing mode subsection allows you to set the preferable mode for seeing changes made to the presentation when working in collaboration. Fast (by default). The users who take part in the presentation co-editing will see the changes in real time once they are made by other users. Strict. All the changes made by co-editors will be shown only after you click the Save icon that will notify you about new changes. Show changes from other users. This feature allows to see changes made by other users in the presentation opened for viewing only in the Live Viewer mode. Proofing The Spell Checking option is used to turn on/off the spell checking. Ignore words in UPPERCASE. Words typed in capital letters are ignored during the spell checking. Ignore words with numbers. Words with numbers in them are ignored during the spell checking. The AutoCorrect options menu allows you to access the autocorrect settings such as replacing text as you type, recognizing functions, automatic formatting etc. Workspace The Turn on screen reader support option is used to enable support of screen reader software. The Alignment Guides option is used to turn on/off alignment guides that appear when you move objects. It allows for a more precise object positioning on the slide. The Hieroglyphs option is used to turn on/off the display of hieroglyphs. The Use Alt key to navigate the user interface using the keyboard option is used to enable using the Alt / Optionkey in keyboard shortcuts. The Interface theme option is used to change the color scheme of the editor’s interface. The Same as system option makes the editor follow the interface theme of your system. The Light color scheme incorporates standard blue, white, and light gray colors with less contrast in UI elements suitable for working during daytime. The Classic Light color scheme incorporates standard blue, white, and light gray colors. The Dark color scheme incorporates black, dark gray, and light gray colors suitable for working during nighttime. The Contrast Dark color scheme incorporates black, dark gray, and white colors with more contrast in UI elements highlighting the working area of the file. Note: Apart from the available Light, Classic Light, Dark, and Contrast Dark interface themes, ONLYOFFICE editors can now be customized with your own color theme. Please follow these instructions to learn how you can do that. The Unit of Measurement option is used to specify what units are used on the rulers and in properties of objects when setting such parameters as width, height, spacing, margins etc. The available units are Centimeter, Point, and Inch. The Default Zoom Value option is used to set the default zoom value, selecting it in the list of available options from 50% to 500%. You can also choose the Fit to Page, Fit to Width, or Last Used option. The Last Used option refers to the last set scaling during the current session. The Font Hinting option is used to select how fonts are displayed in the Presentation Editor. Choose As Windows if you like the way fonts are usually displayed on Windows, i.e. using Windows font hinting. Choose As OS X if you like the way fonts are usually displayed on a Mac, i.e. without any font hinting at all. Choose Native if you want your text to be displayed with the hinting embedded into font files. Default cache mode - used to select the cache mode for the font characters. It’s not recommended to switch it without any reason. It can be helpful in some cases only, for example, when the Google Chrome browser has problems with the enabled hardware acceleration. The Presentation Editor has two cache modes: In the first cache mode, each letter is cached as a separate picture. In the second cache mode, a picture of a certain size is selected where letters are placed dynamically and a mechanism of allocating/removing memory in this picture is also implemented. If there is not enough memory, a second picture is created, etc. The Default cache mode setting applies two above mentioned cache modes separately for different browsers: When the Default cache mode setting is enabled, Internet Explorer (v. 9, 10, 11) uses the second cache mode, other browsers use the first cache mode. When the Default cache mode setting is disabled, Internet Explorer (v. 9, 10, 11) uses the first cache mode, other browsers use the second cache mode. The Macros Settings option is used to set macros display with a notification. Choose Disable All to disable all macros within the presentation. Choose Show Notification to receive notifications about macros within the presentation. Choose Enable All to automatically run all macros within the presentation. To save the changes you made, click the Apply button." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm", @@ -18,12 +18,12 @@ var indexes = { "id": "HelpfulHints/Commenting.htm", "title": "Commenting", - "body": "The Presentation Editor allows you to maintain constant team-wide approach to work flow: share files and folders, collaborate on presentations in real time, communicate right in the editor, save presentation versions for future use. In Presentation Editor you can leave comments to the content of presentations without actually editing it. Unlike chat messages, the comments stay until deleted. Leaving comments and replying to them To leave a comment to a certain object (text box, shape etc.): select an object where you think there is an error or problem, switch to the Insert or Collaboration tab of the top toolbar and click the Comment button, or right-click the selected object and select the Add Сomment option from the menu, enter the needed text, click the Add Comment/Add button. The object you commented will be marked with the icon. To view the comment, just click on this icon. To add a comment to a certain slide, select the slide and use the Comment button on the Insert or Collaboration tab of the top toolbar. The added comment will be displayed in the upper left corner of the slide. To create a presentation-level comment which is not related to a certain object or slide, click the icon on the left sidebar to open the Comments panel and use the Add Comment to Document link. The presentation-level comments can be viewed on the Comments panel. Comments related to objects and slides are also available here. Any other user can answer to the added comment asking questions or reporting on the work they have done. For this purpose, click the Add Reply link situated under the comment, type in your reply text in the entry field and press the Reply button. If you are using the Strict co-editing mode, new comments added by other users will become visible only after you click the icon in the left upper corner of the top toolbar. Managing comments You can manage the added comments using the icons in the comment balloon or on the Comments panel on the left: sort the added comments by clicking the icon: by date: Newest or Oldest. by author: Author from A to Z or Author from Z to A. by group: All or choose a certain group from the list. This sorting option is available if you are running a version that includes this functionality. edit the currently selected by clicking the icon, delete the currently selected by clicking the icon, close the currently selected discussion by clicking the icon if the task or problem you stated in your comment was solved, after that the discussion you opened with your comment gets the resolved status. To open it again, click the icon, if you want to manage comments in a bunch, open the Resolve drop-down menu on the Collaboration tab. Select one of the options for resolving comments: resolve current comments, resolve my comments or resolve all comments in the presentation. Adding mentions You can only add mentions to the comments made to the presentation content and not to the presentation itself. When entering comments, you can use the mentions feature that allows you to attract somebody's attention to the comment and send a notification to the mentioned user via email and Talk. To add a mention, Enter the \"+\" or \"@\" sign anywhere in the comment text - a list of the portal users will open. To simplify the search process, you can start typing a name in the comment field - the user list will change as you type. Select the necessary person from the list. If the file has not yet been shared with the mentioned user, the Sharing Settings window will open. Read only access type is selected by default. Change it if necessary. Click OK. The mentioned user will receive an email notification that they have been mentioned in a comment. If the file has been shared, the user will also receive a corresponding notification. Removing comments To remove comments, click the Remove button on the Collaboration tab of the top toolbar, select the necessary option from the menu: Remove Current Comments - to remove the currently selected comment. If some replies have been added to the comment, all its replies will be removed as well. Remove My Comments - to remove comments you added without removing comments added by other users. If some replies have been added to your comment, all its replies will be removed as well. Remove All Comments - to remove all the comments in the presentation that you and other users added. To close the panel with comments, click the icon on the left sidebar once again." + "body": "The Presentation Editor allows you to maintain constant team-wide approach to work flow: share files and folders, collaborate on presentations in real time, communicate right in the editor, save presentation versions for future use. In Presentation Editor you can leave comments to the content of presentations without actually editing it. Unlike chat messages, the comments stay until deleted. Leaving comments and replying to them To leave a comment to a certain object (text box, shape, etc.): select an object where you think there is an error or problem, switch to the Insert or Collaboration tab of the top toolbar and click the Comment button, or use the icon on the left sidebar to open the Comments panel, and either click the Add comment button in the top toolbar of the panel, or click the More symbol and choose the Add Comment to Document option to leave a comment to the whole presentation, or right-click the selected object and select the Add Сomment option from the menu, enter the needed text, click the Add Comment/Add button. The object you commented will be marked with the icon. To view the comment, just click on this icon. To add a comment to a certain slide, select the slide and use the Comment button on the Insert or Collaboration tab of the top toolbar. The added comment will be displayed in the upper left corner of the slide. To create a presentation-level comment which is not related to a certain object or slide, click the icon on the left sidebar to open the Comments panel and use the Add Comment to Document link. The presentation-level comments can be viewed on the Comments panel. Comments related to objects and slides are also available here. Any other user can answer to the added comment asking questions or reporting on the work they have done. For this purpose, click the Add Reply link situated under the comment, type in your reply text in the entry field and press the Reply button. If you are using the Strict co-editing mode, new comments added by other users will become visible only after you click the icon in the left upper corner of the top toolbar. Managing comments You can manage the added comments using the icons in the comment balloon or on the Comments panel on the left: sort the added comments by clicking the icon: by date: Newest or Oldest. by author: Author from A to Z or Author from Z to A. by group: All or choose a certain group from the list. This sorting option is available if you are running a version that includes this functionality. edit the currently selected by clicking the icon, delete the currently selected by clicking the icon, close the currently selected discussion by clicking the icon if the task or problem you stated in your comment was solved, after that the discussion you opened with your comment gets the resolved status. To open it again, click the icon, if you want to manage comments in a bunch, open the Resolve drop-down menu on the Collaboration tab. Select one of the options for resolving comments: resolve current comments, resolve my comments or resolve all comments in the presentation. Adding mentions You can only add mentions to the comments made to the presentation content and not to the presentation itself. When entering comments, you can use the mentions feature that allows you to attract somebody's attention to the comment and send a notification to the mentioned user via email and Talk. To add a mention, Enter the \"+\" or \"@\" sign anywhere in the comment text - a list of the portal users will open. To simplify the search process, you can start typing a name in the comment field - the user list will change as you type. Select the necessary person from the list. If the file has not yet been shared with the mentioned user, the Sharing Settings window will open. Read only access type is selected by default. Change it if necessary. Click OK. The mentioned user will receive an email notification that they have been mentioned in a comment. If the file has been shared, the user will also receive a corresponding notification. Removing comments To remove comments, click the Remove button on the Collaboration tab of the top toolbar, select the necessary option from the menu: Remove Current Comments - to remove the currently selected comment. If some replies have been added to the comment, all its replies will be removed as well. Remove My Comments - to remove comments you added without removing comments added by other users. If some replies have been added to your comment, all its replies will be removed as well. Remove All Comments - to remove all the comments in the presentation that you and other users added. To close the panel with comments, click the icon on the left sidebar once again." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm", "title": "Keyboard Shortcuts", - "body": "Keyboard Shortcuts for Key Tips Use keyboard shortcuts for a faster and easier access to the features of the Presentation Editor without using a mouse. Press Alt key to turn on all key tips for the editor header, the top toolbar, the right and left sidebars and the status bar. Press the letter that corresponds to the item you wish to use. The additional key tips may appear depending on the key you press. The first key tips hide when additional key tips appear. For example, to access the Insert tab, press Alt to see all primary key tips. Press letter I to access the Insert tab and you will see all the available shortcuts for this tab. Then press the letter that corresponds to the item you wish to configure. Press Alt to hide all key tips, or press Escape to go back to the previous group of key tips. Find the most common keyboard shortcuts in the list below: Windows/Linux Mac OS Working with Presentation Open 'File' panel Alt+F ^ Ctrl+⌥ Option+F Open the File panel to save, download, print the current presentation, view its info, create a new presentation or open an existing one, access the Presentation Editor help or advanced settings. Open 'Search' dialog box Ctrl+F ^ Ctrl+F, ⌘ Cmd+F Open the Search dialog box to start searching for a character/word/phrase in the currently edited presentation. Open 'Comments' panel Ctrl+⇧ Shift+H ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+H, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+H Open the Comments panel to add your own comment or reply to other users' comments. Open comment field Alt+H ⌘ Cmd+⌥ Option+A Open a data entry field where you can add the text of your comment. Open 'Chat' panel (Online Editors) Alt+Q ^ Ctrl+⌥ Option+Q Open the Chat panel in the Online Editors and send a message. Save presentation Ctrl+S ^ Ctrl+S, ⌘ Cmd+S Save all the changes to the presentation currently edited with the Presentation Editor. The active file will be saved under its current name, in the same location and file format. Print presentation Ctrl+P ^ Ctrl+P, ⌘ Cmd+P Print the presentation with one of the available printers or save it to a file. Download As... Ctrl+⇧ Shift+S ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+S, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+S Open the Download as... panel to save the currently edited presentation to the hard disk drive of your computer in one of the supported formats: PPTX, PDF, ODP, POTX, PDF/A, OTP, PNG, JPG. Full screen (Online Editors) F11 Switch to the full screen view in the Online Editors to fit the Presentation Editor into your screen. Help menu F1 F1 Open the Presentation Editor Help menu. Open existing file (Desktop Editors) Ctrl+O On the Open local file tab in Desktop Editors, opens the standard dialog box that allows selecting an existing file. Close file (Desktop Editors) Ctrl+W, Ctrl+F4 ^ Ctrl+W, ⌘ Cmd+W Close the current presentation window in Desktop Editors. Element contextual menu ⇧ Shift+F10 ⇧ Shift+F10 Open the selected element contextual menu. Reset the ‘Zoom’ parameter Ctrl+0 ^ Ctrl+0 or ⌘ Cmd+0 Reset the ‘Zoom’ parameter of the current presentation to the default 'Fit to slide' value. Navigation The first slide Home Home, Fn+← Go to the first slide of the currently edited presentation. The last slide End End, Fn+→ Go to the last slide of the currently edited presentation. Next slide Page Down Page Down, Fn+↓ Go to the next slide of the currently edited presentation. Previous slide Page Up Page Up, Fn+↑ Go to the previous slide of the currently edited presentation. Zoom In Ctrl++ ^ Ctrl+=, ⌘ Cmd+= Zoom in the currently edited presentation. Zoom Out Ctrl+- ^ Ctrl+-, ⌘ Cmd+- Zoom out the currently edited presentation. Navigate between controls in modal dialogues ↹ Tab/⇧ Shift+↹ Tab ↹ Tab/⇧ Shift+↹ Tab Navigate between controls to give focus to the next or previous control in modal dialogues. Performing Actions on Slides New slide Ctrl+M ^ Ctrl+M, ⌘ Cmd+M Create a new slide and add it after the selected one in the list. Duplicate slide Ctrl+D ⌘ Cmd+D Duplicate the selected slide in the list. Move slide up Ctrl+↑ ⌘ Cmd+↑ Move the selected slide above the previous one in the list. Move slide down Ctrl+↓ ⌘ Cmd+↓ Move the selected slide below the following one in the list. Move slide to beginning Ctrl+⇧ Shift+↑ ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+↑ Move the selected slide to the very first position in the list. Move slide to end Ctrl+⇧ Shift+↓ ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+↓ Move the selected slide to the very last position in the list. Performing Actions on Objects Create a copy Ctrl + drag, Ctrl+D ^ Ctrl + drag, ⌘ Cmd + drag, ^ Ctrl+D, ⌘ Cmd+D Hold down the Ctrl key when dragging the selected object or press Ctrl+D (⌘ Cmd+D for Mac) to create its copy. Group Ctrl+G ⌘ Cmd+G Group the selected objects. Ungroup Ctrl+⇧ Shift+G ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+G Ungroup the selected group of objects. Select the next object ↹ Tab ↹ Tab Select the next object after the currently selected one. Select the previous object ⇧ Shift+↹ Tab ⇧ Shift+↹ Tab Select the previous object before the currently selected one. Draw straight line or arrow ⇧ Shift + drag (when drawing lines/arrows) ⇧ Shift + drag (when drawing lines/arrows) Draw a straight vertical/horizontal/45-degree line or arrow. Modifying Objects Constrain movement ⇧ Shift + drag ⇧ Shift + drag Constrain the movement of the selected object horizontally or vertically. Set 15-degree-rotation ⇧ Shift + drag (when rotating) ⇧ Shift + drag (when rotating) Constrain the rotation angle to 15 degree increments. Maintain proportions ⇧ Shift + drag (when resizing) ⇧ Shift + drag (when resizing) Maintain the proportions of the selected object when resizing. Movement pixel by pixel Ctrl+← → ↑ ↓ ⌘ Cmd+← → ↑ ↓ Hold down the Ctrl (⌘ Cmd for Mac) key and use the keybord arrows to move the selected object by one pixel at a time. Working with Tables Move to the next cell in a row ↹ Tab ↹ Tab Go to the next cell in a table row. Move to the previous cell in a row ⇧ Shift+↹ Tab ⇧ Shift+↹ Tab Go to the previous cell in a table row. Move to the next row ↓ ↓ Go to the next row in a table. Move to the previous row ↑ ↑ Go to the previous row in a table. Start new paragraph ↵ Enter ↵ Return Start a new paragraph within a cell. Add new row ↹ Tab in the lower right table cell. ↹ Tab in the lower right table cell. Add a new row at the bottom of the table. Previewing Presentation Start preview from the beginning Ctrl+F5 ^ Ctrl+F5 Start a presentation from the beginning. Navigate forward ↵ Enter, Page Down, →, ↓, ␣ Spacebar ↵ Return, Page Down, →, ↓, ␣ Spacebar Display the next transition effect or advance to the next slide. Navigate backward Page Up, ←, ↑ Page Up, ←, ↑ Display the previous transition effect or return to the previous slide. Close preview Esc Esc End a presentation. Undo and Redo Undo Ctrl+Z ^ Ctrl+Z, ⌘ Cmd+Z Reverse the latest performed action. Redo Ctrl+Y ^ Ctrl+Y, ⌘ Cmd+Y Repeat the latest undone action. Cut, Copy, and Paste Cut Ctrl+X, ⇧ Shift+Delete ⌘ Cmd+X Cut the selected object and send it to the computer clipboard memory. The cut object can be later inserted to another place in the same presentation. Copy Ctrl+C, Ctrl+Insert ⌘ Cmd+C Send the selected object to the computer clipboard memory. The copied object can be later inserted to another place in the same presentation. Paste Ctrl+V, ⇧ Shift+Insert ⌘ Cmd+V Insert the previously copied object from the computer clipboard memory to the current cursor position. The object can be previously copied from the same presentation. Paste text without style formatting Ctrl+⇧ Shift+V, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+V Insert the previously copied text fragment from the computer clipboard memory to the current cursor position without preserving its original formatting. The text can be previously copied from the same document, from another document, or from some other program. Insert hyperlink Ctrl+K ^ Ctrl+K, ⌘ Cmd+K Insert a hyperlink which can be used to go to a web address or to a certain slide in the presentation. Copy style Alt+Ctrl+C ^ Ctrl+Alt+C, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+C Copy the formatting from the selected fragment of the currently edited text. The copied formatting can be later applied to another text fragment in the same presentation. Apply style Alt+Ctrl+V ^ Ctrl+Alt+V, ⌘ Cmd+Alt+V Apply the previously copied formatting to the text in the currently edited text box. Selecting with the Mouse Add to the selected fragment ⇧ Shift ⇧ Shift Start the selection, hold down the ⇧ Shift key and click where you need to end the selection. Selecting using the Keyboard Select all Ctrl+A ^ Ctrl+A, ⌘ Cmd+A Select all the slides (in the slides list) or all the objects within the slide (in the slide editing area) or all the text (within the text box) - depending on where the mouse cursor is located. Select text fragment ⇧ Shift+→ ← ⇧ Shift+→ ← Select the text character by character. Select text from cursor to beginning of line ⇧ Shift+Home Select a text fragment from the cursor to the beginning of the current line. Select text from cursor to end of line ⇧ Shift+End Select a text fragment from the cursor to the end of the current line. Select one character to the right ⇧ Shift+→ ⇧ Shift+→ Select one character to the right of the cursor position. Select one character to the left ⇧ Shift+← ⇧ Shift+← Select one character to the left of the cursor position. Select to the end of a word Ctrl+⇧ Shift+→ Select a text fragment from the cursor to the end of a word. Select to the beginning of a word Ctrl+⇧ Shift+← Select a text fragment from the cursor to the beginning of a word. Select one line up ⇧ Shift+↑ ⇧ Shift+↑ Select one line up (with the cursor at the beginning of a line). Select one line down ⇧ Shift+↓ ⇧ Shift+↓ Select one line down (with the cursor at the beginning of a line). Text Styling Bold Ctrl+B ^ Ctrl+B, ⌘ Cmd+B Make the font of the selected text fragment bold giving it a heavier appearance. Italic Ctrl+I ^ Ctrl+I, ⌘ Cmd+I Make the font of the selected text fragment slightly slanted to the right. Underline Ctrl+U ^ Ctrl+U, ⌘ Cmd+U Make the selected text fragment underlined with a line going under the letters. Strikeout Ctrl+5 ^ Ctrl+5, ⌘ Cmd+5 Make the selected text fragment struck out with a line going through the letters. Subscript Ctrl+⇧ Shift+> ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+> Make the selected text fragment smaller placing it to the lower part of the text line, e.g. as in chemical formulas. Superscript Ctrl+⇧ Shift+< ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+< Make the selected text fragment smaller placing it to the upper part of the text line, e.g. as in fractions. Bulleted list Ctrl+⇧ Shift+L ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+L, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+L Create an unordered bulleted list from the selected text fragment or start a new one. Remove formatting Ctrl+␣ Spacebar Remove formatting from the selected text fragment. Increase font Ctrl+] ^ Ctrl+], ⌘ Cmd+] Increase the size of the font for the selected text fragment 1 point. Decrease font Ctrl+[ ^ Ctrl+[, ⌘ Cmd+[ Decrease the size of the font for the selected text fragment 1 point. Align center Ctrl+E Center the text between the left and the right edges. Align justified Ctrl+J Justify the text in the paragraph adding additional space between words so that the left and the right text edges will be aligned with the paragraph margins. Align right Ctrl+R Align right with the text lined up on the right side of the text box, the left side remains unaligned. Align left Ctrl+L Align left with the text lined up on the left side of the text box, the right side remains unaligned. Increase left indent Ctrl+M ^ Ctrl+M, ⌘ Cmd+M Increase the paragraph left indent by one tabulation position. Decrease left indent Ctrl+⇧ Shift+M ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+M, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+M Decrease the paragraph left indent by one tabulation position. Delete one character to the left ← Backspace ← Backspace Delete one character to the left of the cursor. Delete one character to the right Delete Fn+Delete Delete one character to the right of the cursor. Moving around in text Move one character to the left ← ← Move the cursor one character to the left. Move one character to the right → → Move the cursor one character to the right. Move one line up ↑ ↑ Move the cursor one line up. Move one line down ↓ ↓ Move the cursor one line down. Move to the beginning of a word or one word to the left Ctrl+← ⌘ Cmd+← Move the cursor to the beginning of a word or one word to the left. Move one word to the right Ctrl+→ ⌘ Cmd+→ Move the cursor one word to the right. Move to next placeholder Ctrl+↵ Enter ^ Ctrl+↵ Return, ⌘ Cmd+↵ Return Move to the next title or body text placeholder. If it is the last placeholder on a slide, this will insert a new slide with the same slide layout as the original slide Jump to the beginning of the line Home Home Put the cursor to the beginning of the currently edited line. Jump to the end of the line End End Put the cursor to the end of the currently edited line. Jump to the beginning of the text box Ctrl+Home Put the cursor to the beginning of the currently edited text box. Jump to the end of the text box Ctrl+End Put the cursor to the end of the currently edited text box." + "body": "Keyboard Shortcuts for Key Tips Use keyboard shortcuts for a faster and easier access to the features of the Presentation Editor without using a mouse. Press Alt (Option for macOS) key to turn on all key tips for the editor header, the top toolbar, the right and left sidebars and the status bar. Press the letter that corresponds to the item you wish to use. The additional key tips may appear depending on the key you press. The first key tips hide when additional key tips appear. For example, to access the Insert tab, press Alt (Option for macOS) to see all primary key tips. Press letter I to access the Insert tab and you will see all the available shortcuts for this tab. Then press the letter that corresponds to the item you wish to configure. Press Alt (Option for macOS) to hide all key tips, or press Escape to go back to the previous group of key tips. Find the most common keyboard shortcuts in the list below. Please note: for macOS, some shortcuts contain the Home, End, Page Up and Page Down keys which are only available on the extended keyboard. If you don't have these keys, use the keyboard shortcuts specified above (i.e. use ^ Ctrl/⌘ Cmd+← or Fn+← instead of Home, ^ Ctrl/⌘ Cmd+→ or Fn+→ instead of End, Fn+↑ instead of Page Up, Fn+↓ instead of Page Down). Windows/Linux Mac OS Working with Presentation Open 'File' panel Alt+F ^ Ctrl+⌥ Option+F Open the File panel to save, download, print the current presentation, view its info, create a new presentation or open an existing one, access the Presentation Editor help or advanced settings. Open 'Find' dialog window Ctrl+F ^ Ctrl+F, ⌘ Cmd+F Open the Find dialog window to start searching for a character/word/phrase in the currently edited presentation. Open 'Find and Replace' menu (panel) with replacement field Ctrl+H ^ Ctrl+H Open the Find and Replace menu (panel) with the replacement field to replace one or more occurrences of the found characters. Open 'Comments' panel Ctrl+⇧ Shift+H ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+H, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+H Open the Comments panel to add your own comment or reply to comments from other users. Open comment field Alt+H ⌘ Cmd+⌥ Option+A Open a data entry field where you can add the text of your comment. Open 'Chat' panel (Online Editors) Alt+Q ^ Ctrl+⌥ Option+Q Open the Chat panel in the Online Editors and send a message. Save presentation Ctrl+S ^ Ctrl+S, ⌘ Cmd+S Save all the changes to the presentation currently edited with the Presentation Editor. The active file will be saved under its current name, in the same location and file format. Print presentation Ctrl+P ^ Ctrl+P, ⌘ Cmd+P Print the presentation with one of the available printers or save it to a file. Download As... Ctrl+⇧ Shift+S ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+S, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+S Open the Download as... panel to save the currently edited presentation to the hard disk drive of your computer in one of the supported formats: PPTX, PPSX, PDF, ODP, POTX, PDF/A, OTP, PNG, JPG. Full screen (Online Editors) F11 Switch to the full screen view in the Online Editors to fit the Presentation Editor into your screen. Help menu F1 Fn+F1 Open the Presentation Editor Help menu. Open existing file Ctrl+O ⌘ Cmd+O Open the standard dialog box that allows selecting an existing file. If you select the file in this dialog box and click Open, the file will be opened in a new tab or window of Desktop Editors. Switch to the next tab Ctrl+↹ Tab ^ Ctrl+↹ Tab Switch to the next file tab in Desktop Editors or browser tab in Online Editors. Switch to the previous tab Ctrl+Shift+↹ Tab ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+↹ Tab Switch to the previous file tab in Desktop Editors or browser tab in Online Editors. Close file Ctrl+W, Ctrl+F4 ⌘ Cmd+W Close the current presentation window. Element contextual menu ⇧ Shift+F10 ⇧ Shift+Fn+F10 Open the selected element contextual menu. Close menu or modal window, reset modes, etc. Esc Esc Close a menu or modal window. Reset adding shapes mode. Remove the cursor from the shape content. Remove selection step by step (e.g., if the content of a shape within a group is selected, the cursor will be removed from the content first, then from the shape, then from the group). Deselect the copied format. Reset text drag-n-drop. Reset marker selection mode. Reset the ‘Zoom’ parameter Ctrl+0 ^ Ctrl+0 or ⌘ Cmd+0 Reset the ‘Zoom’ parameter of the current presentation to the default 'Fit to slide' value. Navigation The first slide Home Fn+← Home Go to the first slide of the currently edited presentation/first thumbnail in the thumbnails list. The last slide End Fn+→ End Go to the last slide of the currently edited presentation/last thumbnail in the thumbnails list. Next slide Page Down, ↓, → ↓, Fn+↓ ↓, Page Down Go to the next slide of the currently edited presentation/next thumbnail in the thumbnails list. Previous slide Page Up, ↑, ← ↑, Fn+↑ ↑, Page Up Go to the previous slide of the currently edited presentation/previous thumbnail in the thumbnails list. Zoom In Ctrl++ ^ Ctrl+=, ⌘ Cmd+= Zoom in the currently edited presentation. Zoom Out Ctrl+- ^ Ctrl+-, ⌘ Cmd+- Zoom out the currently edited presentation. Navigate between controls in modal dialogues ↹ Tab/⇧ Shift+↹ Tab ↹ Tab/⇧ Shift+↹ Tab Navigate between controls to give focus to the next or previous control in modal dialogues. Performing Actions on Slides New slide Ctrl+M, Enter ^ Ctrl+M, ⌘ Cmd+M, Return Create a new slide and add it after the selected one in the list. The Ctrl+M shortcut is also used to create the first slide in the presentation which does not contain any slides. Remove slide Delete, Backspace Delete, Fn+Delete Remove the currently selected slide in the list or several selected slides. Duplicate slide Ctrl+D ⌘ Cmd+D, ^ Ctrl+D Duplicate the selected slide in the list. Move slide up Ctrl+↑ ⌘ Cmd+↑ Move the selected slide or several selected slides above the previous one in the list (when the focus is on thumbnails). Move slide down Ctrl+↓ ⌘ Cmd+↓ Move the selected slide or several selected slides below the following one in the list (when the focus is on thumbnails). Move slide to beginning Ctrl+⇧ Shift+↑, Ctrl+⇧ Shift+Page Up ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+↑, ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+↑ ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+Page Up, ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+Page Up Move the selected slide or several slides to the very first position in the list (when the focus is on thumbnails). Move slide to end Ctrl+⇧ Shift+↓, Ctrl+⇧ Shift+Page Down ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+↓, ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+↓ ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+Page Down, ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+Page Down Move the selected slide or several slides to the very last position in the list (when the focus is on thumbnails). Performing Actions on Objects Working with shapes ↵ Enter ↵ Return When the shape is selected, if it does not contain content, create content and move the cursor to the beginning of the line. If the content is empty, move the cursor to it, otherwise select the entire content. Working with charts ↵ Enter ↵ Return When the chart title is selected, if the title is empty, move the cursor to the beginning of the line, otherwise select the text. Create a copy when dragging Ctrl ^ Ctrl Select an object and hold down the specified key when dragging the object to create the copy of the object in the location where it was moved. Create a copy Ctrl+D ^ Ctrl+D, ⌘ Cmd+D Select an object and press the specified keyboard shortcut to create the copy of the object next to the selected object. Group Ctrl+G ⌘ Cmd+G, ^ Ctrl+G Group the selected objects. Ungroup Ctrl+⇧ Shift+G ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+G, ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+G Ungroup the selected group of objects. Move focus to the next object ↹ Tab ↹ Tab Move focus to the next object after the currently selected one. Move focus to the previous object ⇧ Shift+↹ Tab ⇧ Shift+↹ Tab Move focus to the previous object before the currently selected one. Change angle of line/arrow when drawing ⇧ Shift + drag (when drawing lines/arrows) ⇧ Shift + drag (when drawing lines/arrows) Hold down the Shift key while drawing the line/arrow and rotate the spout of the arrow/end of the line to change the angle of the line/arrow when drawing it. The line/arrow will be rotated exactly 45 degrees. Movement pixel by pixel Ctrl+← → ↑ ↓ ⌘ Cmd+← → ↑ ↓ Hold down the specified key and use the keybord arrows to move the selected object to the left, right, up, or down by one pixel at a time. Move shape by a big step ← → ↑ ↓ ← → ↑ ↓ Use the keybord arrows to move the selected object by a big step to the left, right, up, or down. Modifying Objects Constrain movement ⇧ Shift + drag ⇧ Shift + drag Constrain the movement of the selected object horizontally or vertically. Set 15-degree-rotation ⇧ Shift + drag (when rotating) ⇧ Shift + drag (when rotating) Constrain the rotation angle to 15 degree increments. Maintain proportions ⇧ Shift + drag (when resizing) ⇧ Shift + drag (when resizing) Maintain the proportions of the selected object when resizing. Working with Tables Move to the next cell in a row ↹ Tab ↹ Tab Go to the next cell in a table row. Move to the previous cell in a row ⇧ Shift+↹ Tab ⇧ Shift+↹ Tab Go to the previous cell in a table row. Move to the next row ↓ ↓ Go to the next row in a table. Move to the previous row ↑ ↑ Go to the previous row in a table. Start new paragraph ↵ Enter ↵ Return Start a new paragraph within a cell. If cells are selected, delete their contents. If the table is selected, move the cursor to the first cell. If it is empty, move the cursor to the beginning, otherwise select the contents of the cell. Add new row ↹ Tab in the lower right table cell. ↹ Tab in the lower right table cell. Add a new row at the bottom of the table. Previewing Presentation Start a presentation Ctrl+F5 ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+↵ Return Start a presentation from the beginning. Navigate forward ↵ Enter, Page Down, →, ↓, ␣ Spacebar ↵ Return, Fn+↓, →, ↓, ␣ Spacebar ↵ Return, Page Down, →, ↓, ␣ Spacebar Display the next transition effect or advance to the next slide. Navigate backward Page Up, ←, ↑ Fn+↑, ←, ↑ Page Up, ←, ↑ Display the previous transition effect or return to the previous slide. Navigate to the first slide Home Fn+← Home Navigate to the first slide. Navigate to the last slide End Fn+→ End Navigate to the last slide. Navigate to the specified slide slide number+Enter slide number+↵ Return Navigate to the specified slide. Close preview Esc Esc End a presentation. For the web version, the first pressing of Esc is an exit from the full-screen mode of a browser, the second one is an exit from the demonstration mode. Undo and Redo Undo Ctrl+Z ^ Ctrl+Z, ⌘ Cmd+Z Reverse the latest performed action. Redo Ctrl+Y ^ Ctrl+Y, ⌘ Cmd+Y Repeat the latest undone action. Cut, Copy, and Paste Cut Ctrl+X, ⇧ Shift+Delete ⌘ Cmd+X Cut the selected object/text/slide in the slide list and send it to the computer clipboard memory. The cut object can be later inserted to another place in the same presentation. Copy Ctrl+C, Ctrl+Insert ⌘ Cmd+C Send the selected object/text/slide in the slide list to the computer clipboard memory. The copied object can be later inserted to another place in the same presentation. Paste Ctrl+V, ⇧ Shift+Insert ⌘ Cmd+V Insert the previously copied object/text/slide in the slide list from the computer clipboard memory to the current cursor position. The object can be previously copied from the same presentation, from another presentation, from another editor, or from some other program. Paste text without style formatting Ctrl+⇧ Shift+V ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+V Insert the previously copied text fragment from the computer clipboard memory to the current cursor position without preserving its original formatting. The text can be previously copied from the same document, from another document, or from some other program. Copy style Alt+Ctrl+C ⌘ Cmd+⌥ Option+C, ^ Ctrl+⌥ Option+C Copy the formatting from the selected fragment of the currently edited text. The copied formatting can be later applied to another text fragment in the same presentation. Apply style Alt+Ctrl+V ⌘ Cmd+⌥ Option+V, ^ Ctrl+⌥ Option+V Apply the previously copied formatting to the text in the currently edited text box. Paste Special options 1 Use destination theme Ctrl then H ^ Ctrl then H Apply the formatting specified by the theme of the current presentation. Keep source formatting Ctrl then K ^ Ctrl then K Keep the source formatting of the copied text. Paste as picture Ctrl then U ^ Ctrl then U Paste the text as an image so that it cannot be edited. Keep text only Ctrl then T ^ Ctrl then T Paste the text without its original formatting. Working with Hyperlinks Insert hyperlink Ctrl+K ^ Ctrl+K, ⌘ Cmd+K Insert a hyperlink which can be used to go to a web address or to a certain slide in the presentation. Visit hyperlink Enter Return Visit a hyperlink (with the cursor in the hyperlink). Selecting with the Mouse Add to the selected fragment ⇧ Shift ⇧ Shift Start the selection, hold down the ⇧ Shift key and click where you need to end the selection. Selecting using the Keyboard Select all Ctrl+A ^ Ctrl+A, ⌘ Cmd+A Select all the slides (in the slides list) or all the objects within the slide (in the slide editing area) or all the text (within the text box) - depending on where the mouse cursor is located. Add the next slide in the slide list to the selection Shift+Page Down, ⇧ Shift+↓ ⇧ Shift+↓, ⇧ Shift+Fn+↓ ⇧ Shift+↓, ⇧ Shift+Page Down Add the next slide in the slide list to the selection (when the focus is on thumbnails). Add the previous slide in the slide list to the selection Shift+Page Up, ⇧ Shift+↑ ⇧ Shift+↑, ⇧ Shift+Fn+↑ ⇧ Shift+↑, ⇧ Shift+Page Up Add the previous slide in the slide list to the selection (when the focus is on thumbnails). Select to the first slide Shift+Home ⇧ Shift+Fn+← ⇧ Shift+Home Select slides to the first slide starting from the current slide where the focus is located in the thumbnails list. Select to the last slide Shift+End ⇧ Shift+Fn+→ ⇧ Shift+End Select slides to the last slide starting from the current slide where the focus is located in the thumbnails list. Select text from cursor to beginning of line ⇧ Shift+Home ⇧ Shift+Fn+← ⇧ Shift+Home Select a text fragment from the cursor to the beginning of the current line. Select text from cursor to end of line ⇧ Shift+End ⇧ Shift+Fn+→ ⇧ Shift+End Select a text fragment from the cursor to the end of the current line. Select one character to the right ⇧ Shift+→ ⇧ Shift+→ Select one character to the right of the cursor position. Select one character to the left ⇧ Shift+← ⇧ Shift+← Select one character to the left of the cursor position. Select to the end of a word Ctrl+⇧ Shift+→ ⇧ Shift+⌥ Option+→ Select a text fragment from the cursor to the end of a word. Select to the beginning of a word Ctrl+⇧ Shift+← ⇧ Shift+⌥ Option+← Select a text fragment from the cursor to the beginning of a word. Select one line up ⇧ Shift+↑ ⇧ Shift+↑ Select one line up (with the cursor at the beginning of a line). Select one line down ⇧ Shift+↓ ⇧ Shift+↓ Select one line down (with the cursor at the end of a line). Deselect all ⇧ Shift+Esc Esc, ⇧ Shift+Esc Deselect all the selection. Text Styling Nonprinting characters Ctrl+⇧ Shift+8 ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+8, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+8 Show or hide the display of nonprinting characters. Bold Ctrl+B ^ Ctrl+B, ⌘ Cmd+B Make the font of the selected text fragment bold giving it a heavier appearance. Italic Ctrl+I ⌘ Cmd+I Make the font of the selected text fragment slightly slanted to the right. Underline Ctrl+U ^ Ctrl+U, ⌘ Cmd+U Make the selected text fragment underlined with a line going under the letters. Strikeout Ctrl+5 ^ Ctrl+5, ⌘ Cmd+5 Make the selected text fragment struck out with a line going through the letters. Subscript Ctrl+. ^ Ctrl+., ⌘ Cmd+. Make the selected text fragment smaller placing it to the lower part of the text line, e.g. as in chemical formulas. Superscript Ctrl+, ^ Ctrl+,, ⌘ Cmd+, Make the selected text fragment smaller placing it to the upper part of the text line, e.g. as in fractions. Bulleted list Ctrl+⇧ Shift+L ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+L, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+L Create an unordered bulleted list from the selected text fragment or start a new one. Clear formatting Ctrl+␣ Spacebar ^ Ctrl+Fn+␣ Spacebar, ⌘ Cmd+Fn+␣ Spacebar Clear formatting of the selected text fragment. Increase font Ctrl+] ^ Ctrl+], ⌘ Cmd+] Increase the size of the font for the selected text fragment 1 point. Decrease font Ctrl+[ ^ Ctrl+[, ⌘ Cmd+[ Decrease the size of the font for the selected text fragment 1 point. Align center Ctrl+E ^ Ctrl+E, ⌘ Cmd+E Center the text between the left and the right edges. Align justified Ctrl+J ^ Ctrl+J, ⌘ Cmd+J Justify the text in the paragraph adding additional space between words so that the left and the right text edges will be aligned with the paragraph margins. Align right Ctrl+R ^ Ctrl+R, ⌘ Cmd+R Align right with the text lined up on the right side of the text box, the left side remains unaligned. Align left Ctrl+L ^ Ctrl+L, ⌘ Cmd+L Align left with the text lined up on the left side of the text box, the right side remains unaligned. Increase left indent Ctrl+M ^ Ctrl+M, ⌘ Cmd+M Increase the paragraph left indent by one tabulation position. Decrease left indent Ctrl+⇧ Shift+M ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+M, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+M Decrease the paragraph left indent by one tabulation position. Delete one character to the left ← Backspace Delete Delete one character/selection/graphical object to the left of the cursor. Delete one character to the right Delete Fn+Delete Delete one character/selection/graphical object to the right of the cursor. Delete word/selection/graphical object to the left of cursor Ctrl+← Backspace ⌥ Option+Delete Delete one word/selection/graphical object to the left of the cursor. Delete word/selection/graphical object to the right of cursor Ctrl+Delete Fn+⌥ Option+Delete Delete one word/selection/graphical object to the right of the cursor. Increase list item level ↹ Tab ↹ Tab Add a level to the numbering of a paragrapf (with the cursor at the beginning of a line). Decrease list item level ⇧ Shift+↹ Tab ⇧ Shift+↹ Tab Remove a level from the numbering of a paragrapf (with the cursor at the beginning of a line). Add tab character to paragraph ↹ Tab ↹ Tab Add the tab character to a paragraph. Add new placeholder to equation argument Shift+Enter, Enter ⇧ Shift+Return, Return Add a new placeholder to the equation argument. Add line break to text Shift+Enter ⇧ Shift+Return Add a line break to the text. Add paragraph Enter Return Add a new paragraph or add a new line to the Title/Subtitle placeholder. Inserting special characters Insert the Euro sign Ctrl+Alt+E ^ Ctrl+⌥ Option+E, ⌘ Cmd+⌥ Option+E Insert the Euro sign (€) at the current cursor position. Insert an em dash ⌥ Option+⇧ Shift+- Insert an em dash ‘—’ at the current cursor position. Insert an en dash ⌥ Option+- Insert an en dash ‘-’ at the current cursor position. Create nonbreaking space Ctrl+⇧ Shift+␣ Spacebar ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+Fn+␣ Spacebar, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+Fn+␣ Spacebar Create a space between characters which cannot be used to start a new line. Work with keyboard supporting the ability to insert Unicode symbols ⌥ Option+Q, ⌥ Option+F, ⇧ Shift+⌥ Option+7, and others When using the ⌥ Option+keyboard symbol shortcuts, for the keyboards supporting the ability to insert Unicode symbols, the keyboard symbols are added. The examples are listed below. With the English ABC layout, the ⌥ Option+Q shortcut inserts the \"œ\" symbol, the ⌥ Option+F shortcut inserts the “ƒ” function symbol. With the US International w/o deadkeys layout, the ⌥ Option+Q shortcut inserts the “ä” symbol. With the Swiss-german layout, the ⇧ Shift+⌥ Option+7 shortcut inserts the \"\\” symbol. Moving around in text Move one character to the left/right or one line up/down ← → ↑ ↓ ← → ↑ ↓ Move the cursor one character to the left/right or one line up/down. Move to the beginning of a word or one word to the left Ctrl+← ⌥ Option+← Move the cursor to the beginning of a word or one word to the left. Move one word to the right Ctrl+→ ⌥ Option+→ Move the cursor one word to the right. Move to next placeholder or create new slide Ctrl+↵ Enter ^ Ctrl+↵ Return, ⌘ Cmd+↵ Return Move to the next title or body text placeholder. If it is the last placeholder on a slide, this will insert a new slide with the same slide layout as the original slide Jump to the beginning of the line Home ⌘ Cmd+← Home Put the cursor to the beginning of the currently edited line. Jump to the end of the line End ⌘ Cmd+→ End Put the cursor to the end of the currently edited line. Jump to the beginning of the content Ctrl+Home ^ Ctrl+Fn+← ^ Ctrl+Home Put the cursor to the beginning of the currently edited text box or to the upper left cell of a table. Jump to the end of the content Ctrl+End ^ Ctrl+Fn+→ ^ Ctrl+End Put the cursor to the end of the currently edited text box or to the lower right cell of a table. Paste the copied data using Ctrl+V on Windows or Cmd+V on macOS. After pasting the copied data, use the Ctrl key to open the Paste Special menu, then press the letter key which corresponds to the necessary option." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm", @@ -93,12 +93,12 @@ var indexes = { "id": "ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm", "title": "Plugins tab", - "body": "The Plugins tab in the Presentation Editor makes it possible to access the advanced editing features using the available third-party components. Here you can also use macros to simplify routine operations. The corresponding window of the Online Presentation Editor: The corresponding window of the Desktop Presentation Editor: The Plugin Manager button allows you to open the window where you can view and manage all installed plugins and add your own ones. The Macros button allows to open the window where you can create your own macros and run them. To learn more about macros, please refer to our API Documentation. Currently, the following plugins are available: Send allows sending the presentation via email using the default desktop mail client (available in the desktop version only), Highlight code allows highlighting the code syntax by selecting the necessary language, style, background color, etc., Photo Editor allows editing images: cropping, flipping, rotating, drawing lines and shapes, adding icons and text, loading a mask and applying filters such as Grayscale, Invert, Sepia, Blur, Sharpen, Emboss, etc., Thesaurus allows finding synonyms and antonyms for the selected word and replacing it with the chosen one, Translator allows translating the selected text into other languages, Note: this plugin doesn't work in Internet Explorer. YouTube allows embedding YouTube videos into your presentation. To learn more about plugins, please refer to our API Documentation. All the currently existing open source plugin examples are available on GitHub." + "body": "The Plugins tab in the Presentation Editor makes it possible to access the advanced editing features using the available third-party components. Here you can also use macros to simplify routine operations. The corresponding window of the Online Presentation Editor: The corresponding window of the Desktop Presentation Editor: The Plugin Manager button allows you to open the window where you can view and manage all installed plugins and add your own ones. The Background Plugins button allows viewing the list of plugins that work in the background. Here you can activate or disable them by activating/deactivating the corresponding switches, and adjust their settings by clicking the More button next to the required plugin. The Macros button allows to open the window where you can create your own macros and run them. To learn more about macros, please refer to our API Documentation. Currently, the following plugins are available: Send allows sending the presentation via email using the default desktop mail client (available in the desktop version only), Highlight code allows highlighting the code syntax by selecting the necessary language, style, background color, etc., Photo Editor allows editing images: cropping, flipping, rotating, drawing lines and shapes, adding icons and text, loading a mask and applying filters such as Grayscale, Invert, Sepia, Blur, Sharpen, Emboss, etc., Thesaurus allows finding synonyms and antonyms for the selected word and replacing it with the chosen one, Translator allows translating the selected text into other languages, Note: this plugin doesn't work in Internet Explorer. YouTube allows embedding YouTube videos into your presentation. Several visual plugins can be added to your document. The added plugins will be displayed as corresponding icons on the left panel. To learn more about plugins, please refer to our API Documentation. All the currently existing open source plugin examples are available on GitHub." }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/ProgramInterface.htm", "title": "Introducing the user interface of the Presentation Editor", - "body": "The Presentation Editor uses a tabbed interface where editing commands are grouped into tabs according to their functionality. Main window of the Online Presentation Editor: Main window of the Desktop Presentation Editor: The editor interface consists of the following main elements: The Editor header displays the logo, tabs for all opened presentations with their names and menu tabs. On the left side of the Editor header, the Save, Print file, Undo and Redo buttons are located. On the right side of the Editor header, along with the user name the following icons are displayed: Open file location - in the desktop version, it allows opening the folder, where the file is stored, in the File Explorer window. In the online version, it allows opening the folder of the Documents module, where the file is stored, in a new browser tab. Share - (available in the online version only) allows setting access rights for the documents stored in the cloud. Mark as favorite - click the star to add a file to favorites as to make it easy to find. The added file is just a shortcut so the file itself remains stored in its original location. Deleting a file from favorites does not remove the file from its original location. Search - allows to search the presentation for a particular word or symbol, etc. The Top toolbar displays a set of editing commands depending on the selected menu tab. Currently, the following tabs are available: File, Home, Insert, Transitions, Animation, Collaboration, Protection, Plugins. The Copy, Paste, Cut and Select All options are always available on the left side of the Top toolbar regardless of the selected tab. The Status bar at the bottom of the editor window contains the Start slideshow icon, some navigation tools: slide number indicator and zoom buttons. The Status bar also displays some notifications (such as \"All changes saved\", ‘Connection is lost’ when there is no connection and the editor is trying to reconnect etc.) and allows setting the text language and enable spell checking. The Left sidebar contains the following icons: - allows using the Search and Replace tool, - allows viewing slides and navigating them, - allows opening the Comments panel, - (available in the online version only) allows opening the Chat panel, - (available in the online version only) allows contacting our support team, - (available in the online version only) allows viewing the information about the program. The Right sidebar allows adjusting additional parameters of different objects. When you select a particular object on a slide, the corresponding icon is activated on the right sidebar. Click this icon to expand the right sidebar. The horizontal and vertical Rulers help you place objects on a slide and allow you to set up tab stops and paragraph indents within the text boxes. The Working area allows viewing the presentation content, entering and editing data. The Scroll bar on the right allows scrolling the presentation up and down. For your convenience, you can hide some components and display them again when necessary. To learn more on how to adjust the view settings, please refer to this page." + "body": "The Presentation Editor uses a tabbed interface where editing commands are grouped into tabs according to their functionality. Main window of the Online Presentation Editor: Main window of the Desktop Presentation Editor: The editor interface consists of the following main elements: The Editor header displays the logo, tabs for all opened presentations with their names and menu tabs. On the left side of the Editor header, the Save, Print file, Undo and Redo buttons are located. On the right side of the Editor header, along with the user name the following icons are displayed: Open file location - in the desktop version, it allows opening the folder, where the file is stored, in the File Explorer window. In the online version, it allows opening the folder of the Documents module, where the file is stored, in a new browser tab. Share - (available in the online version only) allows setting access rights for the documents stored in the cloud. Mark as favorite - click the star to add a file to favorites as to make it easy to find. The added file is just a shortcut so the file itself remains stored in its original location. Deleting a file from favorites does not remove the file from its original location. Search - allows to search the presentation for a particular word or symbol, etc. The Top toolbar displays a set of editing commands depending on the selected menu tab. Currently, the following tabs are available: File, Home, Insert, Transitions, Animation, Collaboration, Protection, Plugins. The Copy, Paste, Cut and Select All options are always available on the left side of the Top toolbar regardless of the selected tab. The Status bar at the bottom of the editor window contains the Start slideshow icon, some navigation tools: slide number indicator and zoom buttons. The Status bar also displays some notifications (such as \"All changes saved\", ‘Connection is lost’ when there is no connection and the editor is trying to reconnect etc.) and allows setting the text language and enable spell checking. The Left sidebar contains the following icons: - allows using the Search and Replace tool, - allows viewing slides and navigating them, - allows opening the Comments panel, - (available in the online version only) allows opening the Chat panel, - (available in the online version only) allows contacting our support team, - (available in the online version only) allows viewing the information about the program. The Right sidebar allows adjusting additional parameters of different objects. When you select a particular object on a slide, the corresponding icon is activated on the right sidebar. Click this icon to expand the right sidebar. The horizontal and vertical Rulers help you place objects on a slide and allow you to set up tab stops and paragraph indents within the text boxes. The Working area allows viewing the presentation content, entering and editing data. The Scroll bar on the right allows scrolling the presentation up and down. For your convenience, you can hide some components and display them again when necessary. To learn more on how to adjust the view settings, please refer to this page. When there are many icons on the left and right panels, the ones below will be hidden, and they can be accessed via the More button." }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/TransitionsTab.htm", @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/AddingAnimations.htm", "title": "Adding animations", - "body": "Animation is a visual effect that allows you to animate text, objects and graphics as to make your presentation more dynamic and emphasize important information. You can control the movement, color and size of the text, objects and graphics. Applying an animation effect switch to the Animation tab on the top toolbar, select a text, an object or a graphic element you want to apply the animation effect to, select an Animation effect from the animations gallery, select the animation effect movement direction by clicking Parameters next to the animations gallery. The parameters on the list depend on the effect you apply. You can preview animation effects on the current slide. By default, animation effects will play automatically when you add them to a slide but you can turn it off. Click the Preview drop-down on the Animation tab, and select a preview mode: Preview to show a preview when you click the Preview button, AutoPreview to show a preview automatically when you add an animation to a slide or replace an existing one. Types of animations All animation effects are listed in the animations gallery. Click the drop-down arrow to open it. Each animation effect is represented by a star-shaped icon. The animations are grouped according to the point at which they occur: Entrance effects determine how objects appear on a slide, and are colored green in the gallery. Emphasis effects change the size or color of the object to add emphasis on an object and to draw attention of the audience, and are colored yellow or two colored in the gallery. Exit effects determine how objects disappear from a slide, and are colored red in the gallery. Motion Paths determines the movement of an object and the path it follows. The icons in the gallery represent the suggested path. The Custom Path option is also available. To learn more, please read the following article. Scroll down the animations gallery to see all effects included in the gallery. If you don’t see the needed animation in the gallery, click the Show More Effects option at the bottom of the gallery. Here you will find the full list of the animation effects. Effects are additionally grouped by the visual impact they have on audience. Entrance, Emphasis, and Exit effects are grouped by Basic, Subtle, Moderate, and Exciting. Motion Path effects are grouped by Basic, Subtle, and Moderate. Applying Multiple Animations You can add more than one animation effect to the same object. To add one more animation, click the Add Animation button on the Animation tab. The list of animation effects will open. Repeat Steps 3 and 4 above for applying an animation. If you use the Animation gallery, and not the Add Animation button, the first animation effect will substitute for a new one. A small square next to the object shows the sequence numbers of the effects applied. As soon as you add several effects to an object, the Multiple animation icon appears in the animations gallery. Changing the order of the animation effects on a slide Click the animation square mark. Сlick or arrows on the Animation tab to change the order of appearance on the slide. Setting animation timing Use the timing options on the Animation tab to set the start, the duration, the delay, the repetition and the rewind of the animations on a slide. Animation Start Options On click – animation starts when you click the slide. This is the default option. With previous – animation starts when previous animation effect starts and effects appear simultaneously. After previous – animation starts right after the previous animation effect. Note: animation effects are automatically numbered on a slide. All animations set to With previous and After previous take the number of the animation they are connected to as they will appear automatically. Animation Trigger Options Click the Trigger button and select one of the appropriate options: On Click Sequence – to start the next animation in sequence each time you click anywhere on the slide. This is the default option. On Click of - to start animation when you click the object that you select from the drop-down list. Other timing options Duration – use this option to determine how long you want an animation to be displayed. Select one of the available options from the menu, or type in the necessary time value. Delay – use this option if you want the selected animation to be displayed within a specified period of time, or if you need a pause between the effects. Use arrows to select the necessary time value, or enter the necessary value measured in seconds. Repeat – use this option if you want to display an animation more than once. Click the Repeat box and select one of the available options, or enter your value. Rewind – check this box if you want to return the object to its original state when the animation ends." + "body": "Animation is a visual effect that allows you to animate text, objects and graphics as to make your presentation more dynamic and emphasize important information. You can control the movement, color and size of the text, objects and graphics. Applying an animation effect switch to the Animation tab on the top toolbar, select a text, an object or a graphic element you want to apply the animation effect to, select an Animation effect from the animations gallery, select the animation effect movement direction by clicking Parameters next to the animations gallery. The parameters on the list depend on the effect you apply. You can preview animation effects on the current slide. By default, animation effects will play automatically when you add them to a slide but you can turn it off. Click the Preview drop-down on the Animation tab, and select a preview mode: Preview to show a preview when you click the Preview button, AutoPreview to show a preview automatically when you add an animation to a slide or replace an existing one. Types of animations All animation effects are listed in the animations gallery. Click the drop-down arrow to open it. Each animation effect is represented by a star-shaped icon. The animations are grouped according to the point at which they occur: Entrance effects determine how objects appear on a slide, and are colored green in the gallery. Emphasis effects change the size or color of the object to add emphasis on an object and to draw attention of the audience, and are colored yellow or two colored in the gallery. Exit effects determine how objects disappear from a slide, and are colored red in the gallery. Motion Paths determines the movement of an object and the path it follows. The icons in the gallery represent the suggested path. The Custom Path option is also available. To learn more, please read the following article. Scroll down the animations gallery to see all effects included in the gallery. If you don’t see the needed animation in the gallery, click the Show More Effects option at the bottom of the gallery. Here you will find the full list of the animation effects. Effects are additionally grouped by the visual impact they have on audience. Entrance, Emphasis, and Exit effects are grouped by Basic, Subtle, Moderate, and Exciting. Motion Path effects are grouped by Basic, Subtle, and Moderate. Applying Multiple Animations You can add more than one animation effect to the same object. To add one more animation, click the Add Animation button on the Animation tab. The list of animation effects will open. Repeat Steps 3 and 4 above for applying an animation. If you use the Animation gallery, and not the Add Animation button, the first animation effect will substitute for a new one. A small square next to the object shows the sequence numbers of the effects applied. As soon as you add several effects to an object, the Multiple animation icon appears in the animations gallery. Changing the order of the animation effects on a slide Click the animation square mark. Сlick or arrows on the Animation tab to change the order of appearance on the slide. Setting animation timing Use the timing options on the Animation tab to set the start, the duration, the delay, the repetition and the rewind of the animations on a slide. Animation Start Options On click – animation starts when you click the slide. This is the default option. With previous – animation starts when previous animation effect starts and effects appear simultaneously. After previous – animation starts right after the previous animation effect. Note: animation effects are automatically numbered on a slide. All animations set to With previous and After previous take the number of the animation they are connected to as they will appear automatically. Animation Trigger Options Click the Trigger button and select one of the appropriate options: On Click Sequence – to start the next animation in sequence each time you click anywhere on the slide. This is the default option. On Click of - to start animation when you click the object that you select from the drop-down list. Other timing options Duration – use this option to determine how long you want an animation to be displayed. Select one of the available options from the menu, or type in the necessary time value. Delay – use this option if you want the selected animation to be displayed within a specified period of time, or if you need a pause between the effects. Use arrows to select the necessary time value, or enter the necessary value measured in seconds. Repeat – use this option if you want to display an animation more than once. Click the Repeat box and select one of the available options, or enter your value. Rewind – check this box if you want to return the object to its original state when the animation ends. Animation color options You can set the final color for animation effects that change color. Click the Parameters button at the top toolbar and select the necessary color on the Theme colors or Standard colors palette." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/AlignArrangeObjects.htm", @@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm", "title": "Copy/paste data, undo/redo your actions", - "body": "Use basic clipboard operations To cut, copy and paste the selected objects (slides, text passages, autoshapes) in the Presentation Editor or undo/redo your actions, use the corresponding options from the right-click menu, keyboard shortcuts or icons available on any tab of the top toolbar: Cut – select an object and use the Cut option from the right-click menu, or the Cut icon on the top toolbar to delete the selection and send it to the computer clipboard memory. The cut data can be later inserted to another place in the same presentation. Copy – select an object and use the Copy option from the right-click menu or the Copy icon on the top toolbar to copy the selection to the computer clipboard memory. The copied object can be later inserted to another place in the same presentation. Paste – find the place in your presentation where you need to paste the previously copied object and use the Paste option from the right-click menu or the Paste icon on the top toolbar. The object will be inserted to the current cursor position. The object can be previously copied from the same presentation. In the online version, the following key combinations are only used to copy or paste data from/into another presentation or some other program, in the desktop version, both the corresponding buttons/menu options and key combinations can be used for any copy/paste operations: Ctrl+C key combination for copying; Ctrl+V key combination for pasting; Ctrl+X key combination for cutting. Use the Paste Special feature Note: For collaborative editing, the Paste Special feature is available in the Strict co-editing mode only. Once the copied data is pasted, the Paste Special button appears next to the inserted text passage/object. Click this button to select the necessary paste option or use the Ctrl key in combination with the letter key given in the brackets next to the option. When pasting text passages, the following options are available: Use destination theme (Ctrl+H) - allows applying the formatting specified by the theme of the current presentation. This option is used by default. Keep source formatting (Ctrl+K) - allows keeping the source formatting of the copied text. Picture (Ctrl+U) - allows pasting the text as an image so that it cannot be edited. Keep text only (Ctrl+T) - allows pasting the text without its original formatting. When pasting objects (autoshapes, charts, tables), the following options are available: Use destination theme (Ctrl+H) - allows applying the formatting specified by the theme of the current presentation. This option is used by default. Picture (Ctrl+U) - allows pasting the object as an image so that it cannot be edited. To enable / disable the automatic appearance of the Paste Special button after pasting, go to the File tab > Advanced Settings and check / uncheck the Show the Paste Options button when the content is pasted checkbox. Use the Undo/Redo operations To undo/redo your actions, use the corresponding icons on the left side of the editor header or keyboard shortcuts: Undo – use the Undo icon to undo the last operation you performed. Redo – use the Redo icon to redo the last undone operation. You can also use the Ctrl+Z key combination for undoing or Ctrl+Y for redoing. Note: when you co-edit a presentation in the Fast mode, the possibility to Redo the last undone operation is not available." + "body": "Use basic clipboard operations To cut, copy and paste the selected objects (slides, text passages, autoshapes) in the Presentation Editor or undo/redo your actions, use the corresponding options from the right-click menu, keyboard shortcuts or icons available on any tab of the top toolbar: Cut – select an object and use the Cut option from the right-click menu, or the Cut icon on the top toolbar to delete the selection and send it to the computer clipboard memory. The cut data can be later inserted to another place in the same presentation. Copy – select an object and use the Copy option from the right-click menu or the Copy icon on the top toolbar to copy the selection to the computer clipboard memory. The copied object can be later inserted to another place in the same presentation. Paste – find the place in your presentation where you need to paste the previously copied object and use the Paste option from the right-click menu or the Paste icon on the top toolbar. The object will be inserted to the current cursor position. The object can be previously copied from the same presentation, from another presentation, from another editor, or from some other program. In the online version, the following key combinations are only used to copy or paste data from/into another presentation or some other program, in the desktop version, both the corresponding buttons/menu options and key combinations can be used for any copy/paste operations: Ctrl+X key combination for cutting (Cmd+X for macOS); Ctrl+C key combination for copying (Cmd+C for macOS); Ctrl+V key combination for pasting (Cmd+V for macOS). Use the Paste Special feature Note: For collaborative editing, the Paste Special feature is available in the Strict co-editing mode only. Once the copied data is pasted, the Paste Special button appears next to the inserted text passage/object. Click this button to select the necessary paste option or use the Ctrl key to open the Paste Special menu, then press the letter key given in the brackets next to the option. When pasting text passages, the following options are available: Use destination theme (Ctrl then H) - allows applying the formatting specified by the theme of the current presentation. This option is used by default. Keep source formatting (Ctrl then K) - allows keeping the source formatting of the copied text. Picture (Ctrl then U) - allows pasting the text as an image so that it cannot be edited. Keep text only (Ctrl then T) - allows pasting the text without its original formatting. When pasting objects (autoshapes, charts, tables), the following options are available: Use destination theme (Ctrl then H) - allows applying the formatting specified by the theme of the current presentation. This option is used by default. Picture (Ctrl then U) - allows pasting the object as an image so that it cannot be edited. To enable / disable the automatic appearance of the Paste Special button after pasting, go to the File tab > Advanced Settings and check / uncheck the Show the Paste Options button when the content is pasted checkbox. Use the Undo/Redo operations To undo/redo your actions, use the corresponding icons on the left side of the editor header or keyboard shortcuts: Undo – use the Undo icon to undo the last operation you performed. Redo – use the Redo icon to redo the last undone operation. You can also use the Ctrl+Z key combination for undoing or Ctrl+Y for redoing. Note: when you co-edit a presentation in the Fast mode, the possibility to Redo the last undone operation is not available." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/CreateLists.htm", diff --git a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/images/icons.png b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/images/icons.png index e65be3d74..ec53f3956 100644 Binary files a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/images/icons.png and b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/images/icons.png differ diff --git a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/images/sprite.css b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/images/sprite.css index a1349b53e..78658d80c 100644 --- a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/images/sprite.css +++ b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/images/sprite.css @@ -420,44 +420,44 @@ height: 20px; } -.icon-spellcheckactivated { +.icon-sortcommentsicon { background-position: 0px -145px; width: 20px; height: 20px; } -.icon-vector { +.icon-spellcheckactivated { background-position: -20px -145px; width: 20px; height: 20px; } -.icon-zoom_icon { +.icon-vector { background-position: -40px -145px; width: 20px; height: 20px; } -.icon-sortcommentsicon { +.icon-zoom_icon { background-position: -60px -145px; - width: 31px; - height: 19px; + width: 20px; + height: 20px; } .icon-inserttable { - background-position: -91px -145px; + background-position: -80px -145px; width: 28px; height: 19px; } .icon-chat_toptoolbar { - background-position: -119px -145px; + background-position: -108px -145px; width: 24px; height: 19px; } .icon-chart { - background-position: -143px -145px; + background-position: -132px -145px; width: 22px; height: 19px; } @@ -685,19 +685,19 @@ } .icon-feedback { - background-position: -75px -182px; + background-position: -154px -145px; width: 14px; height: 15px; } .icon-fitpage { - background-position: -89px -182px; + background-position: -75px -182px; width: 14px; height: 15px; } .icon-flipupsidedown { - background-position: -103px -182px; + background-position: -89px -182px; width: 14px; height: 15px; } @@ -709,7 +709,7 @@ } .icon-back { - background-position: -117px -182px; + background-position: -103px -182px; width: 12px; height: 15px; } @@ -721,7 +721,7 @@ } .icon-fontcolor { - background-position: -129px -182px; + background-position: -115px -182px; width: 25px; height: 14px; } @@ -733,67 +733,67 @@ } .icon-columnwidthmarker { - background-position: -154px -182px; + background-position: -140px -182px; width: 15px; height: 14px; } .icon-fliplefttoright { - background-position: -169px -182px; + background-position: -155px -182px; width: 15px; height: 14px; } .icon-autoshape { - background-position: -184px -182px; + background-position: -170px -182px; width: 14px; height: 14px; } .icon-commentsicon { - background-position: -208px 0px; + background-position: -184px -182px; width: 14px; height: 14px; } .icon-deleteicon { - background-position: -208px -14px; + background-position: -208px 0px; width: 14px; height: 14px; } .icon-searchicon { - background-position: -208px -28px; + background-position: -208px -14px; width: 14px; height: 14px; } .icon-search_icon_header { - background-position: -208px -42px; + background-position: -208px -28px; width: 14px; height: 14px; } .icon-gradientslider { - background-position: -208px -56px; + background-position: -208px -42px; width: 13px; height: 14px; } .icon-highlight_color_mouse_pointer { - background-position: -208px -70px; + background-position: -208px -56px; width: 13px; height: 14px; } .icon-textart_settings_icon { - background-position: -208px -84px; + background-position: -208px -70px; width: 12px; height: 14px; } .icon-hard { - background-position: -208px -98px; + background-position: -208px -84px; width: 9px; height: 14px; } @@ -967,187 +967,187 @@ } .icon-aligntop { - background-position: -208px -112px; + background-position: -208px -98px; width: 13px; height: 13px; } .icon-bringforward { - background-position: -208px -125px; + background-position: -208px -111px; width: 13px; height: 13px; } .icon-bringtofront { - background-position: -208px -138px; + background-position: -208px -124px; width: 13px; height: 13px; } .icon-chart_settings_icon { - background-position: -208px -151px; + background-position: -208px -137px; width: 13px; height: 13px; } .icon-copystyle { - background-position: -208px -164px; + background-position: -208px -150px; width: 13px; height: 13px; } .icon-distributehorizontally { - background-position: -208px -177px; + background-position: -208px -163px; width: 13px; height: 13px; } .icon-distributevertically { - background-position: 0px -210px; + background-position: -208px -176px; width: 13px; height: 13px; } .icon-exitfullscreen { - background-position: -13px -210px; + background-position: 0px -210px; width: 13px; height: 13px; } .icon-fullscreen { - background-position: -26px -210px; + background-position: -13px -210px; width: 13px; height: 13px; } .icon-image_settings_icon { - background-position: -39px -210px; + background-position: -26px -210px; width: 13px; height: 13px; } .icon-nextpage { - background-position: -52px -210px; + background-position: -39px -210px; width: 13px; height: 13px; } .icon-previouspage { - background-position: -65px -210px; + background-position: -52px -210px; width: 13px; height: 13px; } .icon-sendbackward { - background-position: -78px -210px; + background-position: -65px -210px; width: 13px; height: 13px; } .icon-sendtoback { - background-position: -91px -210px; + background-position: -78px -210px; width: 13px; height: 13px; } .icon-shape_settings_icon { - background-position: -104px -210px; + background-position: -91px -210px; width: 13px; height: 13px; } .icon-slide_settings_icon { - background-position: -117px -210px; + background-position: -104px -210px; width: 13px; height: 13px; } .icon-startpreview { - background-position: -130px -210px; + background-position: -117px -210px; width: 13px; height: 13px; } .icon-text_settings_icon { - background-position: -143px -210px; + background-position: -130px -210px; width: 13px; height: 13px; } .icon-zoomin { - background-position: -156px -210px; + background-position: -143px -210px; width: 13px; height: 13px; } .icon-aligncenter { - background-position: -169px -210px; + background-position: -156px -210px; width: 12px; height: 13px; } .icon-alignleft { - background-position: -181px -210px; + background-position: -168px -210px; width: 12px; height: 13px; } .icon-alignright { - background-position: -193px -210px; + background-position: -180px -210px; width: 12px; height: 13px; } .icon-justify { - background-position: -205px -210px; + background-position: -192px -210px; width: 12px; height: 13px; } .icon-selectslidesizeicon { - background-position: 0px -223px; + background-position: -204px -210px; width: 25px; height: 12px; } .icon-spellcheckdeactivated { - background-position: -217px -210px; + background-position: 0px -223px; width: 15px; height: 12px; } .icon-rotateclockwise { - background-position: -25px -223px; + background-position: -15px -223px; width: 13px; height: 12px; } .icon-rotatecounterclockwise { - background-position: -38px -223px; + background-position: -28px -223px; width: 13px; height: 12px; } .icon-circle { - background-position: -51px -223px; + background-position: -41px -223px; width: 12px; height: 12px; } .icon-nofill { - background-position: -63px -223px; + background-position: -53px -223px; width: 12px; height: 12px; } .icon-sup { - background-position: -75px -223px; + background-position: -65px -223px; width: 12px; height: 12px; } .icon-deletecommenticon { - background-position: -87px -223px; + background-position: -77px -223px; width: 11px; height: 12px; } @@ -1159,187 +1159,187 @@ } .icon-startpresentation { - background-position: -98px -223px; + background-position: -88px -223px; width: 9px; height: 12px; } .icon-numbering { - background-position: -107px -223px; + background-position: -97px -223px; width: 23px; height: 11px; } .icon-bullets { - background-position: -130px -223px; + background-position: -120px -223px; width: 22px; height: 11px; } .icon-horizontalalign { - background-position: -152px -223px; + background-position: -142px -223px; width: 21px; height: 11px; } .icon-insertfunction { - background-position: -173px -223px; + background-position: -163px -223px; width: 21px; height: 11px; } .icon-linespacing { - background-position: -194px -223px; + background-position: -184px -223px; width: 21px; height: 11px; } .icon-fitwidth { - background-position: -215px -223px; + background-position: -205px -223px; width: 16px; height: 11px; } .icon-viewsettingsicon { - background-position: -237px 0px; + background-position: -221px -223px; width: 16px; height: 11px; } .icon-larger { - background-position: -237px -11px; + background-position: -237px 0px; width: 14px; height: 11px; } .icon-sub { - background-position: -237px -22px; + background-position: -237px -11px; width: 13px; height: 11px; } .icon-decreasedec { - background-position: -237px -33px; + background-position: -237px -22px; width: 12px; height: 11px; } .icon-decreaseindent { - background-position: -237px -44px; + background-position: -237px -33px; width: 12px; height: 11px; } .icon-increasedec { - background-position: -237px -55px; + background-position: -237px -44px; width: 12px; height: 11px; } .icon-increaseindent { - background-position: -237px -66px; + background-position: -237px -55px; width: 12px; height: 11px; } .icon-resolvedicon { - background-position: -237px -77px; + background-position: -237px -66px; width: 12px; height: 11px; } .icon-resolveicon { - background-position: -237px -88px; + background-position: -237px -77px; width: 12px; height: 11px; } .icon-closepreview { - background-position: -237px -99px; + background-position: -237px -88px; width: 11px; height: 11px; } .icon-underline { - background-position: -237px -110px; + background-position: -237px -99px; width: 10px; height: 11px; } .icon-zoomout { - background-position: -237px -121px; + background-position: -237px -110px; width: 10px; height: 11px; } .icon-smaller { - background-position: -237px -132px; + background-position: -237px -121px; width: 13px; height: 10px; } .icon-nextslide { - background-position: -237px -142px; + background-position: -237px -131px; width: 12px; height: 10px; } .icon-presenter_nextslide { - background-position: -237px -152px; + background-position: -237px -141px; width: 12px; height: 10px; } .icon-presenter_previousslide { - background-position: -237px -162px; + background-position: -237px -151px; width: 12px; height: 10px; } .icon-previousslide { - background-position: -237px -172px; + background-position: -237px -161px; width: 12px; height: 10px; } .icon-strike { - background-position: -237px -182px; + background-position: -237px -171px; width: 12px; height: 10px; } .icon-yellowdiamond { - background-position: -237px -192px; + background-position: -237px -181px; width: 11px; height: 10px; } .icon-firstline_indent { - background-position: -237px -202px; + background-position: -237px -191px; width: 10px; height: 10px; } .icon-pointer { - background-position: -237px -212px; + background-position: -237px -201px; width: 10px; height: 10px; } .icon-bold { - background-position: -237px -222px; + background-position: -237px -211px; width: 8px; height: 10px; } .icon-pausepresentation { - background-position: -245px -222px; + background-position: -237px -221px; width: 8px; height: 10px; } .icon-presenter_pausepresentation { - background-position: 0px -235px; + background-position: -229px -210px; width: 8px; height: 10px; } @@ -1351,55 +1351,55 @@ } .icon-redo { - background-position: -8px -235px; + background-position: 0px -235px; width: 17px; height: 9px; } .icon-undo { - background-position: -25px -235px; + background-position: -17px -235px; width: 17px; height: 9px; } .icon-cellrow { - background-position: -42px -235px; + background-position: -34px -235px; width: 9px; height: 9px; } .icon-resize_square { - background-position: -51px -235px; + background-position: -43px -235px; width: 9px; height: 9px; } .icon-searchdownbutton { - background-position: -56px -48px; + background-position: -208px -189px; width: 14px; height: 8px; } .icon-searchupbutton { - background-position: -60px -235px; + background-position: -56px -48px; width: 14px; height: 8px; } .icon-constantproportions { - background-position: -74px -235px; + background-position: -52px -235px; width: 13px; height: 8px; } .icon-rowheightmarker { - background-position: -87px -235px; + background-position: -65px -235px; width: 13px; height: 8px; } .icon-tabstopcenter_marker { - background-position: -100px -235px; + background-position: -78px -235px; width: 12px; height: 8px; } @@ -1411,37 +1411,37 @@ } .icon-right_indent { - background-position: -112px -235px; + background-position: -90px -235px; width: 10px; height: 8px; } .icon-soft { - background-position: -122px -235px; + background-position: -100px -235px; width: 10px; height: 8px; } .icon-tabstopleft_marker { - background-position: -132px -235px; + background-position: -110px -235px; width: 8px; height: 8px; } .icon-tabstopright_marker { - background-position: -140px -235px; + background-position: -118px -235px; width: 8px; height: 8px; } .icon-redo1 { - background-position: -208px -190px; + background-position: -90px -95px; width: 13px; height: 6px; } .icon-undo1 { - background-position: -90px -95px; + background-position: -126px -235px; width: 13px; height: 6px; } @@ -1459,19 +1459,19 @@ } .icon-connectionpoint { - background-position: -248px -99px; + background-position: -245px -211px; width: 5px; height: 5px; } .icon-square { - background-position: -248px -104px; + background-position: -245px -216px; width: 5px; height: 5px; } .icon-space { - background-position: -251px -11px; + background-position: -249px -22px; width: 2px; height: 3px; } diff --git a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/images/src/icons/sortcommentsicon.png b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/images/src/icons/sortcommentsicon.png index 9e3ff28fe..79b602863 100644 Binary files a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/images/src/icons/sortcommentsicon.png and b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/images/src/icons/sortcommentsicon.png differ diff --git a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/Contents.json b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/Contents.json index 4f9c27dc9..d8e5ff97f 100644 --- a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/Contents.json +++ b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/Contents.json @@ -38,7 +38,8 @@ {"src": "UsageInstructions/InsertFunction.htm", "name": "Insert functions", "headername": "Work with functions"}, {"src": "UsageInstructions/InsertArrayFormulas.htm", "name": "Insert array formulas"}, {"src": "UsageInstructions/UseNamedRanges.htm", "name": "Use named ranges"}, - {"src": "UsageInstructions/WatchWindow.htm", "name": "Watch window"}, + { "src": "UsageInstructions/WatchWindow.htm", "name": "Watch window" }, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/GoalSeek.htm", "name": "Goal Seek" }, {"src": "UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm", "name": "Insert images", "headername": "Operations on objects"}, { "src": "UsageInstructions/InsertChart.htm", "name": "Insert charts" }, {"src": "UsageInstructions/InsertSparklines.htm", "name": "Insert sparklines"}, diff --git a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm index 78d86cc9a..216b6cca1 100644 --- a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm +++ b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm @@ -42,11 +42,12 @@

        Workspace

        1. -

          The R1C1 reference style option is disabled by default and the A1 reference style is used.

          -

          When the A1 reference style is used, columns are designated by letters, and rows are designated by numbers. If you select the cell located in row 3 and column 2, its address displayed in the box to the left of the the formula bar looks like this: B3. If the R1C1 reference style is enabled, both rows and columns are designated by numbers. If you select the cell at the intersection of row 3 and column 2, its address will look like this: R3C2. Letter R indicates the row number and letter C indicates the column number.

          -

          Active cell

          -

          In case you refer to other cells using the R1C1 reference style, the reference to a target cell is formed based on the distance from an active cell. For example, when you select the cell in row 5 and column 1 and refer to the cell in row 3 and column 2, the reference is R[-2]C[1]. The numbers in square brackets designate the position of the cell relative to the current cell position, i.e. the target cell is 2 rows up and 1 column to the right of the active cell. If you select the cell in row 1 and column 2 and refer to the same cell in row 3 and column 2, the reference is R[2]C, i.e. the target cell is 2 rows down from the active cell and in the same column.

          -

          +
        2. The Turn on screen reader support option is used to enable support of screen reader software.
          3. +

          The R1C1 reference style option is disabled by default and the A1 reference style is used.

          +

          When the A1 reference style is used, columns are designated by letters, and rows are designated by numbers. If you select the cell located in row 3 and column 2, its address displayed in the box to the left of the the formula bar looks like this: B3. If the R1C1 reference style is enabled, both rows and columns are designated by numbers. If you select the cell at the intersection of row 3 and column 2, its address will look like this: R3C2. Letter R indicates the row number and letter C indicates the column number.

          +

          Active cell

          +

          In case you refer to other cells using the R1C1 reference style, the reference to a target cell is formed based on the distance from an active cell. For example, when you select the cell in row 5 and column 1 and refer to the cell in row 3 and column 2, the reference is R[-2]C[1]. The numbers in square brackets designate the position of the cell relative to the current cell position, i.e. the target cell is 2 rows up and 1 column to the right of the active cell. If you select the cell in row 1 and column 2 and refer to the same cell in row 3 and column 2, the reference is R[2]C, i.e. the target cell is 2 rows down from the active cell and in the same column.

          +

        3. The Use Alt key to navigate the user interface using the keyboard option is used to enable using the Alt / Option key in keyboard shortcuts.
        4. @@ -95,7 +96,7 @@
        5. Choose Show Notification to receive notifications about macros within the spreadsheet.
        6. Choose Enable All to automatically run all macros within the spreadsheet.
          7. - +

        Regional Settings

        diff --git a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/Commenting.htm b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/Commenting.htm index d5c70d5ca..d6412b9be 100644 --- a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/Commenting.htm +++ b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/Commenting.htm @@ -23,8 +23,8 @@
        1. select a cell where you think there is an error or problem,
        2. - switch to the Insert or Collaboration tab of the top toolbar and click the
          Comment button, or
          - use the Comments
          icon on the left sidebar to open the Comments panel and click the Add Comment to Document link, or
          + switch to the Insert or Collaboration tab of the top toolbar and click the
          Comment button, or
          + use the
          icon on the left sidebar to open the Comments panel, and either click the Add comment button in the top toolbar of the panel, or click the More symbol and choose the Add Comment to Document option to leave a comment to the whole spreadsheet, or
          right-click within the selected cell and select the Add Сomment option from the menu,
        3. enter the needed text,
          4. diff --git a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/DataTab.htm b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/DataTab.htm index 10fc4a34f..7f74af94f 100644 --- a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/DataTab.htm +++ b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/DataTab.htm @@ -31,6 +31,7 @@
        4. remove duplicates from a data range,
        5. group and ungroup data,
        6. set data validation parameters,
          7. +
        7. find the right input for the value that you want,
        8. get data from TXT/CSV file,
        9. view other files the spreadsheet is linked to via the External Links button.
          10. diff --git a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/HomeTab.htm b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/HomeTab.htm index c92bc41d9..0767a0a40 100644 --- a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/HomeTab.htm +++ b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/HomeTab.htm @@ -30,6 +30,7 @@
        10. align data in cells,
        11. add cell borders and merge cells,
        12. insert functions and create named ranges,
          13. +
        13. use the Series tool to fill in data ranges,
        14. sort and filter data,
        15. change the number format,
        16. add or remove cells, rows, columns,
          17. diff --git a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm index 0e75ff55d..cdf095ca2 100644 --- a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm +++ b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm @@ -28,7 +28,8 @@
          • insert pivot tables,
          • insert formatted tables,
            • -
          • insert images, shapes, text boxes and Text Art objects, charts, sparklines,
            • +
          • insert images, shapes, text boxes and Text Art objects,SmartArt objects,
            • +
          • insert recommended charts, charts, sparklines,
          • insert comments and hyperlinks,
          • insert headers/footers,
          • insert equations and symbols,
            • diff --git a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/PivotTableTab.htm b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/PivotTableTab.htm index d35c6666f..79516e11a 100644 --- a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/PivotTableTab.htm +++ b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/PivotTableTab.htm @@ -26,6 +26,7 @@
          • choose the necessary layout for your pivot table,
          • update the pivot table if you change the data in your source data set,
          • select an entire pivot table with a single click,
            • +
          • expand or collapse fields to show/hide the details for the pivot table items,
          • highlight certain rows/columns by applying a specific formatting style to them,
          • choose one of the predefined tables styles.
          diff --git a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm index 112fe5893..03bc26b97 100644 --- a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm +++ b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm @@ -10,11 +10,11 @@ -
          -
          - -
          -

          Plugins tab

          +
          +
          + +
          +

          Plugins tab

          The Plugins tab in the Spreadsheet Editor allows accessing the advanced editing features using the available third-party components. With this tab, you can also use macros to simplify routine operations.

          The corresponding window of the Online Spreadsheet Editor:

          @@ -25,19 +25,22 @@

          Plugins tab

          The Plugin Manager button allows you to open the window where you can view and manage all the installed plugins and add your own ones.

          +

          The Background Plugins button allows viewing the list of plugins that work in the background. Here you can activate or disable them by activating/deactivating the corresponding switches, and adjust their settings by clicking the More button next to the required plugin.

          The Macros button allows you to open the window where you can create and run your own macros. To learn more about macros, please refer to our API Documentation.

          -

          Currently, the following plugins are available:

          +

          Currently, the following plugins are available:

          • Send allows to send the spreadsheet via email using the default desktop mail client (available in the desktop version only),
          • Highlight code allows to highlight syntax of the code selecting the necessary language, style, background color,
          • Photo Editor allows to edit images: crop, flip, rotate them, draw lines and shapes, add icons and text, load a mask and apply filters such as Grayscale, Invert, Sepia, Blur, Sharpen, Emboss, etc.,
          • Thesaurus allows to search for synonyms and antonyms of a word and replace it with the selected one,
            • -
          • Translator allows to translate the selected text into other languages, +
          • + Translator allows to translate the selected text into other languages,

            Note: this plugin doesn't work in Internet Explorer.

          • YouTube allows to embed YouTube videos into your spreadsheet.
          -

          To learn more about plugins please refer to our API Documentation. All the existing open-source plugin examples are currently available on GitHub.

          -
          +

          Several visual plugins can be added to your document. The added plugins will be displayed as corresponding icons on the left panel.

          +

          To learn more about plugins, please refer to our API Documentation. All the existing open-source plugin examples are currently available on GitHub.

          +
          diff --git a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/ProgramInterface.htm b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/ProgramInterface.htm index f9b4f70f8..97c00c176 100644 --- a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/ProgramInterface.htm +++ b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/ProgramInterface.htm @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
        17. Search - allows to search the spreadsheet for a particular word or symbol, etc.
          18. -
        18. The top toolbar displays a set of editing commands depending on the selected menu tab. Currently, the following tabs are available: File, Home, Insert, Layout, Formula, Data, Pivot Table, Collaboration, Protection, View, Plugins. +
        19. The top toolbar displays a set of editing commands depending on the selected menu tab. Currently, the following tabs are available: File, Home, Insert, Draw, Layout, Formula, Data, Pivot Table, Collaboration, Protection, View, Plugins.

          The Copy, Paste, Cut and Select All options are always available at the left part of the Top toolbar regardless of the selected tab.

        20. The Formula bar allows entering and editing formulas or values in the cells. The Formula bar displays the contents of the currently selected cell.
          21. @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@
        21. The horizontal and vertical Scroll bars allow scrolling up/down and left/right.

        For your convenience, you can hide some components and display them again when necessary. To learn more on how to adjust view settings please refer to this page.

        - +

        When there are many icons on the left and right panels, the ones below will be hidden, and they can be accessed via the More button.

        \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm index ca4422c10..d74c0e129 100644 --- a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm +++ b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@

        The file://path/Spreadsheet.xlsx or file:///path/Spreadsheet.xlsx hyperlink type can be opened only in the desktop version of the editor. In the web editor you can only add the link without being able to open it.

        Hyperlink Settings window

        Use the Internal Data Range option, select a worksheet and a cell range in the fields below, or a previously added Named range if you need to add a hyperlink leading to a certain cell range in the same spreadsheet.

        -

        You can also generate an external link which will lead to a particular cell or a range of cells by clicking the Get Link button or using the Get link to this range option in the contextual right-click menu of the required cell range.

        +

        You can also generate an external link which will lead to a particular cell or a range of cells by clicking the Get Link button or using the Get link to this range option in the contextual right-click menu of the required cell range. The Get link to this range option is also available in the viewing mode.

        Hyperlink Settings window

      5. Display - enter a text that will become clickable and lead to the web address specified in the upper field. diff --git a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/CopyPasteData.htm b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/CopyPasteData.htm index 3b725d541..21edaf735 100644 --- a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/CopyPasteData.htm +++ b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/CopyPasteData.htm @@ -135,6 +135,27 @@

        Select from drop-down list

        Select one of the available text values to replace the current one or fill an empty cell.

        +

        Fill cells using the Series tool

        +
          +
        1. Select a cell/cell range containing the initial data and some empty cells in the necessary direction. Click the Fill icon on the Home tab of the top toolbar and choose the Series option. +

          You can also use the Down, Right, Up, Left options to fill the selected empty cells.

          +

          Series - menu

          +

          There is another way to access the Series window. You can select the initial data, move the mouse cursor over the fill handle in the right lower corner of the cell, click and hold the right mouse button on the fill handle, then drag down, up, right, or left and release the right mouse button - the context menu appears with the Series option.

          +

          You can also use the following options to fill the selected empty cells: Copy cells is used to fill cells with the same values, Fill series is used to fill cells with a series using the default step value, Fill days is used to fill cells with a series of dates, Linear trend is available if more than one starting value is selected, is used to add the default step value to the starting value and then to each subsequent value, Growth trend is available if more than one starting value is selected, is used to multiply the starting value by the default step value.

          +

          Series - context menu

          +
          2. +
        2. In the Series dialog window, select the necessary options and click OK: +

          Series - window

          +
            +
          • Series in: Rows, Columns - select the direction to fill cells.
            • +
          • Type: Linear is used to add the step value to the starting value and then to each subsequent value, Growth is used to multiply the starting value by the step value, Date is used to fill cells with a series of dates, AutoFill is used to fill cells with the same data.
            • +
          • Date unit: Day, Weekday, Month, Year - select the date unit you want to increase the series by.
            • +
          • Trend - check this box if there is more than one starting value in the series.
            • +
          • Step value - select the numerical value you want to increase the series by. By default, it is set to 1.
            • +
          • Stop value - specify the last value in the series.
            • +
          +
          3. +
        diff --git a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/GoalSeek.htm b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/GoalSeek.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..110c61a0b --- /dev/null +++ b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/GoalSeek.htm @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ + + + + Goal Seek + + + + + + + + +
        +
        + +
        +

        Goal Seek

        +

        ONLYOFFICE Spreadsheet Editor offers a Goal Seek feature that allows you to determine which numbers should be substituted into the formula to obtain the desired and previously known result.

        +
          +
        1. Open the Data tab and click the Goal Seek icon on the top toolbar.
          2. +
        2. In the opened Goal Seek window, select the necessary options: +

          Goal Seek

          +
            +
          • Set cell - enter the reference to the cell that contains a formula. You can use the
            icon to select the cell.
            • +
          • To value - enter the result you want to get in the cell containing the formula.
            • +
          • By changing cell - enter the reference to the cell that that contains the value you want to change. You can use the
            icon to select the cell. This cell must be referenced by the formula located in the cell which you specified in the Set cell field.
            • +
          +
          3. +
        3. Click OK.
          4. +
        4. The  Goal Seek Status window will display the result. +

          Goal Seek status

          +
          5. +
        5. Click OK to replace the values in the the cells specified in the Set cell and By changing cell fields.
          6. +
        + +
        + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertChart.htm b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertChart.htm index 3884caa7a..5fac008c4 100644 --- a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertChart.htm +++ b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertChart.htm @@ -15,8 +15,18 @@

        Insert charts

        -

        Insert a chart

        -

        To insert a chart in the Spreadsheet Editor,

        +

        Insert a recommended chart

        +

        The easiest way to insert a chart in the Spreadsheet Editor is to use the Recommended Chart tool which suggests using certain types of charts depending on the selected data as well as displays preview for all types of charts.

        +
          +
        1. Select the cell range that contain the data you wish to use for the chart.
          2. +
        2. Switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar.
          3. +
        3. Click the Recommended Chart icon on the top toolbar.
          4. +
        4. Switch between the recommended chart types to see how the chart will look like. You can also use tabs on the left to preview other chart types.
          5. +
        5. When the chart type is selected, click OK.
          6. +
        +

        Recommended Chart

        +

        Insert and adjust a chart manually

        +

        To insert a chart and manually adjust its parameters,

        1. Select the cell range that contain the data you wish to use for the chart.
        2. Switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar.
          3. diff --git a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/PivotTables.htm b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/PivotTables.htm index 4abe17c21..e843cf2d5 100644 --- a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/PivotTables.htm +++ b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/PivotTables.htm @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@

          Pivot Values

          -

          To see more information regarding any value field, click it with the right mouse button to open the context menu and choose the Show details option, or double click the required value field with the left mouse button.

          +

          To see more information regarding any value field, click it with the right mouse button to open the context menu and choose the Show details option, or double click the required value field with the left mouse button. The data that the value field is based on will open in a new sheet.

          Rearrange fields and adjust their properties

          Once the fields are added to the necessary sections, you can manage them to change the layout and format of the pivot table. Click the black arrow to the right of a field within the Filters, Columns, Rows, or Values sections to access the field context menu.

          @@ -214,6 +214,18 @@

          The Select button allows you to select the entire pivot table.

          If you change the data in your source data set, select the pivot table and click the Refresh button to update the pivot table.

          + +

          Expand or collapse fields

          +

          To expand or collapse data details, click a field with the right mouse button to open the context menu, choose the Expand/Collapse menu item, then select the necessary option:

          +
            +
          • Expand - to show details for the currently selected item.
            • +
          • Collapse - to hide details for the currently selected item.
            • +
          • Expand Entire Field - to show details for all items in a field. The similar setting is also available at the top toolbar.
            • +
          • Collapse Entire Field - to hide details for all items in a field. The similar setting is also available at the top toolbar.
            • +
          +

          The groups are hidden behind the plus/minus icons. You can also expand/collapse fields by double-clicking the pivot table headers.

          +

          The Expand option, when the last field of rows or columns is selected, opens a dialog window for adding a new field to the row or column. Choose the necessary field and click OK.

          +

          Pivot Table

          Change the style of pivot tables

          You can change the appearance of pivot tables in a spreadsheet using the style editing tools available on the top toolbar.

          diff --git a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm index 33cbb5b05..a028d0f7b 100644 --- a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm +++ b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm @@ -75,7 +75,10 @@
        3. Settings of sheet - specify individual print settings for each separate sheet, if you have selected the All Sheets option in the Print range drop-down list.
        4. Page size - select one of the available sizes from the drop-down list.
        5. Page orientation - choose the Portrait option if you wish to print vertically on the page, or use the Landscape option to print horizontally.
          6. -
        6. Margins - choose one of the availabe presets: Normal, Narrow, or Wide, or choose the Custom option and specify the distance between the worksheet data and the edges of the printed page changing the default sizes in the Top, Bottom, Left and Right fields.
          7. +
        7. Margins - choose one of the availabe presets: Normal, Narrow, or Wide, or choose the Custom option and specify the distance between the worksheet data and the edges of the printed page changing the default sizes in the Top, Bottom, Left and Right fields. +

          To center data on the printed page, choose the Custom option from the Margins menu, check the Vertically/Horizontally box in the Center on page section, and click OK.

          +

          Margins window

          +
        8. Scaling - if you do not want some columns or rows to be printed on the second page, you can shrink sheet contents to fit it on one page by selecting the corresponding option: Actual Size, Fit Sheet on One Page, Fit All Columns on One Page or Fit All Rows on One Page. Leave the Actual Size option to print the sheet without adjusting.

          If you choose the Custom Options item from the menu, the Scale Settings window will open:

          diff --git a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/expand_last.png b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/expand_last.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4a99010e8 Binary files /dev/null and b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/expand_last.png differ diff --git a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/goal_seek.png b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/goal_seek.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..693e00eeb Binary files /dev/null and b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/goal_seek.png differ diff --git a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/goal_seek_status.png b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/goal_seek_status.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..642287423 Binary files /dev/null and b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/goal_seek_status.png differ diff --git a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/datatab.png b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/datatab.png index 3559e3794..2a8c57ffe 100644 Binary files a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/datatab.png and b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/datatab.png differ diff --git a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_datatab.png b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_datatab.png index b9c14b9d9..38d95f6db 100644 Binary files a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_datatab.png and b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_datatab.png differ diff --git a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_editorwindow.png b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_editorwindow.png index 1b269d417..f49a7bd6e 100644 Binary files a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_editorwindow.png and b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_editorwindow.png differ diff --git a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_hometab.png b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_hometab.png index 5473c9603..1027fef94 100644 Binary files a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_hometab.png and b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_hometab.png differ diff --git a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_inserttab.png b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_inserttab.png index 4ad5ff3f5..8d094a509 100644 Binary files a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_inserttab.png and b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_inserttab.png differ diff --git a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_pivottabletab.png b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_pivottabletab.png index 3ea8bb6b4..19f43ce93 100644 Binary files a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_pivottabletab.png and b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_pivottabletab.png differ diff --git a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_pluginstab.png b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_pluginstab.png index 86d4d3885..5c0ceca5f 100644 Binary files a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_pluginstab.png and b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/desktop_pluginstab.png differ diff --git a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/editorwindow.png b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/editorwindow.png index 752f0b194..99e3be210 100644 Binary files a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/editorwindow.png and b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/editorwindow.png differ diff --git a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/hometab.png b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/hometab.png index 784b8f7da..5c49b0331 100644 Binary files a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/hometab.png and b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/hometab.png differ diff --git a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/inserttab.png b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/inserttab.png index efb9eb8f9..4c9618fdb 100644 Binary files a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/inserttab.png and b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/inserttab.png differ diff --git a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/pivottabletab.png b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/pivottabletab.png index 2c9c340c1..b5a8c616e 100644 Binary files a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/pivottabletab.png and b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/pivottabletab.png differ diff --git a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/pluginstab.png b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/pluginstab.png index 10981b3e3..808bd3574 100644 Binary files a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/pluginstab.png and b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/pluginstab.png differ diff --git a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/margins.png b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/margins.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..09f1c19a4 Binary files /dev/null and b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/margins.png differ diff --git a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/recommendedchart.png b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/recommendedchart.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..04089e571 Binary files /dev/null and b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/recommendedchart.png differ diff --git a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/series_context_menu.png b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/series_context_menu.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1e09f8069 Binary files /dev/null and b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/series_context_menu.png differ diff --git a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/series_menu.png b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/series_menu.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..01d7ff2a8 Binary files /dev/null and b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/series_menu.png differ diff --git a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/series_window.png b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/series_window.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4ce2aff89 Binary files /dev/null and b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/series_window.png differ diff --git a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/sortcomments.png b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/sortcomments.png index d552a786c..6dcbd79f4 100644 Binary files a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/sortcomments.png and b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/sortcomments.png differ diff --git a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/search/indexes.js b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/search/indexes.js index 4eaa8853f..507e5fd7a 100644 --- a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/search/indexes.js +++ b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/en/search/indexes.js @@ -3,1957 +3,1952 @@ var indexes = { "id": "Functions/abs.htm", "title": "ABS Function", - "body": "The ABS function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to return the absolute value of a number. The ABS function syntax is: ABS(x) where x is a numeric value entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the ABS function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Math and trigonometry function group from the list, click the ABS function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The ABS function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to return the absolute value of a number (i.e. the number without its sign). Syntax ABS(number) The ABS function has the following argument: Argument Description number A numeric value for which you want to get the absolute value. Notes How to apply the ABS function. Examples There is a single argument: number = A1 = -123.14. So the function returns 123.14 (-123.14 without its sign)." }, { "id": "Functions/accrint.htm", "title": "ACCRINT Function", - "body": "The ACCRINT function is one of the financial functions. It is used to calculate the accrued interest for a security that pays periodic interest. The ACCRINT function syntax is: ACCRINT(issue, first-interest, settlement, rate, [par], frequency[, [basis]]) where issue is the issue date of the security. first-interest is the date when the first interest is paid. settlement is the date when the security is purchased. rate is the annual coupon rate of the security. par is the par value of the security. It is an optional argument. If it is omitted, the function will assume par to be $1000. frequency is the number of interest payments per year. The possible values are: 1 for annual payments, 2 for semiannual payments, 4 for quarterly payments. basis is the day count basis to use, a numeric value greater than or equal to 0, but less than or equal to 4. It is an optional argument. It can be one of the following: Numeric value Count basis 0 US (NASD) 30/360 1 Actual/actual 2 Actual/360 3 Actual/365 4 European 30/360 Note: dates must be entered by using the DATE function. The values can be entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the ACCRINT function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Financial function group from the list, click the ACCRINT function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The ACCRINT function is one of the financial functions. It is used to calculate the accrued interest for a security that pays periodic interest. Syntax ACCRINT(issue, first_interest, settlement, rate, par, frequency, [basis], [calc_method]) The ACCRINT function has the following arguments: Argument Description issue The issue date of the security. first_interest The date when the first interest is paid. settlement The date when the security is purchased. rate The annual coupon rate of the security. par The par value of the security. It is an optional argument. If it is omitted, the function will assume par to be $1000. frequency The number of interest payments per year. The possible values are: 1 for annual payments, 2 for semiannual payments, 4 for quarterly payments. basis The day count basis to use, a numeric value greater than or equal to 0, but less than or equal to 4. It is an optional argument. The possible values are listed in the table below. calc_method A logical value that specifies the way to calculate the accrued interest when the settlement date is later than the first_interest date. It is an optional argument. TRUE (1) returns the accrued interest from issue to settlement. FALSE (0) returns the accrued interest from first_interest to settlement. If the argument is omitted, TRUE is used by default. The basis argument can be one of the following: Numeric value Count basis 0 US (NASD) 30/360 1 Actual/actual 2 Actual/360 3 Actual/365 4 European 30/360 Notes Dates must be entered by using the DATE function. How to apply the ACCRINT function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the ACCRINT function." }, { "id": "Functions/accrintm.htm", "title": "ACCRINTM Function", - "body": "The ACCRINTM function is one of the financial functions. It is used to calculate the accrued interest for a security that pays interest at maturity. The ACCRINTM function syntax is: ACCRINTM(issue, settlement, rate, [[par] [, [basis]]]) where issue is the issue date of the security. settlement is the maturity date of the security. rate is the annual interest rate of the security. par is the par value of the security. It is an optional argument. If it is omitted, the function will assume par to be $1000. basis is the day count basis to use, a numeric value greater than or equal to 0, but less than or equal to 4. It is an optional argument. It can be one of the following: Numeric value Count basis 0 US (NASD) 30/360 1 Actual/actual 2 Actual/360 3 Actual/365 4 European 30/360 Note: dates must be entered by using the DATE function. The values can be entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the ACCRINTM function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Financial function group from the list, click the ACCRINTM function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The ACCRINTM function is one of the financial functions. It is used to calculate the accrued interest for a security that pays interest at maturity. Syntax ACCRINTM(issue, settlement, rate, par, [basis]) The ACCRINTM function has the following arguments: Argument Description issue The issue date of the security. settlement The maturity date of the security. rate The annual interest rate of the security. par The par value of the security. It is an optional argument. If it is omitted, the function will assume par to be $1000. basis The day count basis to use, a numeric value greater than or equal to 0, but less than or equal to 4. It is an optional argument. The possible values are listed in the table below. The basis argument can be one of the following: Numeric value Count basis 0 US (NASD) 30/360 1 Actual/actual 2 Actual/360 3 Actual/365 4 European 30/360 Notes Dates must be entered by using the DATE function. How to apply the ACCRINTM function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the ACCRINTM function." }, { "id": "Functions/acos.htm", "title": "ACOS Function", - "body": "The ACOS function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to return the arccosine of a number. The ACOS function syntax is: ACOS(x) where x is the cosine of the angle you wish to find, a numeric value greater than or equal to -1 but less than or equal to 1 entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the ACOS function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Math and trigonometry function group from the list, click the ACOS function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The ACOS function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to return the arccosine of a number. Syntax ACOS(number) The ACOS function has the following argument: Argument Description number The cosine of the angle you wish to find, a numeric value greater than or equal to -1 but less than or equal to 1. Notes How to apply the ACOS function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the ACOS function." }, { "id": "Functions/acosh.htm", "title": "ACOSH Function", - "body": "The ACOSH function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to return the inverse hyperbolic cosine of a number. The ACOSH function syntax is: ACOSH(x) where x is a numeric value greater than or equal to 1 entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the ACOSH function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Math and trigonometry function group from the list, click the ACOSH function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The ACOSH function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to return the inverse hyperbolic cosine of a number. Syntax ACOSH(number) The ACOSH function has the following argument: Argument Description number A numeric value greater than or equal to 1. Notes How to apply the ACOSH function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the ACOSH function." }, { "id": "Functions/acot.htm", "title": "ACOT Function", - "body": "The ACOT function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to return the principal value of the arccotangent, or inverse cotangent, of a number. The returned angle is measured in radians in the range 0 to Pi. The ACOT function syntax is: ACOT(x) where x is the cotangent of the angle you wish to find, a numeric value entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the ACOT function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Math and trigonometry function group from the list, click the ACOT function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The ACOT function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to return the principal value of the arccotangent, or inverse cotangent, of a number. The returned angle is measured in radians in the range 0 to Pi. Syntax ACOT(number) The ACOT function has the following argument: Argument Description number The cotangent of the angle you wish to find, a numeric value. Notes How to apply the ACOT function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the ACOT function." }, { "id": "Functions/acoth.htm", "title": "ACOTH Function", - "body": "The ACOTH function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to return the inverse hyperbolic cotangent of a number. The ACOTH function syntax is: ACOTH(x) where x is a numeric value less than -1 or greater than 1 entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the ACOTH function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Math and trigonometry function group from the list, click the ACOTH function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The ACOTH function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to return the inverse hyperbolic cotangent of a number. Syntax ACOTH(number) The ACOTH function has the following argument: Argument Description number A numeric value less than -1 or greater than 1. Notes How to apply the ACOTH function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the ACOTH function." }, { "id": "Functions/address.htm", "title": "ADDRESS Function", - "body": "The ADDRESS function is one of the lookup and reference functions. It is used to return a text representation of a cell address. The ADDRESS function syntax is: ADDRESS(row-number, col-number[ , [ref-type] [, [A1-ref-type-flag] [, sheet name]]]) where row-number is a row number to use in a cell address. col-number is a column number to use in a cell address. ref-type is a type of reference. It can be one of the following numeric values: Numeric value Meaning 1 or omitted Absolute referencing 2 Absolute row; relative column 3 Relative row; absolute column 4 Relative referencing A1-ref-type-flag is an optional logical value: TRUE or FALSE. If it is set to TRUE or omitted, the function will return an A1-style reference. If it is set to FALSE, the function will return an R1C1-style reference. sheet name is the name of the sheet to use in a cell address. It's an optional value. If it is omitted, the function will return the cell address without the sheet name indicated. These arguments can be entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to. To apply the ADDRESS function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Lookup and Reference function group from the list, click the ADDRESS function, enter the required arguments separating them by comma, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The ADDRESS function is one of the lookup and reference functions. It is used to return a text representation of a cell address. Syntax ADDRESS(row_num, column_num, [abs_num], [a1], [sheet_text]) The ADDRESS function has the following arguments: Argument Description row_num A row number to use in a cell address. column_num A column number to use in a cell address. abs_num A type of reference. The possible values are listed in the table below. a1 An optional logical value: TRUE or FALSE. If it is set to TRUE or omitted, the function will return an A1-style reference. If it is set to FALSE, the function will return an R1C1-style reference. sheet_text The name of the sheet to use in a cell address. It's an optional value. If it is omitted, the function will return the cell address without the sheet name indicated. The abs_num argument can be one of the following: Numeric value Meaning 1 or omitted Absolute referencing 2 Absolute row; relative column 3 Relative row; absolute column 4 Relative referencing Notes How to apply the ADDRESS function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the ADDRESS function." }, { "id": "Functions/aggregate.htm", "title": "AGGREGATE Function", - "body": "The AGGREGATE function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. The function is used to return an aggregate in a list or database. The AGGREGATE function can apply different aggregate functions to a list or database with the option to ignore hidden rows and error values. The AGGREGATE function syntax is: AGGREGATE(function_num, options, ref1 [, ref2], ...) where function_num is a numeric value that specifies which function to use. The possible values are listed in the table below. function_num Function 1 AVERAGE 2 COUNT 3 COUNTA 4 MAX 5 MIN 6 PRODUCT 7 STDEV.S 8 STDEV.P 9 SUM 10 VAR.S 11 VAR.P 12 MEDIAN 13 MODE.SNGL 14 LARGE 15 SMALL 16 PERCENTILE.INC 17 QUARTILE.INC 18 PERCENTILE.EXC 19 QUARTILE.EXC options is a numeric value that specifies which values should be ignored. The possible values are listed in the table below. Numeric value Behavior 0 or omitted Ignore nested SUBTOTAL and AGGREGATE functions 1 Ignore hidden rows, nested SUBTOTAL and AGGREGATE functions 2 Ignore error values, nested SUBTOTAL and AGGREGATE functions 3 Ignore hidden rows, error values, nested SUBTOTAL and AGGREGATE functions 4 Ignore nothing 5 Ignore hidden rows 6 Ignore error values 7 Ignore hidden rows and error values ref1(2) is up to 253 numeric values or a reference to the cell range containing the values for which you want the aggregate value. Note: if you want to use one of the following functions: LARGE, SMALL, PERCENTILE.INC, QUARTILE.INC, PERCENTILE.EXC, or QUARTILE.EXC, ref1 must be a reference to the cell range and ref2 must be the second argument that is required for these functions (k or quart). Function Syntax LARGE LARGE(array, k) SMALL SMALL(array, k) PERCENTILE.INC PERCENTILE.INC(array, k) QUARTILE.INC QUARTILE.INC(array, quart) PERCENTILE.EXC PERCENTILE.EXC(array, k) QUARTILE.EXC QUARTILE.EXC(array, quart) To apply the AGGREGATE function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Math and trigonometry function group from the list, click the AGGREGATE function, enter the required arguments separating them by comma, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell. The figure below displays the result returned by the AGGREGATE function when the SUM function is applied. The figure below displays the result returned by the AGGREGATE function when the LARGE function is applied, ref1 is a reference to the cell range, and k is equal to 2. The function returns the second largest value in cells A1-A4." + "body": "The AGGREGATE function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. The function is used to return an aggregate in a list or database. The AGGREGATE function can apply different aggregate functions to a list or database with the option to ignore hidden rows and error values. Syntax AGGREGATE(function_num, options, ref1, [ref2], ...) The AGGREGATE function has the following arguments: Argument Description function_num A numeric value that specifies which function to use. The possible values are listed in the table below. options A numeric value that specifies which values should be ignored. The possible values are listed in the table below. ref1 The first numeric value for which you want the aggregate value. ref2 Up to 253 numeric values or a reference to the cell range containing the values for which you want the aggregate value. It is an optional argument. The function_num argument can be one of the following: function_num Function 1 AVERAGE 2 COUNT 3 COUNTA 4 MAX 5 MIN 6 PRODUCT 7 STDEV.S 8 STDEV.P 9 SUM 10 VAR.S 11 VAR.P 12 MEDIAN 13 MODE.SNGL 14 LARGE 15 SMALL 16 PERCENTILE.INC 17 QUARTILE.INC 18 PERCENTILE.EXC 19 QUARTILE.EXC The options argument can be one of the following: Numeric value Behavior 0 or omitted Ignore nested SUBTOTAL and AGGREGATE functions 1 Ignore hidden rows, nested SUBTOTAL and AGGREGATE functions 2 Ignore error values, nested SUBTOTAL and AGGREGATE functions 3 Ignore hidden rows, error values, nested SUBTOTAL and AGGREGATE functions 4 Ignore nothing 5 Ignore hidden rows 6 Ignore error values 7 Ignore hidden rows and error values Notes If you want to use one of the following functions: LARGE, SMALL, PERCENTILE.INC, QUARTILE.INC, PERCENTILE.EXC, or QUARTILE.EXC, ref1 must be a reference to the cell range and ref2 must be the second argument that is required for these functions (k or quart). Function Syntax LARGE LARGE(array, k) SMALL SMALL(array, k) PERCENTILE.INC PERCENTILE.INC(array, k) QUARTILE.INC QUARTILE.INC(array, quart) PERCENTILE.EXC PERCENTILE.EXC(array, k) QUARTILE.EXC QUARTILE.EXC(array, quart) How to apply the AGGREGATE function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the AGGREGATE function when the SUM function is applied. The figure below displays the result returned by the AGGREGATE function when the LARGE function is applied, ref1 is a reference to the cell range, and k is equal to 2. The function returns the second largest value in cells A1-A4." }, { "id": "Functions/amordegrc.htm", "title": "AMORDEGRC Function", - "body": "The AMORDEGRC function is one of the financial functions. It is used to calculate the depreciation of an asset for each accounting period using a degressive depreciation method. The AMORDEGRC function syntax is: AMORDEGRC(cost, date-purchased, first-period, salvage, period, rate[, [basis]]) where cost is the cost of the asset. date-purchased is the date when asset is purchased. first-period is the date when the first period ends. salvage is the salvage value of the asset at the end of its lifetime. period is the period you wish to calculate depreciation for. rate is the rate of depreciation. basis is the day count basis to use, a numeric value greater than or equal to 0, but less than or equal to 4. It is an optional argument. It can be one of the following: Numeric value Count basis 0 US (NASD) 30/360 1 Actual/actual 2 Actual/360 3 Actual/365 4 European 30/360 Note: dates must be entered by using the DATE function. The values can be entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the AMORDEGRC function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Financial function group from the list, click the AMORDEGRC function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." - }, - { - "id": "Functions/amorintm.htm", - "title": "FV Function", - "body": "The FV function is one of the financial functions. It is used to calculate the future value of an investment based on a specified interest rate and a constant payment schedule. The FV function syntax is: FV(rate, nper, pmt [, [pv] [,[type]]]) where rate is the interest rate for the investment. nper is a number of payments. pmt is a payment amount. pv is a present value of the payments. It is an optional argument. If it is omitted, the function will assume pv to be 0. type is a period when the payments are due. It is an optional argument. If it is set to 0 or omitted, the function will assume the payments to be due at the end of the period. If type is set to 1, the payments are due at the beginning of the period. Note: cash paid out (such as deposits to savings) is represented by negative numbers; cash received (such as dividend checks) is represented by positive numbers. The numeric values can be entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the FV function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Financial function group from the list, click the FV function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The AMORDEGRC function is one of the financial functions. It is used to calculate the depreciation of an asset for each accounting period using a degressive depreciation method. Syntax AMORDEGRC(cost, date_purchased, first_period, salvage, period, rate, [basis]) The AMORDEGRC function has the following arguments: Argument Description cost The cost of the asset. date_purchased The date when asset is purchased. first_period The date when the first period ends. salvage The salvage value of the asset at the end of its lifetime. period The period you wish to calculate depreciation for. rate The rate of depreciation. basis The day count basis to use, a numeric value greater than or equal to 0, but less than or equal to 4. It is an optional argument. The possible values are listed in the table below. The basis argument can be one of the following: Numeric value Count basis 0 US (NASD) 30/360 1 Actual/actual 2 Actual/360 3 Actual/365 4 European 30/360 Notes Dates must be entered by using the DATE function. How to apply the AMORDEGRC function. Examples" }, { "id": "Functions/amorlinc.htm", "title": "AMORLINC Function", - "body": "The AMORLINC function is one of the financial functions. It is used to calculate the depreciation of an asset for each accounting period using a linear depreciation method. The AMORLINC function syntax is: AMORLINC(cost, date-purchased, first-period, salvage, period, rate[, [basis]]) where cost is the cost of the asset. date-purchased is the date when asset is purchased. first-period is the date when the first period ends. salvage is the salvage value of the asset at the end of its lifetime. period is the period you wish to calculate depreciation for. rate is the rate of depreciation. basis is the day count basis to use, a numeric value greater than or equal to 0, but less than or equal to 4. It is an optional argument. It can be one of the following: Numeric value Count basis 0 US (NASD) 30/360 1 Actual/actual 2 Actual/360 3 Actual/365 4 European 30/360 Note: dates must be entered by using the DATE function. The values can be entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the AMORLINC function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Financial function group from the list, click the AMORLINC function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The AMORLINC function is one of the financial functions. It is used to calculate the depreciation of an asset for each accounting period using a linear depreciation method. Syntax AMORLINC(cost, date_purchased, first_period, salvage, period, rate, [basis]) The AMORLINC function has the following arguments: Argument Description cost The cost of the asset. date_purchased The date when asset is purchased. first_period The date when the first period ends. salvage The salvage value of the asset at the end of its lifetime. period The period you wish to calculate depreciation for. rate The rate of depreciation. basis The day count basis to use, a numeric value greater than or equal to 0, but less than or equal to 4. It is an optional argument. The possible values are listed in the table below. The basis argument can be one of the following: Numeric value Count basis 0 US (NASD) 30/360 1 Actual/actual 2 Actual/360 3 Actual/365 4 European 30/360 Notes Dates must be entered by using the DATE function. How to apply the AMORLINC function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the AMORLINC function." }, { "id": "Functions/and.htm", "title": "AND Function", - "body": "The AND function is one of the logical functions. It is used to check if the logical value you enter is TRUE or FALSE. The function returns TRUE if all the arguments are TRUE. The AND function syntax is: AND(logical1, logical2, ...) where logical1/2/n is a value entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the AND function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Logical function group from the list, click the AND function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, Note: you can enter up to 255 logical values. press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell. The function returns FALSE if at least one of the arguments is FALSE. For example: There are three arguments: logical1 = A1<100, logical2 = 34<100, logical3 = 50<100, where A1 is 12. All these logical expressions are TRUE. So the function returns TRUE. If we change the A1 value from 12 to 112, the function returns FALSE:" + "body": "The AND function is one of the logical functions. It is used to check if the logical value you enter is TRUE or FALSE. The function returns TRUE if all the arguments are TRUE. Syntax AND(logical1, [logical2], ...) The AND function has the following arguments: Argument Description logical1/2/n A condition that you want to check if it is TRUE or FALSE Notes How to apply the AND function. The function returns FALSE if at least one of the arguments is FALSE. Examples There are three arguments: logical1 = A1<100, logical2 = 34<100, logical3 = 50<100, where A1 is 12. All these logical expressions are TRUE. So the function returns TRUE. If we change the A1 value from 12 to 112, the function returns FALSE:" }, { "id": "Functions/arabic.htm", "title": "ARABIC Function", - "body": "The ARABIC function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. The function is used to convert a Roman numeral to an Arabic numeral. The ARABIC function syntax is: ARABIC(x) where x is a text representation of a Roman numeral: a string enclosed in quotation marks or a reference to a cell containing text. Note: if an empty string (\"\") is used as an argument, the function returns the value 0. To apply the ARABIC function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Math and trigonometry function group from the list, click the ARABIC function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The ARABIC function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. The function is used to convert a Roman numeral to an Arabic numeral. Syntax ARABIC(text) The ARABIC function has the following argument: Argument Description text A text representation of a Roman numeral: a string enclosed in quotation marks or a reference to a cell containing text. Notes If an empty string (\"\") is used as an argument, the function returns the value 0. How to apply the ARABIC function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the ARABIC function." }, { "id": "Functions/arraytotext.htm", "title": "ARRAYTOTEXT Function", - "body": "The ARRAYTOTEXT function is a text and data function. It is used to return a range of data as a text string. The ARRAYTOTEXT function syntax is: =ARRAYTOTEXT(array, [format]) where array is the range of data to return as text, [format] is an optional argument. The following values are available: 0 the values in the text string will be separated by comma (set by default), 1 to enclose each text value in double quotes (except for numbers, true/false values and errors), to use a semicolon as a delimiter and to enclose the whole text string in curly braces. To apply the ARRAYTOTEXT function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Text and data function group from the list, click the ARRAYTOTEXT function, enter the required arguments separating them by comma, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The ARRAYTOTEXT function is one of the text and data functions. It is used to return a range of data as a text string. Syntax ARRAYTOTEXT(array, [format]) The ARRAYTOTEXT function has the following arguments: Argument Description array The range of data to return as text. format An optional argument. The possible values are listed in the table below. The format argument can be one of the following: Format Explanation 0 The values in the text string will be separated by comma (set by default). 1 To enclose each text value in double quotes (except for numbers, true/false values and errors), to use a semicolon as a delimiter and to enclose the whole text string in curly braces. Notes How to apply the ARRAYTOTEXT function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the ARRAYTOTEXT function." }, { "id": "Functions/asc.htm", "title": "ASC Function", - "body": "The ASC function is one of the text and data functions. Is used to change full-width (double-byte) characters to half-width (single-byte) characters for languages that use the double-byte character set (DBCS) like Japanese, Chinese, Korean etc. The ASC function syntax is: ASC(text) where text is a data entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. If the text does not contain full-width characters it remains unchanged. To apply the ASC function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Text and data function group from the list, click the ASC function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The ASC function is one of the text and data functions. Is used to change full-width (double-byte) characters to half-width (single-byte) characters for languages that use the double-byte character set (DBCS) like Japanese, Chinese, Korean etc. Syntax ASC(text) The ASC function has the following argument: Argument Description text The text or a reference to a cell containing the text you want to change. If the text does not contain full-width characters it remains unchanged. Notes How to apply the ASC function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the ASC function." }, { "id": "Functions/asin.htm", "title": "ASIN Function", - "body": "The ASIN function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to return the arcsine of a number. The ASIN function syntax is: ASIN(x) where x is the sine of the angle you wish to find, a numeric value greater than or equal to -1 but less than or equal to 1 entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the ASIN function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Math and trigonometry function group from the list, click the ASIN function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The ASIN function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to return the arcsine of a number. Syntax ASIN(number) The ASIN function has the following argument: Argument Description number The sine of the angle you wish to find, a numeric value greater than or equal to -1 but less than or equal to 1 entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. Notes How to apply the ASIN function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the ASIN function." }, { "id": "Functions/asinh.htm", "title": "ASINH Function", - "body": "The ASINH function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to return the inverse hyperbolic sine of a number. The ASINH function syntax is: ASINH(x) where x is any numeric value entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the ASINH function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Math and trigonometry function group from the list, click the ASINH function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The ASINH function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to return the inverse hyperbolic sine of a number. Syntax ASINH(number) The ASINH function has the following argument: Argument Description number Any numeric value entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. Notes How to apply the ASINH function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the ASINH function." }, { "id": "Functions/atan.htm", "title": "ATAN Function", - "body": "The ATAN function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to return the arctangent of a number. The ATAN function syntax is: ATAN(x) where x is the tangent of the angle you wish to find, a numeric value entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the ATAN function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Math and trigonometry function group from the list, click the ATAN function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The ATAN function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to return the arctangent of a number. Syntax ATAN(number) The ATAN function has the following argument: Argument Description number The tangent of the angle you wish to find, a numeric value entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. Notes How to apply the ATAN function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the ATAN function." }, { "id": "Functions/atan2.htm", "title": "ATAN2 Function", - "body": "The ATAN2 function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to return the arctangent of x and y coordinates. The ATAN2 function syntax is: ATAN2(x, y) where x, y are the x and y coordinates of a point, numeric values entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the ATAN2 function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Math and trigonometry function group from the list, click the ATAN2 function, enter the required arguments separating them by comma, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The ATAN2 function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to return the arctangent of x and y coordinates. Syntax ATAN2(x_num, y_num) The ATAN2 function has the following arguments: Argument Description x_num The x coordinate of a point, a numeric value entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. y_num The y coordinate of a point, a numeric value entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. Notes How to apply the ATAN2 function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the ATAN2 function." }, { "id": "Functions/atanh.htm", "title": "ATANH Function", - "body": "The ATANH function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to return the inverse hyperbolic tangent of a number. The ATANH function syntax is: ATANH(x) where x is a numeric value greater than - 1 but less than 1 entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the ATANH function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Math and trigonometry function group from the list, click the ATANH function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The ATANH function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to return the inverse hyperbolic tangent of a number. Syntax ATANH(number) The ATANH function has the following argument: Argument Description number A numeric value greater than - 1 but less than 1 entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. Notes How to apply the ATANH function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the ATANH function." }, { "id": "Functions/avedev.htm", "title": "AVEDEV Function", - "body": "The AVEDEV function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to analyze the range of data and return the average of the absolute deviations of numbers from their mean. The AVEDEV function syntax is: AVEDEV(argument-list) where argument-list is up to 30 numeric values entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to. To apply the AVEDEV function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the AVEDEV function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas or select a range of cells with the mouse, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The AVEDEV function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to analyze the range of data and return the average of the absolute deviations of numbers from their mean. Syntax AVEDEV(number1, [number2], ...) The AVEDEV function has the following arguments: Argument Description number1/2/n Up to 255 numeric values for which you want to find the average of the absolute deviations. Notes How to apply the AVEDEV function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the AVEDEV function." }, { "id": "Functions/average.htm", "title": "AVERAGE Function", - "body": "The AVERAGE function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to analyze the range of data and find the average value. The AVERAGE function syntax is: AVERAGE(argument-list) where argument-list is up to 255 numerical values entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to. How to use AVERAGE To apply the AVERAGE function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the AVERAGE function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas or select a range of cells with the mouse, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The AVERAGE function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to analyze the range of data and find the average value. Syntax AVERAGE(number1, [number2], ...) The AVERAGE function has the following arguments: Argument Description number1/2/n Up to 255 numerical values for which you want to find the average value. Notes How to apply the AVERAGE function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the AVERAGE function." }, { "id": "Functions/averagea.htm", "title": "AVERAGEA Function", - "body": "The AVERAGEA function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to analyze the range of data including text and logical values and find the average value. The AVERAGEA function treats text and FALSE as a value of 0 and TRUE as a value of 1. The AVERAGEA function syntax is: AVERAGEA(argument-list) where argumenti-list is up to 255 values entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to. To apply the AVERAGEA function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the AVERAGEA function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas or select a range of cells with the mouse, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The AVERAGEA function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to analyze the range of data including text and logical values and find the average value. The AVERAGEA function treats text and FALSE as a value of 0 and TRUE as a value of 1. Syntax AVERAGEA(value1, [value2], ...) The AVERAGEA function has the following arguments: Argument Description value1/2/n Up to 255 values for which you want to find the average value. Notes How to apply the AVERAGEA function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the AVERAGEA function." }, { "id": "Functions/averageif.htm", "title": "AVERAGEIF Function", - "body": "The AVERAGEIF function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to analyze the range of data and find the average value of all numbers in a range of cells, based on the specified criterion. The AVERAGEIF function syntax is: AVERAGEIF(cell-range, selection-criteria [,average-range]) where cell-range is the selected range of cells to apply the criterion to. selection-criteria is the criterion you wish to apply, a value entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. average-range is the selected range of cells you need to find the average in. average-range is an optional argument. If it is omitted, the function will find the average in cell-range. How to use AVERAGEIF To apply the AVERAGEIF function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the AVERAGEIF function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The AVERAGEIF function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to analyze the range of data and find the average value of all numbers in a range of cells, based on the specified criterion. Syntax AVERAGEIF(range, criteria, [average_range]) The AVERAGEIF function has the following arguments: Argument Description range The selected range of cells to apply the criterion to. criteria The criterion you wish to apply, a value entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. average_range The selected range of cells you need to find the average in. Notes average_range is an optional argument. If it is omitted, the function will find the average in range. How to apply the AVERAGEIF function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the AVERAGEIF function." }, { "id": "Functions/averageifs.htm", "title": "AVERAGEIFS Function", - "body": "The AVERAGEIFS function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to analyze the range of data and find the average value of all numbers in a range of cells, based on multiple criteria. The AVERAGEIFS function syntax is: AVERAGEIFS(average-range, criteria-range-1, criteria-1, [criteria-range-2, criteria-2], ...) where average-range is the selected range of cells you need to find the average in. It is a required argument. criteria-range-1 is the first selected range of cells to apply the criteria-1 to. It is a required argument. criteria-1 is the first condition that must be met. It is applied to the criteria-range-1 and used to determine the cells in the average-range to average. It can be a value entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. It is a required argument. criteria-range-2, criteria-2, ... are additional ranges of cells and their corresponding criteria. These arguments are optional. You can add up to 127 ranges and corresponding criteria. Note: you can use wildcard characters when specifying criteria. The question mark \"?\" can replace any single character and the asterisk \"*\" can be used instead of any number of characters. How to use AVERAGEIFS To apply the AVERAGEIFS function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the AVERAGEIFS function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The AVERAGEIFS function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to analyze the range of data and find the average value of all numbers in a range of cells, based on multiple criteria. Syntax AVERAGEIFS(average_range, criteria_range1, criteria1, [criteria_range2, criteria2], ...) The AVERAGEIFS function has the following arguments: Argument Description average_range The selected range of cells you need to find the average in. It is a required argument. criteria_range1 The first selected range of cells to apply the criteria1 to. It is a required argument. criteria1 The first condition that must be met. It is applied to the criteria_range1 and used to determine the cells in the average_range to average. It can be a value entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. It is a required argument. criteria_range2, criteria2, ... Additional ranges of cells and their corresponding criteria. These arguments are optional. You can add up to 127 ranges and corresponding criteria. Notes You can use wildcard characters when specifying criteria. The question mark \"?\" can replace any single character and the asterisk \"*\" can be used instead of any number of characters. How to apply the AVERAGEIFS function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the AVERAGEIFS function." }, { "id": "Functions/base.htm", "title": "BASE Function", - "body": "The BASE function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to convert a number into a text representation with the given base. The BASE function syntax is: BASE(number, base[, min-lenght]) where number is a number you want to convert. An integer greater than or equal to 0 and less than 2^53. base is a base you want to convert the number to. An integer greater than or equal to 2 and less than or equal to 36. min-lenght is a minimum length of the returned string. An integer greater than or equal to 0 and less than 256. It is an optional parameter. If the result is shorter than the minimum lenght specified, leading zeros are added to the string. The numeric values can be entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to. To apply the BASE function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Math and trigonometry function group from the list, click the BASE function, enter the required arguments separating them by comma, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The BASE function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to convert a number into a text representation with the given base. Syntax BASE(number, radix, [min_length]) The BASE function has the following arguments: Argument Description number A number you want to convert. An integer greater than or equal to 0 and less than 2^53. radix A base you want to convert the number to. An integer greater than or equal to 2 and less than or equal to 36. min_length A minimum length of the returned string. An integer greater than or equal to 0 and less than 256. It is an optional parameter. If the result is shorter than the minimum lenght specified, leading zeros are added to the string. Notes How to apply the BASE function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the BASE function." }, { "id": "Functions/besseli.htm", "title": "BESSELI Function", - "body": "The BESSELI function is one of the engineering functions. It is used to return the modified Bessel function, which is equivalent to the Bessel function evaluated for purely imaginary arguments. The BESSELI function syntax is: BESSELI(X, N) where X is the value at which to evaluate the function, N is the order of the Bessel function, a numeric value greater than or equal to 0. The numeric values can be entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the BESSELI function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Engineering function group from the list, click the BESSELI function, enter the required arguments separating them by comma, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The BESSELI function is one of the engineering functions. It is used to return the modified Bessel function, which is equivalent to the Bessel function evaluated for purely imaginary arguments. Syntax BESSELI(x, n) The BESSELI function has the following arguments: Argument Description x The value at which to evaluate the function. n The order of the Bessel function, a numeric value greater than or equal to 0. Notes How to apply the BESSELI function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the BESSELI function." }, { "id": "Functions/besselj.htm", "title": "BESSELJ Function", - "body": "The BESSELJ function is one of the engineering functions. It is used to return the Bessel function. The BESSELJ function syntax is: BESSELJ(X, N) where X is the value at which to evaluate the function, N is the order of the Bessel function, a numeric value greater than or equal to 0. The numeric values can be entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the BESSELJ function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Engineering function group from the list, click the BESSELJ function, enter the required arguments separating them by comma, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The BESSELJ function is one of the engineering functions. It is used to return the Bessel function. Syntax BESSELJ(x, n) The BESSELJ function has the following arguments: Argument Description x The value at which to evaluate the function. n The order of the Bessel function, a numeric value greater than or equal to 0. Notes How to apply the BESSELJ function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the BESSELJ function." }, { "id": "Functions/besselk.htm", "title": "BESSELK Function", - "body": "The BESSELK function is one of the engineering functions. It is used to return the modified Bessel function, which is equivalent to the Bessel functions evaluated for purely imaginary arguments. The BESSELK function syntax is: BESSELK(X, N) where X is the value at which to evaluate the function, a numeric value greater than 0, N is the order of the Bessel function, a numeric value greater than or equal to 0. The numeric values can be entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the BESSELK function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Engineering function group from the list, click the BESSELK function, enter the required arguments separating them by comma, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The BESSELK function is one of the engineering functions. It is used to return the modified Bessel function, which is equivalent to the Bessel functions evaluated for purely imaginary arguments. Syntax BESSELK(x, n) The BESSELK function has the following arguments: Argument Description x The value at which to evaluate the function, a numeric value greater than 0. n The order of the Bessel function, a numeric value greater than or equal to 0. Notes How to apply the BESSELK function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the BESSELK function." }, { "id": "Functions/bessely.htm", "title": "BESSELY Function", - "body": "The BESSELY function is one of the engineering functions. It is used to return the Bessel function, which is also called the Weber function or the Neumann function. The BESSELY function syntax is: BESSELY(X, N) where X is the value at which to evaluate the function, a numeric value greater than 0, N is the order of the Bessel function, a numeric value greater than or equal to 0. The numeric values can be entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the BESSELY function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Engineering function group from the list, click the BESSELY function, enter the required arguments separating them by comma, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The BESSELY function is one of the engineering functions. It is used to return the Bessel function, which is also called the Weber function or the Neumann function. Syntax BESSELY(x, n) The BESSELY function has the following arguments: Argument Description x The value at which to evaluate the function, a numeric value greater than 0. n The order of the Bessel function, a numeric value greater than or equal to 0. Notes How to apply the BESSELY function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the BESSELY function." }, { "id": "Functions/beta-dist.htm", "title": "BETA.DIST Function", - "body": "The BETA.DIST function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the beta distribution. The BETA.DIST function syntax is: BETA.DIST(x, alpha, beta, cumulative, [,[A] [,[B]]) where x is the value between A and B at which the function should be calculated. alpha is the first parameter of the distribution, a numeric value greater than 0. beta is the second parameter of the distribution, a numeric value greater than 0. cumulative is a logical value (TRUE or FALSE) that determines the function form. If it is TRUE, the function returns the cumulative distribution function. If it is FALSE, the function returns the probability density function. A is the lower bound to the interval of x. It is an optional parameter. If it is omitted, the default value of 0 is used. B is the upper bound to the interval of x. It is an optional parameter. If it is omitted, the default value of 1 is used. The values can be entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to. To apply the BETA.DIST function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the BETA.DIST function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The BETA.DIST function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the beta distribution. Syntax BETA.DIST(x, alpha, beta, cumulative, [A], [B]) The BETA.DIST function has the following arguments: Argument Description x The value between A and B at which the function should be calculated. alpha The first parameter of the distribution, a numeric value greater than 0. beta The second parameter of the distribution, a numeric value greater than 0. cumulative A logical value (TRUE or FALSE) that determines the function form. If it is TRUE, the function returns the cumulative distribution function. If it is FALSE, the function returns the probability density function. A The lower bound to the interval of x. It is an optional parameter. If it is omitted, the default value of 0 is used. B The upper bound to the interval of x. It is an optional parameter. If it is omitted, the default value of 1 is used. Notes How to apply the BETA.DIST function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the BETA.DIST function." }, { "id": "Functions/beta-inv.htm", "title": "BETA.INV Function", - "body": "The BETA.INV function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the inverse of the beta cumulative probability density function (BETA.DIST). The BETA.INV function syntax is: BETA.INV(probability, alpha, beta, [,[A] [,[B]]) where probability is a probability associated with the beta distribution. A numeric value greater than 0 and less than or equal to 1. alpha is the first parameter of the distribution, a numeric value greater than 0. beta is the second parameter of the distribution, a numeric value greater than 0. A is the lower bound to the interval of x. It is an optional parameter. If it is omitted, the default value of 0 is used. B is the upper bound to the interval of x. It is an optional parameter. If it is omitted, the default value of 1 is used. The values can be entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to. To apply the BETA.INV function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the BETA.INV function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The BETA.INV function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the inverse of the beta cumulative probability density function (BETA.DIST). Syntax BETA.INV(probability, alpha, beta, [A], [B]) The BETA.INV function has the following arguments: Argument Description probability A probability associated with the beta distribution. A numeric value greater than 0 and less than or equal to 1. alpha The first parameter of the distribution, a numeric value greater than 0. beta The second parameter of the distribution, a numeric value greater than 0. A The lower bound to the interval of probability. It is an optional parameter. If it is omitted, the default value of 0 is used. B The upper bound to the interval of probability. It is an optional parameter. If it is omitted, the default value of 1 is used. Notes How to apply the BETA.INV function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the BETA.INV function." }, { "id": "Functions/betadist.htm", "title": "BETADIST Function", - "body": "The BETADIST function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the cumulative beta probability density function. The BETADIST function syntax is: BETADIST(x, alpha, beta, [,[A] [,[B]]) where x is the value between A and B at which the function should be calculated. alpha is the first parameter of the distribution, a numeric value greater than 0. beta is the second parameter of the distribution, a numeric value greater than 0. A is the lower bound to the interval of x. It is an optional parameter. If it is omitted, the default value of 0 is used. B is the upper bound to the interval of x. It is an optional parameter. If it is omitted, the default value of 1 is used. The values can be entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to. To apply the BETADIST function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the BETADIST function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The BETADIST function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the cumulative beta probability density function. Syntax BETADIST(x, alpha, beta, [A], [B]) The BETADIST function has the following arguments: Argument Description x The value between A and B at which the function should be calculated. alpha The first parameter of the distribution, a numeric value greater than 0. beta The second parameter of the distribution, a numeric value greater than 0. A The lower bound to the interval of x. It is an optional parameter. If it is omitted, the default value of 0 is used. B The upper bound to the interval of x. It is an optional parameter. If it is omitted, the default value of 1 is used. Notes How to apply the BETADIST function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the BETADIST function." }, { "id": "Functions/betainv.htm", "title": "BETAINV Function", - "body": "The BETAINV function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the inverse of the cumulative beta probability density function for a specified beta distribution. The BETAINV function syntax is: BETAINV(x, alpha, beta, [,[A] [,[B]]) where x is a probability associated with the beta distribution. A numeric value greater than 0 and less than or equal to 1. alpha is the first parameter of the distribution, a numeric value greater than 0. beta is the second parameter of the distribution, a numeric value greater than 0. A is the lower bound to the interval of x. It is an optional parameter. If it is omitted, the default value of 0 is used. B is the upper bound to the interval of x. It is an optional parameter. If it is omitted, the default value of 1 is used. The values can be entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to. To apply the BETAINV function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the BETAINV function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The BETAINV function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the inverse of the cumulative beta probability density function for a specified beta distribution. Syntax BETAINV(probability, alpha, beta, [A], [B]) The BETAINV function has the following arguments: Argument Description probability A probability associated with the beta distribution. A numeric value greater than 0 and less than or equal to 1. alpha The first parameter of the distribution, a numeric value greater than 0. beta The second parameter of the distribution, a numeric value greater than 0. A The lower bound to the interval of probability. It is an optional parameter. If it is omitted, the default value of 0 is used. B The upper bound to the interval of probability. It is an optional parameter. If it is omitted, the default value of 1 is used. Notes How to apply the BETAINV function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the BETAINV function." }, { "id": "Functions/bin2dec.htm", "title": "BIN2DEC Function", - "body": "The BIN2DEC function is one of the engineering functions. It is used to convert a binary number into a decimal number. The BIN2DEC function syntax is: BIN2DEC(number) where number is a binary number entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. Note: if the argument is not recognised as a binary number, or contains more than 10 characters, the function will return the #NUM! error. To apply the BIN2DEC function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Engineering function group from the list, click the BIN2DEC function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The BIN2DEC function is one of the engineering functions. It is used to convert a binary number into a decimal number. Syntax BIN2DEC(number) The BIN2DEC function has the following argument: Argument Description number A binary number entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. Notes If the argument is not recognised as a binary number, or contains more than 10 characters, the function will return the #NUM! error. How to apply the BIN2DEC function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the BIN2DEC function." }, { "id": "Functions/bin2hex.htm", "title": "BIN2HEX Function", - "body": "The BIN2HEX function is one of the engineering functions. It is used to convert a binary number into a hexadecimal number. The BIN2HEX function syntax is: BIN2HEX(number [, num-hex-digits]) where number is a binary number entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. num-hex-digits is the number of digits to display. If omitted, the function will use the minimum number. Note: if the argument is not recognised as a binary number, or contains more than 10 characters, or the resulting hexadecimal number requires more digits than you specified, or the specified num-hex-digits number is less than or equal to 0, the function will return the #NUM! error. To apply the BIN2HEX function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Engineering function group from the list, click the BIN2HEX function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The BIN2HEX function is one of the engineering functions. It is used to convert a binary number into a hexadecimal number. Syntax BIN2HEX(number, [places]) The BIN2HEX function has the following arguments: Argument Description number A binary number entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. places The number of digits to display. If omitted, the function will use the minimum number. Notes If the argument is not recognised as a binary number, or contains more than 10 characters, or the resulting hexadecimal number requires more digits than you specified, or the specified places number is less than or equal to 0, the function will return the #NUM! error. How to apply the BIN2HEX function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the BIN2HEX function." }, { "id": "Functions/bin2oct.htm", "title": "BIN2OCT Function", - "body": "The BIN2OCT function is one of the engineering functions. It is used to convert a binary number into an octal number. The BIN2OCT function syntax is: BIN2OCT(number [, num-hex-digits]) where number is a binary number entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. num-hex-digits is the number of digits to display. If omitted, the function will use the minimum number. Note: if the argument is not recognised as a binary number, or contains more than 10 characters, or the resulting octal number requires more digits than you specified, or the specified num-hex-digits number is less than or equal to 0, the function will return the #NUM! error. To apply the BIN2OCT function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Engineering function group from the list, click the BIN2OCT function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The BIN2OCT function is one of the engineering functions. It is used to convert a binary number into an octal number. Syntax BIN2OCT(number, [places]) The BIN2OCT function has the following arguments: Argument Description number A binary number entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. places The number of digits to display. If omitted, the function will use the minimum number. Notes If the argument is not recognised as a binary number, or contains more than 10 characters, or the resulting octal number requires more digits than you specified, or the specified places number is less than or equal to 0, the function will return the #NUM! error. How to apply the BIN2OCT function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the BIN2OCT function." }, { "id": "Functions/binom-dist-range.htm", "title": "BINOM.DIST.RANGE Function", - "body": "The BINOM.DIST.RANGE function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the probability of a trial result using a binomial distribution. The BINOM.DIST.RANGE function syntax is: BINOM.DIST.RANGE(trials, probability-s, number-s [, number-s2]) where trials is the number of trials, a numeric value greater than or equal to number-s. probability-s is the success probability of each trial, a numeric value greater than or equal to 0 but less than or equal to 1. number-s is the minimum number of successes in the trials you want to calculate probability for, a numeric value greater than or equal to 0. number-s2 is an optional argument. The maximum number of successes in the trials you want to calculate probability for, a numeric value greater than number-s and less than or equal to trials. The values can be entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to. To apply the BINOM.DIST.RANGE function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the BINOM.DIST.RANGE function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The BINOM.DIST.RANGE function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the probability of a trial result using a binomial distribution. Syntax BINOM.DIST.RANGE(trials, probability_s, number_s, [number_s2]) The BINOM.DIST.RANGE function has the following arguments: Argument Description trials The number of trials, a numeric value greater than or equal to number_s. probability The success probability of each trial, a numeric value greater than or equal to 0 but less than or equal to 1. number_s The minimum number of successes in the trials you want to calculate probability for, a numeric value greater than or equal to 0. number_s2 An optional argument. The maximum number of successes in the trials you want to calculate probability for, a numeric value greater than number_s and less than or equal to trials. Notes How to apply the BINOM.DIST.RANGE function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the BINOM.DIST.RANGE function." }, { "id": "Functions/binom-dist.htm", "title": "BINOM.DIST Function", - "body": "The BINOM.DIST function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the individual term binomial distribution probability. The BINOM.DIST function syntax is: BINOM.DIST(number-s, trials, probability-s, cumulative) where number-s is the number of successes in the trials, a numeric value greater than or equal to 0. trials is the number of trials, a numeric value greater than or equal to number-s. probability-s is the success probability of each trial, a numeric value greater than or equal to 0 but less than or equal to 1. cumulative is a logical value (TRUE or FALSE) that determines the function form. If it is TRUE, the function returns the cumulative distribution function. If it is FALSE, the function returns the probability mass function. The values can be entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to. To apply the BINOM.DIST function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the BINOM.DIST function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The BINOM.DIST function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the individual term binomial distribution probability. Syntax BINOM.DIST(number_s, trials, probability_s, cumulative) The BINOM.DIST function has the following arguments: Argument Description number_s The number of successes in the trials, a numeric value greater than or equal to 0. trials The number of trials, a numeric value greater than or equal to number_s. probability_s The success probability of each trial, a numeric value greater than or equal to 0 but less than or equal to 1. cumulative A logical value (TRUE or FALSE) that determines the function form. If it is TRUE, the function returns the cumulative distribution function. If it is FALSE, the function returns the probability mass function. Notes How to apply the BINOM.DIST function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the BINOM.DIST function." }, { "id": "Functions/binom-inv.htm", "title": "BINOM.INV Function", - "body": "The BINOM.INV function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the smallest value for which the cumulative binomial distribution is greater than or equal to a criterion value. The BINOM.INV function syntax is: BINOM.INV(trials, probability-s, alpha) where trials is the number of trials, a numeric value greater than 0. probability-s is the success probability of each trial, a numeric value greater than 0 but less than 1. alpha is the criterion, a numeric value greater than 0 but less than 1. The numeric values can be entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to. To apply the BINOM.INV function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the BINOM.INV function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The BINOM.INV function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the smallest value for which the cumulative binomial distribution is greater than or equal to a criterion value. Syntax BINOM.INV(trials, probability_s, alpha) The BINOM.INV function has the following arguments: Argument Description trials The number of trials, a numeric value greater than 0. probability_s The success probability of each trial, a numeric value greater than 0 but less than 1. alpha The criterion, a numeric value greater than 0 but less than 1. Notes How to apply the BINOM.INV function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the BINOM.INV function." }, { "id": "Functions/binomdist.htm", "title": "BINOMDIST Function", - "body": "The BINOMDIST function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the individual term binomial distribution probability. The BINOMDIST function syntax is: BINOMDIST(number-successes, number-trials, success-probability, cumulative-flag) where number-successes is the number of successes in the trials, a numeric value greater than or equal to 0. number-trials is the number of trials, a numeric value greater than or equal to number-successes. success-probability is the success probability of each trial, a numeric value greater than or equal to 0 but less than or equal to 1. cumulative-flag is a logical value (TRUE or FALSE) that determines the function form. If it is TRUE, the function returns the cumulative distribution function. If it is FALSE, the function returns the probability mass function. The values can be entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to. To apply the BINOMDIST function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the BINOMDIST function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The BINOMDIST function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the individual term binomial distribution probability. Syntax BINOMDIST(number_s, trials, probability_s, cumulative) The BINOMDIST function has the following arguments: Argument Description number_s The number of successes in the trials, a numeric value greater than or equal to 0. trials The number of trials, a numeric value greater than or equal to number_s. probability_s The success probability of each trial, a numeric value greater than or equal to 0 but less than or equal to 1. cumulative A logical value (TRUE or FALSE) that determines the function form. If it is TRUE, the function returns the cumulative distribution function. If it is FALSE, the function returns the probability mass function. Notes How to apply the BINOMDIST function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the BINOMDIST function." }, { "id": "Functions/bitand.htm", "title": "BITAND Function", - "body": "The BITAND function is one of the engineering functions. It is used to return a bitwise 'AND' of two numbers. The BITAND function syntax is: BITAND(number1, number2) where number1 is a numeric value in decimal form greater than or equal to 0, number2 is a numeric value in decimal form greater than or equal to 0. The numeric values can be entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. The value of each bit position is counted only if both parameter's bits at that position are 1. To apply the BITAND function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Engineering function group from the list, click the BITAND function, enter the required arguments separating them by comma, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The BITAND function is one of the engineering functions. It is used to return a bitwise 'AND' of two numbers. Syntax BITAND(number1, number2) The BITAND function has the following arguments: Argument Description number1 A numeric value in decimal form greater than or equal to 0. number2 A numeric value in decimal form greater than or equal to 0. Notes The value of each bit position is counted only if both parameter's bits at that position are 1. How to apply the BITAND function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the BITAND function." }, { "id": "Functions/bitlshift.htm", "title": "BITLSHIFT Function", - "body": "The BITLSHIFT function is one of the engineering functions. It is used to return a number shifted left by the specified number of bits. The BITLSHIFT function syntax is: BITLSHIFT(number, shift_amount) where number is an integer greater than or equal to 0, shift_amount is a number of bits by which you want to shift number, an integer. The numeric values can be entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. Shifting a number left is equivalent to adding zeros (0) to the right of the binary representation of the number. To apply the BITLSHIFT function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Engineering function group from the list, click the BITLSHIFT function, enter the required arguments separating them by comma, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The BITLSHIFT function is one of the engineering functions. It is used to return a number shifted left by the specified number of bits. Syntax BITLSHIFT(number, shift_amount) The BITLSHIFT function has the following arguments: Argument Description number An integer greater than or equal to 0. shift_amount A number of bits by which you want to shift number, an integer. Notes Shifting a number left is equivalent to adding zeros (0) to the right of the binary representation of the number. How to apply the BITLSHIFT function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the BITLSHIFT function." }, { "id": "Functions/bitor.htm", "title": "BITOR Function", - "body": "The BITOR function is one of the engineering functions. It is used to return a bitwise 'OR' of two numbers. The BITOR function syntax is: BITOR(number1, number2) where number1 is a numeric value in decimal form greater than or equal to 0, number2 is a numeric value in decimal form greater than or equal to 0. The numeric values can be entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. The value of each bit position is counted if either of the parameters has 1 at that position. To apply the BITOR function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Engineering function group from the list, click the BITOR function, enter the required arguments separating them by comma, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The BITOR function is one of the engineering functions. It is used to return a bitwise 'OR' of two numbers. Syntax BITOR(number1, number2) The BITOR function has the following arguments: Argument Description number1 A numeric value in decimal form greater than or equal to 0. number2 A numeric value in decimal form greater than or equal to 0. Notes The value of each bit position is counted if either of the parameters has 1 at that position. How to apply the BITOR function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the BITOR function." }, { "id": "Functions/bitrshift.htm", "title": "BITRSHIFT Function", - "body": "The BITRSHIFT function is one of the engineering functions. It is used to return a number shifted right by the specified number of bits. The BITRSHIFT function syntax is: BITRSHIFT(number, shift_amount) where number is an integer greater than or equal to 0, shift_amount is a number of bits by which you want to shift number, an integer. The numeric values can be entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. Shifting a number right is equivalent to removing digits from the rightmost side of the binary representation of the number. To apply the BITRSHIFT function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Engineering function group from the list, click the BITRSHIFT function, enter the required arguments separating them by comma, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The BITRSHIFT function is one of the engineering functions. It is used to return a number shifted right by the specified number of bits. Syntax BITRSHIFT(number, shift_amount) The BITRSHIFT function has the following arguments: Argument Description number An integer greater than or equal to 0. shift_amount A number of bits by which you want to shift number, an integer. Notes Shifting a number right is equivalent to removing digits from the rightmost side of the binary representation of the number. How to apply the BITRSHIFT function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the BITRSHIFT function." }, { "id": "Functions/bitxor.htm", "title": "BITXOR Function", - "body": "The BITXOR function is one of the engineering functions. It is used to return a bitwise 'XOR' of two numbers. The BITXOR function syntax is: BITXOR(number1, number2) where number1 is a numeric value in decimal form greater than or equal to 0, number2 is a numeric value in decimal form greater than or equal to 0. The numeric values can be entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. The value of each bit position is 1 when the bit positions of the parameters are different. To apply the BITXOR function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Engineering function group from the list, click the BITXOR function, enter the required arguments separating them by comma, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The BITXOR function is one of the engineering functions. It is used to return a bitwise 'XOR' of two numbers. Syntax BITXOR(number1, number2) The BITXOR function has the following arguments: Argument Description number1 A numeric value in decimal form greater than or equal to 0. number2 A numeric value in decimal form greater than or equal to 0. Notes The value of each bit position is 1 when the bit positions of the parameters are different. How to apply the BITXOR function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the BITXOR function." }, { "id": "Functions/ceiling-math.htm", "title": "CEILING.MATH Function", - "body": "The CEILING.MATH function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to round a number up to the nearest integer or to the nearest multiple of significance. The CEILING.MATH function syntax is: CEILING.MATH(x [, [significance] [, [mode]]) where x is the number you wish to round up. significance is the multiple of significance you wish to round up to. It is an optional parameter. If it is omitted, the default value of 1 is used. mode specifies if negative numbers are rounded towards or away from zero. It is an optional parameter that does not affect positive numbers. If it is omitted or set to 0, negative numbers are rounded towards zero. If any other numeric value is specified, negative numbers are rounded away from zero. The numeric values can be entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the CEILING.MATH function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Math and trigonometry function group from the list, click the CEILING.MATH function, enter the required arguments separating them by comma, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The CEILING.MATH function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to round a number up to the nearest integer or to the nearest multiple of significance. Syntax CEILING.MATH(number, [significance], [mode]) The CEILING.MATH function has the following arguments: Argument Description number The number you wish to round up. significance The multiple of significance you wish to round up to. It is an optional parameter. If it is omitted, the default value of 1 is used. mode Specifies if negative numbers are rounded towards or away from zero. It is an optional parameter that does not affect positive numbers. If it is omitted or set to 0, negative numbers are rounded towards zero. If any other numeric value is specified, negative numbers are rounded away from zero. Notes How to apply the CEILING.MATH function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the CEILING.MATH function." }, { "id": "Functions/ceiling-precise.htm", "title": "CEILING.PRECISE Function", - "body": "The CEILING.PRECISE function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to return a number that is rounded up to the nearest integer or to the nearest multiple of significance. The number is always rounded up regardless of its sing. The CEILING.PRECISE function syntax is: CEILING.PRECISE(x [, significance]) where x is the number you wish to round up. significance is the multiple of significance you wish to round up to. It is an optional parameter. If it is omitted, the default value of 1 is used. If it is set to zero, the function returns 0. The numeric values can be entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the CEILING.PRECISE function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Math and trigonometry function group from the list, click the CEILING.PRECISE function, enter the required arguments separating them by comma, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The CEILING.PRECISE function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to return a number that is rounded up to the nearest integer or to the nearest multiple of significance. The number is always rounded up regardless of its sing. Syntax CEILING.PRECISE(number, [significance]) The CEILING.PRECISE function has the following arguments: Argument Description number The number you wish to round up. significance The multiple of significance you wish to round up to. It is an optional parameter. If it is omitted, the default value of 1 is used. If it is set to zero, the function returns 0. Notes How to apply the CEILING.PRECISE function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the CEILING.PRECISE function." }, { "id": "Functions/ceiling.htm", "title": "CEILING Function", - "body": "The CEILING function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to round the number up to the nearest multiple of significance. The CEILING function syntax is: CEILING(x, significance) where x is the number you wish to round up, significance is the multiple of significance you wish to round up to, The numeric values can be entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. Note: if the values of x and significance have different signs, the function returns the #NUM! error. To apply the CEILING function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Math and trigonometry function group from the list, click the CEILING function, enter the required arguments separating them by comma, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The CEILING function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to round the number up to the nearest multiple of significance. Syntax CEILING(number, significance) The CEILING function has the following arguments: Argument Description number The number you wish to round up. significance The multiple of significance you wish to round up to. Notes If the values of number and significance have different signs, the function returns the #NUM! error. How to apply the CEILING function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the CEILING function." }, { "id": "Functions/cell.htm", "title": "CELL Function", - "body": "The CELL function is one of the information functions. It is used to return information about the formatting, location, or contents of a cell. The CELL function syntax is: CELL(info_type, [reference]) where: info_type is a text value that specifies which information about the cell you want to get. This is the required argument. The available values are listed in the table below. [reference] is a cell that you want to get information about. If it is omitted, the information is returned for the last changed cell. If the reference argument is specified as a range of cells, the function returns the information for the upper-left cell of the range. Text value Type of information \"address\" Returns the reference to the cell. \"col\" Returns the column number where the cell is located. \"color\" Returns 1 if the cell is formatted in color for negative values; otherwise returns 0. \"contents\" Returns the value that the cell contains. \"filename\" Returns the filename of the file that contains the cell. \"format\" Returns a text value corresponding to the number format of the cell. The text values are listed in the table below. \"parentheses\" Returns 1 if the cell is formatted with parentheses for positive or all values; otherwise returns 0. \"prefix\" Returns the single quotation mark (') if the text in the cell is left-aligned, the double quotation mark (\") if the text is right-aligned, the caret (^) if the text is centered, and an empty text (\"\") if the cell contains anything else. \"protect\" Returns 0 if the cell is not locked; returns 1 if the cell is locked. \"row\" Returns the row number where the cell is located. \"type\" Returns \"b\" for an empty cell, \"l\" for a text value, and \"v\" for any other value in the cell. \"width\" Returns the width of the cell, rounded off to an integer. Below you can see the text values which the function returns for the \"format\" argument Number format Returned text value General G 0 F0 #,##0 ,0 0.00 F2 #,##0.00 ,2 $#,##0_);($#,##0) C0 $#,##0_);[Red]($#,##0) C0- $#,##0.00_);($#,##0.00) C2 $#,##0.00_);[Red]($#,##0.00) C2- 0% P0 0.00% P2 0.00E+00 S2 # ?/? or # ??/?? G m/d/yy or m/d/yy h:mm or mm/dd/yy D4 d-mmm-yy or dd-mmm-yy D1 d-mmm or dd-mmm D2 mmm-yy D3 mm/dd D5 h:mm AM/PM D7 h:mm:ss AM/PM D6 h:mm D9 h:mm:ss D8 To apply the CELL function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Information function group from the list, click the CELL function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The CELL function is one of the information functions. It is used to return information about the formatting, location, or contents of a cell. Syntax CELL(info_type, [reference]) The CELL function has the following arguments: Argument Description info_type A text value that specifies which information about the cell you want to get. This is the required argument. The available values are listed in the table below. reference A cell that you want to get information about. If it is omitted, the information is returned for the last changed cell. If the reference argument is specified as a range of cells, the function returns the information for the upper-left cell of the range. The info_type argument can be one of the following: Text value Type of information \"address\" Returns the reference to the cell. \"col\" Returns the column number where the cell is located. \"color\" Returns 1 if the cell is formatted in color for negative values; otherwise returns 0. \"contents\" Returns the value that the cell contains. \"filename\" Returns the filename of the file that contains the cell. \"format\" Returns a text value corresponding to the number format of the cell. The text values are listed in the table below. \"parentheses\" Returns 1 if the cell is formatted with parentheses for positive or all values; otherwise returns 0. \"prefix\" Returns the single quotation mark (') if the text in the cell is left-aligned, the double quotation mark (\") if the text is right-aligned, the caret (^) if the text is centered, and an empty text (\"\") if the cell contains anything else. \"protect\" Returns 0 if the cell is not locked; returns 1 if the cell is locked. \"row\" Returns the row number where the cell is located. \"type\" Returns \"b\" for an empty cell, \"l\" for a text value, and \"v\" for any other value in the cell. \"width\" Returns the width of the cell, rounded off to an integer. Below you can see the text values which the function returns for the \"format\" argument Number format Returned text value General G 0 F0 #,##0 ,0 0.00 F2 #,##0.00 ,2 $#,##0_);($#,##0) C0 $#,##0_);[Red]($#,##0) C0- $#,##0.00_);($#,##0.00) C2 $#,##0.00_);[Red]($#,##0.00) C2- 0% P0 0.00% P2 0.00E+00 S2 # ?/? or # ??/?? G m/d/yy or m/d/yy h:mm or mm/dd/yy D4 d-mmm-yy or dd-mmm-yy D1 d-mmm or dd-mmm D2 mmm-yy D3 mm/dd D5 h:mm AM/PM D7 h:mm:ss AM/PM D6 h:mm D9 h:mm:ss D8 Notes Please note that this is an array formula. To learn more, please read the Insert array formulas article. How to apply the CELL function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the CELL function." }, { "id": "Functions/char.htm", "title": "CHAR Function", - "body": "The CHAR function is one of the text and data functions. Is used to return the ASCII character specified by a number. The CHAR function syntax is: CHAR(number) where number (from 1 to 255) is a data entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the CHAR function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Text and data function group from the list, click the CHAR function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The CHAR function is one of the text and data functions. Is used to return the ASCII character specified by a number. Syntax CHAR(number) The CHAR function has the following argument: Argument Description number A number between 1 and 255 specifying a character from the computer character set. Notes How to apply the CHAR function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the CHAR function." }, { "id": "Functions/chidist.htm", "title": "CHIDIST Function", - "body": "The CHIDIST function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the right-tailed probability of the chi-squared distribution. The CHIDIST function syntax is: CHIDIST(x, deg-freedom) where x is the value at which you want to evaluate the chi-squared distribution. A numeric value greater than or equal to 0. deg-freedom is the number of degrees of freedom. A numeric value greater than or equal to 1 but less than or equal to 10^10. The values can be entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to. To apply the CHIDIST function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the CHIDIST function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The CHIDIST function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the right-tailed probability of the chi-squared distribution. Syntax CHIDIST(x, deg_freedom) The CHIDIST function has the following arguments: Argument Description x The value at which you want to evaluate the chi-squared distribution. A numeric value greater than or equal to 0. deg_freedom The number of degrees of freedom. A numeric value greater than or equal to 1 but less than or equal to 10^10. Notes How to apply the CHIDIST function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the CHIDIST function." }, { "id": "Functions/chiinv.htm", "title": "CHIINV Function", - "body": "The CHIINV function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the inverse of the right-tailed probability of the chi-squared distribution. The CHIINV function syntax is: CHIINV(probability, deg-freedom) where probability is the probability associated with the chi-squared distribution. A numeric value greater than 0 and less than 1. deg-freedom is the number of degrees of freedom. A numeric value greater than or equal to 1 but less than or equal to 10^10. The values can be entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to. To apply the CHIINV function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the CHIINV function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The CHIINV function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the inverse of the right-tailed probability of the chi-squared distribution. Syntax CHIINV(probability, deg_freedom) The CHIINV function has the following arguments: Argument Description probability The probability associated with the chi-squared distribution. A numeric value greater than 0 and less than 1. deg_freedom The number of degrees of freedom. A numeric value greater than or equal to 1 but less than or equal to 10^10. Notes How to apply the CHIINV function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the CHIINV function." }, { "id": "Functions/chisq-dist-rt.htm", "title": "CHISQ.DIST.RT Function", - "body": "The CHISQ.DIST.RT function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the right-tailed probability of the chi-squared distribution. The CHISQ.DIST.RT function syntax is: CHISQ.DIST.RT(x, deg-freedom) where x is the value at which you want to evaluate the chi-squared distribution. A numeric value greater than or equal to 0. deg-freedom is the number of degrees of freedom. A numeric value greater than or equal to 1 but less than or equal to 10^10. The values can be entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to. To apply the CHISQ.DIST.RT function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the CHISQ.DIST.RT function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The CHISQ.DIST.RT function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the right-tailed probability of the chi-squared distribution. Syntax CHISQ.DIST.RT(x, deg_freedom) The CHISQ.DIST.RT function has the following arguments: Argument Description x The value at which you want to evaluate the chi-squared distribution. A numeric value greater than or equal to 0. deg_freedom The number of degrees of freedom. A numeric value greater than or equal to 1 but less than or equal to 10^10. Notes How to apply the CHISQ.DIST.RT function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the CHISQ.DIST.RT function." }, { "id": "Functions/chisq-dist.htm", "title": "CHISQ.DIST Function", - "body": "The CHISQ.DIST function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the chi-squared distribution. The CHISQ.DIST function syntax is: CHISQ.DIST(x, deg-freedom, cumulative) where x is the value at which you want to evaluate the chi-squared distribution. A numeric value greater than or equal to 0. deg-freedom is the number of degrees of freedom. A numeric value greater than or equal to 1 but less than or equal to 10^10. cumulative is a logical value (TRUE or FALSE) that determines the function form. If it is TRUE, the function returns the cumulative distribution function. If it is FALSE, the function returns the probability density function. The values can be entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to. To apply the CHISQ.DIST function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the CHISQ.DIST function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The CHISQ.DIST function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the chi-squared distribution. Syntax CHISQ.DIST(x, deg_freedom, cumulative) The CHISQ.DIST function has the following arguments: Argument Description x The value at which you want to evaluate the chi-squared distribution. A numeric value greater than or equal to 0. deg_freedom The number of degrees of freedom. A numeric value greater than or equal to 1 but less than or equal to 10^10. cumulative A logical value (TRUE or FALSE) that determines the function form. If it is TRUE, the function returns the cumulative distribution function. If it is FALSE, the function returns the probability density function. Notes How to apply the CHISQ.DIST function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the CHISQ.DIST function." }, { "id": "Functions/chisq-inv-rt.htm", "title": "CHISQ.INV.RT Function", - "body": "The CHISQ.INV.RT function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the inverse of the right-tailed probability of the chi-squared distribution. The CHISQ.INV.RT function syntax is: CHISQ.INV.RT(probability, deg-freedom) where probability is the probability associated with the chi-squared distribution. A numeric value greater than 0 and less than 1. deg-freedom is the number of degrees of freedom. A numeric value greater than or equal to 1 but less than or equal to 10^10. The values can be entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to. To apply the CHISQ.INV.RT function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the CHISQ.INV.RT function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The CHISQ.INV.RT function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the inverse of the right-tailed probability of the chi-squared distribution. Syntax CHISQ.INV.RT(probability, deg_freedom) The CHISQ.INV.RT function has the following arguments: Argument Description probability The probability associated with the chi-squared distribution. A numeric value greater than 0 and less than 1. deg_freedom The number of degrees of freedom. A numeric value greater than or equal to 1 but less than or equal to 10^10. Notes How to apply the CHISQ.INV.RT function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the CHISQ.INV.RT function." }, { "id": "Functions/chisq-inv.htm", "title": "CHISQ.INV Function", - "body": "The CHISQ.INV function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the inverse of the left-tailed probability of the chi-squared distribution. The CHISQ.INV function syntax is: CHISQ.INV(probability, deg-freedom) where probability is the probability associated with the chi-squared distribution. A numeric value greater than 0 and less than 1. deg-freedom is the number of degrees of freedom. A numeric value greater than or equal to 1 but less than or equal to 10^10. The values can be entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to. To apply the CHISQ.INV function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the CHISQ.INV function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The CHISQ.INV function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the inverse of the left-tailed probability of the chi-squared distribution. Syntax CHISQ.INV(probability, deg_freedom) The CHISQ.INV function has the following arguments: Argument Description probability The probability associated with the chi-squared distribution. A numeric value greater than 0 and less than 1. deg_freedom The number of degrees of freedom. A numeric value greater than or equal to 1 but less than or equal to 10^10. Notes How to apply the CHISQ.INV function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the CHISQ.INV function." }, { "id": "Functions/chisq-test.htm", "title": "CHISQ.TEST Function", - "body": "The CHISQ.TEST function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the test for independence, the value from the chi-squared (χ2) distribution for the statistic and the appropriate degrees of freedom. The CHISQ.TEST function syntax is: CHISQ.TEST(actual-range, expected-range) where actual-range is the range of observed (actual) values. expected-range is the range of expected values. The ranges must contain the same number of values. Each of the expected values should be greater than or equal to 5. The values can be entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to. To apply the CHISQ.TEST function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the CHISQ.TEST function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The CHISQ.TEST function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the test for independence, the value from the chi-squared (χ2) distribution for the statistic and the appropriate degrees of freedom. Syntax CHISQ.TEST(actual_range, expected_range) The CHISQ.TEST function has the following arguments: Argument Description actual_range The range of observed (actual) values. expected_range The range of expected values. Notes The ranges must contain the same number of values. Each of the expected values should be greater than or equal to 5. How to apply the CHISQ.TEST function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the CHISQ.TEST function." }, { "id": "Functions/chitest.htm", "title": "CHITEST Function", - "body": "The CHITEST function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the test for independence, the value from the chi-squared (χ2) distribution for the statistic and the appropriate degrees of freedom. The CHITEST function syntax is: CHITEST(actual-range, expected-range) where actual-range is the range of observed (actual) values. expected-range is the range of expected values. The ranges must contain the same number of values. Each of the expected values should be greater than or equal to 5. The values can be entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to. To apply the CHITEST function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the CHITEST function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The CHITEST function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the test for independence, the value from the chi-squared (χ2) distribution for the statistic and the appropriate degrees of freedom. Syntax CHITEST(actual_range, expected_range) The CHITEST function has the following arguments: Argument Description actual_range The range of observed (actual) values. expected_range The range of expected values. Notes The ranges must contain the same number of values. Each of the expected values should be greater than or equal to 5. How to apply the CHITEST function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the CHITEST function." }, { "id": "Functions/choose.htm", "title": "CHOOSE Function", - "body": "The CHOOSE function is one of the lookup and reference functions. It is used to return a value from a list of values based on a specified index (position). The CHOOSE function syntax is: CHOOSE(index, argument-list) where index is the position of the value in the argument-list, a numeric value greater than or equal to 1 but less than the number of the number of values in the argument-list, argument-list is the list of values or the selected range of cells you need to analyze. To apply the CHOOSE function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Lookup and Reference function group from the list, click the CHOOSE function, enter the required arguments separating them by comma, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The CHOOSE function is one of the lookup and reference functions. It is used to return a value from a list of values based on a specified index (position). Syntax CHOOSE(index_num, value1, [value2], ...) The CHOOSE function has the following arguments: Argument Description index_num The position of the value in the list of values, a numeric value greater than or equal to 1 but less than the number of the number of values in the list of values. value1/2/n The list of values or the selected range of cells you need to analyze. Notes How to apply the CHOOSE function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the CHOOSE function." }, { "id": "Functions/choosecols.htm", "title": "CHOOSECOLS Function", - "body": "The CHOOSECOLS function is one of the lookup and reference functions. It is used to return columns from an array or reference. Please note that this is an array formula. To learn more, please read the Insert array formulas article. The CHOOSECOLS function syntax is: CHOOSECOLS(array,col_num1,[col_num2],…) where array is used to set the array containing the columns to be returned in a new array. col_num1 is used to set the first column number to be returned. col_num2 is an optional argument. It is used to set additional column numbers to be returned. To apply the CHOOSECOLS function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Lookup and Reference function group from the list, click the CHOOSECOLS function, enter the required arguments separating them by comma, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The CHOOSECOLS function is one of the lookup and reference functions. It is used to return columns from an array or reference. Syntax CHOOSECOLS(array, col_num1, [col_num2], …) The CHOOSECOLS function has the following arguments: Argument Description array Is used to set the array containing the columns to be returned in a new array. col_num1 Is used to set the first column number to be returned. col_num2 Is an optional argument. It is used to set additional column numbers to be returned. Notes Please note that this is an array formula. To learn more, please read the Insert array formulas article. How to apply the CHOOSECOLS function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the CHOOSECOLS function." }, { "id": "Functions/chooserows.htm", "title": "CHOOSEROWS Function", - "body": "The CHOOSEROWS function is one of the lookup and reference functions. It is used to return rows from an array or reference. Please note that this is an array formula. To learn more, please read the Insert array formulas article. The CHOOSEROWS function syntax is: CHOOSEROWS(array,row_num1,[row_num2],…) where array is used to set the array containing the rows to be returned in a new array. row_num1 is used to set the first row number to be returned. row_num2 is an optional argument. It is used to set additional row numbers to be returned. To apply the CHOOSEROWS function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Lookup and Reference function group from the list, click the CHOOSEROWS function, enter the required arguments separating them by comma, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The CHOOSEROWS function is one of the lookup and reference functions. It is used to return rows from an array or reference. Syntax CHOOSEROWS(array, row_num1, [row_num2], …) The CHOOSEROWS function has the following arguments: Argument Description array Is used to set the array containing the rows to be returned in a new array. row_num1 Is used to set the first row number to be returned. row_num2 Is an optional argument. It is used to set additional row numbers to be returned. Notes Please note that this is an array formula. To learn more, please read the Insert array formulas article. How to apply the CHOOSEROWS function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the CHOOSEROWS function." }, { "id": "Functions/clean.htm", "title": "CLEAN Function", - "body": "The CLEAN function is one of the text and data functions. Is used to remove all the nonprintable characters from the selected string. The CLEAN function syntax is: CLEAN(string) where string is a string with nonprintable characters you need to remove, data included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the CLEAN function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Text and data function group from the list, click the CLEAN function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The CLEAN function is one of the text and data functions. Is used to remove all the nonprintable characters from the selected string. Syntax CLEAN(text) The CLEAN function has the following argument: Argument Description text A string with nonprintable characters you need to remove, data included into the cell you make reference to. Notes How to apply the CLEAN function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the CLEAN function." }, { "id": "Functions/code.htm", "title": "CODE Function", - "body": "The CODE function is one of the text and data functions. Is used to return the ASCII value of the specified character or the first character in a cell. The CODE function syntax is: CODE(string) where string is a data entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the CODE function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Text and data function group from the list, click the CODE function, enter the required argument, Note: the CODE function is case-sensitive. press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The CODE function is one of the text and data functions. Is used to return the ASCII value of the specified character or the first character in a cell. Syntax CODE(text) The CODE function has the following argument: Argument Description text The text for which you want to get the code of the first character. Notes The CODE function is case-sensitive. How to apply the CODE function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the CODE function." }, { "id": "Functions/column.htm", "title": "COLUMN Function", - "body": "The COLUMN function is one of the lookup and reference functions. It is used to return the column number of a cell. The COLUMN function syntax is: COLUMN([reference]) where reference is a reference to a cell. Note: reference is an optional argument. If it is omitted, the function will return the column number of a cell selected to display the COLUMN function result. To apply the COLUMN function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Lookup and Reference function group from the list, click the COLUMN function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The COLUMN function is one of the lookup and reference functions. It is used to return the column number of a cell. Syntax COLUMN([reference]) The COLUMN function has the following argument: Argument Description reference A reference to a cell. Notes reference is an optional argument. If it is omitted, the function will return the column number of a cell selected to display the COLUMN function result. Please note that this is an array formula. To learn more, please read the Insert array formulas article. How to apply the COLUMN function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the COLUMN function." }, { "id": "Functions/columns.htm", "title": "COLUMNS Function", - "body": "The COLUMNS function is one of the lookup and reference functions. It is used to return the number of columns in a cell reference. The COLUMNS function syntax is: COLUMNS(array) where array is a reference to a range of cells. To apply the COLUMNS function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Lookup and Reference function group from the list, click the COLUMNS function, select a range of cells with the mouse or enter it manually, like this A1:B2, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The COLUMNS function is one of the lookup and reference functions. It is used to return the number of columns in a cell reference. Syntax COLUMNS(array) The COLUMNS function has the following argument: Argument Description array A reference to a range of cells. Notes How to apply the COLUMNS function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the COLUMNS function." }, { "id": "Functions/combin.htm", "title": "COMBIN Function", - "body": "The COMBIN function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to return the number of combinations for a specified number of items. The COMBIN function syntax is: COMBIN(number, number-chosen) where number is a number of items, a numeric value greater than or equal to 0. number-chosen is a number of items in a combination, a numeric value greater than or equal to 0 but less than number. The numeric values can be entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to. To apply the COMBIN function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Math and trigonometry function group from the list, click the COMBIN function, enter the required arguments separating them by comma, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The COMBIN function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to return the number of combinations for a specified number of items. Syntax COMBIN(number, number_chosen) The COMBIN function has the following arguments: Argument Description number A number of items, a numeric value greater than or equal to 0. number_chosen A number of items in a combination, a numeric value greater than or equal to 0 but less than number. Notes How to apply the COMBIN function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the COMBIN function." }, { "id": "Functions/combina.htm", "title": "COMBINA Function", - "body": "The COMBINA function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to return the number of combinations (with repetitions) for a given number of items. The COMBINA function syntax is: COMBINA(number, number-chosen) where number is the total number of items, a numeric value greater than or equal to 0. number-chosen is a number of items in a combination, a numeric value greater than or equal to 0 but less than number. The numeric values can be entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to. To apply the COMBINA function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Math and trigonometry function group from the list, click the COMBINA function, enter the required arguments separating them by comma, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The COMBINA function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to return the number of combinations (with repetitions) for a given number of items. Syntax COMBINA(number, number_chosen) The COMBINA function has the following arguments: Argument Description number The total number of items, a numeric value greater than or equal to 0. number_chosen A number of items in a combination, a numeric value greater than or equal to 0 but less than number. Notes How to apply the COMBINA function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the COMBINA function." }, { "id": "Functions/complex.htm", "title": "COMPLEX Function", - "body": "The COMPLEX function is one of the engineering functions. It is used to convert a real part and an imaginary part into the complex number expressed in a + bi or a + bj form. The COMPLEX function syntax is: COMPLEX(real-number, imaginary-number [, suffix]) where real-number is the real part of the complex number. imaginary-number is the imaginary part of the complex number. suffix is an indicator of the imaginary part of the complex number. It can be either \"i\" or \"j\" in lowercase. It is an optional argument. If it is omitted, the function will assume suffix to be \"i\". The values can be entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the COMPLEX function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Engineering function group from the list, click the COMPLEX function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The COMPLEX function is one of the engineering functions. It is used to convert a real part and an imaginary part into the complex number expressed in a + bi or a + bj form. Syntax COMPLEX(real_num, i_num, [suffix]) The COMPLEX function has the following arguments: Argument Description real_num The real part of the complex number. i_num The imaginary part of the complex number. suffix An indicator of the imaginary part of the complex number. It can be either \"i\" or \"j\" in lowercase. It is an optional argument. If it is omitted, the function will assume suffix to be \"i\". Notes How to apply the COMPLEX function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the COMPLEX function." }, { "id": "Functions/concat.htm", "title": "CONCAT Function", - "body": "The CONCAT function is one of the text and data functions. Is used to combine the data from two or more cells into a single one. This function replaces the CONCATENATE function. The CONCAT function syntax is: CONCAT(text1, text2, ...) where text1(2) is up to 265 data values entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to. To apply the CONCAT function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Text and data function group from the list, click the CONCAT function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell. For example: There are three arguments: text1 = A1 (John), text2 = \" \" (space), text3 = B1 (Adams). So the function will combine the first name, the space and the last name into one cell and return the result John Adams." + "body": "The CONCAT function is one of the text and data functions. Is used to combine the data from two or more cells into a single one. This function replaces the CONCATENATE function. Syntax CONCAT(text1, [text2], ...) The CONCAT function has the following arguments: Argument Description text1/2/n Up to 255 data values that you want to combine. Notes How to apply the CONCAT function. Examples There are three arguments: text1 = A1 (John), text2 = \" \" (space), text3 = B1 (Adams). So the function will combine the first name, the space and the last name into one cell and return the result John Adams." }, { "id": "Functions/concatenate.htm", "title": "CONCATENATE Function", - "body": "The CONCATENATE function is one of the text and data functions. Is used to combine the data from two or more cells into a single one. The CONCATENATE function syntax is: CONCATENATE(text1, text2, ...) where text1(2) is up to 265 data values entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to. To apply the CONCATENATE function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Text and data function group from the list, click the CONCATENATE function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell. For example: There are three arguments: text1 = A1 (John), text2 = \" \" (space), text3 = B1 (Adams). So the function will combine the first name, the space and the last name into one cell and return the result John Adams." + "body": "The CONCATENATE function is one of the text and data functions. Is used to combine the data from two or more cells into a single one. Syntax CONCATENATE(text1, [text2], ...) The CONCATENATE function has the following arguments: Argument Description text1/2/n Up to 255 data values that you want to combine. Notes How to apply the CONCATENATE function. Examples There are three arguments: text1 = A1 (John), text2 = \" \" (space), text3 = B1 (Adams). So the function will combine the first name, the space and the last name into one cell and return the result John Adams." }, { "id": "Functions/confidence-norm.htm", "title": "CONFIDENCE.NORM Function", - "body": "The CONFIDENCE.NORM function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the confidence interval for a population mean, using a normal distribution. The CONFIDENCE.NORM function syntax is: CONFIDENCE.NORM(alpha, standard-dev, size) where alpha is the significance level used to compute the confidence level, a numeric value greater than 0 but less than 1. standard-dev is the population standard deviation, a numeric value greater than 0. size is the sample size, a numeric value greater than or equal to 1. The numeric values can be entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to. To apply the CONFIDENCE.NORM function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the CONFIDENCE.NORM function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The CONFIDENCE.NORM function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the confidence interval for a population mean, using a normal distribution. Syntax CONFIDENCE.NORM(alpha, standard_dev, size) The CONFIDENCE.NORM function has the following arguments: Argument Description alpha The significance level used to compute the confidence level, a numeric value greater than 0 but less than 1. standard_dev The population standard deviation, a numeric value greater than 0. size The sample size, a numeric value greater than or equal to 1. Notes How to apply the CONFIDENCE.NORM function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the CONFIDENCE.NORM function." }, { "id": "Functions/confidence-t.htm", "title": "CONFIDENCE.T Function", - "body": "The CONFIDENCE.T function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the confidence interval for a population mean, using a Student's t distribution. The CONFIDENCE.T function syntax is: CONFIDENCE.T(alpha, standard-dev, size) where alpha is the significance level used to compute the confidence level, a numeric value greater than 0 but less than 1. standard-dev is the population standard deviation, a numeric value greater than 0. size is the sample size, a numeric value greater than 1. The numeric values can be entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to. To apply the CONFIDENCE.T function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the CONFIDENCE.T function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The CONFIDENCE.T function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the confidence interval for a population mean, using a Student's t distribution. Syntax CONFIDENCE.T(alpha, standard_dev, size) The CONFIDENCE.T function has the following arguments: Argument Description alpha The significance level used to compute the confidence level, a numeric value greater than 0 but less than 1. standard_dev The population standard deviation, a numeric value greater than 0. size The sample size, a numeric value greater than or equal to 1. Notes How to apply the CONFIDENCE.T function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the CONFIDENCE.T function." }, { "id": "Functions/confidence.htm", "title": "CONFIDENCE Function", - "body": "The CONFIDENCE function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the confidence interval. The CONFIDENCE function syntax is: CONFIDENCE(alpha, standard-dev, size) where alpha is the significance level used to compute the confidence level, a numeric value greater than 0 but less than 1. standard-dev is the population standard deviation, a numeric value greater than 0. size is the sample size, a numeric value greater than or equal to 1. The numeric values can be entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to. To apply the CONFIDENCE function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the CONFIDENCE function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The CONFIDENCE function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the confidence interval. Syntax CONFIDENCE(alpha, standard_dev, size) The CONFIDENCE function has the following arguments: Argument Description alpha The significance level used to compute the confidence level, a numeric value greater than 0 but less than 1. standard_dev The population standard deviation, a numeric value greater than 0. size The sample size, a numeric value greater than or equal to 1. Notes How to apply the CONFIDENCE function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the CONFIDENCE function." }, { "id": "Functions/convert.htm", "title": "CONVERT Function", - "body": "The CONVERT function is one of the engineering functions. It is used to convert a number from one measurement system to another. For example, CONVERT can translate a table of distances in miles to a table of distances in kilometers. The CONVERT function syntax is: CONVERT(number, from_unit, to_unit) where number is the value to be converted, from_unit is the original measurement unit. A text string enclosed in quotes. The possible values are listed in the table below. to_unit is the measurement unit that the number should be converted to. A text string enclosed in quotes. The possible values are listed in the table below. Note: the from_unit and to_unit must be compatible, i.e. they should belong to the same measurement type. Weight and mass Unit Text value Gram \"g\" Slug \"sg\" Pound mass (avoirdupois) \"lbm\" U (atomic mass unit) \"u\" Ounce mass (avoirdupois) \"ozm\" Grain \"grain\" U.S. (short) hundredweight \"cwt\" or \"shweight\" Imperial hundredweight \"uk_cwt\" or \"lcwt\" (\"hweight\") Stone \"stone\" Ton \"ton\" Imperial ton \"uk_ton\" or \"LTON\" (\"brton\") Distance Unit Text value Meter \"m\" Statute mile \"mi\" Nautical mile \"Nmi\" Inch \"in\" Foot \"ft\" Yard \"yd\" Angstrom \"ang\" Ell \"ell\" Light-year \"ly\" Parsec \"parsec\" or \"pc\" Pica (1/72 inch) \"Picapt\" or \"Pica\" Pica (1/6 inch) \"pica\" U.S survey mile (statute mile) \"survey_mi\" Time Unit Text value Year \"yr\" Day \"day\" or \"d\" Hour \"hr\" Minute \"mn\" or \"min\" Second \"sec\" or \"s\" Pressure Unit Text value Pascal \"Pa\" (or \"p\") Atmosphere \"atm\" (or \"at\") mm of Mercury \"mmHg\" PSI \"psi\" Torr \"Torr\" Force Unit Text value Newton \"N\" Dyne \"dyn\" (or \"dy\") Pound force \"lbf\" Pond \"pond\" Energy Unit Text value Joule \"J\" Erg \"e\" Thermodynamic calorie \"c\" IT calorie \"cal\" Electron volt \"eV\" (or \"ev\") Horsepower-hour \"HPh\" (or \"hh\") Watt-hour \"Wh\" (or \"wh\") Foot-pound \"flb\" BTU \"BTU\" (or \"btu\") Power Unit Text value Horsepower \"HP\" (or \"h\") Pferdestärke \"PS\" Watt \"W\" (or \"w\") Magnetism Unit Text value Tesla \"T\" Gauss \"ga\" Temperature Unit Text value Degree Celsius \"C\" (or \"cel\") Degree Fahrenheit \"F\" (or \"fah\") Kelvin \"K\" (or \"kel\") Degrees Rankine \"Rank\" Degrees Réaumur \"Reau\" Volume (or l iquid measure ) Unit Text value Teaspoon \"tsp\" Modern teaspoon \"tspm\" Tablespoon \"tbs\" Fluid ounce \"oz\" Cup \"cup\" U.S. pint \"pt\" (or \"us_pt\") U.K. pint \"uk_pt\" Quart \"qt\" Imperial quart (U.K.) \"uk_qt\" Gallon \"gal\" Imperial gallon (U.K.) \"uk_gal\" Liter \"l\" or \"L\" (\"lt\") Cubic angstrom \"ang3\" or \"ang^3\" U.S. oil barrel \"barrel\" U.S. bushel \"bushel\" Cubic feet \"ft3\" or \"ft^3\" Cubic inch \"in3\" or \"in^3\" Cubic light-year \"ly3\" or \"ly^3\" Cubic meter \"m3\" or \"m^3\" Cubic Mile \"mi3\" or \"mi^3\" Cubic yard \"yd3\" or \"yd^3\" Cubic nautical mile \"Nmi3\" or \"Nmi^3\" Cubic Pica \"Picapt3\", \"Picapt^3\", \"Pica3\" or \"Pica^3\" Gross Registered Ton \"GRT\" (\"regton\") Measurement ton (freight ton) \"MTON\" Area Unit Text value International acre \"uk_acre\" U.S. survey/statute acre \"us_acre\" Square angstrom \"ang2\" or \"ang^2\" Are \"ar\" Square feet \"ft2\" or \"ft^2\" Hectare \"ha\" Square inches \"in2\" or \"in^2\" Square light-year \"ly2\" or \"ly^2\" Square meters \"m2\" or \"m^2\" Morgen \"Morgen\" Square miles \"mi2\" or \"mi^2\" Square nautical miles \"Nmi2\" or \"Nmi^2\" Square Pica \"Picapt2\", \"Pica2\", \"Pica^2\" or \"Picapt^2\" Square yards \"yd2\" or \"yd^2\" Information Unit Text value Bit \"bit\" Byte \"byte\" Speed Unit Text value Admiralty knot \"admkn\" Knot \"kn\" Meters per hour \"m/h\" or \"m/hr\" Meters per second \"m/s\" or \"m/sec\" Miles per hour \"mph\" It's also possible to use prefixes with the from_unit and to_unit values, e.g. if you add the \"k\" prefix before the \"g\" unit, you'll get the \"kg\" value that denotes kilograms. Prefixes Prefix Multiplier Text value yotta 1E+24 \"Y\" zetta 1E+21 \"Z\" exa 1E+18 \"E\" peta 1E+15 \"P\" tera 1E+12 \"T\" giga 1E+09 \"G\" mega 1E+06 \"M\" kilo 1E+03 \"k\" hecto 1E+02 \"h\" dekao 1E+01 \"da\" or \"e\" deci 1E-01 \"d\" centi 1E-02 \"c\" milli 1E-03 \"m\" micro 1E-06 \"u\" nano 1E-09 \"n\" pico 1E-12 \"p\" femto 1E-15 \"f\" atto 1E-18 \"a\" zepto 1E-21 \"z\" yocto 1E-24 \"y\" Binary Prefixes Prefix Prefix value Text value yobi 2^80 = 1 208 925 819 614 629 174 706 176 \"Yi\" zebi 2^70 = 1 180 591 620 717 411 303 424 \"Zi\" exbi 2^60 = 1 152 921 504 606 846 976 \"Ei\" pebi 2^50 = 1 125 899 906 842 624 \"Pi\" tebi 2^40 = 1 099 511 627 776 \"Ti\" gibi 2^30 = 1 073 741 824 \"Gi\" mebi 2^20 = 1 048 576 \"Mi\" kibi 2^10 = 1024 \"ki\" To apply the CONVERT function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Engineering function group from the list, click the CONVERT function, enter the required arguments separating them by comma, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The CONVERT function is one of the engineering functions. It is used to convert a number from one measurement system to another. For example, CONVERT can translate a table of distances in miles to a table of distances in kilometers. Syntax CONVERT(number, from_unit, to_unit) The CONVERT function has the following arguments: Argument Description number The value to be converted. from_unit The original measurement unit. A text string enclosed in quotes. The possible values are listed in the table below. to_unit The measurement unit that the number should be converted to. A text string enclosed in quotes. The possible values are listed in the table below. Weight and mass Unit Text value Gram \"g\" Slug \"sg\" Pound mass (avoirdupois) \"lbm\" U (atomic mass unit) \"u\" Ounce mass (avoirdupois) \"ozm\" Grain \"grain\" U.S. (short) hundredweight \"cwt\" or \"shweight\" Imperial hundredweight \"uk_cwt\" or \"lcwt\" (\"hweight\") Stone \"stone\" Ton \"ton\" Imperial ton \"uk_ton\" or \"LTON\" (\"brton\") Distance Unit Text value Meter \"m\" Statute mile \"mi\" Nautical mile \"Nmi\" Inch \"in\" Foot \"ft\" Yard \"yd\" Angstrom \"ang\" Ell \"ell\" Light-year \"ly\" Parsec \"parsec\" or \"pc\" Pica (1/72 inch) \"Picapt\" or \"Pica\" Pica (1/6 inch) \"pica\" U.S survey mile (statute mile) \"survey_mi\" Time Unit Text value Year \"yr\" Day \"day\" or \"d\" Hour \"hr\" Minute \"mn\" or \"min\" Second \"sec\" or \"s\" Pressure Unit Text value Pascal \"Pa\" (or \"p\") Atmosphere \"atm\" (or \"at\") mm of Mercury \"mmHg\" PSI \"psi\" Torr \"Torr\" Force Unit Text value Newton \"N\" Dyne \"dyn\" (or \"dy\") Pound force \"lbf\" Pond \"pond\" Energy Unit Text value Joule \"J\" Erg \"e\" Thermodynamic calorie \"c\" IT calorie \"cal\" Electron volt \"eV\" (or \"ev\") Horsepower-hour \"HPh\" (or \"hh\") Watt-hour \"Wh\" (or \"wh\") Foot-pound \"flb\" BTU \"BTU\" (or \"btu\") Power Unit Text value Horsepower \"HP\" (or \"h\") Pferdestärke \"PS\" Watt \"W\" (or \"w\") Magnetism Unit Text value Tesla \"T\" Gauss \"ga\" Temperature Unit Text value Degree Celsius \"C\" (or \"cel\") Degree Fahrenheit \"F\" (or \"fah\") Kelvin \"K\" (or \"kel\") Degrees Rankine \"Rank\" Degrees Réaumur \"Reau\" Volume (or l iquid measure ) Unit Text value Teaspoon \"tsp\" Modern teaspoon \"tspm\" Tablespoon \"tbs\" Fluid ounce \"oz\" Cup \"cup\" U.S. pint \"pt\" (or \"us_pt\") U.K. pint \"uk_pt\" Quart \"qt\" Imperial quart (U.K.) \"uk_qt\" Gallon \"gal\" Imperial gallon (U.K.) \"uk_gal\" Liter \"l\" or \"L\" (\"lt\") Cubic angstrom \"ang3\" or \"ang^3\" U.S. oil barrel \"barrel\" U.S. bushel \"bushel\" Cubic feet \"ft3\" or \"ft^3\" Cubic inch \"in3\" or \"in^3\" Cubic light-year \"ly3\" or \"ly^3\" Cubic meter \"m3\" or \"m^3\" Cubic Mile \"mi3\" or \"mi^3\" Cubic yard \"yd3\" or \"yd^3\" Cubic nautical mile \"Nmi3\" or \"Nmi^3\" Cubic Pica \"Picapt3\", \"Picapt^3\", \"Pica3\" or \"Pica^3\" Gross Registered Ton \"GRT\" (\"regton\") Measurement ton (freight ton) \"MTON\" Area Unit Text value International acre \"uk_acre\" U.S. survey/statute acre \"us_acre\" Square angstrom \"ang2\" or \"ang^2\" Are \"ar\" Square feet \"ft2\" or \"ft^2\" Hectare \"ha\" Square inches \"in2\" or \"in^2\" Square light-year \"ly2\" or \"ly^2\" Square meters \"m2\" or \"m^2\" Morgen \"Morgen\" Square miles \"mi2\" or \"mi^2\" Square nautical miles \"Nmi2\" or \"Nmi^2\" Square Pica \"Picapt2\", \"Pica2\", \"Pica^2\" or \"Picapt^2\" Square yards \"yd2\" or \"yd^2\" Information Unit Text value Bit \"bit\" Byte \"byte\" Speed Unit Text value Admiralty knot \"admkn\" Knot \"kn\" Meters per hour \"m/h\" or \"m/hr\" Meters per second \"m/s\" or \"m/sec\" Miles per hour \"mph\" It's also possible to use prefixes with the from_unit and to_unit values, e.g. if you add the \"k\" prefix before the \"g\" unit, you'll get the \"kg\" value that denotes kilograms. Prefixes Prefix Multiplier Text value yotta 1E+24 \"Y\" zetta 1E+21 \"Z\" exa 1E+18 \"E\" peta 1E+15 \"P\" tera 1E+12 \"T\" giga 1E+09 \"G\" mega 1E+06 \"M\" kilo 1E+03 \"k\" hecto 1E+02 \"h\" dekao 1E+01 \"da\" or \"e\" deci 1E-01 \"d\" centi 1E-02 \"c\" milli 1E-03 \"m\" micro 1E-06 \"u\" nano 1E-09 \"n\" pico 1E-12 \"p\" femto 1E-15 \"f\" atto 1E-18 \"a\" zepto 1E-21 \"z\" yocto 1E-24 \"y\" Binary Prefixes Prefix Prefix value Text value yobi 2^80 = 1 208 925 819 614 629 174 706 176 \"Yi\" zebi 2^70 = 1 180 591 620 717 411 303 424 \"Zi\" exbi 2^60 = 1 152 921 504 606 846 976 \"Ei\" pebi 2^50 = 1 125 899 906 842 624 \"Pi\" tebi 2^40 = 1 099 511 627 776 \"Ti\" gibi 2^30 = 1 073 741 824 \"Gi\" mebi 2^20 = 1 048 576 \"Mi\" kibi 2^10 = 1024 \"ki\" Notes The from_unit and to_unit arguments must be compatible, i.e. they should belong to the same measurement type. How to apply the CONVERT function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the CONVERT function." }, { "id": "Functions/correl.htm", "title": "CORREL Function", - "body": "The CORREL function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to analyze the range of data and return the correlation coefficient of two range of cells. The CORREL function syntax is: CORREL(array-1, array-2) where array-1(2) is the selected range of cells with the same number of elements. Note: if array-1(2) contains text, logical values, or empty cells, the function will ignore those values, but treat the cells with the zero values. To apply the CORREL function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the CORREL function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The CORREL function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to analyze the range of data and return the correlation coefficient of two range of cells. Syntax CORREL(array1, array2) The CORREL function has the following arguments: Argument Description array1/2 The selected ranges of cells with the same number of elements. Notes If array1/2 contains text, logical values, or empty cells, the function will ignore those values, but treat the cells with the zero values. How to apply the CORREL function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the CORREL function." }, { "id": "Functions/cos.htm", "title": "COS Function", - "body": "The COS function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to return the cosine of an angle. The COS function syntax is: COS(x) where x is a numeric value entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the COS function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Math and trigonometry function group from the list, click the COS function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The COS function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to return the cosine of an angle. Syntax COS(number) The COS function has the following argument: Argument Description number A numeric value for which you want to get the cosine. Notes How to apply the COS function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the COS function." }, { "id": "Functions/cosh.htm", "title": "COSH Function", - "body": "The COSH function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to return the hyperbolic cosine of a number. The COSH function syntax is: COSH(x) where x is any numeric value entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the COSH function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Math and trigonometry function group from the list, click the COSH function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The COSH function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to return the hyperbolic cosine of a number. Syntax COSH(number) The COSH function has the following argument: Argument Description number A numeric value for which you want to get the hyperbolic cosine. Notes How to apply the COSH function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the COSH function." }, { "id": "Functions/cot.htm", "title": "COT Function", - "body": "The COT function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to return the cotangent of an angle specified in radians. The COT function syntax is: COT(x) where x is the angle in radians that you wish to calculate the cotangent of. A numeric value entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. Its absolute value must be less than 2^27. To apply the COT function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Math and trigonometry function group from the list, click the COT function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The COT function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to return the cotangent of an angle specified in radians. Syntax COT(number) The COT function has the following argument: Argument Description number The angle in radians that you wish to calculate the cotangent of. A numeric value entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. Its absolute value must be less than 2^27. Notes How to apply the COT function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the COT function." }, { "id": "Functions/coth.htm", "title": "COTH Function", - "body": "The COTH function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to return the hyperbolic cotangent of a hyperbolic angle. The COTH function syntax is: COTH(x) where x is the angle in radians that you wish to calculate the hyperbolic cotangent of. A numeric value entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. Its absolute value must be less than 2^27. To apply the COTH function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Math and trigonometry function group from the list, click the COTH function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The COTH function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to return the hyperbolic cotangent of a hyperbolic angle. Syntax COTH(number) The COTH function has the following argument: Argument Description number The angle in radians that you wish to calculate the hyperbolic cotangent of. A numeric value entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. Its absolute value must be less than 2^27. Notes How to apply the COTH function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the COTH function." }, { "id": "Functions/count.htm", "title": "COUNT Function", - "body": "The COUNT function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to count the number of the selected cells which contain numbers ignoring empty cells or those contaning text. The COUNT function syntax is: COUNT(argument-list) where argument-list is a range of cells you wish to count. To apply the COUNT function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the COUNT function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas or select a range of cells with the mouse, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The COUNT function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to count the number of the selected cells which contain numbers ignoring empty cells or those contaning text. Syntax COUNT(value1, [value2], ...) The COUNT function has the following arguments: Argument Description value1 The first value you wish to count. value2/n Additional values you wish to count. Notes How to apply the COUNT function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the COUNT function." }, { "id": "Functions/counta.htm", "title": "COUNTA Function", - "body": "The COUNTA function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to analyze the range of cells and count the number of cells that are not empty. The COUNTA function syntax is: COUNTA(argument-list) where argument-list is a range of cells you wish to count. To apply the COUNTA function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the COUNTA function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas or select a range of cells with the mouse, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The COUNTA function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to analyze the range of cells and count the number of cells that are not empty. Syntax COUNTA(value1, [value2], ...) The COUNTA function has the following arguments: Argument Description value1 The first value you wish to count. value2/n Additional values you wish to count. Notes How to apply the COUNTA function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the COUNTA function." }, { "id": "Functions/countblank.htm", "title": "COUNTBLANK Function", - "body": "The COUNTBLANK function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to analyze the range of cells and return the number of the empty cells. The COUNTBLANK function syntax is: COUNTBLANK(argument-list) where argument-list is a range of cells you wish to count. To apply the COUNTBLANK function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the COUNTBLANK function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas or select a range of cells with the mouse, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The COUNTBLANK function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to analyze the range of cells and return the number of the empty cells. Syntax COUNTBLANK(range) The COUNTBLANK function has the following argument: Argument Description range A range of cells you wish to count. Notes How to apply the COUNTBLANK function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the COUNTBLANK function." }, { "id": "Functions/countif.htm", "title": "COUNTIF Function", - "body": "The COUNTIF function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to count the number of the selected cells based on the specified criterion. The COUNTIF function syntax is: COUNTIF(cell-range, selection-criteria) where cell-range is the selected range of cells you wish to count applying the specified criterion, selection-criteria is a criterion you wish to apply entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. Note: selection-criteria can include the wildcard characters — the question mark (?) that matches a single character and the asterisk (*) that matches multiple characters. If you want to find a question mark or asterisk, type a tilde (~) before the character. To apply the COUNTIF function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the COUNTIF function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The COUNTIF function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to count the number of the selected cells based on the specified criterion. Syntax COUNTIF(range, criteria) The COUNTIF function has the following arguments: Argument Description range The selected range of cells you wish to count applying the specified criterion. criteria A criterion you wish to apply. Notes The criteria argument can include the wildcard characters — the question mark (?) that matches a single character and the asterisk (*) that matches multiple characters. If you want to find a question mark or asterisk, type a tilde (~) before the character. How to apply the COUNTIF function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the COUNTIF function." }, { "id": "Functions/countifs.htm", "title": "COUNTIFS Function", - "body": "The COUNTIFS function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to count the number of the selected cells based on multiple criteria. The COUNTIFS function syntax is: COUNTIFS(criteria-range-1, criteria-1, [criteria-range-2, criteria-2], ...) where criteria-range-1 is the first selected range of cells to apply the criteria-1 to. It is a required argument. criteria-1 is the first condition that must be met. It is applied to the criteria-range-1 and used to determine the cells in the criteria-range-1 to count. It can be a value entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. It is a required argument. criteria-range-2, criteria-2, ... are additional ranges of cells and their corresponding criteria. These arguments are optional. You can add up to 127 ranges and corresponding criteria. You can use wildcard characters when specifying criteria. The question mark \"?\" can replace any single character and the asterisk \"*\" can be used instead of any number of characters. If you want to find a question mark or asterisk, type a tilde (~) before the character. How to use COUNTIFS To apply the COUNTIFS function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the COUNTIFS function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The COUNTIFS function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to count the number of the selected cells based on multiple criteria. Syntax COUNTIFS(criteria_range1, criteria1, [criteria_range2, criteria2]...) The COUNTIFS function has the following arguments: Argument Description criteria_range1 The first selected range of cells to apply the criteria1 to. It is a required argument. criteria1 The first condition that must be met. It is applied to the criteria_range1 and used to determine the cells in the criteria_range1 to count. It can be a value entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. It is a required argument. criteria_range2, criteria2 Additional ranges of cells and their corresponding criteria. These arguments are optional. You can add up to 127 ranges and corresponding criteria. Notes You can use wildcard characters when specifying criteria. The question mark \"?\" can replace any single character and the asterisk \"*\" can be used instead of any number of characters. If you want to find a question mark or asterisk, type a tilde (~) before the character. How to apply the COUNTIFS function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the COUNTIFS function." }, { "id": "Functions/coupdaybs.htm", "title": "COUPDAYBS Function", - "body": "The COUPDAYBS function is one of the financial functions. It is used to calculate the number of days from the beginning of the coupon period to the settlement date. The COUPDAYBS function syntax is: COUPDAYBS(settlement, maturity, frequency[, [basis]]) where settlement is the date when the security is purchased. maturity is the date when the security expires. frequency is the number of interest payments per year. The possible values are: 1 for annual payments, 2 for semiannual payments, 4 for quarterly payments. basis is the day count basis to use, a numeric value greater than or equal to 0, but less than or equal to 4. It is an optional argument. It can be one of the following: Numeric value Count basis 0 US (NASD) 30/360 1 Actual/actual 2 Actual/360 3 Actual/365 4 European 30/360 Note: dates must be entered by using the DATE function. The values can be entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the COUPDAYBS function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Financial function group from the list, click the COUPDAYBS function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The COUPDAYBS function is one of the financial functions. It is used to calculate the number of days from the beginning of the coupon period to the settlement date. Syntax COUPDAYBS(settlement, maturity, frequency, [basis]) The COUPDAYBS function has the following arguments: Argument Description settlement The date when the security is purchased. maturity The date when the security expires. frequency The number of interest payments per year. The possible values are: 1 for annual payments, 2 for semiannual payments, 4 for quarterly payments. basis The day count basis to use, a numeric value greater than or equal to 0, but less than or equal to 4. It is an optional argument. The possible values are listed in the table below. The basis argument can be one of the following: Numeric value Count basis 0 US (NASD) 30/360 1 Actual/actual 2 Actual/360 3 Actual/365 4 European 30/360 Notes Dates must be entered by using the DATE function. How to apply the COUPDAYBS function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the COUPDAYBS function." }, { "id": "Functions/coupdays.htm", "title": "COUPDAYS Function", - "body": "The COUPDAYS function is one of the financial functions. It is used to calculate the number of days in the coupon period that contains the settlement date. The COUPDAYS function syntax is: COUPDAYS(settlement, maturity, frequency[, [basis]]) where settlement is the date when the security is purchased. maturity is the date when the security expires. frequency is the number of interest payments per year. The possible values are: 1 for annual payments, 2 for semiannual payments, 4 for quarterly payments. basis is the day count basis to use, a numeric value greater than or equal to 0, but less than or equal to 4. It is an optional argument. It can be one of the following: Numeric value Count basis 0 US (NASD) 30/360 1 Actual/actual 2 Actual/360 3 Actual/365 4 European 30/360 Note: dates must be entered by using the DATE function. The values can be entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the COUPDAYS function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Financial function group from the list, click the COUPDAYS function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The COUPDAYS function is one of the financial functions. It is used to calculate the number of days in the coupon period that contains the settlement date. Syntax COUPDAYS(settlement, maturity, frequency, [basis]) The COUPDAYS function has the following arguments: Argument Description settlement The date when the security is purchased. maturity The date when the security expires. frequency The number of interest payments per year. The possible values are: 1 for annual payments, 2 for semiannual payments, 4 for quarterly payments. basis The day count basis to use, a numeric value greater than or equal to 0, but less than or equal to 4. It is an optional argument. The possible values are listed in the table below. The basis argument can be one of the following: Numeric value Count basis 0 US (NASD) 30/360 1 Actual/actual 2 Actual/360 3 Actual/365 4 European 30/360 Notes Dates must be entered by using the DATE function. How to apply the COUPDAYS function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the COUPDAYS function." }, { "id": "Functions/coupdaysnc.htm", "title": "COUPDAYSNC Function", - "body": "The COUPDAYSNC function is one of the financial functions. It is used to calculate the number of days from the settlement date to the next coupon payment. The COUPDAYSNC function syntax is: COUPDAYSNC(settlement, maturity, frequency[, [basis]]) where settlement is the date when the security is purchased. maturity is the date when the security expires. frequency is the number of interest payments per year. The possible values are: 1 for annual payments, 2 for semiannual payments, 4 for quarterly payments. basis is the day count basis to use, a numeric value greater than or equal to 0, but less than or equal to 4. It is an optional argument. It can be one of the following: Numeric value Count basis 0 US (NASD) 30/360 1 Actual/actual 2 Actual/360 3 Actual/365 4 European 30/360 Note: dates must be entered by using the DATE function. The values can be entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the COUPDAYSNC function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Financial function group from the list, click the COUPDAYSNC function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The COUPDAYSNC function is one of the financial functions. It is used to calculate the number of days from the settlement date to the next coupon payment. Syntax COUPDAYSNC(settlement, maturity, frequency, [basis]) The COUPDAYSNC function has the following arguments: Argument Description settlement The date when the security is purchased. maturity The date when the security expires. frequency The number of interest payments per year. The possible values are: 1 for annual payments, 2 for semiannual payments, 4 for quarterly payments. basis The day count basis to use, a numeric value greater than or equal to 0, but less than or equal to 4. It is an optional argument. The possible values are listed in the table below. The basis argument can be one of the following: Numeric value Count basis 0 US (NASD) 30/360 1 Actual/actual 2 Actual/360 3 Actual/365 4 European 30/360 Notes Dates must be entered by using the DATE function. How to apply the COUPDAYSNC function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the COUPDAYSNC function." }, { "id": "Functions/coupncd.htm", "title": "COUPNCD Function", - "body": "The COUPNCD function is one of the financial functions. It is used to calculate the next coupon date after the settlement date. The COUPNCD function syntax is: COUPNCD(settlement, maturity, frequency[, [basis]]) where settlement is the date when the security is purchased. maturity is the date when the security expires. frequency is the number of interest payments per year. The possible values are: 1 for annual payments, 2 for semiannual payments, 4 for quarterly payments. basis is the day count basis to use, a numeric value greater than or equal to 0, but less than or equal to 4. It is an optional argument. It can be one of the following: Numeric value Count basis 0 US (NASD) 30/360 1 Actual/actual 2 Actual/360 3 Actual/365 4 European 30/360 Note: dates must be entered by using the DATE function. The values can be entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the COUPNCD function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Financial function group from the list, click the COUPNCD function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The COUPNCD function is one of the financial functions. It is used to calculate the next coupon date after the settlement date. Syntax COUPNCD(settlement, maturity, frequency, [basis]) The COUPNCD function has the following arguments: Argument Description settlement The date when the security is purchased. maturity The date when the security expires. frequency The number of interest payments per year. The possible values are: 1 for annual payments, 2 for semiannual payments, 4 for quarterly payments. basis The day count basis to use, a numeric value greater than or equal to 0, but less than or equal to 4. It is an optional argument. The possible values are listed in the table below. The basis argument can be one of the following: Numeric value Count basis 0 US (NASD) 30/360 1 Actual/actual 2 Actual/360 3 Actual/365 4 European 30/360 Notes Dates must be entered by using the DATE function. How to apply the COUPNCD function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the COUPNCD function." }, { "id": "Functions/coupnum.htm", "title": "COUPNUM Function", - "body": "The COUPNUM function is one of the financial functions. It is used to calculate the number of coupons between the settlement date and the maturity date. The COUPNUM function syntax is: COUPNUM(settlement, maturity, frequency[, [basis]]) where settlement is the date when the security is purchased. maturity is the date when the security expires. frequency is the number of interest payments per year. The possible values are: 1 for annual payments, 2 for semiannual payments, 4 for quarterly payments. basis is the day count basis to use, a numeric value greater than or equal to 0, but less than or equal to 4. It is an optional argument. It can be one of the following: Numeric value Count basis 0 US (NASD) 30/360 1 Actual/actual 2 Actual/360 3 Actual/365 4 European 30/360 Note: dates must be entered by using the DATE function. The values can be entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the COUPNUM function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Financial function group from the list, click the COUPNUM function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The COUPNUM function is one of the financial functions. It is used to calculate the number of coupons between the settlement date and the maturity date. Syntax COUPNUM(settlement, maturity, frequency, [basis]) The COUPNUM function has the following arguments: Argument Description settlement The date when the security is purchased. maturity The date when the security expires. frequency The number of interest payments per year. The possible values are: 1 for annual payments, 2 for semiannual payments, 4 for quarterly payments. basis The day count basis to use, a numeric value greater than or equal to 0, but less than or equal to 4. It is an optional argument. The possible values are listed in the table below. The basis argument can be one of the following: Numeric value Count basis 0 US (NASD) 30/360 1 Actual/actual 2 Actual/360 3 Actual/365 4 European 30/360 Notes Dates must be entered by using the DATE function. How to apply the COUPNUM function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the COUPNUM function." }, { "id": "Functions/couppcd.htm", "title": "COUPPCD Function", - "body": "The COUPPCD function is one of the financial functions. It is used to calculate the previous coupon date before the settlement date. The COUPPCD function syntax is: COUPPCD(settlement, maturity, frequency[, [basis]]) where settlement is the date when the security is purchased. maturity is the date when the security expires. frequency is the number of interest payments per year. The possible values are: 1 for annual payments, 2 for semiannual payments, 4 for quarterly payments. basis is the day count basis to use, a numeric value greater than or equal to 0, but less than or equal to 4. It is an optional argument. It can be one of the following: Numeric value Count basis 0 US (NASD) 30/360 1 Actual/actual 2 Actual/360 3 Actual/365 4 European 30/360 Note: dates must be entered by using the DATE function. The values can be entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the COUPPCD function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Financial function group from the list, click the COUPPCD function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The COUPPCD function is one of the financial functions. It is used to calculate the previous coupon date before the settlement date. Syntax COUPPCD(settlement, maturity, frequency, [basis]) The COUPPCD function has the following arguments: Argument Description settlement The date when the security is purchased. maturity The date when the security expires. frequency The number of interest payments per year. The possible values are: 1 for annual payments, 2 for semiannual payments, 4 for quarterly payments. basis The day count basis to use, a numeric value greater than or equal to 0, but less than or equal to 4. It is an optional argument. The possible values are listed in the table below. The basis argument can be one of the following: Numeric value Count basis 0 US (NASD) 30/360 1 Actual/actual 2 Actual/360 3 Actual/365 4 European 30/360 Notes Dates must be entered by using the DATE function. How to apply the COUPPCD function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the COUPPCD function." }, { "id": "Functions/covar.htm", "title": "COVAR Function", - "body": "The COVAR function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the covariance of two ranges of data. The COVAR function syntax is: COVAR(array-1, array-2) where array-1(2) is the selected range of cells with the same number of elements. Note: if array-1(2) contains text, logical values, or empty cells, the function will ignore those values, but treat the cells with the zero values. To apply the COVAR function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the COVAR function, enter the required arguments manually or select them with the mouse separating them by comma, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The COVAR function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the covariance of two ranges of data. Syntax COVAR(array1, array2) The COVAR function has the following argument: Argument Description array1(2) The selected ranges of cells with the same number of elements. Notes If array1(2) contains text, logical values, or empty cells, the function will ignore those values, but treat the cells with the zero values. How to apply the COVAR function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the COVAR function." }, { "id": "Functions/covariance-p.htm", "title": "COVARIANCE.P Function", - "body": "The COVARIANCE.P function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return population covariance, the average of the products of deviations for each data point pair in two data sets; use covariance to determine the relationship between two data sets. The COVARIANCE.P function syntax is: COVARIANCE.P(array-1, array-2) where array-1(2) is the selected range of cells with the same number of elements. Note: if array-1(2) contains text, logical values, or empty cells, the function will ignore those values, but treat the cells with the zero values. To apply the COVARIANCE.P function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the COVARIANCE.P function, enter the required arguments manually or select them with the mouse separating them by comma, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The COVARIANCE.P function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return population covariance, the average of the products of deviations for each data point pair in two data sets; use covariance to determine the relationship between two data sets. Syntax COVARIANCE.P(array1, array2) The COVARIANCE.P function has the following argument: Argument Description array1(2) The selected ranges of cells with the same number of elements. Notes If array1(2) contains text, logical values, or empty cells, the function will ignore those values, but treat the cells with the zero values. How to apply the COVARIANCE.P function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the COVARIANCE.P function." }, { "id": "Functions/covariance-s.htm", "title": "COVARIANCE.S Function", - "body": "The COVARIANCE.S function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the sample covariance, the average of the products of deviations for each data point pair in two data sets. The COVARIANCE.S function syntax is: COVARIANCE.S(array-1, array-2) where array-1(2) is the selected range of cells with the same number of elements. Note: if array-1(2) contains text, logical values, or empty cells, the function will ignore those values, but treat the cells with the zero values. To apply the COVARIANCE.S function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the COVARIANCE.S function, enter the required arguments manually or select them with the mouse separating them by comma, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The COVARIANCE.S function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the sample covariance, the average of the products of deviations for each data point pair in two data sets. Syntax COVARIANCE.S(array1, array2) The COVARIANCE.S function has the following arguments: Argument Description array1(2) The selected ranges of cells with the same number of elements. Notes If array1(2) contains text, logical values, or empty cells, the function will ignore those values, but treat the cells with the zero values. How to apply the COVARIANCE.S function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the COVARIANCE.S function." }, { "id": "Functions/critbinom.htm", "title": "CRITBINOM Function", - "body": "The CRITBINOM function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the smallest value for which the cumulative binomial distribution is greater than or equal to the specified alpha value. The CRITBINOM function syntax is: CRITBINOM(number-trials, success-probability, alpha) where number-trials is the number of trials, a numeric value greater than or equal to 0. success-probability is the success probability of each trial, a numeric value greater than or equal to 0 but less than or equal to 1. alpha is the criterion, a numeric value greater than or equal to 0 but less than or equal to 1. The numeric values can be entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to. To apply the CRITBINOM function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the CRITBINOM function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The CRITBINOM function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the smallest value for which the cumulative binomial distribution is greater than or equal to the specified alpha value. Syntax CRITBINOM(trials, probability_s, alpha) The CRITBINOM function has the following arguments: Argument Description trials The number of trials, a numeric value greater than or equal to 0. probability_s The success probability of each trial, a numeric value greater than or equal to 0 but less than or equal to 1. alpha The criterion, a numeric value greater than or equal to 0 but less than or equal to 1. Notes How to apply the CRITBINOM function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the CRITBINOM function." }, { "id": "Functions/csc.htm", "title": "CSC Function", - "body": "The CSC function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to return the cosecant of an angle specified in radians. The CSC function syntax is: CSC(x) where x is the angle in radians that you wish to calculate the cosecant of. A numeric value entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. Its absolute value must be less than 2^27. To apply the CSC function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Math and trigonometry function group from the list, click the CSC function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The CSC function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to return the cosecant of an angle specified in radians. Syntax CSC(number) The CSC function has the following argument: Argument Description number The angle in radians that you wish to calculate the cosecant of. A numeric value entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. Its absolute value must be less than 2^27. Notes How to apply the CSC function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the CSC function." }, { "id": "Functions/csch.htm", "title": "CSCH Function", - "body": "The CSCH function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to return the hyperbolic cosecant of an angle specified in radians. The CSCH function syntax is: CSCH(x) where x is the angle in radians that you wish to calculate the hyperbolic cosecant of. A numeric value entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. Its absolute value must be less than 2^27. To apply the CSCH function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Math and trigonometry function group from the list, click the CSCH function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The CSCH function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to return the hyperbolic cosecant of an angle specified in radians. Syntax CSCH(number) The CSCH function has the following argument: Argument Description number The angle in radians that you wish to calculate the hyperbolic cosecant of. A numeric value entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. Its absolute value must be less than 2^27. Notes How to apply the CSCH function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the CSCH function." }, { "id": "Functions/cumipmt.htm", "title": "CUMIPMT Function", - "body": "The CUMIPMT function is one of the financial functions. It is used to calculate the cumulative interest paid on an investment between two periods based on a specified interest rate and a constant payment schedule. The CUMIPMT function syntax is: CUMIPMT(rate, nper, pv, start_period, end_period, type) where rate is the interest rate for the investment. nper is a number of payments. pv is a present value of the payments. start_period is the first period included into the calculation. The value must be from 1 to nper. end_period is the last period included into the calculation. The value must be from 1 to nper. type is a period when the payments are due. If it is set to 0 or omitted, the function will assume the payments to be due at the end of the period. If type is set to 1, the payments are due at the beginning of the period. Note: cash paid out (such as deposits to savings) is represented by negative numbers; cash received (such as dividend checks) is represented by positive numbers. Units for rate and nper must be consistent: use N%/12 for rate and N*12 for nper in case of monthly payments, N%/4 for rate and N*4 for nper in case of quarterly payments, N% for rate and N for nper in case of annual payments. The numeric values can be entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the CUMIPMT function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Financial function group from the list, click the CUMIPMT function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The CUMIPMT function is one of the financial functions. It is used to calculate the cumulative interest paid on an investment between two periods based on a specified interest rate and a constant payment schedule. Syntax CUMIPMT(rate, nper, pv, start_period, end_period, type) The CUMIPMT function has the following arguments: Argument Description rate The interest rate for the investment. nper A number of payments. pv A present value of the payments. start_period The first period included into the calculation. The value must be from 1 to nper. end_period The last period included into the calculation. The value must be from 1 to nper. type A period when the payments are due. If it is set to 0 or omitted, the function will assume the payments to be due at the end of the period. If type is set to 1, the payments are due at the beginning of the period. Notes Cash paid out (such as deposits to savings) is represented by negative numbers; cash received (such as dividend checks) is represented by positive numbers. Units for rate and nper must be consistent: use N%/12 for rate and N*12 for nper in case of monthly payments, N%/4 for rate and N*4 for nper in case of quarterly payments, N% for rate and N for nper in case of annual payments. How to apply the CUMIPMT function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the CUMIPMT function." }, { "id": "Functions/cumprinc.htm", "title": "CUMPRINC Function", - "body": "The CUMPRINC function is one of the financial functions. It is used to calculate the cumulative principal paid on an investment between two periods based on a specified interest rate and a constant payment schedule. The CUMPRINC function syntax is: CUMPRINC(rate, nper, pv, start_period, end_period, type) where rate is the interest rate for the investment. nper is a number of payments. pv is a present value of the payments. start_period is the first period included into the calculation. The value must be from 1 to nper. end_period is the last period included into the calculation. The value must be from 1 to nper. type is a period when the payments are due. If it is set to 0 or omitted, the function will assume the payments to be due at the end of the period. If type is set to 1, the payments are due at the beginning of the period. Note: cash paid out (such as deposits to savings) is represented by negative numbers; cash received (such as dividend checks) is represented by positive numbers. Units for rate and nper must be consistent: use N%/12 for rate and N*12 for nper in case of monthly payments, N%/4 for rate and N*4 for nper in case of quarterly payments, N% for rate and N for nper in case of annual payments. The numeric values can be entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the CUMPRINC function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Financial function group from the list, click the CUMPRINC function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The CUMPRINC function is one of the financial functions. It is used to calculate the cumulative principal paid on an investment between two periods based on a specified interest rate and a constant payment schedule. Syntax CUMPRINC(rate, nper, pv, start_period, end_period, type) The CUMPRINC function has the following arguments: Argument Description rate The interest rate for the investment. nper A number of payments. pv A present value of the payments. start_period The first period included into the calculation. The value must be from 1 to nper. end_period The last period included into the calculation. The value must be from 1 to nper. type A period when the payments are due. If it is set to 0 or omitted, the function will assume the payments to be due at the end of the period. If type is set to 1, the payments are due at the beginning of the period. Notes Cash paid out (such as deposits to savings) is represented by negative numbers; cash received (such as dividend checks) is represented by positive numbers. Units for rate and nper must be consistent: use N%/12 for rate and N*12 for nper in case of monthly payments, N%/4 for rate and N*4 for nper in case of quarterly payments, N% for rate and N for nper in case of annual payments. How to apply the CUMPRINC function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the CUMPRINC function." }, { "id": "Functions/date.htm", "title": "DATE Function", - "body": "The DATE function is one of the date and time functions. It is used to add dates in the default format MM/dd/yyyy. The DATE function syntax is: DATE(year, month, day) where year, month, day are values entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the DATE function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Date and time function group from the list, click the DATE function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The DATE function is one of the date and time functions. It is used to add dates in the default format MM/dd/yyyy. Syntax DATE(year, month, day) The DATE function has the following arguments: Argument Description year A numeric value representing the year (four digits). month A numeric value representing the month (from 1 to 12). day A numeric value representing the day (from 1 to 31). Notes How to apply the DATE function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the DATE function." }, { "id": "Functions/datedif.htm", "title": "DATEDIF Function", - "body": "The DATEDIF function is one of the date and time functions. It is used to return the difference between two date values (start date and end date), based on the interval (unit) specified. The DATEDIF function syntax is: DATEDIF(start-date, end-date, unit) where start-date and end-date are two dates you wish to calculate the difference between. unit is the specified interval that can be one of the following: Unit Interval Explanation Y The number of complete years. M The number of complete months. D The number of days. MD The difference between the days (months and years are ignored). YM The difference between the months (days and years are ignored). YD The difference between the days (years are ignored). To apply the DATEDIF function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Date and time function group from the list, click the DATEDIF function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The DATEDIF function is one of the date and time functions. It is used to return the difference between two date values (start date and end date), based on the interval (unit) specified. Syntax DATEDIF(start_date, end_date, unit) The DATEDIF function has the following arguments: Argument Description start_date The starting date of a period. end_date The ending date of a period. unit The specified interval. The possible values are listed in the table below. The unit argument can be one of the following: Unit Interval Explanation Y The number of complete years. M The number of complete months. D The number of days. MD The difference between the days (months and years are ignored). YM The difference between the months (days and years are ignored). YD The difference between the days (years are ignored). Notes If the start_date is greater than the end_date, the result will be #NUM!. How to apply the DATEDIF function. Examples There are three arguments: start-date = A1 = 3/16/2018; end-date = A2 = 9/16/2018; unit = \"D\". So the function returns the difference between two dates in days." }, { "id": "Functions/datevalue.htm", "title": "DATEVALUE Function", - "body": "The DATEVALUE function is one of the date and time functions. It is used to return a serial number of the specified date. The DATEVALUE function syntax is: DATEVALUE(date-time-string) where date-time-string is a date from January 1, 1900, to December 31, 9999, entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the DATEVALUE function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Date and time function group from the list, click the DATEVALUE function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The DATEVALUE function is one of the date and time functions. It is used to return a serial number of the specified date. Syntax DATEVALUE(date_text) The DATEVALUE function has the following argument: Argument Description date_text A date from January 1, 1900, to December 31, 9999. Notes How to apply the DATEVALUE function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the DATEVALUE function." }, { "id": "Functions/daverage.htm", "title": "DAVERAGE Function", - "body": "The DAVERAGE function is one of the database functions. It is used to average the values in a field (column) of records in a list or database that match conditions you specify. The DAVERAGE function syntax is: DAVERAGE(database, field, criteria) where database is the range of cells that make up a database. It must contain column headings in the first row. field is an argument that specifies which field (i.e. column) should be used. It can be specified as a number of the necessary column, or the column heading enclosed in quotation marks. criteria is the range of cells that contain conditions. It must contain at least one field name (column heading) and at least one cell below that specifies the condition to be applied to this field in the database. The criteria cell range should not overlap the database range. To apply the DAVERAGE function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Database function group from the list, click the DAVERAGE function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas or select a range of cells with the mouse, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The DAVERAGE function is one of the database functions. It is used to average the values in a field (column) of records in a list or database that match conditions you specify. Syntax DAVERAGE(database, field, criteria) The DAVERAGE function has the following arguments: Argument Description database The range of cells that make up a database. It must contain column headings in the first row. field An argument that specifies which field (i.e. column) should be used. It can be specified as a number of the necessary column, or the column heading enclosed in quotation marks. criteria The range of cells that contain conditions. It must contain at least one field name (column heading) and at least one cell below that specifies the condition to be applied to this field in the database. The criteria cell range should not overlap the database range. Notes How to apply the DAVERAGE function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the DAVERAGE function." }, { "id": "Functions/day.htm", "title": "DAY Function", - "body": "The DAY function is one of the date and time functions. It returns the day (a number from 1 to 31) of the date given in the numerical format (MM/dd/yyyy by default). The DAY function syntax is: DAY(date-value) where date-value is a value entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the DAY function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Date and time function group from the list, click the DAY function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The DAY function is one of the date and time functions. It returns the day (a number from 1 to 31) of the date given in the numerical format (MM/dd/yyyy by default). Syntax DAY(serial_number) The DAY function has the following argument: Argument Description serial_number The date of the day you want to find. Notes How to apply the DAY function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the DAY function." }, { "id": "Functions/days.htm", "title": "DAYS Function", - "body": "The DAYS function is one of the date and time functions. Is used to return the number of days between two dates. The DAYS function syntax is: DAYS(end-date, start-date) where end-date and start-date are two dates you wish to calculate the number of days between. To apply the DAYS function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Date and time function group from the list, click the DAYS function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The DAYS function is one of the date and time functions. Is used to return the number of days between two dates. Syntax DAYS(end_date, start_date) The DAYS function has the following arguments: Argument Description end_date end_date and start_date are two dates you wish to calculate the number of days between. start_date end_date and start_date are two dates you wish to calculate the number of days between. Notes How to apply the DAYS function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the DAYS function." }, { "id": "Functions/days360.htm", "title": "DAYS360 Function", - "body": "The DAYS360 function is one of the date and time functions. Is used to return the number of days between two dates (start-date and end-date) based on a 360-day year using one of the calculation method (US or European). The DAYS360 function syntax is: DAYS360(start-date, end-date [,method-flag]) where start-date and end-date are two dates you wish to calculate the number of days between. method-flag is an optional logical value: TRUE or FALSE. If it is set to TRUE, the calculation will be performed using the European method, according to which the start and end dates that occur on the 31st of a month become equal to the 30th of the same month. If it is FALSE or omitted, the calculation will be performed using the US method, according to which if the start date is the last day of a month, it becomes equal to the 30th of the same month. If the end date is the last day of a month and the start date is earlier than the 30th of a month, the end date becomes equal to the 1st of the next month. Otherwise the end date becomes equal to the 30th of the same month. To apply the DAYS360 function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Date and time function group from the list, click the DAYS360 function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The DAYS360 function is one of the date and time functions. Is used to return the number of days between two dates (start-date and end-date) based on a 360-day year using one of the calculation method (US or European). Syntax DAYS360(start_date, end_date, [method]) The DAYS360 function has the following arguments: Argument Description start_date start_date and end_date are two dates you wish to calculate the number of days between. end_date start_date and end_date are two dates you wish to calculate the number of days between. method An optional logical value: TRUE or FALSE. If it is set to TRUE, the calculation will be performed using the European method, according to which the start and end dates that occur on the 31st of a month become equal to the 30th of the same month. If it is FALSE or omitted, the calculation will be performed using the US method, according to which if the start date is the last day of a month, it becomes equal to the 30th of the same month. If the end date is the last day of a month and the start date is earlier than the 30th of a month, the end date becomes equal to the 1st of the next month. Otherwise the end date becomes equal to the 30th of the same month. Notes How to apply the DAYS360 function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the DAYS360 function." }, { "id": "Functions/db.htm", "title": "DB Function", - "body": "The DB function is one of the financial functions. It is used to calculate the depreciation of an asset for a specified accounting period using the fixed-declining balance method. The DB function syntax is: DB(cost, salvage, life, period[, [month]]) where cost is the cost of the asset. salvage is the salvage value of the asset at the end of its lifetime. life is the total number of the periods within the asset lifetime. period is the period you wish to calculate depreciation for. The value must be expressed in the same units as life. month is the number of months in the first year. It is an optional argument. If it is omitted, the function will assume month to be 12. The values can be entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the DB function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Financial function group from the list, click the DB function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The DB function is one of the financial functions. It is used to calculate the depreciation of an asset for a specified accounting period using the fixed-declining balance method. Syntax DB(cost, salvage, life, period, [month]) The DB function has the following arguments: Argument Description cost The cost of the asset. salvage The salvage value of the asset at the end of its lifetime. life The total number of the periods within the asset lifetime. period The period you wish to calculate depreciation for. The value must be expressed in the same units as life. month The number of months in the first year. It is an optional argument. If it is omitted, the function will assume month to be 12. Notes How to apply the DB function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the DB function." }, { "id": "Functions/dcount.htm", "title": "DCOUNT Function", - "body": "The DCOUNT function is one of the database functions. It is used to count the cells that contain numbers in a field (column) of records in a list or database that match conditions that you specify. The DCOUNT function syntax is: DCOUNT(database, field, criteria) where database is the range of cells that make up a database. It must contain column headings in the first row. field is an argument that specifies which field (i.e. column) should be used. It can be specified as a number of the necessary column, or the column heading enclosed in quotation marks. criteria is the range of cells that contain conditions. It must contain at least one field name (column heading) and at least one cell below that specifies the condition to be applied to this field in the database. The criteria cell range should not overlap the database range. To apply the DCOUNT function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Database function group from the list, click the DCOUNT function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas or select a range of cells with the mouse, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The DCOUNT function is one of the database functions. It is used to count the cells that contain numbers in a field (column) of records in a list or database that match conditions that you specify. Syntax DCOUNT(database, field, criteria) The DCOUNT function has the following arguments: Argument Description database The range of cells that make up a database. It must contain column headings in the first row. field An argument that specifies which field (i.e. column) should be used. It can be specified as a number of the necessary column, or the column heading enclosed in quotation marks. criteria The range of cells that contain conditions. It must contain at least one field name (column heading) and at least one cell below that specifies the condition to be applied to this field in the database. The criteria cell range should not overlap the database range. Notes How to apply the DCOUNT function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the DCOUNT function." }, { "id": "Functions/dcounta.htm", "title": "DCOUNTA Function", - "body": "The DCOUNTA function is one of the database functions. It is used to count the nonblank cells (logical values and text are also counted) in a field (column) of records in a list or database that match conditions that you specify. The DCOUNTA function syntax is: DCOUNTA(database, field, criteria) where database is the range of cells that make up a database. It must contain column headings in the first row. field is an argument that specifies which field (i.e. column) should be used. It can be specified as a number of the necessary column, or the column heading enclosed in quotation marks. criteria is the range of cells that contain conditions. It must contain at least one field name (column heading) and at least one cell below that specifies the condition to be applied to this field in the database. The criteria cell range should not overlap the database range. To apply the DCOUNTA function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Database function group from the list, click the DCOUNTA function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas or select a range of cells with the mouse, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The DCOUNTA function is one of the database functions. It is used to count the nonblank cells (logical values and text are also counted) in a field (column) of records in a list or database that match conditions that you specify. Syntax DCOUNTA(database, field, criteria) The DCOUNTA function has the following arguments: Argument Description database The range of cells that make up a database. It must contain column headings in the first row. field An argument that specifies which field (i.e. column) should be used. It can be specified as a number of the necessary column, or the column heading enclosed in quotation marks. criteria The range of cells that contain conditions. It must contain at least one field name (column heading) and at least one cell below that specifies the condition to be applied to this field in the database. The criteria cell range should not overlap the database range. Notes How to apply the DCOUNTA function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the DCOUNTA function." }, { "id": "Functions/ddb.htm", "title": "DDB Function", - "body": "The DDB function is one of the financial functions. It is used to calculate the depreciation of an asset for a specified accounting period using the double-declining balance method. The DDB function syntax is: DDB(cost, salvage, life, period[, [factor]]) where cost is the cost of the asset. salvage is the salvage value of the asset at the end of its lifetime. life is the total number of the periods within the asset lifetime. period is the period you wish to calculate depreciation for. The value must be expressed in the same units as life. factor is the rate at which the balance declines. It is an optional argument. If it is omitted, the function will assume factor to be 2. Note: all the values must be positive numbers. The values can be entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the DDB function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Financial function group from the list, click the DDB function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The DDB function is one of the financial functions. It is used to calculate the depreciation of an asset for a specified accounting period using the double-declining balance method. Syntax DDB(cost, salvage, life, period, [factor]) The DDB function has the following arguments: Argument Description cost The cost of the asset. salvage The salvage value of the asset at the end of its lifetime. life The total number of the periods within the asset lifetime. period The period you wish to calculate depreciation for. The value must be expressed in the same units as life. factor The rate at which the balance declines. It is an optional argument. If it is omitted, the function will assume factor to be 2. Notes All the values must be positive numbers. How to apply the DDB function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the DDB function." }, { "id": "Functions/dec2bin.htm", "title": "DEC2BIN Function", - "body": "The DEC2BIN function is one of the engineering functions. It is used to convert a decimal number into a binary number. The DEC2BIN function syntax is: DEC2BIN(number [, num-hex-digits]) where number is a decimal number entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. num-hex-digits is the number of digits to display. If omitted, the function will use the minimum number. Note: if the specified num-hex-digits number is less than or equal to 0, the function will return the #NUM! error. To apply the DEC2BIN function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Engineering function group from the list, click the DEC2BIN function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The DEC2BIN function is one of the engineering functions. It is used to convert a decimal number into a binary number. Syntax DEC2BIN(number, [places]) The DEC2BIN function has the following arguments: Argument Description number A decimal number entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. places The number of digits to display. If omitted, the function will use the minimum number. Notes If the specified places number is less than or equal to 0, the function will return the #NUM! error. How to apply the DEC2BIN function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the DEC2BIN function." }, { "id": "Functions/dec2hex.htm", "title": "DEC2HEX Function", - "body": "The DEC2HEX function is one of the engineering functions. It is used to convert a decimal number into a hexadecimal number. The DEC2HEX function syntax is: DEC2HEX(number [, num-hex-digits]) where number is a decimal number entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. num-hex-digits is the number of digits to display. If omitted, the function will use the minimum number. Note: if the specified num-hex-digits number is less than or equal to 0, the function will return the #NUM! error. To apply the DEC2HEX function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Engineering function group from the list, click the DEC2HEX function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The DEC2HEX function is one of the engineering functions. It is used to convert a decimal number into a hexadecimal number. Syntax DEC2HEX(number, [places]) The DEC2HEX function has the following arguments: Argument Description number A decimal number entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. places The number of digits to display. If omitted, the function will use the minimum number. Notes If the specified places number is less than or equal to 0, the function will return the #NUM! error. How to apply the DEC2HEX function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the DEC2HEX function." }, { "id": "Functions/dec2oct.htm", "title": "DEC2OCT Function", - "body": "The DEC2OCT function is one of the engineering functions. It is used to convert a decimal number into an octal number. The DEC2OCT function syntax is: DEC2OCT(number [, num-hex-digits]) where number is a decimal number entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. num-hex-digits is the number of digits to display. If omitted, the function will use the minimum number. Note: if the specified num-hex-digits number is less than or equal to 0, the function will return the #NUM! error. To apply the DEC2OCT function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Engineering function group from the list, click the DEC2OCT function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The DEC2OCT function is one of the engineering functions. It is used to convert a decimal number into an octal number. Syntax DEC2OCT(number, [places]) The DEC2OCT function has the following arguments: Argument Description number A decimal number entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. places The number of digits to display. If omitted, the function will use the minimum number. Notes If the specified places number is less than or equal to 0, the function will return the #NUM! error. How to apply the DEC2OCT function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the DEC2OCT function." }, { "id": "Functions/decimal.htm", "title": "DECIMAL Function", - "body": "The DECIMAL function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to convert a text representation of a number in a given base into a decimal number. The DECIMAL function syntax is: DECIMAL(text, base) where text is the text representation of the number you want to convert. The string lenght must be less than or equal to 255 characters. base is the base of the number. An integer greater than or equal to 2 and less than or equal to 36. The numeric values can be entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to. To apply the DECIMAL function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Math and trigonometry function group from the list, click the DECIMAL function, enter the required arguments separating them by comma, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The DECIMAL function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to convert a text representation of a number in a given base into a decimal number. Syntax DECIMAL(text, radix) The DECIMAL function has the following arguments: Argument Description text The text representation of the number you want to convert. The string lenght must be less than or equal to 255 characters. radix The base of the number. An integer greater than or equal to 2 and less than or equal to 36. Notes How to apply the DECIMAL function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the DECIMAL function." }, { "id": "Functions/degrees.htm", "title": "DEGREES Function", - "body": "The DEGREES function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to convert radians into degrees. The DEGREES function syntax is: DEGREES(angle) where angle is a numeric value (radians) entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the DEGREES function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Math and trigonometry function group from the list, click the DEGREES function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The DEGREES function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to convert radians into degrees. Syntax DEGREES(angle) The DEGREES function has the following argument: Argument Description angle A numeric value (radians) entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. Notes How to apply the DEGREES function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the DEGREES function." }, { "id": "Functions/delta.htm", "title": "DELTA Function", - "body": "The DELTA function is one of the engineering functions. It is used to test if two numbers are equal. The function returns 1 if the numbers are equal and 0 otherwise. The DELTA function syntax is: DELTA(number-1 [, number-2]) where number-1 is the first number. number-2 is the second number. It is an optional argument. If it is omitted, the function will assume number-2 to be 0. The numeric values can be entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the DELTA function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Engineering function group from the list, click the DELTA function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The DELTA function is one of the engineering functions. It is used to test if two numbers are equal. The function returns 1 if the numbers are equal and 0 otherwise. Syntax DELTA(number1, [number2]) The DELTA function has the following arguments: Argument Description number1 The first number. number2 The second number. It is an optional argument. If it is omitted, the function will assume number2 to be 0. Notes How to apply the DELTA function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the DELTA function." }, { "id": "Functions/devsq.htm", "title": "DEVSQ Function", - "body": "The DEVSQ function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to analyze the range of data and sum the squares of the deviations of numbers from their mean. The DEVSQ function syntax is: DEVSQ(argument-list) where argument-list is up to 30 numerical values entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to. To apply the DEVSQ function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the DEVSQ function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas or select the range of cells with the mouse, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The DEVSQ function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to analyze the range of data and sum the squares of the deviations of numbers from their mean. Syntax DEVSQ(number1, [number2], ...) The DEVSQ function has the following arguments: Argument Description number1/2/n Up to 255 numerical values for which you want to find the sum of squares of deviations. Notes How to apply the DEVSQ function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the DEVSQ function." }, { "id": "Functions/dget.htm", "title": "DGET Function", - "body": "The DGET function is one of the database functions. It is used to extract a single value from a column of a list or database that matches conditions that you specify. The DGET function syntax is: DGET(database, field, criteria) where database is the range of cells that make up a database. It must contain column headings in the first row. field is an argument that specifies which field (i.e. column) should be used. It can be specified as a number of the necessary column, or the column heading enclosed in quotation marks. criteria is the range of cells that contain conditions. It must contain at least one field name (column heading) and at least one cell below that specifies the condition to be applied to this field in the database. The criteria cell range should not overlap the database range. To apply the DGET function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Database function group from the list, click the DGET function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas or select a range of cells with the mouse, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The DGET function is one of the database functions. It is used to extract a single value from a column of a list or database that matches conditions that you specify. Syntax DGET(database, field, criteria) The DGET function has the following arguments: Argument Description database The range of cells that make up a database. It must contain column headings in the first row. field An argument that specifies which field (i.e. column) should be used. It can be specified as a number of the necessary column, or the column heading enclosed in quotation marks. criteria The range of cells that contain conditions. It must contain at least one field name (column heading) and at least one cell below that specifies the condition to be applied to this field in the database. The criteria cell range should not overlap the database range. Notes How to apply the DGET function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the DGET function." }, { "id": "Functions/disc.htm", "title": "DISC Function", - "body": "The DISC function is one of the financial functions. It is used to calculate the discount rate for a security. The DISC function syntax is: DISC(settlement, maturity, pr, redemption[, [basis]]) where settlement is the date when the security is purchased. maturity is the date when the security expires. pr is the purchase price of the security, per $100 par value. redemption is the redemption value of the security, per $100 par value. basis is the day count basis to use, a numeric value greater than or equal to 0, but less than or equal to 4. It is an optional argument. It can be one of the following: Numeric value Count basis 0 US (NASD) 30/360 1 Actual/actual 2 Actual/360 3 Actual/365 4 European 30/360 Note: dates must be entered by using the DATE function. The values can be entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the DISC function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Financial function group from the list, click the DISC function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The DISC function is one of the financial functions. It is used to calculate the discount rate for a security. Syntax DISC(settlement, maturity, pr, redemption, [basis]) The DISC function has the following arguments: Argument Description settlement The date when the security is purchased. maturity The date when the security expires. pr The purchase price of the security, per $100 par value. redemption The redemption value of the security, per $100 par value. basis The day count basis to use, a numeric value greater than or equal to 0, but less than or equal to 4. It is an optional argument. The possible values are listed in the table below. The basis argument can be one of the following: Numeric value Count basis 0 US (NASD) 30/360 1 Actual/actual 2 Actual/360 3 Actual/365 4 European 30/360 Notes Dates must be entered by using the DATE function. How to apply the DISC function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the DISC function." }, { "id": "Functions/dmax.htm", "title": "DMAX Function", - "body": "The DMAX function is one of the database functions. It is used to return the largest number in a field (column) of records in a list or database that matches conditions that you specify. The DMAX function syntax is: DMAX(database, field, criteria) where database is the range of cells that make up a database. It must contain column headings in the first row. field is an argument that specifies which field (i.e. column) should be used. It can be specified as a number of the necessary column, or the column heading enclosed in quotation marks. criteria is the range of cells that contain conditions. It must contain at least one field name (column heading) and at least one cell below that specifies the condition to be applied to this field in the database. The criteria cell range should not overlap the database range. To apply the DMAX function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Database function group from the list, click the DMAX function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas or select a range of cells with the mouse, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The DMAX function is one of the database functions. It is used to return the largest number in a field (column) of records in a list or database that matches conditions that you specify. Syntax DMAX(database, field, criteria) The DMAX function has the following arguments: Argument Description database The range of cells that make up a database. It must contain column headings in the first row. field An argument that specifies which field (i.e. column) should be used. It can be specified as a number of the necessary column, or the column heading enclosed in quotation marks. criteria The range of cells that contain conditions. It must contain at least one field name (column heading) and at least one cell below that specifies the condition to be applied to this field in the database. The criteria cell range should not overlap the database range. Notes How to apply the DMAX function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the DMAX function." }, { "id": "Functions/dmin.htm", "title": "DMIN Function", - "body": "The DMIN function is one of the database functions. It is used to return the smallest number in a field (column) of records in a list or database that matches conditions that you specify. The DMIN function syntax is: DMIN(database, field, criteria) where database is the range of cells that make up a database. It must contain column headings in the first row. field is an argument that specifies which field (i.e. column) should be used. It can be specified as a number of the necessary column, or the column heading enclosed in quotation marks. criteria is the range of cells that contain conditions. It must contain at least one field name (column heading) and at least one cell below that specifies the condition to be applied to this field in the database. The criteria cell range should not overlap the database range. To apply the DMIN function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Database function group from the list, click the DMIN function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas or select a range of cells with the mouse, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The DMIN function is one of the database functions. It is used to return the smallest number in a field (column) of records in a list or database that matches conditions that you specify. Syntax DMIN(database, field, criteria) The DMIN function has the following arguments: Argument Description database The range of cells that make up a database. It must contain column headings in the first row. field An argument that specifies which field (i.e. column) should be used. It can be specified as a number of the necessary column, or the column heading enclosed in quotation marks. criteria The range of cells that contain conditions. It must contain at least one field name (column heading) and at least one cell below that specifies the condition to be applied to this field in the database. The criteria cell range should not overlap the database range. Notes How to apply the DMIN function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the DMIN function." }, { "id": "Functions/dollar.htm", "title": "DOLLAR Function", - "body": "The DOLLAR function is one of the text and data functions. Is used to convert a number to text, using a currency format $#.##. The DOLLAR function syntax is: DOLLAR(number [, num-decimal]) where number is any number to convert. num-decimal is a number of decimal places to display. If it is omitted, the function will assume it to be 2. The numeric values can be entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to. To apply the DOLLAR function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Text and data function group from the list, click the DOLLAR function, enter the required arguments separating them by comma, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The DOLLAR function is one of the text and data functions. Is used to convert a number to text, using a currency format $#.##. Syntax DOLLAR(number, [decimals]) The DOLLAR function has the following arguments: Argument Description number Any number to convert. decimals A number of decimal places to display. If it is omitted, the function will assume it to be 2. Notes How to apply the DOLLAR function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the DOLLAR function." }, { "id": "Functions/dollarde.htm", "title": "DOLLARDE Function", - "body": "The DOLLARDE function is one of the financial functions. It is used to convert a dollar price represented as a fraction into a dollar price represented as a decimal number. The DOLLARDE function syntax is: DOLLARDE(fractional-dollar, fraction) where fractional-dollar is an integer part and a fraction part separated by a decimal symbol. fraction is an integer you wish to use as a denominator for the fraction part of the fractional-dollar value. Note: for example, the fractional-dollar value, expressed as 1.03, is interpreted as 1 + 3/n, where n is the fraction value. The numeric values can be entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the DOLLARDE function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Financial function group from the list, click the DOLLARDE function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The DOLLARDE function is one of the financial functions. It is used to convert a dollar price represented as a fraction into a dollar price represented as a decimal number. Syntax DOLLARDE(fractional_dollar, fraction) The DOLLARDE function has the following arguments: Argument Description fractional_dollar An integer part and a fraction part separated by a decimal symbol. fraction An integer you wish to use as a denominator for the fraction part of the fractional_dollar value. Notes For example, the fractional_dollar value, expressed as 1.03, is interpreted as 1 + 3/n, where n is the fraction value. How to apply the DOLLARDE function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the DOLLARDE function." }, { "id": "Functions/dollarfr.htm", "title": "DOLLARFR Function", - "body": "The DOLLARFR function is one of the financial functions. It is used to convert a dollar price represented as a decimal number into a dollar price represented as a fraction. The DOLLARFR function syntax is: DOLLARFR(decimal-dollar, fraction) where decimal-dollar is a decimal number. fraction is an integer you wish to use as a denominator for a returned fraction. Note: for example, the returned value of 1.03 is interpreted as 1 + 3/n, where n is the fraction value. The numeric values can be entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the DOLLARFR function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Financial function group from the list, click the DOLLARFR function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The DOLLARFR function is one of the financial functions. It is used to convert a dollar price represented as a decimal number into a dollar price represented as a fraction. Syntax DOLLARFR(decimal_dollar, fraction) The DOLLARFR function has the following arguments: Argument Description decimal_dollar A decimal number. fraction An integer you wish to use as a denominator for a returned fraction. Notes For example, the returned value of 1.03 is interpreted as 1 + 3/n, where n is the fraction value. How to apply the DOLLARFR function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the DOLLARFR function." }, { "id": "Functions/dproduct.htm", "title": "DPRODUCT Function", - "body": "The DPRODUCT function is one of the database functions. It is used to multiply the values in a field (column) of records in a list or database that match conditions that you specify. The DPRODUCT function syntax is: DPRODUCT(database, field, criteria) where database is the range of cells that make up a database. It must contain column headings in the first row. field is an argument that specifies which field (i.e. column) should be used. It can be specified as a number of the necessary column, or the column heading enclosed in quotation marks. criteria is the range of cells that contain conditions. It must contain at least one field name (column heading) and at least one cell below that specifies the condition to be applied to this field in the database. The criteria cell range should not overlap the database range. To apply the DPRODUCT function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Database function group from the list, click the DPRODUCT function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas or select a range of cells with the mouse, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The DPRODUCT function is one of the database functions. It is used to multiply the values in a field (column) of records in a list or database that match conditions that you specify. Syntax DPRODUCT(database, field, criteria) The DPRODUCT function has the following arguments: Argument Description database The range of cells that make up a database. It must contain column headings in the first row. field An argument that specifies which field (i.e. column) should be used. It can be specified as a number of the necessary column, or the column heading enclosed in quotation marks. criteria The range of cells that contain conditions. It must contain at least one field name (column heading) and at least one cell below that specifies the condition to be applied to this field in the database. The criteria cell range should not overlap the database range. Notes How to apply the DPRODUCT function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the DPRODUCT function." }, { "id": "Functions/drop.htm", "title": "DROP Function", - "body": "The DROP function is one of the lookup and reference functions. It is used to drop rows or columns from array start or end. Please note that this is an array formula. To learn more, please read the Insert array formulas article. The DROP function syntax is: DROP(array, rows, [columns]) where array is used to set the array from which to drop rows or columns. rows is used to set the number of rows to drop. A negative value drops from the end of the array. columns is used to set the number of columns to drop. A negative value drops from the end of the array. To apply the DROP function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Lookup and Reference function group from the list, click the DROP function, enter the required arguments separating them by comma, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The DROP function is one of the lookup and reference functions. It is used to drop rows or columns from array start or end. Syntax DROP(array, rows, [columns]) The DROP function has the following arguments: Argument Description array Is used to set the array from which to drop rows or columns. rows Is used to set the number of rows to drop. A negative value drops from the end of the array. columns Is used to set the number of columns to drop. A negative value drops from the end of the array. Notes Please note that this is an array formula. To learn more, please read the Insert array formulas article. How to apply the DROP function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the DROP function." }, { "id": "Functions/dstdev.htm", "title": "DSTDEV Function", - "body": "The DSTDEV function is one of the database functions. It is used to estimate the standard deviation of a population based on a sample by using the numbers in a field (column) of records in a list or database that match conditions that you specify. The DSTDEV function syntax is: DSTDEV(database, field, criteria) where database is the range of cells that make up a database. It must contain column headings in the first row. field is an argument that specifies which field (i.e. column) should be used. It can be specified as a number of the necessary column, or the column heading enclosed in quotation marks. criteria is the range of cells that contain conditions. It must contain at least one field name (column heading) and at least one cell below that specifies the condition to be applied to this field in the database. The criteria cell range should not overlap the database range. To apply the DSTDEV function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Database function group from the list, click the DSTDEV function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas or select a range of cells with the mouse, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The DSTDEV function is one of the database functions. It is used to estimate the standard deviation of a population based on a sample by using the numbers in a field (column) of records in a list or database that match conditions that you specify. Syntax DSTDEV(database, field, criteria) The DSTDEV function has the following arguments: Argument Description database The range of cells that make up a database. It must contain column headings in the first row. field An argument that specifies which field (i.e. column) should be used. It can be specified as a number of the necessary column, or the column heading enclosed in quotation marks. criteria The range of cells that contain conditions. It must contain at least one field name (column heading) and at least one cell below that specifies the condition to be applied to this field in the database. The criteria cell range should not overlap the database range. Notes How to apply the DSTDEV function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the DSTDEV function." }, { "id": "Functions/dstdevp.htm", "title": "DSTDEVP Function", - "body": "The DSTDEVP function is one of the database functions. It is used to calculate the standard deviation of a population based on the entire population by using the numbers in a field (column) of records in a list or database that match conditions that you specify. The DSTDEVP function syntax is: DSTDEVP(database, field, criteria) where database is the range of cells that make up a database. It must contain column headings in the first row. field is an argument that specifies which field (i.e. column) should be used. It can be specified as a number of the necessary column, or the column heading enclosed in quotation marks. criteria is the range of cells that contain conditions. It must contain at least one field name (column heading) and at least one cell below that specifies the condition to be applied to this field in the database. The criteria cell range should not overlap the database range. To apply the DSTDEVP function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Database function group from the list, click the DSTDEVP function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas or select a range of cells with the mouse, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The DSTDEVP function is one of the database functions. It is used to calculate the standard deviation of a population based on the entire population by using the numbers in a field (column) of records in a list or database that match conditions that you specify. Syntax DSTDEVP(database, field, criteria) The DSTDEVP function has the following arguments: Argument Description database The range of cells that make up a database. It must contain column headings in the first row. field An argument that specifies which field (i.e. column) should be used. It can be specified as a number of the necessary column, or the column heading enclosed in quotation marks. criteria The range of cells that contain conditions. It must contain at least one field name (column heading) and at least one cell below that specifies the condition to be applied to this field in the database. The criteria cell range should not overlap the database range. Notes How to apply the DSTDEVP function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the DSTDEVP function." }, { "id": "Functions/dsum.htm", "title": "DSUM Function", - "body": "The DSUM function is one of the database functions. It is used to add the numbers in a field (column) of records in a list or database that match conditions that you specify. The DSUM function syntax is: DSUM(database, field, criteria) where database is the range of cells that make up a database. It must contain column headings in the first row. field is an argument that specifies which field (i.e. column) should be used. It can be specified as a number of the necessary column, or the column heading enclosed in quotation marks. criteria is the range of cells that contain conditions. It must contain at least one field name (column heading) and at least one cell below that specifies the condition to be applied to this field in the database. The criteria cell range should not overlap the database range. To apply the DSUM function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Database function group from the list, click the DSUM function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas or select a range of cells with the mouse, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The DSUM function is one of the database functions. It is used to add the numbers in a field (column) of records in a list or database that match conditions that you specify. Syntax DSUM(database, field, criteria) The DSUM function has the following arguments: Argument Description database The range of cells that make up a database. It must contain column headings in the first row. field An argument that specifies which field (i.e. column) should be used. It can be specified as a number of the necessary column, or the column heading enclosed in quotation marks. criteria The range of cells that contain conditions. It must contain at least one field name (column heading) and at least one cell below that specifies the condition to be applied to this field in the database. The criteria cell range should not overlap the database range. Notes How to apply the DSUM function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the DSUM function." }, { "id": "Functions/duration.htm", "title": "DURATION Function", - "body": "The DURATION function is one of the financial functions. It is used to calculate the Macaulay duration of a security with an assumed par value of $100. The DURATION function syntax is: DURATION(settlement, maturity, coupon, yld, frequency[, [basis]]) where settlement is the date when the security is purchased. maturity is the date when the security expires. coupon is the annual coupon rate of the security. yld is the annual yield of the security. frequency is the number of interest payments per year. The possible values are: 1 for annual payments, 2 for semiannual payments, 4 for quarterly payments. basis is the day count basis to use, a numeric value greater than or equal to 0, but less than or equal to 4. It is an optional argument. It can be one of the following: Numeric value Count basis 0 US (NASD) 30/360 1 Actual/actual 2 Actual/360 3 Actual/365 4 European 30/360 Note: dates must be entered by using the DATE function. The values can be entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the DURATION function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Financial function group from the list, click the DURATION function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The DURATION function is one of the financial functions. It is used to calculate the Macaulay duration of a security with an assumed par value of $100. Syntax DURATION(settlement, maturity, coupon, yld, frequency, [basis]) The DURATION function has the following arguments: Argument Description settlement The date when the security is purchased. maturity The date when the security expires. coupon The annual coupon rate of the security. yld The annual yield of the security. frequency The number of interest payments per year. The possible values are: 1 for annual payments, 2 for semiannual payments, 4 for quarterly payments. basis The day count basis to use, a numeric value greater than or equal to 0, but less than or equal to 4. It is an optional argument. The possible values are listed in the table below. The basis argument can be one of the following: Numeric value Count basis 0 US (NASD) 30/360 1 Actual/actual 2 Actual/360 3 Actual/365 4 European 30/360 Notes Dates must be entered by using the DATE function. How to apply the DURATION function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the DURATION function." }, { "id": "Functions/dvar.htm", "title": "DVAR Function", - "body": "The DVAR function is one of the database functions. It is used to estimate the variance of a population based on a sample by using the numbers in a field (column) of records in a list or database that match conditions that you specify. The DVAR function syntax is: DVAR(database, field, criteria) where database is the range of cells that make up a database. It must contain column headings in the first row. field is an argument that specifies which field (i.e. column) should be used. It can be specified as a number of the necessary column, or the column heading enclosed in quotation marks. criteria is the range of cells that contain conditions. It must contain at least one field name (column heading) and at least one cell below that specifies the condition to be applied to this field in the database. The criteria cell range should not overlap the database range. To apply the DVAR function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Database function group from the list, click the DVAR function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas or select a range of cells with the mouse, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The DVAR function is one of the database functions. It is used to estimate the variance of a population based on a sample by using the numbers in a field (column) of records in a list or database that match conditions that you specify. Syntax DVAR(database, field, criteria) The DVAR function has the following arguments: Argument Description database The range of cells that make up a database. It must contain column headings in the first row. field An argument that specifies which field (i.e. column) should be used. It can be specified as a number of the necessary column, or the column heading enclosed in quotation marks. criteria The range of cells that contain conditions. It must contain at least one field name (column heading) and at least one cell below that specifies the condition to be applied to this field in the database. The criteria cell range should not overlap the database range. Notes How to apply the DVAR function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the DVAR function." }, { "id": "Functions/dvarp.htm", "title": "DVARP Function", - "body": "The DVARP function is one of the database functions. It is used to calculate the variance of a population based on the entire population by using the numbers in a field (column) of records in a list or database that match conditions that you specify. The DVARP function syntax is: DVARP(database, field, criteria) where database is the range of cells that make up a database. It must contain column headings in the first row. field is an argument that specifies which field (i.e. column) should be used. It can be specified as a number of the necessary column, or the column heading enclosed in quotation marks. criteria is the range of cells that contain conditions. It must contain at least one field name (column heading) and at least one cell below that specifies the condition to be applied to this field in the database. The criteria cell range should not overlap the database range. To apply the DVARP function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Database function group from the list, click the DVARP function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas or select a range of cells with the mouse, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The DVARP function is one of the database functions. It is used to calculate the variance of a population based on the entire population by using the numbers in a field (column) of records in a list or database that match conditions that you specify. Syntax DVARP(database, field, criteria) The DVARP function has the following arguments: Argument Description database The range of cells that make up a database. It must contain column headings in the first row. field An argument that specifies which field (i.e. column) should be used. It can be specified as a number of the necessary column, or the column heading enclosed in quotation marks. criteria The range of cells that contain conditions. It must contain at least one field name (column heading) and at least one cell below that specifies the condition to be applied to this field in the database. The criteria cell range should not overlap the database range. Notes How to apply the DVARP function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the DVARP function." }, { "id": "Functions/ecma-ceiling.htm", "title": "ECMA.CEILING Function", - "body": "The ECMA.CEILING function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to round the number up to the nearest multiple of significance. Negative numbers are rounded towards zero. The ECMA.CEILING function syntax is: ECMA.CEILING(x, significance) where x is the number you wish to round up, significance is the multiple of significance you wish to round up to, The numeric values can be entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the ECMA.CEILING function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Math and trigonometry function group from the list, click the ECMA.CEILING function, enter the required arguments separating them by comma, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The ECMA.CEILING function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to round the number up to the nearest multiple of significance. Negative numbers are rounded towards zero. Syntax ECMA.CEILING(x, significance) The ECMA.CEILING function has the following arguments: Argument Description x The number you wish to round up. significance The multiple of significance you wish to round up to. Notes How to apply the ECMA.CEILING function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the ECMA.CEILING function." }, { "id": "Functions/edate.htm", "title": "EDATE Function", - "body": "The EDATE function is one of the date and time functions. It is used to return the serial number of the date which comes the indicated number of months (month-offset) before or after the specified date (start-date). The EDATE function syntax is: EDATE(start-date, month-offset) where start-date is a number representing the first date of the period entered using the Date function or other date and time function. month-offset is a number of months before or after start-day. If the month-offset has the negative sign, the function will return the serial number of the date which comes before the specified start-date. If the month-offset has the positive sign, the function will return the serial number of the date which follows after the specified start-date. To apply the EDATE function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Date and time function group from the list, click the EDATE function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The EDATE function is one of the date and time functions. It is used to return the serial number of the date which comes the indicated number of months (months) before or after the specified date (start_date). Syntax EDATE(start_date, months) The EDATE function has the following arguments: Argument Description start_date A number representing the first date of the period entered using the DATE function or other date and time function. months A number of months before or after start_date. If the months has the negative sign, the function will return the serial number of the date which comes before the specified start_date. If the months has the positive sign, the function will return the serial number of the date which follows after the specified start_date. Notes How to apply the EDATE function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the EDATE function." }, { "id": "Functions/effect.htm", "title": "EFFECT Function", - "body": "The EFFECT function is one of the financial functions. It is used to calculate the effective annual interest rate for a security based on a specified nominal annual interest rate and the number of compounding periods per year. The EFFECT function syntax is: EFFECT(nominal-rate, npery) where nominal-rate is the nominal annual interest rate of the security. npery is the number of compounding periods per year. The numeric values can be entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the EFFECT function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Financial function group from the list, click the EFFECT function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The EFFECT function is one of the financial functions. It is used to calculate the effective annual interest rate for a security based on a specified nominal annual interest rate and the number of compounding periods per year. Syntax EFFECT(nominal_rate, npery) The EFFECT function has the following arguments: Argument Description nominal_rate The nominal annual interest rate of the security. npery The number of compounding periods per year. Notes How to apply the EFFECT function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the EFFECT function." }, { "id": "Functions/eomonth.htm", "title": "EOMONTH Function", - "body": "The EOMONTH function is one of the date and time functions. Is used to return the serial number of the last day of the month that comes the indicated number of months before or after the specified start date. The EOMONTH function syntax is: EOMONTH(start-date, month-offset) where start-date is a number representing the first date of the period entered using the Date function or other date and time function. month-offset is a number of months before or after start-day. If the month-offset has the negative sign, the function will return the serial number of the date which comes before the specified start-date. If the month-offset has the positive sign, the function will return the serial number of the date which follows after the specified start-date. To apply the EOMONTH function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Date and time function group from the list, click the EOMONTH function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The EOMONTH function is one of the date and time functions. Is used to return the serial number of the last day of the month that comes the indicated number of months before or after the specified start date. Syntax EOMONTH(start_date, months) The EOMONTH function has the following arguments: Argument Description start_date A number representing the first date of the period entered using the DATE function or other date and time function. months A number of months before or after start_date. If the months has the negative sign, the function will return the serial number of the date which comes before the specified start_date. If the months has the positive sign, the function will return the serial number of the date which follows after the specified start_date. Notes How to apply the EOMONTH function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the EOMONTH function." }, { "id": "Functions/erf-precise.htm", "title": "ERF.PRECISE Function", - "body": "The ERF.PRECISE function is one of the engineering functions. It is used to return the error function integrated between 0 and the specified lower limit. The ERF.PRECISE function syntax is: ERF.PRECISE(x) where x is the lower limit of integration. The numeric value can be entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the ERF.PRECISE function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Engineering function group from the list, click the ERF.PRECISE function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The ERF.PRECISE function is one of the engineering functions. It is used to return the error function integrated between 0 and the specified lower limit. Syntax ERF.PRECISE(x) The ERF.PRECISE function has the following argument: Argument Description x The lower limit of integration. Notes How to apply the ERF.PRECISE function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the ERF.PRECISE function." }, { "id": "Functions/erf.htm", "title": "ERF Function", - "body": "The ERF function is one of the engineering functions. It is used to calculate the error function integrated between the specified lower and upper limits. The ERF function syntax is: ERF(lower-bound [, upper-bound]) where lower-bound is the lower limit of integration. upper-bound is the upper limit of integration. It is an optional argument. If it is omitted, the function will calculate the error function integrated between 0 and lower-bound. The numeric values can be entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the ERF function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Engineering function group from the list, click the ERF function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The ERF function is one of the engineering functions. It is used to calculate the error function integrated between the specified lower and upper limits. Syntax ERF(lower_limit, [upper_limit]) The ERF function has the following arguments: Argument Description lower_limit The lower limit of integration. upper_limit The upper limit of integration. It is an optional argument. If it is omitted, the function will calculate the error function integrated between 0 and lower_limit. Notes How to apply the ERF function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the ERF function." }, { "id": "Functions/erfc-precise.htm", "title": "ERFC.PRECISE Function", - "body": "The ERFC.PRECISE function is one of the engineering functions. It is used to calculate the complementary error function integrated between the specified lower limit and infinity. The ERFC.PRECISE function syntax is: ERFC.PRECISE(x) where x is the lower limit of integration entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the ERFC.PRECISE function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Engineering function group from the list, click the ERFC.PRECISE function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The ERFC.PRECISE function is one of the engineering functions. It is used to calculate the complementary error function integrated between the specified lower limit and infinity. Syntax ERFC.PRECISE(x) The ERFC.PRECISE function has the following argument: Argument Description x The lower limit of integration. Notes How to apply the ERFC.PRECISE function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the ERFC.PRECISE function." }, { "id": "Functions/erfc.htm", "title": "ERFC Function", - "body": "The ERFC function is one of the engineering functions. It is used to calculate the complementary error function integrated between the specified lower limit and infinity. The ERFC function syntax is: ERFC(lower-bound) where lower-bound is the lower limit of integration entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the ERFC function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Engineering function group from the list, click the ERFC function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The ERFC function is one of the engineering functions. It is used to calculate the complementary error function integrated between the specified lower limit and infinity. Syntax ERFC(x) The ERFC function has the following argument: Argument Description x The lower limit of integration. Notes How to apply the ERFC function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the ERFC function." }, { "id": "Functions/error-type.htm", "title": "ERROR.TYPE Function", - "body": "The ERROR.TYPE function is one of the information functions. It is used to return the numeric representation of one of the existing errors. The ERROR.TYPE function syntax is: ERROR.TYPE(value) where value is an error value entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. The error value can be one of the following: Error value Numeric representation #NULL! 1 #DIV/0! 2 #VALUE! 3 #REF! 4 #NAME? 5 #NUM! 6 #N/A 7 #GETTING_DATA 8 Other #N/A To apply the ERROR.TYPE function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Information function group from the list, click the ERROR.TYPE function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The ERROR.TYPE function is one of the information functions. It is used to return the numeric representation of one of the existing errors. Syntax ERROR.TYPE(error_val) The ERROR.TYPE function has the following argument: Argument Description error_val An error value. The possible values are listed in the table below. The error_val argument can be one of the following: Error value Numeric representation #NULL! 1 #DIV/0! 2 #VALUE! 3 #REF! 4 #NAME? 5 #NUM! 6 #N/A 7 #GETTING_DATA 8 Other #N/A Notes How to apply the ERROR.TYPE function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the ERROR.TYPE function." }, { "id": "Functions/even.htm", "title": "EVEN Function", - "body": "The EVEN function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to round the number up to the nearest even integer. The EVEN function syntax is: EVEN(x) where x is a number you wish to round up, a numeric value entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the EVEN function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Math and trigonometry function group from the list, click the EVEN function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The EVEN function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to round the number up to the nearest even integer. Syntax EVEN(number) The EVEN function has the following argument: Argument Description number A number you wish to round up. Notes How to apply the EVEN function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the EVEN function." }, { "id": "Functions/exact.htm", "title": "EXACT Function", - "body": "The EXACT function is one of the text and data functions. Is used to compare data in two cells. The function returns TRUE if the data are the same, and FALSE if not. The EXACT function syntax is: EXACT(text1, text2) where text1(2) is data entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the EXACT function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Text and data function group from the list, click the EXACT function, enter the required arguments separating them by comma, Note: the EXACT function is case-sensitive. press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell. For example: There are two arguments: text1 = A1; text2 = B1, where A1 is MyPassword, B1 is mypassword. So the function returns FALSE. If we change the A1 data converting all the uppercase letters to lowercase, the function returns TRUE:" + "body": "The EXACT function is one of the text and data functions. Is used to compare data in two cells. The function returns TRUE if the data are the same, and FALSE if not. Syntax EXACT(text1, text2) The EXACT function has the following arguments: Argument Description text1(2) Two text strings you want to compare. Notes The EXACT function is case-sensitive. How to apply the EXACT function. Examples There are two arguments: text1 = A1; text2 = B1, where A1 is MyPassword, B1 is mypassword. So the function returns FALSE. If we change the A1 data converting all the uppercase letters to lowercase, the function returns TRUE:" }, { "id": "Functions/exp.htm", "title": "EXP Function", - "body": "The EXP function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to return the e constant raised to the desired power. The e constant is equal to 2,71828182845904. The EXP function syntax is: EXP(x) where x is a power you wish to raise e to, a numeric value entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the EXP function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Math and trigonometry function group from the list, click the EXP function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The EXP function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to return the e constant raised to the desired power. The e constant is equal to 2,71828182845904. Syntax EXP(number) The EXP function has the following argument: Argument Description number A power you wish to raise e to. Notes How to apply the EXP function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the EXP function." }, { "id": "Functions/expand.htm", "title": "EXPAND Function", - "body": "The EXPAND function is a lookup and reference function. It is used to expand a range of data (array) by adding rows and columns. Please note that this is an array formula. To learn more, please read the Insert array formulas article. The EXPAND function syntax is: =EXPAND(array, rows, [columns], [pad_with]) where array is the range of cells to be expanded, rows is the number of rows in the returned array. Although this is a required argument, if omitted, rows will not be added and the number of columns must be specified. [columns] is an optional argument identifying the number of columns in the returned array. If omitted, columns will not be added and the number of rows must be specified. [pad_with] is the value to fill in the added cells. #N/A is the default value. To apply the EXPAND function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Lookup and Reference function group from the list, click the EXPAND function, enter the required arguments separating them by comma, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The EXPAND function is one of the lookup and reference functions. It is used to expand a range of data (array) by adding rows and columns. Syntax EXPAND(array, rows, [columns], [pad_with]) The EXPAND function has the following arguments: Argument Description array The range of cells to be expanded. rows The number of rows in the returned array. Although this is a required argument, if omitted, rows will not be added and the number of columns must be specified. columns An optional argument identifying the number of columns in the returned array. If omitted, columns will not be added and the number of rows must be specified. pad_with The value to fill in the added cells. #N/A is the default value. Notes Please note that this is an array formula. To learn more, please read the Insert array formulas article. How to apply the EXPAND function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the EXPAND function." }, { "id": "Functions/expon-dist.htm", "title": "EXPON.DIST Function", - "body": "The EXPON.DIST function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the exponential distribution. The EXPON.DIST function syntax is: EXPON.DIST(x, lambda, cumulative) where x is the value of the function, a numeric value greater than or equal to 0, lambda is the parameter of the value, a numeric value greater than 0, cumulative is a logical value (TRUE or FALSE) that determines the function form. If cumulative is TRUE, the function will return the cumulative distribution function, if FALSE, it will return the probability density function. The values can be entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to. To apply the EXPON.DIST function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the EXPON.DIST function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The EXPON.DIST function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the exponential distribution. Syntax EXPON.DIST(x, lambda, cumulative) The EXPON.DIST function has the following arguments: Argument Description x The value of the function, a numeric value greater than or equal to 0. lambda The parameter of the value, a numeric value greater than 0. cumulative A logical value (TRUE or FALSE) that determines the function form. If cumulative is TRUE, the function will return the cumulative distribution function, if it is FALSE, it will return the probability density function. Notes How to apply the EXPON.DIST function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the EXPON.DIST function." }, { "id": "Functions/expondist.htm", "title": "EXPONDIST Function", - "body": "The EXPONDIST function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the exponential distribution. The EXPONDIST function syntax is: EXPONDIST(x, lambda, cumulative-flag) where x is the value of the function, a numeric value greater than or equal to 0, lambda is the parameter of the value, a numeric value greater than 0, cumulative-flag is the form of the function to return, a logical value: TRUE or FALSE. If cumulative-flag is TRUE, the function will return the cumulative distribution function, if FALSE, it will return the probability density function. The values can be entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to. To apply the EXPONDIST function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the EXPONDIST function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The EXPONDIST function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the exponential distribution. Syntax EXPONDIST(x, lambda, cumulative) The EXPONDIST function has the following arguments: Argument Description x The value of the function, a numeric value greater than or equal to 0. lambda The parameter of the value, a numeric value greater than 0. cumulative A logical value (TRUE or FALSE) that determines the function form. If cumulative is TRUE, the function will return the cumulative distribution function, if it is FALSE, it will return the probability density function. Notes How to apply the EXPONDIST function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the EXPONDIST function." }, { "id": "Functions/f-dist-rt.htm", "title": "F.DIST.RT Function", - "body": "The F.DIST.RT function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the (right-tailed) F probability distribution (degree of diversity) for two data sets. You can use this function to determine whether two data sets have different degrees of diversity. The F.DIST.RT function syntax is: F.DIST.RT(x, deg-freedom1, deg-freedom2) where x is the value at which the function should be calculated. A numeric value greater than 0. deg-freedom1 is the numerator degrees of freedom, a numeric value greater than 1. deg-freedom2 is denominator degrees of freedom, a numeric value greater than 1. The values can be entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to. To apply the F.DIST.RT function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the F.DIST.RT function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The F.DIST.RT function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the (right-tailed) F probability distribution (degree of diversity) for two data sets. You can use this function to determine whether two data sets have different degrees of diversity. Syntax F.DIST.RT(x, deg_freedom1, deg_freedom2) The F.DIST.RT function has the following arguments: Argument Description x The value at which the function should be calculated. A numeric value greater than 0. deg_freedom1 The numerator degrees of freedom, a numeric value greater than 1. deg_freedom2 The denominator degrees of freedom, a numeric value greater than 1. Notes How to apply the F.DIST.RT function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the F.DIST.RT function." }, { "id": "Functions/f-dist.htm", "title": "F.DIST Function", - "body": "The F.DIST function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the F probability distribution. You can use this function to determine whether two data sets have different degrees of diversity. The F.DIST function syntax is: F.DIST(x, deg-freedom1, deg-freedom2, cumulative) where x is the value at which the function should be calculated. A numeric value greater than 0 deg-freedom1 is the numerator degrees of freedom, a numeric value greater than 0. deg-freedom2 is denominator degrees of freedom, a numeric value greater than 0. cumulative is a logical value (TRUE or FALSE) that determines the function form. If it is TRUE, the function returns the cumulative distribution function. If it is FALSE, the function returns the probability density function. The values can be entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to. To apply the F.DIST function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the F.DIST function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The F.DIST function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the F probability distribution. You can use this function to determine whether two data sets have different degrees of diversity. Syntax F.DIST(x, deg_freedom1, deg_freedom2, cumulative) The F.DIST function has the following arguments: Argument Description x The value at which the function should be calculated. A numeric value greater than 0. deg_freedom1 The numerator degrees of freedom, a numeric value greater than 0. deg_freedom2 The denominator degrees of freedom, a numeric value greater than 0. cumulative A logical value (TRUE or FALSE) that determines the function form. If cumulative is TRUE, the function will return the cumulative distribution function. If it is FALSE, the function returns the probability density function. Notes How to apply the F.DIST function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the F.DIST function." }, { "id": "Functions/f-inv-rt.htm", "title": "F.INV.RT Function", - "body": "The F.INV.RT function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the inverse of the (right-tailed) F probability distribution. The F distribution can be used in an F-test that compares the degree of variability in two data sets. The F.INV.RT function syntax is: F.INV.RT(probability, deg-freedom1, deg-freedom2) where probability is the probability associated with the F cumulative distribution. A numeric value greater than 0 but less than 1. deg-freedom1 is the numerator degrees of freedom, a numeric value greater than 1. deg-freedom2 is denominator degrees of freedom, a numeric value greater than 1. The values can be entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to. To apply the F.INV.RT function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the F.INV.RT function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The F.INV.RT function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the inverse of the (right-tailed) F probability distribution. The F distribution can be used in an F-test that compares the degree of variability in two data sets. Syntax F.INV.RT(probability, deg_freedom1, deg_freedom2) The F.INV.RT function has the following arguments: Argument Description probability The probability associated with the F cumulative distribution. A numeric value greater than 0 but less than 1. deg_freedom1 The numerator degrees of freedom, a numeric value greater than 1. deg_freedom2 The denominator degrees of freedom, a numeric value greater than 1. Notes How to apply the F.INV.RT function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the F.INV.RT function." }, { "id": "Functions/f-inv.htm", "title": "F.INV Function", - "body": "The F.INV function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the inverse of the (right-tailed) F probability distribution. The F distribution can be used in an F-test that compares the degree of variability in two data sets. The F.INV function syntax is: F.INV(probability, deg-freedom1, deg-freedom2) where probability is the probability associated with the F cumulative distribution. A numeric value greater than 0 but less than 1. deg-freedom1 is the numerator degrees of freedom, a numeric value greater than 1. deg-freedom2 is denominator degrees of freedom, a numeric value greater than 1. The values can be entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to. To apply the F.INV function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the F.INV function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The F.INV function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the inverse of the (right-tailed) F probability distribution. The F distribution can be used in an F-test that compares the degree of variability in two data sets. Syntax F.INV(probability, deg_freedom1, deg_freedom2) The F.INV function has the following arguments: Argument Description probability The probability associated with the F cumulative distribution. A numeric value greater than 0 but less than 1. deg_freedom1 The numerator degrees of freedom, a numeric value greater than 1. deg_freedom2 The denominator degrees of freedom, a numeric value greater than 1. Notes How to apply the F.INV function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the F.INV function." }, { "id": "Functions/f-test.htm", "title": "F.TEST Function", - "body": "The F.TEST function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the result of an F-test, the two-tailed probability that the variances in array1 and array2 are not significantly different. Use this function to determine whether two samples have different variances. The F.TEST function syntax is: F.TEST(array1, array2) where array1 is the first range of values. array2 is the second range of values. The values can be entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to. Text, logical values and empty cells are ignored, cells that contain zero values are included. If the number of values in a data range is less than 2 or a variance of an array is 0, the function returns the #DIV/0! error value. To apply the F.TEST function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the F.TEST function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The F.TEST function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the result of an F-test, the two-tailed probability that the variances in array1 and array2 are not significantly different. Use this function to determine whether two samples have different variances. Syntax F.TEST(array1, array2) The F.TEST function has the following arguments: Argument Description array1 The first range of values. array2 The second range of values. Notes Text, logical values and empty cells are ignored, cells that contain zero values are included. If the number of values in a data range is less than 2 or a variance of an array is 0, the function returns the #DIV/0! error value. How to apply the F.TEST function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the F.TEST function." }, { "id": "Functions/fact.htm", "title": "FACT Function", - "body": "The FACT function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to return the factorial of a number. The FACT function syntax is: FACT(x) where x is a numeric value entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the FACT function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Math and trigonometry function group from the list, click the FACT function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The FACT function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to return the factorial of a number. Syntax FACT(number) The FACT function has the following argument: Argument Description number A numeric value for which you want to get the factorial. Notes How to apply the FACT function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the FACT function." }, { "id": "Functions/factdouble.htm", "title": "FACTDOUBLE Function", - "body": "The FACTDOUBLE function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to return the double factorial of a number. The FACTDOUBLE function syntax is: FACTDOUBLE(x) where x is a numeric value entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the FACTDOUBLE function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Math and trigonometry function group from the list, click the FACTDOUBLE function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The FACTDOUBLE function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to return the double factorial of a number. Syntax FACTDOUBLE(number) The FACTDOUBLE function has the following argument: Argument Description number A numeric value for which you want to get the double factorial. Notes How to apply the FACTDOUBLE function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the FACTDOUBLE function." }, { "id": "Functions/false.htm", "title": "FALSE Function", - "body": "The FALSE function is one of the logical functions. The function returns FALSE and does not require any argument. The FALSE function syntax is: FALSE() To apply the FALSE function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Logical function group from the list, click the FALSE function, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The FALSE function is one of the logical functions. The function returns FALSE and does not require any argument. Syntax FALSE() Notes How to apply the FALSE function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the FALSE function." }, { "id": "Functions/fdist.htm", "title": "FDIST Function", - "body": "The FDIST function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the (right-tailed) F probability distribution (degree of diversity) for two data sets. You can use this function to determine whether two data sets have different degrees of diversity. The FDIST function syntax is: FDIST(x, deg-freedom1, deg-freedom2) where x is the value at which the function should be calculated. A numeric value greater than 0. deg-freedom1 is the numerator degrees of freedom, a numeric value greater than 1 and less than 10^10. deg-freedom2 is denominator degrees of freedom, a numeric value greater than 1 and less than 10^10. The values can be entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to. To apply the FDIST function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the FDIST function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The FDIST function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the (right-tailed) F probability distribution (degree of diversity) for two data sets. You can use this function to determine whether two data sets have different degrees of diversity. Syntax FDIST(x, deg_freedom1, deg_freedom2) The FDIST function has the following arguments: Argument Description x The value at which the function should be calculated. A numeric value greater than 0. deg_freedom1 The numerator degrees of freedom, a numeric value greater than 1 and less than 10^10. deg_freedom2 The denominator degrees of freedom, a numeric value greater than 1 and less than 10^10. Notes How to apply the FDIST function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the FDIST function." }, { "id": "Functions/filter.htm", "title": "FILTER Function", - "body": "The FILTER function is a lookup and reference function. It is used to filter a range of data and to return the results that match the criteria you specify. The FILTER function only extracts the necessary data and the results update when the original data change. Please note that this is an array formula. To learn more, please read the Insert array formulas article. The FILTER function syntax is: =FILTER(array,include,[if_empty]) where array is the range of cells to filter, include is the filtering criteria supplied as a Boolean array (TRUE/FALSE) the same height (columns) and width (rows) as the array, [if_empty] is the value to return when the filter returns no results. This argument is optional. To apply the FILTER function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Lookup and Reference function group from the list, click the FILTER function, enter the required arguments separating them by comma, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The FILTER function is one of the lookup and reference functions. It is used to filter a range of data and to return the results that match the criteria you specify. The FILTER function only extracts the necessary data and the results update when the original data change. Syntax FILTER(array, include, [if_empty]) The FILTER function has the following arguments: Argument Description array The range of cells to filter. include The filtering criteria supplied as a Boolean array (TRUE/FALSE) the same height (columns) and width (rows) as the array. if_empty The value to return when the filter returns no results. This argument is optional. Notes Please note that this is an array formula. To learn more, please read the Insert array formulas article. How to apply the FILTER function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the FILTER function." }, { "id": "Functions/find.htm", "title": "FIND/FINDB Function", - "body": "The FIND/FINDB function is one of the text and data functions. Is used to find the specified substring (string-1) within a string (string-2). The FIND function is intended for languages that use the single-byte character set (SBCS), while FINDB - for languages that use the double-byte character set (DBCS) like Japanese, Chinese, Korean etc. The FIND/FINDB function syntax is: FIND(string-1, string-2 [,start-pos]) FINDB(string-1, string-2 [,start-pos]) where string-1 is a string you are looking for, string-2 is a string you are searching within, start-pos is a position in a string where the search will start. It is an optional argument. If it is omitted, the funcion will start search from the beginning of the string. The values can be entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. Note: if there are no matches, the function will return the #VALUE! error. To apply the FIND/FINDB function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Text and data function group from the list, click the FIND/FINDB function, enter the required arguments separating them by comma, Note: the FIND/FINDB function is case-sensitive. press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The FIND/FINDB function is one of the text and data functions. Is used to find the specified substring (find_text) within a string (within_text). The FIND function is intended for languages that use the single-byte character set (SBCS), while FINDB - for languages that use the double-byte character set (DBCS) like Japanese, Chinese, Korean etc. Syntax FIND(find_text, within_text, [start_num]) FINDB(find_text, within_text, [start_num]) The FIND/FINDB function has the following arguments: Argument Description find_text A string you are looking for. within_text A string you are searching within. start_num A position in a string where the search will start. It is an optional argument. If it is omitted, the funcion will start search from the beginning of the string. Notes The FIND/FINDB function is case-sensitive. If there are no matches, the function will return the #VALUE! error. How to apply the FIND/FINDB function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the FIND function." }, { "id": "Functions/findb.htm", "title": "FIND/FINDB Function", - "body": "The FIND/FINDB function is one of the text and data functions. Is used to find the specified substring (string-1) within a string (string-2). The FIND function is intended for languages that use the single-byte character set (SBCS), while FINDB - for languages that use the double-byte character set (DBCS) like Japanese, Chinese, Korean etc. The FIND/FINDB function syntax is: FIND(string-1, string-2 [,start-pos]) FINDB(string-1, string-2 [,start-pos]) where string-1 is a string you are looking for, string-2 is a string you are searching within, start-pos is a position in a string where the search will start. It is an optional argument. If it is omitted, the funcion will start search from the beginning of the string. The values can be entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. Note: if there are no matches, the function will return the #VALUE! error. To apply the FIND/FINDB function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Text and data function group from the list, click the FIND/FINDB function, enter the required arguments separating them by comma, Note: the FIND/FINDB function is case-sensitive. press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The FIND/FINDB function is one of the text and data functions. Is used to find the specified substring (find_text) within a string (within_text). The FIND function is intended for languages that use the single-byte character set (SBCS), while FINDB - for languages that use the double-byte character set (DBCS) like Japanese, Chinese, Korean etc. Syntax FIND(find_text, within_text, [start_num]) FINDB(find_text, within_text, [start_num]) The FIND/FINDB function has the following arguments: Argument Description find_text A string you are looking for. within_text A string you are searching within. start_num A position in a string where the search will start. It is an optional argument. If it is omitted, the funcion will start search from the beginning of the string. Notes The FIND/FINDB function is case-sensitive. If there are no matches, the function will return the #VALUE! error. How to apply the FIND/FINDB function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the FIND function." }, { "id": "Functions/finv.htm", "title": "FINV Function", - "body": "The FINV function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the inverse of the (right-tailed) F probability distribution. The F distribution can be used in an F-test that compares the degree of variability in two data sets. The FINV function syntax is: FINV(probability, deg-freedom1, deg-freedom2) where probability is the probability associated with the F cumulative distribution. A numeric value greater than 0 but less than 1. deg-freedom1 is the numerator degrees of freedom, a numeric value greater than 1 and less than 10^10. deg-freedom2 is denominator degrees of freedom, a numeric value greater than 1 and less than 10^10. The values can be entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to. To apply the FINV function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the FINV function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The FINV function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the inverse of the (right-tailed) F probability distribution. The F distribution can be used in an F-test that compares the degree of variability in two data sets. Syntax FINV(probability, deg_freedom1, deg_freedom2) The FINV function has the following arguments: Argument Description probability The probability associated with the F cumulative distribution. A numeric value greater than 0 but less than 1. deg_freedom1 The numerator degrees of freedom, a numeric value greater than 1 and less than 10^10. deg_freedom2 The denominator degrees of freedom, a numeric value greater than 1 and less than 10^10. Notes How to apply the FINV function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the FINV function." }, { "id": "Functions/fisher.htm", "title": "FISHER Function", - "body": "The FISHER function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the Fisher transformation of a number. The FISHER function syntax is: FISHER(number) where number is a numeric value greater than - 1 but less than 1 entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the FISHER function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the FISHER function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The FISHER function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the Fisher transformation of a number. Syntax FISHER(x) The FISHER function has the following argument: Argument Description x A numeric value greater than - 1 but less than 1. Notes How to apply the FISHER function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the FISHER function." }, { "id": "Functions/fisherinv.htm", "title": "FISHERINV Function", - "body": "The FISHERINV function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to perform the inverse of Fisher transformation. The FISHERINV function syntax is: FISHERINV(number) where number is a numeric value entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the FISHERINV function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the FISHERINV function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The FISHERINV function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to perform the inverse of the Fisher transformation. Syntax FISHERINV(y) The FISHERINV function has the following argument: Argument Description y A numeric value for which you want to perform the inverse of the Fisher transformation. Notes How to apply the FISHERINV function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the FISHERINV function." }, { "id": "Functions/fixed.htm", "title": "FIXED Function", - "body": "The FIXED function is one of the text and data functions. Is used to return the text representation of a number rounded to a specified number of decimal places. The FIXED function syntax is: FIXED(number [,[num-decimal] [,suppress-commas-flag]) where number is a number to round. num-decimal is a number of decimal places to display. It is an optional argument, if it's omitted, the function will assume it to be 2. suppress-commas-flag is a logical value. If it is set to TRUE, the function will return the result without commas. If it is FALSE or omitted, the result will be displayed with commas. The values can be entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to. To apply the FIXED function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Text and data function group from the list, click the FIXED function, enter the required arguments separating them by comma, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The FIXED function is one of the text and data functions. Is used to return the text representation of a number rounded to a specified number of decimal places. Syntax FIXED(number, [decimals], [no_commas]) The FIXED function has the following arguments: Argument Description number A number to round. decimals A number of decimal places to display. It is an optional argument, if it's omitted, the function will assume it to be 2. no_commas A logical value. If it is set to TRUE, the function will return the result without commas. If it is FALSE or omitted, the result will be displayed with commas. Notes How to apply the FIXED function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the FIXED function." }, { "id": "Functions/floor-math.htm", "title": "FLOOR.MATH Function", - "body": "The FLOOR.MATH function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to round a number down to the nearest integer or to the nearest multiple of significance. The FLOOR.MATH function syntax is: FLOOR.MATH(x [, [significance] [, [mode]]) where x is the number you wish to round down. significance is the multiple of significance you wish to round down to. It is an optional parameter. If it is omitted, the default value of 1 is used. mode specifies if negative numbers are rounded towards or away from zero. It is an optional parameter that does not affect positive numbers. If it is omitted or set to 0, negative numbers are rounded away from zero. If any other numeric value is specified, negative numbers are rounded towards zero. The numeric values can be entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the FLOOR.MATH function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Math and trigonometry function group from the list, click the FLOOR.MATH function, enter the required arguments separating them by comma, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The FLOOR.MATH function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to round a number down to the nearest integer or to the nearest multiple of significance. Syntax FLOOR.MATH(number, [significance], [mode]) The FLOOR.MATH function has the following arguments: Argument Description number A number you wish to round down. significance A multiple of significance you wish to round down to. It is an optional argument. If it is omitted, the default value of 1 is used. mode Specifies if negative numbers are rounded towards or away from zero. It is an optional parameter that does not affect positive numbers. If it is omitted or set to 0, negative numbers are rounded away from zero. If any other numeric value is specified, negative numbers are rounded towards zero. Notes How to apply the FLOOR.MATH function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the FLOOR.MATH function." }, { "id": "Functions/floor-precise.htm", "title": "FLOOR.PRECISE Function", - "body": "The FLOOR.PRECISE function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to return a number that is rounded down to the nearest integer or to the nearest multiple of significance. The number is always rounded down regardless of its sing. The FLOOR.PRECISE function syntax is: FLOOR.PRECISE(x [, significance]) where x is the number you wish to round down. significance is the multiple of significance you wish to round down to. It is an optional parameter. If it is omitted, the default value of 1 is used. If it is set to zero, the function returns 0. The numeric values can be entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the FLOOR.PRECISE function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Math and trigonometry function group from the list, click the FLOOR.PRECISE function, enter the required arguments separating them by comma, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The FLOOR.PRECISE function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to return a number that is rounded down to the nearest integer or to the nearest multiple of significance. The number is always rounded down regardless of its sing. Syntax FLOOR.PRECISE(number, [significance]) The FLOOR.PRECISE function has the following arguments: Argument Description number A number you wish to round down. significance A multiple of significance you wish to round down to. It is an optional argument. If it is omitted, the default value of 1 is used. If it is set to zero, the function returns 0. Notes How to apply the FLOOR.PRECISE function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the FLOOR.PRECISE function." }, { "id": "Functions/floor.htm", "title": "FLOOR Function", - "body": "The FLOOR function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to round the number down to the nearest multiple of significance. The FLOOR function syntax is: FLOOR(x, significance) where x is a number you wish to round down. significance is a multiple of significance you wish to round down to. Note: if the values of x and significance have different signs, the function returns the #NUM! error. The numeric values can be entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the FLOOR function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Math and trigonometry function group from the list, click the FLOOR function, enter the required arguments separating them by comma, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The FLOOR function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to round the number down to the nearest multiple of significance. Syntax FLOOR(number, significance) The FLOOR function has the following arguments: Argument Description number A number you wish to round down. significance A multiple of significance you wish to round down to. Notes If the values of x and significance have different signs, the function returns the #NUM! error. How to apply the FLOOR function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the FLOOR function." }, { "id": "Functions/forecast-ets-confint.htm", "title": "FORECAST.ETS.CONFINT Function", - "body": "The FORECAST.ETS.CONFINT function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return a confidence interval for the forecast value at the specified target date. The FORECAST.ETS.CONFINT function syntax is: FORECAST.ETS.CONFINT(target_date, values, timeline, [confidence_level], [seasonality], [data_completion], [aggregation]) where target_date is a date for which you want to predict a new value. Must be after the last date in the timeline. values is a range of the historical values for which you want to predict a new point. timeline is a range of date/time values that correspond to the historical values. The timeline range must be of the same size as the values range. Date/time values must have a constant step between them (although up to 30% of missing values can be processed as specified by the data_completion argument and duplicate values can be aggregated as specified by the aggregation argument). confidence_level is a numeric value between 0 and 1 (exclusive) that specifies the confidence level for the calculated confidence interval. It is an optional argument. If it is omitted, the default value of 0.95 is used. seasonality is a numeric value that specifies which method should be used to detect the seasonality. It is an optional argument. The possible values are listed in the table below. Numeric value Behavior 1 or omitted Seasonality is detected automatically. Positive, whole numbers are used for the length of the seasonal pattern. 0 No seasonality, the prediction will be linear. an integer greater than or equal to 2 The specified number is used for the length of the seasonal pattern. data_completion is a numeric value that specifies how to process the missing data points in the timeline data range. It is an optional argument. The possible values are listed in the table below. Numeric value Behavior 1 or omitted Missing points are calculated as the average of the neighbouring points. 0 Missing points are treated as zero values. aggregation is a numeric value that specifies which function should be used to aggregate identical time values in the timeline data range. It is an optional argument. The possible values are listed in the table below. Numeric value Function 1 or omitted AVERAGE 2 COUNT 3 COUNTA 4 MAX 5 MEDIAN 6 MIN 7 SUM To apply the FORECAST.ETS.CONFINT function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the FORECAST.ETS.CONFINT function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The FORECAST.ETS.CONFINT function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return a confidence interval for the forecast value at the specified target date. Syntax FORECAST.ETS.CONFINT(target_date, values, timeline, [confidence_level], [seasonality], [data_completion], [aggregation]) The FORECAST.ETS.CONFINT function has the following arguments: Argument Description target_date A date for which you want to predict a new value. Must be after the last date in the timeline. values A range of the historical values for which you want to predict a new point. timeline A range of date/time values that correspond to the historical values. The timeline range must be of the same size as the values range. Date/time values must have a constant step between them (although up to 30% of missing values can be processed as specified by the data_completion argument and duplicate values can be aggregated as specified by the aggregation argument). confidence_level A numeric value between 0 and 1 (exclusive) that specifies the confidence level for the calculated confidence interval. It is an optional argument. If it is omitted, the default value of 0.95 is used. seasonality A numeric value that specifies which method should be used to detect the seasonality. It is an optional argument. The possible values are listed in the table below. data_completion A numeric value that specifies how to process the missing data points in the timeline data range. It is an optional argument. The possible values are listed in the table below. aggregation A numeric value that specifies which function should be used to aggregate identical time values in the timeline data range. It is an optional argument. The possible values are listed in the table belows. The seasonality argument can be one of the following: Numeric value Behavior 1 or omitted Seasonality is detected automatically. Positive, whole numbers are used for the length of the seasonal pattern. 0 No seasonality, the prediction will be linear. an integer greater than or equal to 2 The specified number is used for the length of the seasonal pattern. The data_completion argument can be one of the following: Numeric value Behavior 1 or omitted Missing points are calculated as the average of the neighbouring points. 0 Missing points are treated as zero values. The aggregation argument can be one of the following: Numeric value Function 1 or omitted AVERAGE 2 COUNT 3 COUNTA 4 MAX 5 MEDIAN 6 MIN 7 SUM Notes How to apply the FORECAST.ETS.CONFINT function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the FORECAST.ETS.CONFINT function." }, { "id": "Functions/forecast-ets-seasonality.htm", "title": "FORECAST.ETS.SEASONALITY Function", - "body": "The FORECAST.ETS.SEASONALITY function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the length of the repetitive pattern the application detects for the specified time series. The FORECAST.ETS.SEASONALITY function syntax is: FORECAST.ETS.SEASONALITY(values, timeline, [data_completion], [aggregation]) where values is a range of the historical values for which you want to predict a new point. timeline is a range of date/time values that correspond to the historical values. The timeline range must be of the same size as the values range. Date/time values must have a constant step between them (although up to 30% of missing values can be processed as specified by the data_completion argument and duplicate values can be aggregated as specified by the aggregation argument). data_completion is a numeric value that specifies how to process the missing data points in the timeline data range. It is an optional argument. The possible values are listed in the table below. Numeric value Behavior 1 or omitted Missing points are calculated as the average of the neighbouring points. 0 Missing points are treated as zero values. aggregation is a numeric value that specifies which function should be used to aggregate identical time values in the timeline data range. It is an optional argument. The possible values are listed in the table below. Numeric value Function 1 or omitted AVERAGE 2 COUNT 3 COUNTA 4 MAX 5 MEDIAN 6 MIN 7 SUM To apply the FORECAST.ETS.SEASONALITY function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the FORECAST.ETS.SEASONALITY function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The FORECAST.ETS.SEASONALITY function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the length of the repetitive pattern the application detects for the specified time series. Syntax FORECAST.ETS.SEASONALITY(values, timeline, [data_completion], [aggregation]) The FORECAST.ETS.SEASONALITY function has the following arguments: Argument Description values A range of the historical values for which you want to predict a new point. timeline A range of date/time values that correspond to the historical values. The timeline range must be of the same size as the values range. Date/time values must have a constant step between them (although up to 30% of missing values can be processed as specified by the data_completion argument and duplicate values can be aggregated as specified by the aggregation argument). data_completion A numeric value that specifies how to process the missing data points in the timeline data range. It is an optional argument. The possible values are listed in the table below. aggregation A numeric value that specifies which function should be used to aggregate identical time values in the timeline data range. It is an optional argument. The possible values are listed in the table belows. The data_completion argument can be one of the following: Numeric value Behavior 1 or omitted Missing points are calculated as the average of the neighbouring points. 0 Missing points are treated as zero values. The aggregation argument can be one of the following: Numeric value Function 1 or omitted AVERAGE 2 COUNT 3 COUNTA 4 MAX 5 MEDIAN 6 MIN 7 SUM Notes How to apply the FORECAST.ETS.SEASONALITY function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the FORECAST.ETS.SEASONALITY function." }, { "id": "Functions/forecast-ets-stat.htm", "title": "FORECAST.ETS.STAT Function", - "body": "The FORECAST.ETS.STAT function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return a statistical value as a result of time series forecasting. Statistic type indicates which statistic is requested by this function. The FORECAST.ETS.STAT function syntax is: FORECAST.ETS.STAT(values, timeline, statistic_type, [seasonality], [data_completion], [aggregation]) where values is a range of the historical values for which you want to predict a new point. timeline is a range of date/time values that correspond to the historical values. The timeline range must be of the same size as the values range. Date/time values must have a constant step between them (although up to 30% of missing values can be processed as specified by the data_completion argument and duplicate values can be aggregated as specified by the aggregation argument). statistic_type is a numeric value between 1 and 8 that specifies which statistic will be returned. The possible values are listed in the table below. Numeric value Statistic 1 Alpha parameter of ETS algorithm - the base value parameter. 2 Beta parameter of ETS algorithm - the trend value parameter. 3 Gamma parameter of ETS algorithm - the seasonality value parameter. 4 MASE (mean absolute scaled error) metric - a measure of the accuracy of forecasts. 5 SMAPE (symmetric mean absolute percentage error) metric - a measure of the accuracy based on percentage errors. 6 MAE (mean absolute error) metric - a measure of the accuracy of forecasts. 7 RMSE (root mean squared error) metric - a measure of the differences between predicted and observed values. 8 Step size detected in the timeline. seasonality is a numeric value that specifies which method should be used to detect the seasonality. It is an optional argument. The possible values are listed in the table below. Numeric value Behavior 1 or omitted Seasonality is detected automatically. Positive, whole numbers are used for the length of the seasonal pattern. 0 No seasonality, the prediction will be linear. an integer greater than or equal to 2 The specified number is used for the length of the seasonal pattern. data_completion is a numeric value that specifies how to process the missing data points in the timeline data range. It is an optional argument. The possible values are listed in the table below. Numeric value Behavior 1 or omitted Missing points are calculated as the average of the neighbouring points. 0 Missing points are treated as zero values. aggregation is a numeric value that specifies which function should be used to aggregate identical time values in the timeline data range. It is an optional argument. The possible values are listed in the table below. Numeric value Function 1 or omitted AVERAGE 2 COUNT 3 COUNTA 4 MAX 5 MEDIAN 6 MIN 7 SUM To apply the FORECAST.ETS.STAT function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the FORECAST.ETS.STAT function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The FORECAST.ETS.STAT function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return a statistical value as a result of time series forecasting. Statistic type indicates which statistic is requested by this function. Syntax FORECAST.ETS.STAT(values, timeline, statistic_type, [seasonality], [data_completion], [aggregation]) The FORECAST.ETS.STAT function has the following arguments: Argument Description values A range of the historical values for which you want to predict a new point. timeline A range of date/time values that correspond to the historical values. The timeline range must be of the same size as the values range. Date/time values must have a constant step between them (although up to 30% of missing values can be processed as specified by the data_completion argument and duplicate values can be aggregated as specified by the aggregation argument). statistic_type A numeric value between 1 and 8 that specifies which statistic will be returned. The possible values are listed in the table below. seasonality A numeric value that specifies which method should be used to detect the seasonality. It is an optional argument. The possible values are listed in the table below. data_completion A numeric value that specifies how to process the missing data points in the timeline data range. It is an optional argument. The possible values are listed in the table below. aggregation A numeric value that specifies which function should be used to aggregate identical time values in the timeline data range. It is an optional argument. The possible values are listed in the table belows. The statistic_type argument can be one of the following: Numeric value Statistic 1 Alpha parameter of ETS algorithm - the base value parameter. 2 Beta parameter of ETS algorithm - the trend value parameter. 3 Gamma parameter of ETS algorithm - the seasonality value parameter. 4 MASE (mean absolute scaled error) metric - a measure of the accuracy of forecasts. 5 SMAPE (symmetric mean absolute percentage error) metric - a measure of the accuracy based on percentage errors. 6 MAE (mean absolute error) metric - a measure of the accuracy of forecasts. 7 RMSE (root mean squared error) metric - a measure of the differences between predicted and observed values. 8 Step size detected in the timeline. The seasonality argument can be one of the following: Numeric value Behavior 1 or omitted Seasonality is detected automatically. Positive, whole numbers are used for the length of the seasonal pattern. 0 No seasonality, the prediction will be linear. an integer greater than or equal to 2 The specified number is used for the length of the seasonal pattern. The data_completion argument can be one of the following: Numeric value Behavior 1 or omitted Missing points are calculated as the average of the neighbouring points. 0 Missing points are treated as zero values. The aggregation argument can be one of the following: Numeric value Function 1 or omitted AVERAGE 2 COUNT 3 COUNTA 4 MAX 5 MEDIAN 6 MIN 7 SUM Notes How to apply the FORECAST.ETS.STAT function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the FORECAST.ETS.STAT function." }, { "id": "Functions/forecast-ets.htm", "title": "FORECAST.ETS Function", - "body": "The FORECAST.ETS function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to calculate or predict a future value based on existing (historical) values by using the AAA version of the Exponential Smoothing (ETS) algorithm. The FORECAST.ETS function syntax is: FORECAST.ETS(target_date, values, timeline, [seasonality], [data_completion], [aggregation]) where target_date is a date for which you want to predict a new value. Must be after the last date in the timeline. values is a range of the historical values for which you want to predict a new point. timeline is a range of date/time values that correspond to the historical values. The timeline range must be of the same size as the values range. Date/time values must have a constant step between them (although up to 30% of missing values can be processed as specified by the data_completion argument and duplicate values can be aggregated as specified by the aggregation argument). seasonality is a numeric value that specifies which method should be used to detect the seasonality. It is an optional argument. The possible values are listed in the table below. Numeric value Behavior 1 or omitted Seasonality is detected automatically. Positive, whole numbers are used for the length of the seasonal pattern. 0 No seasonality, the prediction will be linear. an integer greater than or equal to 2 The specified number is used for the length of the seasonal pattern. data_completion is a numeric value that specifies how to process the missing data points in the timeline data range. It is an optional argument. The possible values are listed in the table below. Numeric value Behavior 1 or omitted Missing points are calculated as the average of the neighbouring points. 0 Missing points are treated as zero values. aggregation is a numeric value that specifies which function should be used to aggregate identical time values in the timeline data range. It is an optional argument. The possible values are listed in the table below. Numeric value Function 1 or omitted AVERAGE 2 COUNT 3 COUNTA 4 MAX 5 MEDIAN 6 MIN 7 SUM To apply the FORECAST.ETS function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the FORECAST.ETS function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The FORECAST.ETS function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to calculate or predict a future value based on existing (historical) values by using the AAA version of the Exponential Smoothing (ETS) algorithm. Syntax FORECAST.ETS(target_date, values, timeline, [seasonality], [data_completion], [aggregation]) The FORECAST.ETS function has the following arguments: Argument Description target_date A date for which you want to predict a new value. Must be after the last date in the timeline. values A range of the historical values for which you want to predict a new point. timeline A range of date/time values that correspond to the historical values. The timeline range must be of the same size as the values range. Date/time values must have a constant step between them (although up to 30% of missing values can be processed as specified by the data_completion argument and duplicate values can be aggregated as specified by the aggregation argument). seasonality A numeric value that specifies which method should be used to detect the seasonality. It is an optional argument. The possible values are listed in the table below. data_completion A numeric value that specifies how to process the missing data points in the timeline data range. It is an optional argument. The possible values are listed in the table below. aggregation A numeric value that specifies which function should be used to aggregate identical time values in the timeline data range. It is an optional argument. The possible values are listed in the table belows. The seasonality argument can be one of the following: Numeric value Behavior 1 or omitted Seasonality is detected automatically. Positive, whole numbers are used for the length of the seasonal pattern. 0 No seasonality, the prediction will be linear. an integer greater than or equal to 2 The specified number is used for the length of the seasonal pattern. The data_completion argument can be one of the following: Numeric value Behavior 1 or omitted Missing points are calculated as the average of the neighbouring points. 0 Missing points are treated as zero values. The aggregation argument can be one of the following: Numeric value Function 1 or omitted AVERAGE 2 COUNT 3 COUNTA 4 MAX 5 MEDIAN 6 MIN 7 SUM Notes How to apply the FORECAST.ETS function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the FORECAST.ETS function." }, { "id": "Functions/forecast-linear.htm", "title": "FORECAST.LINEAR Function", - "body": "The FORECAST.LINEAR function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to calculate, or predict, a future value by using existing values; the predicted value is a y-value for a given x-value. The known values are existing x-values and y-values, and the new value is predicted by using linear regression. The FORECAST.LINEAR function syntax is: FORECAST.LINEAR(x, known_y's, known_x's) where x is an x-value for which you want to predict a new y-value, a numeric value entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. known_y's is an array of known y-values. known_x's is an array of known x-values. To apply the FORECAST.LINEAR function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the FORECAST.LINEAR function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The FORECAST.LINEAR function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to calculate, or predict, a future value by using existing values; the predicted value is a y-value for a given x-value. The known values are existing x-values and y-values, and the new value is predicted by using linear regression. Syntax FORECAST.LINEAR(x, known_y's, known_x's) The FORECAST.LINEAR function has the following arguments: Argument Description x An x-value used to predict the y-value. known_y's An array of known y-values. known_x's An array of known x-values. Notes How to apply the FORECAST.LINEAR function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the FORECAST.LINEAR function." }, { "id": "Functions/forecast.htm", "title": "FORECAST Function", - "body": "The FORECAST function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to predict a future value based on existing values provided. The FORECAST function syntax is: FORECAST(x, array-1, array-2) where x is an x-value used to predict the y-value, a numeric value entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. array-1(2) is the selected range of cells with the same number of elements. To apply the FORECAST function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the FORECAST function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The FORECAST function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to predict a future value based on existing values provided. Syntax FORECAST(x, known_y's, known_x's) The FORECAST function has the following arguments: Argument Description x An x-value used to predict the y-value. known_y's The dependent data range. known_x's The independent data range with the same number of elements as known_y's contains. Notes How to apply the FORECAST function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the FORECAST function." }, { "id": "Functions/formulatext.htm", "title": "FORMULATEXT Function", - "body": "The FORMULATEXT function is one of the lookup and reference functions. It is used to return a formula as a string (i.e. the text string that is displayed in the formula bar if you select the cell that contains the formula). The FORMULATEXT function syntax is: FORMULATEXT(reference) where reference is a reference to a single cell or a range of cells. If the referenced cell range contains more than one formula, the FORMULATEXT function returns the value from the upper left cell of this range. If the referenced cell does not contain a formula, the FORMULATEXT function returns the N/A error value. To apply the FORMULATEXT function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Lookup and Reference function group from the list, click the FORMULATEXT function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The FORMULATEXT function is one of the lookup and reference functions. It is used to return a formula as a string (i.e. the text string that is displayed in the formula bar if you select the cell that contains the formula). Syntax FORMULATEXT(reference) The FORMULATEXT function has the following argument: Argument Description reference A reference to a single cell or a range of cells. Notes If the referenced cell range contains more than one formula, the FORMULATEXT function returns the value from the upper left cell of this range. If the referenced cell does not contain a formula, the FORMULATEXT function returns the N/A error value. Please note that this is an array formula. To learn more, please read the Insert array formulas article. How to apply the FORMULATEXT function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the FORMULATEXT function." }, { "id": "Functions/frequency.htm", "title": "FREQUENCY Function", - "body": "The FREQUENCY function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to сalculate how often values occur within the selected range of cells and display the first value of the returned vertical array of numbers. The FREQUENCY function syntax is: FREQUENCY(data-array, bins-array) where data-array is the selected range of cells you want to count the frequencies for, bins-array is the selected range of cells containing intervals into which you want to group the values in data-array. To apply the FREQUENCY function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the FREQUENCY function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The FREQUENCY function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to сalculate how often values occur within the selected range of cells and display the first value of the returned vertical array of numbers. Syntax FREQUENCY(data_array, bins_array) The FREQUENCY function has the following arguments: Argument Description data_array The selected range of cells you want to count the frequencies for. bins_array The selected range of cells containing intervals into which you want to group the values in data_array. Notes Please note that this is an array formula. To learn more, please read the Insert array formulas article. How to apply the FREQUENCY function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the FREQUENCY function." }, { "id": "Functions/ftest.htm", "title": "FTEST Function", - "body": "The FTEST function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the result of an F-test. An F-test returns the two-tailed probability that the variances in array1 and array2 are not significantly different. Use this function to determine whether two samples have different variances. The FTEST function syntax is: FTEST(array1, array2) where array1 is the first range of values. array2 is the second range of values. The values can be entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to. Text, logical values and empty cells are ignored, cells that contain zero values are included. If the number of values in a data range is less than 2 or a variance of an array is 0, the function returns the #DIV/0! error value. To apply the FTEST function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the FTEST function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The FTEST function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the result of an F-test. An F-test returns the two-tailed probability that the variances in array1 and array2 are not significantly different. Use this function to determine whether two samples have different variances. Syntax FTEST(array1, array2) The FTEST function has the following arguments: Argument Description array1 The first range of values. array2 The second range of values. Notes Text, logical values and empty cells are ignored, cells that contain zero values are included. If the number of values in a data range is less than 2 or a variance of an array is 0, the function returns the #DIV/0! error value. How to apply the FTEST function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the FTEST function." }, { "id": "Functions/fv.htm", "title": "FV Function", - "body": "The FV function is one of the financial functions. It is used to calculate the future value of an investment based on a specified interest rate and a constant payment schedule. The FV function syntax is: FV(rate, nper, pmt [, [pv] [,[type]]]) where rate is the interest rate for the investment. nper is a number of payments. pmt is a payment amount. pv is a present value of the payments. It is an optional argument. If it is omitted, the function will assume pv to be 0. type is a period when the payments are due. It is an optional argument. If it is set to 0 or omitted, the function will assume the payments to be due at the end of the period. If type is set to 1, the payments are due at the beginning of the period. Note: cash paid out (such as deposits to savings) is represented by negative numbers; cash received (such as dividend checks) is represented by positive numbers. Units for rate and nper must be consistent: use N%/12 for rate and N*12 for nper in case of monthly payments, N%/4 for rate and N*4 for nper in case of quarterly payments, N% for rate and N for nper in case of annual payments. The numeric values can be entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the FV function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Financial function group from the list, click the FV function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The FV function is one of the financial functions. It is used to calculate the future value of an investment based on a specified interest rate and a constant payment schedule. Syntax FV(rate, nper, pmt, [pv], [type]) The FV function has the following arguments: Argument Description rate The interest rate for the investment. nper A number of payments. pmt A payment amount. pv A present value of the payments. It is an optional argument. If it is omitted, the function will assume pv to be 0. type A period when the payments are due. It is an optional argument. If it is set to 0 or omitted, the function will assume the payments to be due at the end of the period. If type is set to 1, the payments are due at the beginning of the period. Notes Cash paid out (such as deposits to savings) is represented by negative numbers; cash received (such as dividend checks) is represented by positive numbers. Units for rate and nper must be consistent: use N%/12 for rate and N*12 for nper in case of monthly payments, N%/4 for rate and N*4 for nper in case of quarterly payments, N% for rate and N for nper in case of annual payments. How to apply the FV function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the FV function." }, { "id": "Functions/fvschedule.htm", "title": "FVSCHEDULE Function", - "body": "The FVSCHEDULE function is one of the financial functions. It is used to calculate the future value of an investment based on a series of changeable interest rates. The FVSCHEDULE function syntax is: FVSCHEDULE(principal, schedule) where principal is the current value of an investment. schedule is an array or a range of interest rates. Note: schedule values can be numbers or empty cells (they are interpreted as 0). The numeric values can be entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the FVSCHEDULE function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Financial function group from the list, click the FVSCHEDULE function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The FVSCHEDULE function is one of the financial functions. It is used to calculate the future value of an investment based on a series of changeable interest rates. Syntax FVSCHEDULE(principal, schedule) The FVSCHEDULE function has the following arguments: Argument Description principal The current value of an investment. schedule An array or a range of interest rates. Notes Schedule values can be numbers or empty cells (they are interpreted as 0). How to apply the FVSCHEDULE function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the FVSCHEDULE function." }, { "id": "Functions/gamma-dist.htm", "title": "GAMMA.DIST Function", - "body": "The GAMMA.DIST function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the gamma distribution. The GAMMA.DIST function syntax is: GAMMA.DIST(x, alpha, beta, cumulative) where x is the value at which the function should be calculated. A numeric value greater than 0. alpha is the first parameter of the distribution, a numeric value greater than 0. beta is the second parameter of the distribution, a numeric value greater than 0. If beta is 1, the function returns the standard gamma distribution. cumulative is a logical value (TRUE or FALSE) that determines the function form. If it is TRUE, the function returns the cumulative distribution function. If it is FALSE, the function returns the probability density function. The values can be entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to. To apply the GAMMA.DIST function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the GAMMA.DIST function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The GAMMA.DIST function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the gamma distribution. Syntax GAMMA.DIST(x, alpha, beta, cumulative) The GAMMA.DIST function has the following arguments: Argument Description x The value at which the function should be calculated. A numeric value greater than 0. alpha The first parameter of the distribution, a numeric value greater than 0. beta The second parameter of the distribution, a numeric value greater than 0. If beta is 1, the function returns the standard gamma distribution. cumulative A logical value (TRUE or FALSE) that determines the function form. If it is TRUE, the function returns the cumulative distribution function. If it is FALSE, the function returns the probability density function. Notes How to apply the GAMMA.DIST function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the GAMMA.DIST function." }, { "id": "Functions/gamma-inv.htm", "title": "GAMMA.INV Function", - "body": "The GAMMA.INV function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the inverse of the gamma cumulative distribution. The GAMMA.INV function syntax is: GAMMA.INV(probability, alpha, beta) where probability is the probability associated with the gamma distribution. A numeric value greater than 0 but less than 1. alpha is the first parameter of the distribution, a numeric value greater than 0. beta is the second parameter of the distribution, a numeric value greater than 0. If beta is 1, the function returns the standard gamma distribution. The values can be entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to. To apply the GAMMA.INV function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the GAMMA.INV function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The GAMMA.INV function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the inverse of the gamma cumulative distribution. Syntax GAMMA.INV(probability, alpha, beta) The GAMMA.INV function has the following arguments: Argument Description probability The probability associated with the gamma distribution. A numeric value greater than 0 but less than 1. alpha The first parameter of the distribution, a numeric value greater than 0. beta The second parameter of the distribution, a numeric value greater than 0. If beta is 1, the function returns the standard gamma distribution. Notes How to apply the GAMMA.INV function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the GAMMA.INV function." }, { "id": "Functions/gamma.htm", "title": "GAMMA Function", - "body": "The GAMMA function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the gamma function value. The GAMMA function syntax is: GAMMA(number) where number is a numeric value entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. Note: if the number is a negative integer or 0 the function returns the #NUM! error value. To apply the GAMMA function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the GAMMA function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The GAMMA function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the gamma function value. Syntax GAMMA(number) The GAMMA function has the following argument: Argument Description number A numeric value. Notes If the number is a negative integer or 0 the function returns the #NUM! error value. How to apply the GAMMA function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the GAMMA function." }, { "id": "Functions/gammadist.htm", "title": "GAMMADIST Function", - "body": "The GAMMADIST function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the gamma distribution. The GAMMADIST function syntax is: GAMMADIST(x, alpha, beta, cumulative) where x is the value at which the function should be calculated. A numeric value greater than 0. alpha is the first parameter of the distribution, a numeric value greater than 0. beta is the second parameter of the distribution, a numeric value greater than 0. If beta is 1, the function returns the standard gamma distribution. cumulative is a logical value (TRUE or FALSE) that determines the function form. If it is TRUE, the function returns the cumulative distribution function. If it is FALSE, the function returns the probability density function. The values can be entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to. To apply the GAMMADIST function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the GAMMADIST function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The GAMMADIST function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the gamma distribution. Syntax GAMMADIST(x, alpha, beta, cumulative) The GAMMADIST function has the following arguments: Argument Description x The value at which the function should be calculated. A numeric value greater than 0. alpha The first parameter of the distribution, a numeric value greater than 0. beta The second parameter of the distribution, a numeric value greater than 0. If beta is 1, the function returns the standard gamma distribution. cumulative A logical value (TRUE or FALSE) that determines the function form. If it is TRUE, the function returns the cumulative distribution function. If it is FALSE, the function returns the probability density function. Notes How to apply the GAMMADIST function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the GAMMADIST function." }, { "id": "Functions/gammainv.htm", "title": "GAMMAINV Function", - "body": "The GAMMAINV function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the inverse of the gamma cumulative distribution. The GAMMAINV function syntax is: GAMMAINV(probability, alpha, beta) where probability is the probability associated with the gamma distribution. A numeric value greater than 0 but less than 1. alpha is the first parameter of the distribution, a numeric value greater than 0. beta is the second parameter of the distribution, a numeric value greater than 0. If beta is 1, the function returns the standard gamma distribution. The values can be entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to. To apply the GAMMAINV function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the GAMMAINV function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The GAMMAINV function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the inverse of the gamma cumulative distribution. Syntax GAMMAINV(probability, alpha, beta) The GAMMAINV function has the following arguments: Argument Description probability The probability associated with the gamma distribution. A numeric value greater than 0 but less than 1. alpha The first parameter of the distribution, a numeric value greater than 0. beta The second parameter of the distribution, a numeric value greater than 0. If beta is 1, the function returns the standard gamma distribution. Notes How to apply the GAMMAINV function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the GAMMAINV function." }, { "id": "Functions/gammaln-precise.htm", "title": "GAMMALN.PRECISE Function", - "body": "The GAMMALN.PRECISE function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the natural logarithm of the gamma function. The GAMMALN.PRECISE function syntax is: GAMMALN.PRECISE(x) where x is a numeric value greater than 0 entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the GAMMALN.PRECISE function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the GAMMALN.PRECISE function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The GAMMALN.PRECISE function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the natural logarithm of the gamma function. Syntax GAMMALN.PRECISE(x) The GAMMALN.PRECISE function has the following argument: Argument Description x A numeric value greater than 0. Notes How to apply the GAMMALN.PRECISE function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the GAMMALN.PRECISE function." }, { "id": "Functions/gammaln.htm", "title": "GAMMALN Function", - "body": "The GAMMALN function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the natural logarithm of the gamma function. The GAMMALN function syntax is: GAMMALN(number) where number is a numeric value greater than 0 entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the GAMMALN function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the GAMMALN function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The GAMMALN function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the natural logarithm of the gamma function. Syntax GAMMALN(x) The GAMMALN function has the following argument: Argument Description x A numeric value greater than 0. Notes How to apply the GAMMALN function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the GAMMALN function." }, { "id": "Functions/gauss.htm", "title": "GAUSS Function", - "body": "The GAUSS function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to calculate the probability that a member of a standard normal population will fall between the mean and z standard deviations from the mean. The GAUSS function syntax is: GAUSS(z) where z is a numeric value entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the GAUSS function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the GAUSS function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The GAUSS function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to calculate the probability that a member of a standard normal population will fall between the mean and z standard deviations from the mean. Syntax GAUSS(z) The GAUSS function has the following argument: Argument Description z A numeric value. Notes How to apply the GAUSS function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the GAUSS function." }, { "id": "Functions/gcd.htm", "title": "GCD Function", - "body": "The GCD function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to return the greatest common divisor of two or more numbers. The GCD function syntax is: GCD(argument-list) where argument-list is up to 30 numeric values entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to. To apply the GCD function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Math and trigonometry function group from the list, click the GCD function, enter the required arguments separating by commas or select a range of cells with the mouse, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The GCD function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to return the greatest common divisor of two or more numbers. Syntax GCD(number1, [number2], ...) The GCD function has the following arguments: Argument Description number1/2/n Up to 255 numeric values for which you want to get the greatest common divisor. Notes How to apply the GCD function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the GCD function." }, { "id": "Functions/geomean.htm", "title": "GEOMEAN Function", - "body": "The GEOMEAN function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to calculate the geometric mean of the argument list. The GEOMEAN function syntax is: GEOMEAN(argument-list) where argument-list is up to 30 numerical values greater than 0 entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to. To apply the GEOMEAN function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the GEOMEAN function, enter the required arguments separating by commas or select a range of cells with the mouse, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The GEOMEAN function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to calculate the geometric mean of the argument list. Syntax GEOMEAN(number1, [number2], ...) The GEOMEAN function has the following arguments: Argument Description number1/2/n Up to 255 numeric values for which you want to get the geometric mean. Notes How to apply the GEOMEAN function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the GEOMEAN function." }, { "id": "Functions/gestep.htm", "title": "GESTEP Function", - "body": "The GESTEP function is one of the engineering functions. It is used to test if a number is greater than a threshold value. The function returns 1 if the number is greater than or equal to the threshold value and 0 otherwise. The GESTEP function syntax is: GESTEP(number [, step]) where number is a number to compare with step. step is a threshold value. It is an optional argument. If it is omitted, the function will assume step to be 0. The numeric values can be entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the GESTEP function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Engineering function group from the list, click the GESTEP function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The GESTEP function is one of the engineering functions. It is used to test if a number is greater than a threshold value. The function returns 1 if the number is greater than or equal to the threshold value and 0 otherwise. Syntax GESTEP(number, [step]) The GESTEP function has the following arguments: Argument Description number A number to compare with step. step A threshold value. It is an optional argument. If it is omitted, the function will assume step to be 0. Notes How to apply the GESTEP function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the GESTEP function." }, { "id": "Functions/growth.htm", "title": "GROWTH Function", - "body": "The GROWTH function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to calculate predicted exponential growth by using existing data. The GROWTH function syntax is: GROWTH(known_y’s, [known_x’s], [new_x’s], [const]) where known_y’s is the set of y-values you already know in the y = b*m^x equation. known_x’s is the optional set of x-values you might know in the y = b*m^x equation. new_x’s is the optional set of x-values you want y-values to be returned to. const is an optional argument. It is a TRUE or FALSE value where TRUE or lack of the argument forces b to be calculated normally and FALSE sets b to 1 in the y = b*m^x equation. To apply the GROWTH function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the GROWTH function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The GROWTH function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to calculate predicted exponential growth by using existing data. Syntax GROWTH(known_y’s, [known_x’s], [new_x’s], [const]) The GROWTH function has the following arguments: Argument Description known_y’s The set of y-values you already know in the y = b*m^x equation. known_x’s The optional set of x-values you might know in the y = b*m^x equation. new_x’s The optional set of x-values you want y-values to be returned to. const An optional argument. It is a TRUE or FALSE value where TRUE or lack of the argument forces b to be calculated normally and FALSE sets b to 1 in the y = b*m^x equation. Notes Please note that this is an array formula. To learn more, please read the Insert array formulas article. How to apply the GROWTH function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the GROWTH function." }, { "id": "Functions/harmean.htm", "title": "HARMEAN Function", - "body": "The HARMEAN function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to calculate the harmonic mean of the argument list. The HARMEAN function syntax is: HARMEAN(argument-list) where argument-list is up to 30 numerical values greater than 0 entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to. To apply the HARMEAN function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the HARMEAN function, enter the required arguments separating by commas or select a range of cells with the mouse, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The HARMEAN function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to calculate the harmonic mean of the argument list. Syntax HARMEAN(number1, [number2], ...) The HARMEAN function has the following arguments: Argument Description number1/2/n Up to 255 numeric values for which you want to get the harmonic mean. Notes How to apply the HARMEAN function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the HARMEAN function." }, { "id": "Functions/hex2bin.htm", "title": "HEX2BIN Function", - "body": "The HEX2BIN function is one of the engineering functions. It is used to convert a hexadecimal number to a binary number. The HEX2BIN function syntax is: HEX2BIN(number [, num-hex-digits]) where number is a hexadecimal number entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. num-hex-digits is the number of digits to display. If omitted, the function will use the minimum number. Note: if the argument is not recognised as a hexadecimal number, or contains more than 10 characters, or the resulting binary number requires more digits than you specified, or the specified num-hex-digits number is less than or equal to 0, the function will return the #NUM! error. To apply the HEX2BIN function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Engineering function group from the list, click the HEX2BIN function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The HEX2BIN function is one of the engineering functions. It is used to convert a hexadecimal number to a binary number. Syntax HEX2BIN(number, [places]) The HEX2BIN function has the following arguments: Argument Description number A hexadecimal number entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. places The number of digits to display. If omitted, the function will use the minimum number. Notes If the argument is not recognised as a hexadecimal number, or contains more than 10 characters, or the resulting binary number requires more digits than you specified, or the specified places number is less than or equal to 0, the function will return the #NUM! error. How to apply the HEX2BIN function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the HEX2BIN function." }, { "id": "Functions/hex2dec.htm", "title": "HEX2DEC Function", - "body": "The HEX2DEC function is one of the engineering functions. It is used to convert a hexadecimal number into a decimal number. The HEX2DEC function syntax is: HEX2DEC(number) where number is a hexadecimal number entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. Note: if the argument is not recognised as a hexadecimal number, or contains more than 10 characters, the function will return the #NUM! error. To apply the HEX2DEC function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Engineering function group from the list, click the HEX2DEC function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The HEX2DEC function is one of the engineering functions. It is used to convert a hexadecimal number into a decimal number. Syntax HEX2DEC(number) The HEX2DEC function has the following argument: Argument Description number A hexadecimal number entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. Notes If the argument is not recognised as a hexadecimal number, or contains more than 10 characters, the function will return the #NUM! error. How to apply the HEX2DEC function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the HEX2DEC function." }, { "id": "Functions/hex2oct.htm", "title": "HEX2OCT Function", - "body": "The HEX2OCT function is one of the engineering functions. It is used to convert a hexadecimal number to an octal number. The HEX2OCT function syntax is: HEX2OCT(number [, num-hex-digits]) where number is a hexadecimal number entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. num-hex-digits is the number of digits to display. If omitted, the function will use the minimum number. Note: if the argument is not recognised as a hexadecimal number, or contains more than 10 characters, or the resulting octal number requires more digits than you specified, or the specified num-hex-digits number is less than or equal to 0, the function will return the #NUM! error. To apply the HEX2OCT function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Engineering function group from the list, click the HEX2OCT function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The HEX2OCT function is one of the engineering functions. It is used to convert a hexadecimal number to an octal number. Syntax HEX2OCT(number, [places]) The HEX2OCT function has the following arguments: Argument Description number A hexadecimal number entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. places The number of digits to display. If omitted, the function will use the minimum number. Notes If the argument is not recognised as a hexadecimal number, or contains more than 10 characters, or the resulting octal number requires more digits than you specified, or the specified places number is less than or equal to 0, the function will return the #NUM! error. How to apply the HEX2OCT function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the HEX2OCT function." }, { "id": "Functions/hlookup.htm", "title": "HLOOKUP Function", - "body": "The HLOOKUP function is one of the lookup and reference functions. It is used to perform the horizontal search for a value in the top row of a table or an array and return the value in the same column based on a specified row index number. The HLOOKUP function syntax is: HLOOKUP (lookup-value, table-array, row-index-num[, [range-lookup-flag]]) where lookup-value is a value to search for. table-array are two or more rows containing data sorted in ascending order. row-index-num is a row number in the same column of the table-array, a numeric value greater than or equal to 1 but less than the number of rows in the table-array. range-lookup-flag is an optional argument. It is a logical value: TRUE or FALSE. Enter FALSE to find an exact match. Enter TRUE to find an approximate match, in this case if there is not a value that strictly matches the lookup-value, then the function will choose the next largest value less than the lookup-value. If this argument is absent, the function will find an approximate match. If the range-lookup-flag is set to FALSE, but no exact match is found, then the function will return the #N/A error. How to use HLOOKUP To apply the HLOOKUP function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Lookup and Reference function group from the list, click the HLOOKUP function, enter the required arguments separating them by comma, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The HLOOKUP function is one of the lookup and reference functions. It is used to perform the horizontal search for a value in the top row of a table or an array and return the value in the same column based on a specified row index number. Syntax HLOOKUP (lookup_value, table_array, row_index_num, [range_lookup]) The HLOOKUP function has the following arguments: Argument Description lookup_value A value to search for. table_array Two or more rows containing data sorted in ascending order. row_index_num A row number in the same column of the table_array, a numeric value greater than or equal to 1 but less than the number of rows in the table_array. range_lookup An optional argument. It is a logical value: TRUE or FALSE. Enter FALSE to find an exact match. Enter TRUE to find an approximate match, in this case if there is not a value that strictly matches the lookup_value, then the function will choose the next largest value less than the lookup_value. If this argument is absent, the function will find an approximate match. Notes If the range_lookup is set to FALSE, but no exact match is found, then the function will return the #N/A error. How to apply the HLOOKUP function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the HLOOKUP function." }, { "id": "Functions/hour.htm", "title": "HOUR Function", - "body": "The HOUR function is one of the date and time functions. It returns the hour (a number from 0 to 23) of the time value. The HOUR function syntax is: HOUR( time-value ) where time-value is a value entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. Note: the time-value may be expressed as a string value (e.g. \"13:39\"), a decimal number (e.g. 0.56 corresponds to 13:26) , or the result of a formula (e.g. the result of the NOW function in the default format - 9/26/12 13:39) To apply the HOUR function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Date and time function group from the list, click the HOUR function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The HOUR function is one of the date and time functions. It returns the hour (a number from 0 to 23) of the time value. Syntax HOUR(serial_number) The HOUR function has the following argument: Argument Description serial_number The time value that contains the hour you want to find. Notes The serial_number may be expressed as a string value (e.g. \"13:39\"), a decimal number (e.g. 0.56 corresponds to 13:26) , or the result of a formula (e.g. the result of the NOW function in the default format - 9/26/12 13:39) How to apply the HOUR function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the HOUR function." }, { "id": "Functions/hstack.htm", "title": "HSTACK Function", - "body": "The HSTACK function is one of the lookup and reference functions. It is used to horizontally stack arrays into one array. Please note that this is an array formula. To learn more, please read the Insert array formulas article. The HSTACK function syntax is: HSTACK (array1, [array2], ...) where array is used to set the arrays to append. To apply the HSTACK function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Lookup and Reference function group from the list, click the HSTACK function, enter the required arguments separating them by comma, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The HSTACK function is one of the lookup and reference functions. It is used to horizontally stack arrays into one array. Syntax HSTACK (array1, [array2], ...) The HSTACK function has the following arguments: Argument Description array1/2/n Is used to set the arrays to append. Notes Please note that this is an array formula. To learn more, please read the Insert array formulas article. How to apply the HSTACK function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the HSTACK function." }, { "id": "Functions/hyperlink.htm", - "title": "HYPERLINLK Function", - "body": "The HYPERLINLK function is one of the lookup and reference functions. It is used to create a shortcut that jumps to another location in the current workbook, or opens a document stored on a network server, an intranet, or the Internet. The HYPERLINLK function syntax is: HYPERLINLK(link_location [, friendly_name]) where link_location is the path and file name to the document to be opened. In the online version, the path can be a URL address only. link_location can also refer to a certain place in the current workbook, for example, to a certain cell or a named range. The value can be specified as a text string enclosed to the quotation marks or a reference to a cell containing the link as a text string. friendly_name is a text displayed in the cell. It is an optional value. If it is omitted, the link_location value is displayed in the cell. To apply the HYPERLINLK function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Lookup and Reference function group from the list, click the HYPERLINLK function, enter the required arguments separating them by comma, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell. To open the link click on it. To select a cell that contains a link without opening the link click and hold the mouse button." + "title": "HYPERLINK Function", + "body": "The HYPERLINK function is one of the lookup and reference functions. It is used to create a shortcut that jumps to another location in the current workbook, or opens a document stored on a network server, an intranet, or the Internet. Syntax HYPERLINK(link_location, [friendly_name]) The HYPERLINK function has the following arguments: Argument Description link_location The path and file name to the document to be opened. In the online version, the path can be a URL address only. link_location can also refer to a certain place in the current workbook, for example, to a certain cell or a named range. The value can be specified as a text string enclosed to the quotation marks or a reference to a cell containing the link as a text string. friendly_name A text displayed in the cell. It is an optional argument. If it is omitted, the link_location value is displayed in the cell. Notes Please note that this is an array formula. To learn more, please read the Insert array formulas article. How to apply the HYPERLINK function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the HYPERLINK function. To open the link click on it. To select a cell that contains a link without opening the link click and hold the mouse button." }, { "id": "Functions/hypgeom-dist.htm", "title": "HYPGEOM.DIST Function", - "body": "The HYPGEOM.DIST function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the hypergeometric distribution, the probability of a given number of sample successes, given the sample size, population successes, and population size. The HYPGEOM.DIST function syntax is: HYPGEOM.DIST(sample_s, number_sample, population_s, number_pop, cumulative) where sample_s is the number of the successes in the given sample, a numeric value greater than 0, but less than the lesser of number_sample or population_s. number_sample - the size of the sample, a numeric value greater than 0, but less than number_pop. population_s - the number of the successes in the population, a numeric value greater than 0, but less than number_pop. number_pop - the size of the population, a numeric value greater than 0. cumulative - is a logical value (TRUE or FALSE) that determines the function form. If it is TRUE, the function returns the cumulative distribution function. If it is FALSE, the function returns the probability mass function. The numeric values can be entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to. To apply the HYPGEOM.DIST function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the HYPGEOM.DIST function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The HYPGEOM.DIST function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the hypergeometric distribution, the probability of a given number of sample successes, given the sample size, population successes, and population size. Syntax HYPGEOM.DIST(sample_s, number_sample, population_s, number_pop, cumulative) The HYPGEOM.DIST function has the following arguments: Argument Description sample_s The number of the successes in the given sample, a numeric value greater than 0, but less than the lesser of number_sample or population_s. number_sample The size of the sample, a numeric value greater than 0, but less than number_pop. population_s The number of the successes in the population, a numeric value greater than 0, but less than number_pop. number_pop The size of the population, a numeric value greater than 0. cumulative A logical value (TRUE or FALSE) that determines the function form. If it is TRUE, the function returns the cumulative distribution function. If it is FALSE, the function returns the probability mass function. Notes How to apply the HYPGEOM.DIST function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the HYPGEOM.DIST function." }, { "id": "Functions/hypgeomdist.htm", "title": "HYPGEOMDIST Function", - "body": "The HYPGEOMDIST function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the hypergeometric distribution, the probability of a given number of sample successes, given the sample size, population successes, and population size. The HYPGEOMDIST function syntax is: HYPGEOMDIST(sample-successes , number-sample , population-successes , number-population) where sample-successes is the number of the successes in the given sample, a numeric value greater than 0, but less than the lesser of number-sample or population-successes. number-sample - the size of the sample, a numeric value greater than 0, but less than number-population. population-successes - the number of the successes in the population, a numeric value greater than 0, but less than number-population. number-population - the size of the population, a numeric value greater than 0. The numeric values can be entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to. To apply the HYPGEOMDIST function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the HYPGEOMDIST function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The HYPGEOMDIST function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the hypergeometric distribution, the probability of a given number of sample successes, given the sample size, population successes, and population size. Syntax HYPGEOMDIST(sample_s, number_sample, population_s, number_pop, cumulative) The HYPGEOMDIST function has the following arguments: Argument Description sample_s The number of the successes in the given sample, a numeric value greater than 0, but less than the lesser of number_sample or population_s. number_sample The size of the sample, a numeric value greater than 0, but less than number_pop. population_s The number of the successes in the population, a numeric value greater than 0, but less than number_pop. number_pop The size of the population, a numeric value greater than 0. cumulative A logical value (TRUE or FALSE) that determines the function form. If it is TRUE, the function returns the cumulative distribution function. If it is FALSE, the function returns the probability mass function. Notes How to apply the HYPGEOMDIST function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the HYPGEOMDIST function." }, { "id": "Functions/if.htm", "title": "IF Function", - "body": "The IF function is one of the logical functions. Is used to check the logical expression and return one value if it is TRUE, or another if it is FALSE. The IF function syntax is: IF(logical_test, value_if_true, value_if_false) where logical_test, value_if_true, value_if_false are values entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the IF function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Logical function group from the list, click the IF function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell. For example: There are three arguments: logical_test = A1<100, value_if_true = 0, value_if_false = 1, where A1 is 12. This logical expression is TRUE. So the function returns 0. If we change the A1 value from 12 to 112, the function returns 1:" + "body": "The IF function is one of the logical functions. Is used to check the logical expression and return one value if it is TRUE, or another if it is FALSE. Syntax IF(logical_test, value_if_true, [value_if_false]) The IF function has the following arguments: Argument Description logical_test The condition that you want to test. value_if_true The value to be returned if the result is TRUE. value_if_false The value to be returned if the result is FALSE. Notes How to apply the IF function. Examples There are three arguments: logical_test = A1<100, value_if_true = 0, value_if_false = 1, where A1 is 12. This logical expression is TRUE. So the function returns 0. If we change the A1 value from 12 to 112, the function returns 1:" }, { "id": "Functions/iferror.htm", "title": "IFERROR Function", - "body": "The IFERROR function is one of the logical functions. It is used to check if there is an error in the formula in the first argument. The function returns the result of the formula if there is no error, or the value_if_error if there is one. The IFERROR function syntax is: IFERROR(value, value_if_error,) where value and value_if_error are values entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. How to use IFERROR To apply the IFERROR function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Logical function group from the list, click the IFERROR function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell. For example: You have a list of available item stock and its overall value. To learn unit price, we will use the IFERROR function to see if there are any errors. The arguments are as follows: value = B2/A2, value_if_error = \"Out of stock\". The formula in the first argument does not contain any errors for cells C2:C9 and C11:C14 so the function returns the result of the calculation. However, it is the opposite for C10 and C11 since the formula tries to divide by zero, hence, we get \"Out of stock\" as a result." + "body": "The IFERROR function is one of the logical functions. It is used to check if there is an error in the formula in the first argument. The function returns the result of the formula if there is no error, or the value_if_error if there is one. Syntax IFERROR(value, value_if_error) The IFERROR function has the following arguments: Argument Description value The value that is checked for an error. value_if_error The value to be returned if the formula evaluates to an error. The following errors are evaluated: #N/A, #VALUE!, #REF!, #DIV/0!, #NUM!, #NAME?, #NULL!. Notes How to apply the IFERROR function. Examples You have a list of available item stock and its overall value. To learn unit price, we will use the IFERROR function to see if there are any errors. The arguments are as follows: value = B2/A2, value_if_error = \"Out of stock\". The formula in the first argument does not contain any errors for cells C2:C9 and C11:C14 so the function returns the result of the calculation. However, it is the opposite for C10 and C11 since the formula tries to divide by zero, hence, we get \"Out of stock\" as a result." }, { "id": "Functions/ifna.htm", "title": "IFNA Function", - "body": "The IFNA function is one of the logical functions. It is used to check if there is an error in the formula in the first argument. The function returns the value you specify if the formula returns the #N/A error value, otherwise returns the result of the formula. The IFNA function syntax is: IFNA(value, value_if_na) where value is the argument that is checked for the #N/A error value. value_if_na is the value to return if the formula evaluates to the #N/A error value. The values can be entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to. To apply the IFNA function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Logical function group from the list, click the IFNA function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The IFNA function is one of the logical functions. It is used to check if there is an error in the formula in the first argument. The function returns the value you specify if the formula returns the #N/A error value, otherwise returns the result of the formula. Syntax IFNA(value, value_if_na) The IFNA function has the following arguments: Argument Description value The argument that is checked for the #N/A error value. value_if_na The value to return if the formula evaluates to the #N/A error value. Notes How to apply the IFNA function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the IFNA function." }, { "id": "Functions/ifs.htm", "title": "IFS Function", - "body": "The IFS function is one of the logical functions. It checks whether one or more conditions are met and returns a value that corresponds to the first TRUE condition. The IFS function syntax is: IFS(logical_test1, value_if_true1, [logical_test2, value_if_true2], ...) where logical_test1 is the first condition to be evaluated to TRUE or FALSE. value_if_true1 is the value that returns if the logical_test1 is TRUE. logical_test2, value_if_true2, ... are additional conditions and values to return. These arguments are optional. You can check up to 127 conditions. The values can be entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. How to use IFS To apply the IFS function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Logical function group from the list, click the IFS function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell. For example: There are the following arguments: logical_test1 = A1<100, value_if_true1 = 1, logical_test2 = A1>100, value_if_true2 = 2, where A1 is 120. The second logical expression is TRUE. So the function returns 2." + "body": "The IFS function is one of the logical functions. It checks whether one or more conditions are met and returns a value that corresponds to the first TRUE condition. Syntax IFS(logical_test1, value_if_true1, [logical_test2, value_if_true2], ...) The IFS function has the following arguments: Argument Description logical_test1 The first condition to be evaluated to TRUE or FALSE. value_if_true1 The value that returns if the logical_test1 is TRUE. logical_test2, value_if_true2, ... Additional conditions and values to return. These arguments are optional. You can check up to 127 conditions. Notes How to apply the IFS function. Examples There are the following arguments: logical_test1 = A1<100, value_if_true1 = 1, logical_test2 = A1>100, value_if_true2 = 2, where A1 is 120. The second logical expression is TRUE. So the function returns 2." }, { "id": "Functions/imabs.htm", "title": "IMABS Function", - "body": "The IMABS function is one of the engineering functions. It is used to return the absolute value of a complex number. The IMABS function syntax is: IMABS(complex-number) where complex-number is a complex number expressed in x + yi or x + yj form entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the IMABS function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Engineering function group from the list, click the IMABS function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The IMABS function is one of the engineering functions. It is used to return the absolute value of a complex number. Syntax IMABS(inumber) The IMABS function has the following argument: Argument Description inumber A complex number expressed in x + yi or x + yj form. Notes How to apply the IMABS function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the IMABS function." }, { "id": "Functions/imaginary.htm", "title": "IMAGINARY Function", - "body": "The IMAGINARY function is one of the engineering functions. It is used to return the imaginary part of the specified complex number. The IMAGINARY function syntax is: IMAGINARY(complex-number) where complex-number is a complex number expressed in x + yi or x + yj form entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the IMAGINARY function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Engineering function group from the list, click the IMAGINARY function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The IMAGINARY function is one of the engineering functions. It is used to return the imaginary part of the specified complex number. Syntax IMAGINARY(inumber) The IMAGINARY function has the following argument: Argument Description inumber A complex number expressed in x + yi or x + yj form. Notes How to apply the IMAGINARY function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the IMAGINARY function." }, { "id": "Functions/imargument.htm", "title": "IMARGUMENT Function", - "body": "The IMARGUMENT function is one of the engineering functions. It is used to return the argument Theta, an angle expressed in radians. The IMARGUMENT function syntax is: IMARGUMENT(complex-number) where complex-number is a complex number expressed in x + yi or x + yj form entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the IMARGUMENT function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Engineering function group from the list, click the IMARGUMENT function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The IMARGUMENT function is one of the engineering functions. It is used to return the argument Theta, an angle expressed in radians. Syntax IMARGUMENT(inumber) The IMARGUMENT function has the following argument: Argument Description inumber A complex number expressed in x + yi or x + yj form. Notes How to apply the IMARGUMENT function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the IMARGUMENT function." }, { "id": "Functions/imconjugate.htm", "title": "IMCONJUGATE Function", - "body": "The IMCONJUGATE function is one of the engineering functions. It is used to return the complex conjugate of a complex number. The IMCONJUGATE function syntax is: IMCONJUGATE(complex-number) where complex-number is a complex-number expressed in x + yi or x + yj form entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the IMCONJUGATE function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Engineering function group from the list, click the IMCONJUGATE function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The IMCONJUGATE function is one of the engineering functions. It is used to return the complex conjugate of a complex number. Syntax IMCONJUGATE(inumber) The IMCONJUGATE function has the following argument: Argument Description inumber A complex number expressed in x + yi or x + yj form. Notes How to apply the IMCONJUGATE function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the IMCONJUGATE function." }, { "id": "Functions/imcos.htm", "title": "IMCOS Function", - "body": "The IMCOS function is one of the engineering functions. It is used to return the cosine of a complex number. The IMCOS function syntax is: IMCOS(complex-number) where complex-number is a complex number expressed in x + yi or x + yj form entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the IMCOS function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Engineering function group from the list, click the IMCOS function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The IMCOS function is one of the engineering functions. It is used to return the cosine of a complex number. Syntax IMCOS(inumber) The IMCOS function has the following argument: Argument Description inumber A complex number expressed in x + yi or x + yj form. Notes How to apply the IMCOS function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the IMCOS function." }, { "id": "Functions/imcosh.htm", "title": "IMCOSH Function", - "body": "The IMCOSH function is one of the engineering functions. It is used to return the hyperbolic cosine of a complex number. The IMCOSH function syntax is: IMCOSH(complex-number) where complex-number is a complex number expressed in x + yi or x + yj form entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the IMCOSH function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Engineering function group from the list, click the IMCOSH function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The IMCOSH function is one of the engineering functions. It is used to return the hyperbolic cosine of a complex number. Syntax IMCOSH(inumber) The IMCOSH function has the following argument: Argument Description inumber A complex number expressed in x + yi or x + yj form. Notes How to apply the IMCOSH function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the IMCOSH function." }, { "id": "Functions/imcot.htm", "title": "IMCOT Function", - "body": "The IMCOT function is one of the engineering functions. It is used to return the cotangent of a complex number. The IMCOT function syntax is: IMCOT(complex-number) where complex-number is a complex number expressed in x + yi or x + yj form entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the IMCOT function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Engineering function group from the list, click the IMCOT function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The IMCOT function is one of the engineering functions. It is used to return the cotangent of a complex number. Syntax IMCOT(inumber) The IMCOT function has the following argument: Argument Description inumber A complex number expressed in x + yi or x + yj form. Notes How to apply the IMCOT function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the IMCOT function." }, { "id": "Functions/imcsc.htm", "title": "IMCSC Function", - "body": "The IMCSC function is one of the engineering functions. It is used to return the cosecant of a complex number. The IMCSC function syntax is: IMCSC(complex-number) where complex-number is a complex number expressed in x + yi or x + yj form entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the IMCSC function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Engineering function group from the list, click the IMCSC function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The IMCSC function is one of the engineering functions. It is used to return the cosecant of a complex number. Syntax IMCSC(inumber) The IMCSC function has the following argument: Argument Description inumber A complex number expressed in x + yi or x + yj form. Notes How to apply the IMCSC function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the IMCSC function." }, { "id": "Functions/imcsch.htm", "title": "IMCSCH Function", - "body": "The IMCSCH function is one of the engineering functions. It is used to return the hyperbolic cosecant of a complex number. The IMCSCH function syntax is: IMCSCH(complex-number) where complex-number is a complex number expressed in x + yi or x + yj form entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the IMCSCH function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Engineering function group from the list, click the IMCSCH function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The IMCSCH function is one of the engineering functions. It is used to return the hyperbolic cosecant of a complex number. Syntax IMCSCH(inumber) The IMCSCH function has the following argument: Argument Description inumber A complex number expressed in x + yi or x + yj form. Notes How to apply the IMCSCH function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the IMCSCH function." }, { "id": "Functions/imdiv.htm", "title": "IMDIV Function", - "body": "The IMDIV function is one of the engineering functions. It is used to return the quotient of two complex numbers expressed in x + yi or x + yj form. The IMDIV function syntax is: IMDIV(complex-number-1, complex-number-2) where complex-number-1 is a dividend. complex-number-2 is a divisor. The values can be entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the IMDIV function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Engineering function group from the list, click the IMDIV function, enter the required arguments separating them by comma, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The IMDIV function is one of the engineering functions. It is used to return the quotient of two complex numbers expressed in x + yi or x + yj form. Syntax IMDIV(inumber1, inumber2) The IMDIV function has the following arguments: Argument Description inumber1 A dividend. inumber2 A divisor. Notes How to apply the IMDIV function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the IMDIV function." }, { "id": "Functions/imexp.htm", "title": "IMEXP Function", - "body": "The IMEXP function is one of the engineering functions. It is used to return the e constant raised to the to the power specified by a complex number. The e constant is equal to 2,71828182845904. The IMEXP function syntax is: IMEXP(complex-number) where complex-number is a complex number expressed in x + yi or x + yj form entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the IMEXP function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Engineering function group from the list, click the IMEXP function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The IMEXP function is one of the engineering functions. It is used to return the e constant raised to the to the power specified by a complex number. The e constant is equal to 2,71828182845904. Syntax IMEXP(inumber) The IMEXP function has the following argument: Argument Description inumber A complex number expressed in x + yi or x + yj form. Notes How to apply the IMEXP function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the IMEXP function." }, { "id": "Functions/imln.htm", "title": "IMLN Function", - "body": "The IMLN function is one of the engineering functions. It is used to return the natural logarithm of a complex number. The IMLN function syntax is: IMLN(complex-number) where complex-number is a complex number expressed in x + yi or x + yj form entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the IMLN function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Engineering function group from the list, click the IMLN function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The IMLN function is one of the engineering functions. It is used to return the natural logarithm of a complex number. Syntax IMLN(inumber) The IMLN function has the following argument: Argument Description inumber A complex number expressed in x + yi or x + yj form. Notes How to apply the IMLN function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the IMLN function." }, { "id": "Functions/imlog10.htm", "title": "IMLOG10 Function", - "body": "The IMLOG10 function is one of the engineering functions. It is used to return the logarithm of a complex number to a base of 10. The IMLOG10 function syntax is: IMLOG10(complex-number) where complex-number is a complex number expressed in x + yi or x + yj form entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the IMLOG10 function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Engineering function group from the list, click the IMLOG10 function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The IMLOG10 function is one of the engineering functions. It is used to return the logarithm of a complex number to a base of 10. Syntax IMLOG10(inumber) The IMLOG10 function has the following argument: Argument Description inumber A complex number expressed in x + yi or x + yj form. Notes How to apply the IMLOG10 function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the IMLOG10 function." }, { "id": "Functions/imlog2.htm", "title": "IMLOG2 Function", - "body": "The IMLOG2 function is one of the engineering functions. It is used to return the logarithm of a complex number to a base of 2. The IMLOG2 function syntax is: IMLOG2(complex-number) where complex-number is a complex number expressed in x + yi or x + yj form entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the IMLOG2 function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Engineering function group from the list, click the IMLOG2 function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The IMLOG2 function is one of the engineering functions. It is used to return the logarithm of a complex number to a base of 2. Syntax IMLOG2(inumber) The IMLOG2 function has the following argument: Argument Description inumber A complex number expressed in x + yi or x + yj form. Notes How to apply the IMLOG2 function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the IMLOG2 function." }, { "id": "Functions/impower.htm", "title": "IMPOWER Function", - "body": "The IMPOWER function is one of the engineering functions. It is used to return the result of a complex number raised to the desired power. The IMPOWER function syntax is: IMPOWER(complex-number, power) where complex-number is a complex number expressed in x + yi or x + yj form entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. power is a power you wish to raise the complex number to. To apply the IMPOWER function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Engineering function group from the list, click the IMPOWER function, enter the required arguments separating them by comma, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The IMPOWER function is one of the engineering functions. It is used to return the result of a complex number raised to the desired power. Syntax IMPOWER(inumber, number) The IMPOWER function has the following arguments: Argument Description inumber A complex number expressed in x + yi or x + yj form. number A power you wish to raise the complex number to. Notes How to apply the IMPOWER function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the IMPOWER function." }, { "id": "Functions/improduct.htm", "title": "IMPRODUCT Function", - "body": "The IMPRODUCT function is one of the engineering functions. It is used to return the product of the specified complex numbers. The IMPRODUCT function syntax is: IMPRODUCT(argument-list) where argument-list is up to 30 complex numbers expressed in x + yi or x + yj form entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to. To apply the IMPRODUCT function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Engineering function group from the list, click the IMPRODUCT function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The IMPRODUCT function is one of the engineering functions. It is used to return the product of the specified complex numbers. Syntax IMPRODUCT(inumber1, [inumber2], ...) The IMPRODUCT function has the following arguments: Argument Description inumber1/2/n Up to 255 complex numbers expressed in x + yi or x + yj form. Notes How to apply the IMPRODUCT function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the IMPRODUCT function." }, { "id": "Functions/imreal.htm", "title": "IMREAL Function", - "body": "The IMREAL function is one of the engineering functions. It is used to return the real part of the specified complex number. The IMREAL function syntax is: IMREAL(complex-number) where complex-number is a complex number expressed in x + yi or x + yj form entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the IMREAL function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Engineering function group from the list, click the IMREAL function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The IMREAL function is one of the engineering functions. It is used to return the real part of the specified complex number. Syntax IMREAL(inumber) The IMREAL function has the following argument: Argument Description inumber A complex number expressed in x + yi or x + yj form. Notes How to apply the IMREAL function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the IMREAL function." }, { "id": "Functions/imsec.htm", "title": "IMSEC Function", - "body": "The IMSEC function is one of the engineering functions. It is used to return the secant of a complex number. The IMSEC function syntax is: IMSEC(complex-number) where complex-number is a complex-number expressed in x + yi or x + yj form entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the IMSEC function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Engineering function group from the list, click the IMSEC function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The IMSEC function is one of the engineering functions. It is used to return the secant of a complex number. Syntax IMSEC(inumber) The IMSEC function has the following argument: Argument Description inumber A complex number expressed in x + yi or x + yj form. Notes How to apply the IMSEC function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the IMSEC function." }, { "id": "Functions/imsech.htm", "title": "IMSECH Function", - "body": "The IMSECH function is one of the engineering functions. It is used to return the hyperbolic secant of a complex number. The IMSECH function syntax is: IMSECH(complex-number) where complex-number is a complex-number expressed in x + yi or x + yj form entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the IMSECH function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Engineering function group from the list, click the IMSECH function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The IMSECH function is one of the engineering functions. It is used to return the hyperbolic secant of a complex number. Syntax IMSECH(inumber) The IMSECH function has the following argument: Argument Description inumber A complex number expressed in x + yi or x + yj form. Notes How to apply the IMSECH function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the IMSECH function." }, { "id": "Functions/imsin.htm", "title": "IMSIN Function", - "body": "The IMSIN function is one of the engineering functions. It is used to return the sine of a complex number. The IMSIN function syntax is: IMSIN(complex-number) where complex-number is a complex number expressed in x + yi or x + yj form entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the IMSIN function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Engineering function group from the list, click the IMSIN function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The IMSIN function is one of the engineering functions. It is used to return the sine of a complex number. Syntax IMSIN(inumber) The IMSIN function has the following argument: Argument Description inumber A complex number expressed in x + yi or x + yj form. Notes How to apply the IMSIN function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the IMSIN function." }, { "id": "Functions/imsinh.htm", "title": "IMSINH Function", - "body": "The IMSINH function is one of the engineering functions. It is used to return the hyperbolic sine of a complex number. The IMSINH function syntax is: IMSINH(complex-number) where complex-number is a complex number expressed in x + yi or x + yj form entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the IMSINH function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Engineering function group from the list, click the IMSINH function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The IMSINH function is one of the engineering functions. It is used to return the hyperbolic sine of a complex number. Syntax IMSINH(inumber) The IMSINH function has the following argument: Argument Description inumber A complex number expressed in x + yi or x + yj form. Notes How to apply the IMSINH function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the IMSINH function." }, { "id": "Functions/imsqrt.htm", "title": "IMSQRT Function", - "body": "The IMSQRT function is one of the engineering functions. It is used to return the square root of a complex number. The IMSQRT function syntax is: IMSQRT(complex-number) where complex-number is a complex-number expressed in x + yi or x + yj form entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the IMSQRT function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Engineering function group from the list, click the IMSQRT function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The IMSQRT function is one of the engineering functions. It is used to return the square root of a complex number. Syntax IMSQRT(inumber) The IMSQRT function has the following argument: Argument Description inumber A complex number expressed in x + yi or x + yj form. Notes How to apply the IMSQRT function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the IMSQRT function." }, { "id": "Functions/imsub.htm", "title": "IMSUB Function", - "body": "The IMSUB function is one of the engineering functions. It is used to return the difference of two complex numbers expressed in x + yi or x + yj form. The IMSUB function syntax is: IMSUB(complex-number-1, complex-number-2) where complex-number-1 is a complex number from which complex-number-2 is to be subtracted. complex-number-2 is a complex number to subtract from complex-number-1. The values can be entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the IMSUB function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Engineering function group from the list, click the IMSUB function, enter the required arguments separating them by comma, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The IMSUB function is one of the engineering functions. It is used to return the difference of two complex numbers expressed in x + yi or x + yj form. Syntax IMSUB(inumber1, inumber2) The IMSUB function has the following arguments: Argument Description inumber1 A complex number from which inumber2 is to be subtracted. inumber2 A complex number to subtract from inumber1. Notes How to apply the IMSUB function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the IMSUB function." }, { "id": "Functions/imsum.htm", "title": "IMSUM Function", - "body": "The IMSUM function is one of the engineering functions. It is used to return the sum of the specified complex numbers. The IMSUM function syntax is: IMSUM(argument-list) where argument-list is up to 30 complex numbers expressed in x + yi or x + yj form entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to. To apply the IMSUM function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Engineering function group from the list, click the IMSUM function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The IMSUM function is one of the engineering functions. It is used to return the sum of the specified complex numbers. Syntax IMSUM(inumber1, [inumber2], ...) The IMSUM function has the following arguments: Argument Description inumber1/2/n Up to 255 complex numbers expressed in x + yi or x + yj form. Notes How to apply the IMSUM function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the IMSUM function." }, { "id": "Functions/imtan.htm", "title": "IMTAN Function", - "body": "The IMTAN function is one of the engineering functions. It is used to return the tangent of a complex number. The IMTAN function syntax is: IMTAN(complex-number) where complex-number is a complex number expressed in x + yi or x + yj form entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the IMTAN function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Engineering function group from the list, click the IMTAN function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The IMTAN function is one of the engineering functions. It is used to return the tangent of a complex number. Syntax IMTAN(inumber) The IMTAN function has the following argument: Argument Description inumber A complex number expressed in x + yi or x + yj form. Notes How to apply the IMTAN function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the IMTAN function." }, { "id": "Functions/index.htm", "title": "INDEX Function", - "body": "The INDEX function is one of the lookup and reference functions. It is used to return a value within a range of cells on the base of a specified row and column number. The INDEX function has two forms. The INDEX function syntax in the array form is: INDEX(array, [row-number][, [column-number]]) The INDEX function syntax in the reference form is: INDEX(reference, [row-number][, [column-number][, [area-number]]]) where array is a range of cells. reference is a reference to a range of cells. row-number is a row number you wish to return a value from. If it is omitted, column-number is required. column-number is a column number you wish to return a value from. If it is omitted, row-number is required. area-number is an area to use in case the array contains several ranges. It is an optional argument. If it is omitted, the function will assume area-number to be 1. These arguments can be entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to. To apply the INDEX function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Lookup and Reference function group from the list, click the INDEX function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The INDEX function is one of the lookup and reference functions. It is used to return a value within a range of cells on the base of a specified row and column number. The INDEX function has two forms. The INDEX function syntax in the array form is: INDEX(array, row_num, [column_num]) The INDEX function has the following arguments: Argument Description array A range of cells. row_num A row number you wish to return a value from. If it is omitted, column_num is required. column_num A column number you wish to return a value from. If it is omitted, row_num is required. The INDEX function syntax in the reference form is: INDEX(reference, row_num, [column_num], [area_num]) The INDEX function has the following arguments: Argument Description reference A reference to a range of cells. row_num A row number you wish to return a value from. If it is omitted, column_num is required. column_num A column number you wish to return a value from. If it is omitted, row_num is required. area_num An area to use in case the array contains several ranges. It is an optional argument. If it is omitted, the function will assume area_num to be 1. Notes Please note that this is an array formula. To learn more, please read the Insert array formulas article. How to apply the INDEX function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the INDEX function." }, { "id": "Functions/indirect.htm", "title": "INDIRECT Function", - "body": "The INDIRECT function is one of the lookup and reference functions. It is used to return the reference to a cell based on its string representation. The INDIRECT function syntax is: INDIRECT(ref-text [, A1-ref-style-flag]) where ref-text a reference to a cell specified as a text string. A1-ref-style-flag is a representation style. It is an optional logical value: TRUE or FALSE. If it is set to TRUE or omitted, the function will analyse ref-text as an A1-style reference. If FALSE, the function will interpret ref-text as an R1C1-style reference. To apply the INDIRECT function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Lookup and Reference function group from the list, click the INDIRECT function, enter the required arguments separating them by comma, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The INDIRECT function is one of the lookup and reference functions. It is used to return the reference to a cell based on its string representation. Syntax INDIRECT(ref_text, [a1]) The INDIRECT function has the following arguments: Argument Description ref_text A reference to a cell specified as a text strin. a1 A representation style. It is an optional logical value: TRUE or FALSE. If it is set to TRUE or omitted, the function will analyse ref_text as an A1-style reference. If FALSE, the function will interpret ref_text as an R1C1-style reference. Notes Please note that this is an array formula. To learn more, please read the Insert array formulas article. How to apply the INDIRECT function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the INDIRECT function." }, { "id": "Functions/int.htm", "title": "INT Function", - "body": "The INT function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to analyze and return the integer part of the specified number. The INT function syntax is: INT(x) where x is a numeric value entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. Note: if the x value is negative, the function returns the first negative number that is less than or equal to the selected one. To apply the INT function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Math and trigonometry function group from the list, click the INT function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The INT function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to analyze and return the integer part of the specified number. Syntax INT(number) The INT function has the following argument: Argument Description number A numeric value for which you want to get the integer part. Notes If the number value is negative, the function returns the first negative number that is less than or equal to the selected one. How to apply the INT function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the INT function." }, { "id": "Functions/intercept.htm", "title": "INTERCEPT Function", - "body": "The INTERCEPT function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to analyze the first array values and second array values to calculate the intersection point. The INTERCEPT function syntax is: INTERCEPT(array-1, array-2) where array-1(2) is the selected range of cells with the same number of elements (columns and rows). To apply the INTERCEPT function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the INTERCEPT function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The INTERCEPT function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to analyze the first array values and second array values to calculate the intersection point. Syntax INTERCEPT(known_y's, known_x's) The INTERCEPT function has the following arguments: Argument Description known_y's The dependent data range. known_x's The independent data range with the same number of elements as known_y's contains. Notes If known_y's or known_x's contains text, logical values, or empty cells, the function will ignore those values, but treat the cells with the zero values. How to apply the INTERCEPT function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the INTERCEPT function." }, { "id": "Functions/intrate.htm", "title": "INTRATE Function", - "body": "The INTRATE function is one of the financial functions. It is used to calculate the interest rate for a fully invested security that pays interest only at maturity. The INTRATE function syntax is: INTRATE(settlement, maturity, pr, redemption[, [basis]]) where settlement is the date when the security is purchased. maturity is the date when the security expires. pr is the amount paid for the security. redemption is the amount received for the security at maturity. basis is the day count basis to use, a numeric value greater than or equal to 0, but less than or equal to 4. It is an optional argument. It can be one of the following: Numeric value Count basis 0 US (NASD) 30/360 1 Actual/actual 2 Actual/360 3 Actual/365 4 European 30/360 Note: dates must be entered by using the DATE function. The values can be entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the INTRATE function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Financial function group from the list, click the INTRATE function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The INTRATE function is one of the financial functions. It is used to calculate the interest rate for a fully invested security that pays interest only at maturity. Syntax INTRATE(settlement, maturity, investment, redemption, [basis]) The INTRATE function has the following arguments: Argument Description settlement The date when the security is purchased. maturity The date when the security expires. investment The amount paid for the security. redemption The amount received for the security at maturity. basis The day count basis to use, a numeric value greater than or equal to 0, but less than or equal to 4. It is an optional argument. The possible values are listed in the table below. The basis argument can be one of the following: Numeric value Count basis 0 US (NASD) 30/360 1 Actual/actual 2 Actual/360 3 Actual/365 4 European 30/360 Notes Dates must be entered by using the DATE function. How to apply the INTRATE function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the INTRATE function." }, { "id": "Functions/ipmt.htm", "title": "IPMT Function", - "body": "The IPMT function is one of the financial functions. It is used to calculate the interest payment for an investment based on a specified interest rate and a constant payment schedule. The IPMT function syntax is: IPMT(rate, per, nper, pv [, [fv] [,[type]]]) where rate is the interest rate for the investment. per is the period you want to find the interest payment for. The value must be from 1 to nper. nper is a number of payments. pv is a present value of the payments. fv is a future value (i.e. a cash balance remaining after the last payment is made). It is an optional argument. If it is omitted, the function will assume fv to be 0. type is a period when the payments are due. It is an optional argument. If it is set to 0 or omitted, the function will assume the payments to be due at the end of the period. If type is set to 1, the payments are due at the beginning of the period. Note: cash paid out (such as deposits to savings) is represented by negative numbers; cash received (such as dividend checks) is represented by positive numbers. Units for rate and nper must be consistent: use N%/12 for rate and N*12 for nper in case of monthly payments, N%/4 for rate and N*4 for nper in case of quarterly payments, N% for rate and N for nper in case of annual payments. The numeric values can be entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the IPMT function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Financial function group from the list, click the IPMT function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The IPMT function is one of the financial functions. It is used to calculate the interest payment for an investment based on a specified interest rate and a constant payment schedule. Syntax IPMT(rate, per, nper, pv, [fv], [type]) The IPMT function has the following arguments: Argument Description rate The interest rate for the investment. per The period you want to find the interest payment for. The value must be from 1 to nper. nper A number of payments. pv A present value of the payments. fv A future value (i.e. a cash balance remaining after the last payment is made). It is an optional argument. If it is omitted, the function will assume fv to be 0. type A period when the payments are due. It is an optional argument. If it is set to 0 or omitted, the function will assume the payments to be due at the end of the period. If type is set to 1, the payments are due at the beginning of the period. Notes Cash paid out (such as deposits to savings) is represented by negative numbers; cash received (such as dividend checks) is represented by positive numbers. Units for rate and nper must be consistent: use N%/12 for rate and N*12 for nper in case of monthly payments, N%/4 for rate and N*4 for nper in case of quarterly payments, N% for rate and N for nper in case of annual payments. How to apply the IPMT function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the IPMT function." }, { "id": "Functions/irr.htm", "title": "IRR Function", - "body": "The IRR function is one of the financial functions. It is used to calculate the internal rate of return for a series of periodic cash flows. The IRR function syntax is: IRR(values [,[guess]]) where values is an array that contains the series of payments occuring at regular periods. At least one of the values must be negative and at least one positive. guess is an estimate at what the internal rate of return will be. It is an optional argument. If it is omitted, the function will assume guess to be 10%. The numeric values can be entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the IRR function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Financial function group from the list, click the IRR function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The IRR function is one of the financial functions. It is used to calculate the internal rate of return for a series of periodic cash flows. Syntax IRR(values, [guess]) The IRR function has the following arguments: Argument Description values An array that contains the series of payments occuring at regular periods. At least one of the values must be negative and at least one positive. guess An estimate at what the internal rate of return will be. It is an optional argument. If it is omitted, the function will assume guess to be 10%. Notes How to apply the IRR function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the IRR function." }, { "id": "Functions/isblank.htm", "title": "ISBLANK Function", - "body": "The ISBLANK function is one of the information functions. It is used to check if the cell is empty or not. If the cell does not contain any value, the function returns TRUE, otherwise the function returns FALSE. The ISBLANK function syntax is: ISBLANK(value) where value is a value entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the ISBLANK function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Information function group from the list, click the ISBLANK function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The ISBLANK function is one of the information functions. It is used to check if the cell is empty or not. If the cell does not contain any value, the function returns TRUE, otherwise the function returns FALSE. Syntax ISBLANK(value) The ISBLANK function has the following argument: Argument Description value The value that you want to test. The value can be an empty cell, error, logical value, text, number, reference value, or a name referring to any of these. Notes How to apply the ISBLANK function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the ISBLANK function." }, { "id": "Functions/iserr.htm", "title": "ISERR Function", - "body": "The ISERR function is one of the information functions. It is used to check for an error value. If the cell contains an error value (except #N/A), the function returns TRUE, otherwise the function returns FALSE. The ISERR function syntax is: ISERR(value) where value is a value to test entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the ISERR function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Information function group from the list, click the ISERR function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The ISERR function is one of the information functions. It is used to check for an error value. If the cell contains an error value (except #N/A), the function returns TRUE, otherwise the function returns FALSE. Syntax ISERR(value) The ISERR function has the following argument: Argument Description value The value that you want to test. The value can be an empty cell, error, logical value, text, number, reference value, or a name referring to any of these. Notes How to apply the ISERR function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the ISERR function." }, { "id": "Functions/iserror.htm", "title": "ISERROR Function", - "body": "The ISERROR function is one of the information functions. It is used to check for an error value. If the cell contains one of the error values: #N/A, #VALUE!, #REF!, #DIV/0!, #NUM!, #NAME? or #NULL!, the function returns TRUE, otherwise the function returns FALSE. The ISERROR function syntax is: ISERROR(value) where value is a value to test entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the ISERROR function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Information function group from the list, click the ISERROR function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The ISERROR function is one of the information functions. It is used to check for an error value. If the cell contains one of the error values: #N/A, #VALUE!, #REF!, #DIV/0!, #NUM!, #NAME? or #NULL!, the function returns TRUE, otherwise the function returns FALSE. Syntax ISERROR(value) The ISERROR function has the following argument: Argument Description value The value that you want to test. The value can be an empty cell, error, logical value, text, number, reference value, or a name referring to any of these. Notes How to apply the ISERROR function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the ISERROR function." }, { "id": "Functions/iseven.htm", "title": "ISEVEN Function", - "body": "The ISEVEN function is one of the information functions. It is used to check for an even value. If the cell contains an even value, the function returns TRUE. If the value is odd, it returns FALSE. The ISEVEN function syntax is: ISEVEN(number) where number is a value to test entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. Note: if number is a nonnumeric value, ISEVEN returns the #VALUE! error value. To apply the ISEVEN function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Information function group from the list, click the ISEVEN function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The ISEVEN function is one of the information functions. It is used to check for an even value. If the cell contains an even value, the function returns TRUE. If the value is odd, it returns FALSE. Syntax ISEVEN(number) The ISEVEN function has the following argument: Argument Description number The numeric value that you want to test. Notes If number is a nonnumeric value, ISEVEN returns the #VALUE! error value. If number is not an integer, it is truncated. How to apply the ISEVEN function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the ISEVEN function." }, { "id": "Functions/isformula.htm", "title": "ISFORMULA Function", - "body": "The ISFORMULA function is one of the information functions. It is used to check whether there is a reference to a cell that contains a formula. If the cell contains a formula, the function returns TRUE, otherwise the function returns FALSE. The ISFORMULA function syntax is: ISFORMULA(value) where value is a reference to a cell. To apply the ISFORMULA function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Information function group from the list, click the ISFORMULA function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The ISFORMULA function is one of the information functions. It is used to check whether there is a reference to a cell that contains a formula. If the cell contains a formula, the function returns TRUE, otherwise the function returns FALSE. Syntax ISFORMULA(reference) The ISFORMULA function has the following argument: Argument Description reference A reference to a cell that you want to test. Notes Please note that this is an array formula. To learn more, please read the Insert array formulas article. How to apply the ISFORMULA function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the ISFORMULA function." }, { "id": "Functions/islogical.htm", "title": "ISLOGICAL Function", - "body": "The ISLOGICAL function is one of the information functions. It is used to check for a logical value (TRUE or FALSE). If the cell contains a logical value, the function returns TRUE, otherwise the function returns FALSE. The ISLOGICAL function syntax is: ISLOGICAL(value) where value is a value to test entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the ISLOGICAL function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Information function group from the list, click the ISLOGICAL function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The ISLOGICAL function is one of the information functions. It is used to check for a logical value (TRUE or FALSE). If the cell contains a logical value, the function returns TRUE, otherwise the function returns FALSE. Syntax ISLOGICAL(value) The ISLOGICAL function has the following argument: Argument Description value The value that you want to test. The value can be an empty cell, error, logical value, text, number, reference value, or a name referring to any of these. Notes How to apply the ISLOGICAL function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the ISLOGICAL function." }, { "id": "Functions/isna.htm", "title": "ISNA Function", - "body": "The ISNA function is one of the information functions. It is used to check for a #N/A error. If the cell contains a #N/A error value, the function returns TRUE, otherwise the function returns FALSE. The ISNA function syntax is: ISNA(value) where value is a value to test entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the ISNA function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Information function group from the list, click the ISNA function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The ISNA function is one of the information functions. It is used to check for a #N/A error. If the cell contains a #N/A error value, the function returns TRUE, otherwise the function returns FALSE. Syntax ISNA(value) The ISNA function has the following argument: Argument Description value The value that you want to test. The value can be an empty cell, error, logical value, text, number, reference value, or a name referring to any of these. Notes How to apply the ISNA function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the ISNA function." }, { "id": "Functions/isnontext.htm", "title": "ISNONTEXT Function", - "body": "The ISNONTEXT function is one of the information functions. It is used to check for a value that is not a text. If the cell does not contain a text value, the function returns TRUE, otherwise the function returns FALSE. The ISNONTEXT function syntax is: ISNONTEXT(value) where value is a value to test entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the ISNONTEXT function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Information function group from the list, click the ISNONTEXT function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The ISNONTEXT function is one of the information functions. It is used to check for a value that is not a text. If the cell does not contain a text value, the function returns TRUE, otherwise the function returns FALSE. Syntax ISNONTEXT(value) The ISNONTEXT function has the following argument: Argument Description value The value that you want to test. The value can be an empty cell, error, logical value, text, number, reference value, or a name referring to any of these. Notes How to apply the ISNONTEXT function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the ISNONTEXT function." }, { "id": "Functions/isnumber.htm", "title": "ISNUMBER Function", - "body": "The ISNUMBER function is one of the information functions. It is used to check for a numeric value. If the cell contains a numeric value, the function returns TRUE, otherwise the function returns FALSE. The ISNUMBER function syntax is: ISNUMBER(value) where value is a value to test entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the ISNUMBER function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Information function group from the list, click the ISNUMBER function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The ISNUMBER function is one of the information functions. It is used to check for a numeric value. If the cell contains a numeric value, the function returns TRUE, otherwise the function returns FALSE. Syntax ISNUMBER(value) The ISNUMBER function has the following argument: Argument Description value The value that you want to test. The value can be an empty cell, error, logical value, text, number, reference value, or a name referring to any of these. Notes How to apply the ISNUMBER function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the ISNUMBER function." }, { "id": "Functions/iso-ceiling.htm", "title": "ISO.CEILING Function", - "body": "The ISO.CEILING function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to return a number that is rounded up to the nearest integer or to the nearest multiple of significance. The number is always rounded up regardless of its sing. The ISO.CEILING function syntax is: ISO.CEILING(number [, significance]) where number is the number you wish to round up. significance is the multiple of significance you wish to round up to. It is an optional parameter. If it is omitted, the default value of 1 is used. If it is set to zero, the function returns 0. The numeric values can be entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the ISO.CEILING function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Math and trigonometry function group from the list, click the ISO.CEILING function, enter the required arguments separating them by comma, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The ISO.CEILING function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to return a number that is rounded up to the nearest integer or to the nearest multiple of significance. The number is always rounded up regardless of its sing. Syntax ISO.CEILING(number, [significance]) The ISO.CEILING function has the following arguments: Argument Description number The number you wish to round up. significance The multiple of significance you wish to round up to. It is an optional parameter. If it is omitted, the default value of 1 is used. If it is set to zero, the function returns 0. Notes How to apply the ISO.CEILING function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the ISO.CEILING function." }, { "id": "Functions/isodd.htm", "title": "ISODD Function", - "body": "The ISODD function is one of the information functions. It is used to check for an odd value. If the cell contains an odd value, the function returns TRUE. If the value is even, it returns FALSE. The ISODD function syntax is: ISODD(number) where number is a value to test entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. Note: if number is a nonnumeric value, ISODD returns the #VALUE! error value. To apply the ISODD function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Information function group from the list, click the ISODD function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The ISODD function is one of the information functions. It is used to check for an odd value. If the cell contains an odd value, the function returns TRUE. If the value is even, it returns FALSE. Syntax ISODD(number) The ISODD function has the following argument: Argument Description number The numeric value that you want to test. Notes If number is a nonnumeric value, ISODD returns the #VALUE! error value. If number is not an integer, it is truncated. How to apply the ISODD function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the ISODD function." }, { "id": "Functions/isoweeknum.htm", "title": "ISOWEEKNUM Function", - "body": "The ISOWEEKNUM function is one of the date and time functions. It used to return number of the ISO week number of the year for a given date. Returns a number between 1 and 54. The ISOWEEKNUM function syntax is: ISOWEEKNUM(date) where date is a date you want to find the ISO week number of. Can be a reference to a cell containing a date or a date returned by the Date function or other date and time function. To apply the ISOWEEKNUM function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Date and time function group from the list, click the ISOWEEKNUM function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The ISOWEEKNUM function is one of the date and time functions. It used to return number of the ISO week number of the year for a given date. Returns a number between 1 and 54. Syntax ISOWEEKNUM(date) The ISOWEEKNUM function has the following argument: Argument Description date A date you want to find the ISO week number of. Can be a reference to a cell containing a date or a date returned by the DATE function or other date and time function. Notes How to apply the ISOWEEKNUM function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the ISOWEEKNUM function." }, { "id": "Functions/ispmt.htm", "title": "ISPMT Function", - "body": "The ISPMT function is one of the financial functions. It is used to calculate the interest payment for a specified period of an investment based on a constant payment schedule. The ISPMT function syntax is: ISPMT(rate, per, nper, pv) where rate is the interest rate for the investment. per is the period you want to find the interest payment for. The value must be from 1 to nper. nper is a number of payments. pv is a present value of the payments. Note: cash paid out (such as deposits to savings) is represented by negative numbers; cash received (such as dividend checks) is represented by positive numbers. Units for rate and nper must be consistent: use N%/12 for rate and N*12 for nper in case of monthly payments, N%/4 for rate and N*4 for nper in case of quarterly payments, N% for rate and N for nper in case of annual payments. The numeric values can be entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the ISPMT function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Financial function group from the list, click the ISPMT function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The ISPMT function is one of the financial functions. It is used to calculate the interest payment for a specified period of an investment based on a constant payment schedule. Syntax ISPMT(rate, per, nper, pv) The ISPMT function has the following arguments: Argument Description rate The interest rate for the investment. per The period you want to find the interest payment for. The value must be from 1 to nper. nper A number of payments. pv A present value of the payments. Notes Cash paid out (such as deposits to savings) is represented by negative numbers; cash received (such as dividend checks) is represented by positive numbers. Units for rate and nper must be consistent: use N%/12 for rate and N*12 for nper in case of monthly payments, N%/4 for rate and N*4 for nper in case of quarterly payments, N% for rate and N for nper in case of annual payments. How to apply the ISPMT function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the ISPMT function." }, { "id": "Functions/isref.htm", "title": "ISREF Function", - "body": "The ISREF function is one of the information functions. It is used to verify if the value is a valid cell reference. The ISREF function syntax is: ISREF(value) where value is a value to test entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the ISREF function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Information function group from the list, click the ISREF function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell. If the value is a valid reference, the function returns TRUE. Otherwise the function returns FALSE." + "body": "The ISREF function is one of the information functions. It is used to verify if the value is a valid cell reference. Syntax ISREF(value) The ISREF function has the following argument: Argument Description value The value that you want to test. The value can be an empty cell, error, logical value, text, number, reference value, or a name referring to any of these. Notes How to apply the ISREF function. Examples If the value is a valid reference, the function returns TRUE. Otherwise the function returns FALSE." }, { "id": "Functions/istext.htm", "title": "ISTEXT Function", - "body": "The ISTEXT function is one of the information functions. It is used to check for a text value. If the cell contains a text value, the function returns TRUE, otherwise the function returns FALSE. The ISTEXT function syntax is: ISTEXT(value) where value is a value to test entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the ISTEXT function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Information function group from the list, click the ISTEXT function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The ISTEXT function is one of the information functions. It is used to check for a text value. If the cell contains a text value, the function returns TRUE, otherwise the function returns FALSE. Syntax ISTEXT(value) The ISTEXT function has the following argument: Argument Description value The value that you want to test. The value can be an empty cell, error, logical value, text, number, reference value, or a name referring to any of these. Notes How to apply the ISTEXT function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the ISTEXT function." }, { "id": "Functions/kurt.htm", "title": "KURT Function", - "body": "The KURT function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the kurtosis of the argument list. The KURT function syntax is: KURT(argument-list) where argument-list is up to 30 numeric values entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the KURT function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the KURT function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas or select a range of cells with the mouse, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The KURT function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the kurtosis of the argument list. Syntax KURT(number1, [number2], ...) The KURT function has the following arguments: Argument Description number1/2/n Up to 255 numeric values for which you want to calculate kurtosis. Notes How to apply the KURT function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the KURT function." }, { "id": "Functions/large.htm", "title": "LARGE Function", - "body": "The LARGE function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to analyze the range of cells and return the k-th largest value. The LARGE function syntax is: LARGE(array, k) where array is the selected range of cells you want to analyze. k is the position of the number from the largest one, a numeric value greater than 0 entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the LARGE function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the LARGE function, enter the required arguments separating them by comma, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The LARGE function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to analyze the range of cells and return the k-th largest value. Syntax LARGE(array, k) The LARGE function has the following arguments: Argument Description array The selected range of cells you want to analyze. k The position of the number from the largest one, a numeric value greater than 0. Notes How to apply the LARGE function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the LARGE function." }, { "id": "Functions/lcm.htm", "title": "LCM Function", - "body": "The LCM function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to return the lowest common multiple of one or more numbers. The LCM function syntax is: LCM(argument-list) where argument-list is up to 30 numeric values entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the LCM function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Math and trigonometry function group from the list, click the LCM function, enter the required arguments separating by commas or select the range of cells with the mouse, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The LCM function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to return the lowest common multiple of one or more numbers. Syntax LCM(number1, [number2], ...) The LCM function has the following arguments: Argument Description number1/2/n Up to 255 numeric values for which you want to find the lowest common multiple. Notes How to apply the LCM function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the LCM function." }, { "id": "Functions/left.htm", "title": "LEFT/LEFTB Function", - "body": "The LEFT/LEFTB function is one of the text and data functions. Is used to extract the substring from the specified string starting from the left character. The LEFT function is intended for languages that use the single-byte character set (SBCS), while LEFTB - for languages that use the double-byte character set (DBCS) like Japanese, Chinese, Korean etc. The LEFT/LEFTB function syntax is: LEFT(string [, number-chars]) LEFTB(string [, number-chars]) where string is a string you need to extract the substring from, number-chars is a number of the substring characters. It is an optional argument. If it is omitted, the function will assume it to be 1. The data can be entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to. To apply the LEFT/LEFTB function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Text and data function group from the list, click the LEFT/LEFTB function, enter the required arguments separating them by comma, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The LEFT/LEFTB function is one of the text and data functions. Is used to extract the substring from the specified string starting from the left character. The LEFT function is intended for languages that use the single-byte character set (SBCS), while LEFTB - for languages that use the double-byte character set (DBCS) like Japanese, Chinese, Korean etc. Syntax LEFT(text, [num_chars]) The LEFT function has the following arguments: Argument Description text A string you need to extract the substring from. num_chars A number of the substring characters. It must be greater than or equal to 0. It is an optional argument. If it is omitted, the function will assume it to be 1. LEFTB(text, [num_bytes]) The LEFTB function has the following arguments: Argument Description text A string you need to extract the substring from. num_bytes A number of the substring characters, based on bytes. It is an optional argument. Notes How to apply the LEFT/LEFTB function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the LEFT function." }, { "id": "Functions/leftb.htm", "title": "LEFT/LEFTB Function", - "body": "The LEFT/LEFTB function is one of the text and data functions. Is used to extract the substring from the specified string starting from the left character. The LEFT function is intended for languages that use the single-byte character set (SBCS), while LEFTB - for languages that use the double-byte character set (DBCS) like Japanese, Chinese, Korean etc. The LEFT/LEFTB function syntax is: LEFT(string [, number-chars]) LEFTB(string [, number-chars]) where string is a string you need to extract the substring from, number-chars is a number of the substring characters. It is an optional argument. If it is omitted, the function will assume it to be 1. The data can be entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to. To apply the LEFT/LEFTB function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Text and data function group from the list, click the LEFT/LEFTB function, enter the required arguments separating them by comma, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The LEFT/LEFTB function is one of the text and data functions. Is used to extract the substring from the specified string starting from the left character. The LEFT function is intended for languages that use the single-byte character set (SBCS), while LEFTB - for languages that use the double-byte character set (DBCS) like Japanese, Chinese, Korean etc. Syntax LEFT(text, [num_chars]) The LEFT function has the following arguments: Argument Description text A string you need to extract the substring from. num_chars A number of the substring characters. It must be greater than or equal to 0. It is an optional argument. If it is omitted, the function will assume it to be 1. LEFTB(text, [num_bytes]) The LEFTB function has the following arguments: Argument Description text A string you need to extract the substring from. num_bytes A number of the substring characters, based on bytes. It is an optional argument. Notes How to apply the LEFT/LEFTB function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the LEFT function." }, { "id": "Functions/len.htm", "title": "LEN/LENB Function", - "body": "The LEN/LENB function is one of the text and data functions. Is used to analyse the specified string and return the number of characters it contains. The LEN function is intended for languages that use the single-byte character set (SBCS), while LENB - for languages that use the double-byte character set (DBCS) like Japanese, Chinese, Korean etc. The LEN/LENB function syntax is: LEN(string) LENB(string) where string is a data entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the LEN/LENB function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Text and data function group from the list, click the LEN/LENB function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The LEN/LENB function is one of the text and data functions. Is used to analyse the specified string and return the number of characters it contains. The LEN function is intended for languages that use the single-byte character set (SBCS), while LENB - for languages that use the double-byte character set (DBCS) like Japanese, Chinese, Korean etc. Syntax LEN(text) LENB(text) The LEN/LENB function has the following argument: Argument Description text The text whose length you want to find. Notes How to apply the LEN/LENB function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the LEN function." }, { "id": "Functions/lenb.htm", "title": "LEN/LENB Function", - "body": "The LEN/LENB function is one of the text and data functions. Is used to analyse the specified string and return the number of characters it contains. The LEN function is intended for languages that use the single-byte character set (SBCS), while LENB - for languages that use the double-byte character set (DBCS) like Japanese, Chinese, Korean etc. The LEN/LENB function syntax is: LEN(string) LENB(string) where string is a data entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the LEN/LENB function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Text and data function group from the list, click the LEN/LENB function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The LEN/LENB function is one of the text and data functions. Is used to analyse the specified string and return the number of characters it contains. The LEN function is intended for languages that use the single-byte character set (SBCS), while LENB - for languages that use the double-byte character set (DBCS) like Japanese, Chinese, Korean etc. Syntax LEN(text) LENB(text) The LEN/LENB function has the following argument: Argument Description text The text whose length you want to find. Notes How to apply the LEN/LENB function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the LEN function." }, { "id": "Functions/linest.htm", "title": "LINEST Function", - "body": "The LINEST function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to calculate the statistics for a line by using the least squares method to calculate a straight line that best fits your data, and then returns an array that describes the line; because this function returns an array of values, it must be entered as an array formula. The LINEST function syntax is: LINEST( known_y's, [known_x's], [const], [stats] ) where: known_y's is a known range of y values in the equation y = mx + b. This is the required argument. known_x's is a known range of x values in the equation y = mx + b. This is an optional argument. If it is omitted, known_x's is assumed to be the array {1,2,3,...} with the same number of values as known_y's. const is a logical value that specifies if you want to set b equal to 0. This is an optional argument. If it is set to TRUE or omitted, b is calculated normally. If it is set to FALSE, b is set equal to 0. stats is a logical value that specifies if you want to return additional regression statistics. This is an optional argument. If it is set to TRUE, the function returns the additional regression statistics. If it is set to FALSE or omitted, the function does not return the additional regression statistics. To apply the LINEST function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the LINEST function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas or select a range of cells with the mouse, press the Enter button. The first value of the resulting array will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The LINEST function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to calculate the statistics for a line by using the least squares method to calculate a straight line that best fits your data, and then returns an array that describes the line; because this function returns an array of values, it must be entered as an array formula. Syntax LINEST(known_y's, [known_x's], [const], [stats]) The LINEST function has the following argument: Argument Description known_y's A known range of y values in the equation y = mx + b. This is the required argument. known_x's A known range of x values in the equation y = mx + b. This is an optional argument. If it is omitted, known_x's is assumed to be the array {1,2,3,...} with the same number of values as known_y's. const A logical value that specifies if you want to set b equal to 0. This is an optional argument. If it is set to TRUE or omitted, b is calculated normally. If it is set to FALSE, b is set equal to 0. stats A logical value that specifies if you want to return additional regression statistics. This is an optional argument. If it is set to TRUE, the function returns the additional regression statistics. If it is set to FALSE or omitted, the function does not return the additional regression statistics. Notes Please note that this is an array formula. To learn more, please read the Insert array formulas article. How to apply the LINEST function. Examples The first value of the resulting array will be displayed in the selected cell." }, { "id": "Functions/ln.htm", "title": "LN Function", - "body": "The LN function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to return the natural logarithm of a number. The LN function syntax is: LN(x) where x is a numeric value entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. It must be greater than 0. To apply the LN function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Math and trigonometry function group from the list, click the LN function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The LN function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to return the natural logarithm of a number. Syntax LN(number) The LN function has the following argument: Argument Description number A numeric value for which you want to get the natural logarithm. It must be greater than 0. Notes How to apply the LN function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the LN function." }, { "id": "Functions/log.htm", "title": "LOG Function", - "body": "The LOG function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to return the logarithm of a number to a specified base. The LOG function syntax is: LOG(x [,base]) where x is a numeric value greater than 0 base is the base used to calculate the logarithm of a number. It is an optional parameter. If it is omitted, the function will assume base to be 10. The numeric value can be entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to. To apply the LOG function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Math and trigonometry function group from the list, click the LOG function, enter the required arguments separating them by comma, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The LOG function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to return the logarithm of a number to a specified base. Syntax LOG(number, [base]) The LOG function has the following arguments: Argument Description number A numeric value for which you want to get the logarithm. It must be greater than 0. base The base used to calculate the logarithm of a number. It is an optional parameter. If it is omitted, the function will assume base to be 10. Notes How to apply the LOG function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the LOG function." }, { "id": "Functions/log10.htm", "title": "LOG10 Function", - "body": "The LOG10 function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to return the logarithm of a number to a base of 10. The LOG10 function syntax is: LOG10(x) where x is a numeric value greater than 0 entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the LOG10 function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Math and trigonometry function group from the list, click the LOG10 function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The LOG10 function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to return the logarithm of a number to a base of 10. Syntax LOG10(number) The LOG10 function has the following argument: Argument Description number A numeric value for which you want to get the logarithm to a base of 10. It must be greater than 0. Notes How to apply the LOG10 function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the LOG10 function." }, { "id": "Functions/logest.htm", "title": "LOGEST Function", - "body": "The LOGEST function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to calculate an exponential curve that fits the data and returns an array of values that describes the curve. The LOGEST function syntax is: LOGEST(known_y’s, [known_x’s], [const], [stats]) where known_y’s is the set of y-values you already know in the y = b*m^x equation. known_x’s is the optional set of x-values you might know in the y = b*m^x equation. const is an optional argument. It is a TRUE or FALSE value where TRUE or lack of the argument forces b to be calculated normally and FALSE sets b to 1 in the y = b*m^x equation and m-values correspond with the y = m^x equation. stats is an optional argument. It is a TRUE or FALSE value that sets whether additional regression statistics should be returned. To apply the LOGEST function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the LOGEST function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The LOGEST function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to calculate an exponential curve that fits the data and returns an array of values that describes the curve. Syntax LOGEST(known_y’s, [known_x’s], [const], [stats]) The LOGEST function has the following arguments: Argument Description known_y’s The set of y-values you already know in the y = b*m^x equation. known_x’s The optional set of x-values you might know in the y = b*m^x equation. const An optional argument. It is a TRUE or FALSE value where TRUE or lack of the argument forces b to be calculated normally and FALSE sets b to 1 in the y = b*m^x equation and m-values correspond with the y = m^x equation. stats An optional argument. It is a TRUE or FALSE value that sets whether additional regression statistics should be returned. Notes Please note that this is an array formula. To learn more, please read the Insert array formulas article. How to apply the LOGEST function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the LOGEST function." }, { "id": "Functions/loginv.htm", "title": "LOGINV Function", - "body": "The LOGINV function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the inverse of the lognormal cumulative distribution function of the given x value with the specified parameters. The LOGINV function syntax is: LOGINV(x, mean, standard-deviation) where x is the probability associated with the lognormal distribution, a numeric value greater than 0 but less than 1. mean is the mean of ln(x), a numeric value. standard-deviation is the standard deviation of ln(x), a numeric value greater than 0. The numeric values can be entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to. To apply the LOGINV function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the LOGINV function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The LOGINV function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the inverse of the lognormal cumulative distribution function of the given x value with the specified parameters. Syntax LOGINV(probability, mean, standard_dev) The LOGINV function has the following arguments: Argument Description probability The probability associated with the lognormal distribution, a numeric value greater than 0 but less than 1. mean The mean of ln(x), a numeric value. standard_dev The standard deviation of ln(x), a numeric value greater than 0. Notes How to apply the LOGINV function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the LOGINV function." }, { "id": "Functions/lognorm-dist.htm", "title": "LOGNORM.DIST Function", - "body": "The LOGNORM.DIST function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the lognormal distribution of x, where ln(x) is normally distributed with parameters mean and standard-dev. The LOGNORM.DIST function syntax is: LOGNORM.DIST(x, mean, standard-dev, cumulative) where x is the value at which the function should be calculated. A numeric value greater than 0. mean is the mean of ln(x), a numeric value. standard-dev is the standard deviation of ln(x), a numeric value greater than 0. cumulative is a logical value (TRUE or FALSE) that determines the function form. If it is TRUE, the function returns the cumulative distribution function. If it is FALSE, the function returns the probability density function. The numeric values can be entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to. To apply the LOGNORM.DIST function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the LOGNORM.DIST function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The LOGNORM.DIST function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the lognormal distribution of x, where ln(x) is normally distributed with parameters mean and standard_dev. Syntax LOGNORM.DIST(x, mean, standard_dev, cumulative) The LOGNORM.DIST function has the following arguments: Argument Description x The value at which the function should be calculated. A numeric value greater than 0. mean The mean of ln(x), a numeric value. standard_dev The standard deviation of ln(x), a numeric value greater than 0. cumulative A logical value (TRUE or FALSE) that determines the function form. If it is TRUE, the function returns the cumulative distribution function. If it is FALSE, the function returns the probability density function. Notes How to apply the LOGNORM.DIST function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the LOGNORM.DIST function." }, { "id": "Functions/lognorm-inv.htm", "title": "LOGNORM.INV Function", - "body": "The LOGNORM.INV function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the inverse of the lognormal cumulative distribution function of x, where ln(x) is normally distributed with parameters mean and standard-dev. The LOGNORM.INV function syntax is: LOGNORM.INV(probability, mean, standard-dev) where probability is the probability associated with the lognormal distribution. A numeric value greater than 0 but less than 1. mean is the mean of ln(x), a numeric value. standard-dev is the standard deviation of ln(x), a numeric value greater than 0. The numeric values can be entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to. To apply the LOGNORM.INV function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the LOGNORM.INV function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The LOGNORM.INV function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the inverse of the lognormal cumulative distribution function of x, where ln(x) is normally distributed with parameters mean and standard_dev. Syntax LOGNORM.INV(probability, mean, standard_dev) The LOGNORM.INV function has the following arguments: Argument Description probability The probability associated with the lognormal distribution, a numeric value greater than 0 but less than 1. mean The mean of ln(x), a numeric value. standard_dev The standard deviation of ln(x), a numeric value greater than 0. Notes How to apply the LOGNORM.INV function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the LOGNORM.INV function." }, { "id": "Functions/lognormdist.htm", "title": "LOGNORMDIST Function", - "body": "The LOGNORMDIST function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to analyze logarithmically transformed data and return the lognormal cumulative distribution function of the given x value with the specified parameters. The LOGNORMDIST function syntax is: LOGNORMDIST(x, mean, standard-deviation) where x is the value at which the function should be calculated. A numeric value greater than 0. mean is the mean of ln(x), a numeric value. standard-deviation is the standard deviation of ln(x), a numeric value greater than 0. The numeric values can be entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to. To apply the LOGNORMDIST function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the LOGNORMDIST function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The LOGNORMDIST function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to analyze logarithmically transformed data and return the lognormal cumulative distribution function of the given x value with the specified parameters. Syntax LOGNORMDIST(x, mean, standard_dev) The LOGNORMDIST function has the following arguments: Argument Description x The value at which the function should be calculated. A numeric value greater than 0. mean The mean of ln(x), a numeric value. standard_dev The standard deviation of ln(x), a numeric value greater than 0. Notes How to apply the LOGNORMDIST function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the LOGNORMDIST function." }, { "id": "Functions/lookup.htm", "title": "LOOKUP Function", - "body": "The LOOKUP function is one of the lookup and reference functions. It is used to return a value from a selected range (row or column containing the data in ascending order). The LOOKUP function syntax is: LOOKUP(lookup-value, lookup-vector, result-vector) where lookup-value is a value to search for. lookup-vector is a single row or column containing data sorted in ascending order. lookup-result is a single row or column of data that is the same size as the lookup-vector. The function searches for the lookup-value in the lookup-vector and returns the value from the same position in the lookup-result. If the lookup-value is smaller than all of the values in the lookup-vector, the function will return the #N/A error. If there is not a value that strictly matches the lookup-value, the function chooses the largest value in the lookup-vector that is less than or equal to the value. How to use LOOKUP To apply the LOOKUP function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Lookup and Reference function group from the list, click the LOOKUP function, enter the required arguments separating them by comma, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The LOOKUP function is one of the lookup and reference functions. It is used to return a value from a selected range (row or column containing the data in ascending order). Syntax LOOKUP(lookup_value, lookup_vector, [result_vector]) The LOOKUP function has the following arguments: Argument Description lookup_value A value to search for. lookup_vector A single row or column containing data sorted in ascending order. result_vector A single row or column of data that is the same size as the lookup_vector. Notes The function searches for the lookup_value in the lookup_vector and returns the value from the same position in the result_vector. If the lookup_value is smaller than all of the values in the lookup_vector, the function will return the #N/A error. If there is not a value that strictly matches the lookup_value, the function chooses the largest value in the lookup_vector that is less than or equal to the value. How to apply the LOOKUP function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the LOOKUP function." }, { "id": "Functions/lower.htm", "title": "LOWER Function", - "body": "The LOWER function is one of the text and data functions. Is used to convert uppercase letters to lowercase in the selected cell. The LOWER function syntax is: LOWER(text) where text is data included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the LOWER function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Text and data function group from the list, click the LOWER function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The LOWER function is one of the text and data functions. Is used to convert uppercase letters to lowercase in the selected cell. Syntax LOWER(text) The LOWER function has the following argument: Argument Description text The text you want to convert to lowercase. Notes How to apply the LOWER function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the LOWER function." }, { "id": "Functions/match.htm", "title": "MATCH Function", - "body": "The MATCH function is one of the lookup and reference functions. It is used to return a relative position of a specified item in a range of cells. The MATCH function syntax is: MATCH(lookup-value, lookup-array[ , [match-type]]) where lookup-value is a value in the lookup-array to search for. It can be a numeric, logical or text value, or a cell reference. lookup-array is a single row or column you need to analyze. match-type is a type of match. It's an optional argument. It can be one of the following numeric values: Numeric value Meaning 1 or omitted The values must be sorted in ascending order. If the the exact match is not found, the function will return the largest value that is less than lookup-value. 0 The values can be sorted in any order. If the the exact match is not found, the function will return the #N/A error. -1 The values must be sorted in descending order. If the the exact match is not found, the function will return the smallest value that is greater than lookup-value. To apply the MATCH function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Lookup and Reference function group from the list, click the MATCH function, enter the required arguments separating them by comma, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The MATCH function is one of the lookup and reference functions. It is used to return a relative position of a specified item in a range of cells. Syntax MATCH(lookup_value, lookup_array, [match_type]) The MATCH function has the following arguments: Argument Description lookup_value A value in the lookup_array to search for. It can be a numeric, logical or text value, or a cell reference. lookup_array A single row or column you need to analyze. match_type A type of match. It's an optional argument. The possible values are listed in the table below. The match_type argument can be one of the following: Numeric value Meaning 1 or omitted The values must be sorted in ascending order. If the exact match is not found, the function will return the largest value that is less than lookup_value. 0 The values can be sorted in any order. If the exact match is not found, the function will return the #N/A error. -1 The values must be sorted in descending order. If the exact match is not found, the function will return the smallest value that is greater than lookup_value. Notes How to apply the MATCH function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the MATCH function." }, { "id": "Functions/max.htm", "title": "MAX Function", - "body": "The MAX function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to analyze the range of data and find the largest number. The MAX function syntax is: MAX(number1, number2, ...) where number1(2) is up to 30 numeric values entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to. To apply the MAX function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the MAX function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas or select a range of cells with the mouse, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The MAX function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to analyze the range of data and find the largest number. Syntax MAX(number1, [number2], ...) The MAX function has the following arguments: Argument Description number1/2/n Up to 255 numeric values for which you want to find the largest number. Notes How to apply the MAX function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the MAX function." }, { "id": "Functions/maxa.htm", "title": "MAXA Function", - "body": "The MAXA function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to analyze the range of data and find the largest value. The MAXA function syntax is: MAXA(number1, number2, ...) where number1(2) is a data (number, text, logical value) entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the MAXA function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the MAXA function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas or select a range of cells with the mouse, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The MAXA function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to analyze the range of data and find the largest value. Syntax MAXA(value1, [value2], ...) The MAXA function has the following arguments: Argument Description value1/2/n Up to 255 values (number, text, logical value) for which you want to find the largest value. Notes How to apply the MAXA function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the MAXA function." }, { "id": "Functions/maxifs.htm", "title": "MAXIFS Function", - "body": "The MAXIFS function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the maximum value among cells specified by a given set of conditions or criteria. The MAXIFS function syntax is: MAXIFS(max_range, criteria_range1, criteria1 [, criteria_range2, criteria2], ...) max_range is the range of cells in which the maximum will be determined. criteria_range1 is the first selected range of cells to apply the criteria1 to. criteria1 is the first condition that must be met. It is applied to the criteria_range1 and used to determine which cells in the max_range will be evaluated as maximum. It can be a value entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. criteria_range2, criteria2, ... are additional ranges of cells and their corresponding criteria. These arguments are optional. Note: you can use wildcard characters when specifying criteria. The question mark \"?\" can replace any single character and the asterisk \"*\" can be used instead of any number of characters. To apply the MAXIFS function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the MAXIFS function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas or select a range of cells with the mouse, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The MAXIFS function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the maximum value among cells specified by a given set of conditions or criteria. Syntax MAXIFS(max_range, criteria_range1, criteria1, [criteria_range2, criteria2], ...) The MAXIFS function has the following arguments: Argument Description max_range The range of cells in which the maximum will be determined. criteria_range1 The first selected range of cells to apply the criteria1 to. criteria1 The first condition that must be met. It is applied to the criteria_range1 and used to determine which cells in the max_range will be evaluated as maximum. criteria_range2, criteria2 Additional ranges of cells and their corresponding criteria. These arguments are optional. Notes You can use wildcard characters when specifying criteria. The question mark \"?\" can replace any single character and the asterisk \"*\" can be used instead of any number of characters. How to apply the MAXIFS function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the MAXIFS function." }, { "id": "Functions/mdeterm.htm", "title": "MDETERM Function", - "body": "The MDETERM function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to return the matrix determinant of an array. The MDETERM function syntax is: MDETERM(array) where array is an array of numbers. Note: If any of the cells in the array contain empty or non-numeric values, the function will return the #N/A error. If the number of rows in the array is not the same as the number of columns, the function will return the #VALUE! error. To apply the MDETERM function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Math and trigonometry function group from the list, click the MDETERM function, select the range of cells with the mouse or enter the required argument manually, like this A1:B2, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The MDETERM function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to return the matrix determinant of an array. Syntax MDETERM(array) The MDETERM function has the following argument: Argument Description array An array of numbers. Notes If any of the cells in the array contain empty or non-numeric values, the function will return the #N/A error. If the number of rows in the array is not the same as the number of columns, the function will return the #VALUE! error. How to apply the MDETERM function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the MDETERM function." }, { "id": "Functions/mduration.htm", "title": "MDURATION Function", - "body": "The MDURATION function is one of the financial functions. It is used to calculate the modified Macaulay duration of a security with an assumed par value of $100. The MDURATION function syntax is: MDURATION(settlement, maturity, coupon, yld, frequency[, [basis]]) where settlement is the date when the security is purchased. maturity is the date when the security expires. coupon is the annual coupon rate of the security. yld is the annual yield of the security. frequency is the number of interest payments per year. The possible values are: 1 for annual payments, 2 for semiannual payments, 4 for quarterly payments. basis is the day count basis to use, a numeric value greater than or equal to 0, but less than or equal to 4. It is an optional argument. It can be one of the following: Numeric value Count basis 0 US (NASD) 30/360 1 Actual/actual 2 Actual/360 3 Actual/365 4 European 30/360 Note: dates must be entered by using the DATE function. The values can be entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the MDURATION function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Financial function group from the list, click the MDURATION function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The MDURATION function is one of the financial functions. It is used to calculate the modified Macaulay duration of a security with an assumed par value of $100. Syntax MDURATION(settlement, maturity, coupon, yld, frequency, [basis]) The MDURATION function has the following arguments: Argument Description settlement The date when the security is purchased. maturity The date when the security expires. coupon The annual coupon rate of the security. yld The annual yield of the security. frequency The number of interest payments per year. The possible values are: 1 for annual payments, 2 for semiannual payments, 4 for quarterly payments. basis The day count basis to use, a numeric value greater than or equal to 0, but less than or equal to 4. It is an optional argument. The possible values are listed in the table below. The basis argument can be one of the following: Numeric value Count basis 0 US (NASD) 30/360 1 Actual/actual 2 Actual/360 3 Actual/365 4 European 30/360 Notes Dates must be entered by using the DATE function. How to apply the MDURATION function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the MDURATION function." }, { "id": "Functions/median.htm", "title": "MEDIAN Function", - "body": "The MEDIAN function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to calculate the median of the argument list. The MEDIAN function syntax is: MEDIAN(argument-list) where argument-list is up tp 30 numerical values entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the MEDIAN function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the MEDIAN function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas or select a range of cells with the mouse, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The MEDIAN function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to calculate the median of the argument list. Syntax MEDIAN(number1, [number2], ...) The MEDIAN function has the following arguments: Argument Description number1/2/n Up to 255 numeric values for which you want to calculate the median. Notes How to apply the MEDIAN function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the MEDIAN function." }, { "id": "Functions/mid.htm", "title": "MID/MIDB Function", - "body": "The MID/MIDB function is one of the text and data functions. Is used to extract the characters from the specified string starting from any position. The MID function is intended for languages that use the single-byte character set (SBCS), while MIDB - for languages that use the double-byte character set (DBCS) like Japanese, Chinese, Korean etc. The MID/MIDB function syntax is: MID(string, start-pos, number-chars) MIDB(string, start-pos, number-chars) where string is a string you need to extract the characters from. start-pos is a position you need to start extracting from. number-chars is a number of the characters you need to extract. The data can be entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to. To apply the MID/MIDB function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Text and data function group from the list, click the MID/MIDB function, enter the required arguments separating them by comma, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The MID/MIDB function is one of the text and data functions. Is used to extract the characters from the specified string starting from any position. The MID function is intended for languages that use the single-byte character set (SBCS), while MIDB - for languages that use the double-byte character set (DBCS) like Japanese, Chinese, Korean etc. Syntax MID(text, start_num, num_chars) The MID function has the following arguments: Argument Description text A string you need to extract the characters from. start_num A position you need to start extracting from. num_chars A number of the characters you need to extract. MIDB(text, start_num, num_bytes) The MIDB function has the following arguments: Argument Description text A string you need to extract the characters from. start_num A position you need to start extracting from. num_bytes A number of the characters you need to extract, based on bytes. Notes How to apply the MID/MIDB function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the MID function." }, { "id": "Functions/midb.htm", "title": "MID/MIDB Function", - "body": "The MID/MIDB function is one of the text and data functions. Is used to extract the characters from the specified string starting from any position. The MID function is intended for languages that use the single-byte character set (SBCS), while MIDB - for languages that use the double-byte character set (DBCS) like Japanese, Chinese, Korean etc. The MID/MIDB function syntax is: MID(string, start-pos, number-chars) MIDB(string, start-pos, number-chars) where string is a string you need to extract the characters from. start-pos is a position you need to start extracting from. number-chars is a number of the characters you need to extract. The data can be entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to. To apply the MID/MIDB function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Text and data function group from the list, click the MID/MIDB function, enter the required arguments separating them by comma, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The MID/MIDB function is one of the text and data functions. Is used to extract the characters from the specified string starting from any position. The MID function is intended for languages that use the single-byte character set (SBCS), while MIDB - for languages that use the double-byte character set (DBCS) like Japanese, Chinese, Korean etc. Syntax MID(text, start_num, num_chars) The MID function has the following arguments: Argument Description text A string you need to extract the characters from. start_num A position you need to start extracting from. num_chars A number of the characters you need to extract. MIDB(text, start_num, num_bytes) The MIDB function has the following arguments: Argument Description text A string you need to extract the characters from. start_num A position you need to start extracting from. num_bytes A number of the characters you need to extract, based on bytes. Notes How to apply the MID/MIDB function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the MID function." }, { "id": "Functions/min.htm", "title": "MIN Function", - "body": "The MIN function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to analyze the range of data and find the smallest number. The MIN function syntax is: MIN(number1, number2, ...) where number1(2) is up to 30 numeric values entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the MIN function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the MIN function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas or select a range of cells with the mouse, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The MIN function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to analyze the range of data and find the smallest number. Syntax MIN(number1, [number2], ...) The MIN function has the following arguments: Argument Description number1/2/n Up to 255 numeric values for which you want to find the smallest number. Notes How to apply the MIN function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the MIN function." }, { "id": "Functions/mina.htm", "title": "MINA Function", - "body": "The MINA function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to analyze the range of data and find the smallest value. The MINA function syntax is: MINA(number1, number2, ...) where number1(2) is a data (number, text, logical value) entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the MINA function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the MINA function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas or select a range of cells with the mouse, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The MINA function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to analyze the range of data and find the smallest value. Syntax MINA(value1, [value2], ...) The MINA function has the following arguments: Argument Description value1/2/n Up to 255 values (number, text, logical value) for which you want to find the smallest value. Notes How to apply the MINA function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the MINA function." }, { "id": "Functions/minifs.htm", "title": "MINIFS Function", - "body": "The MINIFS function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the minimum value among cells specified by a given set of conditions or criteria. The MINIFS function syntax is: MINIFS(min_range, criteria_range1, criteria1 [, criteria_range2, criteria2], ...) min_range is the range of cells in which the minimum will be determined. criteria_range1 is the first selected range of cells to apply the criteria1 to. criteria1 is the first condition that must be met. It is applied to the criteria_range1 and used to determine which cells in the min_range will be evaluated as minimum. It can be a value entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. criteria_range2, criteria2, ... are additional ranges of cells and their corresponding criteria. These arguments are optional. Note: you can use wildcard characters when specifying criteria. The question mark \"?\" can replace any single character and the asterisk \"*\" can be used instead of any number of characters. To apply the MINIFS function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the MINIFS function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas or select a range of cells with the mouse, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The MINIFS function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the minimum value among cells specified by a given set of conditions or criteria. Syntax MINIFS(min_range, criteria_range1, criteria1, [criteria_range2, criteria2], ...) The MINIFS function has the following arguments: Argument Description min_range The range of cells in which the minimum will be determined. criteria_range1 The first selected range of cells to apply the criteria1 to. criteria1 The first condition that must be met. It is applied to the criteria_range1 and used to determine which cells in the min_range will be evaluated as minimum. criteria_range2, criteria2 Additional ranges of cells and their corresponding criteria. These arguments are optional. Notes You can use wildcard characters when specifying criteria. The question mark \"?\" can replace any single character and the asterisk \"*\" can be used instead of any number of characters. How to apply the MINIFS function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the MINIFS function." }, { "id": "Functions/minute.htm", "title": "MINUTE Function", - "body": "The MINUTE function is one of the date and time functions. It returns the minute (a number from 0 to 59) of the time value. The MINUTE function syntax is: MINUTE( time-value ) where time-value is a value entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. Note: the time-value may be expressed as a string value (e.g. \"13:39\"), a decimal number (e.g. 0.56 corresponds to 13:26) , or the result of a formula (e.g. the result of the NOW function in the default format - 9/26/12 13:39) To apply the MINUTE function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Date and time function group from the list, click the MINUTE function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The MINUTE function is one of the date and time functions. It returns the minute (a number from 0 to 59) of the time value. Syntax MINUTE(serial_number) The MINUTE function has the following argument: Argument Description serial_number The time that contains the minute you want to find. Notes The serial_number may be expressed as a string value (e.g. \"13:39\"), a decimal number (e.g. 0.56 corresponds to 13:26) , or the result of a formula (e.g. the result of the NOW function in the default format - 9/26/12 13:39) How to apply the MINUTE function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the MINUTE function." }, { "id": "Functions/minverse.htm", "title": "MINVERSE Function", - "body": "The MINVERSE function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to return the inverse matrix for a given matrix and display the first value of the returned array of numbers. The MINVERSE function syntax is: MINVERSE(array) where array is an array of numbers. Note: If any of the cells in the array contain empty or non-numeric values, the function will return the #N/A error. If the number of rows in the array is not the same as the number of columns, the function will return the #VALUE! error. To apply the MINVERSE function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Math and trigonometry function group from the list, click the MINVERSE function, select the range of cells with the mouse or enter the required argument manually, like this A1:B2, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The MINVERSE function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to return the inverse matrix for a given matrix and display the first value of the returned array of numbers. Syntax MINVERSE(array) The MINVERSE function has the following argument: Argument Description array An array of numbers. Notes If any of the cells in the array contain empty or non-numeric values, the function will return the #N/A error. If the number of rows in the array is not the same as the number of columns, the function will return the #VALUE! error. Please note that this is an array formula. To learn more, please read the Insert array formulas article. How to apply the MINVERSE function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the MINVERSE function." }, { "id": "Functions/mirr.htm", "title": "MIRR Function", - "body": "The MIRR function is one of the financial functions. It is used to calculate the modified internal rate of return for a series of periodic cash flows. The MIRR function syntax is: MIRR(values, finance-rate, reinvest-rate) where values is an array that contains the series of payments occuring at regular periods. At least one of the values must be negative and at least one positive. finance-rate is the interest rate paid on the money used in the cash flows. reinvest-rate is the interest rate received on the cash reinvestment. The numeric values can be entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the MIRR function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Financial function group from the list, click the MIRR function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The MIRR function is one of the financial functions. It is used to calculate the modified internal rate of return for a series of periodic cash flows. Syntax MIRR(values, finance_rate, reinvest_rate) The MIRR function has the following arguments: Argument Description values An array that contains the series of payments occuring at regular periods. At least one of the values must be negative and at least one positive. finance_rate The interest rate paid on the money used in the cash flows. reinvest_rate The interest rate received on the cash reinvestment. Notes How to apply the MIRR function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the MIRR function." }, { "id": "Functions/mmult.htm", "title": "MMULT Function", - "body": "The MMULT function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to return the matrix product of two arrays and display the first value of the returned array of numbers. The MMULT function syntax is: MMULT(array1, array2) where array1, array2 is an array of numbers. Note: if any of the cells in the array contain empty or non-numeric values, the function will return the #N/A error. If the number of columns in array1 is not the same as the number of rows in array2, the function will return the #VALUE! error. To apply the MMULT function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Math and trigonometry function group from the list, click the MMULT function, enter the required arguments separating them by comma, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The MMULT function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to return the matrix product of two arrays and display the first value of the returned array of numbers. Syntax MMULT(array1, array2) The MMULT function has the following arguments: Argument Description array1, array2 An array of numbers. Notes If any of the cells in the array contain empty or non-numeric values, the function will return the #N/A error. If the number of columns in array1 is not the same as the number of rows in array2, the function will return the #VALUE! error. Please note that this is an array formula. To learn more, please read the Insert array formulas article. How to apply the MMULT function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the MMULT function." }, { "id": "Functions/mod.htm", "title": "MOD Function", - "body": "The MOD function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to return the remainder after the division of a number by the specified divisor. The MOD function syntax is: MOD(x, y) where x is a number you wish to divide and find the remainder. y is a number you wish to divide by. The numeric values can be entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. Note: if y is 0, the function returns the #DIV/0! error. To apply the MOD function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Math and trigonometry function group from the list, click the MOD function, enter the required arguments separating them by comma, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The MOD function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to return the remainder after the division of a number by the specified divisor. Syntax MOD(number, divisor) The MOD function has the following argument: Argument Description number A number you wish to divide and find the remainder. divisor A number you wish to divide by. Notes If divisor is 0, the function returns the #DIV/0! error. How to apply the MOD function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the MOD function." }, { "id": "Functions/mode-mult.htm", "title": "MODE.MULT Function", - "body": "The MODE.MULT function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the most frequently occurring, or repetitive value in an array or range of data. The MODE.MULT function syntax is: MODE.MULT(number1, [, number2],...) where number1, number2... is up to 255 numeric values entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. Note: if there is no repetitive value in the argument list, the function will return the #VALUE! error. To apply the MODE.MULT function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the MODE.MULT function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas or select a range of cells with the mouse, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The MODE.MULT function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the most frequently occurring, or repetitive values in an array or range of data. Syntax MODE.MULT(number1, [number2], ...) The MODE.MULT function has the following arguments: Argument Description number1/2/n Up to 255 numeric values for which you want to find the most frequently occurring value. Notes Because this function returns an array of values, it must be entered as an array formula. To learn more, please read the Insert array formulas article. If there is no repetitive value in the argument list, the function will return the #VALUE! error. How to apply the MODE.MULT function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the MODE.MULT function." }, { "id": "Functions/mode-sngl.htm", "title": "MODE.SNGL Function", - "body": "The MODE.SNGL function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the most frequently occurring, or repetitive, value in an array or range of data. The MODE.SNGL function syntax is: MODE.SNGL(number1, [, number2],...) where number1, number2... is up to 255 numeric values entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. Note: if there is no repetitive value in the argument list, the function will return the #VALUE! error. To apply the MODE.SNGL function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the MODE.SNGL function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas or select a range of cells with the mouse, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The MODE.SNGL function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the most frequently occurring, or repetitive, value in an array or range of data. Syntax MODE.SNGL(number1, [number2], ...) The MODE.SNGL function has the following arguments: Argument Description number1/2/n Up to 255 numeric values for which you want to find the most frequently occurring value. Notes If there is no repetitive value in the argument list, the function will return the #VALUE! error. How to apply the MODE.SNGL function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the MODE.SNGL function." }, { "id": "Functions/mode.htm", "title": "MODE Function", - "body": "The MODE function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to analyze the range of data and return the most frequently occurring value. The MODE function syntax is: MODE(argument-list) where argument-list is up to 255 numeric values entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. Note: if there is no repetitive value in the argument list, the function will return the #VALUE! error. To apply the MODE function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the MODE function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas or select a range of cells with the mouse, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The MODE function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to analyze the range of data and return the most frequently occurring value. Syntax MODE(number1, [number2], ...) The MODE function has the following arguments: Argument Description number1/2/n Up to 255 numeric values for which you want to find the most frequently occurring value. Notes If there is no repetitive value in the argument list, the function will return the #VALUE! error. How to apply the MODE function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the MODE function." }, { "id": "Functions/month.htm", "title": "MONTH Function", - "body": "The MONTH function is one of the date and time functions. It returns the month (a number from 1 to 12) of the date given in the numerical format (MM/dd/yyyy by default). The MONTH function syntax is: MONTH(date-value) where date-value is a value entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the MONTH function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Date and time function group from the list, click the MONTH function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The MONTH function is one of the date and time functions. It returns the month (a number from 1 to 12) of the date given in the numerical format (MM/dd/yyyy by default). Syntax MONTH(serial_number) The MONTH function has the following argument: Argument Description serial_number The date of the month you want to find. Notes How to apply the MONTH function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the MONTH function." }, { "id": "Functions/mround.htm", "title": "MROUND Function", - "body": "The MROUND function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to round the number to the desired multiple. The MROUND function syntax is: MROUND(x, multiple) where x is a number you wish to round. multiple is a multiple you wish to round to. The numeric values can be entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. Note: if the values of x and multiple have different signs, the function returns the #NUM! error. To apply the MROUND function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Math and trigonometry function group from the list, click the MROUND function, enter the required arguments separating them by comma, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The MROUND function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to round the number to the desired multiple. Syntax MROUND(number, multiple) The MROUND function has the following arguments: Argument Description number A number you wish to round. multiple A multiple you wish to round to. Notes If the values of number and multiple have different signs, the function returns the #NUM! error. How to apply the MROUND function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the MROUND function." }, { "id": "Functions/multinomial.htm", "title": "MULTINOMIAL Function", - "body": "The MULTINOMIAL function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to return the ratio of the factorial of a sum of numbers to the product of factorials. The MULTINOMIAL function syntax is: MULTINOMIAL(argument-list) where argument-list is is up to 30 numeric values entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to. To apply the MULTINOMIAL function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Math and trigonometry function group from the list, click the MULTINOMIAL function, enter the required argument separated by commas or select a range of cells with the mouse, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The MULTINOMIAL function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to return the ratio of the factorial of a sum of numbers to the product of factorials. Syntax MULTINOMIAL(number1, [number2], ...) The MULTINOMIAL function has the following arguments: Argument Description number1/2/n Up to 255 numeric values for which you want to find the multinomial. Notes How to apply the MULTINOMIAL function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the MULTINOMIAL function." }, { "id": "Functions/munit.htm", "title": "MUNIT Function", - "body": "The MUNIT function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to return the unit matrix for the specified dimension. The MUNIT function syntax is: MUNIT(dimension) where dimension is a required argument. It is an integer specifying the dimension of the unit matrix that you want to return, and returns an array. The dimension has to be greater than zero. To apply the MUNIT function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Math and trigonometry function group from the list, click the MUNIT function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell. To return a range of values, select a required range of cells, enter the formula, and press the Ctrl+Shift+Enter key combination." + "body": "The MUNIT function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to return the unit matrix for the specified dimension. Syntax MUNIT(dimension) The MUNIT function has the following argument: Argument Description dimension An integer specifying the dimension of the unit matrix that you want to return, and returns an array. The dimension has to be greater than zero. Notes Please note that this is an array formula. To learn more, please read the Insert array formulas article. How to apply the MUNIT function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the MUNIT function." }, { "id": "Functions/n.htm", "title": "N Function", - "body": "The N function is one of the information functions. It is used to convert a value to a number. The N function syntax is: N(value) where value is a value to test entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. Below you will find the possible values and the result of their conversion: Value Number number number date date as serial number TRUE 1 FALSE 0 error error value Other 0 To apply the N function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Information function group from the list, click the N function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The N function is one of the information functions. It is used to convert a value to a number. Syntax N(value) The N function has the following argument: Argument Description value A value to test. The value argument can be one of the following: Value Number number number date date as serial number TRUE 1 FALSE 0 error error value Other 0 Notes How to apply the N function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the N function." }, { "id": "Functions/na.htm", "title": "NA Function", - "body": "The NA function is one of the information functions. It is used to return the #N/A error value. This function does not require an argument. The NA function syntax is: NA() To apply the NA function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Information function group from the list, click the NA function, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The NA function is one of the information functions. It is used to return the #N/A error value. This function does not require an argument. Syntax NA() Notes How to apply the NA function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the NA function." }, { "id": "Functions/negbinom-dist.htm", "title": "NEGBINOM.DIST Function", - "body": "The NEGBINOM.DIST function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the negative binomial distribution, the probability that there will be Number_f failures before the Number_s-th success, with Probability_s probability of a success. The NEGBINOM.DIST function syntax is: NEGBINOM.DIST(number-f, number-s, probability-s, cumulative) where number-f is the number of failures, a numeric value greater than or equal to 0. number-s is the the threshold number of successes, a numeric value greater than or equal to 1. probability-s is the success propability of each trial, a numeric value greater than 0, but less than 1. cumulative is a logical value (TRUE or FALSE) that determines the function form. If it is TRUE, the function returns the cumulative distribution function. If it is FALSE, the function returns the probability density function. The numeric values can be entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to. To apply the NEGBINOM.DIST function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the NEGBINOM.DIST function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The NEGBINOM.DIST function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the negative binomial distribution, the probability that there will be Number_f failures before the Number_s-th success, with Probability_s probability of a success. Syntax NEGBINOM.DIST(number_f, number_s, probability_s, cumulative) The NEGBINOM.DIST function has the following arguments: Argument Description number_f The number of failures, a numeric value greater than or equal to 0. number_s The threshold number of successes, a numeric value greater than or equal to 1. probability_s The success propability of each trial, a numeric value greater than 0, but less than 1. cumulative A logical value (TRUE or FALSE) that determines the function form. If it is TRUE, the function returns the cumulative distribution function. If it is FALSE, the function returns the probability density function. Notes How to apply the NEGBINOM.DIST function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the NEGBINOM.DIST function." }, { "id": "Functions/negbinomdist.htm", "title": "NEGBINOMDIST Function", - "body": "The NEGBINOMDIST function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the negative binomial distribution. The NEGBINOMDIST function syntax is: NEGBINOMDIST(number-failures, number-successes, success-probability) where number-failures is the number of failures, a numeric value greater than or equal to 0. number-successes is the the threshold number of successes, a numeric value greater than or equal to 0. success-probability is the success propability of each trial, a numeric value greater than 0, but less than 1. The numeric values can be entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to. To apply the NEGBINOMDIST function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the NEGBINOMDIST function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The NEGBINOMDIST function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the negative binomial distribution. Syntax NEGBINOMDIST(number_f, number_s, probability_s) The NEGBINOMDIST function has the following arguments: Argument Description number_f The number of failures, a numeric value greater than or equal to 0. number_s The threshold number of successes, a numeric value greater than or equal to 1. probability_s The success propability of each trial, a numeric value greater than 0, but less than 1. Notes How to apply the NEGBINOMDIST function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the NEGBINOMDIST function." }, { "id": "Functions/networkdays-intl.htm", "title": "NETWORKDAYS.INTL Function", - "body": "The NETWORKDAYS.INTL function is one of the date and time functions. It is used to return the number of whole workdays between two dates using parameters to indicate which and how many days are weekend days. The NETWORKDAYS.INTL function syntax is: NETWORKDAYS.INTL(start_date, end_date, [, weekend], [, holidays]) where start_date is the first date of the period, entered using the Date function or other date and time function. end_date is the last date of the period, entered using the Date function or other date and time function. weekend is an optional argument, a number or a string that specifies which days to consider weekends. The possible numbers are listed in the table below. Number Weekend days 1 or omitted Saturday, Sunday 2 Sunday, Monday 3 Monday, Tuesday 4 Tuesday, Wednesday 5 Wednesday, Thursday 6 Thursday, Friday 7 Friday, Saturday 11 Sunday only 12 Monday only 13 Tuesday only 14 Wednesday only 15 Thursday only 16 Friday only 17 Saturday only A string that specifies weekend days must contain 7 characters. Each character represents a day of the week, starting from Monday. 0 represents a workday, 1 represents a weekend day. E.g. \"0000011\" specifies that weekend days are Saturday and Sunday. The string \"1111111\" is not valid. holidays is an optional argument that specifies which dates in addition to weekend are nonworking. You can enter them using the Date function or other date and time function or specify a reference to a range of cells containing dates. To apply the NETWORKDAYS.INTL function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Date and time function group from the list, click the NETWORKDAYS.INTL function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The NETWORKDAYS.INTL function is one of the date and time functions. It is used to return the number of whole workdays between two dates using parameters to indicate which and how many days are weekend days. Syntax NETWORKDAYS.INTL(start_date, end_date, [weekend], [holidays]) The NETWORKDAYS.INTL function has the following arguments: Argument Description start_date The first date of the period, entered using the DATE function or other date and time function. end_date The last date of the period, entered using the DATE function or other date and time function. weekend An optional argument, a number or a string that specifies which days to consider weekends. The possible numbers are listed in the table below. holidays An optional argument that specifies which dates in addition to weekend are nonworking. You can enter them using the DATE function or other date and time function or specify a reference to a range of cells containing dates. The weekend argument can be one of the following: Number Weekend days 1 or omitted Saturday, Sunday 2 Sunday, Monday 3 Monday, Tuesday 4 Tuesday, Wednesday 5 Wednesday, Thursday 6 Thursday, Friday 7 Friday, Saturday 11 Sunday only 12 Monday only 13 Tuesday only 14 Wednesday only 15 Thursday only 16 Friday only 17 Saturday only Notes A string that specifies weekend days must contain 7 characters. Each character represents a day of the week, starting from Monday. 0 represents a workday, 1 represents a weekend day. E.g. \"0000011\" specifies that weekend days are Saturday and Sunday. The string \"1111111\" is not valid. How to apply the NETWORKDAYS.INTL function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the NETWORKDAYS.INTL function." }, { "id": "Functions/networkdays.htm", "title": "NETWORKDAYS Function", - "body": "The NETWORKDAYS function is one of the date and time functions. It is used to return the number of the work days between two dates (start date and end-date) excluding weekends and dates considered as holidays. The NETWORKDAYS function syntax is: NETWORKDAYS(start-date, end-date [,holidays]) where start-date is the first date of the period, entered using the Date function or other date and time function. end-date is the last date of the period, entered using the Date function or other date and time function. holidays is an optional argument that specifies which dates besides weekends are nonworking. You can enter them using the Date function or other date and time function or specify a reference to a range of cells containing dates. To apply the NETWORKDAYS function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Date and time function group from the list, click the NETWORKDAYS function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The NETWORKDAYS function is one of the date and time functions. It is used to return the number of the work days between two dates (start date and end-date) excluding weekends and dates considered as holidays. Syntax NETWORKDAYS(start_date, end_date, [holidays]) The NETWORKDAYS function has the following argument: Argument Description start_date The first date of the period, entered using the DATE function or other date and time function. end_date The last date of the period, entered using the DATE function or other date and time function. holidays An optional argument that specifies which dates besides weekends are nonworking. You can enter them using the DATE function or other date and time function or specify a reference to a range of cells containing dates. Notes How to apply the NETWORKDAYS function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the NETWORKDAYS function." }, { "id": "Functions/nominal.htm", "title": "NOMINAL Function", - "body": "The NOMINAL function is one of the financial functions. It is used to calculate the nominal annual interest rate for a security based on a specified effective annual interest rate and the number of compounding periods per year. The NOMINAL function syntax is: NOMINAL(effect-rate, npery) where effect-rate is the effective annual interest rate of the security. npery is the number of compounding periods per year. The numeric values can be entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the NOMINAL function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Financial function group from the list, click the NOMINAL function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The NOMINAL function is one of the financial functions. It is used to calculate the nominal annual interest rate for a security based on a specified effective annual interest rate and the number of compounding periods per year. Syntax NOMINAL(effect_rate, npery) The NOMINAL function has the following arguments: Argument Description effect_rate The effective annual interest rate of the security. npery The number of compounding periods per year. Notes How to apply the NOMINAL function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the NOMINAL function." }, { "id": "Functions/norm-dist.htm", "title": "NORM.DIST Function", - "body": "The NORM.DIST function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the normal distribution for the specified mean and standard deviation. The NORM.DIST function syntax is: NORM.DIST(x, mean, standard-dev, cumulative) where x is the value you want to calculate the distribution for, any numeric value. mean is the arithmetic mean of the distribution, any numeric value. standard-dev is the standard deviation of the distribution, a numeric value greater than 0. cumulative is the form of the function, a logical value: TRUE or FALSE. If cumulative is TRUE, the function will return the cumulative distribution function; if FALSE, it will return the probability mass function. The values can be entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to. To apply the NORM.DIST function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the NORM.DIST function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The NORM.DIST function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the normal distribution for the specified mean and standard deviation. Syntax NORM.DIST(x, mean, standard_dev, cumulative) The NORM.DIST function has the following arguments: Argument Description x The value you want to calculate the distribution for, any numeric value. mean The arithmetic mean of the distribution, any numeric value. standard_dev The standard deviation of the distribution, a numeric value greater than 0. cumulative The form of the function, a logical value: TRUE or FALSE. If cumulative is TRUE, the function will return the cumulative distribution function; if FALSE, it will return the probability mass function. Notes How to apply the NORM.DIST function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the NORM.DIST function." }, { "id": "Functions/norm-inv.htm", "title": "NORM.INV Function", - "body": "The NORM.INV function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the inverse of the normal cumulative distribution for the specified mean and standard deviation. The NORM.INV function syntax is: NORM.INV(probability, mean, standard-dev) where probability is the probability corresponding to the normal distribution, any numeric value greater than 0, but less than 1. mean is the arithmetic mean of the distribution, any numeric value. standard-dev is the standard deviation of the distribution, a numeric value greater than 0. The numeric values can be entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to. To apply the NORM.INV function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the NORM.INV function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The NORM.INV function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the inverse of the normal cumulative distribution for the specified mean and standard deviation. Syntax NORM.INV(probability, mean, standard_dev) The NORM.INV function has the following arguments: Argument Description probability The probability corresponding to the normal distribution, any numeric value greater than 0, but less than 1. mean The arithmetic mean of the distribution, any numeric value. standard_dev The standard deviation of the distribution, a numeric value greater than 0. Notes How to apply the NORM.INV function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the NORM.INV function." }, { "id": "Functions/norm-s-dist.htm", "title": "NORM.S.DIST Function", - "body": "The NORM.S.DIST function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the standard normal distribution (has a mean of zero and a standard deviation of one). The NORM.S.DIST function syntax is: NORM.S.DIST(z, cumulative) where z is the value at which the function should be calculated, a numeric value entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. cumulative is a logical value (TRUE or FALSE) that determines the function form. If it is TRUE, the function returns the cumulative distribution function. If it is FALSE, the function returns the probability mass function. To apply the NORM.S.DIST function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the NORM.S.DIST function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The NORM.S.DIST function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the standard normal distribution (has a mean of zero and a standard deviation of one). Syntax NORM.S.DIST(z, cumulative) The NORM.S.DIST function has the following arguments: Argument Description z A numeric value for which you want to find the standard normal distribution. cumulative A logical value (TRUE or FALSE) that determines the function form. If it is TRUE, the function returns the cumulative distribution function. If it is FALSE, the function returns the probability mass function. Notes How to apply the NORM.S.DIST function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the NORM.S.DIST function." }, { "id": "Functions/norm-s-inv.htm", "title": "NORM.S.INV Function", - "body": "The NORM.S.INV function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the inverse of the standard normal cumulative distribution; the distribution has a mean of zero and a standard deviation of one. The NORM.S.INV function syntax is: NORM.S.INV(probability) where probability is a numeric value greater than 0 but less than 1 entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the NORM.S.INV function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the NORM.S.INV function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The NORM.S.INV function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the inverse of the standard normal cumulative distribution; the distribution has a mean of zero and a standard deviation of one. Syntax NORM.S.INV(probability) The NORM.S.INV function has the following argument: Argument Description probability A probability corresponding to the normal distribution. A numeric value greater than 0 but less than 1. Notes How to apply the NORM.S.INV function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the NORM.S.INV function." }, { "id": "Functions/normdist.htm", "title": "NORMDIST Function", - "body": "The NORMDIST function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the normal distribution for the specified mean and standard deviation. The NORMDIST function syntax is: NORMDIST(x , mean , standard-deviation , cumulative-flag) where x is the value you want to calculate the distribution for, any numeric value. mean is the arithmetic mean of the distribution, any numeric value. standard-deviation is the standard deviation of the distribution, a numeric value greater than 0. cumulative-flag is the form of the function, a logical value: TRUE or FALSE. If cumulative-flag is TRUE, the function will return the cumulative distribution function; if FALSE, it will return the probability mass function. The values can be entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to. To apply the NORMDIST function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the NORMDIST function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The NORMDIST function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the normal distribution for the specified mean and standard deviation. Syntax NORMDIST(x, mean, standard_dev, cumulative) The NORMDIST function has the following arguments: Argument Description x The value you want to calculate the distribution for, any numeric value. mean The arithmetic mean of the distribution, any numeric value. standard_dev The standard deviation of the distribution, a numeric value greater than 0. cumulative The form of the function, a logical value: TRUE or FALSE. If cumulative is TRUE, the function will return the cumulative distribution function; if FALSE, it will return the probability mass function. Notes How to apply the NORMDIST function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the NORMDIST function." }, { "id": "Functions/norminv.htm", "title": "NORMINV Function", - "body": "The NORMINV function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the inverse of the normal cumulative distribution for the specified mean and standard deviation. The NORMINV function syntax is: NORMINV(x, mean, standard-deviation) where x is the probability corresponding to the normal distribution, any numeric value greater than 0, but less than 1. mean is the arithmetic mean of the distribution, any numeric value. standard-deviation is the standard deviation of the distribution, a numeric value greater than 0. The numeric values can be entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to. To apply the NORMINV function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the NORMINV function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The NORMINV function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the inverse of the normal cumulative distribution for the specified mean and standard deviation. Syntax NORMINV(probability, mean, standard_dev) The NORMINV function has the following arguments: Argument Description probability The probability corresponding to the normal distribution, any numeric value greater than 0, but less than 1. mean The arithmetic mean of the distribution, any numeric value. standard_dev The standard deviation of the distribution, a numeric value greater than 0. Notes How to apply the NORMINV function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the NORMINV function." }, { "id": "Functions/normsdist.htm", "title": "NORMSDIST Function", - "body": "The NORMSDIST function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the standard normal cumulative distribution function. The NORMSDIST function syntax is: NORMSDIST(number) where number is a numeric value entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the NORMSDIST function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the NORMSDIST function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The NORMSDIST function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the standard normal cumulative distribution function. Syntax NORMSDIST(z) The NORMSDIST function has the following argument: Argument Description z A numeric value for which you want to find the standard normal cumulative distribution. Notes How to apply the NORMSDIST function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the NORMSDIST function." }, { "id": "Functions/normsinv.htm", "title": "NORMSINV Function", - "body": "The NORMSINV function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the inverse of the standard normal cumulative distribution. The NORMSINV function syntax is: NORMSINV(probability) where probability is a numeric value greater than 0 but less than 1 entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the NORMSINV function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the NORMSINV function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The NORMSINV function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the inverse of the standard normal cumulative distribution. Syntax NORMSINV(probability) The NORMSINV function has the following argument: Argument Description probability A probability corresponding to the normal distribution. A numeric value greater than 0 but less than 1. Notes How to apply the NORMSINV function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the NORMSINV function." }, { "id": "Functions/not.htm", "title": "NOT Function", - "body": "The NOT function is one of the logical functions. It is used to check if the logical value you enter is TRUE or FALSE. The function returns TRUE if the argument is FALSE and FALSE if the argument is TRUE. The NOT function syntax is: NOT(logical) where logical is a value entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the NOT function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Logical function group from the list, click the NOT function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell. For example: There is an argument: logical = A1<100, where A1 is 12. This logical expression is TRUE. So the function returns FALSE. If we change the A1 value from 12 to 112, the function returns TRUE:" + "body": "The NOT function is one of the logical functions. It is used to check if the logical value you enter is TRUE or FALSE. The function returns TRUE if the argument is FALSE and FALSE if the argument is TRUE. Syntax NOT(logical) The NOT function has the following argument: Argument Description logical A value that can be evaluated to TRUE or FALSE. Notes How to apply the NOT function. Examples There is an argument: logical = A1<100, where A1 is 12. This logical expression is TRUE. So the function returns FALSE. If we change the A1 value from 12 to 112, the function returns TRUE:" }, { "id": "Functions/now.htm", "title": "NOW Function", - "body": "The NOW function is one of the date and time functions. It is used to add the current date and time to your spreadsheet in the following format MM/dd/yy hh:mm. This function does not require an argument. The NOW function syntax is: NOW() To apply the NOW function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Date and time function group from the list, click the NOW function, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The NOW function is one of the date and time functions. It is used to add the current date and time to your spreadsheet in the following format MM/dd/yy hh:mm. This function does not require an argument. Syntax NOW() Notes How to apply the NOW function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the NOW function." }, { "id": "Functions/nper.htm", "title": "NPER Function", - "body": "The NPER function is one of the financial functions. It is used to calculate the number of periods for an investment based on a specified interest rate and a constant payment schedule. The NPER function syntax is: NPER(rate, pmt, pv [, [fv] [,[type]]]) where rate is the interest rate. pmt is a payment amount. pv is the present value of the payments. fv is the future value of an investment. It is an optional argument. If it is omitted, the function will assume fv to be 0. type is the period when the payments are due. It is an optional argument. If it is set to 0 or omitted, the function will assume the payments to be due at the end of the period. If it is 1, the payments are due at the beginning of the period. Note: cash paid out (such as deposits to savings) is represented by negative numbers; cash received (such as dividend checks) is represented by positive numbers. The numeric values can be entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to. To apply the NPER function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Financial function group from the list, click the NPER function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The NPER function is one of the financial functions. It is used to calculate the number of periods for an investment based on a specified interest rate and a constant payment schedule. Syntax NPER(rate, pmt, pv, [fv], [type]) The NPER function has the following arguments: Argument Description rate The interest rate. pmt A payment amount. pv A present value of the payments. fv The future value of an investment. It is an optional argument. If it is omitted, the function will assume fv to be 0. type A period when the payments are due. It is an optional argument. If it is set to 0 or omitted, the function will assume the payments to be due at the end of the period. If type is set to 1, the payments are due at the beginning of the period. Notes Cash paid out (such as deposits to savings) is represented by negative numbers; cash received (such as dividend checks) is represented by positive numbers. How to apply the NPER function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the NPER function." }, { "id": "Functions/npv.htm", "title": "NPV Function", - "body": "The NPV function is one of the financial functions. It is used to calculate the net present value of an investment based on a specified discount rate. The NPV function syntax is: NPV(rate, argument-list) where rate is the discount rate. argument-list is the list of the future payments. The numeric values can be entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to. To apply the NPV function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Financial function group from the list, click the NPV function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The NPV function is one of the financial functions. It is used to calculate the net present value of an investment based on a specified discount rate. Syntax NPV(rate, value1, [value2], ...) The NPV function has the following arguments: Argument Description rate The discount rate. value1/2/n Up to 255 arguments representing future payments (negative values) and income (positive values). Notes How to apply the NPV function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the NPV function." }, { "id": "Functions/numbervalue.htm", "title": "NUMBERVALUE Function", - "body": "The NUMBERVALUE function is one of the text and data functions. Is used to convert text to a number, in a locale-independent way. If the converted text is not a number, the function will return a #VALUE! error. The NUMBERVALUE function syntax is: NUMBERVALUE(text [, [decimal-separator] [, [group-separator]]) where text is text data that represents a number. decimal-separator is the character used to separate the integer and fractional part of the result. It is an optional argument. If it is omitted, the current locale is used. group-separator is the character used to separate groupings of numbers, such as thousands from hundreds and millions from thousands. It is an optional argument. If it is omitted, the current locale is used. The values can be entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the NUMBERVALUE function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Text and data function group from the list, click the NUMBERVALUE function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The NUMBERVALUE function is one of the text and data functions. Is used to convert text to a number, in a locale-independent way. If the converted text is not a number, the function will return a #VALUE! error. Syntax NUMBERVALUE(text, [decimal_separator], [group_separator]) The NUMBERVALUE function has the following arguments: Argument Description text The text data that represents a number. decimal_separator The character used to separate the integer and fractional part of the result. It is an optional argument. If it is omitted, the current locale is used. group_separator The character used to separate groupings of numbers, such as thousands from hundreds and millions from thousands. It is an optional argument. If it is omitted, the current locale is used. Notes How to apply the NUMBERVALUE function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the NUMBERVALUE function." }, { "id": "Functions/oct2bin.htm", "title": "OCT2BIN Function", - "body": "The OCT2BIN function is one of the engineering functions. It is used to convert an octal number to a binary number. The OCT2BIN function syntax is: OCT2BIN(number [, num-hex-digits]) where number is an octal number entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. num-hex-digits is the number of digits to display. If omitted, the function will use the minimum number. Note: if the argument is not recognised as an octal number, or contains more than 10 characters, or the resulting binary number requires more digits than you specified, or the specified num-hex-digits number is less than or equal to 0, the function will return the #NUM! error. To apply the OCT2BIN function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Engineering function group from the list, click the OCT2BIN function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The OCT2BIN function is one of the engineering functions. It is used to convert an octal number to a binary number. Syntax OCT2BIN(number, [places]) The OCT2BIN function has the following arguments: Argument Description number An octal number. places The number of digits to display. If omitted, the function will use the minimum number. Notes If the argument is not recognised as an octal number, or contains more than 10 characters, or the resulting binary number requires more digits than you specified, or the specified places number is less than or equal to 0, the function will return the #NUM! error. How to apply the OCT2BIN function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the OCT2BIN function." }, { "id": "Functions/oct2dec.htm", "title": "OCT2DEC Function", - "body": "The OCT2DEC function is one of the engineering functions. It is used to convert an octal number to a decimal number. The OCT2DEC function syntax is: OCT2DEC(number) where number is an octal number entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. Note: if the argument is not recognised as an octal number, or contains more than 10 characters, the function will return the #NUM! error. To apply the OCT2DEC function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Engineering function group from the list, click the OCT2DEC function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The OCT2DEC function is one of the engineering functions. It is used to convert an octal number to a decimal number. Syntax OCT2DEC(number) The OCT2DEC function has the following argument: Argument Description number An octal number. Notes If the argument is not recognised as an octal number, or contains more than 10 characters, the function will return the #NUM! error. How to apply the OCT2DEC function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the OCT2DEC function." }, { "id": "Functions/oct2hex.htm", "title": "OCT2HEX Function", - "body": "The OCT2HEX function is one of the engineering functions. It is used to convert an octal number to a hexadecimal number. The OCT2HEX function syntax is: OCT2HEX(number [, num-hex-digits]) where number is an octal number entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. num-hex-digits is the number of digits to display. If omitted, the function will use the minimum number. Note: if the argument is not recognised as an octal number, or contains more than 10 characters, or the resulting hexadecimal number requires more digits than you specified, or the specified num-hex-digits number is less than or equal to 0, the function will return the #NUM! error. To apply the OCT2HEX function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Engineering function group from the list, click the OCT2HEX function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The OCT2HEX function is one of the engineering functions. It is used to convert an octal number to a hexadecimal number. Syntax OCT2HEX(number, [places]) The OCT2HEX function has the following arguments: Argument Description number An octal number. places The number of digits to display. If omitted, the function will use the minimum number. Notes If the argument is not recognised as an octal number, or contains more than 10 characters, or the resulting hexadecimal number requires more digits than you specified, or the specified places number is less than or equal to 0, the function will return the #NUM! error. How to apply the OCT2HEX function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the OCT2HEX function." }, { "id": "Functions/odd.htm", "title": "ODD Function", - "body": "The ODD function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to round the number up to the nearest odd integer. The ODD function syntax is: ODD(x) where x is a number you wish to round up, a numeric value entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the ODD function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Math and trigonometry function group from the list, click the ODD function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The ODD function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to round the number up to the nearest odd integer. Syntax ODD(number) The ODD function has the following argument: Argument Description number A number you wish to round up. Notes How to apply the ODD function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the ODD function." }, { "id": "Functions/oddfprice.htm", "title": "ODDFPRICE Function", - "body": "The ODDFPRICE function is one of the financial functions. It is used to calculate the price per $100 par value for a security that pays periodic interest but has an odd first period (it is shorter or longer than other periods). The ODDFPRICE function syntax is: ODDFPRICE(settlement, maturity, issue, first-coupon, rate, yld, redemption, frequency[, [basis]]) where settlement is the date when the security is purchased. maturity is the date when the security expires. issue is the issue date of the security. first-coupon is the first coupon date. This date must be after the settlement date but before the maturity date. rate is the security interest rate. yld is the annual yield of the security. redemption is the redemption value of the security, per $100 par value. frequency is the number of interest payments per year. The possible values are: 1 for annual payments, 2 for semiannual payments, 4 for quarterly payments. basis is the day count basis to use, a numeric value greater than or equal to 0, but less than or equal to 4. It is an optional argument. It can be one of the following: Numeric value Count basis 0 US (NASD) 30/360 1 Actual/actual 2 Actual/360 3 Actual/365 4 European 30/360 Note: dates must be entered by using the DATE function. The values can be entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the ODDFPRICE function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Financial function group from the list, click the ODDFPRICE function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The ODDFPRICE function is one of the financial functions. It is used to calculate the price per $100 par value for a security that pays periodic interest but has an odd first period (it is shorter or longer than other periods). Syntax ODDFPRICE(settlement, maturity, issue, first_coupon, rate, yld, redemption, frequency, [basis]) The ODDFPRICE function has the following arguments: Argument Description settlement The date when the security is purchased. maturity The date when the security expires. issue The issue date of the security. first_coupon The first coupon date. This date must be after the settlement date but before the maturity date. rate The security interest rate. yld The annual yield of the security. redemption The redemption value of the security, per $100 par value. frequency The number of interest payments per year. The possible values are: 1 for annual payments, 2 for semiannual payments, 4 for quarterly payments. basis The day count basis to use, a numeric value greater than or equal to 0, but less than or equal to 4. It is an optional argument. The possible values are listed in the table below. The basis argument can be one of the following: Numeric value Count basis 0 US (NASD) 30/360 1 Actual/actual 2 Actual/360 3 Actual/365 4 European 30/360 Notes Dates must be entered by using the DATE function. How to apply the ODDFPRICE function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the ODDFPRICE function." }, { "id": "Functions/oddfyield.htm", "title": "ODDFYIELD Function", - "body": "The ODDFYIELD function is one of the financial functions. It is used to calculate the yield of a security that pays periodic interest but has an odd first period (it is shorter or longer than other periods). The ODDFYIELD function syntax is: ODDFYIELD(settlement, maturity, issue, first-coupon, rate, pr, redemption, frequency[, [basis]]) where settlement is the date when the security is purchased. maturity is the date when the security expires. issue is the issue date of the security. first-coupon is the first coupon date. This date must be after the settlement date but before the maturity date. rate is the security interest rate. pr is the purchase price of the security, per $100 par value. redemption is the redemption value of the security, per $100 par value. frequency is the number of interest payments per year. The possible values are: 1 for annual payments, 2 for semiannual payments, 4 for quarterly payments. basis is the day count basis to use, a numeric value greater than or equal to 0, but less than or equal to 4. It is an optional argument. It can be one of the following: Numeric value Count basis 0 US (NASD) 30/360 1 Actual/actual 2 Actual/360 3 Actual/365 4 European 30/360 Note: dates must be entered by using the DATE function. The values can be entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the ODDFYIELD function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Financial function group from the list, click the ODDFYIELD function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The ODDFYIELD function is one of the financial functions. It is used to calculate the yield of a security that pays periodic interest but has an odd first period (it is shorter or longer than other periods). Syntax ODDFYIELD(settlement, maturity, issue, first_coupon, rate, pr, redemption, frequency, [basis]) The ODDFYIELD function has the following arguments: Argument Description settlement The date when the security is purchased. maturity The date when the security expires. issue The issue date of the security. first_coupon The first coupon date. This date must be after the settlement date but before the maturity date. rate The security interest rate. pr The purchase price of the security, per $100 par value. redemption The redemption value of the security, per $100 par value. frequency The number of interest payments per year. The possible values are: 1 for annual payments, 2 for semiannual payments, 4 for quarterly payments. basis The day count basis to use, a numeric value greater than or equal to 0, but less than or equal to 4. It is an optional argument. The possible values are listed in the table below. The basis argument can be one of the following: Numeric value Count basis 0 US (NASD) 30/360 1 Actual/actual 2 Actual/360 3 Actual/365 4 European 30/360 Notes Dates must be entered by using the DATE function. How to apply the ODDFYIELD function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the ODDFYIELD function." }, { "id": "Functions/oddlprice.htm", "title": "ODDLPRICE Function", - "body": "The ODDLPRICE function is one of the financial functions. It is used to calculate the price per $100 par value for a security that pays periodic interest but has an odd last period (it is shorter or longer than other periods). The ODDLPRICE function syntax is: ODDLPRICE(settlement, maturity, last-interest, rate, yld, redemption, frequency[, [basis]]) where settlement is the date when the security is purchased. maturity is the date when the security expires. last-interest is the last coupon date. This date must be before the settlement date. rate is the security interest rate. yld is the annual yield of the security. redemption is the redemption value of the security, per $100 par value. frequency is the number of interest payments per year. The possible values are: 1 for annual payments, 2 for semiannual payments, 4 for quarterly payments. basis is the day count basis to use, a numeric value greater than or equal to 0, but less than or equal to 4. It is an optional argument. It can be one of the following: Numeric value Count basis 0 US (NASD) 30/360 1 Actual/actual 2 Actual/360 3 Actual/365 4 European 30/360 Note: dates must be entered by using the DATE function. The values can be entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the ODDLPRICE function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Financial function group from the list, click the ODDLPRICE function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The ODDLPRICE function is one of the financial functions. It is used to calculate the price per $100 par value for a security that pays periodic interest but has an odd last period (it is shorter or longer than other periods). Syntax ODDLPRICE(settlement, maturity, last_interest, rate, yld, redemption, frequency, [basis]) The ODDLPRICE function has the following arguments: Argument Description settlement The date when the security is purchased. maturity The date when the security expires. last_interest The last coupon date. This date must be before the settlement date. rate The security interest rate. yld The annual yield of the security. redemption The redemption value of the security, per $100 par value. frequency The number of interest payments per year. The possible values are: 1 for annual payments, 2 for semiannual payments, 4 for quarterly payments. basis The day count basis to use, a numeric value greater than or equal to 0, but less than or equal to 4. It is an optional argument. The possible values are listed in the table below. The basis argument can be one of the following: Numeric value Count basis 0 US (NASD) 30/360 1 Actual/actual 2 Actual/360 3 Actual/365 4 European 30/360 Notes Dates must be entered by using the DATE function. How to apply the ODDLPRICE function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the ODDLPRICE function." }, { "id": "Functions/oddlyield.htm", "title": "ODDLYIELD Function", - "body": "The ODDLYIELD function is one of the financial functions. It is used to calculate the yield of a security that pays periodic interest but has an odd last period (it is shorter or longer than other periods). The ODDLYIELD function syntax is: ODDLYIELD(settlement, maturity, last-interest, rate, pr, redemption, frequency[, [basis]]) where settlement is the date when the security is purchased. maturity is the date when the security expires. last-interest is the last coupon date. This date must be before the settlement date. rate is the security interest rate. pr is the purchase price of the security, per $100 par value. redemption is the redemption value of the security, per $100 par value. frequency is the number of interest payments per year. The possible values are: 1 for annual payments, 2 for semiannual payments, 4 for quarterly payments. basis is the day count basis to use, a numeric value greater than or equal to 0, but less than or equal to 4. It is an optional argument. It can be one of the following: Numeric value Count basis 0 US (NASD) 30/360 1 Actual/actual 2 Actual/360 3 Actual/365 4 European 30/360 Note: dates must be entered by using the DATE function. The values can be entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the ODDLYIELD function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Financial function group from the list, click the ODDLYIELD function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The ODDLYIELD function is one of the financial functions. It is used to calculate the yield of a security that pays periodic interest but has an odd last period (it is shorter or longer than other periods). Syntax ODDLYIELD(settlement, maturity, last_interest, rate, pr, redemption, frequency, [basis]) The ODDLYIELD function has the following arguments: Argument Description settlement The date when the security is purchased. maturity The date when the security expires. last_interest The last coupon date. This date must be before the settlement date. rate The security interest rate. pr The purchase price of the security, per $100 par value. redemption The redemption value of the security, per $100 par value. frequency The number of interest payments per year. The possible values are: 1 for annual payments, 2 for semiannual payments, 4 for quarterly payments. basis The day count basis to use, a numeric value greater than or equal to 0, but less than or equal to 4. It is an optional argument. The possible values are listed in the table below. The basis argument can be one of the following: Numeric value Count basis 0 US (NASD) 30/360 1 Actual/actual 2 Actual/360 3 Actual/365 4 European 30/360 Notes Dates must be entered by using the DATE function. How to apply the ODDLYIELD function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the ODDLYIELD function." }, { "id": "Functions/offset.htm", "title": "OFFSET Function", - "body": "The OFFSET function is one of the lookup and reference functions. It is used to return a reference to a cell displaced from the specified cell (or the upper-left cell in the range of cells) to a certain number of rows and columns. The OFFSET function syntax is: OFFSET(reference, rows, cols[, [height] [, [width]]]) where reference is a reference to an initial cell or range of cells. rows is a number of rows, up or down, that you want the upper-left cell in the returned reference to refer to. Positive numbers mean the result will shift below the initial cell. Negative values mean it will shift above the initial cell. cols is a number of columns, to the left or right, that you want the upper-left cell in the returned reference to refer to. Positive numbers mean the result will shift to the right of the initial cell. Negative values mean it will shift to the left of the initial cell. height is a number of rows in the returned reference. The value must be a positive number. It's an optional argument. If it is omitted, the function will assume it to be equal to the initial range height. width is a number of columns in the returned reference. The value must be a positive number. It's an optional argument. If it is omitted, the function will assume it to be equal to the initial range width. To apply the OFFSET function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Lookup and Reference function group from the list, click the OFFSET function, enter the required arguments separating them by comma, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The OFFSET function is one of the lookup and reference functions. It is used to return a reference to a cell displaced from the specified cell (or the upper-left cell in the range of cells) to a certain number of rows and columns. Syntax OFFSET(reference, rows, cols, [height], [width]) The OFFSET function has the following arguments: Argument Description reference A reference to an initial cell or range of cells. rows A number of rows, up or down, that you want the upper-left cell in the returned reference to refer to. Positive numbers mean the result will shift below the initial cell. Negative values mean it will shift above the initial cell. cols A number of columns, to the left or right, that you want the upper-left cell in the returned reference to refer to. Positive numbers mean the result will shift to the right of the initial cell. Negative values mean it will shift to the left of the initial cell. height A number of rows in the returned reference. The value must be a positive number. It's an optional argument. If it is omitted, the function will assume it to be equal to the initial range height. width A number of columns in the returned reference. The value must be a positive number. It's an optional argument. If it is omitted, the function will assume it to be equal to the initial range width. Notes Please note that this is an array formula. To learn more, please read the Insert array formulas article. How to apply the OFFSET function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the OFFSET function." }, { "id": "Functions/or.htm", "title": "OR Function", - "body": "The OR function is one of the logical functions. It is used to check if the logical value you enter is TRUE or FALSE. The function returns FALSE if all the arguments are FALSE. The OR function syntax is: OR(logical1, logical2, ...) where logical1 is a value entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the OR function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Logical function group from the list, click the OR function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, Note: you can enter up to 255 logical values. press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell. The function returns TRUE if at least one of the argument is TRUE. For example: There are three arguments: logical1 = A1<10, logical2 = 34<10, logical3 = 50<10, where A1 is 12. All these logical expressions are FALSE. So the function returns FALSE. If we change the A1 value from 12 to 2, the function returns TRUE:" + "body": "The OR function is one of the logical functions. It is used to check if the logical value you enter is TRUE or FALSE. The function returns FALSE if all the arguments are FALSE. Syntax OR(logical1, [logical2], ...) The OR function has the following arguments: Argument Description logical1/2/n A condition that you want to check if it is TRUE or FALSE Notes You can enter up to 255 logical values. How to apply the OR function. The function returns TRUE if at least one of the argument is TRUE. Examples There are three arguments: logical1 = A1<10, logical2 = 34<10, logical3 = 50<10, where A1 is 12. All these logical expressions are FALSE. So the function returns FALSE. If we change the A1 value from 12 to 2, the function returns TRUE:" }, { "id": "Functions/pduration.htm", "title": "PDURATION Function", - "body": "The PDURATION function is one of the financial functions. It is used to calculate the number of periods required by an investment to reach a specified value. The PDURATION function syntax is: PDURATION(rate, pv, fv) where rate is the interest rate per period. pv is the present value of the investment. fv is the desired future value of the investment. Note: all arguments must be represented by positive numbers. The values can be entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the PDURATION function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Financial function group from the list, click the PDURATION function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The PDURATION function is one of the financial functions. It is used to calculate the number of periods required by an investment to reach a specified value. Syntax PDURATION(rate, pv, fv) The PDURATION function has the following arguments: Argument Description rate The interest rate per period. pv The present value of the investment. fv The desired future value of the investment. Notes All arguments must be represented by positive numbers. How to apply the PDURATION function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the PDURATION function." }, { "id": "Functions/pearson.htm", "title": "PEARSON Function", - "body": "The PEARSON function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the Pearson product moment correlation coefficient. The PEARSON function syntax is: PEARSON(array-1, array-2) where array-1 and array-2 are the selected ranges of cells with the same number of elements. Note: if array-1(2) contains text, logical values, or empty cells, the function will ignore those values, but treat the cells with the zero values. To apply the PEARSON function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the PEARSON function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The PEARSON function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the Pearson product moment correlation coefficient. Syntax PEARSON(array1, array2) The PEARSON function has the following argument: Argument Description array1/2 The selected ranges of cells with the same number of elements. Notes If array1/2 contains text, logical values, or empty cells, the function will ignore those values, but treat the cells with the zero values. How to apply the PEARSON function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the PEARSON function." }, { "id": "Functions/percentile-exc.htm", "title": "PERCENTILE.EXC Function", - "body": "The PERCENTILE.EXC function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the k-th percentile of values in a range, where k is in the range 0..1, exclusive. The PERCENTILE.EXC function syntax is: PERCENTILE.EXC(array, k) where array is the selected range of cells for which you want to calculate the k-th percentile. k is the percentile value, a numeric value greater than 0 but less than 1, entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the PERCENTILE.EXC function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the PERCENTILE.EXC function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The PERCENTILE.EXC function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the k-th percentile of values in a range, where k is in the range 0..1, exclusive. Syntax PERCENTILE.EXC(array, k) The PERCENTILE.EXC function has the following arguments: Argument Description array The selected range of cells for which you want to calculate the k-th percentile. k The percentile value, a numeric value greater than 0 but less than 1. Notes How to apply the PERCENTILE.EXC function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the PERCENTILE.EXC function." }, { "id": "Functions/percentile-inc.htm", "title": "PERCENTILE.INC Function", - "body": "The PERCENTILE.INC function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the k-th percentile of values in a range, where k is in the range 0..1, inclusive. The PERCENTILE.INC function syntax is: PERCENTILE.INC(array, k) where array is the selected range of cells for which you want to calculate the k-th percentile. k is the percentile value, a numeric value greater than or equal to 0 but less than or equal to 1, entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the PERCENTILE.INC function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the PERCENTILE.INC function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The PERCENTILE.INC function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the k-th percentile of values in a range, where k is in the range 0..1, inclusive. Syntax PERCENTILE.INC(array, k) The PERCENTILE.INC function has the following arguments: Argument Description array The selected range of cells for which you want to calculate the k-th percentile. k The percentile value, a numeric value greater than or equal to 0 but less than or equal to 1. Notes How to apply the PERCENTILE.INC function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the PERCENTILE.INC function." }, { "id": "Functions/percentile.htm", "title": "PERCENTILE Function", - "body": "The PERCENTILE function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to analyze the range of data and return the k-th percentile. The PERCENTILE function syntax is: PERCENTILE(array, k) where array is the selected range of cells for which you want to calculate the k-th percentile. k is the percentile value, a numeric value greater than or equal to 0 but less than or equal to 1, entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the PERCENTILE function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the PERCENTILE function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The PERCENTILE function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to analyze the range of data and return the k-th percentile. Syntax PERCENTILE(array, k) The PERCENTILE function has the following arguments: Argument Description array The selected range of cells for which you want to calculate the k-th percentile. k The percentile value, a numeric value greater than or equal to 0 but less than or equal to 1. Notes How to apply the PERCENTILE function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the PERCENTILE function." }, { "id": "Functions/percentrank-exc.htm", "title": "PERCENTRANK.EXC Function", - "body": "The PERCENTRANK.EXC function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the rank of a value in a data set as a percentage (0..1, exclusive) of the data set. The PERCENTRANK.EXC function syntax is: PERCENTRANK.EXC(array, x[, significance]) where array is the selected range of cells containing the numeric values. x is the value you want to find the rank for, a numeric value entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. significance is the number of significant digits to return the rank for. It is an optional argument. If it is omitted, the function will assume significance to be 3. To apply the PERCENTRANK.EXC function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the PERCENTRANK.EXC function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The PERCENTRANK.EXC function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the rank of a value in a data set as a percentage (0..1, exclusive) of the data set. Syntax PERCENTRANK.EXC(array, x, [significance]) The PERCENTRANK.EXC function has the following arguments: Argument Description array The selected range of cells containing the numeric values. x The value you want to find the rank for, a numeric value. significance The number of significant digits to return the rank for. It is an optional argument. If it is omitted, the function will assume significance to be 3. Notes How to apply the PERCENTRANK.EXC function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the PERCENTRANK.EXC function." }, { "id": "Functions/percentrank-inc.htm", "title": "PERCENTRANK.INC Function", - "body": "The PERCENTRANK.INC function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the rank of a value in a data set as a percentage (0..1, inclusive) of the data set. The PERCENTRANK.INC function syntax is: PERCENTRANK.INC(array, x[, significance]) where array is the selected range of cells containing the numeric values. x is the value you want to find the rank for, a numeric value entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. significance is the number of significant digits to return the rank for. It is an optional argument. If it is omitted, the function will assume significance to be 3. To apply the PERCENTRANK.INC function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the PERCENTRANK.INC function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The PERCENTRANK.INC function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the rank of a value in a data set as a percentage (0..1, inclusive) of the data set. Syntax PERCENTRANK.INC(array, x, [significance]) The PERCENTRANK.INC function has the following arguments: Argument Description array The selected range of cells containing the numeric values. x The value you want to find the rank for, a numeric value. significance The number of significant digits to return the rank for. It is an optional argument. If it is omitted, the function will assume significance to be 3. Notes How to apply the PERCENTRANK.INC function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the PERCENTRANK.INC function." }, { "id": "Functions/percentrank.htm", "title": "PERCENTRANK Function", - "body": "The PERCENTRANK function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the rank of a value in a set of values as a percentage of the set. The PERCENTRANK function syntax is: PERCENTRANK(array, x[, significance]) where array is the selected range of cells containing the numeric values. x is the value you want to find the rank for, a numeric value entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. significance is the number of significant digits to return the rank for. It is an optional argument. If it is omitted, the function will assume significance to be 3. To apply the PERCENTRANK function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the PERCENTRANK function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The PERCENTRANK function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the rank of a value in a set of values as a percentage of the set. Syntax PERCENTRANK(array, x, [significance]) The PERCENTRANK function has the following arguments: Argument Description array The selected range of cells containing the numeric values. x The value you want to find the rank for, a numeric value. significance The number of significant digits to return the rank for. It is an optional argument. If it is omitted, the function will assume significance to be 3. Notes How to apply the PERCENTRANK function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the PERCENTRANK function." }, { "id": "Functions/permut.htm", "title": "PERMUT Function", - "body": "The PERMUT function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the number of permutations for a specified number of items. The PERMUT function syntax is: PERMUT(number, number-chosen) where number is a number of items. number-chosen is a number of items in one permutation. The numeric values can be entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the PERMUT function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the PERMUT function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The PERMUT function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the number of permutations for a specified number of items. Syntax PERMUT(number, number_chosen) The PERMUT function has the following arguments: Argument Description number A number of items. number_chosen A number of items in one permutation. Notes How to apply the PERMUT function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the PERMUT function." }, { "id": "Functions/permutationa.htm", "title": "PERMUTATIONA Function", - "body": "The PERMUTATIONA function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the number of permutations for a given number of objects (with repetitions) that can be selected from the total objects. The PERMUTATIONA function syntax is: PERMUTATIONA(number, number-chosen) where number is a number of items in the set, a numeric value greater than or equal to 0. number-chosen is a number of items in one permutation, a numeric value greater than or equal to 0 and less than number. The numeric values can be entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the PERMUTATIONA function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the PERMUTATIONA function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The PERMUTATIONA function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the number of permutations for a given number of objects (with repetitions) that can be selected from the total objects. Syntax PERMUTATIONA(number, number_chosenn) The PERMUTATIONA function has the following arguments: Argument Description number A number of items in the set, a numeric value greater than or equal to 0. number_chosen A number of items in one permutation, a numeric value greater than or equal to 0 and less than number. Notes How to apply the PERMUTATIONA function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the PERMUTATIONA function." }, { "id": "Functions/phi.htm", "title": "PHI Function", - "body": "The PHI function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the value of the density function for a standard normal distribution. The PHI function syntax is: PHI(x) where x is the value you want to calculate the density function for, any numeric value. The numeric values can be entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the PHI function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the PHI function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The PHI function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the value of the density function for a standard normal distribution. Syntax PHI(x) The PHI function has the following arguments: Argument Description x The value you want to calculate the density function for, any numeric value. Notes How to apply the PHI function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the PHI function." }, { "id": "Functions/pi.htm", "title": "PI Function", - "body": "The PI function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. The function returns the mathematical constant pi, equal to 3.14159265358979. It does not require any argument. The PI function syntax is: PI() To apply the PI function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Math and trigonometry function group from the list, click the PI function, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The PI function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. The function returns the mathematical constant pi, equal to 3.14159265358979. It does not require any argument. Syntax PI() Notes How to apply the PI function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the PI function." }, { "id": "Functions/pmt.htm", "title": "PMT Function", - "body": "The PMT function is one of the financial functions. It is used to calculate the payment amount for a loan based on a specified interest rate and a constant payment schedule. The PMT function syntax is: PMT(rate, nper, pv [, [fv] [,[type]]]) where rate is the interest rate. nper is the number of payments. pv is the present value. fv is the future value outstanding after all the payments are made. It is an optional argument. If it is omitted, the function will assume fv to be 0. type is the period when the payments are due. It is an optional argument. If it is set to 0 or omitted, the function will assume the payments to be due at the end of the period. If type is set to 1, the payments are due at the beginning of the period. Note: cash paid out (such as deposits to savings) is represented by negative numbers; cash received (such as dividend checks) is represented by positive numbers. Units for rate and nper must be consistent: use N%/12 for rate and N*12 for nper in case of monthly payments, N%/4 for rate and N*4 for nper in case of quarterly payments, N% for rate and N for nper in case of annual payments. The numeric values can be entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to. To apply the PMT function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Financial function group from the list, click the PMT function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The PMT function is one of the financial functions. It is used to calculate the payment amount for a loan based on a specified interest rate and a constant payment schedule. Syntax PMT(rate, nper, pv, [fv], [type) The PMT function has the following arguments: Argument Description rate The interest rate. nper The number of payments. pv The present value. fv The future value outstanding after all the payments are made. It is an optional argument. If it is omitted, the function will assume fv to be 0. type A period when the payments are due. It is an optional argument. If it is set to 0 or omitted, the function will assume the payments to be due at the end of the period. If type is set to 1, the payments are due at the beginning of the period. Notes Cash paid out (such as deposits to savings) is represented by negative numbers; cash received (such as dividend checks) is represented by positive numbers. Units for rate and nper must be consistent: use N%/12 for rate and N*12 for nper in case of monthly payments, N%/4 for rate and N*4 for nper in case of quarterly payments, N% for rate and N for nper in case of annual payments. How to apply the PMT function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the PMT function." }, { "id": "Functions/poisson-dist.htm", "title": "POISSON.DIST Function", - "body": "The POISSON.DIST function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the Poisson distribution; a common application of the Poisson distribution is predicting the number of events over a specific time, such as the number of cars arriving at a toll plaza in 1 minute. The POISSON.DIST function syntax is: POISSON.DIST(x, mean, cumulative) where x is the number of events, a numeric value greater than 0. mean is the expected numeric value greater than 0. cumulative is the form of the function, a logical value: TRUE or FALSE. If cumulative is TRUE, the function will return the cumulative Poisson probability; if FALSE, it will return the Poisson probability mass function. The values can be entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the POISSON.DIST function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the POISSON.DIST function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The POISSON.DIST function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the Poisson distribution; a common application of the Poisson distribution is predicting the number of events over a specific time, such as the number of cars arriving at a toll plaza in 1 minute. Syntax POISSON.DIST(x, mean, cumulative) The POISSON.DIST function has the following arguments: Argument Description x The number of events, a numeric value greater than 0. mean The expected numeric value greater than 0. cumulative The form of the function, a logical value: TRUE or FALSE. If cumulative is TRUE, the function will return the cumulative Poisson probability; if FALSE, it will return the Poisson probability mass function. Notes How to apply the POISSON.DIST function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the POISSON.DIST function." }, { "id": "Functions/poisson.htm", "title": "POISSON Function", - "body": "The POISSON function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the Poisson distribution. The POISSON function syntax is: POISSON(x, mean, cumulative-flag) where x is the number of events, a numeric value greater than 0. mean is the expected numeric value greater than 0. cumulative-flag is the form of the function, a logical value: TRUE or FALSE. If cumulative-flag is TRUE, the function will return the cumulative Poisson probability; if FALSE, it will return the Poisson probability mass function. The values can be entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the POISSON function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the POISSON function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The POISSON function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the Poisson distribution. Syntax POISSON(x, mean, cumulative) The POISSON function has the following arguments: Argument Description x The number of events, a numeric value greater than 0. mean The expected numeric value greater than 0. cumulative The form of the function, a logical value: TRUE or FALSE. If cumulative is TRUE, the function will return the cumulative Poisson probability; if FALSE, it will return the Poisson probability mass function. Notes How to apply the POISSON function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the POISSON function." }, { "id": "Functions/power.htm", "title": "POWER Function", - "body": "The POWER function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to return the result of a number raised to the desired power. The POWER function syntax is: POWER(x, y) where x is a number you wish to raise. y is a power you wish to raise the number to. The numeric values can be entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the POWER function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Math and trigonometry function group from the list, click the POWER function, enter the required arguments separating them by comma, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The POWER function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to return the result of a number raised to the desired power. Syntax POWER(number, power) The POWER function has the following arguments: Argument Description number A number you wish to raise. power A power you wish to raise the number to. Notes How to apply the POWER function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the POWER function." }, { "id": "Functions/ppmt.htm", "title": "PPMT Function", - "body": "The PPMT function is one of the financial functions. It is used to calculate the principal payment for an investment based on a specified interest rate and a constant payment schedule. The PPMT function syntax is: PPMT(rate, per, nper, pv [, [fv] [,[type]]]) where rate is the interest rate for the investment. per is the period you want to find the principal payment for. The value must be from 1 to nper. nper is a number of payments. pv is a present value of the payments. fv is a future value (i.e. a cash balance remaining after the last payment is made). It is an optional argument. If it is omitted, the function will assume fv to be 0. type is a period when the payments are due. It is an optional argument. If it is set to 0 or omitted, the function will assume the payments to be due at the end of the period. If type is set to 1, the payments are due at the beginning of the period. Note: cash paid out (such as deposits to savings) is represented by negative numbers; cash received (such as dividend checks) is represented by positive numbers. Units for rate and nper must be consistent: use N%/12 for rate and N*12 for nper in case of monthly payments, N%/4 for rate and N*4 for nper in case of quarterly payments, N% for rate and N for nper in case of annual payments. The numeric values can be entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the PPMT function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Financial function group from the list, click the PPMT function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The PPMT function is one of the financial functions. It is used to calculate the principal payment for an investment based on a specified interest rate and a constant payment schedule. Syntax PPMT(rate, per, nper, pv, [fv] ,[type]) The PPMT function has the following arguments: Argument Description rate The interest rate for the investment. per The period you want to find the principal payment for. The value must be from 1 to nper. nper The number of payments. pv The present value of the payments. fv The future value (i.e. a cash balance remaining after the last payment is made). It is an optional argument. If it is omitted, the function will assume fv to be 0. type A period when the payments are due. It is an optional argument. If it is set to 0 or omitted, the function will assume the payments to be due at the end of the period. If type is set to 1, the payments are due at the beginning of the period. Notes Cash paid out (such as deposits to savings) is represented by negative numbers; cash received (such as dividend checks) is represented by positive numbers. Units for rate and nper must be consistent: use N%/12 for rate and N*12 for nper in case of monthly payments, N%/4 for rate and N*4 for nper in case of quarterly payments, N% for rate and N for nper in case of annual payments. How to apply the PPMT function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the PPMT function." }, { "id": "Functions/price.htm", "title": "PRICE Function", - "body": "The PRICE function is one of the financial functions. It is used to calculate the price per $100 par value for a security that pays periodic interest. The PRICE function syntax is: PRICE(settlement, maturity, rate, yld, redemption, frequency[, [basis]]) where settlement is the date when the security is purchased. maturity is the date when the security expires. rate is the annual coupon rate of the security. yld is the annual yield of the security. redemption is the redemption value of the security, per $100 par value. frequency is the number of interest payments per year. The possible values are: 1 for annual payments, 2 for semiannual payments, 4 for quarterly payments. basis is the day count basis to use, a numeric value greater than or equal to 0, but less than or equal to 4. It is an optional argument. It can be one of the following: Numeric value Count basis 0 US (NASD) 30/360 1 Actual/actual 2 Actual/360 3 Actual/365 4 European 30/360 Note: dates must be entered by using the DATE function. The values can be entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the PRICE function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Financial function group from the list, click the PRICE function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The PRICE function is one of the financial functions. It is used to calculate the price per $100 par value for a security that pays periodic interest. Syntax PRICE(settlement, maturity, rate, yld, redemption, frequency, [basis]) The PRICE function has the following arguments: Argument Description settlement The date when the security is purchased. maturity The date when the security expires. rate The annual coupon rate of the security. yld The annual yield of the security. redemption The redemption value of the security, per $100 par value. frequency The number of interest payments per year. The possible values are: 1 for annual payments, 2 for semiannual payments, 4 for quarterly payments. basis The day count basis to use, a numeric value greater than or equal to 0, but less than or equal to 4. It is an optional argument. The possible values are listed in the table below. The basis argument can be one of the following: Numeric value Count basis 0 US (NASD) 30/360 1 Actual/actual 2 Actual/360 3 Actual/365 4 European 30/360 Notes Dates must be entered by using the DATE function. How to apply the PRICE function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the PRICE function." }, { "id": "Functions/pricedisc.htm", "title": "PRICEDISC Function", - "body": "The PRICEDISC function is one of the financial functions. It is used to calculate the price per $100 par value for a discounted security. The PRICEDISC function syntax is: PRICEDISC(settlement, maturity, discount, redemption[, [basis]]) where settlement is the date when the security is purchased. maturity is the date when the security expires. discount is the security discount rate. redemption is the redemption value of the security, per $100 par value. basis is the day count basis to use, a numeric value greater than or equal to 0, but less than or equal to 4. It is an optional argument. It can be one of the following: Numeric value Count basis 0 US (NASD) 30/360 1 Actual/actual 2 Actual/360 3 Actual/365 4 European 30/360 Note: dates must be entered by using the DATE function. The values can be entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the PRICEDISC function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Financial function group from the list, click the PRICEDISC function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The PRICEDISC function is one of the financial functions. It is used to calculate the price per $100 par value for a discounted security. Syntax PRICEDISC(settlement, maturity, discount, redemption, [basis]) The PRICEDISC function has the following arguments: Argument Description settlement The date when the security is purchased. maturity The date when the security expires. discount The security discount rate. redemption The redemption value of the security, per $100 par value. basis The day count basis to use, a numeric value greater than or equal to 0, but less than or equal to 4. It is an optional argument. The possible values are listed in the table below. The basis argument can be one of the following: Numeric value Count basis 0 US (NASD) 30/360 1 Actual/actual 2 Actual/360 3 Actual/365 4 European 30/360 Notes Dates must be entered by using the DATE function. How to apply the PRICEDISC function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the PRICEDISC function." }, { "id": "Functions/pricemat.htm", "title": "PRICEMAT Function", - "body": "The PRICEMAT function is one of the financial functions. It is used to calculate the price per $100 par value for a security that pays interest at maturity. The PRICEMAT function syntax is: PRICEMAT(settlement, maturity, issue, rate, yld[, [basis]]) where settlement is the date when the security is purchased. maturity is the date when the security expires. issue is the issue date of the security. rate is the security interest rate at the issue date. yld is the annual yield of the security. basis is the day count basis to use, a numeric value greater than or equal to 0, but less than or equal to 4. It is an optional argument. It can be one of the following: Numeric value Count basis 0 US (NASD) 30/360 1 Actual/actual 2 Actual/360 3 Actual/365 4 European 30/360 Note: dates must be entered by using the DATE function. The values can be entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the PRICEMAT function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Financial function group from the list, click the PRICEMAT function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The PRICEMAT function is one of the financial functions. It is used to calculate the price per $100 par value for a security that pays interest at maturity. Syntax PRICEMAT(settlement, maturity, issue, rate, yld, [basis]) The PRICEMAT function has the following arguments: Argument Description settlement The date when the security is purchased. maturity The date when the security expires. issue The issue date of the security. rate The security interest rate at the issue date. yld The annual yield of the security. basis The day count basis to use, a numeric value greater than or equal to 0, but less than or equal to 4. It is an optional argument. The possible values are listed in the table below. The basis argument can be one of the following: Numeric value Count basis 0 US (NASD) 30/360 1 Actual/actual 2 Actual/360 3 Actual/365 4 European 30/360 Notes Dates must be entered by using the DATE function. How to apply the PRICEMAT function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the PRICEMAT function." }, { "id": "Functions/prob.htm", "title": "PROB Function", - "body": "The PROB function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the probability that values in a range are between lower and upper limits. The PROB function syntax is: PROB(x-range, probability-range, lower-limit[, upper-limit]) where x-range is the selected range of cells containing numeric values you want to associate the probabilities with. probability-range is a set of probabilities associated with values in x-range, the selected range of cells containing numeric values greater than 0 but less than 1. The sum of the values in probability-range should be equal to 1, otherwise the function will return the #NUM! error. Note: x-range should contain the same number of elements as probability-range. lower-limit is the lower bound of the value, a numeric value entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. upper-limit is the upper bound of the value, a numeric value entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. It is an optional argument. If it is omitted, the function will return the probability equal to lower-limit. To apply the PROB function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the PROB function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The PROB function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the probability that values in a range are between lower and upper limits. Syntax PROB(x_range, prob_range, [lower_limit], [upper_limit]) The PROB function has the following arguments: Argument Description x_range The selected range of cells containing numeric values you want to associate the probabilities with. prob_range A set of probabilities associated with values in x_range, the selected range of cells containing numeric values greater than 0 but less than 1. The sum of the values in prob_range should be equal to 1, otherwise the function will return the #NUM! error. lower_limit The lower bound of the value, a numeric value entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. upper_limit The upper bound of the value, a numeric value entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. It is an optional argument. If it is omitted, the function will return the probability equal to lower_limit. Notes x_range should contain the same number of elements as prob_range. How to apply the PROB function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the PROB function." }, { "id": "Functions/product.htm", "title": "PRODUCT Function", - "body": "The PRODUCT function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to multiply all the numbers in the selected range of cells and return the product. The PRODUCT function syntax is: PRODUCT(argument-list) where argument-list is a set of numeric values entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to. To apply the PRODUCT function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Math and trigonometry function group from the list, click the PRODUCT function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas or select a range of cells with the mouse, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The PRODUCT function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to multiply all the numbers in the selected range of cells and return the product. Syntax PRODUCT(number1, [number2], ...) The PRODUCT function has the following arguments: Argument Description number1/2/n Up to 255 numeric values that you want to multiply. Notes How to apply the PRODUCT function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the PRODUCT function." }, { "id": "Functions/proper.htm", "title": "PROPER Function", - "body": "The PROPER function is one of the text and data functions. Is used to convert the first character of each word to uppercase and all the remaining characters to lowercase. The PROPER function syntax is: PROPER(text) where text is data entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the PROPER function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Text and data function group from the list, click the PROPER function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The PROPER function is one of the text and data functions. Is used to convert the first character of each word to uppercase and all the remaining characters to lowercase. Syntax PROPER(text) The PROPER function has the following argument: Argument Description text The text that you want to partially capitalize. Notes How to apply the PROPER function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the PROPER function." }, { "id": "Functions/pv.htm", "title": "PV Function", - "body": "The PV function is one of the financial functions. It is used to calculate the present value of an investment based on a specified interest rate and a constant payment schedule. The PV function syntax is: PV(rate, nper, pmt [, [fv] [,[type]]]) where rate is the interest rate. nper is the number of payments. pmt is the payment amount. fv is the future value. It is an optional argument. If it is omitted, the function will assume fv to be 0. type is the period when the payments are due. It is an optional argument. If it is set to 0 or omitted, the function will assume the payments to be due at the end of the period. If type is set to 1, the payments are due at the beginning of the period. Note: cash paid out (such as deposits to savings) is represented by negative numbers; cash received (such as dividend checks) is represented by positive numbers. Units for rate and nper must be consistent: use N%/12 for rate and N*12 for nper in case of monthly payments, N%/4 for rate and N*4 for nper in case of quarterly payments, N% for rate and N for nper in case of annual payments. The numeric values can be entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the PV function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Financial function group from the list, click the PV function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The PV function is one of the financial functions. It is used to calculate the present value of an investment based on a specified interest rate and a constant payment schedule. Syntax PV(rate, nper, pmt, [fv], [type]) The PV function has the following arguments: Argument Description rate The interest rate. nper The number of payments. pmt The payment amount. fv The future value. It is an optional argument. If it is omitted, the function will assume fv to be 0. type A period when the payments are due. It is an optional argument. If it is set to 0 or omitted, the function will assume the payments to be due at the end of the period. If type is set to 1, the payments are due at the beginning of the period. Notes Cash paid out (such as deposits to savings) is represented by negative numbers; cash received (such as dividend checks) is represented by positive numbers. Units for rate and nper must be consistent: use N%/12 for rate and N*12 for nper in case of monthly payments, N%/4 for rate and N*4 for nper in case of quarterly payments, N% for rate and N for nper in case of annual payments. How to apply the PV function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the PV function." }, { "id": "Functions/quartile-exc.htm", "title": "QUARTILE.EXC Function", - "body": "The QUARTILE.EXC function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the quartile of the data set, based on percentile values from 0..1, exclusive. The QUARTILE.EXC function syntax is: QUARTILE.EXC(array, quart) where array is the selected range of cells you want to analyse, quart is the quartile value that you wish to return, a numeric value entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. The quartile value can be one of the following: Numeric value Quartile 1 First quartile (25th percentile) 2 Second quartile (50th percentile) 3 Third quartile (75th percentile) To apply the QUARTILE.EXC function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the QUARTILE.EXC function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The QUARTILE.EXC function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the quartile of the data set, based on percentile values from 0..1, exclusive. Syntax QUARTILE.EXC(array, quart) The QUARTILE.EXC function has the following arguments: Argument Description array The selected range of cells you want to analyse. quart The quartile value that you wish to return, a numeric value. The possible values are listed in the table below. The quart argument can be one of the following: Numeric value Quartile 1 First quartile (25th percentile) 2 Second quartile (50th percentile) 3 Third quartile (75th percentile) Notes How to apply the QUARTILE.EXC function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the QUARTILE.EXC function." }, { "id": "Functions/quartile-inc.htm", "title": "QUARTILE.INC Function", - "body": "The QUARTILE.INC function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the quartile of the data set, based on percentile values from 0..1, inclusive. The QUARTILE.INC function syntax is: QUARTILE.INC(array, quart) where array is the selected range of cells you want to analyse, quart is the quartile value that you wish to return, a numeric value entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. The quartile value can be one of the following: Numeric value Quartile 0 Smallest value in the range of data 1 First quartile (25th percentile) 2 Second quartile (50th percentile) 3 Third quartile (75th percentile) 4 Largest value in the data set To apply the QUARTILE.INC function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the QUARTILE.INC function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The QUARTILE.INC function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the quartile of the data set, based on percentile values from 0..1, inclusive. Syntax QUARTILE.INC(array, quart) The QUARTILE.INC function has the following arguments: Argument Description array The selected range of cells you want to analyse. quart The quartile value that you wish to return, a numeric value. The possible values are listed in the table below. The quart argument can be one of the following: Numeric value Quartile 0 Smallest value in the range of data 1 First quartile (25th percentile) 2 Second quartile (50th percentile) 3 Third quartile (75th percentile) 4 Largest value in the data set Notes How to apply the QUARTILE.INC function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the QUARTILE.INC function." }, { "id": "Functions/quartile.htm", "title": "QUARTILE Function", - "body": "The QUARTILE function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to analyze the range of data and return the quartile. The QUARTILE function syntax is: QUARTILE(array , result-category) where array is the selected range of cells you want to analyse, result-category is the quartile value that you wish to return, a numeric value entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. The quartile value can be one of the following: Numeric value Quartile 0 Smallest value in the range of data 1 First quartile (25th percentile) 2 Second quartile (50th percentile) 3 Third quartile (75th percentile) 4 Largest value in the data set To apply the QUARTILE function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the QUARTILE function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The QUARTILE function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to analyze the range of data and return the quartile. Syntax QUARTILE(array, quart) The QUARTILE function has the following arguments: Argument Description array The selected range of cells you want to analyse. quart The quartile value that you wish to return, a numeric value. The possible values are listed in the table below. The quart argument can be one of the following: Numeric value Quartile 0 Smallest value in the range of data 1 First quartile (25th percentile) 2 Second quartile (50th percentile) 3 Third quartile (75th percentile) 4 Largest value in the data set Notes How to apply the QUARTILE function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the QUARTILE function." }, { "id": "Functions/quotient.htm", "title": "QUOTIENT Function", - "body": "The QUOTIENT function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to return the integer portion of a division. The QUOTIENT function syntax is: QUOTIENT(dividend, divisor) where dividend and divisor are numeric values entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to. To apply the QUOTIENT function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Math and trigonometry function group from the list, click the QUOTIENT function, enter the required arguments separated by comma, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The QUOTIENT function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to return the integer portion of a division. Syntax QUOTIENT(numerator, denominator) The QUOTIENT function has the following argument: Argument Description numerator The dividend, a numeric value. denominator The divisor, a numeric value. Notes How to apply the QUOTIENT function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the QUOTIENT function." }, { "id": "Functions/radians.htm", "title": "RADIANS Function", - "body": "The RADIANS function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to convert degrees into radians. The RADIANS function syntax is: RADIANS(angle) where angle is a numeric value (degrees) entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the RADIANS function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Math and trigonometry function group from the list, click the RADIANS function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The RADIANS function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to convert degrees into radians. Syntax RADIANS(angle) The RADIANS function has the following argument: Argument Description angle A numeric value (degrees). Notes How to apply the RADIANS function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the RADIANS function." }, { "id": "Functions/rand.htm", "title": "RAND Function", - "body": "The RAND function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. The function returns a random number greater than or equal to 0 and less than 1. It does not require any argument. The RAND function syntax is: RAND() To apply the RAND function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Math and trigonometry function group from the list, click the RAND function, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The RAND function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. The function returns a random number greater than or equal to 0 and less than 1. It does not require any argument. Syntax RAND() Notes How to apply the RAND function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the RAND function. To generate a random real number between a and b, use the following formula replacing a and b with your own values: =RAND()*(b-a)+a" }, { "id": "Functions/randarray.htm", "title": "RANDARRAY Function", - "body": "The RANDARRAY function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to return an array of random numbers and can be configured to fill a certain number of rows and columns, set a range for values, or return whole/decimal numbers. The RANDARRAY function syntax is: RANDARRAY([rows],[columns],[min],[max],[whole_number]) where rows is an optional argument indicating the number of rows to be returned. If the argument is not given, the function will return a value between 0 and 1. columns is an optional argument indicating the number of columns to be returned. If the argument is not given, the function will return a value between 0 and 1. min is an optional argument indicating the minimum number to be returned. If the argument is not given, the function will default to 0 and 1. max is an optional argument indicating the maximum number to be returned. If the argument is not given, the function will default to 0 and 1. whole_number is an optional TRUE or FALSE argument. If TRUE, the function will return a whole number; FALSE will return a decimal one. To apply the RANDARRAY function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Math and trigonometry function group from the list, click the RANDARRAY function, enter the arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The RANDARRAY function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to return an array of random numbers and can be configured to fill a certain number of rows and columns, set a range for values, or return whole/decimal numbers. Syntax RANDARRAY([rows], [columns], [min], [max], [whole_number]) The RANDARRAY function has the following arguments: Argument Description rows An optional argument indicating the number of rows to be returned. If the argument is not given, the function will return a value between 0 and 1. columns An optional argument indicating the number of columns to be returned. If the argument is not given, the function will return a value between 0 and 1. min An optional argument indicating the minimum number to be returned. If the argument is not given, the function will default to 0 and 1. max An optional argument indicating the maximum number to be returned. If the argument is not given, the function will default to 0 and 1. whole_number An optional TRUE or FALSE argument. If TRUE, the function will return a whole number; FALSE will return a decimal one. Notes Please note that this is an array formula. To learn more, please read the Insert array formulas article. How to apply the RANDARRAY function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the RANDARRAY function." }, { "id": "Functions/randbetween.htm", "title": "RANDBETWEEN Function", - "body": "The RANDBETWEEN function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. The function returns a random number greater than or equal to lower-bound and less than or equal to upper-bound. The RANDBETWEEN function syntax is: RANDBETWEEN(lower-bound, upper-bound) where lower-bound is the smallest integer value. upper-bound is the largest integer value. The numeric values can be entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to. Note: if lower-bound is a greater than upper-bound, the function will return #NUM! error. To apply the RANDBETWEEN function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Math and trigonometry function group from the list, click the RANDBETWEEN function, enter the required arguments separating them by comma, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The RANDBETWEEN function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. The function returns a random number greater than or equal to lower-bound and less than or equal to upper-bound. Syntax RANDBETWEEN(bottom, top) The RANDBETWEEN function has the following arguments: Argument Description bottom The smallest integer value. top The largest integer valuew. Notes If bottom is a greater than top, the function will return #NUM! error. How to apply the RANDBETWEEN function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the RANDBETWEEN function." }, { "id": "Functions/rank-avg.htm", "title": "RANK.AVG Function", - "body": "The RANK.AVG function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the rank of a number in a list of numbers. The rank of a number is its size relative to other values in a list (if you were to sort the list, the rank of the number would be its position). If more than one value has the same rank, the average rank is returned. The RANK.AVG function syntax is: RANK.AVG(number, ref[, order]) where number is the value you want to find the rank for. ref is the selected range of cells containing the specified number. order is the numeric value that specifyes how to order the ref array. It is an optional argument. If it is 0 or omitted, the function ranks number as if ref were a list sorted in descending order. Аny other numeric value is treated as the value 1 and the function ranks number as if ref were a list sorted in ascending order. To apply the RANK.AVG function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the RANK.AVG function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The RANK.AVG function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the rank of a number in a list of numbers. The rank of a number is its size relative to other values in a list (if you were to sort the list, the rank of the number would be its position). If more than one value has the same rank, the average rank is returned. Syntax RANK.AVG(number, ref, [order]) The RANK.AVG function has the following arguments: Argument Description number The value you want to find the rank for. ref The selected range of cells containing the specified number. order The numeric value that specifyes how to order the ref array. It is an optional argument. If it is 0 or omitted, the function ranks number as if ref were a list sorted in descending order. Any other numeric value is treated as the value 1 and the function ranks number as if ref were a list sorted in ascending order. Notes How to apply the RANK.AVG function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the RANK.AVG function." }, { "id": "Functions/rank-eq.htm", "title": "RANK.EQ Function", - "body": "The RANK.EQ function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the rank of a number in a list of numbers. The rank of a number is its size relative to other values in a list (if you were to sort the list, the rank of the number would be its position). If more than one value has the same rank, the top rank of that set of values is returned. The RANK.EQ function syntax is: RANK.EQ(number, ref[, order]) where number is the value you want to find the rank for. ref is the selected range of cells containing the specified number. order is the numeric value that specifyes how to order the ref array. It is an optional argument. If it is 0 or omitted, the function ranks number as if ref were a list sorted in descending order. Аny other numeric value is treated as the value 1 and the function ranks number as if ref were a list sorted in ascending order. To apply the RANK.EQ function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the RANK.EQ function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The RANK.EQ function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the rank of a number in a list of numbers. The rank of a number is its size relative to other values in a list (if you were to sort the list, the rank of the number would be its position). If more than one value has the same rank, the top rank of that set of values is returned. Syntax RANK.EQ(number, ref, [order]) The RANK.EQ function has the following arguments: Argument Description number The value you want to find the rank for. ref The selected range of cells containing the specified number. order The numeric value that specifyes how to order the ref array. It is an optional argument. If it is 0 or omitted, the function ranks number as if ref were a list sorted in descending order. Any other numeric value is treated as the value 1 and the function ranks number as if ref were a list sorted in ascending order. Notes How to apply the RANK.EQ function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the RANK.EQ function." }, { "id": "Functions/rank.htm", "title": "RANK Function", - "body": "The RANK function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the rank of a number in a list of numbers. The rank of a number is its size relative to other values in a list (if you were to sort the list, the rank of the number would be its position). The RANK function syntax is: RANK(number, ref[, order]) where number is the value you want to find the rank for. ref is the selected range of cells containing the specified number. order is the numeric value that specifyes how to order the ref array. It is an optional argument. If it is 0 or omitted, the function ranks number as if ref were a list sorted in descending order. Аny other numeric value is treated as the value 1 and the function ranks number as if ref were a list sorted in ascending order. To apply the RANK function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the RANK function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The RANK function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the rank of a number in a list of numbers. The rank of a number is its size relative to other values in a list (if you were to sort the list, the rank of the number would be its position). Syntax RANK(number, ref, [order]) The RANK function has the following arguments: Argument Description number The value you want to find the rank for. ref The selected range of cells containing the specified number. order The numeric value that specifyes how to order the ref array. It is an optional argument. If it is 0 or omitted, the function ranks number as if ref were a list sorted in descending order. Any other numeric value is treated as the value 1 and the function ranks number as if ref were a list sorted in ascending order. Notes How to apply the RANK function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the RANK function." }, { "id": "Functions/rate.htm", "title": "RATE Function", - "body": "The RATE function is one of the financial functions. It is used to calculate the interest rate for an investment based on a constant payment schedule. The RATE function syntax is: RATE(nper, pmt, pv [, [[fv] [,[[type] [,[guess]]]]]]) where nper is a number of payments. pmt is a payment amount. pv is a present value of the payments. fv is a future value (i.e. a cash balance remaining after the last payment is made). It is an optional argument. If it is omitted, the function will assume fv to be 0. type is a period when the payments are due. It is an optional argument. If it is set to 0 or omitted, the function will assume the payments to be due at the end of the period. If type is set to 1, the payments are due at the beginning of the period. guess is an estimate at what the rate will be. It is an optional argument. If it is omitted, the function will assume guess to be 10%. Note: cash paid out (such as deposits to savings) is represented by negative numbers; cash received (such as dividend checks) is represented by positive numbers. Units for guess and nper must be consistent: use N%/12 for guess and N*12 for nper in case of monthly payments, N%/4 for guess and N*4 for nper in case of quarterly payments, N% for guess and N for nper in case of annual payments. The numeric values can be entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the RATE function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Financial function group from the list, click the RATE function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The RATE function is one of the financial functions. It is used to calculate the interest rate for an investment based on a constant payment schedule. Syntax RATE(nper, pmt, pv, [fv], [type], [guess]) The RATE function has the following arguments: Argument Description nper The number of payments. pmt The payment amount. pv A present value of the payments. fv A future value (i.e. a cash balance remaining after the last payment is made). It is an optional argument. If it is omitted, the function will assume fv to be 0. type A period when the payments are due. It is an optional argument. If it is set to 0 or omitted, the function will assume the payments to be due at the end of the period. If type is set to 1, the payments are due at the beginning of the period. guess An estimate at what the rate will be. It is an optional argument. If it is omitted, the function will assume guess to be 10%. Notes Cash paid out (such as deposits to savings) is represented by negative numbers; cash received (such as dividend checks) is represented by positive numbers. Units for guess and nper must be consistent: use N%/12 for guess and N*12 for nper in case of monthly payments, N%/4 for guess and N*4 for nper in case of quarterly payments, N% for guess and N for nper in case of annual payments. How to apply the RATE function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the RATE function." }, { "id": "Functions/received.htm", "title": "RECEIVED Function", - "body": "The RECEIVED function is one of the financial functions. It is used to calculate the amount received at maturity for a fully invested security. The RECEIVED function syntax is: RECEIVED(settlement, maturity, investment, discount[, [basis]]) where settlement is the date when the security is purchased. maturity is the date when the security expires. investment is the amount paid for the security. discount is the security discount rate. basis is the day count basis to use, a numeric value greater than or equal to 0, but less than or equal to 4. It is an optional argument. It can be one of the following: Numeric value Count basis 0 US (NASD) 30/360 1 Actual/actual 2 Actual/360 3 Actual/365 4 European 30/360 Note: dates must be entered by using the DATE function. The numeric values can be entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the RECEIVED function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Financial function group from the list, click the RECEIVED function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The RECEIVED function is one of the financial functions. It is used to calculate the amount received at maturity for a fully invested security. Syntax RECEIVED(settlement, maturity, investment, discount, [basis]) The RECEIVED function has the following arguments: Argument Description settlement The date when the security is purchased. maturity The date when the security expires. investment The amount paid for the security. discount The security discount rate. basis The day count basis to use, a numeric value greater than or equal to 0, but less than or equal to 4. It is an optional argument. The possible values are listed in the table below. The basis argument can be one of the following: Numeric value Count basis 0 US (NASD) 30/360 1 Actual/actual 2 Actual/360 3 Actual/365 4 European 30/360 Notes Dates must be entered by using the DATE function. How to apply the RECEIVED function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the RECEIVED function." }, { "id": "Functions/replace.htm", "title": "REPLACE/REPLACEB Function", - "body": "The REPLACE/REPLACEB function is one of the text and data functions. Is used to replace a set of characters, based on the number of characters and the start position you specify, with a new set of characters. The REPLACE function is intended for languages that use the single-byte character set (SBCS), while REPLACEB - for languages that use the double-byte character set (DBCS) like Japanese, Chinese, Korean etc. The REPLACE/REPLACEB function syntax is: REPLACE(string-1, start-pos, number-chars, string-2) REPLACEB(string-1, start-pos, number-chars, string-2) where string-1 is the original text to be replaced. start-pos is the beginning of the set to be replaced. number-chars is the number of characters to be replaced. string-2 is the new text. The values can be entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to. To apply the REPLACE/REPLACEB function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Text and data function group from the list, click the REPLACE/REPLACEB function, enter the required arguments separating them by comma, Note: the REPLACE function is case-sensitive. press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The REPLACE/REPLACEB function is one of the text and data functions. Is used to replace a set of characters, based on the number of characters and the start position you specify, with a new set of characters. The REPLACE function is intended for languages that use the single-byte character set (SBCS), while REPLACEB - for languages that use the double-byte character set (DBCS) like Japanese, Chinese, Korean etc. Syntax REPLACE(old_text, start_num, num_chars, new_text) The REPLACE function has the following arguments: Argument Description old_text The original text to be replaced. start_num The beginning of the set to be replaced. num_chars The number of characters to be replaced. new_text The new text. REPLACEB(old_text, start_num, num_bytes, new_text) The REPLACEB function has the following arguments: Argument Description old_text The original text to be replaced. start_num The beginning of the set to be replaced. num_bytes The number of characters to be replaced, based on bytes. new_text The new text. Notes The REPLACE function is case-sensitive. How to apply the REPLACE/REPLACEB function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the REPLACE function." }, { "id": "Functions/replaceb.htm", "title": "REPLACE/REPLACEB Function", - "body": "The REPLACE/REPLACEB function is one of the text and data functions. Is used to replace a set of characters, based on the number of characters and the start position you specify, with a new set of characters. The REPLACE function is intended for languages that use the single-byte character set (SBCS), while REPLACEB - for languages that use the double-byte character set (DBCS) like Japanese, Chinese, Korean etc. The REPLACE/REPLACEB function syntax is: REPLACE(string-1, start-pos, number-chars, string-2) REPLACEB(string-1, start-pos, number-chars, string-2) where string-1 is the original text to be replaced. start-pos is the beginning of the set to be replaced. number-chars is the number of characters to be replaced. string-2 is the new text. The values can be entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to. To apply the REPLACE/REPLACEB function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Text and data function group from the list, click the REPLACE/REPLACEB function, enter the required arguments separating them by comma, Note: the REPLACE function is case-sensitive. press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The REPLACE/REPLACEB function is one of the text and data functions. Is used to replace a set of characters, based on the number of characters and the start position you specify, with a new set of characters. The REPLACE function is intended for languages that use the single-byte character set (SBCS), while REPLACEB - for languages that use the double-byte character set (DBCS) like Japanese, Chinese, Korean etc. Syntax REPLACE(old_text, start_num, num_chars, new_text) The REPLACE function has the following arguments: Argument Description old_text The original text to be replaced. start_num The beginning of the set to be replaced. num_chars The number of characters to be replaced. new_text The new text. REPLACEB(old_text, start_num, num_bytes, new_text) The REPLACEB function has the following arguments: Argument Description old_text The original text to be replaced. start_num The beginning of the set to be replaced. num_bytes The number of characters to be replaced, based on bytes. new_text The new text. Notes The REPLACE function is case-sensitive. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the REPLACE function." }, { "id": "Functions/rept.htm", "title": "REPT Function", - "body": "The REPT function is one of the text and data functions. Is used to repeat the data in the selected cell as many time as you wish. The REPT function syntax is: REPT(text, number_of_times) where text is data to be repeated. number_of_times is a number of times you wish to repeat the data you entered. The values can be entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the REPT function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Text and data function group from the list, click the REPT function, enter the required arguments separating them by comma, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The REPT function is one of the text and data functions. Is used to repeat the data in the selected cell as many time as you wish. Syntax REPT(text, number_time) The REPT function has the following arguments: Argument Description text The data to be repeated. number_time A number of times you wish to repeat the data you entered. Notes How to apply the REPT function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the REPT function." }, { "id": "Functions/right.htm", "title": "RIGHT/RIGHTB Function", - "body": "The RIGHT/RIGHTB function is one of the text and data functions. Is used to extract a substring from a string starting from the right-most character, based on the specified number of characters. The RIGHT function is intended for languages that use the single-byte character set (SBCS), while RIGHTB - for languages that use the double-byte character set (DBCS) like Japanese, Chinese, Korean etc. The RIGHT/RIGHTB function syntax is: RIGHT(string [, number-chars]) RIGHTB(string [, number-chars]) where string is a string you need to extract the substring from, number-chars is a number of the substring characters. It is an optional argument. If it is omitted, the funcion will assume it to be 1. The data can be entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to. To apply the RIGHT/RIGHTB function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Text and data function group from the list, click the RIGHT/RIGHTB function, enter the required arguments separating them by comma, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The RIGHT/RIGHTB function is one of the text and data functions. Is used to extract a substring from a string starting from the right-most character, based on the specified number of characters. The RIGHT function is intended for languages that use the single-byte character set (SBCS), while RIGHTB - for languages that use the double-byte character set (DBCS) like Japanese, Chinese, Korean etc. Syntax RIGHT(text, [num_chars]) The RIGHT function has the following arguments: Argument Description text A string you need to extract the substring from. num_chars A number of the substring characters. It must be greater than or equal to 0. It is an optional argument. If it is omitted, the function will assume it to be 1. RIGHTB(text, [num_bytes]) The RIGHTB function has the following arguments: Argument Description text A string you need to extract the substring from. num_bytes A number of the substring characters, based on bytes. It is an optional argument. Notes How to apply the RIGHT/RIGHTB function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the RIGHT function." }, { "id": "Functions/rightb.htm", "title": "RIGHT/RIGHTB Function", - "body": "The RIGHT/RIGHTB function is one of the text and data functions. Is used to extract a substring from a string starting from the right-most character, based on the specified number of characters. The RIGHT function is intended for languages that use the single-byte character set (SBCS), while RIGHTB - for languages that use the double-byte character set (DBCS) like Japanese, Chinese, Korean etc. The RIGHT/RIGHTB function syntax is: RIGHT(string [, number-chars]) RIGHTB(string [, number-chars]) where string is a string you need to extract the substring from, number-chars is a number of the substring characters. It is an optional argument. If it is omitted, the funcion will assume it to be 1. The data can be entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to. To apply the RIGHT/RIGHTB function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Text and data function group from the list, click the RIGHT/RIGHTB function, enter the required arguments separating them by comma, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The RIGHT/RIGHTB function is one of the text and data functions. Is used to extract a substring from a string starting from the right-most character, based on the specified number of characters. The RIGHT function is intended for languages that use the single-byte character set (SBCS), while RIGHTB - for languages that use the double-byte character set (DBCS) like Japanese, Chinese, Korean etc. Syntax RIGHT(text, [num_chars]) The RIGHT function has the following arguments: Argument Description text A string you need to extract the substring from. num_chars A number of the substring characters. It must be greater than or equal to 0. It is an optional argument. If it is omitted, the function will assume it to be 1. RIGHTB(text, [num_bytes]) The RIGHTB function has the following arguments: Argument Description text A string you need to extract the substring from. num_bytes A number of the substring characters, based on bytes. It is an optional argument. Notes How to apply the RIGHT/RIGHTB function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the RIGHT function." }, { "id": "Functions/roman.htm", "title": "ROMAN Function", - "body": "The ROMAN function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. The function is used to convert a number to a roman numeral. The ROMAN function syntax is: ROMAN(number, [form]) where number is a numeric value greater than or equal to 1 and less than 3999 entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. form is a roman numeral type that can be one of the following: Value Type 0 Classic 1 More concise 2 More concise 3 More concise 4 Simplified TRUE Classic FALSE Simplified To apply the ROMAN function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Math and trigonometry function group from the list, click the ROMAN function, enter the required arguments separating them by comma, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The ROMAN function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. The function is used to convert a number to a roman numeral. Syntax ROMAN(number, [form]) The ROMAN function has the following arguments: Argument Description number A numeric value greater than or equal to 1 and less than 3999. form A roman numeral type. It is an optional argument. The possible values are listed in the table below. The form argument can be one of the following: Value Type 0 Classic 1 More concise 2 More concise 3 More concise 4 Simplified TRUE Classic FALSE Simplified Notes How to apply the ROMAN function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the ROMAN function." }, { "id": "Functions/round.htm", "title": "ROUND Function", - "body": "The ROUND function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to round the number to the desired number of digits. The ROUND function syntax is: ROUND(x, num_digits) where x is the number you wish to round. num_digits is the number of digits you wish to round to. The numeric values can be entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to. To apply the ROUND function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Math and trigonometry function group from the list, click the ROUND function, enter the required arguments separating them by comma, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The ROUND function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to round the number to the desired number of digits. Syntax ROUND(number, num_digits) The ROUND function has the following arguments: Argument Description number The number you wish to round. num_digits The number of digits you wish to round to. Notes How to apply the ROUND function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the ROUND function." }, { "id": "Functions/rounddown.htm", "title": "ROUNDDOWN Function", - "body": "The ROUNDDOWN function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to round the number down to the desired number of digits. The ROUNDDOWN function syntax is: ROUNDDOWN(x, num_digits) where x is the number you wish to round down. num_digits is the number of digits you wish to round down to. The numeric values can be entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to. To apply the ROUNDDOWN function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Math and trigonometry function group from the list, click the ROUNDDOWN function, enter the required arguments separating them by comma, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The ROUNDDOWN function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to round the number down to the desired number of digits. Syntax ROUNDDOWN(number, num_digits) The ROUNDDOWN function has the following arguments: Argument Description number The number you wish to round down. num_digits The number of digits you wish to round down to. Notes How to apply the ROUNDDOWN function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the ROUNDDOWN function." }, { "id": "Functions/roundup.htm", "title": "ROUNDUP Function", - "body": "The ROUNDUP function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to round the number up to the desired number of digits. The ROUNDUP function syntax is: ROUNDUP(x, num_digits) where x is the number you wish to round up. num_digits is the number of digits you wish to round up to. The numeric values can be entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to. To apply the ROUNDUP function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Math and trigonometry function group from the list, click the ROUNDUP function, enter the required arguments separating them by comma, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The ROUNDUP function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to round the number up to the desired number of digits. Syntax ROUNDUP(number, num_digits) The ROUNDUP function has the following arguments: Argument Description number The number you wish to round up. num_digits The number of digits you wish to round up to. Notes How to apply the ROUNDUP function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the ROUNDUP function." }, { "id": "Functions/row.htm", "title": "ROW Function", - "body": "The ROW function is one of the lookup and reference functions. It is used to return the row number of a cell reference. The ROW function syntax is: ROW([reference]) where reference is a reference to a cell. Note: reference is an optional argument. If the it is omitted, the function will return the row number of a cell in which the ROW function is entered. To apply the ROW function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Lookup and Reference function group from the list, click the ROW function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The ROW function is one of the lookup and reference functions. It is used to return the row number of a cell reference. Syntax ROW([reference]) The ROW function has the following argument: Argument Description reference A reference to a cell. Notes reference is an optional argument. If the it is omitted, the function will return the row number of a cell in which the ROW function is entered. Please note that this is an array formula. To learn more, please read the Insert array formulas article. How to apply the ROW function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the ROW function." }, { "id": "Functions/rows.htm", "title": "ROWS Function", - "body": "The ROWS function is one of the lookup and reference functions. It is used to return the number of rows in a cell reference. The ROWS function syntax is: ROWS(array) where array is a reference to a range of cells. To apply the ROWS function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Lookup and Reference function group from the list, click the ROWS function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The ROWS function is one of the lookup and reference functions. It is used to return the number of rows in a cell reference. Syntax ROWS(array) The ROWS function has the following argument: Argument Description array A reference to a range of cells. Notes How to apply the ROWS function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the ROWS function." }, { "id": "Functions/rri.htm", "title": "RRI Function", - "body": "The RRI function is one of the financial functions. It is used to return an equivalent interest rate for the growth of an investment. The RRI function syntax is: RRI(nper, pv, fv) where nper is a number of periods for the investment. pv is a present value of the investment. fv is a future value of the investment. The numeric values can be entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the RRI function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Financial function group from the list, click the RRI function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The RRI function is one of the financial functions. It is used to return an equivalent interest rate for the growth of an investment. Syntax RRI(nper, pv, fv) The RRI function has the following arguments: Argument Description nper A number of periods for the investment. pv A present value of the investment. fv A future value of the investment. Notes How to apply the RRI function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the RRI function." }, { "id": "Functions/rsq.htm", "title": "RSQ Function", - "body": "The RSQ function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the square of the Pearson product moment correlation coefficient. The RSQ function syntax is: RSQ(array-1 , array-2) where array-1 and array-2 are the selected ranges of cells with the same number of elements. Note: if array-1(2) contains text, logical values, or empty cells, the function will ignore those values, but treat the cells with the zero values. To apply the RSQ function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the RSQ function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The RSQ function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the square of the Pearson product moment correlation coefficient. Syntax RSQ(known_y's, known_x's) The RSQ function has the following arguments: Argument Description known_y's The dependent data range. known_x's The independent data range with the same number of elements as known_y's contains. Notes If known_y's or known_x's contains text, logical values, or empty cells, the function will ignore those values, but treat the cells with the zero values. How to apply the RSQ function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the RSQ function." }, { "id": "Functions/search.htm", "title": "SEARCH/SEARCHB Function", - "body": "The SEARCH/SEARCHB function is one of the text and data functions. Is used to return the location of the specified substring in a string. The SEARCH function is intended for languages that use the single-byte character set (SBCS), while SEARCHB - for languages that use the double-byte character set (DBCS) like Japanese, Chinese, Korean etc. The SEARCH/SEARCHB function syntax is: SEARCH(string-1, string-2 [,start-pos]) SEARCHB(string-1, string-2 [,start-pos]) where string-1 is the substring to find. string-2 is the string to search within. start-pos is the position to start searching from. It is an optional argument. If it is omitted, the function will perform the search from the beginning of string-2. The data can be entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to. Note: if the function does not find the matches, it will return a #VALUE! error. To apply the SEARCH/SEARCHB function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Text and data function group from the list, click the SEARCH/SEARCHB function, enter the required arguments separating them by comma, Note: the SEARCH/SEARCHB function is NOT case-sensitive. press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The SEARCH/SEARCHB function is one of the text and data functions. Is used to return the location of the specified substring in a string. The SEARCH function is intended for languages that use the single-byte character set (SBCS), while SEARCHB - for languages that use the double-byte character set (DBCS) like Japanese, Chinese, Korean etc. Syntax SEARCH(find_text, within_text, start_num) SEARCHB(find_text, within_text, start_num) The SEARCH/SEARCHB function has the following arguments: Argument Description find_text The substring to find. within_text The string to search within. start_num The position to start searching from. It is an optional argument. If it is omitted, the function will perform the search from the beginning of within_text. Notes The SEARCH/SEARCHB function is NOT case-sensitive. If the function does not find the matches, it will return a #VALUE! error. How to apply the SEARCH/SEARCHB function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the SEARCH function." }, { "id": "Functions/searchb.htm", "title": "SEARCH/SEARCHB Function", - "body": "The SEARCH/SEARCHB function is one of the text and data functions. Is used to return the location of the specified substring in a string. The SEARCH function is intended for languages that use the single-byte character set (SBCS), while SEARCHB - for languages that use the double-byte character set (DBCS) like Japanese, Chinese, Korean etc. The SEARCH/SEARCHB function syntax is: SEARCH(string-1, string-2 [,start-pos]) SEARCHB(string-1, string-2 [,start-pos]) where string-1 is the substring to find. string-2 is the string to search within. start-pos is the position to start searching from. It is an optional argument. If it is omitted, the function will perform the search from the beginning of string-2. The data can be entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to. Note: if the function does not find the matches, it will return a #VALUE! error. To apply the SEARCH/SEARCHB function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Text and data function group from the list, click the SEARCH/SEARCHB function, enter the required arguments separating them by comma, Note: the SEARCH/SEARCHB function is NOT case-sensitive. press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The SEARCH/SEARCHB function is one of the text and data functions. Is used to return the location of the specified substring in a string. The SEARCH function is intended for languages that use the single-byte character set (SBCS), while SEARCHB - for languages that use the double-byte character set (DBCS) like Japanese, Chinese, Korean etc. Syntax SEARCH(find_text, within_text, start_num) SEARCHB(find_text, within_text, start_num) The SEARCH/SEARCHB function has the following arguments: Argument Description find_text The substring to find. within_text The string to search within. start_num The position to start searching from. It is an optional argument. If it is omitted, the function will perform the search from the beginning of within_text. Notes The SEARCH/SEARCHB function is NOT case-sensitive. If the function does not find the matches, it will return a #VALUE! error. How to apply the SEARCH/SEARCHB function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the SEARCH function." }, { "id": "Functions/sec.htm", "title": "SEC Function", - "body": "The SEC function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to return the secant of an angle specified in radians. The SEC function syntax is: SEC(x) where x is the angle in radians that you wish to calculate the secant of. A numeric value entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. Its absolute value must be less than 2^27. To apply the SEC function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Math and trigonometry function group from the list, click the SEC function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The SEC function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to return the secant of an angle specified in radians. Syntax SEC(number) The SEC function has the following argument: Argument Description number The angle in radians that you wish to calculate the secant of. Its absolute value must be less than 2^27. Notes How to apply the SEC function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the SEC function." }, { "id": "Functions/sech.htm", "title": "SECH Function", - "body": "The SECH function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to return the hyperbolic secant of an angle specified in radians. The SECH function syntax is: SECH(x) where x is the angle in radians that you wish to calculate the hyperbolic secant of. A numeric value entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. Its absolute value must be less than 2^27. To apply the SECH function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Math and trigonometry function group from the list, click the SECH function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The SECH function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to return the hyperbolic secant of an angle specified in radians. Syntax SECH(number) The SECH function has the following argument: Argument Description number The angle in radians that you wish to calculate the hyperbolic secant of. Its absolute value must be less than 2^27. Notes How to apply the SECH function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the SECH function." }, { "id": "Functions/second.htm", "title": "SECOND Function", - "body": "The SECOND function is one of the date and time functions. It returns the second (a number from 0 to 59) of the time value. The SECOND function syntax is: SECOND( time-value ) where time-value is a value entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. Note: the time-value may be expressed as a string value (e.g. \"13:39:15\"), a decimal number (e.g. 0.56 corresponds to 13:26:24) , or the result of a formula (e.g. the result of the NOW function - 9/26/12 13:39) To apply the SECOND function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Date and time function group from the list, click the SECOND function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The SECOND function is one of the date and time functions. It returns the second (a number from 0 to 59) of the time value. Syntax SECOND(serial_number) The SECOND function has the following argument: Argument Description serial_number The time that contains the second you want to find. Notes The serial_number may be expressed as a string value (e.g. \"13:39:15\"), a decimal number (e.g. 0.56 corresponds to 13:26:24) , or the result of a formula (e.g. the result of the NOW function - 9/26/12 13:39) How to apply the SECOND function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the SECOND function." }, { "id": "Functions/sequence.htm", "title": "SEQUENCE Function", - "body": "The SEQUENCE function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to generate an array of sequential numbers. Please note that this is an array formula. To learn more, please read the Insert array formulas article. The SEQUENCE function syntax is: SEQUENCE(rows,[columns],[start],[step]) where rows is used to set the number of rows to return. columns is used to set the number of columns to return. start is used to set the first number in the sequence. step is used to control the increment for each subsequent value in the array. To apply the SEQUENCE function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Math and trigonometry function group from the list, click the SEQUENCE function, enter the required arguments separating them by comma, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The SEQUENCE function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to generate an array of sequential numbers. Syntax SEQUENCE(rows, [columns], [start], [step]) The SEQUENCE function has the following arguments: Argument Description rows Is used to set the number of rows to return. columns Is used to set the number of columns to return. start Is used to set the first number in the sequence. step Is used to control the increment for each subsequent value in the array. Notes Please note that this is an array formula. To learn more, please read the Insert array formulas article. How to apply the SEQUENCE function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the SEQUENCE function." }, { "id": "Functions/seriessum.htm", "title": "SERIESSUM Function", - "body": "The SERIESSUM function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to return the sum of a power series. The SERIESSUM function syntax is: SERIESSUM(input-value, intial-power, step, coefficients) where input-value is the input value to the power series. intial-power is the initial power to which you want to raise input-value. step is the step by which you want to increase intial-power for each term in the series. coefficients are coefficients by which each successive power of input-value is multiplied. The number of coefficients determines the number of terms in the power series. The numeric values can be entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the SERIESSUM function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Math and trigonometry function group from the list, click the SERIESSUM function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The SERIESSUM function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to return the sum of a power series. Syntax SERIESSUM(x, n, m, coefficients) The SERIESSUM function has the following arguments: Argument Description x The input value to the power series. n The initial power to which you want to raise x. m The step by which you want to increase n for each term in the series. coefficients Coefficients by which each successive power of x is multiplied. The number of coefficients determines the number of terms in the power series. Notes How to apply the SERIESSUM function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the SERIESSUM function." }, { "id": "Functions/sheet.htm", "title": "SHEET Function", - "body": "The SHEET function is one of the information functions. It is used to return the sheet number of the reference sheet. The SHEET function syntax is: SHEET(value) where value is the name of a sheet or a reference for which you want the sheet number. If value is omitted, the current sheet number is returned. To apply the SHEET function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Information function group from the list, click the SHEET function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The SHEET function is one of the information functions. It is used to return the sheet number of the reference sheet. Syntax SHEET([value]) The SHEET function has the following argument: Argument Description value The name of a sheet or a reference for which you want the sheet number. It is an optional argument. If value is omitted, the current sheet number is returned. Notes How to apply the SHEET function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the SHEET function." }, { "id": "Functions/sheets.htm", "title": "SHEETS Function", - "body": "The SHEETS function is one of the information functions. It is used to return the number of sheets in a reference. The SHEETS function syntax is: SHEETS(reference) where reference is a reference for which you want to find out the number of sheets it contains. If reference is omitted, the number of sheets in the current workbook is returned. To apply the SHEETS function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Information function group from the list, click the SHEETS function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The SHEETS function is one of the information functions. It is used to return the number of sheets in a reference. Syntax SHEETS([reference]) The SHEETS function has the following argument: Argument Description reference A reference for which you want to find out the number of sheets it contains. It is an optional argument. If reference is omitted, the number of sheets in the current workbook is returned. Notes How to apply the SHEETS function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the SHEETS function." }, { "id": "Functions/sign.htm", "title": "SIGN Function", - "body": "The SIGN function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to return the sign of a number. If the number is positive, the function returns 1. If the number is negative, the function returns -1. If the number is 0, the function returns 0. The SIGN function syntax is: SIGN(x) where x is a numeric value entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the SIGN function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Math and trigonometry function group from the list, click the SIGN function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell. For example: The required argument is A1, where A1 is 12. The number is positive, so the function returns 1. If we change the A1 value from 12 to -12, the function returns -1:" + "body": "The SIGN function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to return the sign of a number. If the number is positive, the function returns 1. If the number is negative, the function returns -1. If the number is 0, the function returns 0. Syntax SIGN(number) The SIGN function has the following argument: Argument Description number A numeric value for which you want to get the sign. Notes How to apply the SIGN function. Examples The required argument is A1, where A1 is 12. The number is positive, so the function returns 1. If we change the A1 value from 12 to -12, the function returns -1:" }, { "id": "Functions/sin.htm", "title": "SIN Function", - "body": "The SIN function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to return the sine of an angle. The SIN function syntax is: SIN(x) where x is a numeric value entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the SIN function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Math and trigonometry function group from the list, click the SIN function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The SIN function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to return the sine of an angle. Syntax SIN(number) The SIN function has the following argument: Argument Description number A numeric value for which you want to get the sine. Notes How to apply the SIN function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the SIN function." }, { "id": "Functions/sinh.htm", "title": "SINH Function", - "body": "The SINH function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to return the hyperbolic sine of a number. The SINH function syntax is: SINH(x) where x is any numeric value entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the SINH function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Math and trigonometry function group from the list, click the SINH function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The SINH function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to return the hyperbolic sine of a number. Syntax SINH(number) The SINH function has the following argument: Argument Description number A numeric value for which you want to get the hyperbolic sine. Notes How to apply the SINH function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the SINH function." }, { "id": "Functions/skew-p.htm", "title": "SKEW.P Function", - "body": "The SKEW.P function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the skewness of a distribution based on a population: a characterization of the degree of asymmetry of a distribution around its mean. The SKEW.P function syntax is: SKEW.P(number-1 [, number 2], ...) where number-1(2) is up to 254 numeric values entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to. Note: if a reference argument contains text, logical values, or empty cells, the function will ignore those values, but treat the cells with the zero values. To apply the SKEW.P function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the SKEW.P function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas or select a range of cells with the mouse, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The SKEW.P function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the skewness of a distribution based on a population: a characterization of the degree of asymmetry of a distribution around its mean. Syntax SKEW.P(number1, [number2], ...) The SKEW.P function has the following arguments: Argument Description number1/2/n Up to 255 numeric values for which you want to get the skewness of a distribution. Notes If a reference argument contains text, logical values, or empty cells, the function will ignore those values, but treat the cells with the zero values. How to apply the SKEW.P function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the SKEW.P function." }, { "id": "Functions/skew.htm", "title": "SKEW Function", - "body": "The SKEW function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to analyze the range of data and return the skewness of a distribution of the argument list. The SKEW function syntax is: SKEW(argument-list) where argument-list is up to 30 numeric values entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to. To apply the SKEW function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the SKEW function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas or select a range of cells with the mouse, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The SKEW function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to analyze the range of data and return the skewness of a distribution of the argument list. Syntax SKEW(number1, [number2], ...) The SKEW function has the following arguments: Argument Description number1/2/n Up to 255 numeric values for which you want to get the skewness of a distribution. Notes How to apply the SKEW function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the SKEW function." }, { "id": "Functions/sln.htm", "title": "SLN Function", - "body": "The SLN function is one of the financial functions. It is used to calculate the depreciation of an asset for one accounting period using the straight-line depreciation method. The SLN function syntax is: SLN(cost, salvage, life) where cost is the cost of the asset. salvage is the salvage value of the asset at the end of its lifetime. life is the total number of the periods within the asset lifetime. The numeric values can be entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the SLN function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Financial function group from the list, click the SLN function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The SLN function is one of the financial functions. It is used to calculate the depreciation of an asset for one accounting period using the straight-line depreciation method. Syntax SLN(cost, salvage, life) The SLN function has the following arguments: Argument Description cost The cost of the asset. salvage The salvage value of the asset at the end of its lifetime. life The total number of the periods within the asset lifetime. Notes How to apply the SLN function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the SLN function." }, { "id": "Functions/slope.htm", "title": "SLOPE Function", - "body": "The SLOPE function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the slope of the linear regression line through data in two arrays. The SLOPE function syntax is: SLOPE(array-1 , array-2) where array-1 and array-2 are the selected ranges of cells with the same number of elements. Note: if array-1(2) contains text, logical values, or empty cells, the function will ignore those values, but treat the cells with the zero values. To apply the SLOPE function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the SLOPE function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The SLOPE function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the slope of the linear regression line through data in two arrays. Syntax SLOPE(known_y's, known_x's) The SLOPE function has the following arguments: Argument Description known_y's The dependent data range. known_x's The independent data range with the same number of elements as known_y's contains. Notes If known_y's or known_x's contains text, logical values, or empty cells, the function will ignore those values, but treat the cells with the zero values. How to apply the SLOPE function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the SLOPE function." }, { "id": "Functions/small.htm", "title": "SMALL Function", - "body": "The SMALL function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to analyze the range of data and find the k-th smallest value. The SMALL function syntax is: SMALL(array , k) where array is the selected range of cells. k is the position of the number from the smallest value, a numeric value entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the SMALL function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the SMALL function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The SMALL function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to analyze the range of data and find the k-th smallest value. Syntax SMALL(array , k) The SMALL function has the following arguments: Argument Description array The selected range of cells you want to analyze. k The position of the number from the smallest value, a numeric value greater than 0. Notes How to apply the SMALL function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the SMALL function." }, { "id": "Functions/sort.htm", "title": "SORT Function", - "body": "The SORT function is a lookup and reference function. It is used to sort a range of data or an array and to return the sorted array. Please note that this is an array formula. To learn more, please read the Insert array formulas article. The SORT function syntax is: =SORT(array,[sort_index],[sort_order],[by_col]) where array is the range of data to sort. [sort_index] is an optional argument. A number identifying the column or the row to sort by. [sort_order] is an optional argument. A number determining the sorting order: 1 or omitted for ascending order (by default), -1 for descending order, [by_col] is an optional argument. A value indicating the sorting direction: FALSE or omitted for sorting by rows when your data is organized vertically. TRUE for sorting by columns when your data is organized horizontally. To apply the SORT function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Lookup and Reference function group from the list, click the SORT function, enter the required arguments separating them by comma, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The SORT function is one of the lookup and reference functions. It is used to sort a range of data or an array and to return the sorted array. Syntax SORT(array, [sort_index], [sort_order], [by_col]) The SORT function has the following arguments: Argument Description array The range of data to sort. sort_index An optional argument. A number identifying the column or the row to sort by. sort_order An optional argument. A number determining the sorting order: 1 or omitted for ascending order (by default), -1 for descending order. by_col An optional argument. A value indicating the sorting direction: FALSE or omitted for sorting by rows when your data is organized vertically. TRUE for sorting by columns when your data is organized horizontally. Notes Please note that this is an array formula. To learn more, please read the Insert array formulas article. How to apply the SORT function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the SORT function." }, { "id": "Functions/sortby.htm", @@ -1963,457 +1958,457 @@ var indexes = { "id": "Functions/sqrt.htm", "title": "SQRT Function", - "body": "The SQRT function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to return the square root of a number. The SQRT function syntax is: SQRT(x) where x is a numeric value entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. Note: if the x value is negative, the function returns the #NUM! error. To apply the SQRT function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Math and trigonometry function group from the list, click the SQRT function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The SQRT function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to return the square root of a number. Syntax SQRT(number) The SQRT function has the following argument: Argument Description number A numeric value for which you want to get the square root. Notes If the number value is negative, the function returns the #NUM! error. How to apply the SQRT function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the SQRT function." }, { "id": "Functions/sqrtpi.htm", "title": "SQRTPI Function", - "body": "The SQRTPI function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to return the square root of the pi constant (3.14159265358979) multiplied by the specified number. The SQRTPI function syntax is: SQRTPI(x) where x is the number you wish to multiply the pi constant by, a numeric value entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. Note: if the x value is negative, the function returns the #NUM! error. To apply the SQRTPI function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Math and trigonometry function group from the list, click the SQRTPI function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The SQRTPI function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to return the square root of the pi constant (3.14159265358979) multiplied by the specified number. Syntax SQRTPI(number) The SQRTPI function has the following argument: Argument Description number The number you wish to multiply the pi constant by. Notes If the number value is negative, the function returns the #NUM! error. How to apply the SQRTPI function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the SQRTPI function." }, { "id": "Functions/standardize.htm", "title": "STANDARDIZE Function", - "body": "The STANDARDIZE function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return a normalized value from a distribution characterized by the specified parameters. The STANDARDIZE function syntax is: STANDARDIZE(x, mean, standard-deviation) where x is the value you want to normalize. mean is the arithmetic mean of the distribution. standard-deviation is the standard deviation of the distribution, greater than 0. The numeric values can be entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to. To apply the STANDARDIZE function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the STANDARDIZE function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The STANDARDIZE function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return a normalized value from a distribution characterized by the specified parameters. Syntax STANDARDIZE(x, mean, standard_dev) The STANDARDIZE function has the following arguments: Argument Description x The value you want to normalize. mean The arithmetic mean of the distribution. standard_dev The standard deviation of the distribution, greater than 0. Notes How to apply the STANDARDIZE function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the STANDARDIZE function." }, { "id": "Functions/stdev-p.htm", "title": "STDEV.P Function", - "body": "The STDEV.P function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to calculate standard deviation based on the entire population given as arguments (ignores logical values and text). The STDEV.P function syntax is: STDEV.P(number1 [, number2], ...) where number-1(2) is up to 254 numeric values entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to. Note: if a reference argument contains text, logical values, or empty cells, the function will ignore those values, but treat the cells with the zero values. To apply the STDEV.P function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the STDEV.P function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas or select a range of cells with the mouse, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The STDEV.P function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to calculate standard deviation based on the entire population given as arguments (ignores logical values and text). Syntax STDEV.P(number1, [number2], ...) The STDEV.P function has the following arguments: Argument Description number1/2/n Up to 255 numeric values for which you want to calculate the standard deviation. Notes If a reference argument contains text, logical values, or empty cells, the function will ignore those values, but treat the cells with the zero values. How to apply the STDEV.P function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the STDEV.P function." }, { "id": "Functions/stdev-s.htm", "title": "STDEV.S Function", - "body": "The STDEV.S function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to estimate standard deviation based on a sample (ignores logical values and text in the sample). The STDEV.S function syntax is: STDEV.S(number1 [, number2], ...) where number-1(2) is up to 255 numeric values entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to. Note: if a reference argument contains text, logical values, or empty cells, the function will ignore those values, but treat the cells with the zero values. To apply the STDEV.S function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the STDEV.S function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas or select a range of cells with the mouse, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The STDEV.S function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to estimate standard deviation based on a sample (ignores logical values and text in the sample). Syntax STDEV.S(number1, [number2], ...) The STDEV.S function has the following arguments: Argument Description number1/2/n Up to 255 numeric values for which you want to calculate the standard deviation. Notes If a reference argument contains text, logical values, or empty cells, the function will ignore those values, but treat the cells with the zero values. How to apply the STDEV.S function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the STDEV.S function." }, { "id": "Functions/stdev.htm", "title": "STDEV Function", - "body": "The STDEV function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to analyze the range of data and return the standard deviation of a population based on a set of numbers. The STDEV function syntax is: STDEV(argument-list) where argument-list is up to 255 numeric values entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to. Note: if a reference argument contains text, logical values, or empty cells, the function will ignore those values, but treat the cells with the zero values. To apply the STDEV function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the STDEV function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas or select a range of cells with the mouse, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The STDEV function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to analyze the range of data and return the standard deviation of a population based on a set of numbers. Syntax STDEV(number1, [number2], ...) The STDEV function has the following arguments: Argument Description number1/2/n Up to 255 numeric values for which you want to calculate the standard deviation. Notes If a reference argument contains text, logical values, or empty cells, the function will ignore those values, but treat the cells with the zero values. How to apply the STDEV function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the STDEV function." }, { "id": "Functions/stdeva.htm", "title": "STDEVA Function", - "body": "The STDEVA function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to analyze the range of data and return the standard deviation of a population based on a set of numbers, text, and logical values (TRUE or FALSE). The STDEVA function treats text and FALSE as a value of 0 and TRUE as a value of 1. The STDEVA function syntax is: STDEVA(argument-list) where argument-list is up to 255 values entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to. To apply the STDEVA function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the STDEVA function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas or select a range of cells with the mouse, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The STDEVA function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to analyze the range of data and return the standard deviation of a population based on a set of numbers, text, and logical values (TRUE or FALSE). The STDEVA function treats text and FALSE as a value of 0 and TRUE as a value of 1. Syntax STDEVA(value1, [value2], ...) The STDEVA function has the following arguments: Argument Description value1/2/n Up to 255 values for which you want to calculate the standard deviation. Notes How to apply the STDEVA function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the STDEVA function." }, { "id": "Functions/stdevp.htm", "title": "STDEVP Function", - "body": "The STDEVP function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to analyze the range of data and return the standard deviation of an entire population. The STDEVP function syntax is: STDEVP(argument-list) where argument-list is up to 255 numeric values entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to. To apply the STDEVP function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the STDEVP function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas or select a range of cells with the mouse, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The STDEVP function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to analyze the range of data and return the standard deviation of an entire population. Syntax STDEVP(number1, [number2], ...) The STDEVP function has the following arguments: Argument Description number1/2/n Up to 255 numeric values for which you want to calculate the standard deviation. Notes How to apply the STDEVP function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the STDEVP function." }, { "id": "Functions/stdevpa.htm", "title": "STDEVPA Function", - "body": "The STDEVPA function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to analyze the range of data and return the standard deviation of an entire population. The STDEVPA function syntax is: STDEVPA(argument-list) where argument-list is up to 255 numeric values entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to. Note: text and FALSE values are counted as 0, TRUE values are counted as 1, empty cells are ignored. To apply the STDEVPA function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the STDEVPA function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas or select a range of cells with the mouse, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The STDEVPA function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to analyze the range of data and return the standard deviation of an entire population. Syntax STDEVPA(value1, [value2], ...) The STDEVPA function has the following arguments: Argument Description value1/2/n Up to 255 values for which you want to calculate the standard deviation. Notes Text and FALSE values are counted as 0, TRUE values are counted as 1, empty cells are ignored. How to apply the STDEVPA function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the STDEVPA function." }, { "id": "Functions/steyx.htm", "title": "STEYX Function", - "body": "The STEYX function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the standard error of the predicted y-value for each x in the regression line. The STEYX function syntax is: STEYX(known-ys, known-xs) where known-ys is an array of the dependent variables. known-xs is an array of the independent variables. The data values can be entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to. Empty cells, logical values, text, or error values supplied as part of an array are ignored. If they are supplied directly to the function, text representations of numbers and logical values are interpreted as numbers. Note: the known-ys and known-xs must contain the same number of data values otherwise the function will return the #N/A error value. To apply the STEYX function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the STEYX function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas or select a range of cells with the mouse, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The STEYX function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the standard error of the predicted y-value for each x in the regression line. Syntax STEYX(known_y's, known_x's) The STEYX function has the following arguments: Argument Description known_y's An array of the dependent variables. known_x's An array of the independent variables with the same number of elements as known_y's contains. Notes Empty cells, logical values, text, or error values supplied as part of an array are ignored. If they are supplied directly to the function, text representations of numbers and logical values are interpreted as numbers. The known_y's and known_x's must contain the same number of data values otherwise the function will return the #N/A error value. How to apply the STEYX function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the STEYX function." }, { "id": "Functions/substitute.htm", "title": "SUBSTITUTE Function", - "body": "The SUBSTITUTE function is one of the text and data functions. Is used to replace a set of characters with a new one. The SUBSTITUTE function syntax is: SUBSTITUTE(string, old-string, new-string [, occurence]) where string is the string to perform the substitution within. old-string is the string to replace. new-string is the string to replace with. occurence is the number of occurences to repleace. It is an optional argument, if omitted, the function will replace all the occurences within string. The data can be entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to. To apply the SUBSTITUTE function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Text and data function group from the list, click the SUBSTITUTE function, enter the required arguments separating them by comma, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The SUBSTITUTE function is one of the text and data functions. Is used to replace a set of characters with a new one. Syntax SUBSTITUTE(text, old_text, new_text, [instance_num]) The SUBSTITUTE function has the following arguments: Argument Description text The string to perform the substitution within. old_text The string to replace. new_text The string to replace with. instance_num The number of occurences to repleace. It is an optional argument, if omitted, the function will replace all the occurences within text. Notes How to apply the SUBSTITUTE function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the SUBSTITUTE function." }, { "id": "Functions/subtotal.htm", "title": "SUBTOTAL Function", - "body": "The SUBTOTAL function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. The function is used to return a subtotal in a list or database. The SUBTOTAL function syntax is: SUBTOTAL(function-number, argument-list) where function-number is a numeric value that specifies which function to use for the subtotal. The possible values are listed in the table below. For the function-number arguments 1 to 11, the SUBTOTAL function includes values of the rows that have been hidden manually. For the function-number arguments 101 to 111, the SUBTOTAL function ignores values of the rows that have been hidden manually. Values hidden by the filter are always excluded. argument-list is a reference to the cell range containing the values for which you want the subtotal. function-number (includes hidden values) function-number (excludes hidden values) Function 1 101 AVERAGE 2 102 COUNT 3 103 COUNTA 4 104 MAX 5 105 MIN 6 106 PRODUCT 7 107 STDEV 8 108 STDEVP 9 109 SUM 10 110 VAR 11 111 VARP To apply the SUBTOTAL function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Math and trigonometry function group from the list, click the SUBTOTAL function, enter the required arguments separating them by comma, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell. The figure below displays the result returned by the SUBTOTAL function when several rows are hidden." + "body": "The SUBTOTAL function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. The function is used to return a subtotal in a list or database. Syntax SUBTOTAL(function_num, ref1, [ref2], ...) The SUBTOTAL function has the following arguments: Argument Description function_num A numeric value that specifies which function to use for the subtotal. The possible values are listed in the table below. For the function_num arguments 1 to 11, the SUBTOTAL function includes values of the rows that have been hidden manually. For the function_num arguments 101 to 111, the SUBTOTAL function ignores values of the rows that have been hidden manually. Values hidden by the filter are always excluded. ref1/2/n Up to 255 references to the cell range containing the values for which you want the subtotal. The function_num argument can be one of the following: function-number (includes hidden values) function-number (excludes hidden values) Function 1 101 AVERAGE 2 102 COUNT 3 103 COUNTA 4 104 MAX 5 105 MIN 6 106 PRODUCT 7 107 STDEV 8 108 STDEVP 9 109 SUM 10 110 VAR 11 111 VARP Notes How to apply the SUBTOTAL function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the SUBTOTAL function. The figure below displays the result returned by the SUBTOTAL function when several rows are hidden." }, { "id": "Functions/sum.htm", "title": "SUM Function", - "body": "The SUM function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to add all the numbers in the selected range of cells and return the result. The SUM function syntax is: SUM(argument-list) where argument-list is a set of numeric values entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to. How to use SUM To apply the SUM function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar and select the SUM function of the Math and trigonometry function group, enter the required arguments separating them by commas or select the range of cells with the mouse, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The SUM function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to add all the numbers in the selected range of cells and return the result. Syntax SUM(number1, [number2], ...) The SUM function has the following arguments: Argument Description number1/2/n Up to 255 numeric values that you want to add. Notes How to apply the SUM function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the SUM function." }, { "id": "Functions/sumif.htm", "title": "SUMIF Function", - "body": "The SUMIF function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to add all the numbers in the selected range of cells based on the specified criterion and return the result. The SUMIF function syntax is: SUMIF(cell-range, selection-criteria [, sum-range]) where cell-range is the selected range of cells to apply the criterion to. selection-criteria is the criterion used to determine the cells to sum, a value entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. sum-range is the range of cells to sum. It is an optional argument, if omitted, the function will sum the numbers of cell-range. You can use wildcard characters when specifying criteria. The question mark \"?\" can replace any single character and the asterisk \"*\" can be used instead of any number of characters. How to use SUMIF To apply the SUMIF function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Math and trigonometry function group from the list, click the SUMIF function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The SUMIF function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to add all the numbers in the selected range of cells based on the specified criterion and return the result. Syntax SUMIF(range, criteria, [sum_range]) The SUMIF function has the following arguments: Argument Description range The selected range of cells to apply the criterion to. criteria The criterion used to determine the cells to sum, a value entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. sum_range The range of cells to sum. It is an optional argument, if omitted, the function will sum the numbers of range. Notes You can use wildcard characters when specifying criteria. The question mark \"?\" can replace any single character and the asterisk \"*\" can be used instead of any number of characters. How to apply the SUMIF function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the SUMIF function." }, { "id": "Functions/sumifs.htm", "title": "SUMIFS Function", - "body": "The SUMIFS function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to add all the numbers in the selected range of cells based on multiple criteria and return the result. The SUMIFS function syntax is: SUMIFS(sum-range, criteria-range1, criteria1, [criteria-range2, criteria2], ...) where sum-range is the range of cells to sum. criteria-range1 is the first selected range of cells to apply the criteria1 to. criteria1 is the first condition that must be met. It is applied to the criteria-range1 and used to determine the cells in the sum-range to sum. It can be a value entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. criteria-range2, criteria2, ... are additional ranges of cells and their corresponding criteria. These arguments are optional. You can use wildcard characters when specifying criteria. The question mark \"?\" can replace any single character and the asterisk \"*\" can be used instead of any number of characters. How to use SUMIFS To apply the SUMIFS function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Math and trigonometry function group from the list, click the SUMIFS function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The SUMIFS function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to add all the numbers in the selected range of cells based on multiple criteria and return the result. Syntax SUMIFS(sum_range, criteria_range1, criteria1, [criteria_range2, criteria2], ...) The SUMIFS function has the following arguments: Argument Description sum_range The range of cells to sum. criteria_range1 The first selected range of cells to apply the criteria1 to. criteria1 The first condition that must be met. It is applied to the criteria_range1 and used to determine the cells in the sum_range to sum. It can be a value entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. criteria-range2, criteria2, ... Additional ranges of cells and their corresponding criteria. These arguments are optional. Notes You can use wildcard characters when specifying criteria. The question mark \"?\" can replace any single character and the asterisk \"*\" can be used instead of any number of characters. How to apply the SUMIFS function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the SUMIFS function." }, { "id": "Functions/sumproduct.htm", "title": "SUMPRODUCT Function", - "body": "The SUMPRODUCT function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to multiply the values in the selected ranges of cells or arrays and return the sum of the products. The SUMPRODUCT function syntax is: SUMPRODUCT(argument-lists) where argument-lists are numeric values included into the cell you make reference to. You can enter up to 30 ranges of cells or arrays. Note: if the argument-list contains non-numeric values, the function will treat them as 0. To apply the SUMPRODUCT function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Math and trigonometry function group from the list, click the SUMPRODUCT function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The SUMPRODUCT function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to multiply the values in the selected ranges of cells or arrays and return the sum of the products. Syntax SUMPRODUCT(array1, [array2], [array3], ...) The SUMPRODUCT function has the following arguments: Argument Description array1/2/3/n Up to 255 ranges of cells or arrays containing numeric values. Notes If the array1/2/3/n contains non-numeric values, the function will treat them as 0. How to apply the SUMPRODUCT function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the SUMPRODUCT function." }, { "id": "Functions/sumsq.htm", "title": "SUMSQ Function", - "body": "The SUMSQ function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to add the squares of numbers and return the result. The SUMSQ function syntax is: SUMSQ(argument-list) where argument-list is up to 30 numeric values entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the SUMSQ function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Math and trigonometry function group from the list, click the SUMSQ function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas or select a range of cells with the mouse, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The SUMSQ function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to add the squares of numbers and return the result. Syntax SUMSQ(number1, [number2], ...) The SUMSQ function has the following arguments: Argument Description number1/2/n Up to 255 numeric values for which you want to calculate the sum of the squares. Notes How to apply the SUMSQ function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the SUMSQ function." }, { "id": "Functions/sumx2my2.htm", "title": "SUMX2MY2 Function", - "body": "The SUMX2MY2 function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to sum the difference of squares between two arrays. The SUMX2MY2 function syntax is: SUMX2MY2(array-1, array-2) where array-1 and array-2 are the ranges of cells with the same number of columns and rows. To apply the SUMX2MY2 function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Math and trigonometry function group from the list, click the SUMX2MY2 function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The SUMX2MY2 function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to sum the difference of squares between two arrays. Syntax SUMX2MY2(array_x, array_y) The SUMX2MY2 function has the following arguments: Argument Description array_x The first range of cells. array_y The second range of cells with the same number of columns and rows as array_x contains. Notes How to apply the SUMX2MY2 function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the SUMX2MY2 function." }, { "id": "Functions/sumx2py2.htm", "title": "SUMX2PY2 Function", - "body": "The SUMX2PY2 function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to sum the squares of numbers in the selected arrays and return the sum of the results. The SUMX2PY2 function syntax is: SUMX2PY2(array-1, array-2) where array-1 and array-2 are the selected ranges of cells with the same number of columns and rows. To apply the SUMX2PY2 function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Math and trigonometry function group from the list, click the SUMX2PY2 function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The SUMX2PY2 function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to sum the squares of numbers in the selected arrays and return the sum of the results. Syntax SUMX2PY2(array_x, array_y) The SUMX2PY2 function has the following arguments: Argument Description array_x The first range of cells. array_y The second range of cells with the same number of columns and rows as array_x contains. Notes How to apply the SUMX2PY2 function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the SUMX2PY2 function." }, { "id": "Functions/sumxmy2.htm", "title": "SUMXMY2 Function", - "body": "The SUMXMY2 function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to return the sum of the squares of the differences between corresponding items in the arrays. The SUMXMY2 function syntax is: SUMXMY2(array-1, array-2) where array-1 and array-2 are the selected ranges of cells with the same number of columns and rows. To apply the SUMXMY2 function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Math and trigonometry function group from the list, click the SUMXMY2 function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The SUMXMY2 function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to return the sum of the squares of the differences between corresponding items in the arrays. Syntax SUMXMY2(array_x, array_y) The SUMXMY2 function has the following arguments: Argument Description array_x The first range of cells. array_y The second range of cells with the same number of columns and rows as array_x contains. Notes How to apply the SUMXMY2 function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the SUMXMY2 function." }, { "id": "Functions/switch.htm", "title": "SWITCH Function", - "body": "The SWITCH function is one of the logical functions. It is used to evaluate one value (called the expression) against a list of values, and returns the result corresponding to the first matching value. If there is no match, an optional default value may be returned. The SWITCH function syntax is: SWITCH(expression, value1, result1 [, [default or value2] [, [result2]], ...[default or value3, result3]]) where expression is the value that will be compared against value1 ...value126. value1 ...value126 is the value that will be compared against expression. result1 ...result126 is the result to be returned if the value1 ...value126 matches to the expression. default is the result to be returned if there are no matches. If the default argument is not specified and there are no matches, the function returns the #N/A error. Note: you can enter up to 254 arguments i.e. up to 126 pairs of values and results. To apply the SWITCH function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Logical function group from the list, click the SWITCH function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The SWITCH function is one of the logical functions. It is used to evaluate one value (called the expression) against a list of values, and returns the result corresponding to the first matching value. If there is no match, an optional default value may be returned. Syntax SWITCH(expression, value1, result1, [default_or_value2, result2], ...) The SWITCH function has the following arguments: Argument Description expression The value that will be compared against value1 ...value126. value1 ...value126 The value that will be compared against expression. result1 ...result126 The result to be returned if the value1 ...value126 matches to the expression. default The result to be returned if there are no matches. If the default argument is not specified and there are no matches, the function returns the #N/A error. Notes You can enter up to 254 arguments i.e. up to 126 pairs of values and results. How to apply the SWITCH function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the SWITCH function." }, { "id": "Functions/syd.htm", "title": "SYD Function", - "body": "The SYD function is one of the financial functions. It is used to calculate the depreciation of an asset for a specified accounting period using the sum of the years' digits method. The SYD function syntax is: SYD(cost, salvage, life, per) where cost is the cost of the asset. salvage is the salvage value of the asset at the end of its lifetime. life is the total number of the periods within the asset lifetime. per is the period you wish to calculate depreciation for. The value must be expressed in the same units as life. The numeric values can be entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the SYD function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Financial function group from the list, click the SYD function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The SYD function is one of the financial functions. It is used to calculate the depreciation of an asset for a specified accounting period using the sum of the years' digits method. Syntax SYD(cost, salvage, life, per) The SYD function has the following arguments: Argument Description cost The cost of the asset. salvage The salvage value of the asset at the end of its lifetime. life The total number of the periods within the asset lifetime. per The period you wish to calculate depreciation for. The value must be expressed in the same units as life. Notes How to apply the SYD function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the SYD function." }, { "id": "Functions/t-dist-2t.htm", "title": "T.DIST.2T Function", - "body": "The T.DIST.2T function is one of the statistical functions. Returns the two-tailed Student's t-distribution. The Student's t-distribution is used in the hypothesis testing of small sample data sets. Use this function in place of a table of critical values for the t-distribution. The T.DIST.2T function syntax is: T.DIST.2T(x, deg-freedom) where x is the value at which the function should be calculated. A numeric value greater than 0. deg-freedom is the number of degrees of freedom, an integer greater than or equal to 1. The values can be entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to. To apply the T.DIST.2T function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the T.DIST.2T function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The T.DIST.2T function is one of the statistical functions. Returns the two-tailed Student's t-distribution. The Student's t-distribution is used in the hypothesis testing of small sample data sets. Use this function in place of a table of critical values for the t-distribution. Syntax T.DIST.2T(x, deg_freedom) The T.DIST.2T function has the following arguments: Argument Description x The value at which the function should be calculated. A numeric value greater than 0. deg_freedom The number of degrees of freedom, an integer greater than or equal to 1. Notes How to apply the T.DIST.2T function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the T.DIST.2T function." }, { "id": "Functions/t-dist-rt.htm", "title": "T.DIST.RT Function", - "body": "The T.DIST.RT function is one of the statistical functions. Returns the right-tailed Student's t-distribution. The t-distribution is used in the hypothesis testing of small sample data sets. Use this function in place of a table of critical values for the t-distribution. The T.DIST.RT function syntax is: T.DIST.RT(x, deg-freedom) where x is the value at which the function should be calculated. deg-freedom is the number of degrees of freedom, an integer greater than or equal to 1. The values can be entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to. To apply the T.DIST.RT function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the T.DIST.RT function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The T.DIST.RT function is one of the statistical functions. Returns the right-tailed Student's t-distribution. The t-distribution is used in the hypothesis testing of small sample data sets. Use this function in place of a table of critical values for the t-distribution. Syntax T.DIST.RT(x, deg_freedom) The T.DIST.RT function has the following arguments: Argument Description x The value at which the function should be calculated. deg_freedom The number of degrees of freedom, an integer greater than or equal to 1. Notes How to apply the T.DIST.RT function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the T.DIST.RT function." }, { "id": "Functions/t-dist.htm", "title": "T.DIST Function", - "body": "The T.DIST function is one of the statistical functions. Returns the Student's left-tailed t-distribution. The t-distribution is used in the hypothesis testing of small sample data sets. Use this function in place of a table of critical values for the t-distribution. The T.DIST function syntax is: T.DIST(x, deg-freedom, cumulative) where x is the value at which the function should be calculated. deg-freedom is the number of degrees of freedom, an integer greater than or equal to 1. cumulative is a logical value (TRUE or FALSE) that determines the function form. If it is TRUE, the function returns the cumulative distribution function. If it is FALSE, the function returns the probability density function. The values can be entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to. To apply the T.DIST function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the T.DIST function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The T.DIST function is one of the statistical functions. Returns the Student's left-tailed t-distribution. The t-distribution is used in the hypothesis testing of small sample data sets. Use this function in place of a table of critical values for the t-distribution. Syntax T.DIST(x, deg_freedom, cumulative) The T.DIST function has the following arguments: Argument Description x The value at which the function should be calculated. deg_freedom The number of degrees of freedom, an integer greater than or equal to 1. cumulative A logical value (TRUE or FALSE) that determines the function form. If it is TRUE, the function returns the cumulative distribution function. If it is FALSE, the function returns the probability density function. Notes How to apply the T.DIST function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the T.DIST function." }, { "id": "Functions/t-inv-2t.htm", "title": "T.INV.2T Function", - "body": "The T.INV.2T function is one of the statistical functions. Returns the two-tailed inverse of the Student's t-distribution. The T.INV.2T function syntax is: T.INV.2T(probability, deg-freedom) where probability is the probability associated with the Student's t-distribution. A numeric value greater than 0 but less than or equal to 1. deg-freedom is the number of degrees of freedom, an integer greater than or equal to 1. The values can be entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to. To apply the T.INV.2T function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the T.INV.2T function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The T.INV.2T function is one of the statistical functions. Returns the two-tailed inverse of the Student's t-distribution. Syntax T.INV.2T(probability, deg_freedom) The T.INV.2T function has the following arguments: Argument Description probability The probability associated with the Student's t-distribution. A numeric value greater than 0 but less than 1. deg_freedom The number of degrees of freedom, an integer greater than or equal to 1. Notes How to apply the T.INV.2T function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the T.INV.2T function." }, { "id": "Functions/t-inv.htm", "title": "T.INV Function", - "body": "The T.INV function is one of the statistical functions. Returns the left-tailed inverse of the Student's t-distribution. The T.INV function syntax is: T.INV(probability, deg-freedom) where probability is the probability associated with the Student's t-distribution. A numeric value greater than 0 but less than 1. deg-freedom is the number of degrees of freedom, an integer greater than or equal to 1. The values can be entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to. To apply the T.INV function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the T.INV function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The T.INV function is one of the statistical functions. Returns the left-tailed inverse of the Student's t-distribution. Syntax T.INV(probability, deg_freedom) The T.INV function has the following arguments: Argument Description probability The probability associated with the Student's t-distribution. A numeric value greater than 0 but less than 1. deg_freedom The number of degrees of freedom, an integer greater than or equal to 1. Notes How to apply the T.INV function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the T.INV function." }, { "id": "Functions/t-test.htm", "title": "T.TEST Function", - "body": "The T.TEST function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the probability associated with a Student's t-Test. Use T.TEST to determine whether two samples are likely to have come from the same two underlying populations that have the same mean. The T.TEST function syntax is: T.TEST(array1, array2, tails, type) where array1 is the first range of numeric values. array2 is the second range of numeric values. tails is the number of distribution tails. If it is 1, the function uses the one-tailed distribution. If it is 2, the function uses the two-tailed distribution. type is a numeric value that specifies the kind of t-Test to be performed. The value can be one of the following: Numeric value The kind of t-Test 1 Paired 2 Two-sample equal variance (homoscedastic) 3 Two-sample unequal variance (heteroscedastic) The values can be entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the T.TEST function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the T.TEST function, enter the required arguments separating by commas or select a range of cells with the mouse, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The T.TEST function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the probability associated with a Student's t-Test. Use T.TEST to determine whether two samples are likely to have come from the same two underlying populations that have the same mean. Syntax T.TEST(array1, array2, tails, type) The T.TEST function has the following arguments: Argument Description array1 The first range of numeric values. array2 The second range of numeric values. tails The number of distribution tails. If it is 1, the function uses the one-tailed distribution. If it is 2, the function uses the two-tailed distribution. type A numeric value that specifies the kind of t-Test to be performed. The possible values are listed in the table below. The type argument can be one of the following: Numeric value The kind of t-Test 1 Paired 2 Two-sample equal variance (homoscedastic) 3 Two-sample unequal variance (heteroscedastic) Notes How to apply the T.TEST function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the T.TEST function." }, { "id": "Functions/t.htm", "title": "T Function", - "body": "The T function is one of the text and data functions. Is used to check whether the value in the cell (or used as argument) is text or not. In case it is not text, the function returns blank result. In case the value/argument is text, the function returns the same text value. The T function syntax is: T(value) where value is data entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the T function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Text and data function group from the list, click the T function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell. For example: There is an argument: value = A1, where A1 is date and time. So the function returns date and time. If we change the A1 data from text to numerical value, the function returns blank result." + "body": "The T function is one of the text and data functions. Is used to check whether the value in the cell (or used as argument) is text or not. In case it is not text, the function returns blank result. In case the value/argument is text, the function returns the same text value. Syntax T(value) The T function has the following argument: Argument Description value The value you want to test. Notes How to apply the T function. Examples There is an argument: value = A1, where A1 is date and time. So the function returns date and time. If we change the A1 data from text to numerical value, the function returns blank result." }, { "id": "Functions/take.htm", "title": "TAKE Function", - "body": "The TAKE function is one of the lookup and reference functions. It is used to return rows or columns from array start or end. Please note that this is an array formula. To learn more, please read the Insert array formulas article. The TAKE function syntax is: TAKE(array, rows, [columns]) where array is used to set the array from which to take rows or columns. rows is used to set the number of rows to take. A negative value takes from the end of the array. columns is used to set the number of columns to take. A negative value takes from the end of the array. To apply the TAKE function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Lookup and Reference function group from the list, click the TAKE function, enter the required arguments separating them by comma, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The TAKE function is one of the lookup and reference functions. It is used to return rows or columns from array start or end. Syntax TAKE(array, rows, [columns]) The TAKE function has the following arguments: Argument Description array Is used to set the array from which to take rows or columns. rows Is used to set the number of rows to take. A negative value takes from the end of the array. columns Is used to set the number of columns to take. A negative value takes from the end of the array. Notes Please note that this is an array formula. To learn more, please read the Insert array formulas article. How to apply the TAKE function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the TAKE function." }, { "id": "Functions/tan.htm", "title": "TAN Function", - "body": "The TAN function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to return the tangent of an angle. The TAN function syntax is: TAN(x) where x is the angle in radians that you wish to calculate the tangent of. A numeric value entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. It is a required argument. To apply the TAN function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Math and trigonometry function group from the list, click the TAN function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The TAN function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to return the tangent of an angle. Syntax TAN(number) The TAN function has the following argument: Argument Description number The angle in radians that you wish to calculate the tangent of. Notes How to apply the TAN function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the TAN function." }, { "id": "Functions/tanh.htm", "title": "TANH Function", - "body": "The TANH function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to return the hyperbolic tangent of a number. The TANH function syntax is: TANH(x) where x is a numeric value entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the TANH function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Math and trigonometry function group from the list, click the TANH function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The TANH function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to return the hyperbolic tangent of a number. Syntax TANH(number) The TANH function has the following argument: Argument Description number A numeric value for which you want to get the hyperbolic tangent. Notes How to apply the TANH function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the TANH function." }, { "id": "Functions/tbilleq.htm", "title": "TBILLEQ Function", - "body": "The TBILLEQ function is one of the financial functions. It is used to calculate the bond-equivalent yield of a Treasury bill. The TBILLEQ function syntax is: TBILLEQ(settlement, maturity, discount) where settlement is the date when the Treasury bill is purchased. maturity is the date when the Treasury bill expires. This date must be within one year of the settlement date. discount is the discount rate of the Treasury bill. Note: dates must be entered by using the DATE function. The values can be entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the TBILLEQ function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Financial function group from the list, click the TBILLEQ function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The TBILLEQ function is one of the financial functions. It is used to calculate the bond-equivalent yield of a Treasury bill. Syntax TBILLEQ(settlement, maturity, discount) The TBILLEQ function has the following arguments: Argument Description settlement The date when the Treasury bill is purchased. maturity The date when the Treasury bill expires. This date must be within one year of the settlement date. discount The discount rate of the Treasury bill. Notes Dates must be entered by using the DATE function. How to apply the TBILLEQ function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the TBILLEQ function." }, { "id": "Functions/tbillprice.htm", "title": "TBILLPRICE Function", - "body": "The TBILLPRICE function is one of the financial functions. It is used to calculate the price per $100 par value for a Treasury bill. The TBILLPRICE function syntax is: TBILLPRICE(settlement, maturity, discount) where settlement is the date when the Treasury bill is purchased. maturity is the date when the Treasury bill expires. This date must be within one year of the settlement date. discount is the discount rate of the Treasury bill. Note: dates must be entered by using the DATE function. The values can be entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the TBILLPRICE function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Financial function group from the list, click the TBILLPRICE function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The TBILLPRICE function is one of the financial functions. It is used to calculate the price per $100 par value for a Treasury bill. Syntax TBILLPRICE(settlement, maturity, discount) The TBILLPRICE function has the following arguments: Argument Description settlement The date when the Treasury bill is purchased. maturity The date when the Treasury bill expires. This date must be within one year of the settlement date. discount The discount rate of the Treasury bill. Notes Dates must be entered by using the DATE function. How to apply the TBILLPRICE function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the TBILLPRICE function." }, { "id": "Functions/tbillyield.htm", "title": "TBILLYIELD Function", - "body": "The TBILLYIELD function is one of the financial functions. It is used to calculate the yield of a Treasury bill. The TBILLYIELD function syntax is: TBILLYIELD(settlement, maturity, pr) where settlement is the date when the Treasury bill is purchased. maturity is the date when the Treasury bill expires. This date must be within one year of the settlement date. pr is the purchase price of the Treasury bill, per $100 par value. Note: dates must be entered by using the DATE function. The values can be entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the TBILLYIELD function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Financial function group from the list, click the TBILLYIELD function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The TBILLYIELD function is one of the financial functions. It is used to calculate the yield of a Treasury bill. Syntax TBILLYIELD(settlement, maturity, pr) The TBILLYIELD function has the following arguments: Argument Description settlement The date when the Treasury bill is purchased. maturity The date when the Treasury bill expires. This date must be within one year of the settlement date. pr The purchase price of the Treasury bill, per $100 par value. Notes Dates must be entered by using the DATE function. How to apply the TBILLYIELD function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the TBILLYIELD function." }, { "id": "Functions/tdist.htm", "title": "TDIST Function", - "body": "The TDIST function is one of the statistical functions. Returns the Percentage Points (probability) for the Student t-distribution where a numeric value (x) is a calculated value of t for which the Percentage Points are to be computed. The t-distribution is used in the hypothesis testing of small sample data sets. Use this function in place of a table of critical values for the t-distribution. The TDIST function syntax is: TDIST(x, deg-freedom, tails) where x is the value at which the function should be calculated. A numeric value greater than 0. deg-freedom is the number of degrees of freedom, an integer greater than or equal to 1. tails is a numeric value that specifies the number of distribution tails to return. If it is set to 1, the function returns the one-tailed distribution. If it is set to 2, the function returns the two-tailed distribution. The values can be entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to. To apply the TDIST function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the TDIST function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The TDIST function is one of the statistical functions. Returns the Percentage Points (probability) for the Student t-distribution where a numeric value (x) is a calculated value of t for which the Percentage Points are to be computed. The t-distribution is used in the hypothesis testing of small sample data sets. Use this function in place of a table of critical values for the t-distribution. Syntax TDIST(x, deg_freedom, tails) The TDIST function has the following arguments: Argument Description x The value at which the function should be calculated. A numeric value greater than 0. deg_freedom The number of degrees of freedom, an integer greater than or equal to 1. tails A numeric value that specifies the number of distribution tails to return. If it is set to 1, the function returns the one-tailed distribution. If it is set to 2, the function returns the two-tailed distribution. Notes How to apply the TDIST function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the TDIST function." }, { "id": "Functions/text.htm", "title": "TEXT Function", - "body": "The TEXT function is one of the text and data functions. Is used to convert a value to a text in the specified format. The TEXT function syntax is: TEXT(value, format) where value is a value to convert to text. format is a format to display the results in. The data can be entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to. To apply the TEXT function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Text and data function group from the list, click the TEXT function, enter the required arguments separating them by comma, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The TEXT function is one of the text and data functions. Is used to convert a value to a text in the specified format. Syntax TEXT(value, format_text) The TEXT function has the following arguments: Argument Description value A value to convert to text. format_text A format to display the results in. Notes How to apply the TEXT function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the TEXT function." }, { "id": "Functions/textafter.htm", "title": "TEXTAFTER Function", - "body": "The TEXTAFTER function is one of the text and data functions. It is used to return text occurring after delimiting characters. The TEXTAFTER function syntax is: TEXTAFTER(text,delimiter,[instance_num], [match_mode], [match_end], [if_not_found]) where text is the text the search is conducted within. Wildcard characters are not allowed. If text is an empty string, the function returns empty text. delimiter is the text that marks the point after which the function extracts the text. instance_num is an optional argument. The instance of the delimiter after which the function extracts the text. By default, instance_num equals 1. A negative number will start the text search from the end. match_mode is an optional argument. It is used to determine whether the text search is case-sensitive. The default is case-sensitive. The following values are used: 0 for case sensitive, 1 for case insensitive. match_end is an optional argument. It treats the end of text as a delimiter. By default, the text is an exact match. The following values are used: 0 for not matching the delimiter against the end of the text, 1 for matching the delimiter against the end of the text. if_not_found is an optional argument. It sets a value that is returned if no match is found. To apply the TEXTAFTER function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Text and data function group from the list, click the TEXTAFTER function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The TEXTAFTER function is one of the text and data functions. It is used to return text occurring after delimiting characters. Syntax TEXTAFTER(text, delimiter, [instance_num], [match_mode], [match_end], [if_not_found]) The TEXTAFTER function has the following argument: Argument Description text The text the search is conducted within. Wildcard characters are not allowed. If text is an empty string, the function returns empty text. delimiter The text that marks the point after which the function extracts the text. instance_num An optional argument. The instance of the delimiter after which the function extracts the text. By default, instance_num equals 1. A negative number will start the text search from the end. match_mode An optional argument. It is used to determine whether the text search is case-sensitive. The default is case-sensitive. The following values are used: 0 for case sensitive, 1 for case insensitive. match_end An optional argument. It treats the end of text as a delimiter. By default, the text is an exact match. The following values are used: 0 for not matching the delimiter against the end of the text, 1 for matching the delimiter against the end of the text. if_not_found An optional argument. It sets a value that is returned if no match is found. Notes How to apply the TEXTAFTER function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the TEXTAFTER function." }, { "id": "Functions/textbefore.htm", "title": "TEXTBEFORE Function", - "body": "The TEXTBEFORE function is one of the text and data functions. It is used to return text occurring before delimiting characters. The TEXTBEFORE function syntax is: TEXTBEFORE(text,delimiter,[instance_num], [match_mode], [match_end], [if_not_found]) where text is the text the search is conducted within. Wildcard characters are not allowed. If text is an empty string, the function returns empty text. delimiter is the text that marks the point before which the function extracts the text. instance_num is an optional argument. The instance of the delimiter before which the function extracts the text. By default, instance_num equals 1. A negative number will start the text search from the end. match_mode is an optional argument. It is used to determine whether the text search is case-sensitive. The default is case-sensitive. The following values are used: 0 for case sensitive, 1 for case insensitive. match_end is an optional argument. It treats the end of text as a delimiter. By default, the text is an exact match. The following values are used: 0 for not matching the delimiter against the end of the text, 1 for matching the delimiter against the end of the text. if_not_found is an optional argument. It sets a value that is returned if no match is found. To apply the TEXTBEFORE function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Text and data function group from the list, click the TEXTBEFORE function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The TEXTBEFORE function is one of the text and data functions. It is used to return text occurring before delimiting characters. Syntax TEXTBEFORE(text, delimiter, [instance_num], [match_mode], [match_end], [if_not_found]) The TEXTBEFORE function has the following argument: Argument Description text The text the search is conducted within. Wildcard characters are not allowed. If text is an empty string, the function returns empty text. delimiter The text that marks the point before which the function extracts the text. instance_num An optional argument. The instance of the delimiter before which the function extracts the text. By default, instance_num equals 1. A negative number will start the text search from the end. match_mode An optional argument. It is used to determine whether the text search is case-sensitive. The default is case-sensitive. The following values are used: 0 for case sensitive, 1 for case insensitive. match_end An optional argument. It treats the end of text as a delimiter. By default, the text is an exact match. The following values are used: 0 for not matching the delimiter against the end of the text, 1 for matching the delimiter against the end of the text. if_not_found An optional argument. It sets a value that is returned if no match is found. Notes How to apply the TEXTBEFORE function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the TEXTBEFORE function." }, { "id": "Functions/textjoin.htm", "title": "TEXTJOIN Function", - "body": "The TEXTJOIN function is one of the text and data functions. Is used to combine the text from multiple ranges and/or strings, and includes a delimiter you specify between each text value that will be combined; if the delimiter is an empty text string, this function will effectively concatenate the ranges. This function is similar to the CONCAT function, but the difference is that the CONCAT function cannot accept a delimiter. The TEXTJOIN function syntax is: TEXTJOIN(delimiter, ignore_empty, text1 [, text2], …) where delimiter is the delimiter to be inserted between the text values. Can be specified as a text string enclosed by double quotes (e.g. \",\" (comma), \" \" (space), \"\\\" (backslash) etc.) or as a reference to a cell or range of cells. ignore_empty is a logical value that specifies whether empty cells should be ignored. When the value is set to TRUE, empty cells are ignored. text1(2) is up to 252 data values. Each value can be a text string or a reference to a range of cells. To apply the TEXTJOIN function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Text and data function group from the list, click the TEXTJOIN function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The TEXTJOIN function is one of the text and data functions. Is used to combine the text from multiple ranges and/or strings, and includes a delimiter you specify between each text value that will be combined; if the delimiter is an empty text string, this function will effectively concatenate the ranges. This function is similar to the CONCAT function, but the difference is that the CONCAT function cannot accept a delimiter. Syntax TEXTJOIN(delimiter, ignore_empty, text1, [text2], ...) The TEXTJOIN function has the following argument: Argument Description delimiter The delimiter to be inserted between the text values. Can be specified as a text string enclosed by double quotes (e.g. \",\" (comma), \" \" (space), \"\\\" (backslash) etc.) or as a reference to a cell or range of cells. ignore_empty A logical value that specifies whether empty cells should be ignored. When the value is set to TRUE, empty cells are ignored. text1/2/n Up to 253 data values. Each value can be a text string or a reference to a range of cells. Notes How to apply the TEXTJOIN function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the TEXTJOIN function." }, { "id": "Functions/textsplit.htm", "title": "TEXTSPLIT Function", - "body": "The TEXTSPLIT function is one of the text and data functions. It is used to split text strings through column and row delimiters. Please note that this is an array formula. To learn more, please read the Insert array formulas article. The TEXTSPLIT function syntax is: TEXTSPLIT(text,col_delimiter,[row_delimiter],[ignore_empty], [match_mode], [pad_with]) where text is used to set the text you want to split. col_delimiter is an optional argument. It is used to set the text that marks the point where to split the text across columns. row_delimiter is an optional argument. It is used to set the text that marks the point where to split the text down rows. ignore_empty is an optional argument. It is used to specify FALSE to create an empty cell when two delimiters are consecutive. Defaults to TRUE, which creates an empty cell. match_mode is an optional argument. It is used to search the text for a delimiter match. By default, a case-sensitive match is done. pad_with is used to set the value with which to pad the result. Defaults to #N/A. To apply the TEXTSPLIT function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Text and data function group from the list, click the TEXTSPLIT function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The TEXTSPLIT function is one of the text and data functions. It is used to split text strings through column and row delimiters. Syntax TEXTSPLIT(text, col_delimiter, [row_delimiter], [ignore_empty], [match_mode], [pad_with]) The TEXTSPLIT function has the following argument: Argument Description text The text you want to split. col_delimiter An optional argument. It is used to set the text that marks the point where to split the text across columns. row_delimiter An optional argument. It is used to set the text that marks the point where to split the text down rows. ignore_empty An optional argument. It is used to specify FALSE to create an empty cell when two delimiters are consecutive. Defaults to TRUE, which creates an empty cell. match_mode An optional argument. It is used to search the text for a delimiter match. By default, a case-sensitive match is done. pad_with Is used to set the value with which to pad the result. Defaults to #N/A. Notes Please note that this is an array formula. To learn more, please read the Insert array formulas article. How to apply the TEXTSPLIT function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the TEXTSPLIT function." }, { "id": "Functions/time.htm", "title": "TIME Function", - "body": "The TIME function is one of the date and time functions. It is used to add a particular time in the selected format (hh:mm tt by default). The TIME function syntax is: TIME(hour, minute, second) where hour is a number from 0 to 23. minute is a number from 0 to 59. second is a number from 0 to 59. The numeric values can be entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the TIME function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Date and time function group from the list, click the TIME function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The TIME function is one of the date and time functions. It is used to add a particular time in the selected format (hh:mm tt by default). Syntax TIME(hour, minute, second) The TIME function has the following arguments: Argument Description hour A number from 0 to 23. minute A number from 0 to 59. second A number from 0 to 59. Notes How to apply the TIME function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the TIME function." }, { "id": "Functions/timevalue.htm", "title": "TIMEVALUE Function", - "body": "The TIMEVALUE function is one of the date and time functions. It is used to return the serial number of a time. The TIMEVALUE function syntax is: TIMEVALUE(date-time-string) where date-time-string is a value entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the TIMEVALUE function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Date and time function group from the list, click the TIMEVALUE function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The TIMEVALUE function is one of the date and time functions. It is used to return the serial number of a time. Syntax TIMEVALUE(time_text) The TIMEVALUE function has the following argument: Argument Description time_text A text string that represents a time, e.g. \"4:30 PM\" or \"16:30\". Notes How to apply the TIMEVALUE function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the TIMEVALUE function." }, { "id": "Functions/tinv.htm", "title": "TINV Function", - "body": "The TINV function is one of the statistical functions. Returns the two-tailed inverse of the Student's t-distribution. The TINV function syntax is: TINV(probability, deg-freedom) where probability is the probability associated with the two-tailed Student's t-distribution. A numeric value greater than 0 but less than or equal to 1. deg-freedom is the number of degrees of freedom, an integer greater than or equal to 1. The values can be entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to. To apply the TINV function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the TINV function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The TINV function is one of the statistical functions. Returns the two-tailed inverse of the Student's t-distribution. Syntax TINV(probability, deg_freedom) The TINV function has the following arguments: Argument Description probability The probability associated with the two-tailed Student's t-distribution. A numeric value greater than 0 but less than or equal to 1. deg_freedom The number of degrees of freedom, an integer greater than or equal to 1. Notes How to apply the TINV function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the TINV function." }, { "id": "Functions/tocol.htm", "title": "TOCOL Function", - "body": "The TOCOL function is one of the lookup and reference functions. It is used to return the array as one row. Please note that this is an array formula. To learn more, please read the Insert array formulas article. The TOCOL function syntax is: TOCOL (array, [ignore], [scan_by_column]) where array is the array or reference to return as a column. ignore is used to set whether to ignore certain types of values. Defaults to ignoring no values. The following values are used: 0 to keep all values (default); 1 to ignore blanks; 2 to ignore errors; 3 to ignore blanks and errors. scan_by_column is used to scan the array by column. By default, array scanning is conducted by row. Scanning determines whether the values are arranged in rows or columns. To apply the TOCOL function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Lookup and Reference function group from the list, click the TOCOL function, enter the required arguments separating them by comma, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The TOCOL function is one of the lookup and reference functions. It is used to return the array as one column. Syntax TOCOL (array, [ignore], [scan_by_column]) The TOCOL function has the following arguments: Argument Description array The array or reference to return as a column. ignore Is used to set whether to ignore certain types of values. Defaults to ignoring no values. The following values are used: 0 to keep all values (default); 1 to ignore blanks; 2 to ignore errors; 3 to ignore blanks and errors. scan_by_column Is used to scan the array by column. By default, array scanning is conducted by row. Scanning determines whether the values are arranged in rows or columns. A logical value (TRUE or FALSE). Notes If scan_by_column is omitted or FALSE, the array is scanned by row. If it is TRUE, the array is scanned by column. Please note that this is an array formula. To learn more, please read the Insert array formulas article. How to apply the TOCOL function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the TOCOL function." }, { "id": "Functions/today.htm", "title": "TODAY Function", - "body": "The TODAY function is one of the date and time functions. It is used to add the current day in the following format MM/dd/yy. This function does not require an argument. The TODAY function syntax is: TODAY() To apply the TODAY function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Date and time function group from the list, click the TODAY function, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The TODAY function is one of the date and time functions. It is used to add the current day in the following format MM/dd/yy. This function does not require an argument. Syntax TODAY() Notes How to apply the TODAY function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the TODAY function." }, { "id": "Functions/torow.htm", "title": "TOROW Function", - "body": "The TOROW function is one of the lookup and reference functions. It is used to return the array as one row. Please note that this is an array formula. To learn more, please read the Insert array formulas article. The TOROW function syntax is: TOROW (array, [ignore], [scan_by_column]) where array is the array or reference to return as a row. ignore is used to set whether to ignore certain types of values. Defaults to ignoring no values. The following values are used: 0 to keep all values (default); 1 to ignore blanks; 2 to ignore errors; 3 to ignore blanks and errors. scan_by_column is used to scan the array by column. By default, array scanning is conducted by row. Scanning determines whether the values are arranged in rows or columns. To apply the TOROW function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Lookup and Reference function group from the list, click the TOROW function, enter the required arguments separating them by comma, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The TOROW function is one of the lookup and reference functions. It is used to return the array as one row. Syntax TOROW (array, [ignore], [scan_by_column]) The TOROW function has the following arguments: Argument Description array The array or reference to return as a row. ignore Is used to set whether to ignore certain types of values. Defaults to ignoring no values. The following values are used: 0 to keep all values (default); 1 to ignore blanks; 2 to ignore errors; 3 to ignore blanks and errors. scan_by_column Is used to scan the array by column. By default, array scanning is conducted by row. Scanning determines whether the values are arranged in rows or columns. A logical value (TRUE or FALSE). Notes If scan_by_column is omitted or FALSE, the array is scanned by row. If it is TRUE, the array is scanned by column. Please note that this is an array formula. To learn more, please read the Insert array formulas article. How to apply the TOROW function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the TOROW function." }, { "id": "Functions/transpose.htm", "title": "TRANSPOSE Function", - "body": "The TRANSPOSE function is one of the lookup and reference functions. It is used to return the first element of an array. The TRANSPOSE function syntax is: TRANSPOSE(array) where array is a reference to a range of cells. To apply the TRANSPOSE function, select a cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Lookup and Reference function group from the list, click the TRANSPOSE function, select a range of cells with the mouse or enter it manually, like this A1:B2, press the Enter key. The result will be displayed in the selected range of cells." + "body": "The TRANSPOSE function is one of the lookup and reference functions. It is used to convert columns into rows and rows into columns. Syntax TRANSPOSE(array) The TRANSPOSE function has the following arguments: Argument Description array A reference to a range of cells. Notes Please note that this is an array formula. To learn more, please read the Insert array formulas article. How to apply the TRANSPOSE function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the TRANSPOSE function." }, { "id": "Functions/trend.htm", "title": "TREND Function", - "body": "The TREND function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to calculate a linear trend line and returns values along it using the method of least squares. The TREND function syntax is: TREND(known_y’s, [known_x’s], [new_x’s], [const]) where known_y’s is the set of y-values you already know in the y = mx + b equation. known_x’s is the optional set of x-values you might know in the y = mx + b equation. new_x’s is the optional set of x-values you want y-values to be returned to. const is an optional argument. It is a TRUE or FALSE value where TRUE or lack of the argument forces b to be calculated normally and FALSE sets b to 0 in the y = mx + b equation and m-values correspond with the y = mx equation. To apply the TREND function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the TREND function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The TREND function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to calculate a linear trend line and returns values along it using the method of least squares. Syntax TREND(known_y’s, [known_x’s], [new_x’s], [const]) The TREND function has the following arguments: Argument Description known_y’s The set of y-values you already know in the y = mx + b equation. known_x’s The optional set of x-values you might know in the y = mx + b equation. new_x’s The optional set of x-values you want y-values to be returned to. const An optional argument. It is a TRUE or FALSE value where TRUE or lack of the argument forces b to be calculated normally and FALSE sets b to 0 in the y = mx + b equation and m-values correspond with the y = mx equation. Notes Please note that this is an array formula. To learn more, please read the Insert array formulas article. How to apply the TREND function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the TREND function." }, { "id": "Functions/trim.htm", "title": "TRIM Function", - "body": "The TRIM function is one of the text and data functions. Is used to remove the leading and trailing spaces from a string. The TRIM function syntax is: TRIM(string) where string is a text value entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the TRIM function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Text and data function group from the list, click the TRIM function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The TRIM function is one of the text and data functions. Is used to remove the leading and trailing spaces from a string. Syntax TRIM(text) The TRIM function has the following argument: Argument Description text A text value from which you want to remove spaces. Notes How to apply the TRIM function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the TRIM function." }, { "id": "Functions/trimmean.htm", "title": "TRIMMEAN Function", - "body": "The TRIMMEAN function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the mean of the interior of a data set. TRIMMEAN calculates the mean taken by excluding a percentage of data points from the top and bottom tails of a data set. The TRIMMEAN function syntax is: TRIMMEAN(array, percent) where array is the range of numeric values to trim and average. percent is a total percent of data points to exclude from the calculation. A numeric value greater than or equal to 0 but less than 1. The number of excluded data points is rounded down to the nearest multiple of 2. E.g., if array contains 30 values and percent is 0.1, 10 percent of 30 points is 3. This value is rounded down to 2, so 1 point is trimmed from each tail of the data set: 1 from the top and 1 from the bottom of the set. The values can be entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the TRIMMEAN function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the TRIMMEAN function, enter the required arguments separating by commas or select a range of cells with the mouse, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The TRIMMEAN function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the mean of the interior of a data set. TRIMMEAN calculates the mean taken by excluding a percentage of data points from the top and bottom tails of a data set. Syntax TRIMMEAN(array, percent) The TRIMMEAN function has the following arguments: Argument Description array The range of numeric values to trim and average. percent A total percent of data points to exclude from the calculation. A numeric value greater than or equal to 0 but less than 1. The number of excluded data points is rounded down to the nearest multiple of 2. E.g., if array contains 30 values and percent is 0.1, 10 percent of 30 points is 3. This value is rounded down to 2, so 1 point is trimmed from each tail of the data set: 1 from the top and 1 from the bottom of the set. Notes How to apply the TRIMMEAN function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the TRIMMEAN function." }, { "id": "Functions/true.htm", "title": "TRUE Function", - "body": "The TRUE function is one of the logical functions. The function returns TRUE and does not require any argument. The TRUE function syntax is: TRUE() To apply the TRUE function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Logical function group from the list, click the TRUE function, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The TRUE function is one of the logical functions. The function returns TRUE and does not require any argument. Syntax TRUE() Notes How to apply the TRUE function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the TRUE function." }, { "id": "Functions/trunc.htm", "title": "TRUNC Function", - "body": "The TRUNC function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to return a number truncated to a specified number of digits. The TRUNC function syntax is: TRUNC(x [,number-digits]) where x is a number to truncate. number-digits is a number of decimal places to display. It is an optional argument. If omitted, the function will assume it to be 0. The numeric values can be entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the TRUNC function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Math and trigonometry function group from the list, click the TRUNC function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The TRUNC function is one of the math and trigonometry functions. It is used to return a number truncated to a specified number of digits. Syntax TRUNC(number, [num_digits]) The TRUNC function has the following arguments: Argument Description number A number to truncate. num_digits A number of decimal places to display. It is an optional argument. If omitted, the function will assume it to be 0. Notes How to apply the TRUNC function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the TRUNC function." }, { "id": "Functions/ttest.htm", "title": "TTEST Function", - "body": "The TTEST function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the probability associated with a Student's t-Test. Use TTEST to determine whether two samples are likely to have come from the same two underlying populations that have the same mean. The TTEST function syntax is: TTEST(array1, array2, tails, type) where array1 is the first range of numeric values. array2 is the second range of numeric values. tails is the number of distribution tails. If it is 1, the function uses the one-tailed distribution. If it is 2, the function uses the two-tailed distribution. type is a numeric value that specifies the kind of t-Test to be performed. The value can be one of the following: Numeric value The kind of t-Test 1 Paired 2 Two-sample equal variance (homoscedastic) 3 Two-sample unequal variance (heteroscedastic) The values can be entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the TTEST function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the TTEST function, enter the required arguments separating by commas or select a range of cells with the mouse, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The TTEST function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the probability associated with a Student's t-Test. Use TTEST to determine whether two samples are likely to have come from the same two underlying populations that have the same mean. Syntax TTEST(array1, array2, tails, type) The TTEST function has the following arguments: Argument Description array1 The first range of numeric values. array2 The second range of numeric values. tails The number of distribution tails. If it is 1, the function uses the one-tailed distribution. If it is 2, the function uses the two-tailed distribution. type A numeric value that specifies the kind of t-Test to be performed. The possible values are listed in the table below. The type argument can be one of the following: Numeric value The kind of t-Test 1 Paired 2 Two-sample equal variance (homoscedastic) 3 Two-sample unequal variance (heteroscedastic) Notes How to apply the TTEST function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the TTEST function." }, { "id": "Functions/type.htm", "title": "TYPE Function", - "body": "The TYPE function is one of the information functions. It is used to determine the type of the resulting or displayed value. The TYPE function syntax is: TYPE(value) where value is a value to test entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. Below you will find the possible values and the result that TYPE returns: Value Result number 1 text 2 logical value 4 error value 16 array 64 To apply the TYPE function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Information function group from the list, click the TYPE function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The TYPE function is one of the information functions. It is used to determine the type of the resulting or displayed value. Syntax TYPE(value) The TYPE function has the following argument: Argument Description value A value to test. The possible values are listed in the table below. The value argument can be one of the following: Value Result number 1 text 2 logical value 4 error value 16 array 64 Notes How to apply the TYPE function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the TYPE function." }, { "id": "Functions/unichar.htm", "title": "UNICHAR Function", - "body": "The UNICHAR function is one of the text and data functions. Is used to return the Unicode character that is referenced by the given numeric value. The UNICHAR function syntax is: UNICHAR(number) where number is the Unicode number that represents the character. It can be entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the UNICHAR function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Text and data function group from the list, click the UNICHAR function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The UNICHAR function is one of the text and data functions. Is used to return the Unicode character that is referenced by the given numeric value. Syntax UNICHAR(number) The UNICHAR function has the following argument: Argument Description number The Unicode number that represents the character. Notes How to apply the UNICHAR function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the UNICHAR function." }, { "id": "Functions/unicode.htm", "title": "UNICODE Function", - "body": "The UNICODE function is one of the text and data functions. Is used to return the number (code point) corresponding to the first character of the text. The UNICODE function syntax is: UNICODE(text) where text is the text string beginning with the character you want to get the Unicode value for. It can be entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the UNICODE function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Text and data function group from the list, click the UNICODE function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The UNICODE function is one of the text and data functions. Is used to return the number (code point) corresponding to the first character of the text. Syntax UNICODE(text) The UNICODE function has the following argument: Argument Description text The text string beginning with the character you want to get the Unicode value for. Notes How to apply the UNICODE function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the UNICODE function." }, { "id": "Functions/unique.htm", "title": "UNIQUE Function", - "body": "The UNIQUE function is one of the reference functions. It is used to return a list of unique values from the specified range. The UNIQUE function syntax is: UNIQUE(array,[by_col],[exactly_once]) where array is the range from which to extract unique values. by_col is the optional TRUE or FALSE value indicating the method of comparison: TRUE for columns and FALSE for rows. exactly_once is the optional TRUE or FALSE value indicating the returning method: TRUE for values occurring once and FALSE for all unique values. To apply the UNIQUE function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Look up and reference function group from the list, click the UNIQUE function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell. To return a range of values, select a required range of cells, enter the formula, and press the Ctrl+Shift+Enter key combination." + "body": "The UNIQUE function is one of the lookup and reference functions. It is used to return a list of unique values from the specified range. Syntax UNIQUE(array, [by_col], [exactly_once]) The UNIQUE function has the following arguments: Argument Description array The range from which to extract unique values. by_col The optional TRUE or FALSE value indicating the method of comparison: TRUE for columns and FALSE for rows. exactly_once The optional TRUE or FALSE value indicating the returning method: TRUE for values occurring once and FALSE for all unique values. Notes Please note that this is an array formula. To learn more, please read the Insert array formulas article. How to apply the UNIQUE function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the UNIQUE function." }, { "id": "Functions/upper.htm", "title": "UPPER Function", - "body": "The UPPER function is one of the text and data functions. Is used to convert lowercase letters to uppercase in the selected cell. The UPPER function syntax is: UPPER(text) where text is a text data included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the UPPER function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Text and data function group from the list, click the UPPER function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The UPPER function is one of the text and data functions. Is used to convert lowercase letters to uppercase in the selected cell. Syntax UPPER(text) The UPPER function has the following argument: Argument Description text The text you want to convert to uppercase. Notes How to apply the UPPER function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the UPPER function." }, { "id": "Functions/value.htm", "title": "VALUE Function", - "body": "The VALUE function is one of the text and data functions. Is used to convert a text value that represents a number to a number. If the converted text is not a number, the function will return a #VALUE! error. The VALUE function syntax is: VALUE(string) where string is text data that represents a number entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the VALUE function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Text and data function group from the list, click the VALUE function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The VALUE function is one of the text and data functions. Is used to convert a text value that represents a number to a number. If the converted text is not a number, the function will return a #VALUE! error. Syntax VALUE(text) The VALUE function has the following argument: Argument Description text Text data that represents a number. Notes How to apply the VALUE function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the VALUE function." }, { "id": "Functions/var-p.htm", "title": "VAR.P Function", - "body": "The VAR.P function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to calculate variance based on the entire population (ignores logical values and text in the population). The VAR.P function syntax is: VAR.P(number1 [, number2], ...) where number1(2) is up to 254 numerical values entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to. Note: empty cells, logical values, text, or error values supplied as part of an array are ignored. If they are supplied directly to the function, text representations of numbers and logical values are interpreted as numbers. To apply the VAR.P function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the VAR.P function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas or select a range of cells with the mouse, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The VAR.P function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to calculate variance based on the entire population (ignores logical values and text in the population). Syntax VAR.P(number1, [number2], ...) The VAR.P function has the following arguments: Argument Description number1/2/n Up to 255 numeric values for which you want to calculate the variance. Notes Empty cells, logical values, text, or error values supplied as part of an array are ignored. If they are supplied directly to the function, text representations of numbers and logical values are interpreted as numbers. How to apply the VAR.P function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the VAR.P function." }, { "id": "Functions/var-s.htm", "title": "VAR.S Function", - "body": "The VAR.S function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to estimate variance based on a sample (ignores logical values and text in the sample). The VAR.S function syntax is: VAR.S(number1 [, number2], ...) where number1(2) is up to 254 numerical values entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to. Note: empty cells, logical values, text, or error values supplied as part of an array are ignored. If they are supplied directly to the function, text representations of numbers and logical values are interpreted as numbers. To apply the VAR.S function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the VAR.S function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas or select a range of cells with the mouse, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The VAR.S function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to estimate variance based on a sample (ignores logical values and text in the sample). Syntax VAR.S(number1, [number2], ...) The VAR.S function has the following arguments: Argument Description number1/2/n Up to 255 numeric values for which you want to calculate the variance. Notes Empty cells, logical values, text, or error values supplied as part of an array are ignored. If they are supplied directly to the function, text representations of numbers and logical values are interpreted as numbers. How to apply the VAR.S function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the VAR.S function." }, { "id": "Functions/var.htm", "title": "VAR Function", - "body": "The VAR function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to analyze the set of values and calculate the sample variance. The VAR function syntax is: VAR(argument-list) where argument-list is a set of numerical values entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to. Note: empty cells, logical values, text, or error values supplied as part of an array are ignored. If they are supplied directly to the function, text representations of numbers and logical values are interpreted as numbers. To apply the VAR function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the VAR function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas or select a range of cells with the mouse, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The VAR function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to analyze the set of values and calculate the sample variance. Syntax VAR(number1, [number2], ...) The VAR function has the following arguments: Argument Description number1/2/n Up to 255 numeric values for which you want to calculate the variance. Notes Empty cells, logical values, text, or error values supplied as part of an array are ignored. If they are supplied directly to the function, text representations of numbers and logical values are interpreted as numbers. How to apply the VAR function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the VAR function." }, { "id": "Functions/vara.htm", "title": "VARA Function", - "body": "The VARA function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to analyze the set of values and calculate the sample variance. The VARA function syntax is: VARA(argument-list) where argument-list is a set of values entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to. Note: text and FALSE values are counted as 0, TRUE values are counted as 1, empty cells are ignored. To apply the VARA function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the VARA function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas or select a range of cells with the mouse, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The VARA function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to analyze the set of values and calculate the sample variance. Syntax VARA(value1, [value2], ...) The VARA function has the following arguments: Argument Description value1/2/n Up to 255 values for which you want to calculate the variance. Notes Text and FALSE values are counted as 0, TRUE values are counted as 1, empty cells are ignored. How to apply the VARA function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the VARA function." }, { "id": "Functions/varp.htm", "title": "VARP Function", - "body": "The VARP function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to analyze the set of values and calculate the variance of an entire population. The VARP function syntax is: VARP(argument-list) where argument-list is a set of numerical values entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to. Note: empty cells, logical values, text, or error values supplied as part of an array are ignored. If they are supplied directly to the function, text representations of numbers and logical values are interpreted as numbers. To apply the VARP function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the VARP function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas or select a range of cells with the mouse, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The VARP function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to analyze the set of values and calculate the variance of an entire population. Syntax VARP(number1, [number2], ...) The VARP function has the following arguments: Argument Description number1/2/n Up to 255 numeric values for which you want to calculate the variance. Notes Empty cells, logical values, text, or error values supplied as part of an array are ignored. If they are supplied directly to the function, text representations of numbers and logical values are interpreted as numbers. How to apply the VARP function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the VARP function." }, { "id": "Functions/varpa.htm", "title": "VARPA Function", - "body": "The VARPA function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to analyze the set of values and return the variance of an entire population. The VARPA function syntax is: VARPA(argument-list) where argument-list is a set of values entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to. Note: text and FALSE values are counted as 0, TRUE values are counted as 1, empty cells are ignored. To apply the VARPA function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the VARPA function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas or select a range of cells with the mouse, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The VARPA function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to analyze the set of values and return the variance of an entire population. Syntax VARPA(value1, [value2], ...) The VARPA function has the following arguments: Argument Description value1/2/n Up to 255 values for which you want to calculate the variance. Notes Text and FALSE values are counted as 0, TRUE values are counted as 1, empty cells are ignored. How to apply the VARPA function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the VARPA function." }, { "id": "Functions/vdb.htm", "title": "VDB Function", - "body": "The VDB function is one of the financial functions. It is used to calculate the depreciation of an asset for a specified or partial accounting period using the variable declining balance method. The VDB function syntax is: VDB(cost, salvage, life, start-period, end-period[, [[factor][, [no-switch-flag]]]]]) where cost is the cost of the asset. salvage is the salvage value of the asset at the end of its lifetime. life is the total number of the periods within the asset lifetime. start-period is a starting period you wish to calculate depreciation for. The value must be expressed in the same units as life. end-period is an ending period you wish to calculate depreciation for. The value must be expressed in the same units as life. factor is the rate at which the balance declines. It is an optional argument. If it is omitted, the function will assume factor to be 2. no-switch-flag is the optional argument that specifies whether to use straight-line depreciation when depreciation is greater than the declining balance calculation. If it is set to FALSE or omitted, the function uses the straight-line depreciation method. If it is set to TRUE, the function uses the declining balance method. Note: all the numeric values must be positive numbers. The values can be entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the VDB function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Financial function group from the list, click the VDB function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The VDB function is one of the financial functions. It is used to calculate the depreciation of an asset for a specified or partial accounting period using the variable declining balance method. Syntax VDB(cost, salvage, life, start_period, end_period, [factor], [no_switch]) The VDB function has the following arguments: Argument Description cost The cost of the asset. salvage The salvage value of the asset at the end of its lifetime. life The total number of the periods within the asset lifetime. start_period A starting period you wish to calculate depreciation for. The value must be expressed in the same units as life. end_period An ending period you wish to calculate depreciation for. The value must be expressed in the same units as life. factor The rate at which the balance declines. It is an optional argument. If it is omitted, the function will assume factor to be 2. no_switch The optional argument that specifies whether to use straight-line depreciation when depreciation is greater than the declining balance calculation. If it is set to FALSE or omitted, the function uses the straight-line depreciation method. If it is set to TRUE, the function uses the declining balance method. Notes All the numeric values must be positive numbers. How to apply the VDB function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the VDB function." }, { "id": "Functions/vlookup.htm", "title": "VLOOKUP Function", - "body": "The VLOOKUP function is one of the lookup and reference functions. It is used to perform the vertical search for a value in the left-most column of a table or an array and return the value in the same row based on a specified column index number. The VLOOKUP function syntax is: VLOOKUP (lookup-value, table-array, col-index-num[, [range-lookup-flag]]) where lookup-value is a value to search for. table-array is two or more columns containing data sorted in ascending order. col-index-num is a column number in the table-array, a numeric value greater than or equal to 1 but less than the number of columns in the table-array range-lookup-flag is a logical value TRUE or FALSE. It is an optional argument. Enter FALSE to find an exact match. Enter TRUE or omit this argument to find an approximate match, in this case if there is not a value that strictly matches the lookup-value, then the function will choose the next largest value less than the lookup-value. Note: if the range-lookup-flag is set to FALSE, but no exact match is found, then the function will return the #N/A error. To apply the VLOOKUP function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Lookup and Reference function group from the list, click the VLOOKUP function, enter the required arguments separating them by comma, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The VLOOKUP function is one of the lookup and reference functions. It is used to perform the vertical search for a value in the left-most column of a table or an array and return the value in the same row based on a specified column index number. Syntax VLOOKUP (lookup_value, table_array, col_index_num, [range_lookup]) The VLOOKUP function has the following arguments: Argument Description lookup_value A value to search for. table_array Two or more columns containing data sorted in ascending order. col_index_num A column number in the table_array, a numeric value greater than or equal to 1 but less than the number of columns in the table_array. range_lookup A logical value TRUE or FALSE. It is an optional argument. Enter FALSE to find an exact match. Enter TRUE or omit this argument to find an approximate match, in this case if there is not a value that strictly matches the lookup_value, then the function will choose the next largest value less than the lookup_value. Notes If the range_lookup is set to FALSE, but no exact match is found, then the function will return the #N/A error. How to apply the VLOOKUP function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the VLOOKUP function." }, { "id": "Functions/vstack.htm", "title": "VSTACK Function", - "body": "The VSTACK function is one of the lookup and reference functions. It is used to vertically stack arrays into one array. Please note that this is an array formula. To learn more, please read the Insert array formulas article. The VSTACK function syntax is: VSTACK (array1, [array2], ...) where array is used to set the arrays to append. To apply the VSTACK function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Lookup and Reference function group from the list, click the VSTACK function, enter the required arguments separating them by comma, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The VSTACK function is one of the lookup and reference functions. It is used to vertically stack arrays into one array. Syntax VSTACK (array1, [array2], ...) The VSTACK function has the following arguments: Argument Description array1/2/n Is used to set the arrays to append. Notes Please note that this is an array formula. To learn more, please read the Insert array formulas article. How to apply the VSTACK function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the VSTACK function." }, { "id": "Functions/weekday.htm", "title": "WEEKDAY Function", - "body": "The WEEKDAY function is one of the date and time functions. It is used to determine which day of the week the specified date is. The WEEKDAY function syntax is: WEEKDAY(serial-value [,weekday-start-flag]) where serial-value is a number representing the date of the day you are trying to find, entered using the Date function or other date and time function. weekday-start-flag is a numeric value used to determine the type of the value to be returned. It can be one of the following: Numeric value Explanation 1 or omitted Returns a number from 1 (Sunday) to 7 (Saturday) 2 Returns a number from 1 (Monday) to 7 (Sunday). 3 Returns a number from 0 (Monday) to 6 (Sunday). select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Date and time function group from the list, click the WEEKDAY function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The WEEKDAY function is one of the date and time functions. It is used to determine which day of the week the specified date is. Syntax WEEKDAY(serial_number, [return_type]) The WEEKDAY function has the following arguments: Argument Description serial_number A number representing the date of the day you are trying to find, entered using the DATE function or other date and time function. return_type A numeric value used to determine the type of the value to be returned. The possible values are listed in the table below. The return_type argument can be one of the following: Numeric value Explanation 1 or omitted Returns a number from 1 (Sunday) to 7 (Saturday) 2 Returns a number from 1 (Monday) to 7 (Sunday). 3 Returns a number from 0 (Monday) to 6 (Sunday). Notes How to apply the WEEKDAY function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the WEEKDAY function." }, { "id": "Functions/weeknum.htm", "title": "WEEKNUM Function", - "body": "The WEEKNUM function is one of the date and time functions. It used to return the number of the week the specified date falls within the year. The WEEKNUM function syntax is: WEEKNUM(serial_number, [return_type]) where serial_number is a number representing the date within the week, entered using the Date function or other date and time function. return_type is a numeric value used to determine on which day the week begins. It can be one of the following: Numeric value Week begins on System 1 or omitted Sunday 1 2 Monday 1 11 Monday 1 12 Tuesday 1 13 Wednesday 1 14 Thursday 1 15 Friday 1 16 Saturday 1 17 Sunday 1 21 Monday 2 When return_type is set to 1-17, System 1 is used. This means that the first week in a year is the week that contains January 1. When return_type is set to 21, System 2 is used. This means that the first week in a year is the week that contains the first Thursday of the year. System 2 is commonly used in Europe according to the ISO 8601 standard. To apply the WEEKNUM function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Date and time function group from the list, click the WEEKNUM function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The WEEKNUM function is one of the date and time functions. It used to return the number of the week the specified date falls within the year. Syntax WEEKNUM(serial_number, [return_type]) The WEEKNUM function has the following arguments: Argument Description serial_number A number representing the date within the week, entered using the DATE function or other date and time function. return_type A numeric value used to determine on which day the week begins. The possible values are listed in the table below. The return_type argument can be one of the following: Numeric value Week begins on System 1 or omitted Sunday 1 2 Monday 1 11 Monday 1 12 Tuesday 1 13 Wednesday 1 14 Thursday 1 15 Friday 1 16 Saturday 1 17 Sunday 1 21 Monday 2 Notes When return_type is set to 1-17, System 1 is used. This means that the first week in a year is the week that contains January 1. When return_type is set to 21, System 2 is used. This means that the first week in a year is the week that contains the first Thursday of the year. System 2 is commonly used in Europe according to the ISO 8601 standard. How to apply the WEEKNUM function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the WEEKNUM function." }, { "id": "Functions/weibull-dist.htm", "title": "WEIBULL.DIST Function", - "body": "The WEIBULL.DIST function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the Weibull distribution. Use this distribution in reliability analysis, such as calculating a device's mean time to failure. The WEIBULL.DIST function syntax is: WEIBULL.DIST(x, alpha, beta, cumulative) where x is the value between at which the function should be calculated, a numeric value greater than or equal to 0. alpha is the first parameter of the distribution, a numeric value greater than 0. beta is the second parameter of the distribution, a numeric value greater than 0. cumulative is a logical value (TRUE or FALSE) that determines the function form. If it is TRUE, the function returns the cumulative distribution function. If it is FALSE, the function returns the probability density function. The values can be entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to. To apply the WEIBULL.DIST function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the WEIBULL.DIST function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The WEIBULL.DIST function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the Weibull distribution. Use this distribution in reliability analysis, such as calculating a device's mean time to failure. Syntax WEIBULL.DIST(x, alpha, beta, cumulative) The WEIBULL.DIST function has the following arguments: Argument Description x The value between at which the function should be calculated, a numeric value greater than or equal to 0. alpha The first parameter of the distribution, a numeric value greater than 0. beta The second parameter of the distribution, a numeric value greater than 0. cumulative A logical value (TRUE or FALSE) that determines the function form. If it is TRUE, the function returns the cumulative distribution function. If it is FALSE, the function returns the probability density function. Notes How to apply the WEIBULL.DIST function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the WEIBULL.DIST function." }, { "id": "Functions/weibull.htm", "title": "WEIBULL Function", - "body": "The WEIBULL function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the Weibull distribution. Use this distribution in reliability analysis, such as calculating a device's mean time to failure. The WEIBULL function syntax is: WEIBULL(x, alpha, beta, cumulative) where x is the value between at which the function should be calculated, a numeric value greater than or equal to 0. alpha is the first parameter of the distribution, a numeric value greater than 0. beta is the second parameter of the distribution, a numeric value greater than 0. cumulative is a logical value (TRUE or FALSE) that determines the function form. If it is TRUE, the function returns the cumulative distribution function. If it is FALSE, the function returns the probability density function. The values can be entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to. To apply the WEIBULL function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the WEIBULL function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The WEIBULL function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the Weibull distribution. Use this distribution in reliability analysis, such as calculating a device's mean time to failure. Syntax WEIBULL(x, alpha, beta, cumulative) The WEIBULL function has the following arguments: Argument Description x The value between at which the function should be calculated, a numeric value greater than or equal to 0. alpha The first parameter of the distribution, a numeric value greater than 0. beta The second parameter of the distribution, a numeric value greater than 0. cumulative A logical value (TRUE or FALSE) that determines the function form. If it is TRUE, the function returns the cumulative distribution function. If it is FALSE, the function returns the probability density function. Notes How to apply the WEIBULL function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the WEIBULL function." }, { "id": "Functions/workday-intl.htm", "title": "WORKDAY.INTL Function", - "body": "The WORKDAY.INTL function is one of the date and time functions. It is used to return the date before or after a specified number of workdays with custom weekend parameters; weekend parameters indicate which and how many days are weekend days. The WORKDAY.INTL function syntax is: WORKDAY.INTL(start_date, days, [, weekend], [, holidays]) where start_date is the first date of the period entered using the Date function or other date and time function. days is a number of workdays before or after start_date. If the days has the negative sign, the function will return the date which comes before the specified start_date. If the days has the positive sign, the function will return the date which follows after the specified start_date. weekend is an optional argument, a number or a string that specifies which days to consider weekends. The possible numbers are listed in the table below. Number Weekend days 1 or omitted Saturday, Sunday 2 Sunday, Monday 3 Monday, Tuesday 4 Tuesday, Wednesday 5 Wednesday, Thursday 6 Thursday, Friday 7 Friday, Saturday 11 Sunday only 12 Monday only 13 Tuesday only 14 Wednesday only 15 Thursday only 16 Friday only 17 Saturday only A string that specifies weekend days must contain 7 characters. Each character represents a day of the week, starting from Monday. 0 represents a workday, 1 represents a weekend day. E.g. \"0000011\" specifies that weekend days are Saturday and Sunday. The string \"1111111\" is not valid. holidays is an optional argument that specifies which dates in addition to weekend are nonworking. You can enter them using the Date function or other date and time function or specify a reference to a range of cells containing dates. To apply the WORKDAY.INTL function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Date and time function group from the list, click the WORKDAY.INTL function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The WORKDAY.INTL function is one of the date and time functions. It is used to return the date before or after a specified number of workdays with custom weekend parameters; weekend parameters indicate which and how many days are weekend days. Syntax WORKDAY.INTL(start_date, days, [weekend], [holidays]) The WORKDAY.INTL function has the following arguments: Argument Description start_date The first date of the period entered using the DATE function or other date and time function. days A number of nonweekend before or after start_date. If the days has the negative sign, the function will return the date which comes before the specified start_date. If the days has the positive sign, the function will return the date which follows after the specified start_date. weekend An optional argument, a number or a string that specifies which days to consider weekends. The possible numbers are listed in the table below. holidays An optional argument that specifies which dates besides weekends are nonworking. You can enter them using the DATE function or other date and time function or specify a reference to a range of cells containing dates. The weekend argument can be one of the following: Number Weekend days 1 or omitted Saturday, Sunday 2 Sunday, Monday 3 Monday, Tuesday 4 Tuesday, Wednesday 5 Wednesday, Thursday 6 Thursday, Friday 7 Friday, Saturday 11 Sunday only 12 Monday only 13 Tuesday only 14 Wednesday only 15 Thursday only 16 Friday only 17 Saturday only Notes A string that specifies weekend days must contain 7 characters. Each character represents a day of the week, starting from Monday. 0 represents a workday, 1 represents a weekend day. E.g. \"0000011\" specifies that weekend days are Saturday and Sunday. The string \"1111111\" is not valid. How to apply the WORKDAY.INTL function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the WORKDAY.INTL function." }, { "id": "Functions/workday.htm", "title": "WORKDAY Function", - "body": "The WORKDAY function is one of the date and time functions. It is used to return the date which comes the indicated number of days (day-offset) before or after the specified start date excluding weekends and dates considered as holidays. The WORKDAY function syntax is: WORKDAY(start-day, day-offset [,holidays]) where start-day is the first date of the period entered using the Date function or other date and time function. day-offset is a number of nonweekend before or after start-day. If the day-offset has the negative sign, the function will return the date which comes before the specified start-date. If the day-offset has the positive sign, the function will return the date which follows after the specified start-date. holidays is an optional argument that specifies which dates besides weekends are nonworking. You can enter them using the Date function or other date and time function or specify a reference to a range of cells containing dates. To apply the WORKDAY function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Date and time function group from the list, click the WORKDAY function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The WORKDAY function is one of the date and time functions. It is used to return the date which comes the indicated number of days (day-offset) before or after the specified start date excluding weekends and dates considered as holidays. Syntax WORKDAY(start_date, days, [holidays]) The WORKDAY function has the following arguments: Argument Description start_date The first date of the period entered using the DATE function or other date and time function. days A number of nonweekend before or after start_date. If the days has the negative sign, the function will return the date which comes before the specified start_date. If the days has the positive sign, the function will return the date which follows after the specified start_date. holidays An optional argument that specifies which dates besides weekends are nonworking. You can enter them using the DATE function or other date and time function or specify a reference to a range of cells containing dates. Notes How to apply the WORKDAY function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the WORKDAY function." }, { "id": "Functions/wrapcols.htm", "title": "WRAPCOLS Function", - "body": "The WRAPCOLS function is one of the lookup and reference functions. It is used to wrap a row or column vector after a specified number of values. Please note that this is an array formula. To learn more, please read the Insert array formulas article. The WRAPCOLS function syntax is: WRAPCOLS(vector, wrap_count, [pad_with]) where vector is used to set the vector or reference to wrap. wrap_count is used to set the maximum number of values for each column. pad_with is used to set the value with which to pad. Defaults to #N/A. To apply the WRAPCOLS function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Lookup and Reference function group from the list, click the WRAPCOLS function, enter the required arguments separating them by comma, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The WRAPCOLS function is one of the lookup and reference functions. It is used to wrap a row or column vector by columns after a specified number of values. Syntax WRAPCOLS(vector, wrap_count, [pad_with]) The WRAPCOLS function has the following arguments: Argument Description vector Is used to set the vector or reference to wrap. wrap_count Is used to set the maximum number of values for each column. pad_with Is used to set the value with which to pad. Defaults to #N/A. Notes Please note that this is an array formula. To learn more, please read the Insert array formulas article. How to apply the WRAPCOLS function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the WRAPCOLS function. It wraps the row in range A1:F1 to an array in range A3:C5 by columns." }, { "id": "Functions/wraprows.htm", "title": "WRAPROWS Function", - "body": "The WRAPROWS function is one of the lookup and reference functions. It is used to wrap a row or column vector after a specified number of values. Please note that this is an array formula. To learn more, please read the Insert array formulas article. The WRAPROWS function syntax is: WRAPROWS(vector, wrap_count, [pad_with]) where vector is used to set the vector or reference to wrap. wrap_count is used to set the maximum number of values for each row. pad_with is used to set the value with which to pad. Defaults to #N/A. To apply the WRAPROWS function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Lookup and Reference function group from the list, click the WRAPROWS function, enter the required arguments separating them by comma, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The WRAPROWS function is one of the lookup and reference functions. It is used to wrap a row or column vector by rows after a specified number of values. Syntax WRAPROWS(vector, wrap_count, [pad_with]) The WRAPROWS function has the following arguments: Argument Description vector Is used to set the vector or reference to wrap. wrap_count Is used to set the maximum number of values for each row. pad_with Is used to set the value with which to pad. Defaults to #N/A. Notes Please note that this is an array formula. To learn more, please read the Insert array formulas article. How to apply the WRAPROWS function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the WRAPROWS function. It wraps the row in range A1:F1 to an array in range A3:C5 by rows." }, { "id": "Functions/xirr.htm", "title": "XIRR Function", - "body": "The XIRR function is one of the financial functions. It is used to calculate the internal rate of return for a series of irregular cash flows. The XIRR function syntax is: XIRR(values, dates [,[guess]]) where values is an array that contains the series of payments occuring irregularly. At least one of the values must be negative and at least one positive. dates is an array that contains the payment dates when the payments are made or received. Dates must be entered by using the DATE function. guess is an estimate at what the internal rate of return will be. It is an optional argument. If it is omitted, the function will assume guess to be 10%. The numeric values can be entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the XIRR function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Financial function group from the list, click the XIRR function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The XIRR function is one of the financial functions. It is used to calculate the internal rate of return for a series of irregular cash flows. Syntax XIRR(values, dates, [guess]) The XIRR function has the following arguments: Argument Description values An array that contains the series of payments occuring irregularly. At least one of the values must be negative and at least one positive. dates An array that contains the payment dates when the payments are made or received. Dates must be entered by using the DATE function. guess An estimate at what the internal rate of return will be. It is an optional argument. If it is omitted, the function will assume guess to be 10%. Notes How to apply the XIRR function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the XIRR function." }, { "id": "Functions/xlookup.htm", "title": "XLOOKUP Function", - "body": "The XLOOKUP function is one of the lookup and reference functions. It is used to perform the search for a specific item by row both horizontally and vertically. The result is returned in another column and can accommodate two-dimensional datasets. The XLOOKUP function syntax is: XLOOKUP (lookup_value, lookup_array, return_array, [if_not_found], [match_mode], [search_mode]) where lookup_value is a value to search for. lookup_array is an array or range to search in. return_array is an array or range to return the results to. if_not_found is an optional argument. If there is no search result, the argument returns the text stated in [if_not_found]. In case the text is not specified, the “N/A” is returned. match_mode is an optional argument. The following values are available: 0 (set by default) returns the exact match; if there is no match, the “N/A” is returned instead. -1 returns the exact match; if there is none, the next smaller item is returned. 1 returns the exact match; if there is none, the next larger item is returned. 2 is a wildcard match. search_mode is an optional argument. The following values are available: 1 starts a search at the first item (set by default). -1 starts a reverse search, i.e. at the last item. 2 starts a binary search with the lookup_array sorted in ascending order. If not sorted, invalid results will be returned. -2 starts a binary search with the lookup_array sorted in descending order. If not sorted, invalid results will be returned. Wildcard characters include the question mark (?) that matches a single character and the asterisk (*) that matches multiple characters. If you want to find a question mark or asterisk, type a tilde (~) before the character. To apply the XLOOKUP function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Lookup and Reference function group from the list, click the XLOOKUP function, enter the required arguments in the Function Arguments window, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The XLOOKUP function is one of the lookup and reference functions. It is used to perform the search for a specific item by row both horizontally and vertically. The result is returned in another column and can accommodate two-dimensional datasets. Syntax XLOOKUP (lookup_value, lookup_array, return_array, [if_not_found], [match_mode], [search_mode]) The XLOOKUP function has the following arguments: Argument Description lookup_value A value to search for. lookup_array An array or range to search in. return_array An array or range to return the results to. if_not_found An optional argument. If there is no search result, the argument returns the text stated in [if_not_found]. In case the text is not specified, the “N/A” is returned. match_mode An optional argument. The possible values are listed in the table below. search_mode An optional argument. The possible values are listed in the table below. The match_mode argument can be one of the following: Value Description 0 Set by default. Returns the exact match; if there is no match, the “N/A” is returned instead. -1 Returns the exact match; if there is none, the next smaller item is returned. 1 Returns the exact match; if there is none, the next larger item is returned. 2 A wildcard match. The search_mode argument can be one of the following: Value Description 1 Set by default. Starts a search at the first item. -1 Starts a reverse search, i.e. at the last item. 2 Starts a binary search with the lookup_array sorted in ascending order. If not sorted, invalid results will be returned. -2 Starts a binary search with the lookup_array sorted in descending order. If not sorted, invalid results will be returned. Notes Wildcard characters include the question mark (?) that matches a single character and the asterisk (*) that matches multiple characters. If you want to find a question mark or asterisk, type a tilde (~) before the character. Please note that this is an array formula. To learn more, please read the Insert array formulas article. How to apply the XLOOKUP function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the XLOOKUP function." }, { "id": "Functions/xmatch.htm", "title": "XMATCH Function", - "body": "The XMATCH function is one of the lookup and reference functions. It is used to return the relative position of an item in an array. By default, an exact match is required. Please note that this is an array formula. To learn more, please read the Insert array formulas article. The XMATCH function syntax is: =XMATCH(lookup_value, lookup_array, [match_mode], [search_mode]) where lookup_value is a value to search for. lookup_array is an array or range to search in. match_mode is an optional argument. The following values are available: 0 (set by default) returns the exact match; if there is no match, the “N/A” is returned instead. -1 returns the exact match; if there is none, the next smaller item is returned. 1 returns the exact match; if there is none, the next larger item is returned. 2 is a wildcard match. search_mode is an optional argument. The following values are available: 1 starts a search at the first item (set by default). -1 starts a reverse search, i.e. at the last item. 2 starts a binary search with the lookup_array sorted in ascending order. If not sorted, invalid results will be returned. -2 starts a binary search with the lookup_array sorted in descending order. If not sorted, invalid results will be returned. Wildcard characters include the question mark (?) that matches a single character and the asterisk (*) that matches multiple characters. If you want to find a question mark or asterisk, type a tilde (~) before the character. To apply the XMATCH function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Lookup and Reference function group from the list, click the XMATCH function, enter the required arguments in the Function Arguments window, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The XMATCH function is one of the lookup and reference functions. It is used to return the relative position of an item in an array. By default, an exact match is required. Syntax XMATCH(lookup_value, lookup_array, [match_mode], [search_mode]) The XMATCH function has the following arguments: Argument Description lookup_value A value to search for. lookup_array An array or range to search in. match_mode An optional argument. The possible values are listed in the table below. search_mode An optional argument. The possible values are listed in the table below. The match_mode argument can be one of the following: Value Description 0 Set by default. Returns the exact match; if there is no match, the “N/A” is returned instead. -1 Returns the exact match; if there is none, the next smaller item is returned. 1 Returns the exact match; if there is none, the next larger item is returned. 2 A wildcard match. The search_mode argument can be one of the following: Value Description 1 Set by default. Starts a search at the first item. -1 Starts a reverse search, i.e. at the last item. 2 Starts a binary search with the lookup_array sorted in ascending order. If not sorted, invalid results will be returned. -2 Starts a binary search with the lookup_array sorted in descending order. If not sorted, invalid results will be returned. Notes Wildcard characters include the question mark (?) that matches a single character and the asterisk (*) that matches multiple characters. If you want to find a question mark or asterisk, type a tilde (~) before the character. Please note that this is an array formula. To learn more, please read the Insert array formulas article. How to apply the XMATCH function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the XMATCH function." }, { "id": "Functions/xnpv.htm", "title": "XNPV Function", - "body": "The XNPV function is one of the financial functions. It is used to calculate the net present value for an investment based on a specified interest rate and a schedule of irregular payments. The XNPV function syntax is: XNPV(rate, values, dates) where rate is the discount rate for the investment. values is an array that contains the income (positive values) or payment (negative values) amounts. At least one of the values must be negative and at least one positive. dates is an array that contains the payment dates when the payments are made or received. The values can be entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the XNPV function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Financial function group from the list, click the XNPV function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The XNPV function is one of the financial functions. It is used to calculate the net present value for an investment based on a specified interest rate and a schedule of irregular payments. Syntax XNPV(rate, values, dates) The XNPV function has the following arguments: Argument Description rate The discount rate for the investment. values An array that contains the income (positive values) or payment (negative values) amounts. At least one of the values must be negative and at least one positive. dates An array that contains the payment dates when the payments are made or received. Notes How to apply the XNPV function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the XNPV function." }, { "id": "Functions/xor.htm", "title": "XOR Function", - "body": "The XOR function is one of the logical functions. It is used to return a logical Exclusive Or of all arguments. The function returns TRUE when the number of TRUE inputs is odd and FALSE when the number of TRUE inputs is even. The XOR function syntax is: XOR(logical1 [, logical2], ...) where logical1 is a value entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the XOR function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Logical function group from the list, click the XOR function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, Note: you can enter up to 254 logical values. press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell. For example: There are two arguments: logical1 = 1>0, logical2 = 2>0. The number of TRUE inputs is even, so the function returns FALSE. There are two arguments: logical1 = 1>0, logical2 = 2<0. The number of TRUE inputs is odd, so the function returns TRUE." + "body": "The XOR function is one of the logical functions. It is used to return a logical Exclusive Or of all arguments. The function returns TRUE when the number of TRUE inputs is odd and FALSE when the number of TRUE inputs is even. Syntax XOR(logical1, [logical2], ...) The XOR function has the following arguments: Argument Description logical1/2/n A condition that you want to check if it is TRUE or FALSE Notes You can enter up to 255 logical values. How to apply the XOR function. Examples There are two arguments: logical1 = 1>0, logical2 = 2>0. The number of TRUE inputs is even, so the function returns FALSE. There are two arguments: logical1 = 1>0, logical2 = 2<0. The number of TRUE inputs is odd, so the function returns TRUE." }, { "id": "Functions/year.htm", "title": "YEAR Function", - "body": "The YEAR function is one of the date and time functions. It returns the year (a number from 1900 to 9999) of the date given in the numerical format (MM/dd/yyyy by default). The YEAR function syntax is: YEAR(date-value) where date-value is a value entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the YEAR function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Date and time function group from the list, click the YEAR function, enter the required argument, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The YEAR function is one of the date and time functions. It returns the year (a number from 1900 to 9999) of the date given in the numerical format (MM/dd/yyyy by default). Syntax YEAR(serial_number) The YEAR function has the following argument: Argument Description serial_number The date of the year you want to find. Notes How to apply the YEAR function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the YEAR function." }, { "id": "Functions/yearfrac.htm", "title": "YEARFRAC Function", - "body": "The YEARFRAC function is one of the date and time functions. It is used to return the fraction of a year represented by the number of whole days from start-date to end-date calculated on the specified basis. The YEARFRAC function syntax is: YEARFRAC(start-date, end-date [,basis]) where start-date is a number representing the first date of the period, entered using the Date function or other date and time function. end-date is a number representing the last date of the period, entered using the Date function or other date and time function. basis is the day count basis to use, a numeric value greater than or equal to 0, but less than or equal to 4. It can be one of the following: Numeric value Count basis 0 US (NASD) 30/360 1 Actual/actual 2 Actual/360 3 Actual/365 4 European 30/360 Note: if the start-date, end-date or basis is a decimal value, the function will ignore the numbers to the right of the decimal point. To apply the YEARFRAC function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Date and time function group from the list, click the YEARFRAC function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The YEARFRAC function is one of the date and time functions. It is used to return the fraction of a year represented by the number of whole days from start-date to end-date calculated on the specified basis. Syntax YEARFRAC(start_date, end_date, [basis]) The YEARFRAC function has the following arguments: Argument Description start_date A number representing the first date of the period, entered using the DATE function or other date and time function. end_date A number representing the last date of the period, entered using the DATE function or other date and time function. basis The day count basis to use, a numeric value greater than or equal to 0, but less than or equal to 4. The possible values are listed in the table below. The basis argument can be one of the following: Numeric value Count basis 0 US (NASD) 30/360 1 Actual/actual 2 Actual/360 3 Actual/365 4 European 30/360 Notes If the start_date, end_date or basis is a decimal value, the function will ignore the numbers to the right of the decimal point. How to apply the YEARFRAC function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the YEARFRAC function." }, { "id": "Functions/yield.htm", "title": "YIELD Function", - "body": "The YIELD function is one of the financial functions. It is used to calculate the yield of a security that pays periodic interest. The YIELD function syntax is: YIELD(settlement, maturity, rate, pr, redemption, frequency[, [basis]]) where settlement is the date when the security is purchased. maturity is the date when the security expires. rate is the annual coupon rate of the security. pr is the purchase price of the security, per $100 par value. redemption is the redemption value of the security, per $100 par value. frequency is the number of interest payments per year. The possible values are: 1 for annual payments, 2 for semiannual payments, 4 for quarterly payments. basis is the day count basis to use, a numeric value greater than or equal to 0, but less than or equal to 4. It is an optional argument. It can be one of the following: Numeric value Count basis 0 US (NASD) 30/360 1 Actual/actual 2 Actual/360 3 Actual/365 4 European 30/360 Note: dates must be entered by using the DATE function. The values can be entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the YIELD function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Financial function group from the list, click the YIELD function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The YIELD function is one of the financial functions. It is used to calculate the yield of a security that pays periodic interest. Syntax YIELD(settlement, maturity, rate, pr, redemption, frequency, [basis]) The YIELD function has the following arguments: Argument Description settlement The date when the security is purchased. maturity The date when the security expires. rate The annual coupon rate of the security. pr The purchase price of the security, per $100 par value. redemption The redemption value of the security, per $100 par value. frequency The number of interest payments per year. The possible values are: 1 for annual payments, 2 for semiannual payments, 4 for quarterly payments. basis The day count basis to use, a numeric value greater than or equal to 0, but less than or equal to 4. It is an optional argument. The possible values are listed in the table below. The basis argument can be one of the following: Numeric value Count basis 0 US (NASD) 30/360 1 Actual/actual 2 Actual/360 3 Actual/365 4 European 30/360 Notes Dates must be entered by using the DATE function. How to apply the YIELD function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the YIELD function." }, { "id": "Functions/yielddisc.htm", "title": "YIELDDISC Function", - "body": "The YIELDDISC function is one of the financial functions. It is used to calculate the annual yield of a discounted security. The YIELDDISC function syntax is: YIELDDISC(settlement, maturity, pr, redemption,[, [basis]]) where settlement is the date when the security is purchased. maturity is the date when the security expires. pr is the purchase price of the security, per $100 par value. redemption is the redemption value of the security, per $100 par value. basis is the day count basis to use, a numeric value greater than or equal to 0, but less than or equal to 4. It is an optional argument. It can be one of the following: Numeric value Count basis 0 US (NASD) 30/360 1 Actual/actual 2 Actual/360 3 Actual/365 4 European 30/360 Note: dates must be entered by using the DATE function. The values can be entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the YIELDDISC function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Financial function group from the list, click the YIELDDISC function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The YIELDDISC function is one of the financial functions. It is used to calculate the annual yield of a discounted security. Syntax YIELDDISC(settlement, maturity, pr, redemption, [basis]) The YIELDDISC function has the following arguments: Argument Description settlement The date when the security is purchased. maturity The date when the security expires. pr The purchase price of the security, per $100 par value. redemption The redemption value of the security, per $100 par value. basis The day count basis to use, a numeric value greater than or equal to 0, but less than or equal to 4. It is an optional argument. The possible values are listed in the table below. The basis argument can be one of the following: Numeric value Count basis 0 US (NASD) 30/360 1 Actual/actual 2 Actual/360 3 Actual/365 4 European 30/360 Notes Dates must be entered by using the DATE function. How to apply the YIELDDISC function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the YIELDDISC function." }, { "id": "Functions/yieldmat.htm", "title": "YIELDMAT Function", - "body": "The YIELDMAT function is one of the financial functions. It is used to calculate the annual yield of a security that pays interest at maturity. The YIELDMAT function syntax is: YIELDMAT(settlement, maturity, issue, rate, pr[, [basis]]) where settlement is the date when the security is purchased. maturity is the date when the security expires. issue is the issue date of the security. rate is the interest rate of the security at the issue date. pr is the purchase price of the security, per $100 par value. basis is the day count basis to use, a numeric value greater than or equal to 0, but less than or equal to 4. It is an optional argument. It can be one of the following: Numeric value Count basis 0 US (NASD) 30/360 1 Actual/actual 2 Actual/360 3 Actual/365 4 European 30/360 Note: dates must be entered by using the DATE function. The values can be entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the YIELDMAT function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Financial function group from the list, click the YIELDMAT function, enter the required arguments separating them by commas, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The YIELDMAT function is one of the financial functions. It is used to calculate the annual yield of a security that pays interest at maturity. Syntax YIELDMAT(settlement, maturity, issue, rate, pr, [basis) The YIELDMAT function has the following arguments: Argument Description settlement The date when the security is purchased. maturity The date when the security expires. issue The issue date of the security. rate The interest rate of the security at the issue date. pr The purchase price of the security, per $100 par value. basis The day count basis to use, a numeric value greater than or equal to 0, but less than or equal to 4. It is an optional argument. The possible values are listed in the table below. The basis argument can be one of the following: Numeric value Count basis 0 US (NASD) 30/360 1 Actual/actual 2 Actual/360 3 Actual/365 4 European 30/360 Notes Dates must be entered by using the DATE function. How to apply the YIELDMAT function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the YIELDMAT function." }, { "id": "Functions/z-test.htm", "title": "Z.TEST Function", - "body": "The Z.TEST function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the one-tailed P-value of a z-test. For a given hypothesized population mean, x, Z.TEST returns the probability that the sample mean would be greater than the average of observations in the data set (array) — that is, the observed sample mean. The Z.TEST function syntax is: Z.TEST(array, x [, sigma]) where array is the range of numeric values against which to test x. x is the value to test. sigma is a population standard deviation. This is an optional argument. If it is omitted, the sample standard deviation is used. The values can be entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the Z.TEST function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the Z.TEST function, enter the required arguments separating by commas or select a range of cells with the mouse, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The Z.TEST function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the one-tailed P-value of a z-test. For a given hypothesized population mean, x, Z.TEST returns the probability that the sample mean would be greater than the average of observations in the data set (array) — that is, the observed sample mean. Syntax Z.TEST(array, x, [sigma]) The Z.TEST function has the following arguments: Argument Description array The range of numeric values against which to test x. x The value to test. sigma A population standard deviation. This is an optional argument. If it is omitted, the sample standard deviation is used. Notes How to apply the Z.TEST function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the Z.TEST function." }, { "id": "Functions/ztest.htm", "title": "ZTEST Function", - "body": "The ZTEST function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the one-tailed probability-value of a z-test. For a given hypothesized population mean, μ0, ZTEST returns the probability that the sample mean would be greater than the average of observations in the data set (array) — that is, the observed sample mean. The ZTEST function syntax is: ZTEST(array, x [, sigma]) where array is the range of numeric values against which to test x. x is the value to test. sigma is a population standard deviation. This is an optional argument. If it is omitted, the sample standard deviation is used. The values can be entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. To apply the ZTEST function, select the cell where you wish to display the result, click the Insert function icon situated at the top toolbar, or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, or click the icon situated at the formula bar, select the Statistical function group from the list, click the ZTEST function, enter the required arguments separating by commas or select a range of cells with the mouse, press the Enter button. The result will be displayed in the selected cell." + "body": "The ZTEST function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the one-tailed probability-value of a z-test. For a given hypothesized population mean, μ0, ZTEST returns the probability that the sample mean would be greater than the average of observations in the data set (array) — that is, the observed sample mean. Syntax ZTEST(array, x, [sigma]) The ZTEST function has the following arguments: Argument Description array The range of numeric values against which to test x. x The value to test. sigma A population standard deviation. This is an optional argument. If it is omitted, the sample standard deviation is used. Notes How to apply the ZTEST function. Examples The figure below displays the result returned by the ZTEST function." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/About.htm", "title": "About Spreadsheet Editor", - "body": "The Spreadsheet Editor is an online application that allows you to edit spreadsheets directly in your browser . Using the Spreadsheet Editor, you can perform various editing operations like in any desktop editor, print the edited spreadsheets keeping all the formatting details or download them onto your computer hard disk drive as XLSX, PDF, ODS, CSV, XLTX, PDF/A, OTS file. To view the current version of the software, build number, and licensor details in the online version, click the About icon on the left sidebar. To view the current version of the software and licensor details in the desktop version for Windows, select the About menu item on the left sidebar of the main program window. In the desktop version for Mac OS, open the ONLYOFFICE menu at the top of the screen and select the About ONLYOFFICE menu item." + "body": "The Spreadsheet Editor is an online application that allows you to edit spreadsheets directly in your browser . Using the Spreadsheet Editor, you can perform various editing operations like in any desktop editor, print the edited spreadsheets keeping all the formatting details or download them onto your computer hard disk drive as XLSX, XLTX, PDF, PDF/A, ODS, OTS, CSV, PNG, JPG file. To view the current version of the software, build number, and licensor details in the online version, click the About icon on the left sidebar. To view the current version of the software and licensor details in the desktop version for Windows, select the About menu item on the left sidebar of the main program window. In the desktop version for Mac OS, open the ONLYOFFICE menu at the top of the screen and select the About ONLYOFFICE menu item." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm", "title": "Advanced Settings of the Spreadsheet Editor", - "body": "The Spreadsheet Editor allows you to change its general advanced settings. To access them, open the File tab on the top toolbar and select the Advanced Settings option. The advanced settings are grouped as follows: Editing and saving Autosave is used in the online version to turn on/off automatic saving of changes made during the editing process. Autorecover is used in the desktop version to turn on/off the option that allows you to automatically recover spreadsheets if the program closes unexpectedly. Show the Paste Options button when the content is pasted. The corresponding icon will appear when you paste content in the spreadsheet. Collaboration The Co-editing mode subsection allows you to set the preferable mode for seeing changes made to the spreadsheet when working in collaboration. Fast (by default). The users who take part in the spreadsheet co-editing will see the changes in real time once they are made by other users. Strict. All the changes made by co-editors will be shown only after you click the Save icon that will notify you about new changes. Show changes from other users. This feature allows to see changes made by other users in the spreadsheet opened for viewing only in the Live Viewer mode. Show comments in text. If you disable this feature, the commented passages will be highlighted only if you click the Comments icon on the left sidebar. Show resolved comments. This feature is disabled by default so that the resolved comments are hidden in the spreadsheet. You can view such comments only if you click the Comments icon on the left sidebar. Enable this option if you want to display resolved comments in the spreadsheet. Workspace The R1C1 reference style option is disabled by default and the A1 reference style is used. When the A1 reference style is used, columns are designated by letters, and rows are designated by numbers. If you select the cell located in row 3 and column 2, its address displayed in the box to the left of the the formula bar looks like this: B3. If the R1C1 reference style is enabled, both rows and columns are designated by numbers. If you select the cell at the intersection of row 3 and column 2, its address will look like this: R3C2. Letter R indicates the row number and letter C indicates the column number. In case you refer to other cells using the R1C1 reference style, the reference to a target cell is formed based on the distance from an active cell. For example, when you select the cell in row 5 and column 1 and refer to the cell in row 3 and column 2, the reference is R[-2]C[1]. The numbers in square brackets designate the position of the cell relative to the current cell position, i.e. the target cell is 2 rows up and 1 column to the right of the active cell. If you select the cell in row 1 and column 2 and refer to the same cell in row 3 and column 2, the reference is R[2]C, i.e. the target cell is 2 rows down from the active cell and in the same column. The Use Alt key to navigate the user interface using the keyboard option is used to enable using the Alt / Option key in keyboard shortcuts. The Interface theme option is used to change the color scheme of the editor’s interface. The Same as system option makes the editor follow the interface theme of your system. The Light color scheme incorporates standard blue, white, and light gray colors with less contrast in UI elements suitable for working during daytime. The Classic Light color scheme incorporates standard blue, white, and light gray colors. The Dark color scheme incorporates black, dark gray, and light gray colors suitable for working during nighttime. The Contrast Dark color scheme incorporates black, dark gray, and white colors with more contrast in UI elements highlighting the working area of the file. Note: Apart from the available Light, Classic Light, Dark, and Contrast Dark interface themes, ONLYOFFICE editors can now be customized with your own color theme. Please follow these instructions to learn how you can do that. The Unit of Measurement option is used to specify what units are used on the rulers and in properties of objects when setting such parameters as width, height, spacing, margins etc. The available units are Centimeter, Point, and Inch. The Default Zoom Value option is used to set the default zoom value, selecting it in the list of available options from 50% to 500%. You can also choose the Fit to Page, Fit to Width, or Last Used option. The Last Used option refers to the last set scaling during the current session. The Font Hinting option is used to select how fonts are displayed in the Spreadsheet Editor. Choose As Windows if you like the way fonts are usually displayed on Windows, i.e. using Windows font hinting. Choose As OS X if you like the way fonts are usually displayed on a Mac, i.e. without any font hinting at all. Choose Native to display the text with hinting embedded into the font files. Default cache mode - used to select the cache mode for the font characters. It’s not recommended to switch it without any reason. It can be helpful in some cases only, for example, when an issue with the enabled hardware acceleration in the Google Chrome browser occurs. The Spreadsheet Editor has two cache modes: In the first cache mode, each letter is cached as a separate picture. In the second cache mode, a picture of a certain size is selected where letters are placed dynamically and a mechanism of allocating/removing memory in this picture is also implemented. If there is not enough memory, a second picture is created, etc. The Default cache mode setting applies two above mentioned cache modes separately for different browsers: When the Default cache mode setting is enabled, Internet Explorer (v. 9, 10, 11) uses the second cache mode, other browsers use the first cache mode. When the Default cache mode setting is disabled, Internet Explorer (v. 9, 10, 11) uses the first cache mode, other browsers use the second cache mode. The Macros Settings option is used to set macros display with a notification. Choose Disable All to disable all macros within the spreadsheet. Choose Show Notification to receive notifications about macros within the spreadsheet. Choose Enable All to automatically run all macros within the spreadsheet. Regional Settings The Formula Language option is used to select the language for displaying and entering formula names, argument names, and descriptions. Formula language is supported for 33 languages: Armenian, Belarussian, Bulgarian, Catalan, Chinese, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English, Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian, Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Lao, Latvian, Norwegian, Polish, Portuguese (Brazil), Portuguese (Portugal), Romanian, Russian, Slovak, Slovenian, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish, Ukrainian, Vietnamese. The Region option is used to set the display mode for currency, date, and time. Available regions: Azerbaijani, Bulgarian, Czech, Danish, German (Austria), German (Germany), German (Switzerland), Greek (Greece), English (Australia), English (United Kingdom), English (USA), Spanish (Spain), Spanish (Mexico), Finnish (Finland), French (France), French (Switzerland), Italian (Italy), Italian (Switzerland), Japanese, Korean, Latvian, Hungarian, Dutch (Netherlands), Polish (Poland), Portuguese (Brazil), Portuguese (Portugal), Slovak, Slovenian, Swedish (Finland), Swedish (Sweden), Turkish, Ukrainian, Vietnamese, Chinese, Taiwanese. The Use separators based on regional settings option is enabled by default, the separators will correspond to the set region. To set custom separators, uncheck this option and enter the required separators in Decimal separator and Thousands separator fields. Proofing The Dictionary language option is used to set the preferred dictionary for the spell checking. Ignore words in UPPERCASE. Words typed in capital letters are ignored during the spell checking. Ignore words with numbers. Words with numbers in them are ignored during the spell checking. The AutoCorrect options menu allows you to access the autocorrect settings such as replacing text as you type, recognizing functions, automatic formatting etc. Calculating The Use 1904 date system option is used to calculate dates by using January 1, 1904, as a starting point. It can be useful when working with spreadsheets created in MS Excel 2008 for Mac and earlier MS Excel for Mac versions. To save the changes you made, click the Apply button." + "body": "The Spreadsheet Editor allows you to change its general advanced settings. To access them, open the File tab on the top toolbar and select the Advanced Settings option. The advanced settings are grouped as follows: Editing and saving Autosave is used in the online version to turn on/off automatic saving of changes made during the editing process. Autorecover is used in the desktop version to turn on/off the option that allows you to automatically recover spreadsheets if the program closes unexpectedly. Show the Paste Options button when the content is pasted. The corresponding icon will appear when you paste content in the spreadsheet. Collaboration The Co-editing mode subsection allows you to set the preferable mode for seeing changes made to the spreadsheet when working in collaboration. Fast (by default). The users who take part in the spreadsheet co-editing will see the changes in real time once they are made by other users. Strict. All the changes made by co-editors will be shown only after you click the Save icon that will notify you about new changes. Show changes from other users. This feature allows to see changes made by other users in the spreadsheet opened for viewing only in the Live Viewer mode. Show comments in text. If you disable this feature, the commented passages will be highlighted only if you click the Comments icon on the left sidebar. Show resolved comments. This feature is disabled by default so that the resolved comments are hidden in the spreadsheet. You can view such comments only if you click the Comments icon on the left sidebar. Enable this option if you want to display resolved comments in the spreadsheet. Workspace The Turn on screen reader support option is used to enable support of screen reader software. The R1C1 reference style option is disabled by default and the A1 reference style is used. When the A1 reference style is used, columns are designated by letters, and rows are designated by numbers. If you select the cell located in row 3 and column 2, its address displayed in the box to the left of the the formula bar looks like this: B3. If the R1C1 reference style is enabled, both rows and columns are designated by numbers. If you select the cell at the intersection of row 3 and column 2, its address will look like this: R3C2. Letter R indicates the row number and letter C indicates the column number. In case you refer to other cells using the R1C1 reference style, the reference to a target cell is formed based on the distance from an active cell. For example, when you select the cell in row 5 and column 1 and refer to the cell in row 3 and column 2, the reference is R[-2]C[1]. The numbers in square brackets designate the position of the cell relative to the current cell position, i.e. the target cell is 2 rows up and 1 column to the right of the active cell. If you select the cell in row 1 and column 2 and refer to the same cell in row 3 and column 2, the reference is R[2]C, i.e. the target cell is 2 rows down from the active cell and in the same column.
          9. The Use Alt key to navigate the user interface using the keyboard option is used to enable using the Alt / Option key in keyboard shortcuts. The Interface theme option is used to change the color scheme of the editor’s interface. The Same as system option makes the editor follow the interface theme of your system. The Light color scheme incorporates standard blue, white, and light gray colors with less contrast in UI elements suitable for working during daytime. The Classic Light color scheme incorporates standard blue, white, and light gray colors. The Dark color scheme incorporates black, dark gray, and light gray colors suitable for working during nighttime. The Contrast Dark color scheme incorporates black, dark gray, and white colors with more contrast in UI elements highlighting the working area of the file. Note: Apart from the available Light, Classic Light, Dark, and Contrast Dark interface themes, ONLYOFFICE editors can now be customized with your own color theme. Please follow these instructions to learn how you can do that. The Unit of Measurement option is used to specify what units are used on the rulers and in properties of objects when setting such parameters as width, height, spacing, margins etc. The available units are Centimeter, Point, and Inch. The Default Zoom Value option is used to set the default zoom value, selecting it in the list of available options from 50% to 500%. You can also choose the Fit to Page, Fit to Width, or Last Used option. The Last Used option refers to the last set scaling during the current session. The Font Hinting option is used to select how fonts are displayed in the Spreadsheet Editor. Choose As Windows if you like the way fonts are usually displayed on Windows, i.e. using Windows font hinting. Choose As OS X if you like the way fonts are usually displayed on a Mac, i.e. without any font hinting at all. Choose Native to display the text with hinting embedded into the font files. Default cache mode - used to select the cache mode for the font characters. It’s not recommended to switch it without any reason. It can be helpful in some cases only, for example, when an issue with the enabled hardware acceleration in the Google Chrome browser occurs. The Spreadsheet Editor has two cache modes: In the first cache mode, each letter is cached as a separate picture. In the second cache mode, a picture of a certain size is selected where letters are placed dynamically and a mechanism of allocating/removing memory in this picture is also implemented. If there is not enough memory, a second picture is created, etc. The Default cache mode setting applies two above mentioned cache modes separately for different browsers: When the Default cache mode setting is enabled, Internet Explorer (v. 9, 10, 11) uses the second cache mode, other browsers use the first cache mode. When the Default cache mode setting is disabled, Internet Explorer (v. 9, 10, 11) uses the first cache mode, other browsers use the second cache mode. The Macros Settings option is used to set macros display with a notification. Choose Disable All to disable all macros within the spreadsheet. Choose Show Notification to receive notifications about macros within the spreadsheet. Choose Enable All to automatically run all macros within the spreadsheet. Regional Settings The Formula Language option is used to select the language for displaying and entering formula names, argument names, and descriptions. Formula language is supported for 33 languages: Armenian, Belarussian, Bulgarian, Catalan, Chinese, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English, Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian, Indonesian, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Lao, Latvian, Norwegian, Polish, Portuguese (Brazil), Portuguese (Portugal), Romanian, Russian, Slovak, Slovenian, Spanish, Swedish, Turkish, Ukrainian, Vietnamese. The Region option is used to set the display mode for currency, date, and time. Available regions: Azerbaijani, Bulgarian, Czech, Danish, German (Austria), German (Germany), German (Switzerland), Greek (Greece), English (Australia), English (United Kingdom), English (USA), Spanish (Spain), Spanish (Mexico), Finnish (Finland), French (France), French (Switzerland), Italian (Italy), Italian (Switzerland), Japanese, Korean, Latvian, Hungarian, Dutch (Netherlands), Polish (Poland), Portuguese (Brazil), Portuguese (Portugal), Slovak, Slovenian, Swedish (Finland), Swedish (Sweden), Turkish, Ukrainian, Vietnamese, Chinese, Taiwanese. The Use separators based on regional settings option is enabled by default, the separators will correspond to the set region. To set custom separators, uncheck this option and enter the required separators in Decimal separator and Thousands separator fields. Proofing The Dictionary language option is used to set the preferred dictionary for the spell checking. Ignore words in UPPERCASE. Words typed in capital letters are ignored during the spell checking. Ignore words with numbers. Words with numbers in them are ignored during the spell checking. The AutoCorrect options menu allows you to access the autocorrect settings such as replacing text as you type, recognizing functions, automatic formatting etc. Calculating The Use 1904 date system option is used to calculate dates by using January 1, 1904, as a starting point. It can be useful when working with spreadsheets created in MS Excel 2008 for Mac and earlier MS Excel for Mac versions. To save the changes you made, click the Apply button." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm", @@ -2423,7 +2418,7 @@ var indexes = { "id": "HelpfulHints/Commenting.htm", "title": "Commenting", - "body": "The Spreadsheet Editor allows you to maintain constant team-wide approach to work flow: share files and folders, collaborate on spreadsheets in real time, communicate right in the editor, save spreadsheet versions for future use. In Spreadsheet Editor you can leave comments to the content of spreadsheets without actually editing it. Unlike chat messages, the comments stay until deleted. Leaving comments and replying to them To leave a comment, select a cell where you think there is an error or problem, switch to the Insert or Collaboration tab of the top toolbar and click the Comment button, or use the Comments icon on the left sidebar to open the Comments panel and click the Add Comment to Document link, or right-click within the selected cell and select the Add Сomment option from the menu, enter the needed text, click the Add Comment/Add button. If you are using the Strict co-editing mode, new comments added by other users will become visible only after you click the icon in the left upper corner of the top toolbar. To view the comment, just click within the cell. You or any other user can answer to the added comment asking questions or reporting on the work he/she has done. For this purpose, use the Add Reply link, type in your reply text in the entry field and press the Reply button. Disabling display of comments The comment will be seen on the panel on the left. The orange triangle will appear in the upper right corner of the cell you commented. If you need to disable this feature, click the File tab on the top toolbar, select the Advanced Settings... option, uncheck the Turn on display of the comments box. In this case, the commented cells will be marked only if you click the Comments icon. Managing comments You can manage the added comments using the icons in the comment balloon or on the Comments panel on the left: sort the added comments by clicking the icon: by date: Newest or Oldest by author: Author from A to Z or Author from Z to A by group: All or choose a certain group from the list. This sorting option is available if you are running a version that includes this functionality. edit the currently selected by clicking the icon, delete the currently selected by clicking the icon, close the currently selected discussion by clicking the icon if the task or problem you stated in your comment was solved, after that the discussion you opened with your comment gets the resolved status. To open it again, click the icon. If you want to hide resolved comments, click the File tab on the top toolbar, select the Advanced Settings... option, uncheck the Turn on display of the resolved comments box and click Apply. In this case the resolved comments will be highlighted only if you click the icon, if you want to manage comments in a bunch, open the Resolve drop-down menu on the Collaboration tab. Select one of the options for resolving comments: resolve current comments, resolve my comments or resolve all comments in the spreadsheet. Adding mentions You can only add mentions to the comments made to the spreadsheet content and not to the spreadsheet itself. When entering comments, you can use the mentions feature that allows you to attract somebody's attention to the comment and send a notification to the mentioned user via email and Talk. To add a mention, Enter the \"+\" or \"@\" sign anywhere in the comment text - a list of the portal users will open. To simplify the search process, you can start typing the required name in the comment field - the user list will change while you type. Select the necessary person from the list. If the file has not been shared with the mentioned user yet, the Sharing Settings window will open. The Read only access type is selected by default. Change it if necessary. Click OK. The mentioned user will receive an email notification that they have been mentioned in a comment. If the file has been shared, the user will also receive a corresponding notification. Removing comments To remove comments, click the Remove button on the Collaboration tab of the top toolbar, select the necessary option from the menu: Remove Current Comments - to remove the currently selected comment. If some replies have been added to the comment, all its replies will be removed as well. Remove My Comments - to remove comments you added without removing comments added by other users. If some replies have been added to your comment, all its replies will be removed as well. Remove All Comments - to remove all the comments in the spreadsheet that you and other users added. To close the panel with comments, click the Comments icon on the left sidebar once again." + "body": "The Spreadsheet Editor allows you to maintain constant team-wide approach to work flow: share files and folders, collaborate on spreadsheets in real time, communicate right in the editor, save spreadsheet versions for future use. In Spreadsheet Editor you can leave comments to the content of spreadsheets without actually editing it. Unlike chat messages, the comments stay until deleted. Leaving comments and replying to them To leave a comment, select a cell where you think there is an error or problem, switch to the Insert or Collaboration tab of the top toolbar and click the Comment button, or use the icon on the left sidebar to open the Comments panel, and either click the Add comment button in the top toolbar of the panel, or click the More symbol and choose the Add Comment to Document option to leave a comment to the whole spreadsheet, or right-click within the selected cell and select the Add Сomment option from the menu, enter the needed text, click the Add Comment/Add button. If you are using the Strict co-editing mode, new comments added by other users will become visible only after you click the icon in the left upper corner of the top toolbar. To view the comment, just click within the cell. You or any other user can answer to the added comment asking questions or reporting on the work he/she has done. For this purpose, use the Add Reply link, type in your reply text in the entry field and press the Reply button. Disabling display of comments The comment will be seen on the panel on the left. The orange triangle will appear in the upper right corner of the cell you commented. If you need to disable this feature, click the File tab on the top toolbar, select the Advanced Settings... option, uncheck the Turn on display of the comments box. In this case, the commented cells will be marked only if you click the Comments icon. Managing comments You can manage the added comments using the icons in the comment balloon or on the Comments panel on the left: sort the added comments by clicking the icon: by date: Newest or Oldest by author: Author from A to Z or Author from Z to A by group: All or choose a certain group from the list. This sorting option is available if you are running a version that includes this functionality. edit the currently selected by clicking the icon, delete the currently selected by clicking the icon, close the currently selected discussion by clicking the icon if the task or problem you stated in your comment was solved, after that the discussion you opened with your comment gets the resolved status. To open it again, click the icon. If you want to hide resolved comments, click the File tab on the top toolbar, select the Advanced Settings... option, uncheck the Turn on display of the resolved comments box and click Apply. In this case the resolved comments will be highlighted only if you click the icon, if you want to manage comments in a bunch, open the Resolve drop-down menu on the Collaboration tab. Select one of the options for resolving comments: resolve current comments, resolve my comments or resolve all comments in the spreadsheet. Adding mentions You can only add mentions to the comments made to the spreadsheet content and not to the spreadsheet itself. When entering comments, you can use the mentions feature that allows you to attract somebody's attention to the comment and send a notification to the mentioned user via email and Talk. To add a mention, Enter the \"+\" or \"@\" sign anywhere in the comment text - a list of the portal users will open. To simplify the search process, you can start typing the required name in the comment field - the user list will change while you type. Select the necessary person from the list. If the file has not been shared with the mentioned user yet, the Sharing Settings window will open. The Read only access type is selected by default. Change it if necessary. Click OK. The mentioned user will receive an email notification that they have been mentioned in a comment. If the file has been shared, the user will also receive a corresponding notification. Removing comments To remove comments, click the Remove button on the Collaboration tab of the top toolbar, select the necessary option from the menu: Remove Current Comments - to remove the currently selected comment. If some replies have been added to the comment, all its replies will be removed as well. Remove My Comments - to remove comments you added without removing comments added by other users. If some replies have been added to your comment, all its replies will be removed as well. Remove All Comments - to remove all the comments in the spreadsheet that you and other users added. To close the panel with comments, click the Comments icon on the left sidebar once again." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/Communicating.htm", @@ -2438,7 +2433,7 @@ var indexes = { "id": "HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm", "title": "Keyboard Shortcuts", - "body": "Keyboard Shortcuts for Key Tips Use keyboard shortcuts for a faster and easier access to the features of the Spreadsheet Editor without using a mouse. Press Alt key to turn on all key tips for the editor header, the top toolbar, the right and left sidebars and the status bar. Press the letter that corresponds to the item you wish to use. The additional key tips may appear depending on the key you press. The first key tips hide when additional key tips appear. For example, to access the Insert tab, press Alt to see all primary key tips. Press letter I to access the Insert tab and you will see all the available shortcuts for this tab. Then press the letter that corresponds to the item you wish to configure. Press Alt to hide all key tips, or press Escape to go back to the previous group of key tips. Find the most common keyboard shortcuts in the list below: Windows/Linux Mac OS Working with Spreadsheet Open 'File' panel Alt+F ^ Ctrl+⌥ Option+F Open the File panel to save, download, print the current spreadsheet, view its info, create a new spreadsheet or open an existing one, access the help menu of the Spreadsheet Editor or its advanced settings. Open 'Find and Replace' dialog box Ctrl+F ^ Ctrl+F, ⌘ Cmd+F Open the Find and Replace dialog box to start searching for a cell containing the required characters. Open 'Find and Replace' dialog box with replacement field Ctrl+H ^ Ctrl+H Open the Find and Replace dialog box with the replacement field to replace one or more occurrences of the found characters. Open 'Comments' panel Ctrl+⇧ Shift+H ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+H, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+H Open the Comments panel to add your own comment or reply to other users' comments. Open comment field Alt+H ⌘ Cmd+⌥ Option+A Open a data entry field where you can add the text of your comment. Open 'Chat' panel (Online Editors) Alt+Q ^ Ctrl+⌥ Option+Q Open the Chat panel in the Online Editors and send a message. Save spreadsheet Ctrl+S ^ Ctrl+S, ⌘ Cmd+S Save all the changes to the spreadsheet currently edited with the Spreadsheet Editor. The active file will be saved with its current file name, location, and file format. Print spreadsheet Ctrl+P ^ Ctrl+P, ⌘ Cmd+P Print your spreadsheet with one of the available printers or save it to a file. Download as... Ctrl+⇧ Shift+S ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+S, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+S Open the Download as... panel to save the currently edited spreadsheet to the computer hard disk drive in one of the supported formats: XLSX, PDF, ODS, CSV, XLTX, PDF/A, OTS. Full screen (Online Editors) F11 Switch to the full screen view in the Online Editors to fit the Spreadsheet Editor on the screen. Help menu F1 F1 Open the Help menu of the Spreadsheet Editor . Open existing file (Desktop Editors) Ctrl+O Open the standard dialog box on the Open local file tab in the Desktop Editors that allows you to select an existing file. Close file (Desktop Editors) Tab/Shift+Tab ↹ Tab/⇧ Shift+↹ Tab Close the current spreadsheet window in the Desktop Editors. Element contextual menu ⇧ Shift+F10 ⇧ Shift+F10 Open the contextual menu of the selected element. Reset the ‘Zoom’ parameter Ctrl+0 ^ Ctrl+0 or ⌘ Cmd+0 Reset the ‘Zoom’ parameter of the current spreadsheet to a default 100%. Duplicate a worksheet Press and hold down Ctrl+ drag the sheet tab Press and hold down ⌥ Option+ drag the sheet tab Copy an entire worksheet in a workbook and move it to the tab location you need. Navigation Move one cell up, down, left, or right ← → ↑ ↓ ← → ↑ ↓ Outline a cell above/below the currently selected one or to the left/to the right of it. Jump to the edge of the visible data region or the next cell with data Ctrl+← → ↑ ↓ ⌘ Cmd+← → ↑ ↓ Outline a cell at the edge of the visible data region or the next cell with data in a worksheet. If the region does not contain data, the last cell of the visible area will be selected. If the region contains data, the next cell with data will be selected. Jump to the beginning of the row Home Home Outline a cell in the column A of the current row. Jump to the beginning of the spreadsheet Ctrl+Home ^ Ctrl+Home Outline the cell A1. Jump to the end of the row End, Ctrl+→ End, ⌘ Cmd+→ Outline the last cell of the current row. Jump to the end of the spreadsheet Ctrl+End ^ Ctrl+End Outline the lower right used cell in the worksheet situated in the bottommost row with data of the rightmost column with data. If the cursor is in the formula bar, it will be placed to the end of the text. Move to the previous sheet Alt+Page Up ⌥ Option+Page Up Move to the previous sheet in your spreadsheet. Move to the next sheet Alt+Page Down ⌥ Option+Page Down Move to the next sheet in your spreadsheet. Move up one row ↑, ⇧ Shift+↵ Enter ⇧ Shift+↵ Return Outline the cell above the current one in the same column. Move down one row ↓, ↵ Enter ↵ Return Outline the cell below the current one in the same column. Move left one column ←, ⇧ Shift+↹ Tab ←, ⇧ Shift+↹ Tab Outline the previous cell of the current row. Move right one column →, ↹ Tab →, ↹ Tab Outline the next cell of the current row. Move down one screen Page Down Page Down Move one screen down in the worksheet. Move up one screen Page Up Page Up Move one screen up in the worksheet. Move vertical scrollbar Up/Down Mouse scroll Up/Down Mouse scroll Up/Down Move vertical scrollbar up/down. Move horizontal scrollbar Left/Right ⇧ Shift+Mouse scroll Up/Down ⇧ Shift+Mouse scroll Up/Down Move horizontal scrollbar left/right. To move the scrollbar to the right, scroll the mouse wheel down. To move the scrollbar to the left, scroll the mouse wheel up. Zoom In Ctrl++ ^ Ctrl+=, ⌘ Cmd+= Zoom in the currently edited spreadsheet. Zoom Out Ctrl+- ^ Ctrl+-, ⌘ Cmd+- Zoom out the currently edited spreadsheet. Navigate between controls in modal dialogues ↹ Tab/⇧ Shift+↹ Tab ↹ Tab/⇧ Shift+↹ Tab Navigate between controls to give focus to the next or previous control in modal dialogues. Data Selection Select all Ctrl+A, Ctrl+⇧ Shift+␣ Spacebar ⌘ Cmd+A Select the entire worksheet. Select column Ctrl+␣ Spacebar ^ Ctrl+␣ Spacebar Select an entire column in a worksheet. Select row ⇧ Shift+␣ Spacebar ⇧ Shift+␣ Spacebar Select an entire row in a worksheet. Select fragment ⇧ Shift+→ ← ⇧ Shift+→ ← Select a fragment cell by cell. Select from cursor to beginning of row ⇧ Shift+Home ⇧ Shift+Home Select a fragment from the cursor to the beginning of the current row. Select from cursor to end of row ⇧ Shift+End ⇧ Shift+End Select a fragment from the cursor to the end of the current row. Extend the selection to beginning of worksheet Ctrl+⇧ Shift+Home ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+Home Select a fragment from the current selected cells to the beginning of the worksheet. Extend the selection to the last used cell Ctrl+⇧ Shift+End ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+End Select a fragment from the current selected cells to the last used cell in the worksheet (in the bottommost row with data of the rightmost column with data). If the cursor is in the formula bar, this will select all text in the formula bar from the cursor position to the end without affecting the height of the formula bar. Select one cell to the left ⇧ Shift+↹ Tab ⇧ Shift+↹ Tab Select one cell to the left in a table. Select one cell to the right ↹ Tab ↹ Tab Select one cell to the right in a table. Extend the selection to the nearest nonblank cell to the right ⇧ Shift+End, Ctrl+⇧ Shift+→ ⇧ Shift+End Extend the selection to the nearest nonblank cell in the same row to the right of the active cell. If the next cell is blank, the selection will be extended to the next nonblank cell. Extend the selection to the nearest nonblank cell to the left ⇧ Shift+Home, Ctrl+⇧ Shift+← ⇧ Shift+Home Extend the selection to the nearest nonblank cell in the same row to the left of the active cell. If the next cell is blank, the selection will be extended to the next nonblank cell. Extend the selection to the nearest nonblank cell up/down the column Ctrl+⇧ Shift+↑ ↓ Extend the selection to the nearest nonblank cell in the same column up/down from the active cell. If the next cell is blank, the selection will be extended to the next nonblank cell. Extend the selection down one screen ⇧ Shift+Page Down ⇧ Shift+Page Down Extend the selection to include all the cells one screen down from the active cell. Extend the selection up one screen ⇧ Shift+Page Up ⇧ Shift+Page Up Extend the selection to include all the cells one screen up from the active cell. Undo and Redo Undo Ctrl+Z ⌘ Cmd+Z Reverse the latest performed action. Redo Ctrl+Y ⌘ Cmd+Y Repeat the latest undone action. Cut, Copy, and Paste Cut Ctrl+X, ⇧ Shift+Delete ⌘ Cmd+X Cut the the selected data and send them to the computer clipboard memory. The cut data can be later inserted to another place in the same worksheet, into another spreadsheet, or into some other program. Copy Ctrl+C, Ctrl+Insert ⌘ Cmd+C Send the selected data to the computer clipboard memory. The copied data can be later inserted to another place in the same worksheet, into another spreadsheet, or into some other program. Paste Ctrl+V, ⇧ Shift+Insert ⌘ Cmd+V Insert the previously copied/cut data from the computer clipboard memory to the current cursor position. The data can be previously copied from the same worksheet, from another spreadsheet, or from some other program. Data Formatting Bold Ctrl+B ^ Ctrl+B, ⌘ Cmd+B Make the font of the selected text fragment darker and heavier than normal or remove the bold formatting. Italic Ctrl+I ^ Ctrl+I, ⌘ Cmd+I Make the font of the selected text fragment italicized and slightly slanted or remove italic formatting. Underline Ctrl+U ^ Ctrl+U, ⌘ Cmd+U Make the selected text fragment underlined with a line going under the letters or remove underlining. Strikeout Ctrl+5 ^ Ctrl+5, ⌘ Cmd+5 Make the selected text fragment struck out with a line going through the letters or remove strikeout formatting. Add Hyperlink Ctrl+K ⌘ Cmd+K Insert a hyperlink to an external website or another worksheet. Edit active cell F2 F2 Edit the active cell and position the insertion point at the end of the cell contents. If editing in a cell is turned off, the insertion point will be moved into the Formula Bar. Data Filtering Enable/Remove Filter Ctrl+⇧ Shift+L ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+L, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+L Enable a filter for a selected cell range or remove the filter. Format as table template Ctrl+L ^ Ctrl+L, ⌘ Cmd+L Apply a table template to a selected cell range. Data Entry Complete cell entry and move down ↵ Enter ↵ Return Complete a cell entry in the selected cell or the formula bar, and move to the cell below. Complete cell entry and move up ⇧ Shift+↵ Enter ⇧ Shift+↵ Return Complete a cell entry in the selected cell, and move to the cell above. Complete cell entry and move to the next cell in a row ↹ Tab ↹ Tab Complete a cell entry in the selected cell or the formula bar, and move to the cell to the right. Start new line Alt+↵ Enter Start a new line in the same cell. Cancel Esc Esc Cancel an entry in the selected cell or the formula bar. Delete to the left ← Backspace ← Backspace Delete one character to the left in the formula bar or in the selected cell when the cell editing mode is activated. Also removes the content of the active cell. Delete to the right Delete Delete, Fn+← Backspace Delete one character to the right in the formula bar or in the selected cell when the cell editing mode is activated. Also removes the cell contents (data and formulas) from selected cells without affecting cell formats or comments. Clear cell content Delete, ← Backspace Delete, ← Backspace Remove the content (data and formulas) from selected cells without affecting the cell format or comments. Complete a cell entry and move to the right ↹ Tab ↹ Tab Complete a cell entry in the selected cell or the formula bar and move to the cell on the right. Complete a cell entry and move to the left ⇧ Shift+↹ Tab ⇧ Shift+↹ Tab Complete a cell entry in the selected cell or the formula bar and move to the cell on the left . Insert cells Ctrl+⇧ Shift+= Ctrl+⇧ Shift+=, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+= Open the dialog box for inserting new cells within current spreadsheet with an added parameter of a shift to the right, a shift down, inserting an entire row or an entire column. Delete cells Ctrl+⇧ Shift+- Ctrl+⇧ Shift+-, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+- Open the dialog box for deleting cells within current spreadsheet with an added parameter of a shift to the left, a shift up, deleting an entire row or an entire column. Insert the current date Ctrl+; Ctrl+;, ⌘ Cmd+; Insert the today date within an active cell. Insert the current time Ctrl+⇧ Shift+; Ctrl+⇧ Shift+;, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+; Insert the current time within an active cell. Insert the current date and time Ctrl+; then ␣ Spacebar then Ctrl+⇧ Shift+; Ctrl+; then ␣ Spacebar then Ctrl+⇧ Shift+;, ⌘ Cmd+; then ␣ Spacebar then ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+; Insert the current date and time within an active cell. Pivot tables Update pivot table Alt+F5 ⌥ Option+F5 Update the previously selected pivot table. Functions Insert function ⇧ Shift+F3 ⇧ Shift+F3 Open the dialog box for inserting a new function by choosing from the provided list. SUM function Alt+= ⌥ Option+Ctrl+= Insert the SUM function into the selected cell. Open drop-down list Alt+↓ Open a selected drop-down list. Open contextual menu ≣ Menu Open a contextual menu for the selected cell or cell range. Recalculate functions F9 F9 Recalculate the entire workbook. Recalculate functions ⇧ Shift+F9 ⇧ Shift+F9 Recalculate the current worksheet. Data Formats Open the 'Number Format' dialog box Ctrl+1 ^ Ctrl+1, ⌘ Cmd+1 Open the Number Format dialog box. Apply the General format Ctrl+⇧ Shift+~ ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+~ Apply the General number format. Apply the Currency format Ctrl+⇧ Shift+$ ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+$ Apply the Currency format with two decimal places (negative numbers in parentheses). Apply the Percentage format Ctrl+⇧ Shift+% ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+% Apply the Percentage format with no decimal places. Apply the Exponential format Ctrl+⇧ Shift+^ ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+^ Apply the Exponential number format with two decimal places. Apply the Date format Ctrl+⇧ Shift+# ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+# Apply the Date format with the day, month, and year. Apply the Time format Ctrl+⇧ Shift+@ ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+@ Apply the Time format with the hour and minute, and AM or PM. Apply the Number format Ctrl+⇧ Shift+! ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+! Apply the Number format with two decimal places, thousands separator, and minus sign (-) for negative values. Modifying Objects Constrain movement ⇧ Shift + drag ⇧ Shift + drag Constrain the movement of the selected object horizontally or vertically. Set 15-degree rotation ⇧ Shift + drag (when rotating) ⇧ Shift + drag (when rotating) Constrain the rotation angle to 15-degree increments. Maintain proportions ⇧ Shift + drag (when resizing) ⇧ Shift + drag (when resizing) Maintain the proportions of the selected object when resizing. Draw straight line or arrow ⇧ Shift + drag (when drawing lines/arrows) ⇧ Shift + drag (when drawing lines/arrows) Draw a straight vertical/horizontal/45-degree line or arrow. Movement by one-pixel increments Ctrl+← → ↑ ↓ Hold down the Ctrl key and use the keybord arrows to move the selected object by one pixel at a time." + "body": "Keyboard Shortcuts for Key Tips Use keyboard shortcuts for a faster and easier access to the features of the Spreadsheet Editor without using a mouse. Press Alt (Option for macOS) key to turn on all key tips for the editor header, the top toolbar, the right and left sidebars and the status bar. Press the letter that corresponds to the item you wish to use. The additional key tips may appear depending on the key you press. The first key tips hide when additional key tips appear. For example, to access the Insert tab, press Alt (Option for macOS) to see all primary key tips. Press letter I to access the Insert tab and you will see all the available shortcuts for this tab. Then press the letter that corresponds to the item you wish to configure. Press Alt (Option for macOS) to hide all key tips, or press Escape to go back to the previous group of key tips. Find the most common keyboard shortcuts in the list below. Please note: for macOS, some shortcuts contain the Home, End, Page Up and Page Down keys which are only available on the extended keyboard. If you don't have these keys, use the keyboard shortcuts specified above (i.e. use ^ Ctrl/⌘ Cmd+← or Fn+← instead of Home, ^ Ctrl/⌘ Cmd+→ or Fn+→ instead of End, Fn+↑ instead of Page Up, Fn+↓ instead of Page Down). Windows/Linux Mac OS Working with Spreadsheet Open 'File' panel Alt+F ^ Ctrl+⌥ Option+F Open the File panel to save, download, print the current spreadsheet, view its info, create a new spreadsheet or open an existing one, access the help menu of the Spreadsheet Editor or its advanced settings. Open 'Find' dialog window Ctrl+F ^ Ctrl+F, ⌘ Cmd+F Open the Find dialog window to start searching for a cell containing the required characters. Open 'Find and Replace' menu (panel) with replacement field Ctrl+H ^ Ctrl+H Open the Find and Replace menu (panel) with the replacement field to replace one or more occurrences of the found characters. Open 'Comments' panel Ctrl+⇧ Shift+H ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+H, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+H Open the Comments panel to add your own comment or reply to other users' comments. Open comment field Alt+H ⌘ Cmd+⌥ Option+A Open a data entry field where you can add the text of your comment. Open 'Chat' panel (Online Editors) Alt+Q ^ Ctrl+⌥ Option+Q Open the Chat panel in the Online Editors and send a message. Save spreadsheet Ctrl+S ^ Ctrl+S, ⌘ Cmd+S Save all the changes to the spreadsheet currently edited with the Spreadsheet Editor. The active file will be saved with its current file name, location, and file format. Print spreadsheet Ctrl+P ^ Ctrl+P, ⌘ Cmd+P Print your spreadsheet with one of the available printers or save it to a file. Download as... Ctrl+⇧ Shift+S ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+S, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+S Open the Download as... panel to save the currently edited spreadsheet to the computer hard disk drive in one of the supported formats: XLSX, XLTX, PDF, PDF/A, ODS, OTS, CSV, PNG, JPG. Full screen (Online Editors) F11 Switch to the full screen view in the Online Editors to fit the Spreadsheet Editor on the screen. Help menu F1 Fn+F1 Open the Help menu of the Spreadsheet Editor. Open existing file Ctrl+O ⌘ Cmd+O Open the standard dialog box that allows selecting an existing file. If you select the file in this dialog box and click Open, the file will be opened in a new tab or window of Desktop Editors. Switch to the next tab Ctrl+↹ Tab ^ Ctrl+↹ Tab Switch to the next file tab in Desktop Editors or browser tab in Online Editors. Switch to the previous tab Ctrl+Shift+↹ Tab ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+↹ Tab Switch to the previous file tab in Desktop Editors or browser tab in Online Editors. Close file Ctrl+W, Ctrl+F4 ⌘ Cmd+W Close the current spreadsheet window. Element contextual menu ⇧ Shift+F10 ⇧ Shift+Fn+F10 Open the contextual menu of the selected element. Close menu or modal window, reset modes, etc. Esc Esc Close a menu or modal window. Suspend copying formats. Reset adding shapes mode. Clear clipboard when cutting/copying cells. Hide the Paste Special button. Reset the ‘Zoom’ parameter Ctrl+0 ^ Ctrl+0 or ⌘ Cmd+0 Reset the ‘Zoom’ parameter of the current spreadsheet to a default 100%. Duplicate a worksheet Press and hold down Ctrl+ drag the sheet tab Press and hold down ⌥ Option+ drag the sheet tab Copy an entire worksheet in a workbook and move it to the tab location you need. Navigation Move one cell up, down, left, or right ↑ ↓ ← → ↑ ↓ ← → Outline a cell above/below the currently selected one or to the left/to the right of it. Move active cell down ↵ Enter ↵ Return Move to the cell below. Move active cell up ⇧ Shift+↵ Enter ⇧ Shift+↵ Return Move to the cell above. Move active cell to the right ↹ Tab ↹ Tab Move to the cell on the right. Move active cell to the left ⇧ Shift+↹ Tab ⇧ Shift+↹ Tab Move to the cell on the left . Jump to the edge of the visible data region or the next cell with data Ctrl+← → ↑ ↓ ⌘ Cmd+← → ↑ ↓ Home End Page Up Page Down Outline a cell at the edge of the visible data region or the next cell with data in a worksheet. If the region does not contain data, the last cell of the visible area will be selected. If the region contains data, the next cell with data will be selected. Jump to the beginning of the row Home Fn+← Home Outline a cell in the column A of the current row. Jump to the beginning of the spreadsheet Ctrl+Home ^ Ctrl+Fn+←, ⌘ Cmd+Fn+← ^ Ctrl+Home, ⌘ Cmd+Home Outline the cell A1. Jump to the end of the row End, Ctrl+→ Fn+→, ⌘ Cmd+→ End Outline the last cell of the current row. Jump to the end of the spreadsheet Ctrl+End ^ Ctrl+Fn+→, ⌘ Cmd+Fn+→ ^ Ctrl+End, ⌘ Cmd+End Outline the lower right used cell in the worksheet situated in the bottommost row with data of the rightmost column with data. If the cursor is in the formula bar, it will be placed to the end of the text. Move to the previous sheet Alt+Page Up ⌥ Option+Fn+↑ ⌥ Option+Page Up Move to the previous sheet in your spreadsheet. Move to the next sheet Alt+Page Down ⌥ Option+Fn+↓ ⌥ Option+Page Down Move to the next sheet in your spreadsheet. Move up one row ↑, ⇧ Shift+↵ Enter ⇧ Shift+↵ Return Outline the cell above the current one in the same column. Move down one row ↓, ↵ Enter ↵ Return Outline the cell below the current one in the same column. Move left one column ←, ⇧ Shift+↹ Tab ←, ⇧ Shift+↹ Tab Outline the previous cell of the current row. Move right one column →, ↹ Tab →, ↹ Tab Outline the next cell of the current row. Move down one screen Page Down Fn+↓ Page Down Move one screen down in the worksheet. Move up one screen Page Up Fn+↑ Page Up Move one screen up in the worksheet. Move vertical scrollbar Up/Down Mouse scroll Up/Down Mouse scroll Up/Down Move vertical scrollbar up/down. Move horizontal scrollbar Left/Right ⇧ Shift+Mouse scroll Up/Down ⇧ Shift+Mouse scroll Up/Down Move horizontal scrollbar left/right. To move the scrollbar to the right, scroll the mouse wheel down. To move the scrollbar to the left, scroll the mouse wheel up. Zoom In Ctrl++ ^ Ctrl+=, ⌘ Cmd+= Zoom in the currently edited spreadsheet. Zoom Out Ctrl+- ^ Ctrl+-, ⌘ Cmd+- Zoom out the currently edited spreadsheet. Navigate between controls in modal dialogues ↹ Tab/⇧ Shift+↹ Tab ↹ Tab/⇧ Shift+↹ Tab Navigate between controls to give focus to the next or previous control in modal dialogues. Data Selection Select the entire worksheet Ctrl+A, Ctrl+⇧ Shift+␣ Spacebar ⌘ Cmd+A, ^ Ctrl+A Select the entire worksheet (when the focus is on a cell). Select column Ctrl+␣ Spacebar ^ Ctrl+Fn+␣ Spacebar, ⌘ Cmd+Fn+␣ Spacebar Select an entire column in a worksheet. Select row ⇧ Shift+␣ Spacebar ⇧ Shift+␣ Spacebar Select an entire row in a worksheet. Select one cell to the right ⇧ Shift+→ ⇧ Shift+→ Select one cell to the right. Select one cell to the left ⇧ Shift+← ⇧ Shift+← Select one cell to the left. Select one cell up ⇧ Shift+↑ ⇧ Shift+↑ Select one cell up. Select one cell down ⇧ Shift+↓ ⇧ Shift+↓ Select one cell down. Select from cursor to beginning of row ⇧ Shift+Home ⇧ Shift+Fn+← ⇧ Shift+Home Select a fragment from the cursor to the beginning of the current row. Select from cursor to end of row ⇧ Shift+End ⇧ Shift+Fn+→ ⇧ Shift+End Select a fragment from the cursor to the end of the current row. Select to the next nonblank cell to the right Ctrl+⇧ Shift+→ ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+→, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+→ Select cells to the next nonblank cell to the right of the active cell or to the edge of the visible area. Select to the next nonblank cell to the left Ctrl+⇧ Shift+← ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+←, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+← Select cells to the next nonblank cell to the left of the active cell or to the edge of the visible area. Select to the next nonblank cell up Ctrl+⇧ Shift+↑ ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+↑, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+↑ Select cells to the next nonblank cell up from the active cell or to the edge of the visible area. Select to the next nonblank cell down Ctrl+⇧ Shift+↓ ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+↓, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+↓ Select cells to the next nonblank cell down from the active cell or to the edge of the visible area. Extend the selection to beginning of worksheet Ctrl+⇧ Shift+Home ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+Fn+←, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+Fn+← ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+Home, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+Home Select a fragment from the current selected cells to the beginning of the worksheet. Extend the selection to the last used cell Ctrl+⇧ Shift+End ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+Fn+→, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+Fn+→ ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+End, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+End Select a fragment from the current selected cells to the last used cell in the worksheet (in the bottommost row with data of the rightmost column with data). If the cursor is in the formula bar, this will select all text in the formula bar from the cursor position to the end without affecting the height of the formula bar. Extend the selection to the nearest nonblank cell to the right ⇧ Shift+End, Ctrl+⇧ Shift+→ ⇧ Shift+Fn+→ ⇧ Shift+End Extend the selection to the nearest nonblank cell in the same row to the right of the active cell. If the next cell is blank, the selection will be extended to the next nonblank cell. Extend the selection to the nonblank cell to the left Ctrl+⇧ Shift+← Extend the selection to the nonblank cell to the left. Extend the selection to the first column ⇧ Shift+Home ⇧ Shift+Fn+← ⇧ Shift+Home Extend the selection to the first column (A). Extend the selection to the nearest nonblank cell up/down the column Ctrl+⇧ Shift+↑ ↓ Extend the selection to the nearest nonblank cell in the same column up/down from the active cell. If the next cell is blank, the selection will be extended to the next nonblank cell. Extend the selection down one screen ⇧ Shift+Page Down ⇧ Shift+Fn+↓ ⇧ Shift+Page Down Extend the selection to include all the cells one screen down from the active cell. All cells in the columns of the previously selected range will be selected. Extend the selection up one screen ⇧ Shift+Page Up ⇧ Shift+Fn+↑ ⇧ Shift+Page Up Extend the selection to include all the cells one screen up from the active cell. All cells in the columns of the previously selected range will be selected. Undo and Redo Undo Ctrl+Z ⌘ Cmd+Z, ^ Ctrl+Z Reverse the latest performed action. Redo Ctrl+Y ⌘ Cmd+Y, ^ Ctrl+Y Repeat the latest undone action. Cut, Copy, and Paste Cut Ctrl+X, ⇧ Shift+Delete ⌘ Cmd+X Cut the the selected data/graphics and send them to the computer clipboard memory. The cut data can be later inserted to another place in the same worksheet, into another spreadsheet, or into some other program. Copy Ctrl+C, Ctrl+Insert ⌘ Cmd+C Send the selected data/graphics to the computer clipboard memory. The copied data can be later inserted to another place in the same worksheet, into another spreadsheet, or into some other program. Paste Ctrl+V, ⇧ Shift+Insert ⌘ Cmd+V Insert the previously copied/cut data/graphics from the computer clipboard memory to the current cursor position. The data can be previously copied from the same worksheet, from another spreadsheet, or from some other program. Paste Special options 1 Paste only formula Ctrl then F ^ Ctrl then F Paste formulas without pasting the data formatting. Paste formula + number format Ctrl then O ^ Ctrl then O Paste formulas with the formatting applied to numbers. Paste formula + all formatting Ctrl then K ^ Ctrl then K Paste formulas with all the data formatting. Paste formula without borders Ctrl then B ^ Ctrl then B Paste formulas with all the data formatting except the cell borders. Paste formula + column width Ctrl then W ^ Ctrl then W Paste formulas with all the data formatting and set the source column`s width for the cell range. Transpose Ctrl then T ^ Ctrl then T Paste data switching them from columns to rows, or vice versa. This option is available for regular data ranges, but not for formatted tables. Paste only value Ctrl then V ^ Ctrl then V Paste the formula results without pasting the data formatting. Paste value + number format Ctrl then A ^ Ctrl then A Paste the formula results with the formatting applied to numbers. Paste value + all formatting Ctrl then E ^ Ctrl then E Paste the formula results with all the data formatting. Paste only formatting Ctrl then R ^ Ctrl then R Paste the cell formatting only without pasting the cell contents. Paste link Ctrl then N ^ Ctrl then N Paste the external link to a cell or range of cells in another spreadsheet within the current portal (in the online editor) or in a local file (in the desktop editor). Working with Hyperlinks Insert hyperlink Ctrl+K ⌘ Cmd+K, ^ Ctrl+K Insert a hyperlink which can be used to go to a web address. Visit hyperlink Enter Return Visit a hyperlink (with the cursor in the hyperlink). Data Formatting Bold Ctrl+B ^ Ctrl+B, ⌘ Cmd+B Make the font of the selected text fragment darker and heavier than normal or remove the bold formatting. Italic Ctrl+I ⌘ Cmd+I Make the font of the selected text fragment italicized and slightly slanted or remove italic formatting. Underline Ctrl+U ^ Ctrl+U, ⌘ Cmd+U Make the selected text fragment underlined with a line going under the letters or remove underlining. Strikeout Ctrl+5 ^ Ctrl+5, ⌘ Cmd+5 Make the selected text fragment struck out with a line going through the letters or remove strikeout formatting. Edit active cell F2 Fn+F2 Edit the active cell and position the insertion point at the end of the cell contents. If editing in a cell is turned off, the insertion point will be moved into the Formula Bar. Data Filtering Enable/Remove Filter Ctrl+⇧ Shift+L ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+L, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+L Enable a filter for a selected cell range or remove the filter. Open filter window Alt+↓ ⌥ Option+↓ In the header of a column with a filter, open the filter window. Format as table template Ctrl+L ^ Ctrl+L, ⌘ Cmd+L Apply a table template to a selected cell range. Data Entry Complete cell entry and move down ↵ Enter ↵ Return Complete a cell entry in the selected cell or the formula bar, and move to the cell below. Complete cell entry and move up ⇧ Shift+↵ Enter ⇧ Shift+↵ Return Complete a cell entry in the selected cell, and move to the cell above. Complete cell entry and move to the right ↹ Tab ↹ Tab Complete a cell entry in the selected cell or the formula bar and move to the cell on the right. Complete cell entry and move to the left ⇧ Shift+↹ Tab ⇧ Shift+↹ Tab Complete a cell entry in the selected cell or the formula bar and move to the cell on the left . Complete cell entry and stay in it Ctrl+⇧ Shift+↵ Enter, Ctrl+↵ Enter ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+↵ Return, ^ Ctrl+↵ Return Complete a cell entry in the selected cell or the formula bar and stay in it. Fill the selected cell range with the current entry Ctrl+↵ Enter ^ Ctrl+↵ Return Fill the selected cell range with the current entry. Select a cell range, type data to the active cell and press the specified keys to fill all the selected cells with entered data. Start new line Alt+↵ Enter ⌥ Option+↵ Return Start a new line in the same cell. Add new placeholder to equation argument Enter Return, ⇧ Shift+Return Add a new placeholder to the equation argument. Cancel Esc Esc Cancel an entry in the selected cell or the formula bar. Delete to the left ← Backspace Delete Delete one character to the left in the formula bar or in the selected cell when the cell editing mode is activated. Remove the selection. Also removes the content of the active cell. It is also applicable to text in graphical objects. Delete to the right Delete Fn+Delete Delete one character to the right in the formula bar or in the selected cell when the cell editing mode is activated. Remove the selection. Also removes the cell contents (data and formulas) from selected cells without affecting cell formats or comments. It is also applicable to text in graphical objects. Clear active cell content Delete, ← Backspace Delete Remove the content (data and formulas) from the active cell without affecting the cell format or comments. Clear content of all selected cells Delete Fn+Delete Remove the content (data and formulas) from all selected cells without affecting the cell format or comments. Insert cells Ctrl+⇧ Shift+= Ctrl+⇧ Shift+=, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+= Open the dialog box for inserting new cells within current spreadsheet with an added parameter of a shift to the right, a shift down, inserting an entire row or an entire column. Delete cells Ctrl+⇧ Shift+- Ctrl+⇧ Shift+-, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+- Open the dialog box for deleting cells within current spreadsheet with an added parameter of a shift to the left, a shift up, deleting an entire row or an entire column. Insert the current date Ctrl+; Ctrl+;, ⌘ Cmd+; Insert the today date within an active cell. Insert the current time Ctrl+⇧ Shift+; Ctrl+⇧ Shift+;, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+; Insert the current time within an active cell. Insert the current date and time Ctrl+; then ␣ Spacebar then Ctrl+⇧ Shift+; Ctrl+; then ␣ Spacebar then Ctrl+⇧ Shift+;, ⌘ Cmd+; then ␣ Spacebar then ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+; Insert the current date and time within an active cell. Insert separator Numpad . Insert separator within an active cell. Auto Fill (Open drop-down list) Alt+↓ ⌥ Option+↓ Use this shortcut in an empty cell below or above existing values in the column. A drop-down list with existing values will appear. Select one of the available text values to fill an empty cell. Insert an em dash ⌥ Option+⇧ Shift+- Insert an em dash ‘—’ within the current cell. Insert an en dash ⌥ Option+- Insert an en dash ‘-’ within the current cell. Work with keyboard supporting the ability to insert Unicode symbols ⌥ Option+Q, ⌥ Option+F, ⇧ Shift+⌥ Option+7, and others When using the ⌥ Option+keyboard symbol shortcuts, for the keyboards supporting the ability to insert Unicode symbols, the keyboard symbols are added. The examples are listed below. With the English ABC layout, the ⌥ Option+Q shortcut inserts the \"œ\" symbol, the ⌥ Option+F shortcut inserts the “ƒ” function symbol. With the US International w/o deadkeys layout, the ⌥ Option+Q shortcut inserts the “ä” symbol. With the Swiss-german layout, the ⇧ Shift+⌥ Option+7 shortcut inserts the \"\\” symbol. Working with text in cells and graphical objects Remove word, selection to the left Ctrl+Backspace ⌥ Option+Delete Remove a word, selection to the left of the cursor. Remove word, selection to the right Ctrl+Delete Fn+⌥ Option+Delete Remove a word, selection to the right of the cursor. Select all Ctrl+A ⌘ Cmd+A, ^ Ctrl+A Select the entire shape content (when the cursor is within the shape content). Select the entire cell content (when the cursor is within the cell). Move one character to the left/right or one line up/down ← → ↑ ↓ ← → ↑ ↓ Move the cursor one character to the left/right or one line up/down. Select one character to the right ⇧ Shift+→ ⇧ Shift+→ Select one character to the right of the cursor position. Select one character to the left ⇧ Shift+← ⇧ Shift+← Select one character to the left of the cursor position. Move the cursor one word to the left Ctrl+← ⌥ Option+← Move the cursor one word to the left. Move the cursor one word to the right Ctrl+→ ⌥ Option+→ Move the cursor one word to the right. Select one word to the left Ctrl+⇧ Shift+← ⇧ Shift+⌥ Option+← Select one word to the left of the cursor. Select one word to the right Ctrl+⇧ Shift+→ ⇧ Shift+⌥ Option+→ Select one word to the right of the cursor. Jump to the beginning of the text Ctrl+Home ^ Ctrl+Fn+←, ⌘ Cmd+Fn+← ^ Ctrl+Home, ⌘ Cmd+Home Put the cursor to the very beginning of the text in a cell or shape. Jump to the end of the text Ctrl+End ^ Ctrl+Fn+→, ⌘ Cmd+Fn+→ ^ Ctrl+End, ⌘ Cmd+End Put the cursor to the very end of the text in a cell or shape. Select from cursor to beginning of text Ctrl+⇧ Shift+Home ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+Fn+←, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+Fn+← ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+Home, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+Home Select a text fragment from the cursor to the beginning of the text in a cell or shape. Select from cursor to end of text Ctrl+⇧ Shift+End ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+Fn+→, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+Fn+→ ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+End, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+End Select a text fragment from the cursor to the end of the text in a cell or shape. Jump to the beginning of the line Home ⌘ Cmd+← Home Put the cursor to the beginning of the currently edited line. Jump to the end of the line End ⌘ Cmd+→ End Put the cursor to the end of the currently edited line. Select from cursor to beginning of line ⇧ Shift+Home ⇧ Shift+Fn+← ⇧ Shift+Home Select a text fragment from the cursor to the beginning of the current line. Select from cursor to end of line ⇧ Shift+End ⇧ Shift+Fn+→ ⇧ Shift+End Select a text fragment from the cursor to the end of the current line. Select one line up ⇧ Shift+↑ ⇧ Shift+↑ Select one line up (with the cursor at the beginning of a line). Select one line down ⇧ Shift+↓ ⇧ Shift+↓ Select one line down (with the cursor at the end of a line). Pivot tables Update pivot table Alt+F5 ⌥ Option+Fn+F5 Update the previously selected pivot table. Update all pivot tables Ctrl+Alt+F5 2 Ctrl+⌥ Option+Fn+F5 Update all pivot tables. Slicers Clear selected values Alt+C Ctrl+⌥ Option+C, ⌘ Cmd+⌥ Option+C Clear selected values for a slicer. Switch multi-select Alt+S Ctrl+⌥ Option+S, ⌘ Cmd+⌥ Option+S Enable/disabler multi-select for a slicer. Formatted tables Add summary row Ctrl+⇧ Shift+R Ctrl+⇧ Shift+R, ⌘ Cmd+⇧ Shift+R Add the Summary row for a formatted table. Functions Insert function ⇧ Shift+F3 ⇧ Shift+Fn+F3 Open the dialog box for inserting a new function by choosing from the provided list. SUM function Alt+= ⌥ Option+Ctrl+= Insert the SUM function into the selected cell. Recalculate functions F9 Fn+F9 Recalculate the entire workbook. Recalculate functions ⇧ Shift+F9 ⇧ Shift+Fn+F9 Recalculate the current worksheet. Display functions on sheet Ctrl+` Ctrl+` Display functions (not their values) on a sheet for printing them. Switch the type of reference F4 Fn+F4 Switch the type of a reference to a cell in the formula bar (absolute, relative). Data Formats Open the 'Number Format' dialog box Ctrl+1 ^ Ctrl+1, ⌘ Cmd+1 Open the Number Format dialog box. Apply the General format Ctrl+⇧ Shift+~ ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+~ Apply the General number format. Apply the Currency format Ctrl+⇧ Shift+$ ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+$ Apply the Currency format with two decimal places. Apply the Percentage format Ctrl+⇧ Shift+% ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+% Apply the Percentage format with no decimal places. Apply the Exponential format Ctrl+⇧ Shift+^ ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+^ Apply the Exponential number format with two decimal places. Apply the Date format Ctrl+⇧ Shift+# ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+# Apply the Date format with the day, month, and year. Apply the Time format Ctrl+⇧ Shift+@ ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+@ Apply the Time format with the hour and minute, and AM or PM. Apply the Number format Ctrl+⇧ Shift+! ^ Ctrl+⇧ Shift+! Apply the Number format with two decimal places, thousands separator, and minus sign (-) for negative values. Modifying Objects Working with shapes ↵ Enter Return When the shape is selected, if it does not contain content, create content and move the cursor to the beginning of the line. If the content is empty, move the cursor to it, otherwise select the entire content. Working with charts ↵ Enter When the chart title is selected, select the text. Create a copy when dragging Ctrl ^ Ctrl Select an object and hold down the specified key when dragging the object to create the copy of the object in the location where it was moved. Constrain movement ⇧ Shift + drag ⇧ Shift + drag Constrain the movement of the selected object horizontally or vertically. Set 15-degree rotation ⇧ Shift + drag (when rotating) ⇧ Shift + drag (when rotating) Constrain the rotation angle to 15-degree increments. Maintain proportions ⇧ Shift + drag (when resizing) ⇧ Shift + drag (when resizing) Maintain the proportions of the selected object when resizing. Change angle of line/arrow when drawing ⇧ Shift + drag (when drawing lines/arrows) ⇧ Shift + drag (when drawing lines/arrows) Hold down the Shift key while drawing the line/arrow and rotate the spout of the arrow/end of the line to change the angle of the line/arrow when drawing it. The line/arrow will be rotated exactly 45 degrees. Movement by one-pixel increments Ctrl+← → ↑ ↓ ⌘ Cmd+← → ↑ ↓ Hold down the specified key and use the keybord arrows to move the selected object to the left, right, up, or down by one pixel at a time. Move shape by a big step ← → ↑ ↓ ← → ↑ ↓ Use the keybord arrows to move the selected object by a big step to the left, right, up, or down. Move focus to the next object ↹ Tab ↹ Tab Move focus to the next object after the currently selected one. Move focus to the previous object ⇧ Shift+↹ Tab ⇧ Shift+↹ Tab Move focus to the previous object before the currently selected one. Select all Ctrl+A ⌘ Cmd+A, ^ Ctrl+A Select all shapes (when the focus is on a shape). Add tab character to the object content ↹ Tab ↹ Tab Add the tab character to the object content. Subscript Ctrl+. ^ Ctrl+., ⌘ Cmd+. Make the selected text fragment smaller and place it to the lower part of the text line, e.g. as in chemical formulas. Works only with text within a graphical object. Superscript Ctrl+, ^ Ctrl+,, ⌘ Cmd+, Make the selected text fragment smaller and place it to the upper part of the text line, e.g. as in fractions. Works only with text within a graphical object. Increase font Ctrl+] ⌘ Cmd+], ^ Ctrl+] Increase the size of the font for the selected text fragment 1 point. Works only with text within a graphical object. Decrease font Ctrl+[ ⌘ Cmd+[, ^ Ctrl+[ Decrease the size of the font for the selected text fragment 1 point. Works only with text within a graphical object. Align center Ctrl+E ^ Ctrl+E, ⌘ Cmd+E Switch a paragraph between centered and left-aligned. Works only with text within a graphical object. Align justified Ctrl+J ^ Ctrl+J, ⌘ Cmd+J Switch a paragraph between justified and left-aligned. Works only with text within a graphical object. Align right Ctrl+R ^ Ctrl+R, ⌘ Cmd+R Switch a paragraph between right-aligned and left-aligned. Works only with text within a graphical object. Align left Ctrl+L ^ Ctrl+L, ⌘ Cmd+L Align a paragraph left. Works only with text within a graphical object. End paragraph and start a new one ↵ Enter ↵ Return End the current paragraph and start a new one when entering text within a graphical object. Add line break ⇧ Shift+↵ Enter ⇧ Shift+↵ Return Add a line break without starting a new paragraph when entering text within a graphical object. Remove graphical object Delete, Ctrl+Delete, Backspace, Ctrl+Backspace Delete, ⌥ Option+Delete Remove graphical object. Exit from adding shapes mode, remove selection step by step Esc Esc Exit from adding shapes mode. Remove selection step by step (e.g., if the content of a shape within a group is selected, the cursor will be removed from the content first, then from the shape, then from the group). 1 - Paste the copied data using Ctrl+V on Windows or Cmd+V on macOS. After pasting the copied data, use the Ctrl key to open the Paste Special menu, then press the letter key which corresponds to the necessary option. 2 - This keyboard shortcut does not work on Linux." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm", @@ -2473,7 +2468,7 @@ var indexes = { "id": "ProgramInterface/DataTab.htm", "title": "Data tab", - "body": "The Data tab allows managing data in the Spreadsheet Editor. The corresponding window of the Online Spreadsheet Editor: The corresponding window of the Desktop Spreadsheet Editor: Using this tab, you can: sort and filter data, convert text to columns, remove duplicates from a data range, group and ungroup data, set data validation parameters, get data from TXT/CSV file, view other files the spreadsheet is linked to via the External Links button." + "body": "The Data tab allows managing data in the Spreadsheet Editor. The corresponding window of the Online Spreadsheet Editor: The corresponding window of the Desktop Spreadsheet Editor: Using this tab, you can: sort and filter data, convert text to columns, remove duplicates from a data range, group and ungroup data, set data validation parameters, find the right input for the value that you want, get data from TXT/CSV file, view other files the spreadsheet is linked to via the External Links button." }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/DrawTab.htm", @@ -2493,12 +2488,12 @@ var indexes = { "id": "ProgramInterface/HomeTab.htm", "title": "Home tab", - "body": "The Home tab opens by default when you open the Spreadsheet Editor. It allows you to format cells and data in them, apply filters, insert functions, etc. Some other options are also available here, such as Format as table template feature and so on. The corresponding window of the Online Spreadsheet Editor: The corresponding window of the Desktop Spreadsheet Editor: Using this tab, you can: set the font type, size, style, and colors, align data in cells, add cell borders and merge cells, insert functions and create named ranges, sort and filter data, change the number format, add or remove cells, rows, columns, copy/clear the cell formatting, use conditional formatting, apply a table template to the selected cell range." + "body": "The Home tab opens by default when you open the Spreadsheet Editor. It allows you to format cells and data in them, apply filters, insert functions, etc. Some other options are also available here, such as Format as table template feature and so on. The corresponding window of the Online Spreadsheet Editor: The corresponding window of the Desktop Spreadsheet Editor: Using this tab, you can: set the font type, size, style, and colors, align data in cells, add cell borders and merge cells, insert functions and create named ranges, use the Series tool to fill in data ranges, sort and filter data, change the number format, add or remove cells, rows, columns, copy/clear the cell formatting, use conditional formatting, apply a table template to the selected cell range." }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm", "title": "Insert tab", - "body": "The Insert tab allows adding visual objects and comments in the Spreadsheet Editor. The corresponding window of the Online Spreadsheet Editor: The corresponding window of the Desktop Spreadsheet Editor: Using this tab, you can: insert pivot tables, insert formatted tables, insert images, shapes, text boxes and Text Art objects, charts, sparklines, insert comments and hyperlinks, insert headers/footers, insert equations and symbols, insert slicers." + "body": "The Insert tab allows adding visual objects and comments in the Spreadsheet Editor. The corresponding window of the Online Spreadsheet Editor: The corresponding window of the Desktop Spreadsheet Editor: Using this tab, you can: insert pivot tables, insert formatted tables, insert images, shapes, text boxes and Text Art objects,SmartArt objects, insert recommended charts, charts, sparklines, insert comments and hyperlinks, insert headers/footers, insert equations and symbols, insert slicers." }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/LayoutTab.htm", @@ -2508,17 +2503,17 @@ var indexes = { "id": "ProgramInterface/PivotTableTab.htm", "title": "Pivot Table tab", - "body": "The Pivot Table tab in the Spreadsheet Editor allows creating and editing pivot tables. The corresponding window of the Online Spreadsheet Editor: The corresponding window of the Desktop Spreadsheet Editor: Using this tab, you can: create a new pivot table, choose the necessary layout for your pivot table, update the pivot table if you change the data in your source data set, select an entire pivot table with a single click, highlight certain rows/columns by applying a specific formatting style to them, choose one of the predefined tables styles." + "body": "The Pivot Table tab in the Spreadsheet Editor allows creating and editing pivot tables. The corresponding window of the Online Spreadsheet Editor: The corresponding window of the Desktop Spreadsheet Editor: Using this tab, you can: create a new pivot table, choose the necessary layout for your pivot table, update the pivot table if you change the data in your source data set, select an entire pivot table with a single click, expand or collapse fields to show/hide the details for the pivot table items, highlight certain rows/columns by applying a specific formatting style to them, choose one of the predefined tables styles." }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm", "title": "Plugins tab", - "body": "The Plugins tab in the Spreadsheet Editor allows accessing the advanced editing features using the available third-party components. With this tab, you can also use macros to simplify routine operations. The corresponding window of the Online Spreadsheet Editor: The corresponding window of the Desktop Spreadsheet Editor: The Plugin Manager button allows you to open the window where you can view and manage all the installed plugins and add your own ones. The Macros button allows you to open the window where you can create and run your own macros. To learn more about macros, please refer to our API Documentation. Currently, the following plugins are available: Send allows to send the spreadsheet via email using the default desktop mail client (available in the desktop version only), Highlight code allows to highlight syntax of the code selecting the necessary language, style, background color, Photo Editor allows to edit images: crop, flip, rotate them, draw lines and shapes, add icons and text, load a mask and apply filters such as Grayscale, Invert, Sepia, Blur, Sharpen, Emboss, etc., Thesaurus allows to search for synonyms and antonyms of a word and replace it with the selected one, Translator allows to translate the selected text into other languages, Note: this plugin doesn't work in Internet Explorer. YouTube allows to embed YouTube videos into your spreadsheet. To learn more about plugins please refer to our API Documentation. All the existing open-source plugin examples are currently available on GitHub." + "body": "The Plugins tab in the Spreadsheet Editor allows accessing the advanced editing features using the available third-party components. With this tab, you can also use macros to simplify routine operations. The corresponding window of the Online Spreadsheet Editor: The corresponding window of the Desktop Spreadsheet Editor: The Plugin Manager button allows you to open the window where you can view and manage all the installed plugins and add your own ones. The Background Plugins button allows viewing the list of plugins that work in the background. Here you can activate or disable them by activating/deactivating the corresponding switches, and adjust their settings by clicking the More button next to the required plugin. The Macros button allows you to open the window where you can create and run your own macros. To learn more about macros, please refer to our API Documentation. Currently, the following plugins are available: Send allows to send the spreadsheet via email using the default desktop mail client (available in the desktop version only), Highlight code allows to highlight syntax of the code selecting the necessary language, style, background color, Photo Editor allows to edit images: crop, flip, rotate them, draw lines and shapes, add icons and text, load a mask and apply filters such as Grayscale, Invert, Sepia, Blur, Sharpen, Emboss, etc., Thesaurus allows to search for synonyms and antonyms of a word and replace it with the selected one, Translator allows to translate the selected text into other languages, Note: this plugin doesn't work in Internet Explorer. YouTube allows to embed YouTube videos into your spreadsheet. Several visual plugins can be added to your document. The added plugins will be displayed as corresponding icons on the left panel. To learn more about plugins, please refer to our API Documentation. All the existing open-source plugin examples are currently available on GitHub." }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/ProgramInterface.htm", "title": "Introducing the Spreadsheet Editor user interface", - "body": "The Spreadsheet Editor uses a tabbed interface where editing commands are grouped into tabs by functionality. Main window of the Online Spreadsheet Editor: Main window of the Desktop Spreadsheet Editor: The editor interface consists of the following main elements: The Editor header displays the logo, tabs for all opened spreadsheets, with their names and menu tabs.. On the left side of the Editor header there are the Save, Print file, Undo and Redo buttons are located. On the right side of the Editor header along with the user name the following icons are displayed: Open file location - in the desktop version, it allows opening the folder, where the file is stored, in the File explorer window. In the online version, it allows opening the folder in the Documents module where the file is stored, in a new browser tab. Share - (available in the online version only) allows setting access rights for the documents stored in the cloud. Mark as favorite - click the star to add a file to favorites as to make it easy to find. The added file is just a shortcut so the file itself remains stored in its original location. Deleting a file from favorites does not remove the file from its original location. Search - allows to search the spreadsheet for a particular word or symbol, etc. The top toolbar displays a set of editing commands depending on the selected menu tab. Currently, the following tabs are available: File, Home, Insert, Layout, Formula, Data, Pivot Table, Collaboration, Protection, View, Plugins. The Copy, Paste, Cut and Select All options are always available at the left part of the Top toolbar regardless of the selected tab. The Formula bar allows entering and editing formulas or values in the cells. The Formula bar displays the contents of the currently selected cell. The Status bar at the bottom of the editor window contains some navigation tools: sheet navigation buttons, add worksheet button, list of sheets button, sheet tabs, and zoom buttons. The Status bar also displays the background save status and connection status when there is no connection and the editor is trying to reconnect, the number of filtered records if you apply a filter, or the results of automatic calculations if you select several cells containing data. The Left sidebar contains the following icons: - allows using the Search and Replace tool, - allows opening the Comments panel, - (available in the online version only) allows opening the Chat panel, - allows to check the spelling of your text in a certain language and correct mistakes while editing. - allows contacting our support team, - (available in the online version only) allows viewing the information about the program. The Right sidebar allows adjusting additional parameters of different objects. When you select a particular object in a worksheet, the corresponding icon is activated on the right sidebar. Click this icon to expand the right sidebar. The Working area allows viewing the contents of a spreadsheet, as well as entering and editing data. The horizontal and vertical Scroll bars allow scrolling up/down and left/right. For your convenience, you can hide some components and display them again when necessary. To learn more on how to adjust view settings please refer to this page." + "body": "The Spreadsheet Editor uses a tabbed interface where editing commands are grouped into tabs by functionality. Main window of the Online Spreadsheet Editor: Main window of the Desktop Spreadsheet Editor: The editor interface consists of the following main elements: The Editor header displays the logo, tabs for all opened spreadsheets, with their names and menu tabs.. On the left side of the Editor header there are the Save, Print file, Undo and Redo buttons are located. On the right side of the Editor header along with the user name the following icons are displayed: Open file location - in the desktop version, it allows opening the folder, where the file is stored, in the File explorer window. In the online version, it allows opening the folder in the Documents module where the file is stored, in a new browser tab. Share - (available in the online version only) allows setting access rights for the documents stored in the cloud. Mark as favorite - click the star to add a file to favorites as to make it easy to find. The added file is just a shortcut so the file itself remains stored in its original location. Deleting a file from favorites does not remove the file from its original location. Search - allows to search the spreadsheet for a particular word or symbol, etc. The top toolbar displays a set of editing commands depending on the selected menu tab. Currently, the following tabs are available: File, Home, Insert, Draw, Layout, Formula, Data, Pivot Table, Collaboration, Protection, View, Plugins. The Copy, Paste, Cut and Select All options are always available at the left part of the Top toolbar regardless of the selected tab. The Formula bar allows entering and editing formulas or values in the cells. The Formula bar displays the contents of the currently selected cell. The Status bar at the bottom of the editor window contains some navigation tools: sheet navigation buttons, add worksheet button, list of sheets button, sheet tabs, and zoom buttons. The Status bar also displays the background save status and connection status when there is no connection and the editor is trying to reconnect, the number of filtered records if you apply a filter, or the results of automatic calculations if you select several cells containing data. The Left sidebar contains the following icons: - allows using the Search and Replace tool, - allows opening the Comments panel, - (available in the online version only) allows opening the Chat panel, - allows to check the spelling of your text in a certain language and correct mistakes while editing. - allows contacting our support team, - (available in the online version only) allows viewing the information about the program. The Right sidebar allows adjusting additional parameters of different objects. When you select a particular object in a worksheet, the corresponding icon is activated on the right sidebar. Click this icon to expand the right sidebar. The Working area allows viewing the contents of a spreadsheet, as well as entering and editing data. The horizontal and vertical Scroll bars allow scrolling up/down and left/right. For your convenience, you can hide some components and display them again when necessary. To learn more on how to adjust view settings please refer to this page. When there are many icons on the left and right panels, the ones below will be hidden, and they can be accessed via the More button." }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/ProtectionTab.htm", @@ -2538,12 +2533,12 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/AddExternalLinks.htm", "title": "Add external links to cells", - "body": "In the Spreadsheet Editor, you can create an external link to a cell or a range of cells in another workbook. The external links to cells can be created between files within the current portal (in the online editor) or between local files (in the desktop editor). Note: in the online editor, the ability to insert data via an external link must also be implemented on the integrator side (e.g., in a third-party document management system). If data in the source workbook changes, you can update values in the destination workbook without copying them manually once again. To add an external link, open the source workbook and the destination workbook, in the source workbook, copy a cell or a range of cells (Ctrl+C), in the destination workbook, paste the copied data (Ctrl+V), click the Paste Special button and choose the Paste link (Ctrl+N) option. The link will be added. If you click the cell which contains an external link, it looks like ='[SourceWorkbook.xlsx]Sheet1'!A1 in the formula bar. To update the added external links, switch to the Data tab, click the External Links button, select the necessary link in the list, click the Update Values button or click the arrow next to it and choose whether you want to Update values (currently selected) or Update all. The status will be changed to 'OK'. When you open the workbook which contains external links, the warning appears: Click Update to update all external links. To break the added external links, switch to the Data tab, click the External Links button, select the necessary link in the list, click the Break Links button or click the arrow next to it and choose whether you want to Break links (currently selected) or Break all links. The links will be broken, and the values will not be updated." + "body": "In the Spreadsheet Editor, you can create an external link to a cell or a range of cells in another workbook. The external links to cells can be created between files within the current portal (in the online editor) or between local files (in the desktop editor). Note: in the online editor, the ability to insert data via an external link must also be implemented on the integrator side (e.g., in a third-party document management system). If data in the source workbook changes, you can update values in the destination workbook without copying them manually once again. To add an external link, open the source workbook and the destination workbook, in the source workbook, copy a cell or a range of cells (Ctrl+C), in the destination workbook, paste the copied data (Ctrl+V), click the Paste Special button and choose the Paste link option (or use the Ctrl key to open the Paste Special menu, then press N). The link will be added. If you click the cell which contains an external link, it looks like ='[SourceWorkbook.xlsx]Sheet1'!A1 in the formula bar. To update the added external links, switch to the Data tab, click the External Links button, select the necessary link in the list, click the Update Values button or click the arrow next to it and choose whether you want to Update values (currently selected) or Update all. The status will be changed to 'OK'. When you open the workbook which contains external links, the warning appears: Click Update to update all external links. To break the added external links, switch to the Data tab, click the External Links button, select the necessary link in the list, click the Break Links button or click the arrow next to it and choose whether you want to Break links (currently selected) or Break all links. The links will be broken, and the values will not be updated." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm", "title": "Add hyperlinks", - "body": "To add a hyperlink in the Spreadsheet Editor, select a cell where a hyperlink should be added, switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar, click the Hyperlink icon on the top toolbar, the Hyperlink Settings window will appear, and you will be able to specify the hyperlink settings: Select the required link type: Use the External Link option and enter a URL in the http://www.example.com format in the Link to field below if you need to add a hyperlink leading to an external website. If you need to add a hyperlink to a local file, enter the URL in the file://path/Spreadsheet.xlsx (for Windows) or file:///path/Spreadsheet.xlsx (for MacOS and Linux) format in the Link to field. The file://path/Spreadsheet.xlsx or file:///path/Spreadsheet.xlsx hyperlink type can be opened only in the desktop version of the editor. In the web editor you can only add the link without being able to open it. Use the Internal Data Range option, select a worksheet and a cell range in the fields below, or a previously added Named range if you need to add a hyperlink leading to a certain cell range in the same spreadsheet. You can also generate an external link which will lead to a particular cell or a range of cells by clicking the Get Link button or using the Get link to this range option in the contextual right-click menu of the required cell range. Display - enter a text that will become clickable and lead to the web address specified in the upper field. Note: if the selected cell already contains data, it will be automatically displayed in this field. ScreenTip Text - enter a text that will become visible in a small pop-up window with a brief note or label connected to the hyperlink. click the OK button. To add a hyperlink, you can also use the Ctrl+K key combination or click with the right mouse button the position where the hyperlink should be added and select the Hyperlink option in the right-click menu. When you hover the cursor over the added hyperlink, the ScreenTip will appear. To follow the link, click the link in the spreadsheet. To select a cell that contains a link without opening the link, click and hold the mouse button. To delete the added hyperlink, activate the cell containing the added hyperlink and press the Delete key, or right-click the cell and select the Clear All option from the drop-down list." + "body": "To add a hyperlink in the Spreadsheet Editor, select a cell where a hyperlink should be added, switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar, click the Hyperlink icon on the top toolbar, the Hyperlink Settings window will appear, and you will be able to specify the hyperlink settings: Select the required link type: Use the External Link option and enter a URL in the http://www.example.com format in the Link to field below if you need to add a hyperlink leading to an external website. If you need to add a hyperlink to a local file, enter the URL in the file://path/Spreadsheet.xlsx (for Windows) or file:///path/Spreadsheet.xlsx (for MacOS and Linux) format in the Link to field. The file://path/Spreadsheet.xlsx or file:///path/Spreadsheet.xlsx hyperlink type can be opened only in the desktop version of the editor. In the web editor you can only add the link without being able to open it. Use the Internal Data Range option, select a worksheet and a cell range in the fields below, or a previously added Named range if you need to add a hyperlink leading to a certain cell range in the same spreadsheet. You can also generate an external link which will lead to a particular cell or a range of cells by clicking the Get Link button or using the Get link to this range option in the contextual right-click menu of the required cell range. The Get link to this range option is also available in the viewing mode. Display - enter a text that will become clickable and lead to the web address specified in the upper field. Note: if the selected cell already contains data, it will be automatically displayed in this field. ScreenTip Text - enter a text that will become visible in a small pop-up window with a brief note or label connected to the hyperlink. click the OK button. To add a hyperlink, you can also use the Ctrl+K key combination or click with the right mouse button the position where the hyperlink should be added and select the Hyperlink option in the right-click menu. When you hover the cursor over the added hyperlink, the ScreenTip will appear. To follow the link, click the link in the spreadsheet. To select a cell that contains a link without opening the link, click and hold the mouse button. To delete the added hyperlink, activate the cell containing the added hyperlink and press the Delete key, or right-click the cell and select the Clear All option from the drop-down list." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/AlignText.htm", @@ -2578,7 +2573,7 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/CopyPasteData.htm", "title": "Cut/copy/paste data", - "body": "Use basic clipboard operations To cut, copy and paste data in the current spreadsheet make use of the right-click menu or use the corresponding icons of the Spreadsheet Editor available on any tab of the top toolbar, Cut - select data and use the Cut option from the right-click menu, or the Cut icon on the top toolbar to delete the selected data and send them to the computer clipboard memory. The cut data can be later inserted to another place in the same spreadsheet. Copy - select data and either use the Copy icon at the top toolbar or right-click and select the Copy option from the menu to send the selected data to the computer clipboard memory. The copied data can be later inserted to another place in the same spreadsheet. Paste - select a place and either use the Paste icon on the top toolbar or right-click and select the Paste option to insert the previously copied/cut data from the computer clipboard memory to the current cursor position. The data can be previously copied from the same spreadsheet. In the online version, the following key combinations are only used to copy or paste data from/into another spreadsheet or some other program, in the desktop version, both the corresponding buttons/menu options and key combinations can be used for any copy/paste operations: Ctrl+X key combination for cutting; Ctrl+C key combination for copying; Ctrl+V key combination for pasting. Note: instead of cutting and pasting data within the same worksheet you can select the required cell/cell range, hover the mouse cursor over the selection border so that it turns into the Arrow icon and drag and drop the selection to the necessary position. To enable / disable the automatic appearance of the Paste Special button after pasting, go to the File tab > Advanced Settings and check / uncheck the Show the Paste Options button when the content is pasted checkbox. Use the Paste Special feature Note: For collaborative editing, the Paste Special feature is available in the Strict co-editing mode only. Once the copied data is pasted, the Paste Special button appears next to the lower right corner of the inserted cell/cell range. Click this button to select the necessary paste option. When pasting a cell/cell range with formatted data, the following options are available: Paste (Ctrl+P) - allows you to paste all the cell contents including data formatting. This option is selected by default. The following options can be used if the copied data contains formulas: Paste only formula (Ctrl+F) - allows you to paste formulas without pasting the data formatting. Formula + number format (Ctrl+O) - allows you to paste formulas with the formatting applied to numbers. Formula + all formatting (Ctrl+K) - allows you to paste formulas with all the data formatting. Formula without borders (Ctrl+B) - allows you to paste formulas with all the data formatting except the cell borders. Formula + column width (Ctrl+W) - allows you to paste formulas with all the data formatting and set the source column`s width for the cell range. Transpose (Ctrl+T) - allows you to paste data switching them from columns to rows, or vice versa. This option is available for regular data ranges, but not for formatted tables. The following options allow you to paste the result that the copied formula returns without pasting the formula itself: Paste only value (Ctrl+V) - allows you to paste the formula results without pasting the data formatting. Value + number format (Ctrl+A) - allows to paste the formula results with the formatting applied to numbers. Value + all formatting (Ctrl+E) - allows you to paste the formula results with all the data formatting. Paste only formatting (Ctrl+R) - allows you to paste the cell formatting only without pasting the cell contents. Paste link (Ctrl+N) - allows you to paste the inner link to a cell or a file within the current portal. Paste Formulas - allows you to paste formulas without pasting the data formatting. Values - allows you to paste the formula results without pasting the data formatting. Formats - allows you to apply the formatting of the copied area. Comments - allows you to add comments of the copied area. Column widths - allows you to set certal column widths of the copied area. All except borders - allows you to paste formulas, formula results with all its formatting except borders. Formulas & formatting - allows you to paste formulas and apply formatting on them from the copied area. Formulas & column widths - allows you to paste formulas and set certaln column widths of the copied area. Formulas & number formulas - allows you to paste formulas and number formulas. Values & number formats - allows you to paste formula results and apply the numbers formatting of the copied area. Values & formatting - allows you to paste formula results and apply the formatting of the copied area. Operation Add - allows you to automatically add numeric values in each inserted cell. Subtract - allows you to automatically subtract numeric values in each inserted cell. Multiply - allows you to automatically multiply numeric values in each inserted cell. Divide - allows you to automatically divide numeric values in each inserted cell. Transpose - allows you to paste data switching them from columns to rows, or vice versa. Skip blanks - allows you to skip pasting empty cells and their formatting. When pasting the contents of a single cell or some text within autoshapes, the following options are available: Source formatting (Ctrl+K) - allows you to keep the source formatting of the copied data. Destination formatting (Ctrl+M) - allows you to apply the formatting that is already used for the cell/autoshape where the data are to be inserted to. Paste delimited text When pasting the delimited text copied from a .txt file, the following options are available: The delimited text can contain several records, and each record corresponds to a single table row. Each record can contain several text values separated with a delimiter (such as a comma, semicolon, colon, tab, space or other characters). The file should be saved as a plain text .txt file. Keep text only (Ctrl+T) - allows you to paste text values into a single column where each cell contents corresponds to a row in the source text file. Use text import wizard - allows you to open the Text Import Wizard which helps to easily split the text values into multiple columns where each text value separated by a delimiter will be placed into a separate cell. When the Text Import Wizard window opens, select the text delimiter used in the delimited data from the Delimiter drop-down list. The data split into columns will be displayed in the Preview field below. If you are satisfied with the result, click the OK button. If you pasted delimited data from a source that is not a plain text file (e.g. text copied from a web page etc.), or if you applied the Keep text only feature and now want to split the data from a single column into several columns, you can use the Text to Columns option. To split data into multiple columns: Select the necessary cell or column that contains data with delimiters. Switch to the Data tab. Click the Text to columns button on the top toolbar. The Text to Columns Wizard opens. In the Delimiter drop-down list, select the delimiter used in the delimited data. Click the Advanced button to open the Advanced Settings window in which you can specify the Decimal and Thousands separators. Preview the result in the field below and click OK. After that, each text value separated by the delimiter will be located in a separate cell. If there is some data in the cells to the right of the column you want to split, the data will be overwritten. Use the Auto Fill option To quickly fill multiple cells with the same data use the Auto Fill option: select a cell/cell range containing the required data, move the mouse cursor over the fill handle in the right lower corner of the cell. The cursor will turn into the black cross: drag the handle over the adjacent cells to fill them with the selected data. Note: if you need to create a series of numbers (such as 1, 2, 3, 4...; 2, 4, 6, 8... etc.) or dates, you can enter at least two starting values and quickly extend the series selecting these cells and dragging the fill handle. For a series of days of the week or months, enter the initial value and drag the fill handle. Fill cells in the column with text values If a column in your spreadsheet contains some text values, you can easily replace any value within this column or fill the next blank cell selecting one of already existing text values. Right-click the necessary cell and choose the Select from drop-down list option in the contextual menu. Select one of the available text values to replace the current one or fill an empty cell." + "body": "Use basic clipboard operations To cut, copy and paste data in the current spreadsheet make use of the right-click menu or use the corresponding icons of the Spreadsheet Editor available on any tab of the top toolbar, Cut - select data and use the Cut option from the right-click menu, or the Cut icon on the top toolbar to delete the selected data and send them to the computer clipboard memory. The cut data can be later inserted to another place in the same spreadsheet. Copy - select data and either use the Copy icon at the top toolbar or right-click and select the Copy option from the menu to send the selected data to the computer clipboard memory. The copied data can be later inserted to another place in the same spreadsheet. Paste - select a place and either use the Paste icon on the top toolbar or right-click and select the Paste option to insert the previously copied/cut data from the computer clipboard memory to the current cursor position. The data can be previously copied from the same spreadsheet. In the online version, the following key combinations are only used to copy or paste data from/into another spreadsheet or some other program, in the desktop version, both the corresponding buttons/menu options and key combinations can be used for any copy/paste operations: Ctrl+X key combination for cutting (Cmd+X for macOS); Ctrl+C key combination for copying (Cmd+C for macOS); Ctrl+V key combination for pasting (Cmd+V for macOS). Note: instead of cutting and pasting data within the same worksheet you can select the required cell/cell range, hover the mouse cursor over the selection border so that it turns into the Arrow icon and drag and drop the selection to the necessary position. To enable / disable the automatic appearance of the Paste Special button after pasting, go to the File tab > Advanced Settings and check / uncheck the Show the Paste Options button when the content is pasted checkbox. Use the Paste Special feature Note: For collaborative editing, the Paste Special feature is available in the Strict co-editing mode only. Once the copied data is pasted, the Paste Special button appears next to the lower right corner of the inserted cell/cell range. Click this button to select the necessary paste option or use the Ctrl key to open the Paste Special menu, then press the letter key given in the brackets next to the required option. When pasting a cell/cell range with formatted data, the following options are available: Paste (Ctrl then P) - allows you to paste all the cell contents including data formatting. This option is selected by default. The following options can be used if the copied data contains formulas: Paste only formula (Ctrl then F) - allows you to paste formulas without pasting the data formatting. Formula + number format (Ctrl then O) - allows you to paste formulas with the formatting applied to numbers. Formula + all formatting (Ctrl then K) - allows you to paste formulas with all the data formatting. Formula without borders (Ctrl then B) - allows you to paste formulas with all the data formatting except the cell borders. Formula + column width (Ctrl then W) - allows you to paste formulas with all the data formatting and set the source column`s width for the cell range. Transpose (Ctrl then T) - allows you to paste data switching them from columns to rows, or vice versa. This option is available for regular data ranges, but not for formatted tables. The following options allow you to paste the result that the copied formula returns without pasting the formula itself: Paste only value (Ctrl then +V) - allows you to paste the formula results without pasting the data formatting. Value + number format (Ctrl then A) - allows to paste the formula results with the formatting applied to numbers. Value + all formatting (Ctrl then E) - allows you to paste the formula results with all the data formatting. Paste only formatting (Ctrl then R) - allows you to paste the cell formatting only without pasting the cell contents. Paste link (Ctrl then N) - allows you to paste the external link to a cell or range of cells in another spreadsheet within the current portal (in the online editor) or in a local file (in the desktop editor). Paste Formulas - allows you to paste formulas without pasting the data formatting. Values - allows you to paste the formula results without pasting the data formatting. Formats - allows you to apply the formatting of the copied area. Comments - allows you to add comments of the copied area. Column widths - allows you to set certal column widths of the copied area. All except borders - allows you to paste formulas, formula results with all its formatting except borders. Formulas & formatting - allows you to paste formulas and apply formatting on them from the copied area. Formulas & column widths - allows you to paste formulas and set certaln column widths of the copied area. Formulas & number formulas - allows you to paste formulas and number formulas. Values & number formats - allows you to paste formula results and apply the numbers formatting of the copied area. Values & formatting - allows you to paste formula results and apply the formatting of the copied area. Operation Add - allows you to automatically add numeric values in each inserted cell. Subtract - allows you to automatically subtract numeric values in each inserted cell. Multiply - allows you to automatically multiply numeric values in each inserted cell. Divide - allows you to automatically divide numeric values in each inserted cell. Transpose - allows you to paste data switching them from columns to rows, or vice versa. Skip blanks - allows you to skip pasting empty cells and their formatting. When pasting the contents of a single cell or some text within autoshapes, the following options are available: Source formatting (Ctrl+K) - allows you to keep the source formatting of the copied data. Destination formatting (Ctrl+M) - allows you to apply the formatting that is already used for the cell/autoshape where the data are to be inserted to. Paste delimited text When pasting the delimited text copied from a .txt file, the following options are available: The delimited text can contain several records, and each record corresponds to a single table row. Each record can contain several text values separated with a delimiter (such as a comma, semicolon, colon, tab, space or other characters). The file should be saved as a plain text .txt file. Keep text only (Ctrl+T) - allows you to paste text values into a single column where each cell contents corresponds to a row in the source text file. Use text import wizard - allows you to open the Text Import Wizard which helps to easily split the text values into multiple columns where each text value separated by a delimiter will be placed into a separate cell. When the Text Import Wizard window opens, select the text delimiter used in the delimited data from the Delimiter drop-down list. The data split into columns will be displayed in the Preview field below. If you are satisfied with the result, click the OK button. If you pasted delimited data from a source that is not a plain text file (e.g. text copied from a web page etc.), or if you applied the Keep text only feature and now want to split the data from a single column into several columns, you can use the Text to Columns option. To split data into multiple columns: Select the necessary cell or column that contains data with delimiters. Switch to the Data tab. Click the Text to columns button on the top toolbar. The Text to Columns Wizard opens. In the Delimiter drop-down list, select the delimiter used in the delimited data. Click the Advanced button to open the Advanced Settings window in which you can specify the Decimal and Thousands separators. Preview the result in the field below and click OK. After that, each text value separated by the delimiter will be located in a separate cell. If there is some data in the cells to the right of the column you want to split, the data will be overwritten. Use the Auto Fill option To quickly fill multiple cells with the same data use the Auto Fill option: select a cell/cell range containing the required data, move the mouse cursor over the fill handle in the right lower corner of the cell. The cursor will turn into the black cross: drag the handle over the adjacent cells to fill them with the selected data. Note: if you need to create a series of numbers (such as 1, 2, 3, 4...; 2, 4, 6, 8... etc.) or dates, you can enter at least two starting values and quickly extend the series selecting these cells and dragging the fill handle. For a series of days of the week or months, enter the initial value and drag the fill handle. Fill cells in the column with text values If a column in your spreadsheet contains some text values, you can easily replace any value within this column or fill the next blank cell selecting one of already existing text values. Right-click the necessary cell and choose the Select from drop-down list option in the contextual menu. Select one of the available text values to replace the current one or fill an empty cell. Fill cells using the Series tool Select a cell/cell range containing the initial data and some empty cells in the necessary direction. Click the Fill icon on the Home tab of the top toolbar and choose the Series option. You can also use the Down, Right, Up, Left options to fill the selected empty cells. There is another way to access the Series window. You can select the initial data, move the mouse cursor over the fill handle in the right lower corner of the cell, click and hold the right mouse button on the fill handle, then drag down, up, right, or left and release the right mouse button - the context menu appears with the Series option. You can also use the following options to fill the selected empty cells: Copy cells is used to fill cells with the same values, Fill series is used to fill cells with a series using the default step value, Fill days is used to fill cells with a series of dates, Linear trend is available if more than one starting value is selected, is used to add the default step value to the starting value and then to each subsequent value, Growth trend is available if more than one starting value is selected, is used to multiply the starting value by the default step value. In the Series dialog window, select the necessary options and click OK: Series in: Rows, Columns - select the direction to fill cells. Type: Linear is used to add the step value to the starting value and then to each subsequent value, Growth is used to multiply the starting value by the step value, Date is used to fill cells with a series of dates, AutoFill is used to fill cells with the same data. Date unit: Day, Weekday, Month, Year - select the date unit you want to increase the series by. Trend - check this box if there is more than one starting value in the series. Step value - select the numerical value you want to increase the series by. By default, it is set to 1. Stop value - specify the last value in the series." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/DataValidation.htm", @@ -2600,6 +2595,11 @@ var indexes = "title": "Use formatted tables", "body": "Create a new formatted table To make it easier for you to work with data, the Spreadsheet Editor allows you to apply a table template to the selected cell range and automatically enable the filter. To do that, select a range of cells you need to format, click the Format as table template icon situated on the Home tab of the top toolbar, select the required template in the gallery, in the opened pop-up window, check the cell range to be formatted as a table, check the Title if you wish the table headers to be included in the selected cell range, otherwise, the header row will be added at the top while the selected cell range will be moved one row down, click the OK button to apply the selected template. The template will be applied to the selected range of cells, and you will be able to edit the table headers and apply the filter to work with your data. It's also possible to insert a formatted table using the Table button on the Insert tab. In this case, the default table template is applied. Note: once you create a new formatted table, the default name (Table1, Table2, etc.) will be automatically assigned to the table. You can change this name making it more meaningful and use it for further work. If you enter a new value in the cell below the last row of the table (if the table does not have the Total row) or in the cell to the right of the last column of the table, the formatted table will be automatically extended to include a new row or column. If you do not want to expand the table, click the Paste special button that will appear and select the Undo table autoexpansion option. Once you undo this action, the Redo table autoexpansion option will be available in this menu. Note: To enable/disable table auto-expansion, select the Stop automatically expanding tables option in the Paste special button menu or go to Advanced Settings -> Spell Checking -> Proofing -> AutoCorrect Options -> AutoFormat As You Type. Select rows and columns To select an entire row in the formatted table, move the mouse cursor over the left border of the table row until it turns into the black arrow , then left-click. To select an entire column in the formatted table, move the mouse cursor over the top edge of the column header until it turns into the black arrow , then left-click. If you click once, the column data will be selected (as it is shown on the image below); if you click twice, the entire column including the header will be selected. To select an entire formatted table, move the mouse cursor over the upper left corner of the formatted table until it turns into the diagonal black arrow , then left-click. Edit formatted tables Some of the table settings can be changed using the Table settings tab of the right sidebar that will open if you select at least one cell within the table with the mouse and click the Table settings icon on the right. The Rows and Columns sections on the top allow you to emphasize certain rows/columns applying specific formatting to them, or highlight different rows/columns with different background colors to clearly distinguish them. The following options are available: Header - allows you to display the header row. Total - adds the Summary row at the bottom of the table. Note: if this option is selected, you can also select a function to calculate the summary values. Once you select a cell in the Summary row, the button will be available to the right of the cell. Click it and choose the necessary function from the list: Average, Count, Max, Min, Sum, StdDev, or Var. The More functions option allows you to open the Insert Function window and choose any other function. If you choose the None option, the currently selected cell in the Summary row will not display a summary value for this column. Banded - enables the background color alternation for odd and even rows. Filter button - allows you to display the drop-down arrows in each cell of the header row. This option is only available when the Header option is selected. First - emphasizes the leftmost column in the table with special formatting. Last - emphasizes the rightmost column in the table with special formatting. Banded - enables the background color alternation for odd and even columns. The Select From Template section allows you to choose one of the predefined tables styles. Each template combines certain formatting parameters, such as a background color, border style, row/column banding, etc. Depending on the options checked in the Rows and/or Columns sections above, the templates set will be displayed differently. For example, if you've checked the Header option in the Rows section and the Banded option in the Columns section, the displayed templates list will include only templates with the header row and banded columns enabled: If you want to remove the current table style (background color, borders, etc.) without removing the table itself, apply the None template from the template list: The Resize table section allows you to change the cell range the table formatting is applied to. Click the Select Data button - a new pop-up window will open. Change the link to the cell range in the entry field or select the necessary cell range in the worksheet with the mouse and click the OK button. Note: The headers must remain in the same row, and the resulting table range must overlap the original table range. The Rows & Columns section allows you to perform the following operations: Select a row, column, all columns data excluding the header row, or the entire table including the header row. Insert a new row above or below the selected one as well as a new column to the left or the right of the selected one. Delete a row, column (depending on the cursor position or the selection), or the entire table. Note: the options of the Rows & Columns section are also accessible from the right-click menu. The Remove duplicates option can be used if you want to remove duplicate values from the formatted table. For more details on removing duplicates, please refer to this page. The Convert to range option can be used if you want to transform the table into a regular data range removing the filter but preserving the table style (i.e. cell and font colors, etc.). Once you apply this option, the Table settings tab on the right sidebar will be unavailable. The Insert slicer option is used to create a slicer for the formatted table. For more details on working with slicers, please refer to this page. The Insert pivot table option is used to create a pivot table on the base of the formatted table. For more details on working with pivot tables, please refer to this page. Adjust formatted table advanced settings To change the advanced table properties, use the Show advanced settings link on the right sidebar. The 'Table - Advanced Settings' window will open: The Alternative Text tab allows you to specify the Title and the Description which will be read to people with vision or cognitive impairments to help them better understand what information the table contains. Note: To enable/disable table auto-expansion, go to Advanced Settings -> Spell Checking -> Proofing -> AutoCorrect Options -> AutoFormat As You Type. Use Formula Autocomplete to Add Formulas to Formatted Tables The Formula Autocomplete list displays all the available options when you apply formulas to formatted tables. You can add a reference to a table in your formula inside or outside a table. Columns and item names are used instead of cell addresses as references. The example below shows a reference to a table in the SUM function. Select a cell and start typing a formula beginning with an equal sign, select the necessary function from the Formula Autocomplete list. After the opening parenthesis, start typing the table name, and select the appropriate name from the Formula Autocomplete list. Then type an opening bracket [ to open the drop-down list that contains columns and items that can be used in the formula. A tooltip describing the reference appears when you hover the mouse pointer over it in the list. Note: Each reference must contain an opening and a closing bracket. Don’t forget to check formula syntax." }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/GoalSeek.htm", + "title": "Goal Seek", + "body": "ONLYOFFICE Spreadsheet Editor offers a Goal Seek feature that allows you to determine which numbers should be substituted into the formula to obtain the desired and previously known result. Open the Data tab and click the Goal Seek icon on the top toolbar. In the opened Goal Seek window, select the necessary options: Set cell - enter the reference to the cell that contains a formula. You can use the icon to select the cell. To value - enter the result you want to get in the cell containing the formula. By changing cell - enter the reference to the cell that that contains the value you want to change. You can use the icon to select the cell. This cell must be referenced by the formula located in the cell which you specified in the Set cell field. Click OK. The  Goal Seek Status window will display the result. Click OK to replace the values in the the cells specified in the Set cell and By changing cell fields." + }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/GroupData.htm", "title": "Group data", @@ -2623,7 +2623,7 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertChart.htm", "title": "Insert charts", - "body": "Insert a chart To insert a chart in the Spreadsheet Editor, Select the cell range that contain the data you wish to use for the chart. Switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar. Click the Chart icon on the top toolbar. Select the needed chart type from the available ones: Column Charts Clustered column Stacked column 100% stacked column 3-D Clustered Column 3-D Stacked Column 3-D 100% stacked column 3-D Column Line Charts Line Stacked line 100% stacked line Line with markers Stacked line with markers 100% stacked line with markers 3-D Line Pie Charts Pie Doughnut 3-D Pie Bar Charts Clustered bar Stacked bar 100% stacked bar 3-D clustered bar 3-D stacked bar 3-D 100% stacked bar Area Charts Area Stacked area 100% stacked area Stock Charts XY (Scatter) Charts Scatter Stacked bar Scatter with smooth lines and markers Scatter with smooth lines Scatter with straight lines and markers Scatter with straight lines Radar Charts Radar Radar with markers Filled radar Combo Charts Clustered column - line Clustered column - line on secondary axis Stacked area - clustered column Custom combination After that the chart will be added to the worksheet. Note: ONLYOFFICE Spreadsheet Editor supports the following types of charts that were created with third-party editors: Pyramid, Bar (Pyramid), Horizontal/Vertical Cylinders, Horizontal/Vertical Cones. You can open the file containing such a chart and modify it using the available chart editing tools. Adjust the chart settings Now you can change the settings of the inserted chart. To change the chart type, Select the chart with the mouse. Click the Chart settings icon on the right sidebar. Open the Style drop-down list below and select the style which suits you best. Open the Change type drop-down list and select the type you need. Click the Switch row/column option to change the positioning of chart rows and columns. The selected chart type and style will be changed. Additionally, 3D Rotation settings are available for 3D charts: X rotation - set the required value for the X axis rotation using the keyboard or via the Left and Right arrows to the right. Y rotation - set the required value for the Y axis rotation using the keyboard or via the Up and Down arrows to the right. Perspective - set the required value for depth rotation using the keyboard or via the Narrow field of view and Widen field of view arrows to the right. Right Angle Axis - is used to set the right angle axis view. Autoscale - check this box to autoscale the depth and height values of the chart, or uncheck this box to set the depth and height values manually. Depth (% of base) - set the required depth value using the keyboard or via the arrows. Height (% of base) - set the required height value using the keyboard or via the arrows. Default Rotation - set the 3D parameters to their default. Please note that you cannot edit each element of the chart; the settings will be applied to the chart as a whole. To edit chart data: Click the Select Data button on the right-side panel. Use the Chart data dialog to manage Chart data range, Legend entries (series), Horizontal (category) axis label and Switch row/column. Chart data range - select data for your chart. Click the icon on the right of the Chart data range box to select data range. Legend entries (series) - add, edit, or remove legend entries. Type or select series name for legend entries. In Legend entries (series), click Add button. In Edit series, type a new legend entry or click the icon on the right of the Series name box. Horizontal (category) axis labels - change text for category labels. In Horizontal (category) axis labels, click Edit. In Axis label range, type the labels you want to add or click the icon on the right of the Axis label range box to select data range. Switch row/column - rearrange the worksheet data that is configured in the chart not in the way that you want it. Switch rows to columns to display data on a different axis. Click OK button to apply the changes and close the window. Click Show advanced settings to change other settings such as Layout, Vertical axis, Secondary vertical axis, Horizontal axis, Secondary horizontal axis, Cell snapping and Alternative text. The Layout tab allows you to change the layout of chart elements. Specify the Chart title position in regard to your chart by selecting the necessary option from the drop-down list: None to display no chart title, Overlay to overlay and center the title in the plot area, No overlay to display the title above the plot area. Specify the Legend position in regard to your chart by selecting the necessary option from the drop-down list: None to display no legend, Bottom to display the legend and align it to the bottom of the plot area, Top to display the legend and align it to the top of the plot area, Right to display the legend and align it to the right of the plot area, Left to display the legend and align it to the left of the plot area, Left overlay to overlay and center the legend to the left in the plot area, Right overlay to overlay and center the legend to the right in the plot area. Specify the Data labels (i.e., text labels that represent exact values of data points) parameters: Specify the Data labels position relative to the data points by selecting the necessary option from the drop-down list. The available options vary depending on the selected chart type. For Column/Bar charts, you can choose the following options: None, Center, Inner bottom, Inner top, Outer top. For Line/XY (Scatter)/Stock charts, you can choose the following options: None, Center, Left, Right, Top, Bottom. For Pie charts, you can choose the following options: None, Center, Fit to width, Inner top, Outer top. For Area charts as well as for 3D Column, Line, Radar, and Bar charts, you can choose the following options: None, Center. Select the data you wish to include into your labels checking the corresponding boxes: Series name, Category name, Value, Enter a character (comma, semicolon, etc.) you wish to use for separating several labels into the Data labels separator entry field. Lines - is used to choose a line style for Line/XY (Scatter) charts. You can choose one of the following options: Straight to use straight lines between data points, Smooth to use smooth curves between data points, or None to not display lines. Markers - is used to specify whether the markers should be displayed (if the box is checked) or not (if the box is unchecked) for Line/XY (Scatter) charts. Note: the Lines and Markers options are available for Line charts and XY (Scatter) charts only. The Vertical axis tab allows you to change the parameters of the vertical axis also referred to as the values axis or y-axis which displays numeric values. Note that the vertical axis will be the category axis which displays text labels for the Bar charts, therefore in this case the Vertical axis tab options will correspond to the ones described in the next section. For the XY (Scatter) charts, both axes are value axes. Note: the Axis settings and Gridlines sections will be disabled for Pie charts since charts of this type have no axes and gridlines. Select Hide to hide vertical axis in the chart, leave it unchecked to have vertical axis displayed. Specify Title orientation by selecting the necessary option from the drop-down list: None to display no vertical axis title, Rotated to display the title from bottom to top to the left of the vertical axis, Horizontal to display the title horizontally to the left of the vertical axis. Minimum value - is used to specify the lowest value displayed at the vertical axis start. The Auto option is selected by default, in this case the minimum value is calculated automatically depending on the selected data range. You can select the Fixed option from the drop-down list and specify a different value in the entry field on the right. Maximum value - is used to specify the highest value displayed at the vertical axis end. The Auto option is selected by default, in this case the maximum value is calculated automatically depending on the selected data range. You can select the Fixed option from the drop-down list and specify a different value in the entry field on the right. Axis crosses - is used to specify a point on the vertical axis where the horizontal axis should cross it. The Auto option is selected by default, in this case the axes intersection point value is calculated automatically depending on the selected data range. You can select the Value option from the drop-down list and specify a different value in the entry field on the right, or set the axes intersection point at the Minimum/Maximum Value on the vertical axis. Display units - is used to determine the representation of the numeric values along the vertical axis. This option can be useful if you're working with great numbers and wish the values on the axis to be displayed in a more compact and readable way (e.g. you can represent 50 000 as 50 by using the Thousands display units). Select desired units from the drop-down list: Hundreds, Thousands, 10 000, 100 000, Millions, 10 000 000, 100 000 000, Billions, Trillions, or choose the None option to return to the default units. Values in reverse order - is used to display values in the opposite direction. When the box is unchecked, the lowest value is at the bottom and the highest value is at the top of the axis. When the box is checked, the values are ordered from top to bottom. Logarithmic scale - is used to enable logarithmic scaling to the Base that is determined by the user. The Tick Options section allows adjusting the appearance of tick marks on the vertical scale. Major tick marks are the larger scale divisions which can have labels displaying numeric values. Minor tick marks are the scale subdivisions which are placed between the major tick marks and have no labels. Tick marks also define where gridlines can be displayed if the corresponding option is set on the Layout tab. The Major/minor type drop-down lists contain the following placement options: None to display no major/minor tick marks, Cross to display major/minor tick marks on both sides of the axis, In to display major/minor tick marks inside the axis, Out to display major/minor tick marks outside the axis. The Label options section allows adjusting the appearance of major tick mark labels which display values. To specify a Label position in regard to the vertical axis, select the necessary option from the drop-down list: None to display no tick mark labels, Low to display tick mark labels to the left of the plot area, High to display tick mark labels to the right of the plot area, Next to axis to display tick mark labels next to the axis. To specify a Label format click the Label Format button and choose a category as it deems appropriate. Available label format categories: General Number Scientific Accounting Currency Date Time Percentage Fraction Text Custom Label format options vary depending on the selected category. For more information on changing number format, go to this page. Check Linked to source to keep number formatting from the data source in the chart. Note: Secondary axes are supported in Combo charts only. Secondary axes are useful in Combo charts when data series vary considerably or mixed types of data are used to plot a chart. Secondary Axes make it easier to read and understand a combo chart. The Secondary vertical/horizontal axis tab appears when you choose an appropriate data series for a combo chart. All the settings and options on the Secondary vertical/horizontal axis tab are the same as the settings on the Vertical/Horizontal Axis. For a detailed description of the Vertical/horizontal axis options, see description above/below. The Horizontal axis tab allows you to change the parameters of the horizontal axis also referred to as the categories axis or x-axis which displays text labels. Note that the horizontal axis will be the value axis which displays numeric values for the Bar charts, therefore in this case the Horizontal axis tab options will correspond to the ones described in the previous section. For the XY (Scatter) charts, both axes are value axes. Select Hide to hide horizontal axis in the chart, leave it unchecked to have horizontal axis displayed. Specify Title orientation by selecting the necessary option from the drop-down list: None when you don’t want to display a horizontal axis title, No overlay  to display the title below the horizontal axis, Gridlines is used to specify the Horizontal gridlines to display by selecting the necessary option from the drop-down list: None,  Major, Minor, or Major and minor. Axis crosses - is used to specify a point on the horizontal axis where the vertical axis should cross it. The Auto option is selected by default, in this case the axes intersection point value is calculated automatically depending on the selected data range. You can select the Value option from the drop-down list and specify a different value in the entry field on the right, or set the axes intersection point at the Minimum/maximum value (that corresponds to the first and last category) on the horizontal axis. Axis position - is used to specify where the axis text labels should be placed: On tick marks or Between tick marks. Values in reverse order - is used to display categories in the opposite direction. When the box is unchecked, categories are displayed from left to right. When the box is checked, the categories are ordered from right to left. The Tick Options section allows adjusting the appearance of tick marks on the horizontal scale. Major tick marks are the larger divisions which can have labels displaying category values. Minor tick marks are the smaller divisions which are placed between the major tick marks and have no labels. Tick marks also define where gridlines can be displayed if the corresponding option is set on the Layout tab. You can adjust the following tick mark parameters: Major/minor type - is used to specify the following placement options: None to display no major/minor tick marks, Cross to display major/minor tick marks on both sides of the axis, In to display major/minor tick marks inside the axis, Out to display major/minor tick marks outside the axis. Interval between marks - is used to specify how many categories should be displayed between two adjacent tick marks. The Label options section allows adjusting the appearance of labels which display categories. Label position - is used to specify where the labels should be placed in regard to the horizontal axis. Select the necessary option from the drop-down list: None to display no category labels, Low to display category labels at the bottom of the plot area, High to display category labels at the top of the plot area, Next to axis to display category labels next to the axis. Axis label distance - is used to specify how closely the labels should be placed to the axis. You can specify the necessary value in the entry field. The more the value you set, the more the distance between the axis and labels is. Interval between labels - is used to specify how often the labels should be displayed. The Auto option is selected by default, in this case labels are displayed for every category. You can select the Manual option from the drop-down list and specify the necessary value in the entry field on the right. For example, enter 2 to display labels for every other category etc. To specify a Label format click the Label Format button and choose a category as it deems appropriate. Available label format categories: General Number Scientific Accounting Currency Date Time Percentage Fraction Text Custom Label format options vary depending on the selected category. For more information on changing number format, go to this page. Check Linked to source to keep number formatting from the data source in the chart. The Cell snapping tab contains the following parameters: Move and size with cells - this option allows you to snap the chart to the cell behind it. If the cell moves (e.g. if you insert or delete some rows/columns), the chart will be moved together with the cell. If you increase or decrease the width or height of the cell, the chart will change its size as well. Move but don't size with cells - this option allows to snap the chart to the cell behind it preventing the chart from being resized. If the cell moves, the chart will be moved together with the cell, but if you change the cell size, the chart dimensions remain unchanged. Don't move or size with cells - this option allows to prevent the chart from being moved or resized if the cell position or size was changed. The Alternative text tab allows to specify the Title and the Description which will be read to people with vision or cognitive impairments to help them better understand what information the chart contains. Edit chart elements To edit the chart Title, select the default text with the mouse and type in your own one instead. To change the font formatting within text elements, such as the chart title, axes titles, legend entries, data labels etc., select the necessary text element by left-clicking it. Then use icons on the Home tab of the top toolbar to change the font type, style, size, or color. When the chart is selected, the Shape settings icon is also available on the right, since the shape is used as a background for the chart. You can click this icon to open the Shape settings tab on the right sidebar and adjust the shape Fill and Line. Note that you cannot change the shape type. Using the Shape settings tab on the right panel you can not only adjust the chart area itself, but also change the chart elements, such as the plot area, data series, chart title, legend, etc. and apply different fill types to them. Select the chart element by clicking it with the left mouse button and choose the preferred fill type: solid color, gradient, texture or picture, pattern. Specify the fill parameters and set the Opacity level if necessary. When you select a vertical or horizontal axis or gridlines, the stroke settings are only available on the Shape Settings tab: color, width, type, and opacity. For more details on how to work with shape colors, fills and stroke, please refer to this page. Note: the Show shadow option is also available on the Shape settings tab, but it is disabled for chart elements. If you need to resize chart elements, left-click to select the needed element and drag one of 8 white squares located along the perimeter of the element. To change the position of the element, left-click on it, make sure your cursor changed to , hold the left mouse button and drag the element to the needed position. To delete a chart element, select it by left-clicking and press the Delete key on the keyboard. You can also rotate 3D charts using the mouse. Left-click within the plot area and hold the mouse button. Drag the cursor without releasing the mouse button to change the 3D chart orientation. If necessary, you can change the chart size and position. To delete the inserted chart, click it and press the Delete key. Assign a Macro to a Chart You can provide a quick and easy access to a macro within a spreadsheet by assigning a macro to any chart. Once you assign a macro, the chart appears as a button control and you can run the macro whenever you click it. To assign a macro: Right-click the chart to assign a macro to and choose the Assign Macro option from the drop-down menu. The Assign Macro dialogue will open Choose a macro from the list, or type in the macro name, and click OK to confirm. Once a macro is assigned, you can still select the chart to perform other operations by left-clicking on chart surface. Using sparklines ONLYOFFICE Spreadsheet Editor supports Sparklines. Sparklines are small charts that fit into a cell, and are an efficient data visualization tool. For more information about how to create, edit and format sparklines, please see our Insert Sparklines guidelines." + "body": "Insert a recommended chart The easiest way to insert a chart in the Spreadsheet Editor is to use the Recommended Chart tool which suggests using certain types of charts depending on the selected data as well as displays preview for all types of charts. Select the cell range that contain the data you wish to use for the chart. Switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar. Click the Recommended Chart icon on the top toolbar. Switch between the recommended chart types to see how the chart will look like. You can also use tabs on the left to preview other chart types. When the chart type is selected, click OK. Insert and adjust a chart manually To insert a chart and manually adjust its parameters, Select the cell range that contain the data you wish to use for the chart. Switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar. Click the Chart icon on the top toolbar. Select the needed chart type from the available ones: Column Charts Clustered column Stacked column 100% stacked column 3-D Clustered Column 3-D Stacked Column 3-D 100% stacked column 3-D Column Line Charts Line Stacked line 100% stacked line Line with markers Stacked line with markers 100% stacked line with markers 3-D Line Pie Charts Pie Doughnut 3-D Pie Bar Charts Clustered bar Stacked bar 100% stacked bar 3-D clustered bar 3-D stacked bar 3-D 100% stacked bar Area Charts Area Stacked area 100% stacked area Stock Charts XY (Scatter) Charts Scatter Stacked bar Scatter with smooth lines and markers Scatter with smooth lines Scatter with straight lines and markers Scatter with straight lines Radar Charts Radar Radar with markers Filled radar Combo Charts Clustered column - line Clustered column - line on secondary axis Stacked area - clustered column Custom combination After that the chart will be added to the worksheet. Note: ONLYOFFICE Spreadsheet Editor supports the following types of charts that were created with third-party editors: Pyramid, Bar (Pyramid), Horizontal/Vertical Cylinders, Horizontal/Vertical Cones. You can open the file containing such a chart and modify it using the available chart editing tools. Adjust the chart settings Now you can change the settings of the inserted chart. To change the chart type, Select the chart with the mouse. Click the Chart settings icon on the right sidebar. Open the Style drop-down list below and select the style which suits you best. Open the Change type drop-down list and select the type you need. Click the Switch row/column option to change the positioning of chart rows and columns. The selected chart type and style will be changed. Additionally, 3D Rotation settings are available for 3D charts: X rotation - set the required value for the X axis rotation using the keyboard or via the Left and Right arrows to the right. Y rotation - set the required value for the Y axis rotation using the keyboard or via the Up and Down arrows to the right. Perspective - set the required value for depth rotation using the keyboard or via the Narrow field of view and Widen field of view arrows to the right. Right Angle Axis - is used to set the right angle axis view. Autoscale - check this box to autoscale the depth and height values of the chart, or uncheck this box to set the depth and height values manually. Depth (% of base) - set the required depth value using the keyboard or via the arrows. Height (% of base) - set the required height value using the keyboard or via the arrows. Default Rotation - set the 3D parameters to their default. Please note that you cannot edit each element of the chart; the settings will be applied to the chart as a whole. To edit chart data: Click the Select Data button on the right-side panel. Use the Chart data dialog to manage Chart data range, Legend entries (series), Horizontal (category) axis label and Switch row/column. Chart data range - select data for your chart. Click the icon on the right of the Chart data range box to select data range. Legend entries (series) - add, edit, or remove legend entries. Type or select series name for legend entries. In Legend entries (series), click Add button. In Edit series, type a new legend entry or click the icon on the right of the Series name box. Horizontal (category) axis labels - change text for category labels. In Horizontal (category) axis labels, click Edit. In Axis label range, type the labels you want to add or click the icon on the right of the Axis label range box to select data range. Switch row/column - rearrange the worksheet data that is configured in the chart not in the way that you want it. Switch rows to columns to display data on a different axis. Click OK button to apply the changes and close the window. Click Show advanced settings to change other settings such as Layout, Vertical axis, Secondary vertical axis, Horizontal axis, Secondary horizontal axis, Cell snapping and Alternative text. The Layout tab allows you to change the layout of chart elements. Specify the Chart title position in regard to your chart by selecting the necessary option from the drop-down list: None to display no chart title, Overlay to overlay and center the title in the plot area, No overlay to display the title above the plot area. Specify the Legend position in regard to your chart by selecting the necessary option from the drop-down list: None to display no legend, Bottom to display the legend and align it to the bottom of the plot area, Top to display the legend and align it to the top of the plot area, Right to display the legend and align it to the right of the plot area, Left to display the legend and align it to the left of the plot area, Left overlay to overlay and center the legend to the left in the plot area, Right overlay to overlay and center the legend to the right in the plot area. Specify the Data labels (i.e., text labels that represent exact values of data points) parameters: Specify the Data labels position relative to the data points by selecting the necessary option from the drop-down list. The available options vary depending on the selected chart type. For Column/Bar charts, you can choose the following options: None, Center, Inner bottom, Inner top, Outer top. For Line/XY (Scatter)/Stock charts, you can choose the following options: None, Center, Left, Right, Top, Bottom. For Pie charts, you can choose the following options: None, Center, Fit to width, Inner top, Outer top. For Area charts as well as for 3D Column, Line, Radar, and Bar charts, you can choose the following options: None, Center. Select the data you wish to include into your labels checking the corresponding boxes: Series name, Category name, Value, Enter a character (comma, semicolon, etc.) you wish to use for separating several labels into the Data labels separator entry field. Lines - is used to choose a line style for Line/XY (Scatter) charts. You can choose one of the following options: Straight to use straight lines between data points, Smooth to use smooth curves between data points, or None to not display lines. Markers - is used to specify whether the markers should be displayed (if the box is checked) or not (if the box is unchecked) for Line/XY (Scatter) charts. Note: the Lines and Markers options are available for Line charts and XY (Scatter) charts only. The Vertical axis tab allows you to change the parameters of the vertical axis also referred to as the values axis or y-axis which displays numeric values. Note that the vertical axis will be the category axis which displays text labels for the Bar charts, therefore in this case the Vertical axis tab options will correspond to the ones described in the next section. For the XY (Scatter) charts, both axes are value axes. Note: the Axis settings and Gridlines sections will be disabled for Pie charts since charts of this type have no axes and gridlines. Select Hide to hide vertical axis in the chart, leave it unchecked to have vertical axis displayed. Specify Title orientation by selecting the necessary option from the drop-down list: None to display no vertical axis title, Rotated to display the title from bottom to top to the left of the vertical axis, Horizontal to display the title horizontally to the left of the vertical axis. Minimum value - is used to specify the lowest value displayed at the vertical axis start. The Auto option is selected by default, in this case the minimum value is calculated automatically depending on the selected data range. You can select the Fixed option from the drop-down list and specify a different value in the entry field on the right. Maximum value - is used to specify the highest value displayed at the vertical axis end. The Auto option is selected by default, in this case the maximum value is calculated automatically depending on the selected data range. You can select the Fixed option from the drop-down list and specify a different value in the entry field on the right. Axis crosses - is used to specify a point on the vertical axis where the horizontal axis should cross it. The Auto option is selected by default, in this case the axes intersection point value is calculated automatically depending on the selected data range. You can select the Value option from the drop-down list and specify a different value in the entry field on the right, or set the axes intersection point at the Minimum/Maximum Value on the vertical axis. Display units - is used to determine the representation of the numeric values along the vertical axis. This option can be useful if you're working with great numbers and wish the values on the axis to be displayed in a more compact and readable way (e.g. you can represent 50 000 as 50 by using the Thousands display units). Select desired units from the drop-down list: Hundreds, Thousands, 10 000, 100 000, Millions, 10 000 000, 100 000 000, Billions, Trillions, or choose the None option to return to the default units. Values in reverse order - is used to display values in the opposite direction. When the box is unchecked, the lowest value is at the bottom and the highest value is at the top of the axis. When the box is checked, the values are ordered from top to bottom. Logarithmic scale - is used to enable logarithmic scaling to the Base that is determined by the user. The Tick Options section allows adjusting the appearance of tick marks on the vertical scale. Major tick marks are the larger scale divisions which can have labels displaying numeric values. Minor tick marks are the scale subdivisions which are placed between the major tick marks and have no labels. Tick marks also define where gridlines can be displayed if the corresponding option is set on the Layout tab. The Major/minor type drop-down lists contain the following placement options: None to display no major/minor tick marks, Cross to display major/minor tick marks on both sides of the axis, In to display major/minor tick marks inside the axis, Out to display major/minor tick marks outside the axis. The Label options section allows adjusting the appearance of major tick mark labels which display values. To specify a Label position in regard to the vertical axis, select the necessary option from the drop-down list: None to display no tick mark labels, Low to display tick mark labels to the left of the plot area, High to display tick mark labels to the right of the plot area, Next to axis to display tick mark labels next to the axis. To specify a Label format click the Label Format button and choose a category as it deems appropriate. Available label format categories: General Number Scientific Accounting Currency Date Time Percentage Fraction Text Custom Label format options vary depending on the selected category. For more information on changing number format, go to this page. Check Linked to source to keep number formatting from the data source in the chart. Note: Secondary axes are supported in Combo charts only. Secondary axes are useful in Combo charts when data series vary considerably or mixed types of data are used to plot a chart. Secondary Axes make it easier to read and understand a combo chart. The Secondary vertical/horizontal axis tab appears when you choose an appropriate data series for a combo chart. All the settings and options on the Secondary vertical/horizontal axis tab are the same as the settings on the Vertical/Horizontal Axis. For a detailed description of the Vertical/horizontal axis options, see description above/below. The Horizontal axis tab allows you to change the parameters of the horizontal axis also referred to as the categories axis or x-axis which displays text labels. Note that the horizontal axis will be the value axis which displays numeric values for the Bar charts, therefore in this case the Horizontal axis tab options will correspond to the ones described in the previous section. For the XY (Scatter) charts, both axes are value axes. Select Hide to hide horizontal axis in the chart, leave it unchecked to have horizontal axis displayed. Specify Title orientation by selecting the necessary option from the drop-down list: None when you don’t want to display a horizontal axis title, No overlay  to display the title below the horizontal axis, Gridlines is used to specify the Horizontal gridlines to display by selecting the necessary option from the drop-down list: None,  Major, Minor, or Major and minor. Axis crosses - is used to specify a point on the horizontal axis where the vertical axis should cross it. The Auto option is selected by default, in this case the axes intersection point value is calculated automatically depending on the selected data range. You can select the Value option from the drop-down list and specify a different value in the entry field on the right, or set the axes intersection point at the Minimum/maximum value (that corresponds to the first and last category) on the horizontal axis. Axis position - is used to specify where the axis text labels should be placed: On tick marks or Between tick marks. Values in reverse order - is used to display categories in the opposite direction. When the box is unchecked, categories are displayed from left to right. When the box is checked, the categories are ordered from right to left. The Tick Options section allows adjusting the appearance of tick marks on the horizontal scale. Major tick marks are the larger divisions which can have labels displaying category values. Minor tick marks are the smaller divisions which are placed between the major tick marks and have no labels. Tick marks also define where gridlines can be displayed if the corresponding option is set on the Layout tab. You can adjust the following tick mark parameters: Major/minor type - is used to specify the following placement options: None to display no major/minor tick marks, Cross to display major/minor tick marks on both sides of the axis, In to display major/minor tick marks inside the axis, Out to display major/minor tick marks outside the axis. Interval between marks - is used to specify how many categories should be displayed between two adjacent tick marks. The Label options section allows adjusting the appearance of labels which display categories. Label position - is used to specify where the labels should be placed in regard to the horizontal axis. Select the necessary option from the drop-down list: None to display no category labels, Low to display category labels at the bottom of the plot area, High to display category labels at the top of the plot area, Next to axis to display category labels next to the axis. Axis label distance - is used to specify how closely the labels should be placed to the axis. You can specify the necessary value in the entry field. The more the value you set, the more the distance between the axis and labels is. Interval between labels - is used to specify how often the labels should be displayed. The Auto option is selected by default, in this case labels are displayed for every category. You can select the Manual option from the drop-down list and specify the necessary value in the entry field on the right. For example, enter 2 to display labels for every other category etc. To specify a Label format click the Label Format button and choose a category as it deems appropriate. Available label format categories: General Number Scientific Accounting Currency Date Time Percentage Fraction Text Custom Label format options vary depending on the selected category. For more information on changing number format, go to this page. Check Linked to source to keep number formatting from the data source in the chart. The Cell snapping tab contains the following parameters: Move and size with cells - this option allows you to snap the chart to the cell behind it. If the cell moves (e.g. if you insert or delete some rows/columns), the chart will be moved together with the cell. If you increase or decrease the width or height of the cell, the chart will change its size as well. Move but don't size with cells - this option allows to snap the chart to the cell behind it preventing the chart from being resized. If the cell moves, the chart will be moved together with the cell, but if you change the cell size, the chart dimensions remain unchanged. Don't move or size with cells - this option allows to prevent the chart from being moved or resized if the cell position or size was changed. The Alternative text tab allows to specify the Title and the Description which will be read to people with vision or cognitive impairments to help them better understand what information the chart contains. Edit chart elements To edit the chart Title, select the default text with the mouse and type in your own one instead. To change the font formatting within text elements, such as the chart title, axes titles, legend entries, data labels etc., select the necessary text element by left-clicking it. Then use icons on the Home tab of the top toolbar to change the font type, style, size, or color. When the chart is selected, the Shape settings icon is also available on the right, since the shape is used as a background for the chart. You can click this icon to open the Shape settings tab on the right sidebar and adjust the shape Fill and Line. Note that you cannot change the shape type. Using the Shape settings tab on the right panel you can not only adjust the chart area itself, but also change the chart elements, such as the plot area, data series, chart title, legend, etc. and apply different fill types to them. Select the chart element by clicking it with the left mouse button and choose the preferred fill type: solid color, gradient, texture or picture, pattern. Specify the fill parameters and set the Opacity level if necessary. When you select a vertical or horizontal axis or gridlines, the stroke settings are only available on the Shape Settings tab: color, width, type, and opacity. For more details on how to work with shape colors, fills and stroke, please refer to this page. Note: the Show shadow option is also available on the Shape settings tab, but it is disabled for chart elements. If you need to resize chart elements, left-click to select the needed element and drag one of 8 white squares located along the perimeter of the element. To change the position of the element, left-click on it, make sure your cursor changed to , hold the left mouse button and drag the element to the needed position. To delete a chart element, select it by left-clicking and press the Delete key on the keyboard. You can also rotate 3D charts using the mouse. Left-click within the plot area and hold the mouse button. Drag the cursor without releasing the mouse button to change the 3D chart orientation. If necessary, you can change the chart size and position. To delete the inserted chart, click it and press the Delete key. Assign a Macro to a Chart You can provide a quick and easy access to a macro within a spreadsheet by assigning a macro to any chart. Once you assign a macro, the chart appears as a button control and you can run the macro whenever you click it. To assign a macro: Right-click the chart to assign a macro to and choose the Assign Macro option from the drop-down menu. The Assign Macro dialogue will open Choose a macro from the list, or type in the macro name, and click OK to confirm. Once a macro is assigned, you can still select the chart to perform other operations by left-clicking on chart surface. Using sparklines ONLYOFFICE Spreadsheet Editor supports Sparklines. Sparklines are small charts that fit into a cell, and are an efficient data visualization tool. For more information about how to create, edit and format sparklines, please see our Insert Sparklines guidelines." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertDeleteCells.htm", @@ -2638,7 +2638,7 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertFunction.htm", "title": "Insert functions", - "body": "The ability to perform basic calculations is the principal reason for using the Spreadsheet Editor. Some of them are performed automatically when you select a cell range in your spreadsheet: Average is used to analyze the selected cell range and find the average value. Count is used to count the number of the selected cells with values ignoring the empty cells. Min is used to analyze the range of data and find the smallest number. Max is used to analyze the range of data and find the largest number. Sum is used to add all the numbers in the selected range ignoring the empty cells or those contaning text. The results of these calculations are displayed in the right lower corner on the status bar. You can manage the status bar by right-clicking on it and choosing only those functions to display that you need. To perform any other calculations, you can insert the required formula manually using the common mathematical operators or insert a predefined formula - Function. The abilities to work with Functions are accessible from both the Home and Formula tab or by pressing Shift+F3 key combination. On the Home tab, you can use the Insert function button to add one of the most commonly used functions (SUM, AVERAGE, MIN, MAX, COUNT) or open the Insert Function window that contains all the available functions classified by category. Use the search box to find the exact function by its name. On the Formula tab you can use the following buttons: Function - to open the Insert Function window that contains all the available functions classified by category. Autosum - to quickly access the SUM, MIN, MAX, COUNT functions. When you select a functions from this group, it automatically performs calculations for all cells in the column above the selected cell so that you don't need to enter arguments. Recently used - to quickly access 10 recently used functions. Financial, Logical, Text and data, Date and time, Lookup and references, Math and trigonometry - to quickly access functions that belongs to the corresponding categories. More functions - to access the functions from the following groups: Database, Engineering, Information and Statistical. Named ranges - to open the Name Manager, or define a new name, or paste a name as a function argument. For more details, you can refer to this page. Trace Precedents - to show arrows that indicate which cells affect the value of the selected cell. Trace Dependents - to show arrows that indicate which cells are affected by the value of the selected cell. Remove Arrows - to remove the arrows used for precedents and dependents. Click the arrow next to the Remove Arrows option to choose whether to remove all arrows, precedent arrows, or dependent arrows. Show Formulas - to show the formulas used in the cells instead of the final results of the formulas. Watch Window - to display changes in the cells that are not currently in the visible area of the worksheet. To learn more about the Watch Window, please read the following article. Calculation - to force the program to recalculate functions. To insert a function, Select a cell where you wish to insert a function. Proceed in one of the following ways: switch to the Formula tab and use the buttons available on the top toolbar to access a function from a specific group, then click the necessary function to open the Function Arguments wizard. You can also use the Additional option from the menu or click the Function button on the top toolbar to open the Insert Function window. switch to the Home tab, click the Insert function icon, select one of the commonly used functions (SUM, AVERAGE, MIN, MAX, COUNT) or click the Additional option to open the Insert Function window. right-click within the selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the contextual menu. click the icon before the formula bar. In the opened Insert Function window, enter its name in the search box or select the necessary function group, then choose the required function from the list and click OK. Once you click the necessary function, the Function Arguments window will open: In the opened Function Arguments window, enter the necessary values of each argument. You can enter the function arguments either manually or by clicking the icon and selecting a cell or cell range to be included as an argument. Note: generally, numeric values, logical values (TRUE, FALSE), text values (must be quoted), cell references, cell range references, names assigned to ranges and other functions can be used as function arguments. The function result will be displayed below. When all the agruments are specified, click the OK button in the Function Arguments window. To enter a function manually using the keyboard, Select a cell. Enter the equal sign (=). Each formula must begin with the equal sign (=). Enter the function name. Once you type the initial letters, the Formula Autocomplete list will be displayed. As you type, the items (formulas and names) that match the entered characters are displayed in it. If you hover the mouse pointer over a formula, a tooltip with the formula description will be displayed. You can select the necessary formula from the list and insert it by clicking it or pressing the Tab key. Enter the function arguments either manually or by dragging to select a cell range to be included as an argument. If the function requires several arguments, they must be separated by commas. Arguments must be enclosed into parentheses. The opening parenthesis '(' is added automatically if you select a function from the list. When you enter arguments, a tooltip that contains the formula syntax is also displayed. When all the agruments are specified, enter the closing parenthesis ')' and press Enter. If you enter new data or change the values used as arguments, recalculation of functions is performed automatically by default. You can force the program to recalculate functions by using the Calculation button on the Formula tab. Click the Calculation button to recalculate the entire workbook, or click the arrow below the button and choose the necessary option from the menu: Calculate workbook or Calculate current sheet. You can also use the following key combinations: F9 to recalculate the workbook, Shift +F9 to recalculate the current worksheet. Here is the list of the available functions grouped by categories: Function Category Description Functions Text and Data Functions Used to correctly display the text data in the spreadsheet. ARRAYTOTEXT; ASC; CHAR; CLEAN; CODE; CONCATENATE; CONCAT; DOLLAR; EXACT; FIND; FINDB; FIXED; LEFT; LEFTB; LEN; LENB; LOWER; MID; MIDB; NUMBERVALUE; PROPER; REPLACE; REPLACEB; REPT; RIGHT; RIGHTB; SEARCH; SEARCHB; SUBSTITUTE; T; TEXT; TEXTJOIN; TRIM; UNICHAR; UNICODE; UPPER; VALUE; TEXTBEFORE; TEXTAFTER; TEXTSPLIT Statistical Functions Used to analyze data: finding the average value, the largest or smallest values in a cell range. AVEDEV; AVERAGE; AVERAGEA; AVERAGEIF; AVERAGEIFS; BETADIST; BETA.DIST; BETA.INV; BETAINV; BINOMDIST; BINOM.DIST; BINOM.DIST.RANGE; BINOM.INV; CHIDIST; CHIINV; CHISQ.DIST; CHISQ.DIST.RT; CHISQ.INV; CHISQ.INV.RT; CHITEST; CHISQ.TEST; CONFIDENCE; CONFIDENCE.NORM; CONFIDENCE.T; CORREL; COUNT; COUNTA; COUNBLANK; COUNTIF; COUNTIFS; COVAR; COVARIANCE.P; COVARIANCE.S; CRITBINOM; DEVSQ; EXPON.DIST; EXPONDIST; F.DIST; FDIST; F.DIST.RT; F.INV; FINV; F.INV.RT; FISHER; FISHERINV; FORECAST; FORECAST.ETS; FORECAST.ETS.CONFINT; FORECAST.ETS.SEASONALITY; FORECAST.ETS.STAT; FORECAST.LINEAR; FREQUENCY; FTEST; F.TEST; GAMMA; GAMMA.DIST; GAMMADIST; GAMMA.INV; GAMMAINV; GAMMALN; GAMMALN.PRECISE; GAUSS; GEOMEAN; GROWTH; HARMEAN; HYPGEOMDIST; HYPGEOM.DIST; INTERCEPT; KURT; LARGE; LINEST; LOGEST, LOGINV; LOGNORM.DIST; LOGNORM.INV; LOGNORMDIST; MAX; MAXA; MAXIFS; MEDIAN; MIN; MINA; MINIFS; MODE; MODE.MULT; MODE.SNGL; NEGBINOMDIST; NEGBINOM.DIST; NORMDIST; NORM.DIST; NORMINV; NORM.INV; NORMSDIST; NORM.S.DIST; NORMSINV; NORM.S.INV; PEARSON; PERCENTILE; PERCENTILE.EXC; PERCENTILE.INC; PERCENTRANK; PERCENTRANK.EXC; PERCENTRANK.INC; PERMUT; PERMUTATIONA; PHI; POISSON; POISSON.DIST; PROB; QUARTILE; QUARTILE.EXC; QUARTILE.INC; RANK; RANK.AVG; RANK.EQ; RSQ; SKEW; SKEW.P; SLOPE; SMALL; STANDARDIZE; STDEV; STDEV.S; STDEVA; STDEVP; STDEV.P; STDEVPA; STEYX; TDIST; T.DIST; T.DIST.2T; T.DIST.RT; T.INV; T.INV.2T; TINV; TREND, TRIMMEAN; TTEST; T.TEST; VAR; VARA; VARP; VAR.P; VAR.S; VARPA; WEIBULL; WEIBULL.DIST; ZTEST; Z.TEST Math and Trigonometry Functions Used to perform basic math and trigonometry operations such as adding, multiplying, dividing, rounding, etc. ABS; ACOS; ACOSH; ACOT; ACOTH; AGGREGATE; ARABIC; ASIN; ASINH; ATAN; ATAN2; ATANH; BASE; CEILING; CEILING.MATH; CEILING.PRECISE; COMBIN; COMBINA; COS; COSH; COT; COTH; CSC; CSCH; DECIMAL; DEGREES; ECMA.CEILING; EVEN; EXP; FACT; FACTDOUBLE; FLOOR; FLOOR.PRECISE; FLOOR.MATH; GCD; INT; ISO.CEILING; LCM; LN; LOG; LOG10; MDETERM; MINVERSE; MMULT; MOD; MROUND; MULTINOMIAL; MUNIT; ODD; PI; POWER; PRODUCT; QUOTIENT; RADIANS; RAND; RANDARRAY; RANDBETWEEN; ROMAN; ROUND; ROUNDDOWN; ROUNDUP; SEC; SECH; SERIESSUM; SEQUENCE; SIGN; SIN; SINH; SQRT; SQRTPI; SUBTOTAL; SUM; SUMIF; SUMIFS; SUMPRODUCT; SUMSQ; SUMX2MY2; SUMX2PY2; SUMXMY2; TAN; TANH; TRUNC Date and Time Functions Used to correctly display the date and time in the spreadsheet. DATE; DATEDIF; DATEVALUE; DAY; DAYS; DAYS360; EDATE; EOMONTH; HOUR; ISOWEEKNUM; MINUTE; MONTH; NETWORKDAYS; NETWORKDAYS.INTL; NOW; SECOND; TIME; TIMEVALUE; TODAY; WEEKDAY; WEEKNUM; WORKDAY; WORKDAY.INTL; YEAR; YEARFRAC Engineering Functions Used to perform some engineering calculations: converting between different bases number systems, finding complex numbers etc. BESSELI; BESSELJ; BESSELK; BESSELY; BIN2DEC; BIN2HEX; BIN2OCT; BITAND; BITLSHIFT; BITOR; BITRSHIFT; BITXOR; COMPLEX; CONVERT; DEC2BIN; DEC2HEX; DEC2OCT; DELTA; ERF; ERF.PRECISE; ERFC; ERFC.PRECISE; GESTEP; HEX2BIN; HEX2DEC; HEX2OCT; IMABS; IMAGINARY; IMARGUMENT; IMCONJUGATE; IMCOS; IMCOSH; IMCOT; IMCSC; IMCSCH; IMDIV; IMEXP; IMLN; IMLOG10; IMLOG2; IMPOWER; IMPRODUCT; IMREAL; IMSEC; IMSECH; IMSIN; IMSINH; IMSQRT; IMSUB; IMSUM; IMTAN; OCT2BIN; OCT2DEC; OCT2HEX Database Functions Used to perform calculations for the values in a certain field of the database that meet the specified criteria. DAVERAGE; DCOUNT; DCOUNTA; DGET; DMAX; DMIN; DPRODUCT; DSTDEV; DSTDEVP; DSUM; DVAR; DVARP Financial Functions Used to perform some financial calculations: calculating the net present value, payments etc. ACCRINT; ACCRINTM; AMORDEGRC; AMORLINC; COUPDAYBS; COUPDAYS; COUPDAYSNC; COUPNCD; COUPNUM; COUPPCD; CUMIPMT; CUMPRINC; DB; DDB; DISC; DOLLARDE; DOLLARFR; DURATION; EFFECT; FV; FVSCHEDULE; INTRATE; IPMT; IRR; ISPMT; MDURATION; MIRR; NOMINAL; NPER; NPV; ODDFPRICE; ODDFYIELD; ODDLPRICE; ODDLYIELD; PDURATION; PMT; PPMT; PRICE; PRICEDISC; PRICEMAT; PV; RATE; RECEIVED; RRI; SLN; SYD; TBILLEQ; TBILLPRICE; TBILLYIELD; VDB; XIRR; XNPV; YIELD; YIELDDISC; YIELDMAT Lookup and Reference Functions Used to easily find information from the data list. ADDRESS; CHOOSE; CHOOSECOLS; CHOOSEROWS; COLUMN; COLUMNS; DROP; EXPAND; FILTER; FORMULATEXT; HLOOKUP; HSTACK; HYPERLINK; INDEX; INDIRECT; LOOKUP; MATCH; OFFSET; ROW; ROWS; SORT; SORTBY; TAKE; TOCOL; TOROW; TRANSPOSE; UNIQUE; VLOOKUP; VSTACK; WRAPCOLS; WRAPROWS; XLOOKUP; XMATCH Information Functions Used to provide information about the data in the selected cell or cell range. CELL; ERROR.TYPE; ISBLANK; ISERR; ISERROR; ISEVEN; ISFORMULA; ISLOGICAL; ISNA; ISNONTEXT; ISNUMBER; ISODD; ISREF; ISTEXT; N; NA; SHEET; SHEETS; TYPE Logical Functions Used to check if a condition is true or false. AND; FALSE; IF; IFERROR; IFNA; IFS; NOT; OR; SWITCH; TRUE; XOR" + "body": "The ability to perform basic calculations is the principal reason for using the Spreadsheet Editor. Some of them are performed automatically when you select a cell range in your spreadsheet: Average is used to analyze the selected cell range and find the average value. Count is used to count the number of the selected cells with values ignoring the empty cells. Min is used to analyze the range of data and find the smallest number. Max is used to analyze the range of data and find the largest number. Sum is used to add all the numbers in the selected range ignoring the empty cells or those contaning text. The results of these calculations are displayed in the right lower corner on the status bar. You can manage the status bar by right-clicking on it and choosing only those functions to display that you need. To perform any other calculations, you can insert the required formula manually using the common mathematical operators or insert a predefined formula - Function. The abilities to work with Functions are accessible from both the Home and Formula tab or by pressing Shift+F3 key combination. On the Home tab, you can use the Insert function button to add one of the most commonly used functions (SUM, AVERAGE, MIN, MAX, COUNT) or open the Insert Function window that contains all the available functions classified by category. Use the search box to find the exact function by its name. On the Formula tab you can use the following buttons: Function - to open the Insert Function window that contains all the available functions classified by category. Autosum - to quickly access the SUM, MIN, MAX, COUNT functions. When you select a functions from this group, it automatically performs calculations for all cells in the column above the selected cell so that you don't need to enter arguments. Recently used - to quickly access 10 recently used functions. Financial, Logical, Text and data, Date and time, Lookup and references, Math and trigonometry - to quickly access functions that belongs to the corresponding categories. More functions - to access the functions from the following groups: Database, Engineering, Information and Statistical. Named ranges - to open the Name Manager, or define a new name, or paste a name as a function argument. For more details, you can refer to this page. Trace Precedents - to show arrows that indicate which cells affect the value of the selected cell. Trace Dependents - to show arrows that indicate which cells are affected by the value of the selected cell. Remove Arrows - to remove the arrows used for precedents and dependents. Click the arrow next to the Remove Arrows option to choose whether to remove all arrows, precedent arrows, or dependent arrows. Show Formulas - to show the formulas used in the cells instead of the final results of the formulas. Watch Window - to display changes in the cells that are not currently in the visible area of the worksheet. To learn more about the Watch Window, please read the following article. Calculation - to force the program to recalculate functions. How to apply functions To insert a function, Select a cell where you wish to insert a function. Proceed in one of the following ways: switch to the Formula tab and use the buttons available on the top toolbar to access a function from a specific group, then click the necessary function to open the Function Arguments wizard. You can also use the Additional option from the menu or click the Function button on the top toolbar to open the Insert Function window. switch to the Home tab, click the Insert function icon, select one of the commonly used functions (SUM, AVERAGE, MIN, MAX, COUNT) or click the Additional option to open the Insert Function window. right-click within the selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the contextual menu. click the icon before the formula bar. In the opened Insert Function window, enter its name in the search box or select the necessary function group, then choose the required function from the list and click OK. Once you click the necessary function, the Function Arguments window will open: In the opened Function Arguments window, enter the necessary values of each argument. You can enter the function arguments either manually or by clicking the icon and selecting a cell or cell range to be included as an argument. Note: generally, numeric values, logical values (TRUE, FALSE), text values (must be quoted), cell references, cell range references, names assigned to ranges and other functions can be used as function arguments. The function result will be displayed below. When all the agruments are specified, click the OK button in the Function Arguments window. To enter a function manually using the keyboard, Select a cell. Enter the equal sign (=). Each formula must begin with the equal sign (=). Enter the function name. Once you type the initial letters, the Formula Autocomplete list will be displayed. As you type, the items (formulas and names) that match the entered characters are displayed in it. If you hover the mouse pointer over a formula, a tooltip with the formula description will be displayed. You can select the necessary formula from the list and insert it by clicking it or pressing the Tab key. Enter the function arguments either manually or by dragging to select a cell range to be included as an argument. If the function requires several arguments, they must be separated by commas. Arguments must be enclosed into parentheses. The opening parenthesis '(' is added automatically if you select a function from the list. When you enter arguments, a tooltip that contains the formula syntax is also displayed. When all the agruments are specified, enter the closing parenthesis ')' and press Enter. If you enter new data or change the values used as arguments, recalculation of functions is performed automatically by default. You can force the program to recalculate functions by using the Calculation button on the Formula tab. Click the Calculation button to recalculate the entire workbook, or click the arrow below the button and choose the necessary option from the menu: Calculate workbook or Calculate current sheet. You can also use the following key combinations: F9 to recalculate the workbook, Shift +F9 to recalculate the current worksheet. Here is the list of the available functions grouped by categories: Function Category Description Functions Text and Data Functions Used to correctly display the text data in the spreadsheet. ARRAYTOTEXT; ASC; CHAR; CLEAN; CODE; CONCATENATE; CONCAT; DOLLAR; EXACT; FIND; FINDB; FIXED; LEFT; LEFTB; LEN; LENB; LOWER; MID; MIDB; NUMBERVALUE; PROPER; REPLACE; REPLACEB; REPT; RIGHT; RIGHTB; SEARCH; SEARCHB; SUBSTITUTE; T; TEXT; TEXTJOIN; TRIM; UNICHAR; UNICODE; UPPER; VALUE; TEXTBEFORE; TEXTAFTER; TEXTSPLIT Statistical Functions Used to analyze data: finding the average value, the largest or smallest values in a cell range. AVEDEV; AVERAGE; AVERAGEA; AVERAGEIF; AVERAGEIFS; BETADIST; BETA.DIST; BETA.INV; BETAINV; BINOMDIST; BINOM.DIST; BINOM.DIST.RANGE; BINOM.INV; CHIDIST; CHIINV; CHISQ.DIST; CHISQ.DIST.RT; CHISQ.INV; CHISQ.INV.RT; CHITEST; CHISQ.TEST; CONFIDENCE; CONFIDENCE.NORM; CONFIDENCE.T; CORREL; COUNT; COUNTA; COUNBLANK; COUNTIF; COUNTIFS; COVAR; COVARIANCE.P; COVARIANCE.S; CRITBINOM; DEVSQ; EXPON.DIST; EXPONDIST; F.DIST; FDIST; F.DIST.RT; F.INV; FINV; F.INV.RT; FISHER; FISHERINV; FORECAST; FORECAST.ETS; FORECAST.ETS.CONFINT; FORECAST.ETS.SEASONALITY; FORECAST.ETS.STAT; FORECAST.LINEAR; FREQUENCY; FTEST; F.TEST; GAMMA; GAMMA.DIST; GAMMADIST; GAMMA.INV; GAMMAINV; GAMMALN; GAMMALN.PRECISE; GAUSS; GEOMEAN; GROWTH; HARMEAN; HYPGEOMDIST; HYPGEOM.DIST; INTERCEPT; KURT; LARGE; LINEST; LOGEST, LOGINV; LOGNORM.DIST; LOGNORM.INV; LOGNORMDIST; MAX; MAXA; MAXIFS; MEDIAN; MIN; MINA; MINIFS; MODE; MODE.MULT; MODE.SNGL; NEGBINOMDIST; NEGBINOM.DIST; NORMDIST; NORM.DIST; NORMINV; NORM.INV; NORMSDIST; NORM.S.DIST; NORMSINV; NORM.S.INV; PEARSON; PERCENTILE; PERCENTILE.EXC; PERCENTILE.INC; PERCENTRANK; PERCENTRANK.EXC; PERCENTRANK.INC; PERMUT; PERMUTATIONA; PHI; POISSON; POISSON.DIST; PROB; QUARTILE; QUARTILE.EXC; QUARTILE.INC; RANK; RANK.AVG; RANK.EQ; RSQ; SKEW; SKEW.P; SLOPE; SMALL; STANDARDIZE; STDEV; STDEV.S; STDEVA; STDEVP; STDEV.P; STDEVPA; STEYX; TDIST; T.DIST; T.DIST.2T; T.DIST.RT; T.INV; T.INV.2T; TINV; TREND, TRIMMEAN; TTEST; T.TEST; VAR; VARA; VARP; VAR.P; VAR.S; VARPA; WEIBULL; WEIBULL.DIST; ZTEST; Z.TEST Math and Trigonometry Functions Used to perform basic math and trigonometry operations such as adding, multiplying, dividing, rounding, etc. ABS; ACOS; ACOSH; ACOT; ACOTH; AGGREGATE; ARABIC; ASIN; ASINH; ATAN; ATAN2; ATANH; BASE; CEILING; CEILING.MATH; CEILING.PRECISE; COMBIN; COMBINA; COS; COSH; COT; COTH; CSC; CSCH; DECIMAL; DEGREES; ECMA.CEILING; EVEN; EXP; FACT; FACTDOUBLE; FLOOR; FLOOR.PRECISE; FLOOR.MATH; GCD; INT; ISO.CEILING; LCM; LN; LOG; LOG10; MDETERM; MINVERSE; MMULT; MOD; MROUND; MULTINOMIAL; MUNIT; ODD; PI; POWER; PRODUCT; QUOTIENT; RADIANS; RAND; RANDARRAY; RANDBETWEEN; ROMAN; ROUND; ROUNDDOWN; ROUNDUP; SEC; SECH; SERIESSUM; SEQUENCE; SIGN; SIN; SINH; SQRT; SQRTPI; SUBTOTAL; SUM; SUMIF; SUMIFS; SUMPRODUCT; SUMSQ; SUMX2MY2; SUMX2PY2; SUMXMY2; TAN; TANH; TRUNC Date and Time Functions Used to correctly display the date and time in the spreadsheet. DATE; DATEDIF; DATEVALUE; DAY; DAYS; DAYS360; EDATE; EOMONTH; HOUR; ISOWEEKNUM; MINUTE; MONTH; NETWORKDAYS; NETWORKDAYS.INTL; NOW; SECOND; TIME; TIMEVALUE; TODAY; WEEKDAY; WEEKNUM; WORKDAY; WORKDAY.INTL; YEAR; YEARFRAC Engineering Functions Used to perform some engineering calculations: converting between different bases number systems, finding complex numbers etc. BESSELI; BESSELJ; BESSELK; BESSELY; BIN2DEC; BIN2HEX; BIN2OCT; BITAND; BITLSHIFT; BITOR; BITRSHIFT; BITXOR; COMPLEX; CONVERT; DEC2BIN; DEC2HEX; DEC2OCT; DELTA; ERF; ERF.PRECISE; ERFC; ERFC.PRECISE; GESTEP; HEX2BIN; HEX2DEC; HEX2OCT; IMABS; IMAGINARY; IMARGUMENT; IMCONJUGATE; IMCOS; IMCOSH; IMCOT; IMCSC; IMCSCH; IMDIV; IMEXP; IMLN; IMLOG10; IMLOG2; IMPOWER; IMPRODUCT; IMREAL; IMSEC; IMSECH; IMSIN; IMSINH; IMSQRT; IMSUB; IMSUM; IMTAN; OCT2BIN; OCT2DEC; OCT2HEX Database Functions Used to perform calculations for the values in a certain field of the database that meet the specified criteria. DAVERAGE; DCOUNT; DCOUNTA; DGET; DMAX; DMIN; DPRODUCT; DSTDEV; DSTDEVP; DSUM; DVAR; DVARP Financial Functions Used to perform some financial calculations: calculating the net present value, payments etc. ACCRINT; ACCRINTM; AMORDEGRC; AMORLINC; COUPDAYBS; COUPDAYS; COUPDAYSNC; COUPNCD; COUPNUM; COUPPCD; CUMIPMT; CUMPRINC; DB; DDB; DISC; DOLLARDE; DOLLARFR; DURATION; EFFECT; FV; FVSCHEDULE; INTRATE; IPMT; IRR; ISPMT; MDURATION; MIRR; NOMINAL; NPER; NPV; ODDFPRICE; ODDFYIELD; ODDLPRICE; ODDLYIELD; PDURATION; PMT; PPMT; PRICE; PRICEDISC; PRICEMAT; PV; RATE; RECEIVED; RRI; SLN; SYD; TBILLEQ; TBILLPRICE; TBILLYIELD; VDB; XIRR; XNPV; YIELD; YIELDDISC; YIELDMAT Lookup and Reference Functions Used to easily find information from the data list. ADDRESS; CHOOSE; CHOOSECOLS; CHOOSEROWS; COLUMN; COLUMNS; DROP; EXPAND; FILTER; FORMULATEXT; HLOOKUP; HSTACK; HYPERLINK; INDEX; INDIRECT; LOOKUP; MATCH; OFFSET; ROW; ROWS; SORT; SORTBY; TAKE; TOCOL; TOROW; TRANSPOSE; UNIQUE; VLOOKUP; VSTACK; WRAPCOLS; WRAPROWS; XLOOKUP; XMATCH Information Functions Used to provide information about the data in the selected cell or cell range. CELL; ERROR.TYPE; ISBLANK; ISERR; ISERROR; ISEVEN; ISFORMULA; ISLOGICAL; ISNA; ISNONTEXT; ISNUMBER; ISODD; ISREF; ISTEXT; N; NA; SHEET; SHEETS; TYPE Logical Functions Used to check if a condition is true or false. AND; FALSE; IF; IFERROR; IFNA; IFS; NOT; OR; SWITCH; TRUE; XOR" }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertHeadersFooters.htm", @@ -2713,7 +2713,7 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/PivotTables.htm", "title": "Create and edit pivot tables", - "body": "Pivot tables allow you to group and arrange data of large data sets to get summarized information. In the Spreadsheet Editor you can reorganize data in many different ways to display only the necessary information and focus on important aspects. Create a new pivot table To create a pivot table, Prepare the source data set you want to use for creating a pivot table. It should include column headers. The data set should not contain empty rows or columns. Select any cell within the source data range. Switch to the Pivot Table tab of the top toolbar and click the Insert Table icon. If you want to create a pivot table on the base of a formatted table, you can also use the Insert pivot table option on the Table settings tab of the right sidebar. The Create Pivot Table window will appear. The Source data range is already specified. In this case, all data from the source data range will be used. If you want to change the data range (e.g. to include only a part of source data), click the icon. In the Select Data Range window, enter the necessary data range in the following format: Sheet1!$A$1:$E$10. You can also select the necessary cell range on the sheet using the mouse. When ready, click OK. Specify where you want to place the pivot table. The New worksheet option is selected by default. It allows you to place the pivot table in a new worksheet. You can also select the Existing worksheet option and choose a certain cell. In this case, the selected cell will be the upper right cell of the created pivot table. To select a cell, click the icon. In the Select Data Range window, enter the cell address in the following format: Sheet1!$G$2. You can also click the necessary cell in the sheet. When ready, click OK. When you select the pivot table location, click OK in the Create Table window. An empty pivot table will be inserted in the selected location. The Pivot table settings tab on the right sidebar will be opened. You can hide or display this tab by clicking the icon. Pivot table settings are also available in the context menu that appears when you right click the table. The context menu options depend on the field you click. Select fields to display The Select Fields section contains the fields named according to the column headers in your source data set. Each field contains values from the corresponding column of the source table. The following four sections are available below: Filters, Columns, Rows, and Values. Check the fields you want to display in the pivot table. When you check a field, it will be added to one of the available sections on the right sidebar depending on the data type and will be displayed in the pivot table. Fields containing text values will be added to the Rows section; fields containing numeric values will be added to the Values section. You can simply drag fields to the necessary section as well as drag the fields between sections to quickly reorganize your pivot table. To remove a field from the current section, drag it out of this section. In order to add a field to the necessary section, it's also possible to click the black arrow to the right of a field in the Select Fields section and choose the necessary option from the menu: Add to Filters, Add to Rows, Add to Columns, Add to Values. Below you can see some examples of using the Filters, Columns, Rows, and Values sections. If you add a field to the Filters section, a separate filter will be added above the pivot table. It will be applied to the entire pivot table. If you click the drop-down arrow in the added filter, you'll see the values from the selected field. When you uncheck some values in the filter option window and click OK, the unchecked values will not be displayed in the pivot table. If you add a field to the Columns section, the pivot table will contain a number of columns equal to the number of values from the selected field. The Grand Total column will also be added. If you add a field to the Rows section, the pivot table will contain a number of rows equal to the number of values from the selected field. The Grand Total row will also be added. If you add a field to the Values section, the pivot table will display the summation value for all numeric values from the selected field. If the field contains text values, the count of values will be displayed. The function used to calculate the summation value can be changed in the field settings. To see more information regarding any value field, click it with the right mouse button to open the context menu and choose the Show details option, or double click the required value field with the left mouse button. Rearrange fields and adjust their properties Once the fields are added to the necessary sections, you can manage them to change the layout and format of the pivot table. Click the black arrow to the right of a field within the Filters, Columns, Rows, or Values sections to access the field context menu. It allows you to: Move the selected field Up, Down, to the Beginning, or to the End of the current section if you have added more than one field to the current section. Move the selected field to a different section - to Filters, Columns, Rows, or Values. The option that corresponds to the current section will be disabled. Remove the selected field from the current section. Adjust the selected field settings. The Filters, Columns, and Rows field settings look similarly: The Layout tab contains the following options: The Source name option allows you to view the field name corresponding to the column header from the source data set. The Custom name option allows you to change the name of the selected field displayed in the pivot table. The Report Form section allows you to change the way the selected field is displayed in the pivot table: Choose the necessary layout for the selected field in the pivot table: The Tabular form displays one column for each field and provides space for field headers. The Outline form displays one column for each field and provides space for field headers. It also allows you to display subtotals at the top of groups. The Compact form displays items from different row section fields in a single column. The Number format option allows you to choose the required number format for the value field. Click this button, choose the required format from the Category list, then click OK when ready. To learn more about number formats, please refer to the following article. The Repeat items labels at each row option allows you to visually group rows or columns together if you have multiple fields in the tabular form. The Insert blank rows after each item option allows you to add blank lines after items of the selected field. The Show subtotals option allows you to choose if you want to display subtotals for the selected field. You can select one of the options: Show at top of group or Show at bottom of group. The Show items with no data option allows you to show or hide blank items in the selected field. The Subtotals tab allows you to choose Functions for Subtotals. Check the necessary functions in the list: Sum, Count, Average, Max, Min, Product, Count Numbers, StdDev, StdDevp, Var, Varp. Values field settings The Source name option allows you to view the field name corresponding to the column header from the source data set. The Custom name option allows you to change the name of the selected field displayed in the pivot table. The Summarize value field by option allows you to choose the function used to calculate the summation value for all values from this field. By default, Sum is used for numeric values, Count is used for text values. The available functions are Sum, Count, Average, Max, Min, Product, Count Numbers, StdDev, StdDevp, Var, Varp. The Show values as option allows you to show instant custom calculations instead of adding a formula and creating a calculated field. No calculation is the default option that displays the actual value in the field. Other calculation options: % of grand total, % of column total, % of row total, % of, % of parent row total, % of parent column total, % of parent total, Difference from, % difference from, Running total in, % running total in, Rank smallest to largest, Rank largest to smallest, Index. Use Base field and Base item when these options are available for the calculation you selected (% of, % of parent total, Difference from, % difference from, Running total in, % running total in). The Number format option allows you to choose the required number format for the value field. Click this button, choose the required format from the Category list, then click OK when ready. To learn more about number formats, please refer to the following article. Group and ungroup data Data in pivot tables can be grouped according to custom requirements. Grouping is available for dates and basic numbers. Grouping dates To group dates, create a pivot table incorporating a set of needed dates. Right click any cell in a pivot table with a date, choose the Group option in the pop-up menu, and set the needed parameters in the opened window. Starting at - the first date in the source data is chosen by default. To change it, enter the needed date in this field. Deactivate this box to ignore the starting point. Ending at - the last date in the source data is chosen by default. To change it, enter the needed date in this field. Deactivate this box to ignore the ending point. By - the Seconds, Minutes, and Hours options group the data according to the time given in the source data. The Months option eliminates days and leaves months only. The Quarters option operates at a condition: four months constitute a quarter, thus providing Qtr1, Qtr2, etc. The Years option groups dates as per years given in the source data. Combine the options to achieve the needed result. Number of days - set the required value to determine a date range. Click OK when finished. Grouping numbers To group numbers, create a pivot table incorporating a set of needed numbers. Right click any cell in a pivot table with a number, choose the Group option in the pop-up menu, and set the needed parameters in the opened window. Starting at - the smallest number in the source data is chosen by default. To change it, enter the needed number in this field. Deactivate this box to ignore the smallest number. Ending at - the largest number in the source data is chosen by default. To change it, enter the needed number in this field. Deactivate this box to ignore the largest number. By - set the required interval for grouping numbers. E.g., “2” will group the set of numbers from 1 through 10 as “1-2”, “3-4”, etc. Click OK when finished. Ungrouping data To ungroup previously grouped data, right-click any cell that is in the group, select the Ungroup option in the context menu. Change the appearance of pivot tables You can use options available on the top toolbar to adjust the way your pivot table is displayed. These options are applied to the entire pivot table. Select at least one cell within the pivot table with the mouse to activate the editing tools on the top toolbar. The Report Layout drop-down list allows you to choose the necessary layout for your pivot table: Show in Compact Form - allows you to display items from different row section fields in a single column. Show in Outline Form - allows you to display the pivot table in the classic pivot table style. It displays one column for each field and provides space for field headers. It also allows you to display subtotals at the top of groups. Show in Tabular Form - allows you to display the pivot table in a traditional table format. It displays one column for each field and provides space for field headers. Repeat All Item Labels - allows you to visually group rows or columns together if you have multiple fields in the tabular form. Don't Repeat All Item Labels - allows you to hide item labels if you have multiple fields in the tabular form. The Blank Rows drop-down list allows you to choose if you want to display blank lines after items: Insert Blank Line after Each Item - allows you to add blank lines after items. Remove Blank Line after Each Item - allows you to remove the added blank lines. The Subtotals drop-down list allows you to choose if you want to display subtotals in the pivot table: Don't Show Subtotals - allows you to hide subtotals for all items. Show all Subtotals at Bottom of Group - allows you to display subtotals below the subtotaled rows. Show all Subtotals at Top of Group - allows you to display subtotals above the subtotaled rows. The Grand Totals drop-down list allows you to choose if you want to display grand totals in the pivot table: Off for Rows and Columns - allows you to hide grand totals for both rows and columns. On for Rows and Columns - allows you to display grand totals for both rows and columns. On for Rows Only - allows you to display grand totals for rows only. On for Columns Only - allows you to display grand totals for columns only. Note: the similar settings are also available in the pivot table advanced settings window in the Grand Totals section of the Name and Layout tab. The Select button allows you to select the entire pivot table. If you change the data in your source data set, select the pivot table and click the Refresh button to update the pivot table. Change the style of pivot tables You can change the appearance of pivot tables in a spreadsheet using the style editing tools available on the top toolbar. Select at least one cell within the pivot table with the mouse to activate the editing tools on the top toolbar. The rows and columns options allow you to emphasize certain rows/columns applying specific formatting to them, or highlight different rows/columns with different background colors to clearly distinguish them. The following options are available: Row Headers - allows you to highlight the row headers with special formatting. Column Headers - allows you to highlight the column headers with special formatting. Banded Rows - enables the background color alternation for odd and even rows. Banded Columns - enables the background color alternation for odd and even columns. The template list allows you to choose one of the predefined pivot table styles. Each template combines certain formatting parameters, such as a background color, border style, row/column banding, etc. Depending on the options checked for rows and columns, the templates set will be displayed differently. For example, if you've checked the Row Headers and Banded Columns options, the visible part of the templates list will include templates with the row headers highlighted and banded columns enabled, but you can expand the full list by clicking the arrow to see all the available templates. Filter, sort and add slicers in pivot tables You can filter pivot tables by labels or values and use the additional sort parameters. Filtering Click the drop-down arrow in the Row Labels or Column Labels of the pivot table. The Filter option list will open: Adjust the filter parameters. You can proceed in one of the following ways: select the data to display or filter the data by certain criteria. Select the data to display Uncheck the boxes near the data you need to hide. For your convenience, all the data within the Filter option list are sorted in ascending order. Note: the (blank) checkbox corresponds to the empty cells. It is available if the selected cell range contains at least one empty cell. To facilitate the process, make use of the search field on the top. Enter your query, entirely or partially, in the field - the values that include these characters will be displayed in the list below. The following two options will be also available: Select All Search Results - is checked by default. It allows selecting all the values that correspond to your query in the list. Add current selection to filter - if you check this box, the selected values will not be hidden when you apply the filter. After you select all the necessary data, click the OK button in the Filter option list to apply the filter. Filter data by certain criteria You can choose either the Label filter or the Value filter option on the right side of the Filter options list, and then select one of the options from the submenu: For the Label filter the following options are available: For texts: Equals..., Does not equal..., Begins with..., Does not begin with..., Ends with..., Does not end with..., Contains..., Does not contain... For numbers: Greater than..., Greater than or equal to..., Less than..., Less than or equal to..., Between, Not between. For the Value filter the following options are available: Equals..., Does not equal..., Greater than..., Greater than or equal to..., Less than..., Less than or equal to..., Between, Not between, Top 10. After you select one of the above options (apart from Top 10), the Label/Value Filter window will open. The corresponding field and criterion will be selected in the first and second drop-down lists. Enter the necessary value in the field on the right. Click OK to apply the filter. If you choose the Top 10 option from the Value filter option list, a new window will open: The first drop-down list allows choosing if you wish to display the highest (Top) or the lowest (Bottom) values. The second field allows specifying how many entries from the list or which percent of the overall entries number you want to display (you can enter a number from 1 to 500). The third drop-down list allows setting the units of measure: Item, Percent, or Sum. The fourth drop-down list displays the selected field name. Once the necessary parameters are set, click OK to apply the filter. The Filter button will appear in the Row Labels or Column Labels of the pivot table. It means that the filter is applied. Sorting You can sort your pivot table data using the sort options. Click the drop-down arrow in the Row Labels or Column Labels of the pivot table and then select Sort Lowest to Highest or Sort Highest to Lowest option from the submenu. The More Sort Options option allows you to open the Sort window where you can select the necessary sorting order - Ascending or Descending - and then select a certain field you want to sort. Adding slicers You can add slicers to filter data easier by displaying only what is needed. To learn more about slicers, please read the guide on creating slicers. Adjust pivot table advanced settings To change the advanced settings of the pivot table, use the Show advanced settings link on the right sidebar. The 'Pivot Table - Advanced Settings' window will open: The Name and Layout tab allows you to change the pivot table common properties. The Name option allows you to change the pivot table name. The Grand Totals section allows you to choose if you want to display grand totals in the pivot table. The Show for rows and Show for columns options are checked by default. You can uncheck either one of them or both these options to hide the corresponding grand totals from your pivot table. Note: the similar settings are available on the top toolbar in the Grand Totals menu. The Display fields in report filter area section allows you to adjust the report filters which appear when you add fields to the Filters section: The Down, then over option is used for column arrangement. It allows you to show the report filters across the column. The Over, then down option is used for row arrangement. It allows you to show the report filters across the row. The Report filter fields per column option allows you to select the number of filters to go in each column. The default value is set to 0. You can set the necessary numeric value. The Show field headers for rows and columns option allows you to choose if you want to display field headers in your pivot table. The option is enabled by default. Uncheck it to hide field headers from your pivot table. The Autofit column widths on update option allows you to enable/disable automatic adjusting of the column widths. The option is enabled by default. The Data Source tab allows you to change the data you wish to use to create the pivot table. Check the selected Data Range and modify it, if necessary. To do that, click the icon. In the Select Data Range window, enter the necessary data range in the following format: Sheet1!$A$1:$E$10. You can also select the necessary cell range in the sheet using the mouse. When ready, click OK. The Alternative Text tab allows specifying the Title and the Description which will be read to people with vision or cognitive impairments to help them better understand what information the pivot table contains. Delete a pivot table To delete a pivot table, Select the entire pivot table using the Select button on the top toolbar. Press the Delete key." + "body": "Pivot tables allow you to group and arrange data of large data sets to get summarized information. In the Spreadsheet Editor you can reorganize data in many different ways to display only the necessary information and focus on important aspects. Create a new pivot table To create a pivot table, Prepare the source data set you want to use for creating a pivot table. It should include column headers. The data set should not contain empty rows or columns. Select any cell within the source data range. Switch to the Pivot Table tab of the top toolbar and click the Insert Table icon. If you want to create a pivot table on the base of a formatted table, you can also use the Insert pivot table option on the Table settings tab of the right sidebar. The Create Pivot Table window will appear. The Source data range is already specified. In this case, all data from the source data range will be used. If you want to change the data range (e.g. to include only a part of source data), click the icon. In the Select Data Range window, enter the necessary data range in the following format: Sheet1!$A$1:$E$10. You can also select the necessary cell range on the sheet using the mouse. When ready, click OK. Specify where you want to place the pivot table. The New worksheet option is selected by default. It allows you to place the pivot table in a new worksheet. You can also select the Existing worksheet option and choose a certain cell. In this case, the selected cell will be the upper right cell of the created pivot table. To select a cell, click the icon. In the Select Data Range window, enter the cell address in the following format: Sheet1!$G$2. You can also click the necessary cell in the sheet. When ready, click OK. When you select the pivot table location, click OK in the Create Table window. An empty pivot table will be inserted in the selected location. The Pivot table settings tab on the right sidebar will be opened. You can hide or display this tab by clicking the icon. Pivot table settings are also available in the context menu that appears when you right click the table. The context menu options depend on the field you click. Select fields to display The Select Fields section contains the fields named according to the column headers in your source data set. Each field contains values from the corresponding column of the source table. The following four sections are available below: Filters, Columns, Rows, and Values. Check the fields you want to display in the pivot table. When you check a field, it will be added to one of the available sections on the right sidebar depending on the data type and will be displayed in the pivot table. Fields containing text values will be added to the Rows section; fields containing numeric values will be added to the Values section. You can simply drag fields to the necessary section as well as drag the fields between sections to quickly reorganize your pivot table. To remove a field from the current section, drag it out of this section. In order to add a field to the necessary section, it's also possible to click the black arrow to the right of a field in the Select Fields section and choose the necessary option from the menu: Add to Filters, Add to Rows, Add to Columns, Add to Values. Below you can see some examples of using the Filters, Columns, Rows, and Values sections. If you add a field to the Filters section, a separate filter will be added above the pivot table. It will be applied to the entire pivot table. If you click the drop-down arrow in the added filter, you'll see the values from the selected field. When you uncheck some values in the filter option window and click OK, the unchecked values will not be displayed in the pivot table. If you add a field to the Columns section, the pivot table will contain a number of columns equal to the number of values from the selected field. The Grand Total column will also be added. If you add a field to the Rows section, the pivot table will contain a number of rows equal to the number of values from the selected field. The Grand Total row will also be added. If you add a field to the Values section, the pivot table will display the summation value for all numeric values from the selected field. If the field contains text values, the count of values will be displayed. The function used to calculate the summation value can be changed in the field settings. To see more information regarding any value field, click it with the right mouse button to open the context menu and choose the Show details option, or double click the required value field with the left mouse button. The data that the value field is based on will open in a new sheet. Rearrange fields and adjust their properties Once the fields are added to the necessary sections, you can manage them to change the layout and format of the pivot table. Click the black arrow to the right of a field within the Filters, Columns, Rows, or Values sections to access the field context menu. It allows you to: Move the selected field Up, Down, to the Beginning, or to the End of the current section if you have added more than one field to the current section. Move the selected field to a different section - to Filters, Columns, Rows, or Values. The option that corresponds to the current section will be disabled. Remove the selected field from the current section. Adjust the selected field settings. The Filters, Columns, and Rows field settings look similarly: The Layout tab contains the following options: The Source name option allows you to view the field name corresponding to the column header from the source data set. The Custom name option allows you to change the name of the selected field displayed in the pivot table. The Report Form section allows you to change the way the selected field is displayed in the pivot table: Choose the necessary layout for the selected field in the pivot table: The Tabular form displays one column for each field and provides space for field headers. The Outline form displays one column for each field and provides space for field headers. It also allows you to display subtotals at the top of groups. The Compact form displays items from different row section fields in a single column. The Number format option allows you to choose the required number format for the value field. Click this button, choose the required format from the Category list, then click OK when ready. To learn more about number formats, please refer to the following article. The Repeat items labels at each row option allows you to visually group rows or columns together if you have multiple fields in the tabular form. The Insert blank rows after each item option allows you to add blank lines after items of the selected field. The Show subtotals option allows you to choose if you want to display subtotals for the selected field. You can select one of the options: Show at top of group or Show at bottom of group. The Show items with no data option allows you to show or hide blank items in the selected field. The Subtotals tab allows you to choose Functions for Subtotals. Check the necessary functions in the list: Sum, Count, Average, Max, Min, Product, Count Numbers, StdDev, StdDevp, Var, Varp. Values field settings The Source name option allows you to view the field name corresponding to the column header from the source data set. The Custom name option allows you to change the name of the selected field displayed in the pivot table. The Summarize value field by option allows you to choose the function used to calculate the summation value for all values from this field. By default, Sum is used for numeric values, Count is used for text values. The available functions are Sum, Count, Average, Max, Min, Product, Count Numbers, StdDev, StdDevp, Var, Varp. The Show values as option allows you to show instant custom calculations instead of adding a formula and creating a calculated field. No calculation is the default option that displays the actual value in the field. Other calculation options: % of grand total, % of column total, % of row total, % of, % of parent row total, % of parent column total, % of parent total, Difference from, % difference from, Running total in, % running total in, Rank smallest to largest, Rank largest to smallest, Index. Use Base field and Base item when these options are available for the calculation you selected (% of, % of parent total, Difference from, % difference from, Running total in, % running total in). The Number format option allows you to choose the required number format for the value field. Click this button, choose the required format from the Category list, then click OK when ready. To learn more about number formats, please refer to the following article. Group and ungroup data Data in pivot tables can be grouped according to custom requirements. Grouping is available for dates and basic numbers. Grouping dates To group dates, create a pivot table incorporating a set of needed dates. Right click any cell in a pivot table with a date, choose the Group option in the pop-up menu, and set the needed parameters in the opened window. Starting at - the first date in the source data is chosen by default. To change it, enter the needed date in this field. Deactivate this box to ignore the starting point. Ending at - the last date in the source data is chosen by default. To change it, enter the needed date in this field. Deactivate this box to ignore the ending point. By - the Seconds, Minutes, and Hours options group the data according to the time given in the source data. The Months option eliminates days and leaves months only. The Quarters option operates at a condition: four months constitute a quarter, thus providing Qtr1, Qtr2, etc. The Years option groups dates as per years given in the source data. Combine the options to achieve the needed result. Number of days - set the required value to determine a date range. Click OK when finished. Grouping numbers To group numbers, create a pivot table incorporating a set of needed numbers. Right click any cell in a pivot table with a number, choose the Group option in the pop-up menu, and set the needed parameters in the opened window. Starting at - the smallest number in the source data is chosen by default. To change it, enter the needed number in this field. Deactivate this box to ignore the smallest number. Ending at - the largest number in the source data is chosen by default. To change it, enter the needed number in this field. Deactivate this box to ignore the largest number. By - set the required interval for grouping numbers. E.g., “2” will group the set of numbers from 1 through 10 as “1-2”, “3-4”, etc. Click OK when finished. Ungrouping data To ungroup previously grouped data, right-click any cell that is in the group, select the Ungroup option in the context menu. Change the appearance of pivot tables You can use options available on the top toolbar to adjust the way your pivot table is displayed. These options are applied to the entire pivot table. Select at least one cell within the pivot table with the mouse to activate the editing tools on the top toolbar. The Report Layout drop-down list allows you to choose the necessary layout for your pivot table: Show in Compact Form - allows you to display items from different row section fields in a single column. Show in Outline Form - allows you to display the pivot table in the classic pivot table style. It displays one column for each field and provides space for field headers. It also allows you to display subtotals at the top of groups. Show in Tabular Form - allows you to display the pivot table in a traditional table format. It displays one column for each field and provides space for field headers. Repeat All Item Labels - allows you to visually group rows or columns together if you have multiple fields in the tabular form. Don't Repeat All Item Labels - allows you to hide item labels if you have multiple fields in the tabular form. The Blank Rows drop-down list allows you to choose if you want to display blank lines after items: Insert Blank Line after Each Item - allows you to add blank lines after items. Remove Blank Line after Each Item - allows you to remove the added blank lines. The Subtotals drop-down list allows you to choose if you want to display subtotals in the pivot table: Don't Show Subtotals - allows you to hide subtotals for all items. Show all Subtotals at Bottom of Group - allows you to display subtotals below the subtotaled rows. Show all Subtotals at Top of Group - allows you to display subtotals above the subtotaled rows. The Grand Totals drop-down list allows you to choose if you want to display grand totals in the pivot table: Off for Rows and Columns - allows you to hide grand totals for both rows and columns. On for Rows and Columns - allows you to display grand totals for both rows and columns. On for Rows Only - allows you to display grand totals for rows only. On for Columns Only - allows you to display grand totals for columns only. Note: the similar settings are also available in the pivot table advanced settings window in the Grand Totals section of the Name and Layout tab. The Select button allows you to select the entire pivot table. If you change the data in your source data set, select the pivot table and click the Refresh button to update the pivot table. Expand or collapse fields To expand or collapse data details, click a field with the right mouse button to open the context menu, choose the Expand/Collapse menu item, then select the necessary option: Expand - to show details for the currently selected item. Collapse - to hide details for the currently selected item. Expand Entire Field - to show details for all items in a field. The similar setting is also available at the top toolbar. Collapse Entire Field - to hide details for all items in a field. The similar setting is also available at the top toolbar. The groups are hidden behind the plus/minus icons. You can also expand/collapse fields by double-clicking the pivot table headers. The Expand option, when the last field of rows or columns is selected, opens a dialog window for adding a new field to the row or column. Choose the necessary field and click OK. Change the style of pivot tables You can change the appearance of pivot tables in a spreadsheet using the style editing tools available on the top toolbar. Select at least one cell within the pivot table with the mouse to activate the editing tools on the top toolbar. The rows and columns options allow you to emphasize certain rows/columns applying specific formatting to them, or highlight different rows/columns with different background colors to clearly distinguish them. The following options are available: Row Headers - allows you to highlight the row headers with special formatting. Column Headers - allows you to highlight the column headers with special formatting. Banded Rows - enables the background color alternation for odd and even rows. Banded Columns - enables the background color alternation for odd and even columns. The template list allows you to choose one of the predefined pivot table styles. Each template combines certain formatting parameters, such as a background color, border style, row/column banding, etc. Depending on the options checked for rows and columns, the templates set will be displayed differently. For example, if you've checked the Row Headers and Banded Columns options, the visible part of the templates list will include templates with the row headers highlighted and banded columns enabled, but you can expand the full list by clicking the arrow to see all the available templates. Filter, sort and add slicers in pivot tables You can filter pivot tables by labels or values and use the additional sort parameters. Filtering Click the drop-down arrow in the Row Labels or Column Labels of the pivot table. The Filter option list will open: Adjust the filter parameters. You can proceed in one of the following ways: select the data to display or filter the data by certain criteria. Select the data to display Uncheck the boxes near the data you need to hide. For your convenience, all the data within the Filter option list are sorted in ascending order. Note: the (blank) checkbox corresponds to the empty cells. It is available if the selected cell range contains at least one empty cell. To facilitate the process, make use of the search field on the top. Enter your query, entirely or partially, in the field - the values that include these characters will be displayed in the list below. The following two options will be also available: Select All Search Results - is checked by default. It allows selecting all the values that correspond to your query in the list. Add current selection to filter - if you check this box, the selected values will not be hidden when you apply the filter. After you select all the necessary data, click the OK button in the Filter option list to apply the filter. Filter data by certain criteria You can choose either the Label filter or the Value filter option on the right side of the Filter options list, and then select one of the options from the submenu: For the Label filter the following options are available: For texts: Equals..., Does not equal..., Begins with..., Does not begin with..., Ends with..., Does not end with..., Contains..., Does not contain... For numbers: Greater than..., Greater than or equal to..., Less than..., Less than or equal to..., Between, Not between. For the Value filter the following options are available: Equals..., Does not equal..., Greater than..., Greater than or equal to..., Less than..., Less than or equal to..., Between, Not between, Top 10. After you select one of the above options (apart from Top 10), the Label/Value Filter window will open. The corresponding field and criterion will be selected in the first and second drop-down lists. Enter the necessary value in the field on the right. Click OK to apply the filter. If you choose the Top 10 option from the Value filter option list, a new window will open: The first drop-down list allows choosing if you wish to display the highest (Top) or the lowest (Bottom) values. The second field allows specifying how many entries from the list or which percent of the overall entries number you want to display (you can enter a number from 1 to 500). The third drop-down list allows setting the units of measure: Item, Percent, or Sum. The fourth drop-down list displays the selected field name. Once the necessary parameters are set, click OK to apply the filter. The Filter button will appear in the Row Labels or Column Labels of the pivot table. It means that the filter is applied. Sorting You can sort your pivot table data using the sort options. Click the drop-down arrow in the Row Labels or Column Labels of the pivot table and then select Sort Lowest to Highest or Sort Highest to Lowest option from the submenu. The More Sort Options option allows you to open the Sort window where you can select the necessary sorting order - Ascending or Descending - and then select a certain field you want to sort. Adding slicers You can add slicers to filter data easier by displaying only what is needed. To learn more about slicers, please read the guide on creating slicers. Adjust pivot table advanced settings To change the advanced settings of the pivot table, use the Show advanced settings link on the right sidebar. The 'Pivot Table - Advanced Settings' window will open: The Name and Layout tab allows you to change the pivot table common properties. The Name option allows you to change the pivot table name. The Grand Totals section allows you to choose if you want to display grand totals in the pivot table. The Show for rows and Show for columns options are checked by default. You can uncheck either one of them or both these options to hide the corresponding grand totals from your pivot table. Note: the similar settings are available on the top toolbar in the Grand Totals menu. The Display fields in report filter area section allows you to adjust the report filters which appear when you add fields to the Filters section: The Down, then over option is used for column arrangement. It allows you to show the report filters across the column. The Over, then down option is used for row arrangement. It allows you to show the report filters across the row. The Report filter fields per column option allows you to select the number of filters to go in each column. The default value is set to 0. You can set the necessary numeric value. The Show field headers for rows and columns option allows you to choose if you want to display field headers in your pivot table. The option is enabled by default. Uncheck it to hide field headers from your pivot table. The Autofit column widths on update option allows you to enable/disable automatic adjusting of the column widths. The option is enabled by default. The Data Source tab allows you to change the data you wish to use to create the pivot table. Check the selected Data Range and modify it, if necessary. To do that, click the icon. In the Select Data Range window, enter the necessary data range in the following format: Sheet1!$A$1:$E$10. You can also select the necessary cell range in the sheet using the mouse. When ready, click OK. The Alternative Text tab allows specifying the Title and the Description which will be read to people with vision or cognitive impairments to help them better understand what information the pivot table contains. Delete a pivot table To delete a pivot table, Select the entire pivot table using the Select button on the top toolbar. Press the Delete key." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/ProtectRanges.htm", @@ -2743,7 +2743,7 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm", "title": "Save/print/download your spreadsheet", - "body": "Saving By default, the online Spreadsheet Editor automatically saves your file each 2 seconds when you are working on it preventing your data from loss if the program closes unexpectedly. If you co-edit the file in the Fast mode, the timer requests for updates 25 times a second and saves the changes if they have been made. When the file is being co-edited in the Strict mode, changes are automatically saved at 10-minute intervals. If you need, you can easily select the preferred co-editing mode or disable the Autosave feature on the Advanced Settings page. To save your current spreadsheet manually in the current format and location, click the Save icon on the left side of the editor header, or use the Ctrl+S key combination, or click the File tab of the top toolbar and select the Save option. In the desktop version, to prevent data loss if the program closes unexpectedly, you can turn on the Autorecover option on the Advanced Settings page. In the desktop version, you can save the spreadsheet with another name, in a new location or format, click the File tab of the top toolbar, select the Save as option, choose one of the available formats depending on your needs: XLSX, XLTX, ODS, OTS, CSV, PDF, PDF/A, XLTM, JPG, PNG. Downloading In the online version, you can download the resulting spreadsheet onto your computer hard disk drive, click the File tab of the top toolbar, select the Download as option, choose one of the available formats depending on your needs: XLSX, ODS, CSV, PDF, XLTX, OTS, PDF/A, JPG, PNG. Note: if you select the CSV format, all features (font formatting, formulas, etc.) except the plain text will not be preserved in the CSV file. If you continue saving, the Choose CSV Options window will open. By default, Unicode (UTF-8) is used as the Encoding type. The default Delimiter is comma (,), but the following options are also available: semicolon (;), colon (:), Tab, Space and Other (this option allows you to set a custom delimiter character). Saving a copy In the online version, you can save a copy of the file on your portal, click the File tab of the top toolbar, select the Save Copy as option, choose one of the available formats depending on your needs: XLSX, ODS, CSV, PDF, XLTX, OTS, PDF/A, JPG, PNG, select a location of the file on the portal and press Save. Printing To print out the current spreadsheet, click the Print icon on the left side of the editor header, or use the Ctrl+P key combination, or click the File tab of the top toolbar and select the Print option. The Firefox browser enables printing without downloading the document as a .pdf file first. The spreadsheet Preview and the available printing options will open. Some of these settings (page Margins, Orientation, Size, Print Area as well as Scale to Fit) are also available on the Layout tab of the top toolbar. Here you can adjust the following parameters. In the desktop version you can also define the Print sides option to print on one or two sides flipping the pages on long or short edge as well as print the file to PDF or use the Quick print button in the top toolbar to print the file on the last selected or default printer. Print range - specify what to print: Active sheets, All sheets or Selection. If you previously set a constant print area but want to print the entire sheet, check the Ignore print area box. Pages - specify the range of pages for printing. You can enter the numbers manually or use the corresponding arrows. Settings of sheet - specify individual print settings for each separate sheet, if you have selected the All Sheets option in the Print range drop-down list. Page size - select one of the available sizes from the drop-down list. Page orientation - choose the Portrait option if you wish to print vertically on the page, or use the Landscape option to print horizontally. Margins - choose one of the availabe presets: Normal, Narrow, or Wide, or choose the Custom option and specify the distance between the worksheet data and the edges of the printed page changing the default sizes in the Top, Bottom, Left and Right fields. Scaling - if you do not want some columns or rows to be printed on the second page, you can shrink sheet contents to fit it on one page by selecting the corresponding option: Actual Size, Fit Sheet on One Page, Fit All Columns on One Page or Fit All Rows on One Page. Leave the Actual Size option to print the sheet without adjusting. If you choose the Custom Options item from the menu, the Scale Settings window will open: Fit To: allows you to select the necessary number of pages you want to fit the printed worksheet to. Select the necessary number of pages from the Width and Height lists. Scale To: allows you to enlarge or reduce the scale of the worksheet to fit printed pages by manually specifying the percentage of normal size. Print titles - if you want to print row or column titles on every page, use Repeat rows at top and/or Repeat columns at left to indicate the row and the column with the title to repeat, or select one of the available options from the drop-down list: Frozen rows/columns, First row/column or Don't repeat. Gridlines and headings - specify the worksheet elements to print by checking the corresponding boxes: Print gridlines and Print row and column headings. Header/footer settings - allow to add some additional information to a printed worksheet, such as date and time, page number, sheet name, etc. First page number - specify the number of the first page printed. After you have configured the printing settings click the Print button to save changes and print out the spreadsheet or the Save button to save changes made to printing settings. All changes you made will be lost if you don't print the spreadsheet or save the changes. The spreadsheet Preview allows you to navigate a spreadsheet using arrows at the bottom to see how your data will be displayed on a sheet when printed and to correct eventual faults using the print setting above. In the online version, a PDF file will be generated on the basis of the document. You can open and print it out, or save onto your computer hard disk drive or removable medium to print it out later. Some browsers (e.g. Chrome and Opera) support direct printing. Setting up the print area If you want to print the selected cell range only instead of the entire worksheet, you can use the Selection option from the Print range drop-down list. When the workbook is saved, this setting is not saved, it is intended for single use. If a cell range should be printed frequently, you can set a constant print area on the worksheet. When the workbook is saved, the print area is also saved, it can be used when you open the spreadsheet next time. It's also possible to set several constant print areas in a sheet, in this case each area will be printed on a separate page. To set the print area: select the necessary cell range on the worksheet. To select multiple cell ranges, hold down the Ctrl key, switch to the Layout tab of the top toolbar, click the arrow next to the Print Area button and select the Set Print Area option. The created print area is saved when the workbook is saved. When you open the file next time, the specified print area will be printed. When you create a print area, a Print_Area named range is also automatically created, which is displayed in the Name Manager. To highlight the borders of all the print areas on the current worksheet, you can click the arrow in the name box located to the left of the the formula bar and select the Print_Area name from the name list. To add cells to the print area: open the necessary worksheet where the print area is added, select the necessary cell range on the worksheet, switch to the Layout tab of the top toolbar, click the arrow next to the Print Area button and select the Add to Print Area option. A new print area will be added. Each print area will be printed on a separate page. To remove the print area: open the necessary worksheet where the print area is added, switch to the Layout tab of the top toolbar, click the arrow next to the Print Area button and select the Clear Print Area option. All the existing print areas in this sheet will be removed. Then the entire sheet will be printed." + "body": "Saving By default, the online Spreadsheet Editor automatically saves your file each 2 seconds when you are working on it preventing your data from loss if the program closes unexpectedly. If you co-edit the file in the Fast mode, the timer requests for updates 25 times a second and saves the changes if they have been made. When the file is being co-edited in the Strict mode, changes are automatically saved at 10-minute intervals. If you need, you can easily select the preferred co-editing mode or disable the Autosave feature on the Advanced Settings page. To save your current spreadsheet manually in the current format and location, click the Save icon on the left side of the editor header, or use the Ctrl+S key combination, or click the File tab of the top toolbar and select the Save option. In the desktop version, to prevent data loss if the program closes unexpectedly, you can turn on the Autorecover option on the Advanced Settings page. In the desktop version, you can save the spreadsheet with another name, in a new location or format, click the File tab of the top toolbar, select the Save as option, choose one of the available formats depending on your needs: XLSX, XLTX, ODS, OTS, CSV, PDF, PDF/A, XLTM, JPG, PNG. Downloading In the online version, you can download the resulting spreadsheet onto your computer hard disk drive, click the File tab of the top toolbar, select the Download as option, choose one of the available formats depending on your needs: XLSX, ODS, CSV, PDF, XLTX, OTS, PDF/A, JPG, PNG. Note: if you select the CSV format, all features (font formatting, formulas, etc.) except the plain text will not be preserved in the CSV file. If you continue saving, the Choose CSV Options window will open. By default, Unicode (UTF-8) is used as the Encoding type. The default Delimiter is comma (,), but the following options are also available: semicolon (;), colon (:), Tab, Space and Other (this option allows you to set a custom delimiter character). Saving a copy In the online version, you can save a copy of the file on your portal, click the File tab of the top toolbar, select the Save Copy as option, choose one of the available formats depending on your needs: XLSX, ODS, CSV, PDF, XLTX, OTS, PDF/A, JPG, PNG, select a location of the file on the portal and press Save. Printing To print out the current spreadsheet, click the Print icon on the left side of the editor header, or use the Ctrl+P key combination, or click the File tab of the top toolbar and select the Print option. The Firefox browser enables printing without downloading the document as a .pdf file first. The spreadsheet Preview and the available printing options will open. Some of these settings (page Margins, Orientation, Size, Print Area as well as Scale to Fit) are also available on the Layout tab of the top toolbar. Here you can adjust the following parameters. In the desktop version you can also define the Print sides option to print on one or two sides flipping the pages on long or short edge as well as print the file to PDF or use the Quick print button in the top toolbar to print the file on the last selected or default printer. Print range - specify what to print: Active sheets, All sheets or Selection. If you previously set a constant print area but want to print the entire sheet, check the Ignore print area box. Pages - specify the range of pages for printing. You can enter the numbers manually or use the corresponding arrows. Settings of sheet - specify individual print settings for each separate sheet, if you have selected the All Sheets option in the Print range drop-down list. Page size - select one of the available sizes from the drop-down list. Page orientation - choose the Portrait option if you wish to print vertically on the page, or use the Landscape option to print horizontally. Margins - choose one of the availabe presets: Normal, Narrow, or Wide, or choose the Custom option and specify the distance between the worksheet data and the edges of the printed page changing the default sizes in the Top, Bottom, Left and Right fields. To center data on the printed page, choose the Custom option from the Margins menu, check the Vertically/Horizontally box in the Center on page section, and click OK. Scaling - if you do not want some columns or rows to be printed on the second page, you can shrink sheet contents to fit it on one page by selecting the corresponding option: Actual Size, Fit Sheet on One Page, Fit All Columns on One Page or Fit All Rows on One Page. Leave the Actual Size option to print the sheet without adjusting. If you choose the Custom Options item from the menu, the Scale Settings window will open: Fit To: allows you to select the necessary number of pages you want to fit the printed worksheet to. Select the necessary number of pages from the Width and Height lists. Scale To: allows you to enlarge or reduce the scale of the worksheet to fit printed pages by manually specifying the percentage of normal size. Print titles - if you want to print row or column titles on every page, use Repeat rows at top and/or Repeat columns at left to indicate the row and the column with the title to repeat, or select one of the available options from the drop-down list: Frozen rows/columns, First row/column or Don't repeat. Gridlines and headings - specify the worksheet elements to print by checking the corresponding boxes: Print gridlines and Print row and column headings. Header/footer settings - allow to add some additional information to a printed worksheet, such as date and time, page number, sheet name, etc. First page number - specify the number of the first page printed. After you have configured the printing settings click the Print button to save changes and print out the spreadsheet or the Save button to save changes made to printing settings. All changes you made will be lost if you don't print the spreadsheet or save the changes. The spreadsheet Preview allows you to navigate a spreadsheet using arrows at the bottom to see how your data will be displayed on a sheet when printed and to correct eventual faults using the print setting above. In the online version, a PDF file will be generated on the basis of the document. You can open and print it out, or save onto your computer hard disk drive or removable medium to print it out later. Some browsers (e.g. Chrome and Opera) support direct printing. Setting up the print area If you want to print the selected cell range only instead of the entire worksheet, you can use the Selection option from the Print range drop-down list. When the workbook is saved, this setting is not saved, it is intended for single use. If a cell range should be printed frequently, you can set a constant print area on the worksheet. When the workbook is saved, the print area is also saved, it can be used when you open the spreadsheet next time. It's also possible to set several constant print areas in a sheet, in this case each area will be printed on a separate page. To set the print area: select the necessary cell range on the worksheet. To select multiple cell ranges, hold down the Ctrl key, switch to the Layout tab of the top toolbar, click the arrow next to the Print Area button and select the Set Print Area option. The created print area is saved when the workbook is saved. When you open the file next time, the specified print area will be printed. When you create a print area, a Print_Area named range is also automatically created, which is displayed in the Name Manager. To highlight the borders of all the print areas on the current worksheet, you can click the arrow in the name box located to the left of the the formula bar and select the Print_Area name from the name list. To add cells to the print area: open the necessary worksheet where the print area is added, select the necessary cell range on the worksheet, switch to the Layout tab of the top toolbar, click the arrow next to the Print Area button and select the Add to Print Area option. A new print area will be added. Each print area will be printed on a separate page. To remove the print area: open the necessary worksheet where the print area is added, switch to the Layout tab of the top toolbar, click the arrow next to the Print Area button and select the Clear Print Area option. All the existing print areas in this sheet will be removed. Then the entire sheet will be printed." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/ScaleToFit.htm", diff --git a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/images/icons.png b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/images/icons.png index 97a585033..3355affb1 100644 Binary files a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/images/icons.png and b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/images/icons.png differ diff --git a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/images/sprite.css b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/images/sprite.css index 6e2312eb5..2c0a25226 100644 --- a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/images/sprite.css +++ b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/images/sprite.css @@ -480,86 +480,86 @@ height: 20px; } -.icon-vector { +.icon-sortcommentsicon { background-position: -180px -20px; width: 20px; height: 20px; } -.icon-zoom_icon { +.icon-vector { background-position: -180px -40px; width: 20px; height: 20px; } -.icon-align_toptoolbar { +.icon-zoom_icon { background-position: -180px -60px; + width: 20px; + height: 20px; +} + +.icon-align_toptoolbar { + background-position: -180px -80px; width: 19px; height: 20px; } .icon-inserttextarticon { - background-position: -180px -80px; + background-position: -180px -100px; width: 16px; height: 20px; } -.icon-sortcommentsicon { - background-position: 0px -167px; - width: 31px; - height: 19px; -} - .icon-chat_toptoolbar { - background-position: -31px -167px; + background-position: 0px -167px; width: 24px; height: 19px; } .icon-chart { - background-position: -55px -167px; + background-position: -24px -167px; width: 22px; height: 19px; } .icon-comment_toptoolbar { - background-position: -77px -167px; + background-position: -46px -167px; width: 22px; height: 19px; } .icon-insertequationicon { - background-position: -99px -167px; + background-position: -68px -167px; width: 22px; height: 19px; } .icon-pivotselecticon { - background-position: -121px -167px; + background-position: -90px -167px; width: 22px; height: 19px; } .icon-functionicon { - background-position: -180px -100px; + background-position: -180px -120px; width: 20px; height: 19px; } .icon-paste_style { - background-position: -180px -119px; + background-position: -180px -139px; width: 20px; height: 19px; } .icon-addhyperlink { - background-position: -180px -138px; + background-position: -112px -167px; width: 19px; height: 19px; } .icon-hiderulers { - background-position: -143px -167px; + background-position: -131px -167px; width: 19px; height: 19px; } @@ -571,13 +571,13 @@ } .icon-customsort { - background-position: -162px -167px; + background-position: -150px -167px; width: 18px; height: 18px; } .icon-new_icon { - background-position: -180px -167px; + background-position: -168px -167px; width: 18px; height: 18px; } @@ -799,7 +799,7 @@ } .icon-distributevertically { - background-position: -102px -203px; + background-position: -186px -167px; width: 14px; height: 16px; } @@ -823,271 +823,271 @@ } .icon-access_rights { - background-position: -116px -203px; + background-position: -102px -203px; width: 19px; height: 15px; } .icon-chaticon { - background-position: -135px -203px; + background-position: -121px -203px; width: 18px; height: 15px; } .icon-gotodocuments { - background-position: -153px -203px; + background-position: -139px -203px; width: 18px; height: 15px; } .icon-print { - background-position: -171px -203px; + background-position: -157px -203px; width: 17px; height: 15px; } .icon-bgcolor { - background-position: -188px -203px; + background-position: -174px -203px; width: 16px; height: 15px; } .icon-about { - background-position: -204px -203px; + background-position: -190px -203px; width: 15px; height: 15px; } .icon-abouticon { - background-position: -219px -203px; + background-position: -205px -203px; width: 15px; height: 15px; } .icon-advanced_settings_icon { - background-position: 0px -219px; + background-position: -220px -203px; width: 15px; height: 15px; } .icon-insertpivot { - background-position: -15px -219px; + background-position: 0px -219px; width: 15px; height: 15px; } .icon-plus { - background-position: -30px -219px; + background-position: -15px -219px; width: 15px; height: 15px; } .icon-plus_sheet { - background-position: -45px -219px; + background-position: -30px -219px; width: 15px; height: 15px; } .icon-save { - background-position: -60px -219px; + background-position: -45px -219px; width: 15px; height: 15px; } .icon-tabstopcenter { - background-position: -75px -219px; + background-position: -60px -219px; width: 15px; height: 15px; } .icon-tabstopleft { - background-position: -90px -219px; + background-position: -75px -219px; width: 15px; height: 15px; } .icon-feedback { - background-position: -105px -219px; + background-position: -90px -219px; width: 14px; height: 15px; } .icon-flipupsidedown { - background-position: -119px -219px; + background-position: -104px -219px; width: 14px; height: 15px; } .icon-shapesettings { - background-position: -133px -219px; + background-position: -118px -219px; width: 14px; height: 15px; } .icon-file { - background-position: -147px -219px; + background-position: -132px -219px; width: 13px; height: 15px; } .icon-back { - background-position: -160px -219px; + background-position: -145px -219px; width: 12px; height: 15px; } .icon-fontcolor { - background-position: -172px -219px; + background-position: -157px -219px; width: 25px; height: 14px; } .icon-numbering { - background-position: -197px -219px; + background-position: -182px -219px; width: 24px; height: 14px; } .icon-spellcheckactivated { - background-position: -237px 0px; + background-position: -206px -219px; width: 17px; height: 14px; } .icon-spellcheckdeactivated { - background-position: -237px -14px; + background-position: -237px 0px; width: 17px; height: 14px; } .icon-distributehorizontally { - background-position: -237px -28px; + background-position: -237px -14px; width: 16px; height: 14px; } .icon-fliplefttoright { - background-position: -237px -42px; + background-position: -237px -28px; width: 15px; height: 14px; } .icon-sort { - background-position: -237px -56px; + background-position: -237px -42px; width: 15px; height: 14px; } .icon-alignobjectbottom { - background-position: -237px -70px; + background-position: -237px -56px; width: 14px; height: 14px; } .icon-alignobjectleft { - background-position: -237px -84px; + background-position: -237px -70px; width: 14px; height: 14px; } .icon-alignobjectright { - background-position: -237px -98px; + background-position: -237px -84px; width: 14px; height: 14px; } .icon-alignobjecttop { - background-position: -237px -112px; + background-position: -237px -98px; width: 14px; height: 14px; } .icon-bordercolor { - background-position: -237px -126px; + background-position: -237px -112px; width: 14px; height: 14px; } .icon-borderwidth { - background-position: -237px -140px; + background-position: -237px -126px; width: 14px; height: 14px; } .icon-chartsettingsicon { - background-position: -237px -154px; + background-position: -237px -140px; width: 14px; height: 14px; } .icon-clearicon { - background-position: -237px -168px; + background-position: -237px -154px; width: 14px; height: 14px; } .icon-commentsicon { - background-position: -237px -182px; + background-position: -237px -168px; width: 14px; height: 14px; } .icon-deleteicon { - background-position: -237px -196px; + background-position: -237px -182px; width: 14px; height: 14px; } .icon-function { - background-position: -237px -210px; + background-position: -237px -196px; width: 14px; height: 14px; } .icon-group { - background-position: -221px -219px; + background-position: -237px -210px; width: 14px; height: 14px; } .icon-image_settings_icon { - background-position: 0px -234px; + background-position: -223px -219px; width: 14px; height: 14px; } .icon-searchicon { - background-position: -14px -234px; + background-position: 0px -234px; width: 14px; height: 14px; } .icon-shape_settings_icon { - background-position: -28px -234px; + background-position: -14px -234px; width: 14px; height: 14px; } .icon-ungroup { - background-position: -42px -234px; + background-position: -28px -234px; width: 14px; height: 14px; } .icon-alignobjectcenter { - background-position: -56px -234px; + background-position: -42px -234px; width: 13px; height: 14px; } .icon-copystyle { - background-position: -69px -234px; + background-position: -55px -234px; width: 12px; height: 14px; } .icon-gradientslider { - background-position: -81px -234px; + background-position: -67px -234px; width: 12px; height: 14px; } @@ -1099,157 +1099,157 @@ } .icon-clear { - background-position: -93px -234px; + background-position: -79px -234px; width: 26px; height: 13px; } .icon-outline { - background-position: -119px -234px; + background-position: -105px -234px; width: 25px; height: 13px; } .icon-bullets { - background-position: -144px -234px; + background-position: -130px -234px; width: 24px; height: 13px; } .icon-insertfunction { - background-position: -168px -234px; + background-position: -154px -234px; width: 24px; height: 13px; } .icon-orientation { - background-position: -192px -234px; + background-position: -178px -234px; width: 24px; height: 13px; } .icon-insertchart { - background-position: -216px -234px; + background-position: -202px -234px; width: 22px; height: 13px; } .icon-insert_dropcap_icon { - background-position: -254px 0px; + background-position: -224px -234px; width: 22px; height: 13px; } .icon-headerfooter { - background-position: -254px -13px; + background-position: -254px 0px; width: 21px; height: 13px; } .icon-insertcells { - background-position: -254px -26px; + background-position: -254px -13px; width: 21px; height: 13px; } .icon-pagesize { - background-position: -254px -39px; + background-position: -254px -26px; width: 20px; height: 13px; } .icon-cut { - background-position: -254px -52px; + background-position: -254px -39px; width: 16px; height: 13px; } .icon-removeduplicates { - background-position: -254px -65px; + background-position: -254px -52px; width: 16px; height: 13px; } .icon-text_autoshape { - background-position: -254px -78px; + background-position: -254px -65px; width: 16px; height: 13px; } .icon-changerange { - background-position: -254px -91px; + background-position: -254px -78px; width: 15px; height: 13px; } .icon-feedbackicon { - background-position: -254px -104px; + background-position: -254px -91px; width: 15px; height: 13px; } .icon-greencircle { - background-position: -254px -117px; + background-position: -254px -104px; width: 15px; height: 13px; } .icon-alignobjectmiddle { - background-position: -254px -130px; + background-position: -254px -117px; width: 14px; height: 13px; } .icon-clearstyle { - background-position: -254px -143px; + background-position: -254px -130px; width: 14px; height: 13px; } .icon-copy { - background-position: -254px -156px; + background-position: -254px -143px; width: 14px; height: 13px; } .icon-hyperlink { - background-position: -254px -169px; + background-position: -254px -156px; width: 14px; height: 13px; } .icon-multiselect { - background-position: -254px -182px; + background-position: -254px -169px; width: 14px; height: 13px; } .icon-paste { - background-position: -254px -195px; + background-position: -254px -182px; width: 14px; height: 13px; } .icon-select_all { - background-position: -254px -208px; + background-position: -254px -195px; width: 14px; height: 13px; } .icon-wraptext { - background-position: -254px -221px; + background-position: -254px -208px; width: 14px; height: 13px; } .icon-allborders { - background-position: -254px -234px; + background-position: -254px -221px; width: 13px; height: 13px; } .icon-bottomborders { - background-position: -238px -234px; + background-position: -254px -234px; width: 13px; height: 13px; } @@ -1501,241 +1501,241 @@ } .icon-merge { - background-position: -276px 0px; + background-position: -275px 0px; width: 24px; height: 11px; } .icon-subscripticon { - background-position: -276px -11px; + background-position: -275px -11px; width: 24px; height: 11px; } .icon-addborders { - background-position: -276px -22px; + background-position: -275px -22px; width: 22px; height: 11px; } .icon-deletecells { - background-position: -276px -33px; + background-position: -275px -33px; width: 21px; height: 11px; } .icon-linespacing { - background-position: -276px -44px; + background-position: -275px -44px; width: 21px; height: 11px; } .icon-nonprintingcharacters { - background-position: -276px -55px; + background-position: -275px -55px; width: 20px; height: 11px; } .icon-namedranges { - background-position: -276px -66px; + background-position: -275px -66px; width: 16px; height: 11px; } .icon-table_settings_icon { - background-position: -276px -77px; + background-position: -275px -77px; width: 16px; height: 11px; } .icon-viewsettingsicon { - background-position: -276px -88px; + background-position: -275px -88px; width: 16px; height: 11px; } .icon-sub { - background-position: -276px -99px; + background-position: -275px -99px; width: 13px; height: 11px; } .icon-aligncenter { - background-position: -276px -110px; + background-position: -275px -110px; width: 12px; height: 11px; } .icon-alignleft { - background-position: -288px -110px; + background-position: -287px -110px; width: 12px; height: 11px; } .icon-alignright { - background-position: -276px -121px; + background-position: -275px -121px; width: 12px; height: 11px; } .icon-borderstyle { - background-position: -288px -121px; + background-position: -287px -121px; width: 12px; height: 11px; } .icon-clearfilter { - background-position: -276px -132px; + background-position: -275px -132px; width: 12px; height: 11px; } .icon-decreasedec { - background-position: -288px -132px; + background-position: -287px -132px; width: 12px; height: 11px; } .icon-decreaseindent { - background-position: -276px -143px; + background-position: -275px -143px; width: 12px; height: 11px; } .icon-increasedec { - background-position: -288px -143px; + background-position: -287px -143px; width: 12px; height: 11px; } .icon-increaseindent { - background-position: -276px -154px; + background-position: -275px -154px; width: 12px; height: 11px; } .icon-justify { - background-position: -288px -154px; + background-position: -287px -154px; width: 12px; height: 11px; } .icon-resolvedicon { - background-position: -276px -165px; + background-position: -275px -165px; width: 12px; height: 11px; } .icon-resolveicon { - background-position: -288px -165px; + background-position: -287px -165px; width: 12px; height: 11px; } .icon-selecttable_cursor { - background-position: -276px -176px; + background-position: -275px -176px; width: 12px; height: 11px; } .icon-sortandfilter { - background-position: -288px -176px; + background-position: -287px -176px; width: 12px; height: 11px; } .icon-alignbottom { - background-position: -289px -99px; + background-position: -288px -99px; width: 11px; height: 11px; } .icon-aligntop { - background-position: -276px -187px; + background-position: -275px -187px; width: 11px; height: 11px; } .icon-diagonal_down_border { - background-position: -287px -187px; + background-position: -286px -187px; width: 11px; height: 11px; } .icon-diagonal_up_border { - background-position: -276px -198px; + background-position: -275px -198px; width: 11px; height: 11px; } .icon-sortatoz { - background-position: -287px -198px; + background-position: -286px -198px; width: 11px; height: 11px; } .icon-sortztoa { - background-position: -276px -209px; + background-position: -275px -209px; width: 11px; height: 11px; } .icon-percentstyle { - background-position: -287px -209px; + background-position: -286px -209px; width: 10px; height: 11px; } .icon-underline { - background-position: -276px -220px; + background-position: -275px -220px; width: 10px; height: 11px; } .icon-verticaltext { - background-position: -286px -220px; + background-position: -285px -220px; width: 10px; height: 11px; } .icon-zoomout { - background-position: -276px -231px; + background-position: -275px -231px; width: 10px; height: 11px; } .icon-rotatedown { - background-position: -286px -231px; + background-position: -285px -231px; width: 9px; height: 11px; } .icon-highlightcolor { - background-position: -276px -242px; + background-position: -275px -242px; width: 23px; height: 10px; } .icon-navigationicon { - background-position: -276px -252px; + background-position: -275px -252px; width: 13px; height: 10px; } .icon-strike { - background-position: -276px -262px; + background-position: -275px -262px; width: 12px; height: 10px; } .icon-smaller { - background-position: -289px -252px; + background-position: -288px -252px; width: 11px; height: 10px; } .icon-yellowdiamond { - background-position: -288px -262px; + background-position: -287px -262px; width: 11px; height: 10px; } @@ -1747,37 +1747,37 @@ } .icon-rotateup { - background-position: -267px -234px; + background-position: -80px -70px; width: 9px; height: 10px; } .icon-bold { - background-position: -292px -66px; + background-position: -291px -66px; width: 8px; height: 10px; } .icon-nextsheet { - background-position: -292px -77px; + background-position: -291px -77px; width: 8px; height: 10px; } .icon-previoussheet { - background-position: -292px -88px; + background-position: -291px -88px; width: 8px; height: 10px; } .icon-italic { - background-position: -269px -91px; + background-position: -268px -117px; width: 7px; height: 10px; } .icon-redo { - background-position: -180px -157px; + background-position: -180px -158px; width: 17px; height: 9px; } @@ -1795,19 +1795,19 @@ } .icon-horizontaltext { - background-position: -80px -70px; + background-position: -12px -274px; width: 10px; height: 9px; } .icon-cellrow { - background-position: -12px -274px; + background-position: -22px -274px; width: 9px; height: 9px; } .icon-resize_square { - background-position: -21px -274px; + background-position: -31px -274px; width: 9px; height: 9px; } @@ -1819,37 +1819,37 @@ } .icon-searchupbutton { - background-position: -30px -274px; + background-position: -40px -274px; width: 14px; height: 8px; } .icon-constantproportions { - background-position: -44px -274px; + background-position: -54px -274px; width: 13px; height: 8px; } .icon-tabstopcenter_marker { - background-position: -57px -274px; + background-position: -67px -274px; width: 12px; height: 8px; } .icon-soft { - background-position: -69px -274px; + background-position: -79px -274px; width: 10px; height: 8px; } .icon-tabstopleft_marker { - background-position: -268px -130px; + background-position: -267px -221px; width: 8px; height: 8px; } .icon-tabstopright_marker { - background-position: -268px -143px; + background-position: -267px -234px; width: 8px; height: 8px; } @@ -1861,19 +1861,19 @@ } .icon-undo1 { - background-position: -79px -274px; + background-position: -89px -274px; width: 13px; height: 6px; } .icon-nextpage { - background-position: -295px -231px; + background-position: -294px -231px; width: 5px; height: 6px; } .icon-previouspage { - background-position: -270px -52px; + background-position: -270px -39px; width: 5px; height: 6px; } @@ -1885,25 +1885,25 @@ } .icon-connectionpoint { - background-position: -295px -237px; + background-position: -294px -237px; width: 5px; height: 5px; } .icon-nonbreakspace { - background-position: -270px -58px; + background-position: -270px -45px; width: 5px; height: 5px; } .icon-square { - background-position: -270px -65px; + background-position: -270px -52px; width: 5px; height: 5px; } .icon-space { - background-position: -298px -22px; + background-position: -297px -22px; width: 2px; height: 3px; } diff --git a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/images/src/icons/sortcommentsicon.png b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/images/src/icons/sortcommentsicon.png index 9e3ff28fe..79b602863 100644 Binary files a/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/images/src/icons/sortcommentsicon.png and b/Web/OfficeWeb/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/images/src/icons/sortcommentsicon.png differ diff --git a/Web/css/help.less b/Web/css/help.less index deef7ceb2..5640066f0 100644 --- a/Web/css/help.less +++ b/Web/css/help.less @@ -9892,2050 +9892,2051 @@ input[id^="expanded"]:not(:checked) + label + ul.collapsible { } /*START HERE FOR ICON DE*/ .icon-insertedequation { - background-position: 0px 0px; - width: 41px; - height: 48px; - } - - .icon-editedequation { - background-position: -41px 0px; - width: 35px; - height: 48px; - } - - .icon-deleteequation { - background-position: -76px 0px; - width: 30px; - height: 48px; - } - - .icon-jitsi_icon { - background-position: 0px -48px; - width: 35px; - height: 47px; - } - - .icon-wrappingstyle_behind { - background-position: -35px -48px; - width: 43px; - height: 43px; - } - - .icon-wrappingstyle_infront { - background-position: -106px 0px; - width: 43px; - height: 43px; - } - - .icon-wrappingstyle_inline { - background-position: -106px -43px; - width: 43px; - height: 43px; - } - - .icon-wrappingstyle_square { - background-position: 0px -95px; - width: 43px; - height: 43px; - } - - .icon-wrappingstyle_through { - background-position: -43px -95px; - width: 43px; - height: 43px; - } - - .icon-wrappingstyle_tight { - background-position: -86px -95px; - width: 43px; - height: 43px; - } - - .icon-wrappingstyle_topandbottom { - background-position: -149px 0px; - width: 43px; - height: 43px; - } - - .icon-caption_icon { - background-position: -149px -43px; - width: 42px; - height: 42px; - } - - .icon-morebutton { - background-position: -149px -85px; - width: 23px; - height: 40px; - } - - .icon-jitsi_background { - background-position: 0px -138px; - width: 38px; - height: 38px; - } - - .icon-jitsi_micro { - background-position: -38px -138px; - width: 38px; - height: 38px; - } - - .icon-jitsi_camera { - background-position: -76px -138px; - width: 38px; - height: 37px; - } - - .icon-jitsi_more { - background-position: -114px -138px; - width: 37px; - height: 37px; - } - - .icon-jitsi_openchat { - background-position: -151px -138px; - width: 37px; - height: 37px; - } - - .icon-jitsi_invite { - background-position: -192px 0px; - width: 36px; - height: 37px; - } - - .icon-jitsi_leave { - background-position: 0px -176px; - width: 37px; - height: 36px; - } - - .icon-jitsi_settings { - background-position: -192px -37px; - width: 36px; - height: 36px; - } - - .icon-jitsi_participants { - background-position: -192px -73px; - width: 36px; - height: 35px; - } - - .icon-newequation { - background-position: -192px -108px; - width: 20px; - height: 32px; - } - - .icon-checkboxcontentcontrol { - background-position: -192px -140px; - width: 29px; - height: 31px; - } - - .icon-checkboxcontentcontrol2 { - background-position: -37px -176px; - width: 29px; - height: 31px; - } - - .icon-linenumbers_icon { - background-position: -66px -176px; - width: 34px; - height: 30px; - } - - .icon-save_form_icon { - background-position: -78px -48px; - width: 25px; - height: 30px; - } - - .icon-arrows_formfilling { - background-position: -100px -176px; - width: 31px; - height: 29px; - } - - .icon-next_formfilling { - background-position: -131px -176px; - width: 31px; - height: 29px; - } - - .icon-highlight { - background-position: -162px -176px; - width: 28px; - height: 28px; - } - - .icon-mendeley { - background-position: -190px -176px; - width: 28px; - height: 28px; - } - - .icon-ocr { - background-position: -228px 0px; - width: 28px; - height: 28px; - } - - .icon-photoeditor { - background-position: -228px -28px; - width: 28px; - height: 28px; - } - - .icon-speech { - background-position: -228px -56px; - width: 28px; - height: 28px; - } - - .icon-speechinput { - background-position: -228px -84px; - width: 28px; - height: 28px; - } - - .icon-wordpress { - background-position: -228px -112px; - width: 28px; - height: 28px; - } - - .icon-youtube { - background-position: -228px -140px; - width: 28px; - height: 28px; - } - - .icon-thumbnailsettingicon { - background-position: 0px -212px; - width: 34px; - height: 27px; - } - - .icon-cross_refference_icon { - background-position: -228px -168px; - width: 26px; - height: 26px; - } - - .icon-favorites_iconpdf { - background-position: -34px -212px; - width: 26px; - height: 26px; - } - - .icon-translator { - background-position: -60px -212px; - width: 26px; - height: 26px; - } - - .icon-next_field_icon { - background-position: -86px -212px; - width: 25px; - height: 25px; - } - - .icon-previous_field_icon { - background-position: -111px -212px; - width: 25px; - height: 25px; - } - - .icon-submit_form_icon { - background-position: -136px -212px; - width: 25px; - height: 25px; - } - - .icon-filelocationiconpdf { - background-position: -161px -212px; - width: 26px; - height: 24px; - } - - .icon-drawio { - background-position: -187px -212px; - width: 24px; - height: 24px; - } - - .icon-help { - background-position: -211px -212px; - width: 24px; - height: 24px; - } - - .icon-rainbow_icon { - background-position: -256px 0px; - width: 24px; - height: 24px; - } - - .icon-telegram_icon { - background-position: -256px -24px; - width: 24px; - height: 24px; - } - - .icon-downloadpdf { - background-position: -256px -48px; - width: 22px; - height: 24px; - } - - .icon-printiconpdf { - background-position: -256px -72px; - width: 22px; - height: 24px; - } - - .icon-slicer_icon { - background-position: -256px -96px; - width: 21px; - height: 24px; - } - - .icon-spellchecking_toptoolbar_activated { - background-position: -256px -120px; - width: 21px; - height: 24px; - } - - .icon-usericonpdf { - background-position: 0px -239px; - width: 25px; - height: 23px; - } - - .icon-arrow { - background-position: -256px -144px; - width: 23px; - height: 23px; - } - - .icon-insert_pivot { - background-position: -256px -167px; - width: 23px; - height: 23px; - } - - .icon-comparebutton { - background-position: -256px -190px; - width: 20px; - height: 23px; - } - - .icon-review_displaymode { - background-position: -256px -213px; - width: 20px; - height: 23px; - } - - .icon-change_case { - background-position: -25px -239px; - width: 45px; - height: 22px; - } - - .icon-fontsize { - background-position: -70px -239px; - width: 45px; - height: 22px; - } - - .icon-rowsandcolumns { - background-position: -115px -239px; - width: 45px; - height: 22px; - } - - .icon-SearchOptions { - background-position: -160px -239px; - width: 42px; - height: 22px; - } - - .icon-pastespecialbutton { - background-position: -202px -239px; - width: 30px; - height: 22px; - } - - .icon-thesaurus_icon { - background-position: -232px -239px; - width: 28px; - height: 22px; - } - - .icon-zip_code_icon { - background-position: -280px 0px; - width: 24px; - height: 22px; - } - - .icon-inserttexticon { - background-position: -280px -22px; - width: 22px; - height: 22px; - } - - .icon-larger { - background-position: -280px -44px; - width: 22px; - height: 22px; - } - - .icon-orientation { - background-position: -280px -66px; - width: 22px; - height: 22px; - } - - .icon-radio_button_icon { - background-position: -280px -88px; - width: 22px; - height: 22px; - } - - .icon-role_down { - background-position: -280px -110px; - width: 22px; - height: 22px; - } - - .icon-role_up { - background-position: -280px -132px; - width: 22px; - height: 22px; - } - - .icon-smaller { - background-position: -280px -154px; - width: 22px; - height: 22px; - } - - .icon-table_figures_button { - background-position: -280px -176px; - width: 22px; - height: 22px; - } - - .icon-zotero { - background-position: -280px -198px; - width: 22px; - height: 22px; - } - - .icon-pagebreak1 { - background-position: -280px -220px; - width: 21px; - height: 22px; - } - - .icon-trackchangestoptoolbar { - background-position: -235px -212px; - width: 21px; - height: 22px; - } - - .icon-refresh_button { - background-position: -172px -85px; - width: 20px; - height: 22px; - } - - .icon-spellchecking_toptoolbar { - background-position: -129px -95px; - width: 20px; - height: 22px; - } - - .icon-wrapping_toptoolbar { - background-position: -260px -239px; - width: 20px; - height: 22px; - } - - .icon-coeditingmode { - background-position: 0px -262px; - width: 18px; - height: 22px; - } - - .icon-headerfooter { - background-position: -18px -262px; - width: 18px; - height: 22px; - } - - .icon-pagesize { - background-position: -36px -262px; - width: 18px; - height: 22px; - } - - .icon-blankpage { - background-position: -212px -108px; - width: 16px; - height: 22px; - } - - .icon-watermark { - background-position: -54px -262px; - width: 16px; - height: 22px; - } - - .icon-versionhistoryicon { - background-position: -70px -262px; - width: 24px; - height: 21px; - } - - .icon-fittowidth { - background-position: -94px -262px; - width: 23px; - height: 21px; - } - - .icon-pivot_refresh { - background-position: -117px -262px; - width: 21px; - height: 21px; - } - - .icon-changerowheight { - background-position: -129px -117px; - width: 17px; - height: 21px; - } - - .icon-toccontentcontrol { - background-position: -138px -262px; - width: 16px; - height: 21px; - } - - .icon-bookmark { - background-position: -154px -262px; - width: 13px; - height: 21px; - } - - .icon-viewsettingsiconpdf { - background-position: -167px -262px; - width: 27px; - height: 20px; - } - - .icon-credit_card_icon { - background-position: -194px -262px; - width: 26px; - height: 20px; - } - - .icon-sheetview_icon { - background-position: -220px -262px; - width: 25px; - height: 20px; - } - - .icon-date_time_icon { - background-position: -280px -242px; - width: 22px; - height: 20px; - } - - .icon-bringforward_toptoolbar { - background-position: -245px -262px; - width: 20px; - height: 20px; - } - - .icon-chatgpt_icon { - background-position: -265px -262px; - width: 20px; - height: 20px; - } - - .icon-checkbox_icon { - background-position: 0px -284px; - width: 20px; - height: 20px; - } - - .icon-constantproportionsactivated { - background-position: -20px -284px; - width: 20px; - height: 20px; - } - - .icon-copystyle_selected { - background-position: -40px -284px; - width: 20px; - height: 20px; - } - - .icon-email_address_icon { - background-position: -60px -284px; - width: 20px; - height: 20px; - } - - .icon-eraser_tool { - background-position: -80px -284px; - width: 20px; - height: 20px; - } - - .icon-group_toptoolbar { - background-position: -100px -284px; - width: 20px; - height: 20px; - } - - .icon-image { - background-position: -120px -284px; - width: 20px; - height: 20px; - } - - .icon-image_form_icon { - background-position: -140px -284px; - width: 20px; - height: 20px; - } - - .icon-insertautoshape { - background-position: -160px -284px; - width: 20px; - height: 20px; - } - - .icon-insert_symbol_icon { - background-position: -180px -284px; - width: 20px; - height: 20px; - } - - .icon-sendbackward_toptoolbar { - background-position: -200px -284px; - width: 20px; - height: 20px; - } - - .icon-show_password { - background-position: -220px -284px; - width: 20px; - height: 20px; - } - - .icon-spellcheckactivated { - background-position: -240px -284px; - width: 20px; - height: 20px; - } - - .icon-zoom_icon { - background-position: -260px -284px; - width: 20px; - height: 20px; - } - - .icon-align_toptoolbar { - background-position: -285px -262px; - width: 19px; - height: 20px; - } - - .icon-fittopage { - background-position: -280px -284px; - width: 17px; - height: 20px; - } - - .icon-inserttextarticon { - background-position: -304px 0px; - width: 16px; - height: 20px; - } - - .icon-pagemargins { - background-position: -304px -20px; - width: 16px; - height: 20px; - } - - .icon-hyphenation { - background-position: -304px -40px; - width: 15px; - height: 20px; - } - - .icon-sortcommentsicon { - background-position: -320px 0px; - width: 31px; - height: 19px; - } - - .icon-chat_toptoolbar { - background-position: -320px -19px; - width: 24px; - height: 19px; - } - - .icon-comment_toptoolbar { - background-position: -320px -38px; - width: 22px; - height: 19px; - } - - .icon-insertchart { - background-position: -320px -57px; - width: 22px; - height: 19px; - } - - .icon-insertequationicon { - background-position: -320px -76px; - width: 22px; - height: 19px; - } - - .icon-pivotselecticon { - background-position: -320px -95px; - width: 22px; - height: 19px; - } - - .icon-review_next { - background-position: -320px -114px; - width: 22px; - height: 19px; - } - - .icon-review_previous { - background-position: -320px -133px; - width: 22px; - height: 19px; - } - - .icon-combo_box_icon { - background-position: -320px -152px; - width: 21px; - height: 19px; - } - - .icon-dropdown_list_icon { - background-position: -320px -171px; - width: 20px; - height: 19px; - } - - .icon-addhyperlink { - background-position: -320px -190px; - width: 19px; - height: 19px; - } - - .icon-hiderulers { - background-position: -320px -209px; - width: 19px; - height: 19px; - } - - .icon-noborders { - background-position: -320px -228px; - width: 19px; - height: 19px; - } - - .icon-insertcolumns { - background-position: -320px -247px; - width: 18px; - height: 19px; - } - - .icon-insert_dropcap_icon { - background-position: -320px -266px; - width: 18px; - height: 19px; - } - - .icon-tocrefreshicon { - background-position: -320px -285px; - width: 16px; - height: 19px; - } - - .icon-removecomment_toptoolbar { - background-position: -336px -285px; - width: 15px; - height: 19px; - } - - .icon-backgroundcolor { - background-position: -228px -194px; - width: 26px; - height: 18px; - } - - .icon-backgroundcolor_selected { - background-position: 0px -304px; - width: 26px; - height: 18px; - } - - .icon-review_accepttoptoolbar { - background-position: -26px -304px; - width: 22px; - height: 18px; - } - - .icon-review_rejecttoptoolbar { - background-position: -48px -304px; - width: 22px; - height: 18px; - } - - .icon-new_icon { - background-position: -172px -107px; - width: 18px; - height: 18px; - } - - .icon-pencil_tool { - background-position: -70px -304px; - width: 18px; - height: 18px; - } - - .icon-phone_number_icon { - background-position: -88px -304px; - width: 18px; - height: 18px; - } - - .icon-search_advanced { - background-position: -106px -304px; - width: 18px; - height: 18px; - } - - .icon-usericon { - background-position: -124px -304px; - width: 18px; - height: 18px; - } - - .icon-searchbuttons { - background-position: -142px -304px; - width: 33px; - height: 17px; - } - - .icon-changecolumnwidth { - background-position: -175px -304px; - width: 21px; - height: 17px; - } - - .icon-sharingicon { - background-position: -196px -304px; - width: 21px; - height: 17px; - } - - .icon-chaticon_new { - background-position: -217px -304px; - width: 19px; - height: 17px; - } - - .icon-search_icon_header { - background-position: -236px -304px; - width: 17px; - height: 17px; - } - - .icon-easybib { - background-position: -304px -60px; - width: 16px; - height: 17px; - } - - .icon-insertslicer { - background-position: -304px -77px; - width: 16px; - height: 17px; - } - - .icon-paste_style { - background-position: -304px -94px; - width: 16px; - height: 17px; - } - - .icon-slicer_settings { - background-position: -304px -111px; - width: 16px; - height: 17px; - } - - .icon-downloadicon { - background-position: -304px -128px; - width: 15px; - height: 17px; - } - - .icon-addgradientpoint { - background-position: -339px -190px; - width: 12px; - height: 17px; - } - - .icon-removegradientpoint { - background-position: -339px -209px; - width: 12px; - height: 17px; - } - - .icon-highlightcolor { - background-position: -253px -304px; - width: 25px; - height: 16px; - } - - .icon-complex_field_icon { - background-position: -278px -304px; - width: 24px; - height: 16px; - } - - .icon-text_field_icon { - background-position: -302px -304px; - width: 24px; - height: 16px; - } - - .icon-view_form_icon { - background-position: -326px -304px; - width: 24px; - height: 16px; - } - - .icon-insertccicon { - background-position: 0px -322px; - width: 23px; - height: 16px; - } - - .icon-table { - background-position: -23px -322px; - width: 22px; - height: 16px; - } - - .icon-usersnumber { - background-position: -45px -322px; - width: 22px; - height: 16px; - } - - .icon-close_icon { - background-position: -67px -322px; - width: 18px; - height: 16px; - } - - .icon-saveupdate { - background-position: -85px -322px; - width: 18px; - height: 16px; - } - - .icon-savewhilecoediting { - background-position: -103px -322px; - width: 17px; - height: 16px; - } - - .icon-converttorange { - background-position: -304px -145px; - width: 16px; - height: 16px; - } - - .icon-dropdownarrow { - background-position: -304px -161px; - width: 16px; - height: 16px; - } - - .icon-editcommenticon { - background-position: -304px -177px; - width: 16px; - height: 16px; - } - - .icon-favorites_icon { - background-position: -304px -193px; - width: 16px; - height: 16px; - } - - .icon-filterbutton { - background-position: -304px -209px; - width: 16px; - height: 16px; - } - - .icon-trackchangesstatusbar { - background-position: -304px -225px; - width: 15px; - height: 16px; - } - - .icon-distributevertically { - background-position: -304px -241px; - width: 14px; - height: 16px; - } - - .icon-handtool { - background-position: -338px -247px; - width: 13px; - height: 16px; - } - - .icon-pagethumbnails { - background-position: -339px -228px; - width: 12px; - height: 16px; - } - - .icon-textart_settings_icon { - background-position: -338px -266px; - width: 12px; - height: 16px; - } - - .icon-selectiontool { - background-position: -341px -152px; - width: 10px; - height: 16px; - } - - .icon-search_options { - background-position: -120px -322px; - width: 22px; - height: 15px; - } - - .icon-addfootnote { - background-position: -142px -322px; - width: 21px; - height: 15px; - } - - .icon-access_rights { - background-position: -163px -322px; - width: 19px; - height: 15px; - } - - .icon-chaticon { - background-position: -182px -322px; - width: 18px; - height: 15px; - } - - .icon-gotodocuments { - background-position: -200px -322px; - width: 18px; - height: 15px; - } - - .icon-print { - background-position: -218px -322px; - width: 17px; - height: 15px; - } - - .icon-bgcolor { - background-position: -304px -257px; - width: 16px; - height: 15px; - } - - .icon-wrappingstyle_behind_toptoolbar { - background-position: -304px -272px; - width: 16px; - height: 15px; - } - - .icon-wrappingstyle_infront_toptoolbar { - background-position: -304px -287px; - width: 16px; - height: 15px; - } - - .icon-wrappingstyle_inline_toptoolbar { - background-position: -235px -322px; - width: 16px; - height: 15px; - } - - .icon-wrappingstyle_square_toptoolbar { - background-position: -251px -322px; - width: 16px; - height: 15px; - } - - .icon-wrappingstyle_through_toptoolbar { - background-position: -267px -322px; - width: 16px; - height: 15px; - } - - .icon-wrappingstyle_tight_toptoolbar { - background-position: -283px -322px; - width: 16px; - height: 15px; - } - - .icon-wrappingstyle_topandbottom_toptoolbar { - background-position: -299px -322px; - width: 16px; - height: 15px; - } - - .icon-about { - background-position: -315px -322px; - width: 15px; - height: 15px; - } - - .icon-abouticon { - background-position: -330px -322px; - width: 15px; - height: 15px; - } - - .icon-advanced_settings_icon { - background-position: -351px 0px; - width: 15px; - height: 15px; - } - - .icon-document_language { - background-position: -351px -15px; - width: 15px; - height: 15px; - } - - .icon-insertpivot { - background-position: -351px -30px; - width: 15px; - height: 15px; - } - - .icon-tabstopcenter { - background-position: -351px -45px; - width: 15px; - height: 15px; - } - - .icon-tabstopleft { - background-position: -351px -60px; - width: 15px; - height: 15px; - } - - .icon-tabstopright { - background-position: -351px -75px; - width: 15px; - height: 15px; - } - - .icon-anchor { - background-position: -351px -90px; - width: 14px; - height: 15px; - } - - .icon-feedback { - background-position: -351px -105px; - width: 14px; - height: 15px; - } - - .icon-flipupsidedown { - background-position: -351px -120px; - width: 14px; - height: 15px; - } - - .icon-file { - background-position: -351px -135px; - width: 13px; - height: 15px; - } - - .icon-fitpage { - background-position: -351px -150px; - width: 13px; - height: 15px; - } - - .icon-back { - background-position: -351px -165px; - width: 12px; - height: 15px; - } - - .icon-lock_form_icon { - background-position: -351px -180px; - width: 12px; - height: 15px; - } - - .icon-changecolorscheme { - background-position: 0px -338px; - width: 25px; - height: 14px; - } - - .icon-fontcolor { - background-position: -25px -338px; - width: 25px; - height: 14px; - } - - .icon-numbering { - background-position: -50px -338px; - width: 24px; - height: 14px; - } - - .icon-distributehorizontally { - background-position: -74px -338px; - width: 16px; - height: 14px; - } - - .icon-columnwidthmarker { - background-position: -351px -195px; - width: 15px; - height: 14px; - } - - .icon-fliplefttoright { - background-position: -351px -209px; - width: 15px; - height: 14px; - } - - .icon-alignobjectbottom { - background-position: -351px -223px; - width: 14px; - height: 14px; - } - - .icon-alignobjectleft { - background-position: -351px -237px; - width: 14px; - height: 14px; - } - - .icon-alignobjectright { - background-position: -351px -251px; - width: 14px; - height: 14px; - } - - .icon-alignobjecttop { - background-position: -351px -265px; - width: 14px; - height: 14px; - } - - .icon-bringforward { - background-position: -351px -279px; - width: 14px; - height: 14px; - } - - .icon-bringtofront { - background-position: -351px -293px; - width: 14px; - height: 14px; - } - - .icon-chart_settings_icon { - background-position: -351px -307px; - width: 14px; - height: 14px; - } - - .icon-commentsicon { - background-position: -351px -321px; - width: 14px; - height: 14px; - } - - .icon-deleteicon { - background-position: -90px -338px; - width: 14px; - height: 14px; - } - - .icon-group { - background-position: -104px -338px; - width: 14px; - height: 14px; - } - - .icon-image_settings_icon { - background-position: -118px -338px; - width: 14px; - height: 14px; - } - - .icon-save { - background-position: -132px -338px; - width: 14px; - height: 14px; - } - - .icon-searchicon { - background-position: -146px -338px; - width: 14px; - height: 14px; - } - - .icon-sendbackward { - background-position: -160px -338px; - width: 14px; - height: 14px; - } - - .icon-sendtoback { - background-position: -174px -338px; - width: 14px; - height: 14px; - } - - .icon-shape_settings_icon { - background-position: -188px -338px; - width: 14px; - height: 14px; - } - - .icon-ungroup { - background-position: -202px -338px; - width: 14px; - height: 14px; - } - - .icon-alignobjectcenter { - background-position: -216px -338px; - width: 13px; - height: 14px; - } - - .icon-highlight_color_mouse_pointer { - background-position: -229px -338px; - width: 13px; - height: 14px; - } - - .icon-tocrefreshiconcc { - background-position: -242px -338px; - width: 13px; - height: 14px; - } - - .icon-copystyle { - background-position: -255px -338px; - width: 12px; - height: 14px; - } - - .icon-gradientslider { - background-position: -267px -338px; - width: 12px; - height: 14px; - } - - .icon-combo_delete_values { - background-position: -340px -171px; - width: 11px; - height: 14px; - } - - .icon-hard { - background-position: -342px -38px; - width: 9px; - height: 14px; - } - - .icon-outline { - background-position: -149px -125px; - width: 25px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-bullets { - background-position: -78px -78px; - width: 24px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-review { - background-position: -279px -338px; - width: 23px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-tocicon { - background-position: -302px -338px; - width: 20px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-visible_area { - background-position: -322px -338px; - width: 20px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-cut { - background-position: -174px -125px; - width: 16px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-removeduplicates { - background-position: -342px -338px; - width: 16px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-text_autoshape { - background-position: 0px -352px; - width: 16px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-changerange { - background-position: -16px -352px; - width: 15px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-clearstyle { - background-position: -31px -352px; - width: 15px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-clear_fields_icon { - background-position: -46px -352px; - width: 15px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-feedbackicon { - background-position: -61px -352px; - width: 15px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-greencircle { - background-position: -76px -352px; - width: 15px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-alignobjectmiddle { - background-position: -91px -352px; - width: 14px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-copy { - background-position: -105px -352px; - width: 14px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-multiselect { - background-position: -119px -352px; - width: 14px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-paste { - background-position: -133px -352px; - width: 14px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-selectall { - background-position: -147px -352px; - width: 14px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-dropcap_none { - background-position: -161px -352px; - width: 13px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-movetable_handle { - background-position: -174px -352px; - width: 13px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-zoomin { - background-position: -187px -352px; - width: 13px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-equationplaceholder { - background-position: -200px -352px; - width: 12px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-insertpagenumber { - background-position: -212px -352px; - width: 12px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-rotateclockwise { - background-position: -224px -352px; - width: 12px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-rotatecounterclockwise { - background-position: -236px -352px; - width: 12px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-linespacing { - background-position: -248px -352px; - width: 25px; - height: 12px; - } - - .icon-spellcheckdeactivated { - background-position: -273px -352px; - width: 15px; - height: 12px; - } - - .icon-slicer_clearfilter { - background-position: -288px -352px; - width: 14px; - height: 12px; - } - - .icon-circle { - background-position: -302px -352px; - width: 12px; - height: 12px; - } - - .icon-follow_move { - background-position: -314px -352px; - width: 12px; - height: 12px; - } - - .icon-nofill { - background-position: -326px -352px; - width: 12px; - height: 12px; - } - - .icon-sup { - background-position: -338px -352px; - width: 12px; - height: 12px; - } - - .icon-deletecommenticon { - background-position: -350px -352px; - width: 11px; - height: 12px; - } - - .icon-review_delete { - background-position: -366px 0px; - width: 11px; - height: 12px; - } - - .icon-tabletemplate { - background-position: 0px -365px; - width: 26px; - height: 11px; - } - - .icon-footnotes { - background-position: -26px -365px; - width: 24px; - height: 11px; - } - - .icon-insertfunction { - background-position: -50px -365px; - width: 21px; - height: 11px; - } - - .icon-nonprintingcharacters { - background-position: -71px -365px; - width: 20px; - height: 11px; - } - - .icon-fitwidth { - background-position: -91px -365px; - width: 16px; - height: 11px; - } - - .icon-table_settings_icon { - background-position: -107px -365px; - width: 16px; - height: 11px; - } - - .icon-viewsettingsicon { - background-position: -123px -365px; - width: 16px; - height: 11px; - } - - .icon-mailmergeicon { - background-position: -139px -365px; - width: 15px; - height: 11px; - } - - .icon-review_accept { - background-position: -154px -365px; - width: 13px; - height: 11px; - } - - .icon-sub { - background-position: -167px -365px; - width: 13px; - height: 11px; - } - - .icon-aligncenter { - background-position: -180px -365px; - width: 12px; - height: 11px; - } - - .icon-alignleft { - background-position: -192px -365px; - width: 12px; - height: 11px; - } - - .icon-alignright { - background-position: -204px -365px; - width: 12px; - height: 11px; - } - - .icon-clearfilter { - background-position: -216px -365px; - width: 12px; - height: 11px; - } - - .icon-decreasedec { - background-position: -228px -365px; - width: 12px; - height: 11px; - } - - .icon-decreaseindent { - background-position: -240px -365px; - width: 12px; - height: 11px; - } - - .icon-dropcap_margin { - background-position: -252px -365px; - width: 12px; - height: 11px; - } - - .icon-dropcap_text { - background-position: -264px -365px; - width: 12px; - height: 11px; - } - - .icon-increasedec { - background-position: -276px -365px; - width: 12px; - height: 11px; - } - - .icon-increaseindent { - background-position: -288px -365px; - width: 12px; - height: 11px; - } - - .icon-justify { - background-position: -300px -365px; - width: 12px; - height: 11px; - } - - .icon-leftcolumn { - background-position: -312px -365px; - width: 12px; - height: 11px; - } - - .icon-onecolumn { - background-position: -324px -365px; - width: 12px; - height: 11px; - } - - .icon-resolvedicon { - background-position: -336px -365px; - width: 12px; - height: 11px; - } - - .icon-resolveicon { - background-position: -348px -365px; - width: 12px; - height: 11px; - } - - .icon-rightcolumn { - background-position: -360px -365px; - width: 12px; - height: 11px; - } - - .icon-sortandfilter { - background-position: -377px 0px; - width: 12px; - height: 11px; - } - - .icon-twocolumns { - background-position: -377px -11px; - width: 12px; - height: 11px; - } - - .icon-combo_add_values { - background-position: -377px -22px; - width: 11px; - height: 11px; - } - - .icon-sortatoz { - background-position: -377px -33px; - width: 11px; - height: 11px; - } - - .icon-sortztoa { - background-position: -377px -44px; - width: 11px; - height: 11px; - } - - .icon-threecolumns { - background-position: -377px -55px; - width: 11px; - height: 11px; - } - - .icon-underline { - background-position: -377px -66px; - width: 10px; - height: 11px; - } - - .icon-zoomout { - background-position: -377px -77px; - width: 10px; - height: 11px; - } - - .icon-navigationicon { - background-position: -212px -130px; - width: 13px; - height: 10px; - } - - .icon-strike { - background-position: -377px -88px; - width: 12px; - height: 10px; - } - - .icon-yellowdiamond { - background-position: -377px -98px; - width: 11px; - height: 10px; - } - - .icon-firstline_indent { - background-position: -377px -108px; - width: 10px; - height: 10px; - } - - .icon-review_reject { - background-position: -377px -118px; - width: 10px; - height: 10px; - } - - .icon-bold { - background-position: -377px -128px; - width: 8px; - height: 10px; - } - - .icon-italic { - background-position: -377px -138px; - width: 7px; - height: 10px; - } - - .icon-selectcolumnpointer { - background-position: -377px -148px; - width: 7px; - height: 10px; - } - - .icon-redo { - background-position: -106px -86px; - width: 17px; - height: 9px; - } - - .icon-undo { - background-position: -123px -86px; - width: 17px; - height: 9px; - } - - .icon-combo_values_up { - background-position: -377px -158px; - width: 10px; - height: 9px; - } - - .icon-cellrow { - background-position: -377px -167px; - width: 9px; - height: 9px; - } - - .icon-resize_square { - background-position: -377px -176px; - width: 9px; - height: 9px; - } - - .icon-searchdownbutton { - background-position: 0px -376px; - width: 14px; - height: 8px; - } - - .icon-searchupbutton { - background-position: -14px -376px; - width: 14px; - height: 8px; - } - - .icon-constantproportions { - background-position: -28px -376px; - width: 13px; - height: 8px; - } - - .icon-rowheightmarker { - background-position: -41px -376px; - width: 13px; - height: 8px; - } - - .icon-tabstopcenter_marker { - background-position: -377px -185px; - width: 12px; - height: 8px; - } - - .icon-hanging { - background-position: -377px -193px; - width: 10px; - height: 8px; - } - - .icon-right_indent { - background-position: -377px -201px; - width: 10px; - height: 8px; - } - - .icon-soft { - background-position: -377px -209px; - width: 10px; - height: 8px; - } - - .icon-selectcellpointer { - background-position: -377px -217px; - width: 8px; - height: 8px; - } - - .icon-tabstopleft_marker { - background-position: -377px -225px; - width: 8px; - height: 8px; - } - - .icon-tabstopright_marker { - background-position: -377px -233px; - width: 8px; - height: 8px; - } - - .icon-nextfootnote { - background-position: -377px -241px; - width: 6px; - height: 8px; - } - - .icon-previousfootnote { - background-position: -383px -241px; - width: 6px; - height: 8px; - } - - .icon-collapse { - background-position: -377px -249px; - width: 11px; - height: 7px; - } - - .icon-expand { - background-position: -377px -256px; - width: 11px; - height: 7px; - } - - .icon-selectrowpointer { - background-position: -377px -263px; - width: 10px; - height: 7px; - } - - .icon-resizetable_handle { - background-position: -377px -270px; - width: 7px; - height: 7px; - } - - .icon-redo1 { - background-position: -54px -376px; - width: 13px; - height: 6px; - } - - .icon-undo1 { - background-position: -67px -376px; - width: 13px; - height: 6px; - } - - .icon-combo_values_down { - background-position: -377px -277px; - width: 12px; - height: 6px; - } - - .icon-leftindent { - background-position: -377px -283px; - width: 10px; - height: 6px; - } - - .icon-nextpage { - background-position: -384px -138px; - width: 5px; - height: 6px; - } - - .icon-previouspage { - background-position: -384px -148px; - width: 5px; - height: 6px; - } - - .icon-tab { - background-position: -377px -289px; - width: 10px; - height: 5px; - } - - .icon-nonbreakspace { - background-position: -384px -270px; - width: 5px; - height: 5px; - } - - .icon-square { - background-position: -377px -294px; - width: 5px; - height: 5px; - } - - .icon-space { - background-position: -387px -66px; - width: 2px; - height: 3px; - } + background-position: 0px 0px; + width: 41px; + height: 48px; +} + +.icon-editedequation { + background-position: -41px 0px; + width: 35px; + height: 48px; +} + +.icon-deleteequation { + background-position: -76px 0px; + width: 30px; + height: 48px; +} + +.icon-jitsi_icon { + background-position: 0px -48px; + width: 35px; + height: 47px; +} + +.icon-wrappingstyle_behind { + background-position: -35px -48px; + width: 43px; + height: 43px; +} + +.icon-wrappingstyle_infront { + background-position: -106px 0px; + width: 43px; + height: 43px; +} + +.icon-wrappingstyle_inline { + background-position: -106px -43px; + width: 43px; + height: 43px; +} + +.icon-wrappingstyle_square { + background-position: 0px -95px; + width: 43px; + height: 43px; +} + +.icon-wrappingstyle_through { + background-position: -43px -95px; + width: 43px; + height: 43px; +} + +.icon-wrappingstyle_tight { + background-position: -86px -95px; + width: 43px; + height: 43px; +} + +.icon-wrappingstyle_topandbottom { + background-position: -149px 0px; + width: 43px; + height: 43px; +} + +.icon-caption_icon { + background-position: -149px -43px; + width: 42px; + height: 42px; +} + +.icon-morebutton { + background-position: -149px -85px; + width: 23px; + height: 40px; +} + +.icon-jitsi_background { + background-position: 0px -138px; + width: 38px; + height: 38px; +} + +.icon-jitsi_micro { + background-position: -38px -138px; + width: 38px; + height: 38px; +} + +.icon-jitsi_camera { + background-position: -76px -138px; + width: 38px; + height: 37px; +} + +.icon-jitsi_more { + background-position: -114px -138px; + width: 37px; + height: 37px; +} + +.icon-jitsi_openchat { + background-position: -151px -138px; + width: 37px; + height: 37px; +} + +.icon-jitsi_invite { + background-position: -192px 0px; + width: 36px; + height: 37px; +} + +.icon-jitsi_leave { + background-position: 0px -176px; + width: 37px; + height: 36px; +} + +.icon-jitsi_settings { + background-position: -192px -37px; + width: 36px; + height: 36px; +} + +.icon-jitsi_participants { + background-position: -192px -73px; + width: 36px; + height: 35px; +} + +.icon-newequation { + background-position: -192px -108px; + width: 20px; + height: 32px; +} + +.icon-checkboxcontentcontrol { + background-position: -192px -140px; + width: 29px; + height: 31px; +} + +.icon-checkboxcontentcontrol2 { + background-position: -37px -176px; + width: 29px; + height: 31px; +} + +.icon-linenumbers_icon { + background-position: -66px -176px; + width: 34px; + height: 30px; +} + +.icon-save_form_icon { + background-position: -78px -48px; + width: 25px; + height: 30px; +} + +.icon-arrows_formfilling { + background-position: -100px -176px; + width: 31px; + height: 29px; +} + +.icon-next_formfilling { + background-position: -131px -176px; + width: 31px; + height: 29px; +} + +.icon-highlight { + background-position: -162px -176px; + width: 28px; + height: 28px; +} + +.icon-mendeley { + background-position: -190px -176px; + width: 28px; + height: 28px; +} + +.icon-ocr { + background-position: -228px 0px; + width: 28px; + height: 28px; +} + +.icon-photoeditor { + background-position: -228px -28px; + width: 28px; + height: 28px; +} + +.icon-speech { + background-position: -228px -56px; + width: 28px; + height: 28px; +} + +.icon-speechinput { + background-position: -228px -84px; + width: 28px; + height: 28px; +} + +.icon-wordpress { + background-position: -228px -112px; + width: 28px; + height: 28px; +} + +.icon-youtube { + background-position: -228px -140px; + width: 28px; + height: 28px; +} + +.icon-thumbnailsettingicon { + background-position: 0px -212px; + width: 34px; + height: 27px; +} + +.icon-cross_refference_icon { + background-position: -228px -168px; + width: 26px; + height: 26px; +} + +.icon-favorites_iconpdf { + background-position: -34px -212px; + width: 26px; + height: 26px; +} + +.icon-translator { + background-position: -60px -212px; + width: 26px; + height: 26px; +} + +.icon-next_field_icon { + background-position: -86px -212px; + width: 25px; + height: 25px; +} + +.icon-previous_field_icon { + background-position: -111px -212px; + width: 25px; + height: 25px; +} + +.icon-submit_form_icon { + background-position: -136px -212px; + width: 25px; + height: 25px; +} + +.icon-filelocationiconpdf { + background-position: -161px -212px; + width: 26px; + height: 24px; +} + +.icon-drawio { + background-position: -187px -212px; + width: 24px; + height: 24px; +} + +.icon-help { + background-position: -211px -212px; + width: 24px; + height: 24px; +} + +.icon-rainbow_icon { + background-position: -256px 0px; + width: 24px; + height: 24px; +} + +.icon-telegram_icon { + background-position: -256px -24px; + width: 24px; + height: 24px; +} + +.icon-downloadpdf { + background-position: -256px -48px; + width: 22px; + height: 24px; +} + +.icon-printiconpdf { + background-position: -256px -72px; + width: 22px; + height: 24px; +} + +.icon-slicer_icon { + background-position: -256px -96px; + width: 21px; + height: 24px; +} + +.icon-spellchecking_toptoolbar_activated { + background-position: -256px -120px; + width: 21px; + height: 24px; +} + +.icon-usericonpdf { + background-position: 0px -239px; + width: 25px; + height: 23px; +} + +.icon-arrow { + background-position: -256px -144px; + width: 23px; + height: 23px; +} + +.icon-insert_pivot { + background-position: -256px -167px; + width: 23px; + height: 23px; +} + +.icon-comparebutton { + background-position: -256px -190px; + width: 20px; + height: 23px; +} + +.icon-review_displaymode { + background-position: -256px -213px; + width: 20px; + height: 23px; +} + +.icon-change_case { + background-position: -25px -239px; + width: 45px; + height: 22px; +} + +.icon-fontsize { + background-position: -70px -239px; + width: 45px; + height: 22px; +} + +.icon-rowsandcolumns { + background-position: -115px -239px; + width: 45px; + height: 22px; +} + +.icon-SearchOptions { + background-position: -160px -239px; + width: 42px; + height: 22px; +} + +.icon-pastespecialbutton { + background-position: -202px -239px; + width: 30px; + height: 22px; +} + +.icon-thesaurus_icon { + background-position: -232px -239px; + width: 28px; + height: 22px; +} + +.icon-zip_code_icon { + background-position: -280px 0px; + width: 24px; + height: 22px; +} + +.icon-inserttexticon { + background-position: -280px -22px; + width: 22px; + height: 22px; +} + +.icon-larger { + background-position: -280px -44px; + width: 22px; + height: 22px; +} + +.icon-orientation { + background-position: -280px -66px; + width: 22px; + height: 22px; +} + +.icon-radio_button_icon { + background-position: -280px -88px; + width: 22px; + height: 22px; +} + +.icon-role_down { + background-position: -280px -110px; + width: 22px; + height: 22px; +} + +.icon-role_up { + background-position: -280px -132px; + width: 22px; + height: 22px; +} + +.icon-smaller { + background-position: -280px -154px; + width: 22px; + height: 22px; +} + +.icon-table_figures_button { + background-position: -280px -176px; + width: 22px; + height: 22px; +} + +.icon-zotero { + background-position: -280px -198px; + width: 22px; + height: 22px; +} + +.icon-pagebreak1 { + background-position: -280px -220px; + width: 21px; + height: 22px; +} + +.icon-trackchangestoptoolbar { + background-position: -235px -212px; + width: 21px; + height: 22px; +} + +.icon-refresh_button { + background-position: -172px -85px; + width: 20px; + height: 22px; +} + +.icon-spellchecking_toptoolbar { + background-position: -129px -95px; + width: 20px; + height: 22px; +} + +.icon-wrapping_toptoolbar { + background-position: -260px -239px; + width: 20px; + height: 22px; +} + +.icon-coeditingmode { + background-position: 0px -262px; + width: 18px; + height: 22px; +} + +.icon-headerfooter { + background-position: -18px -262px; + width: 18px; + height: 22px; +} + +.icon-pagesize { + background-position: -36px -262px; + width: 18px; + height: 22px; +} + +.icon-blankpage { + background-position: -212px -108px; + width: 16px; + height: 22px; +} + +.icon-watermark { + background-position: -54px -262px; + width: 16px; + height: 22px; +} + +.icon-versionhistoryicon { + background-position: -70px -262px; + width: 24px; + height: 21px; +} + +.icon-fittowidth { + background-position: -94px -262px; + width: 23px; + height: 21px; +} + +.icon-pivot_refresh { + background-position: -117px -262px; + width: 21px; + height: 21px; +} + +.icon-changerowheight { + background-position: -129px -117px; + width: 17px; + height: 21px; +} + +.icon-toccontentcontrol { + background-position: -138px -262px; + width: 16px; + height: 21px; +} + +.icon-bookmark { + background-position: -154px -262px; + width: 13px; + height: 21px; +} + +.icon-viewsettingsiconpdf { + background-position: -167px -262px; + width: 27px; + height: 20px; +} + +.icon-credit_card_icon { + background-position: -194px -262px; + width: 26px; + height: 20px; +} + +.icon-sheetview_icon { + background-position: -220px -262px; + width: 25px; + height: 20px; +} + +.icon-date_time_icon { + background-position: -280px -242px; + width: 22px; + height: 20px; +} + +.icon-bringforward_toptoolbar { + background-position: -245px -262px; + width: 20px; + height: 20px; +} + +.icon-chatgpt_icon { + background-position: -265px -262px; + width: 20px; + height: 20px; +} + +.icon-checkbox_icon { + background-position: 0px -284px; + width: 20px; + height: 20px; +} + +.icon-constantproportionsactivated { + background-position: -20px -284px; + width: 20px; + height: 20px; +} + +.icon-copystyle_selected { + background-position: -40px -284px; + width: 20px; + height: 20px; +} + +.icon-email_address_icon { + background-position: -60px -284px; + width: 20px; + height: 20px; +} + +.icon-eraser_tool { + background-position: -80px -284px; + width: 20px; + height: 20px; +} + +.icon-group_toptoolbar { + background-position: -100px -284px; + width: 20px; + height: 20px; +} + +.icon-image { + background-position: -120px -284px; + width: 20px; + height: 20px; +} + +.icon-image_form_icon { + background-position: -140px -284px; + width: 20px; + height: 20px; +} + +.icon-insertautoshape { + background-position: -160px -284px; + width: 20px; + height: 20px; +} + +.icon-insert_symbol_icon { + background-position: -180px -284px; + width: 20px; + height: 20px; +} + +.icon-sendbackward_toptoolbar { + background-position: -200px -284px; + width: 20px; + height: 20px; +} + +.icon-show_password { + background-position: -220px -284px; + width: 20px; + height: 20px; +} + +.icon-sortcommentsicon { + background-position: -240px -284px; + width: 20px; + height: 20px; +} + +.icon-spellcheckactivated { + background-position: -260px -284px; + width: 20px; + height: 20px; +} + +.icon-zoom_icon { + background-position: -280px -284px; + width: 20px; + height: 20px; +} + +.icon-align_toptoolbar { + background-position: -285px -262px; + width: 19px; + height: 20px; +} + +.icon-fittopage { + background-position: -304px 0px; + width: 17px; + height: 20px; +} + +.icon-inserttextarticon { + background-position: -304px -20px; + width: 16px; + height: 20px; +} + +.icon-pagemargins { + background-position: -304px -40px; + width: 16px; + height: 20px; +} + +.icon-hyphenation { + background-position: -304px -60px; + width: 15px; + height: 20px; +} + +.icon-chat_toptoolbar { + background-position: -321px 0px; + width: 24px; + height: 19px; +} + +.icon-comment_toptoolbar { + background-position: -321px -19px; + width: 22px; + height: 19px; +} + +.icon-insertchart { + background-position: -321px -38px; + width: 22px; + height: 19px; +} + +.icon-insertequationicon { + background-position: -321px -57px; + width: 22px; + height: 19px; +} + +.icon-pivotselecticon { + background-position: -321px -76px; + width: 22px; + height: 19px; +} + +.icon-review_next { + background-position: -321px -95px; + width: 22px; + height: 19px; +} + +.icon-review_previous { + background-position: -321px -114px; + width: 22px; + height: 19px; +} + +.icon-combo_box_icon { + background-position: -321px -133px; + width: 21px; + height: 19px; +} + +.icon-dropdown_list_icon { + background-position: -321px -152px; + width: 20px; + height: 19px; +} + +.icon-addhyperlink { + background-position: -321px -171px; + width: 19px; + height: 19px; +} + +.icon-hiderulers { + background-position: -321px -190px; + width: 19px; + height: 19px; +} + +.icon-noborders { + background-position: -321px -209px; + width: 19px; + height: 19px; +} + +.icon-insertcolumns { + background-position: -321px -228px; + width: 18px; + height: 19px; +} + +.icon-insert_dropcap_icon { + background-position: -321px -247px; + width: 18px; + height: 19px; +} + +.icon-tocrefreshicon { + background-position: -321px -266px; + width: 16px; + height: 19px; +} + +.icon-removecomment_toptoolbar { + background-position: -321px -285px; + width: 15px; + height: 19px; +} + +.icon-backgroundcolor { + background-position: -228px -194px; + width: 26px; + height: 18px; +} + +.icon-backgroundcolor_selected { + background-position: 0px -304px; + width: 26px; + height: 18px; +} + +.icon-review_accepttoptoolbar { + background-position: -26px -304px; + width: 22px; + height: 18px; +} + +.icon-review_rejecttoptoolbar { + background-position: -48px -304px; + width: 22px; + height: 18px; +} + +.icon-new_icon { + background-position: -172px -107px; + width: 18px; + height: 18px; +} + +.icon-pencil_tool { + background-position: -70px -304px; + width: 18px; + height: 18px; +} + +.icon-phone_number_icon { + background-position: -88px -304px; + width: 18px; + height: 18px; +} + +.icon-search_advanced { + background-position: -106px -304px; + width: 18px; + height: 18px; +} + +.icon-usericon { + background-position: -124px -304px; + width: 18px; + height: 18px; +} + +.icon-searchbuttons { + background-position: -142px -304px; + width: 33px; + height: 17px; +} + +.icon-changecolumnwidth { + background-position: -175px -304px; + width: 21px; + height: 17px; +} + +.icon-sharingicon { + background-position: -196px -304px; + width: 21px; + height: 17px; +} + +.icon-chaticon_new { + background-position: -217px -304px; + width: 19px; + height: 17px; +} + +.icon-search_icon_header { + background-position: -304px -80px; + width: 17px; + height: 17px; +} + +.icon-easybib { + background-position: -304px -97px; + width: 16px; + height: 17px; +} + +.icon-insertslicer { + background-position: -304px -114px; + width: 16px; + height: 17px; +} + +.icon-paste_style { + background-position: -304px -131px; + width: 16px; + height: 17px; +} + +.icon-slicer_settings { + background-position: -304px -148px; + width: 16px; + height: 17px; +} + +.icon-downloadicon { + background-position: -304px -165px; + width: 15px; + height: 17px; +} + +.icon-addgradientpoint { + background-position: -304px -182px; + width: 12px; + height: 17px; +} + +.icon-removegradientpoint { + background-position: -304px -199px; + width: 12px; + height: 17px; +} + +.icon-highlightcolor { + background-position: -236px -304px; + width: 25px; + height: 16px; +} + +.icon-complex_field_icon { + background-position: -261px -304px; + width: 24px; + height: 16px; +} + +.icon-text_field_icon { + background-position: -285px -304px; + width: 24px; + height: 16px; +} + +.icon-view_form_icon { + background-position: -309px -304px; + width: 24px; + height: 16px; +} + +.icon-insertccicon { + background-position: 0px -322px; + width: 23px; + height: 16px; +} + +.icon-table { + background-position: -23px -322px; + width: 22px; + height: 16px; +} + +.icon-usersnumber { + background-position: -45px -322px; + width: 22px; + height: 16px; +} + +.icon-close_icon { + background-position: -67px -322px; + width: 18px; + height: 16px; +} + +.icon-saveupdate { + background-position: -85px -322px; + width: 18px; + height: 16px; +} + +.icon-savewhilecoediting { + background-position: -304px -216px; + width: 17px; + height: 16px; +} + +.icon-converttorange { + background-position: -304px -232px; + width: 16px; + height: 16px; +} + +.icon-dropdownarrow { + background-position: -304px -248px; + width: 16px; + height: 16px; +} + +.icon-editcommenticon { + background-position: -304px -264px; + width: 16px; + height: 16px; +} + +.icon-favorites_icon { + background-position: -304px -280px; + width: 16px; + height: 16px; +} + +.icon-filterbutton { + background-position: -103px -322px; + width: 16px; + height: 16px; +} + +.icon-trackchangesstatusbar { + background-position: -119px -322px; + width: 15px; + height: 16px; +} + +.icon-distributevertically { + background-position: -134px -322px; + width: 14px; + height: 16px; +} + +.icon-handtool { + background-position: -148px -322px; + width: 13px; + height: 16px; +} + +.icon-pagethumbnails { + background-position: -333px -304px; + width: 12px; + height: 16px; +} + +.icon-textart_settings_icon { + background-position: -161px -322px; + width: 12px; + height: 16px; +} + +.icon-selectiontool { + background-position: -218px -176px; + width: 10px; + height: 16px; +} + +.icon-search_options { + background-position: -173px -322px; + width: 22px; + height: 15px; +} + +.icon-addfootnote { + background-position: -195px -322px; + width: 21px; + height: 15px; +} + +.icon-access_rights { + background-position: -216px -322px; + width: 19px; + height: 15px; +} + +.icon-chaticon { + background-position: -235px -322px; + width: 18px; + height: 15px; +} + +.icon-gotodocuments { + background-position: -253px -322px; + width: 18px; + height: 15px; +} + +.icon-print { + background-position: -271px -322px; + width: 17px; + height: 15px; +} + +.icon-bgcolor { + background-position: -288px -322px; + width: 16px; + height: 15px; +} + +.icon-wrappingstyle_behind_toptoolbar { + background-position: -304px -322px; + width: 16px; + height: 15px; +} + +.icon-wrappingstyle_infront_toptoolbar { + background-position: -320px -322px; + width: 16px; + height: 15px; +} + +.icon-wrappingstyle_inline_toptoolbar { + background-position: -345px 0px; + width: 16px; + height: 15px; +} + +.icon-wrappingstyle_square_toptoolbar { + background-position: -345px -15px; + width: 16px; + height: 15px; +} + +.icon-wrappingstyle_through_toptoolbar { + background-position: -345px -30px; + width: 16px; + height: 15px; +} + +.icon-wrappingstyle_tight_toptoolbar { + background-position: -345px -45px; + width: 16px; + height: 15px; +} + +.icon-wrappingstyle_topandbottom_toptoolbar { + background-position: -345px -60px; + width: 16px; + height: 15px; +} + +.icon-about { + background-position: -345px -75px; + width: 15px; + height: 15px; +} + +.icon-abouticon { + background-position: -345px -90px; + width: 15px; + height: 15px; +} + +.icon-advanced_settings_icon { + background-position: -345px -105px; + width: 15px; + height: 15px; +} + +.icon-document_language { + background-position: -345px -120px; + width: 15px; + height: 15px; +} + +.icon-insertpivot { + background-position: -345px -135px; + width: 15px; + height: 15px; +} + +.icon-tabstopcenter { + background-position: -345px -150px; + width: 15px; + height: 15px; +} + +.icon-tabstopleft { + background-position: -345px -165px; + width: 15px; + height: 15px; +} + +.icon-tabstopright { + background-position: -345px -180px; + width: 15px; + height: 15px; +} + +.icon-anchor { + background-position: -345px -195px; + width: 14px; + height: 15px; +} + +.icon-feedback { + background-position: -345px -210px; + width: 14px; + height: 15px; +} + +.icon-flipupsidedown { + background-position: -345px -225px; + width: 14px; + height: 15px; +} + +.icon-file { + background-position: -345px -240px; + width: 13px; + height: 15px; +} + +.icon-fitpage { + background-position: -345px -255px; + width: 13px; + height: 15px; +} + +.icon-back { + background-position: -345px -270px; + width: 12px; + height: 15px; +} + +.icon-lock_form_icon { + background-position: -345px -285px; + width: 12px; + height: 15px; +} + +.icon-changecolorscheme { + background-position: 0px -338px; + width: 25px; + height: 14px; +} + +.icon-fontcolor { + background-position: -25px -338px; + width: 25px; + height: 14px; +} + +.icon-numbering { + background-position: -50px -338px; + width: 24px; + height: 14px; +} + +.icon-distributehorizontally { + background-position: -345px -300px; + width: 16px; + height: 14px; +} + +.icon-columnwidthmarker { + background-position: -345px -314px; + width: 15px; + height: 14px; +} + +.icon-fliplefttoright { + background-position: -74px -338px; + width: 15px; + height: 14px; +} + +.icon-alignobjectbottom { + background-position: -89px -338px; + width: 14px; + height: 14px; +} + +.icon-alignobjectleft { + background-position: -103px -338px; + width: 14px; + height: 14px; +} + +.icon-alignobjectright { + background-position: -117px -338px; + width: 14px; + height: 14px; +} + +.icon-alignobjecttop { + background-position: -131px -338px; + width: 14px; + height: 14px; +} + +.icon-bringforward { + background-position: -145px -338px; + width: 14px; + height: 14px; +} + +.icon-bringtofront { + background-position: -159px -338px; + width: 14px; + height: 14px; +} + +.icon-chart_settings_icon { + background-position: -173px -338px; + width: 14px; + height: 14px; +} + +.icon-commentsicon { + background-position: -187px -338px; + width: 14px; + height: 14px; +} + +.icon-deleteicon { + background-position: -201px -338px; + width: 14px; + height: 14px; +} + +.icon-group { + background-position: -215px -338px; + width: 14px; + height: 14px; +} + +.icon-image_settings_icon { + background-position: -229px -338px; + width: 14px; + height: 14px; +} + +.icon-save { + background-position: -243px -338px; + width: 14px; + height: 14px; +} + +.icon-searchicon { + background-position: -257px -338px; + width: 14px; + height: 14px; +} + +.icon-sendbackward { + background-position: -271px -338px; + width: 14px; + height: 14px; +} + +.icon-sendtoback { + background-position: -285px -338px; + width: 14px; + height: 14px; +} + +.icon-shape_settings_icon { + background-position: -299px -338px; + width: 14px; + height: 14px; +} + +.icon-ungroup { + background-position: -313px -338px; + width: 14px; + height: 14px; +} + +.icon-alignobjectcenter { + background-position: -327px -338px; + width: 13px; + height: 14px; +} + +.icon-highlight_color_mouse_pointer { + background-position: -340px -338px; + width: 13px; + height: 14px; +} + +.icon-tocrefreshiconcc { + background-position: -361px 0px; + width: 13px; + height: 14px; +} + +.icon-copystyle { + background-position: -361px -14px; + width: 12px; + height: 14px; +} + +.icon-gradientslider { + background-position: -361px -28px; + width: 12px; + height: 14px; +} + +.icon-combo_delete_values { + background-position: -361px -42px; + width: 11px; + height: 14px; +} + +.icon-hard { + background-position: -361px -56px; + width: 9px; + height: 14px; +} + +.icon-outline { + background-position: -149px -125px; + width: 25px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-bullets { + background-position: -78px -78px; + width: 24px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-review { + background-position: 0px -352px; + width: 23px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-tocicon { + background-position: -23px -352px; + width: 20px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-visible_area { + background-position: -43px -352px; + width: 20px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-cut { + background-position: -174px -125px; + width: 16px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-removeduplicates { + background-position: -63px -352px; + width: 16px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-text_autoshape { + background-position: -79px -352px; + width: 16px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-changerange { + background-position: -95px -352px; + width: 15px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-clearstyle { + background-position: -110px -352px; + width: 15px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-clear_fields_icon { + background-position: -125px -352px; + width: 15px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-feedbackicon { + background-position: -140px -352px; + width: 15px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-greencircle { + background-position: -155px -352px; + width: 15px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-alignobjectmiddle { + background-position: -170px -352px; + width: 14px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-copy { + background-position: -184px -352px; + width: 14px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-multiselect { + background-position: -198px -352px; + width: 14px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-paste { + background-position: -212px -352px; + width: 14px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-selectall { + background-position: -226px -352px; + width: 14px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-dropcap_none { + background-position: -361px -70px; + width: 13px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-movetable_handle { + background-position: -361px -83px; + width: 13px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-zoomin { + background-position: -361px -96px; + width: 13px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-equationplaceholder { + background-position: -361px -109px; + width: 12px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-insertpagenumber { + background-position: -361px -122px; + width: 12px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-rotateclockwise { + background-position: -361px -135px; + width: 12px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-rotatecounterclockwise { + background-position: -361px -148px; + width: 12px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-linespacing { + background-position: -240px -352px; + width: 25px; + height: 12px; +} + +.icon-spellcheckdeactivated { + background-position: -265px -352px; + width: 15px; + height: 12px; +} + +.icon-slicer_clearfilter { + background-position: -280px -352px; + width: 14px; + height: 12px; +} + +.icon-circle { + background-position: -361px -161px; + width: 12px; + height: 12px; +} + +.icon-follow_move { + background-position: -361px -173px; + width: 12px; + height: 12px; +} + +.icon-nofill { + background-position: -361px -185px; + width: 12px; + height: 12px; +} + +.icon-sup { + background-position: -361px -197px; + width: 12px; + height: 12px; +} + +.icon-deletecommenticon { + background-position: -361px -209px; + width: 11px; + height: 12px; +} + +.icon-review_delete { + background-position: -361px -221px; + width: 11px; + height: 12px; +} + +.icon-tabletemplate { + background-position: -294px -352px; + width: 26px; + height: 11px; +} + +.icon-footnotes { + background-position: -320px -352px; + width: 24px; + height: 11px; +} + +.icon-insertfunction { + background-position: -344px -352px; + width: 21px; + height: 11px; +} + +.icon-nonprintingcharacters { + background-position: -374px 0px; + width: 20px; + height: 11px; +} + +.icon-fitwidth { + background-position: -374px -11px; + width: 16px; + height: 11px; +} + +.icon-table_settings_icon { + background-position: -374px -22px; + width: 16px; + height: 11px; +} + +.icon-viewsettingsicon { + background-position: -374px -33px; + width: 16px; + height: 11px; +} + +.icon-mailmergeicon { + background-position: -374px -44px; + width: 15px; + height: 11px; +} + +.icon-review_accept { + background-position: -374px -55px; + width: 13px; + height: 11px; +} + +.icon-sub { + background-position: -374px -66px; + width: 13px; + height: 11px; +} + +.icon-aligncenter { + background-position: -374px -77px; + width: 12px; + height: 11px; +} + +.icon-alignleft { + background-position: -374px -88px; + width: 12px; + height: 11px; +} + +.icon-alignright { + background-position: -374px -99px; + width: 12px; + height: 11px; +} + +.icon-clearfilter { + background-position: -374px -110px; + width: 12px; + height: 11px; +} + +.icon-decreasedec { + background-position: -374px -121px; + width: 12px; + height: 11px; +} + +.icon-decreaseindent { + background-position: -374px -132px; + width: 12px; + height: 11px; +} + +.icon-dropcap_margin { + background-position: -374px -143px; + width: 12px; + height: 11px; +} + +.icon-dropcap_text { + background-position: -374px -154px; + width: 12px; + height: 11px; +} + +.icon-increasedec { + background-position: -374px -165px; + width: 12px; + height: 11px; +} + +.icon-increaseindent { + background-position: -374px -176px; + width: 12px; + height: 11px; +} + +.icon-justify { + background-position: -374px -187px; + width: 12px; + height: 11px; +} + +.icon-leftcolumn { + background-position: -374px -198px; + width: 12px; + height: 11px; +} + +.icon-onecolumn { + background-position: -374px -209px; + width: 12px; + height: 11px; +} + +.icon-resolvedicon { + background-position: -374px -220px; + width: 12px; + height: 11px; +} + +.icon-resolveicon { + background-position: -374px -231px; + width: 12px; + height: 11px; +} + +.icon-rightcolumn { + background-position: -374px -242px; + width: 12px; + height: 11px; +} + +.icon-sortandfilter { + background-position: -374px -253px; + width: 12px; + height: 11px; +} + +.icon-twocolumns { + background-position: -374px -264px; + width: 12px; + height: 11px; +} + +.icon-combo_add_values { + background-position: -374px -275px; + width: 11px; + height: 11px; +} + +.icon-sortatoz { + background-position: -374px -286px; + width: 11px; + height: 11px; +} + +.icon-sortztoa { + background-position: -374px -297px; + width: 11px; + height: 11px; +} + +.icon-threecolumns { + background-position: -374px -308px; + width: 11px; + height: 11px; +} + +.icon-underline { + background-position: -374px -319px; + width: 10px; + height: 11px; +} + +.icon-zoomout { + background-position: -384px -319px; + width: 10px; + height: 11px; +} + +.icon-navigationicon { + background-position: -374px -330px; + width: 13px; + height: 10px; +} + +.icon-strike { + background-position: -374px -340px; + width: 12px; + height: 10px; +} + +.icon-yellowdiamond { + background-position: -374px -350px; + width: 11px; + height: 10px; +} + +.icon-firstline_indent { + background-position: -361px -233px; + width: 10px; + height: 10px; +} + +.icon-review_reject { + background-position: -361px -243px; + width: 10px; + height: 10px; +} + +.icon-bold { + background-position: -386px -77px; + width: 8px; + height: 10px; +} + +.icon-italic { + background-position: -387px -55px; + width: 7px; + height: 10px; +} + +.icon-selectcolumnpointer { + background-position: -387px -66px; + width: 7px; + height: 10px; +} + +.icon-redo { + background-position: -106px -86px; + width: 17px; + height: 9px; +} + +.icon-undo { + background-position: -123px -86px; + width: 17px; + height: 9px; +} + +.icon-combo_values_up { + background-position: -361px -253px; + width: 10px; + height: 9px; +} + +.icon-cellrow { + background-position: -385px -275px; + width: 9px; + height: 9px; +} + +.icon-resize_square { + background-position: -385px -286px; + width: 9px; + height: 9px; +} + +.icon-searchdownbutton { + background-position: -345px -328px; + width: 14px; + height: 8px; +} + +.icon-searchupbutton { + background-position: -304px -296px; + width: 14px; + height: 8px; +} + +.icon-constantproportions { + background-position: -361px -262px; + width: 13px; + height: 8px; +} + +.icon-rowheightmarker { + background-position: -361px -270px; + width: 13px; + height: 8px; +} + +.icon-tabstopcenter_marker { + background-position: -361px -278px; + width: 12px; + height: 8px; +} + +.icon-hanging { + background-position: -361px -286px; + width: 10px; + height: 8px; +} + +.icon-right_indent { + background-position: -361px -294px; + width: 10px; + height: 8px; +} + +.icon-soft { + background-position: -361px -302px; + width: 10px; + height: 8px; +} + +.icon-selectcellpointer { + background-position: -386px -88px; + width: 8px; + height: 8px; +} + +.icon-tabstopleft_marker { + background-position: -386px -99px; + width: 8px; + height: 8px; +} + +.icon-tabstopright_marker { + background-position: -386px -110px; + width: 8px; + height: 8px; +} + +.icon-nextfootnote { + background-position: -386px -121px; + width: 6px; + height: 8px; +} + +.icon-previousfootnote { + background-position: -386px -132px; + width: 6px; + height: 8px; +} + +.icon-collapse { + background-position: -361px -310px; + width: 11px; + height: 7px; +} + +.icon-expand { + background-position: -361px -317px; + width: 11px; + height: 7px; +} + +.icon-selectrowpointer { + background-position: -361px -324px; + width: 10px; + height: 7px; +} + +.icon-resizetable_handle { + background-position: -386px -143px; + width: 7px; + height: 7px; +} + +.icon-redo1 { + background-position: -361px -331px; + width: 13px; + height: 6px; +} + +.icon-undo1 { + background-position: -361px -337px; + width: 13px; + height: 6px; +} + +.icon-combo_values_down { + background-position: -361px -343px; + width: 12px; + height: 6px; +} + +.icon-leftindent { + background-position: -212px -130px; + width: 10px; + height: 6px; +} + +.icon-nextpage { + background-position: -389px -44px; + width: 5px; + height: 6px; +} + +.icon-previouspage { + background-position: -386px -154px; + width: 5px; + height: 6px; +} + +.icon-tab { + background-position: -374px -360px; + width: 10px; + height: 5px; +} + +.icon-nonbreakspace { + background-position: -389px -50px; + width: 5px; + height: 5px; +} + +.icon-square { + background-position: -386px -160px; + width: 5px; + height: 5px; +} + +.icon-space { + background-position: -390px -11px; + width: 2px; + height: 3px; +} + /*STOP FOR ICON DE*/ } @@ -12124,1300 +12125,1300 @@ input[id^="expanded"]:not(:checked) + label + ul.collapsible { } /*START HERE FOR ICON PE*/ .icon-highlight { - background-position: 0px 0px; - width: 28px; - height: 28px; - } - - .icon-photoeditor { - background-position: -28px 0px; - width: 28px; - height: 28px; - } - - .icon-youtube { - background-position: 0px -28px; - width: 28px; - height: 28px; - } - - .icon-translator { - background-position: -28px -28px; - width: 26px; - height: 26px; - } - - .icon-help { - background-position: -56px 0px; - width: 24px; - height: 24px; - } - - .icon-rainbow_icon { - background-position: -56px -24px; - width: 24px; - height: 24px; - } - - .icon-telegram_icon { - background-position: 0px -56px; - width: 24px; - height: 24px; - } - - .icon-spellchecking_toptoolbar_activated { - background-position: -24px -56px; - width: 21px; - height: 24px; - } - - .icon-arrow { - background-position: -45px -56px; - width: 23px; - height: 23px; - } - - .icon-placeholder_imagefromurl { - background-position: -80px 0px; - width: 23px; - height: 23px; - } - - .icon-change_case { - background-position: 0px -80px; - width: 45px; - height: 22px; - } - - .icon-fontsize { - background-position: -45px -80px; - width: 45px; - height: 22px; - } - - .icon-rowsandcolumns { - background-position: -103px 0px; - width: 45px; - height: 22px; - } - - .icon-SearchOptions { - background-position: -103px -22px; - width: 42px; - height: 22px; - } - - .icon-pastespecialbutton { - background-position: -103px -44px; - width: 33px; - height: 22px; - } - - .icon-thesaurus_icon { - background-position: -103px -66px; - width: 28px; - height: 22px; - } - - .icon-insertautoshape { - background-position: -80px -23px; - width: 22px; - height: 22px; - } - - .icon-inserttexticon { - background-position: -80px -45px; - width: 22px; - height: 22px; - } - - .icon-text_autoshape { - background-position: 0px -102px; - width: 22px; - height: 22px; - } - - .icon-spellchecking_toptoolbar { - background-position: -22px -102px; - width: 20px; - height: 22px; - } - - .icon-coeditingmode { - background-position: -42px -102px; - width: 18px; - height: 22px; - } - - .icon-header_footer_icon { - background-position: -60px -102px; - width: 18px; - height: 22px; - } - - .icon-slide_number_icon { - background-position: -131px -66px; - width: 16px; - height: 22px; - } - - .icon-versionhistoryicon { - background-position: -78px -102px; - width: 24px; - height: 21px; - } - - .icon-addhyperlink { - background-position: -102px -102px; - width: 22px; - height: 21px; - } - - .icon-inserttextarticon { - background-position: -124px -102px; - width: 19px; - height: 21px; - } - - .icon-changerowheight { - background-position: 0px -124px; - width: 17px; - height: 21px; - } - - .icon-slides { - background-position: -17px -124px; - width: 17px; - height: 21px; - } - - .icon-usersnumber { - background-position: -34px -124px; - width: 28px; - height: 20px; - } - - .icon-date_time_icon { - background-position: -62px -124px; - width: 22px; - height: 20px; - } - - .icon-pointer_screen { - background-position: -84px -124px; - width: 22px; - height: 20px; - } - - .icon-addslide { - background-position: -106px -124px; - width: 20px; - height: 20px; - } - - .icon-chatgpt_icon { - background-position: -126px -124px; - width: 20px; - height: 20px; - } - - .icon-constantproportionsactivated { - background-position: -148px 0px; - width: 20px; - height: 20px; - } - - .icon-copystyle_selected { - background-position: -148px -20px; - width: 20px; - height: 20px; - } - - .icon-image { - background-position: -148px -40px; - width: 20px; - height: 20px; - } - - .icon-insert_symbol_icon { - background-position: -148px -60px; - width: 20px; - height: 20px; - } - - .icon-placeholder_imagefromfile { - background-position: -148px -80px; - width: 20px; - height: 20px; - } - - .icon-pointer_enabled { - background-position: -148px -100px; - width: 20px; - height: 20px; - } - - .icon-show_password { - background-position: -148px -120px; - width: 20px; - height: 20px; - } - - .icon-spellcheckactivated { - background-position: 0px -145px; - width: 20px; - height: 20px; - } - - .icon-vector { - background-position: -20px -145px; - width: 20px; - height: 20px; - } - - .icon-zoom_icon { - background-position: -40px -145px; - width: 20px; - height: 20px; - } - - .icon-sortcommentsicon { - background-position: -60px -145px; - width: 31px; - height: 19px; - } - - .icon-inserttable { - background-position: -91px -145px; - width: 28px; - height: 19px; - } - - .icon-chat_toptoolbar { - background-position: -119px -145px; - width: 24px; - height: 19px; - } - - .icon-chart { - background-position: -143px -145px; - width: 22px; - height: 19px; - } - - .icon-comment_toptoolbar { - background-position: -168px 0px; - width: 22px; - height: 19px; - } - - .icon-placeholder_chart { - background-position: -168px -19px; - width: 22px; - height: 19px; - } - - .icon-hiderulers { - background-position: -168px -38px; - width: 19px; - height: 19px; - } - - .icon-noborders { - background-position: -168px -57px; - width: 19px; - height: 19px; - } - - .icon-removecomment_toptoolbar { - background-position: -168px -76px; - width: 15px; - height: 19px; - } - - .icon-equationplaceholder { - background-position: -168px -95px; - width: 18px; - height: 18px; - } - - .icon-search_advanced { - background-position: -168px -113px; - width: 18px; - height: 18px; - } - - .icon-searchbuttons { - background-position: 0px -165px; - width: 33px; - height: 17px; - } - - .icon-insert_columns { - background-position: -33px -165px; - width: 25px; - height: 17px; - } - - .icon-insertequationicon { - background-position: -168px -131px; - width: 22px; - height: 17px; - } - - .icon-changecolumnwidth { - background-position: -168px -148px; - width: 21px; - height: 17px; - } - - .icon-sharingicon { - background-position: -58px -165px; - width: 21px; - height: 17px; - } - - .icon-chaticon_new { - background-position: -79px -165px; - width: 19px; - height: 17px; - } - - .icon-paste_style { - background-position: -98px -165px; - width: 16px; - height: 17px; - } - - .icon-addgradientpoint { - background-position: -136px -44px; - width: 12px; - height: 17px; - } - - .icon-removegradientpoint { - background-position: -68px -56px; - width: 12px; - height: 17px; - } - - .icon-placeholder_table { - background-position: -114px -165px; - width: 22px; - height: 16px; - } - - .icon-editcommenticon { - background-position: -136px -165px; - width: 16px; - height: 16px; - } - - .icon-favorites_icon { - background-position: -152px -165px; - width: 16px; - height: 16px; - } - - .icon-access_rights { - background-position: -168px -165px; - width: 20px; - height: 15px; - } - - .icon-chaticon { - background-position: -190px 0px; - width: 18px; - height: 15px; - } - - .icon-saveupdate { - background-position: -190px -15px; - width: 17px; - height: 15px; - } - - .icon-added_comment_icon { - background-position: -190px -30px; - width: 16px; - height: 15px; - } - - .icon-bgcolor { - background-position: -190px -45px; - width: 16px; - height: 15px; - } - - .icon-about { - background-position: -190px -60px; - width: 15px; - height: 15px; - } - - .icon-abouticon { - background-position: -190px -75px; - width: 15px; - height: 15px; - } - - .icon-advanced_settings_icon { - background-position: -190px -90px; - width: 15px; - height: 15px; - } - - .icon-document_language { - background-position: -190px -105px; - width: 15px; - height: 15px; - } - - .icon-group { - background-position: -190px -120px; - width: 15px; - height: 15px; - } - - .icon-pagesize { - background-position: -190px -135px; - width: 15px; - height: 15px; - } - - .icon-save { - background-position: -190px -150px; - width: 15px; - height: 15px; - } - - .icon-savewhilecoediting { - background-position: -190px -165px; - width: 15px; - height: 15px; - } - - .icon-search_options { - background-position: 0px -182px; - width: 15px; - height: 15px; - } - - .icon-tabstopcenter { - background-position: -15px -182px; - width: 15px; - height: 15px; - } - - .icon-tabstopleft { - background-position: -30px -182px; - width: 15px; - height: 15px; - } - - .icon-tabstopright { - background-position: -45px -182px; - width: 15px; - height: 15px; - } - - .icon-ungroup { - background-position: -60px -182px; - width: 15px; - height: 15px; - } - - .icon-feedback { - background-position: -75px -182px; - width: 14px; - height: 15px; - } - - .icon-fitpage { - background-position: -89px -182px; - width: 14px; - height: 15px; - } - - .icon-flipupsidedown { - background-position: -103px -182px; - width: 14px; - height: 15px; - } - - .icon-file { - background-position: -90px -80px; - width: 13px; - height: 15px; - } - - .icon-back { - background-position: -117px -182px; - width: 12px; - height: 15px; - } - - .icon-changecolorscheme { - background-position: -103px -88px; - width: 25px; - height: 14px; - } - - .icon-fontcolor { - background-position: -129px -182px; - width: 25px; - height: 14px; - } - - .icon-table_settings_icon { - background-position: -128px -88px; - width: 19px; - height: 14px; - } - - .icon-columnwidthmarker { - background-position: -154px -182px; - width: 15px; - height: 14px; - } - - .icon-fliplefttoright { - background-position: -169px -182px; - width: 15px; - height: 14px; - } - - .icon-autoshape { - background-position: -184px -182px; - width: 14px; - height: 14px; - } - - .icon-commentsicon { - background-position: -208px 0px; - width: 14px; - height: 14px; - } - - .icon-deleteicon { - background-position: -208px -14px; - width: 14px; - height: 14px; - } - - .icon-searchicon { - background-position: -208px -28px; - width: 14px; - height: 14px; - } - - .icon-search_icon_header { - background-position: -208px -42px; - width: 14px; - height: 14px; - } - - .icon-gradientslider { - background-position: -208px -56px; - width: 13px; - height: 14px; - } - - .icon-highlight_color_mouse_pointer { - background-position: -208px -70px; - width: 13px; - height: 14px; - } - - .icon-textart_settings_icon { - background-position: -208px -84px; - width: 12px; - height: 14px; - } - - .icon-hard { - background-position: -208px -98px; - width: 9px; - height: 14px; - } - - .icon-highlightcolor { - background-position: 0px -197px; - width: 27px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-outline { - background-position: -27px -197px; - width: 25px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-alignshape { - background-position: -80px -67px; - width: 21px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-arrangeshape { - background-position: -52px -197px; - width: 21px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-changelayout { - background-position: -73px -197px; - width: 21px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-table { - background-position: -94px -197px; - width: 21px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-verticalalign { - background-position: -115px -197px; - width: 21px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-visible_area { - background-position: -136px -197px; - width: 20px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-orientation { - background-position: -156px -197px; - width: 17px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-cut { - background-position: -173px -197px; - width: 16px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-gotodocuments { - background-position: -189px -197px; - width: 16px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-print { - background-position: -205px -197px; - width: 16px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-changerange { - background-position: -222px 0px; - width: 15px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-feedbackicon { - background-position: -222px -13px; - width: 15px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-fitslide { - background-position: -222px -26px; - width: 15px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-greencircle { - background-position: -222px -39px; - width: 15px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-clearstyle { - background-position: -222px -52px; - width: 14px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-copy { - background-position: -222px -65px; - width: 14px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-paste { - background-position: -222px -78px; - width: 14px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-selectall { - background-position: -222px -91px; - width: 14px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-alignbottom { - background-position: -222px -104px; - width: 13px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-alignmiddle { - background-position: -222px -117px; - width: 13px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-alignobjectbottom { - background-position: -222px -130px; - width: 13px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-alignobjectcenter { - background-position: -222px -143px; - width: 13px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-alignobjectleft { - background-position: -222px -156px; - width: 13px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-alignobjectmiddle { - background-position: -222px -169px; - width: 13px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-alignobjectright { - background-position: -222px -182px; - width: 13px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-alignobjecttop { - background-position: -222px -195px; - width: 13px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-aligntop { - background-position: -208px -112px; - width: 13px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-bringforward { - background-position: -208px -125px; - width: 13px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-bringtofront { - background-position: -208px -138px; - width: 13px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-chart_settings_icon { - background-position: -208px -151px; - width: 13px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-copystyle { - background-position: -208px -164px; - width: 13px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-distributehorizontally { - background-position: -208px -177px; - width: 13px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-distributevertically { - background-position: 0px -210px; - width: 13px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-exitfullscreen { - background-position: -13px -210px; - width: 13px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-fullscreen { - background-position: -26px -210px; - width: 13px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-image_settings_icon { - background-position: -39px -210px; - width: 13px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-nextpage { - background-position: -52px -210px; - width: 13px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-previouspage { - background-position: -65px -210px; - width: 13px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-sendbackward { - background-position: -78px -210px; - width: 13px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-sendtoback { - background-position: -91px -210px; - width: 13px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-shape_settings_icon { - background-position: -104px -210px; - width: 13px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-slide_settings_icon { - background-position: -117px -210px; - width: 13px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-startpreview { - background-position: -130px -210px; - width: 13px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-text_settings_icon { - background-position: -143px -210px; - width: 13px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-zoomin { - background-position: -156px -210px; - width: 13px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-aligncenter { - background-position: -169px -210px; - width: 12px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-alignleft { - background-position: -181px -210px; - width: 12px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-alignright { - background-position: -193px -210px; - width: 12px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-justify { - background-position: -205px -210px; - width: 12px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-selectslidesizeicon { - background-position: 0px -223px; - width: 25px; - height: 12px; - } - - .icon-spellcheckdeactivated { - background-position: -217px -210px; - width: 15px; - height: 12px; - } - - .icon-rotateclockwise { - background-position: -25px -223px; - width: 13px; - height: 12px; - } - - .icon-rotatecounterclockwise { - background-position: -38px -223px; - width: 13px; - height: 12px; - } - - .icon-circle { - background-position: -51px -223px; - width: 12px; - height: 12px; - } - - .icon-nofill { - background-position: -63px -223px; - width: 12px; - height: 12px; - } - - .icon-sup { - background-position: -75px -223px; - width: 12px; - height: 12px; - } - - .icon-deletecommenticon { - background-position: -87px -223px; - width: 11px; - height: 12px; - } - - .icon-presenter_startpresentation { - background-position: -198px -182px; - width: 9px; - height: 12px; - } - - .icon-startpresentation { - background-position: -98px -223px; - width: 9px; - height: 12px; - } - - .icon-numbering { - background-position: -107px -223px; - width: 23px; - height: 11px; - } - - .icon-bullets { - background-position: -130px -223px; - width: 22px; - height: 11px; - } - - .icon-horizontalalign { - background-position: -152px -223px; - width: 21px; - height: 11px; - } - - .icon-insertfunction { - background-position: -173px -223px; - width: 21px; - height: 11px; - } - - .icon-linespacing { - background-position: -194px -223px; - width: 21px; - height: 11px; - } - - .icon-fitwidth { - background-position: -215px -223px; - width: 16px; - height: 11px; - } - - .icon-viewsettingsicon { - background-position: -237px 0px; - width: 16px; - height: 11px; - } - - .icon-larger { - background-position: -237px -11px; - width: 14px; - height: 11px; - } - - .icon-sub { - background-position: -237px -22px; - width: 13px; - height: 11px; - } - - .icon-decreasedec { - background-position: -237px -33px; - width: 12px; - height: 11px; - } - - .icon-decreaseindent { - background-position: -237px -44px; - width: 12px; - height: 11px; - } - - .icon-increasedec { - background-position: -237px -55px; - width: 12px; - height: 11px; - } - - .icon-increaseindent { - background-position: -237px -66px; - width: 12px; - height: 11px; - } - - .icon-resolvedicon { - background-position: -237px -77px; - width: 12px; - height: 11px; - } - - .icon-resolveicon { - background-position: -237px -88px; - width: 12px; - height: 11px; - } - - .icon-closepreview { - background-position: -237px -99px; - width: 11px; - height: 11px; - } - - .icon-underline { - background-position: -237px -110px; - width: 10px; - height: 11px; - } - - .icon-zoomout { - background-position: -237px -121px; - width: 10px; - height: 11px; - } - - .icon-smaller { - background-position: -237px -132px; - width: 13px; - height: 10px; - } - - .icon-nextslide { - background-position: -237px -142px; - width: 12px; - height: 10px; - } - - .icon-presenter_nextslide { - background-position: -237px -152px; - width: 12px; - height: 10px; - } - - .icon-presenter_previousslide { - background-position: -237px -162px; - width: 12px; - height: 10px; - } - - .icon-previousslide { - background-position: -237px -172px; - width: 12px; - height: 10px; - } - - .icon-strike { - background-position: -237px -182px; - width: 12px; - height: 10px; - } - - .icon-yellowdiamond { - background-position: -237px -192px; - width: 11px; - height: 10px; - } - - .icon-firstline_indent { - background-position: -237px -202px; - width: 10px; - height: 10px; - } - - .icon-pointer { - background-position: -237px -212px; - width: 10px; - height: 10px; - } - - .icon-bold { - background-position: -237px -222px; - width: 8px; - height: 10px; - } - - .icon-pausepresentation { - background-position: -245px -222px; - width: 8px; - height: 10px; - } - - .icon-presenter_pausepresentation { - background-position: 0px -235px; - width: 8px; - height: 10px; - } - - .icon-italic { - background-position: -183px -76px; - width: 7px; - height: 10px; - } - - .icon-redo { - background-position: -8px -235px; - width: 17px; - height: 9px; - } - - .icon-undo { - background-position: -25px -235px; - width: 17px; - height: 9px; - } - - .icon-cellrow { - background-position: -42px -235px; - width: 9px; - height: 9px; - } - - .icon-resize_square { - background-position: -51px -235px; - width: 9px; - height: 9px; - } - - .icon-searchdownbutton { - background-position: -56px -48px; - width: 14px; - height: 8px; - } - - .icon-searchupbutton { - background-position: -60px -235px; - width: 14px; - height: 8px; - } - - .icon-constantproportions { - background-position: -74px -235px; - width: 13px; - height: 8px; - } - - .icon-rowheightmarker { - background-position: -87px -235px; - width: 13px; - height: 8px; - } - - .icon-tabstopcenter_marker { - background-position: -100px -235px; - width: 12px; - height: 8px; - } - - .icon-hanging { - background-position: -70px -48px; - width: 10px; - height: 8px; - } - - .icon-right_indent { - background-position: -112px -235px; - width: 10px; - height: 8px; - } - - .icon-soft { - background-position: -122px -235px; - width: 10px; - height: 8px; - } - - .icon-tabstopleft_marker { - background-position: -132px -235px; - width: 8px; - height: 8px; - } - - .icon-tabstopright_marker { - background-position: -140px -235px; - width: 8px; - height: 8px; - } - - .icon-redo1 { - background-position: -208px -190px; - width: 13px; - height: 6px; - } - - .icon-undo1 { - background-position: -90px -95px; - width: 13px; - height: 6px; - } - - .icon-leftindent { - background-position: -68px -73px; - width: 10px; - height: 6px; - } - - .icon-tab { - background-position: -148px -140px; - width: 10px; - height: 5px; - } - - .icon-connectionpoint { - background-position: -248px -99px; - width: 5px; - height: 5px; - } - - .icon-square { - background-position: -248px -104px; - width: 5px; - height: 5px; - } - - .icon-space { - background-position: -251px -11px; - width: 2px; - height: 3px; - } + background-position: 0px 0px; + width: 28px; + height: 28px; +} + +.icon-photoeditor { + background-position: -28px 0px; + width: 28px; + height: 28px; +} + +.icon-youtube { + background-position: 0px -28px; + width: 28px; + height: 28px; +} + +.icon-translator { + background-position: -28px -28px; + width: 26px; + height: 26px; +} + +.icon-help { + background-position: -56px 0px; + width: 24px; + height: 24px; +} + +.icon-rainbow_icon { + background-position: -56px -24px; + width: 24px; + height: 24px; +} + +.icon-telegram_icon { + background-position: 0px -56px; + width: 24px; + height: 24px; +} + +.icon-spellchecking_toptoolbar_activated { + background-position: -24px -56px; + width: 21px; + height: 24px; +} + +.icon-arrow { + background-position: -45px -56px; + width: 23px; + height: 23px; +} + +.icon-placeholder_imagefromurl { + background-position: -80px 0px; + width: 23px; + height: 23px; +} + +.icon-change_case { + background-position: 0px -80px; + width: 45px; + height: 22px; +} + +.icon-fontsize { + background-position: -45px -80px; + width: 45px; + height: 22px; +} + +.icon-rowsandcolumns { + background-position: -103px 0px; + width: 45px; + height: 22px; +} + +.icon-SearchOptions { + background-position: -103px -22px; + width: 42px; + height: 22px; +} + +.icon-pastespecialbutton { + background-position: -103px -44px; + width: 33px; + height: 22px; +} + +.icon-thesaurus_icon { + background-position: -103px -66px; + width: 28px; + height: 22px; +} + +.icon-insertautoshape { + background-position: -80px -23px; + width: 22px; + height: 22px; +} + +.icon-inserttexticon { + background-position: -80px -45px; + width: 22px; + height: 22px; +} + +.icon-text_autoshape { + background-position: 0px -102px; + width: 22px; + height: 22px; +} + +.icon-spellchecking_toptoolbar { + background-position: -22px -102px; + width: 20px; + height: 22px; +} + +.icon-coeditingmode { + background-position: -42px -102px; + width: 18px; + height: 22px; +} + +.icon-header_footer_icon { + background-position: -60px -102px; + width: 18px; + height: 22px; +} + +.icon-slide_number_icon { + background-position: -131px -66px; + width: 16px; + height: 22px; +} + +.icon-versionhistoryicon { + background-position: -78px -102px; + width: 24px; + height: 21px; +} + +.icon-addhyperlink { + background-position: -102px -102px; + width: 22px; + height: 21px; +} + +.icon-inserttextarticon { + background-position: -124px -102px; + width: 19px; + height: 21px; +} + +.icon-changerowheight { + background-position: 0px -124px; + width: 17px; + height: 21px; +} + +.icon-slides { + background-position: -17px -124px; + width: 17px; + height: 21px; +} + +.icon-usersnumber { + background-position: -34px -124px; + width: 28px; + height: 20px; +} + +.icon-date_time_icon { + background-position: -62px -124px; + width: 22px; + height: 20px; +} + +.icon-pointer_screen { + background-position: -84px -124px; + width: 22px; + height: 20px; +} + +.icon-addslide { + background-position: -106px -124px; + width: 20px; + height: 20px; +} + +.icon-chatgpt_icon { + background-position: -126px -124px; + width: 20px; + height: 20px; +} + +.icon-constantproportionsactivated { + background-position: -148px 0px; + width: 20px; + height: 20px; +} + +.icon-copystyle_selected { + background-position: -148px -20px; + width: 20px; + height: 20px; +} + +.icon-image { + background-position: -148px -40px; + width: 20px; + height: 20px; +} + +.icon-insert_symbol_icon { + background-position: -148px -60px; + width: 20px; + height: 20px; +} + +.icon-placeholder_imagefromfile { + background-position: -148px -80px; + width: 20px; + height: 20px; +} + +.icon-pointer_enabled { + background-position: -148px -100px; + width: 20px; + height: 20px; +} + +.icon-show_password { + background-position: -148px -120px; + width: 20px; + height: 20px; +} + +.icon-sortcommentsicon { + background-position: 0px -145px; + width: 20px; + height: 20px; +} + +.icon-spellcheckactivated { + background-position: -20px -145px; + width: 20px; + height: 20px; +} + +.icon-vector { + background-position: -40px -145px; + width: 20px; + height: 20px; +} + +.icon-zoom_icon { + background-position: -60px -145px; + width: 20px; + height: 20px; +} + +.icon-inserttable { + background-position: -80px -145px; + width: 28px; + height: 19px; +} + +.icon-chat_toptoolbar { + background-position: -108px -145px; + width: 24px; + height: 19px; +} + +.icon-chart { + background-position: -132px -145px; + width: 22px; + height: 19px; +} + +.icon-comment_toptoolbar { + background-position: -168px 0px; + width: 22px; + height: 19px; +} + +.icon-placeholder_chart { + background-position: -168px -19px; + width: 22px; + height: 19px; +} + +.icon-hiderulers { + background-position: -168px -38px; + width: 19px; + height: 19px; +} + +.icon-noborders { + background-position: -168px -57px; + width: 19px; + height: 19px; +} + +.icon-removecomment_toptoolbar { + background-position: -168px -76px; + width: 15px; + height: 19px; +} + +.icon-equationplaceholder { + background-position: -168px -95px; + width: 18px; + height: 18px; +} + +.icon-search_advanced { + background-position: -168px -113px; + width: 18px; + height: 18px; +} + +.icon-searchbuttons { + background-position: 0px -165px; + width: 33px; + height: 17px; +} + +.icon-insert_columns { + background-position: -33px -165px; + width: 25px; + height: 17px; +} + +.icon-insertequationicon { + background-position: -168px -131px; + width: 22px; + height: 17px; +} + +.icon-changecolumnwidth { + background-position: -168px -148px; + width: 21px; + height: 17px; +} + +.icon-sharingicon { + background-position: -58px -165px; + width: 21px; + height: 17px; +} + +.icon-chaticon_new { + background-position: -79px -165px; + width: 19px; + height: 17px; +} + +.icon-paste_style { + background-position: -98px -165px; + width: 16px; + height: 17px; +} + +.icon-addgradientpoint { + background-position: -136px -44px; + width: 12px; + height: 17px; +} + +.icon-removegradientpoint { + background-position: -68px -56px; + width: 12px; + height: 17px; +} + +.icon-placeholder_table { + background-position: -114px -165px; + width: 22px; + height: 16px; +} + +.icon-editcommenticon { + background-position: -136px -165px; + width: 16px; + height: 16px; +} + +.icon-favorites_icon { + background-position: -152px -165px; + width: 16px; + height: 16px; +} + +.icon-access_rights { + background-position: -168px -165px; + width: 20px; + height: 15px; +} + +.icon-chaticon { + background-position: -190px 0px; + width: 18px; + height: 15px; +} + +.icon-saveupdate { + background-position: -190px -15px; + width: 17px; + height: 15px; +} + +.icon-added_comment_icon { + background-position: -190px -30px; + width: 16px; + height: 15px; +} + +.icon-bgcolor { + background-position: -190px -45px; + width: 16px; + height: 15px; +} + +.icon-about { + background-position: -190px -60px; + width: 15px; + height: 15px; +} + +.icon-abouticon { + background-position: -190px -75px; + width: 15px; + height: 15px; +} + +.icon-advanced_settings_icon { + background-position: -190px -90px; + width: 15px; + height: 15px; +} + +.icon-document_language { + background-position: -190px -105px; + width: 15px; + height: 15px; +} + +.icon-group { + background-position: -190px -120px; + width: 15px; + height: 15px; +} + +.icon-pagesize { + background-position: -190px -135px; + width: 15px; + height: 15px; +} + +.icon-save { + background-position: -190px -150px; + width: 15px; + height: 15px; +} + +.icon-savewhilecoediting { + background-position: -190px -165px; + width: 15px; + height: 15px; +} + +.icon-search_options { + background-position: 0px -182px; + width: 15px; + height: 15px; +} + +.icon-tabstopcenter { + background-position: -15px -182px; + width: 15px; + height: 15px; +} + +.icon-tabstopleft { + background-position: -30px -182px; + width: 15px; + height: 15px; +} + +.icon-tabstopright { + background-position: -45px -182px; + width: 15px; + height: 15px; +} + +.icon-ungroup { + background-position: -60px -182px; + width: 15px; + height: 15px; +} + +.icon-feedback { + background-position: -154px -145px; + width: 14px; + height: 15px; +} + +.icon-fitpage { + background-position: -75px -182px; + width: 14px; + height: 15px; +} + +.icon-flipupsidedown { + background-position: -89px -182px; + width: 14px; + height: 15px; +} + +.icon-file { + background-position: -90px -80px; + width: 13px; + height: 15px; +} + +.icon-back { + background-position: -103px -182px; + width: 12px; + height: 15px; +} + +.icon-changecolorscheme { + background-position: -103px -88px; + width: 25px; + height: 14px; +} + +.icon-fontcolor { + background-position: -115px -182px; + width: 25px; + height: 14px; +} + +.icon-table_settings_icon { + background-position: -128px -88px; + width: 19px; + height: 14px; +} + +.icon-columnwidthmarker { + background-position: -140px -182px; + width: 15px; + height: 14px; +} + +.icon-fliplefttoright { + background-position: -155px -182px; + width: 15px; + height: 14px; +} + +.icon-autoshape { + background-position: -170px -182px; + width: 14px; + height: 14px; +} + +.icon-commentsicon { + background-position: -184px -182px; + width: 14px; + height: 14px; +} + +.icon-deleteicon { + background-position: -208px 0px; + width: 14px; + height: 14px; +} + +.icon-searchicon { + background-position: -208px -14px; + width: 14px; + height: 14px; +} + +.icon-search_icon_header { + background-position: -208px -28px; + width: 14px; + height: 14px; +} + +.icon-gradientslider { + background-position: -208px -42px; + width: 13px; + height: 14px; +} + +.icon-highlight_color_mouse_pointer { + background-position: -208px -56px; + width: 13px; + height: 14px; +} + +.icon-textart_settings_icon { + background-position: -208px -70px; + width: 12px; + height: 14px; +} + +.icon-hard { + background-position: -208px -84px; + width: 9px; + height: 14px; +} + +.icon-highlightcolor { + background-position: 0px -197px; + width: 27px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-outline { + background-position: -27px -197px; + width: 25px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-alignshape { + background-position: -80px -67px; + width: 21px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-arrangeshape { + background-position: -52px -197px; + width: 21px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-changelayout { + background-position: -73px -197px; + width: 21px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-table { + background-position: -94px -197px; + width: 21px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-verticalalign { + background-position: -115px -197px; + width: 21px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-visible_area { + background-position: -136px -197px; + width: 20px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-orientation { + background-position: -156px -197px; + width: 17px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-cut { + background-position: -173px -197px; + width: 16px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-gotodocuments { + background-position: -189px -197px; + width: 16px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-print { + background-position: -205px -197px; + width: 16px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-changerange { + background-position: -222px 0px; + width: 15px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-feedbackicon { + background-position: -222px -13px; + width: 15px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-fitslide { + background-position: -222px -26px; + width: 15px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-greencircle { + background-position: -222px -39px; + width: 15px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-clearstyle { + background-position: -222px -52px; + width: 14px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-copy { + background-position: -222px -65px; + width: 14px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-paste { + background-position: -222px -78px; + width: 14px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-selectall { + background-position: -222px -91px; + width: 14px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-alignbottom { + background-position: -222px -104px; + width: 13px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-alignmiddle { + background-position: -222px -117px; + width: 13px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-alignobjectbottom { + background-position: -222px -130px; + width: 13px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-alignobjectcenter { + background-position: -222px -143px; + width: 13px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-alignobjectleft { + background-position: -222px -156px; + width: 13px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-alignobjectmiddle { + background-position: -222px -169px; + width: 13px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-alignobjectright { + background-position: -222px -182px; + width: 13px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-alignobjecttop { + background-position: -222px -195px; + width: 13px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-aligntop { + background-position: -208px -98px; + width: 13px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-bringforward { + background-position: -208px -111px; + width: 13px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-bringtofront { + background-position: -208px -124px; + width: 13px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-chart_settings_icon { + background-position: -208px -137px; + width: 13px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-copystyle { + background-position: -208px -150px; + width: 13px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-distributehorizontally { + background-position: -208px -163px; + width: 13px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-distributevertically { + background-position: -208px -176px; + width: 13px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-exitfullscreen { + background-position: 0px -210px; + width: 13px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-fullscreen { + background-position: -13px -210px; + width: 13px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-image_settings_icon { + background-position: -26px -210px; + width: 13px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-nextpage { + background-position: -39px -210px; + width: 13px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-previouspage { + background-position: -52px -210px; + width: 13px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-sendbackward { + background-position: -65px -210px; + width: 13px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-sendtoback { + background-position: -78px -210px; + width: 13px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-shape_settings_icon { + background-position: -91px -210px; + width: 13px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-slide_settings_icon { + background-position: -104px -210px; + width: 13px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-startpreview { + background-position: -117px -210px; + width: 13px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-text_settings_icon { + background-position: -130px -210px; + width: 13px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-zoomin { + background-position: -143px -210px; + width: 13px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-aligncenter { + background-position: -156px -210px; + width: 12px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-alignleft { + background-position: -168px -210px; + width: 12px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-alignright { + background-position: -180px -210px; + width: 12px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-justify { + background-position: -192px -210px; + width: 12px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-selectslidesizeicon { + background-position: -204px -210px; + width: 25px; + height: 12px; +} + +.icon-spellcheckdeactivated { + background-position: 0px -223px; + width: 15px; + height: 12px; +} + +.icon-rotateclockwise { + background-position: -15px -223px; + width: 13px; + height: 12px; +} + +.icon-rotatecounterclockwise { + background-position: -28px -223px; + width: 13px; + height: 12px; +} + +.icon-circle { + background-position: -41px -223px; + width: 12px; + height: 12px; +} + +.icon-nofill { + background-position: -53px -223px; + width: 12px; + height: 12px; +} + +.icon-sup { + background-position: -65px -223px; + width: 12px; + height: 12px; +} + +.icon-deletecommenticon { + background-position: -77px -223px; + width: 11px; + height: 12px; +} + +.icon-presenter_startpresentation { + background-position: -198px -182px; + width: 9px; + height: 12px; +} + +.icon-startpresentation { + background-position: -88px -223px; + width: 9px; + height: 12px; +} + +.icon-numbering { + background-position: -97px -223px; + width: 23px; + height: 11px; +} + +.icon-bullets { + background-position: -120px -223px; + width: 22px; + height: 11px; +} + +.icon-horizontalalign { + background-position: -142px -223px; + width: 21px; + height: 11px; +} + +.icon-insertfunction { + background-position: -163px -223px; + width: 21px; + height: 11px; +} + +.icon-linespacing { + background-position: -184px -223px; + width: 21px; + height: 11px; +} + +.icon-fitwidth { + background-position: -205px -223px; + width: 16px; + height: 11px; +} + +.icon-viewsettingsicon { + background-position: -221px -223px; + width: 16px; + height: 11px; +} + +.icon-larger { + background-position: -237px 0px; + width: 14px; + height: 11px; +} + +.icon-sub { + background-position: -237px -11px; + width: 13px; + height: 11px; +} + +.icon-decreasedec { + background-position: -237px -22px; + width: 12px; + height: 11px; +} + +.icon-decreaseindent { + background-position: -237px -33px; + width: 12px; + height: 11px; +} + +.icon-increasedec { + background-position: -237px -44px; + width: 12px; + height: 11px; +} + +.icon-increaseindent { + background-position: -237px -55px; + width: 12px; + height: 11px; +} + +.icon-resolvedicon { + background-position: -237px -66px; + width: 12px; + height: 11px; +} + +.icon-resolveicon { + background-position: -237px -77px; + width: 12px; + height: 11px; +} + +.icon-closepreview { + background-position: -237px -88px; + width: 11px; + height: 11px; +} + +.icon-underline { + background-position: -237px -99px; + width: 10px; + height: 11px; +} + +.icon-zoomout { + background-position: -237px -110px; + width: 10px; + height: 11px; +} + +.icon-smaller { + background-position: -237px -121px; + width: 13px; + height: 10px; +} + +.icon-nextslide { + background-position: -237px -131px; + width: 12px; + height: 10px; +} + +.icon-presenter_nextslide { + background-position: -237px -141px; + width: 12px; + height: 10px; +} + +.icon-presenter_previousslide { + background-position: -237px -151px; + width: 12px; + height: 10px; +} + +.icon-previousslide { + background-position: -237px -161px; + width: 12px; + height: 10px; +} + +.icon-strike { + background-position: -237px -171px; + width: 12px; + height: 10px; +} + +.icon-yellowdiamond { + background-position: -237px -181px; + width: 11px; + height: 10px; +} + +.icon-firstline_indent { + background-position: -237px -191px; + width: 10px; + height: 10px; +} + +.icon-pointer { + background-position: -237px -201px; + width: 10px; + height: 10px; +} + +.icon-bold { + background-position: -237px -211px; + width: 8px; + height: 10px; +} + +.icon-pausepresentation { + background-position: -237px -221px; + width: 8px; + height: 10px; +} + +.icon-presenter_pausepresentation { + background-position: -229px -210px; + width: 8px; + height: 10px; +} + +.icon-italic { + background-position: -183px -76px; + width: 7px; + height: 10px; +} + +.icon-redo { + background-position: 0px -235px; + width: 17px; + height: 9px; +} + +.icon-undo { + background-position: -17px -235px; + width: 17px; + height: 9px; +} + +.icon-cellrow { + background-position: -34px -235px; + width: 9px; + height: 9px; +} + +.icon-resize_square { + background-position: -43px -235px; + width: 9px; + height: 9px; +} + +.icon-searchdownbutton { + background-position: -208px -189px; + width: 14px; + height: 8px; +} + +.icon-searchupbutton { + background-position: -56px -48px; + width: 14px; + height: 8px; +} + +.icon-constantproportions { + background-position: -52px -235px; + width: 13px; + height: 8px; +} + +.icon-rowheightmarker { + background-position: -65px -235px; + width: 13px; + height: 8px; +} + +.icon-tabstopcenter_marker { + background-position: -78px -235px; + width: 12px; + height: 8px; +} + +.icon-hanging { + background-position: -70px -48px; + width: 10px; + height: 8px; +} + +.icon-right_indent { + background-position: -90px -235px; + width: 10px; + height: 8px; +} + +.icon-soft { + background-position: -100px -235px; + width: 10px; + height: 8px; +} + +.icon-tabstopleft_marker { + background-position: -110px -235px; + width: 8px; + height: 8px; +} + +.icon-tabstopright_marker { + background-position: -118px -235px; + width: 8px; + height: 8px; +} + +.icon-redo1 { + background-position: -90px -95px; + width: 13px; + height: 6px; +} + +.icon-undo1 { + background-position: -126px -235px; + width: 13px; + height: 6px; +} + +.icon-leftindent { + background-position: -68px -73px; + width: 10px; + height: 6px; +} + +.icon-tab { + background-position: -148px -140px; + width: 10px; + height: 5px; +} + +.icon-connectionpoint { + background-position: -245px -211px; + width: 5px; + height: 5px; +} + +.icon-square { + background-position: -245px -216px; + width: 5px; + height: 5px; +} + +.icon-space { + background-position: -249px -22px; + width: 2px; + height: 3px; +} /*STOP FOR ICON PE*/ } /*spreadsheet editor icon styles*/ @@ -13611,1726 +13612,1726 @@ input[id^="expanded"]:not(:checked) + label + ul.collapsible { } /*START HERE FOR ICON SSE*/ .icon-highlight { - background-position: 0px 0px; - width: 28px; - height: 28px; - } - - .icon-photoeditor { - background-position: -28px 0px; - width: 28px; - height: 28px; - } - - .icon-youtube { - background-position: 0px -28px; - width: 28px; - height: 28px; - } - - .icon-thumbnailsettingicon { - background-position: -56px 0px; - width: 34px; - height: 27px; - } - - .icon-translator { - background-position: -56px -27px; - width: 26px; - height: 26px; - } - - .icon-favorites_icon { - background-position: -28px -28px; - width: 26px; - height: 25px; - } - - .icon-conditionalformatting_button { - background-position: 0px -56px; - width: 32px; - height: 24px; - } - - .icon-help { - background-position: -32px -56px; - width: 24px; - height: 24px; - } - - .icon-rainbow_icon { - background-position: -56px -56px; - width: 24px; - height: 24px; - } - - .icon-telegram_icon { - background-position: -90px 0px; - width: 24px; - height: 24px; - } - - .icon-slicer_icon { - background-position: -90px -24px; - width: 21px; - height: 24px; - } - - .icon-arrow { - background-position: -90px -48px; - width: 23px; - height: 23px; - } - - .icon-insert_pivot { - background-position: 0px -80px; - width: 23px; - height: 23px; - } - - .icon-list_worksheets { - background-position: -23px -80px; - width: 23px; - height: 23px; - } - - .icon-change_case { - background-position: -46px -80px; - width: 45px; - height: 22px; - } - - .icon-fontsize { - background-position: -114px 0px; - width: 45px; - height: 22px; - } - - .icon-rowsandcolumns { - background-position: -114px -22px; - width: 45px; - height: 22px; - } - - .icon-SearchOptions { - background-position: -114px -44px; - width: 42px; - height: 22px; - } - - .icon-verticalalignment { - background-position: -114px -66px; - width: 33px; - height: 22px; - } - - .icon-pastespecialbutton { - background-position: 0px -103px; - width: 30px; - height: 22px; - } - - .icon-sparklines_button { - background-position: -30px -103px; - width: 28px; - height: 22px; - } - - .icon-thesaurus_icon { - background-position: -58px -103px; - width: 28px; - height: 22px; - } - - .icon-addworksheet { - background-position: -86px -103px; - width: 24px; - height: 22px; - } - - .icon-ascendingbutton { - background-position: -91px -80px; - width: 22px; - height: 22px; - } - - .icon-descendingbutton { - background-position: -110px -103px; - width: 22px; - height: 22px; - } - - .icon-go_to_the_next_word { - background-position: -132px -103px; - width: 22px; - height: 22px; - } - - .icon-inserttexticon { - background-position: 0px -125px; - width: 22px; - height: 22px; - } - - .icon-pagebreak1 { - background-position: -22px -125px; - width: 21px; - height: 22px; - } - - .icon-printareabutton { - background-position: -43px -125px; - width: 20px; - height: 22px; - } - - .icon-calculationicon { - background-position: -63px -125px; - width: 18px; - height: 22px; - } - - .icon-coeditingmode { - background-position: -81px -125px; - width: 18px; - height: 22px; - } - - .icon-header_footer_icon { - background-position: -99px -125px; - width: 18px; - height: 22px; - } - - .icon-versionhistoryicon { - background-position: -117px -125px; - width: 24px; - height: 21px; - } - - .icon-pivot_refresh { - background-position: -159px 0px; - width: 21px; - height: 21px; - } - - .icon-selectall { - background-position: 0px -147px; - width: 27px; - height: 20px; - } - - .icon-dataval_icon { - background-position: -27px -147px; - width: 26px; - height: 20px; - } - - .icon-sheetview_icon { - background-position: -53px -147px; - width: 25px; - height: 20px; - } - - .icon-bringforward_toptoolbar { - background-position: -159px -21px; - width: 20px; - height: 20px; - } - - .icon-changecolorscheme { - background-position: -159px -41px; - width: 20px; - height: 20px; - } - - .icon-chatgpt_icon { - background-position: -159px -61px; - width: 20px; - height: 20px; - } - - .icon-constantproportionsactivated { - background-position: -159px -81px; - width: 20px; - height: 20px; - } - - .icon-copystyle_selected { - background-position: -159px -101px; - width: 20px; - height: 20px; - } - - .icon-group_toptoolbar { - background-position: -159px -121px; - width: 20px; - height: 20px; - } - - .icon-image { - background-position: -78px -147px; - width: 20px; - height: 20px; - } - - .icon-insertautoshape { - background-position: -98px -147px; - width: 20px; - height: 20px; - } - - .icon-insert_symbol_icon { - background-position: -118px -147px; - width: 20px; - height: 20px; - } - - .icon-scaletofit { - background-position: -138px -147px; - width: 20px; - height: 20px; - } - - .icon-sendbackward_toptoolbar { - background-position: -158px -147px; - width: 20px; - height: 20px; - } - - .icon-show_password { - background-position: -180px 0px; - width: 20px; - height: 20px; - } - - .icon-vector { - background-position: -180px -20px; - width: 20px; - height: 20px; - } - - .icon-zoom_icon { - background-position: -180px -40px; - width: 20px; - height: 20px; - } - - .icon-align_toptoolbar { - background-position: -180px -60px; - width: 19px; - height: 20px; - } - - .icon-inserttextarticon { - background-position: -180px -80px; - width: 16px; - height: 20px; - } - - .icon-sortcommentsicon { - background-position: 0px -167px; - width: 31px; - height: 19px; - } - - .icon-chat_toptoolbar { - background-position: -31px -167px; - width: 24px; - height: 19px; - } - - .icon-chart { - background-position: -55px -167px; - width: 22px; - height: 19px; - } - - .icon-comment_toptoolbar { - background-position: -77px -167px; - width: 22px; - height: 19px; - } - - .icon-insertequationicon { - background-position: -99px -167px; - width: 22px; - height: 19px; - } - - .icon-pivotselecticon { - background-position: -121px -167px; - width: 22px; - height: 19px; - } - - .icon-functionicon { - background-position: -180px -100px; - width: 20px; - height: 19px; - } - - .icon-paste_style { - background-position: -180px -119px; - width: 20px; - height: 19px; - } - - .icon-addhyperlink { - background-position: -180px -138px; - width: 19px; - height: 19px; - } - - .icon-hiderulers { - background-position: -143px -167px; - width: 19px; - height: 19px; - } - - .icon-removecomment_toptoolbar { - background-position: -141px -125px; - width: 15px; - height: 19px; - } - - .icon-customsort { - background-position: -162px -167px; - width: 18px; - height: 18px; - } - - .icon-new_icon { - background-position: -180px -167px; - width: 18px; - height: 18px; - } - - .icon-search_advanced { - background-position: -200px 0px; - width: 18px; - height: 18px; - } - - .icon-searchbuttons { - background-position: 0px -186px; - width: 33px; - height: 17px; - } - - .icon-horizontalalignment { - background-position: -33px -186px; - width: 31px; - height: 17px; - } - - .icon-backgroundcolor { - background-position: -64px -186px; - width: 25px; - height: 17px; - } - - .icon-removeduplicates_icon { - background-position: -89px -186px; - width: 24px; - height: 17px; - } - - .icon-table { - background-position: -113px -186px; - width: 22px; - height: 17px; - } - - .icon-changecolumnwidthcursor { - background-position: -135px -186px; - width: 21px; - height: 17px; - } - - .icon-sharingicon { - background-position: -156px -186px; - width: 21px; - height: 17px; - } - - .icon-chaticon_new { - background-position: -177px -186px; - width: 19px; - height: 17px; - } - - .icon-groupicon { - background-position: -196px -186px; - width: 19px; - height: 17px; - } - - .icon-selectdata_icon { - background-position: -218px 0px; - width: 19px; - height: 17px; - } - - .icon-ungroupicon { - background-position: -218px -17px; - width: 19px; - height: 17px; - } - - .icon-search_icon_header { - background-position: -218px -34px; - width: 17px; - height: 17px; - } - - .icon-insertslicer { - background-position: -218px -51px; - width: 16px; - height: 17px; - } - - .icon-slicer_settings { - background-position: -218px -68px; - width: 16px; - height: 17px; - } - - .icon-addgradientpoint { - background-position: -218px -85px; - width: 12px; - height: 17px; - } - - .icon-removegradientpoint { - background-position: -218px -102px; - width: 12px; - height: 17px; - } - - .icon-levelnumbericons { - background-position: 0px -203px; - width: 48px; - height: 16px; - } - - .icon-usersnumber { - background-position: -48px -203px; - width: 22px; - height: 16px; - } - - .icon-close_icon { - background-position: -218px -119px; - width: 18px; - height: 16px; - } - - .icon-saveupdate { - background-position: -218px -135px; - width: 18px; - height: 16px; - } - - .icon-savewhilecoediting { - background-position: -218px -151px; - width: 17px; - height: 16px; - } - - .icon-collapserowsicon { - background-position: -218px -167px; - width: 16px; - height: 16px; - } - - .icon-converttorange { - background-position: -218px -183px; - width: 16px; - height: 16px; - } - - .icon-dropdownarrow { - background-position: -200px -18px; - width: 16px; - height: 16px; - } - - .icon-editcommenticon { - background-position: -200px -34px; - width: 16px; - height: 16px; - } - - .icon-expandrowsicon { - background-position: -200px -50px; - width: 16px; - height: 16px; - } - - .icon-filterbutton { - background-position: -200px -66px; - width: 16px; - height: 16px; - } - - .icon-firstlevelicon { - background-position: -200px -82px; - width: 16px; - height: 16px; - } - - .icon-highesttolowest { - background-position: -200px -98px; - width: 16px; - height: 16px; - } - - .icon-highesttolowest1 { - background-position: -200px -114px; - width: 16px; - height: 16px; - } - - .icon-lowesttohighest { - background-position: -200px -130px; - width: 16px; - height: 16px; - } - - .icon-lowesttohighest1 { - background-position: -200px -146px; - width: 16px; - height: 16px; - } - - .icon-pivot_settings { - background-position: -200px -162px; - width: 16px; - height: 16px; - } - - .icon-secondlevelicon { - background-position: -70px -203px; - width: 16px; - height: 16px; - } - - .icon-thirdlevelicon { - background-position: -86px -203px; - width: 16px; - height: 16px; - } - - .icon-distributevertically { - background-position: -102px -203px; - width: 14px; - height: 16px; - } - - .icon-textart_settings_icon { - background-position: -147px -66px; - width: 12px; - height: 16px; - } - - .icon-namedrangesicon { - background-position: -114px -88px; - width: 23px; - height: 15px; - } - - .icon-search_options { - background-position: -137px -88px; - width: 22px; - height: 15px; - } - - .icon-access_rights { - background-position: -116px -203px; - width: 19px; - height: 15px; - } - - .icon-chaticon { - background-position: -135px -203px; - width: 18px; - height: 15px; - } - - .icon-gotodocuments { - background-position: -153px -203px; - width: 18px; - height: 15px; - } - - .icon-print { - background-position: -171px -203px; - width: 17px; - height: 15px; - } - - .icon-bgcolor { - background-position: -188px -203px; - width: 16px; - height: 15px; - } - - .icon-about { - background-position: -204px -203px; - width: 15px; - height: 15px; - } - - .icon-abouticon { - background-position: -219px -203px; - width: 15px; - height: 15px; - } - - .icon-advanced_settings_icon { - background-position: 0px -219px; - width: 15px; - height: 15px; - } - - .icon-insertpivot { - background-position: -15px -219px; - width: 15px; - height: 15px; - } - - .icon-plus { - background-position: -30px -219px; - width: 15px; - height: 15px; - } - - .icon-plus_sheet { - background-position: -45px -219px; - width: 15px; - height: 15px; - } - - .icon-save { - background-position: -60px -219px; - width: 15px; - height: 15px; - } - - .icon-tabstopcenter { - background-position: -75px -219px; - width: 15px; - height: 15px; - } - - .icon-tabstopleft { - background-position: -90px -219px; - width: 15px; - height: 15px; - } - - .icon-feedback { - background-position: -105px -219px; - width: 14px; - height: 15px; - } - - .icon-flipupsidedown { - background-position: -119px -219px; - width: 14px; - height: 15px; - } - - .icon-shapesettings { - background-position: -133px -219px; - width: 14px; - height: 15px; - } - - .icon-file { - background-position: -147px -219px; - width: 13px; - height: 15px; - } - - .icon-back { - background-position: -160px -219px; - width: 12px; - height: 15px; - } - - .icon-fontcolor { - background-position: -172px -219px; - width: 25px; - height: 14px; - } - - .icon-numbering { - background-position: -197px -219px; - width: 24px; - height: 14px; - } - - .icon-spellcheckactivated { - background-position: -237px 0px; - width: 17px; - height: 14px; - } - - .icon-spellcheckdeactivated { - background-position: -237px -14px; - width: 17px; - height: 14px; - } - - .icon-distributehorizontally { - background-position: -237px -28px; - width: 16px; - height: 14px; - } - - .icon-fliplefttoright { - background-position: -237px -42px; - width: 15px; - height: 14px; - } - - .icon-sort { - background-position: -237px -56px; - width: 15px; - height: 14px; - } - - .icon-alignobjectbottom { - background-position: -237px -70px; - width: 14px; - height: 14px; - } - - .icon-alignobjectleft { - background-position: -237px -84px; - width: 14px; - height: 14px; - } - - .icon-alignobjectright { - background-position: -237px -98px; - width: 14px; - height: 14px; - } - - .icon-alignobjecttop { - background-position: -237px -112px; - width: 14px; - height: 14px; - } - - .icon-bordercolor { - background-position: -237px -126px; - width: 14px; - height: 14px; - } - - .icon-borderwidth { - background-position: -237px -140px; - width: 14px; - height: 14px; - } - - .icon-chartsettingsicon { - background-position: -237px -154px; - width: 14px; - height: 14px; - } - - .icon-clearicon { - background-position: -237px -168px; - width: 14px; - height: 14px; - } - - .icon-commentsicon { - background-position: -237px -182px; - width: 14px; - height: 14px; - } - - .icon-deleteicon { - background-position: -237px -196px; - width: 14px; - height: 14px; - } - - .icon-function { - background-position: -237px -210px; - width: 14px; - height: 14px; - } - - .icon-group { - background-position: -221px -219px; - width: 14px; - height: 14px; - } - - .icon-image_settings_icon { - background-position: 0px -234px; - width: 14px; - height: 14px; - } - - .icon-searchicon { - background-position: -14px -234px; - width: 14px; - height: 14px; - } - - .icon-shape_settings_icon { - background-position: -28px -234px; - width: 14px; - height: 14px; - } - - .icon-ungroup { - background-position: -42px -234px; - width: 14px; - height: 14px; - } - - .icon-alignobjectcenter { - background-position: -56px -234px; - width: 13px; - height: 14px; - } - - .icon-copystyle { - background-position: -69px -234px; - width: 12px; - height: 14px; - } - - .icon-gradientslider { - background-position: -81px -234px; - width: 12px; - height: 14px; - } - - .icon-hard { - background-position: -80px -56px; - width: 9px; - height: 14px; - } - - .icon-clear { - background-position: -93px -234px; - width: 26px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-outline { - background-position: -119px -234px; - width: 25px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-bullets { - background-position: -144px -234px; - width: 24px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-insertfunction { - background-position: -168px -234px; - width: 24px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-orientation { - background-position: -192px -234px; - width: 24px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-insertchart { - background-position: -216px -234px; - width: 22px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-insert_dropcap_icon { - background-position: -254px 0px; - width: 22px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-headerfooter { - background-position: -254px -13px; - width: 21px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-insertcells { - background-position: -254px -26px; - width: 21px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-pagesize { - background-position: -254px -39px; - width: 20px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-cut { - background-position: -254px -52px; - width: 16px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-removeduplicates { - background-position: -254px -65px; - width: 16px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-text_autoshape { - background-position: -254px -78px; - width: 16px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-changerange { - background-position: -254px -91px; - width: 15px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-feedbackicon { - background-position: -254px -104px; - width: 15px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-greencircle { - background-position: -254px -117px; - width: 15px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-alignobjectmiddle { - background-position: -254px -130px; - width: 14px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-clearstyle { - background-position: -254px -143px; - width: 14px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-copy { - background-position: -254px -156px; - width: 14px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-hyperlink { - background-position: -254px -169px; - width: 14px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-multiselect { - background-position: -254px -182px; - width: 14px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-paste { - background-position: -254px -195px; - width: 14px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-select_all { - background-position: -254px -208px; - width: 14px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-wraptext { - background-position: -254px -221px; - width: 14px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-allborders { - background-position: -254px -234px; - width: 13px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-bottomborders { - background-position: -238px -234px; - width: 13px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-bringforward { - background-position: 0px -248px; - width: 13px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-bringtofront { - background-position: -13px -248px; - width: 13px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-document_language { - background-position: -26px -248px; - width: 13px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-dropcap_margin { - background-position: -39px -248px; - width: 13px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-dropcap_none { - background-position: -52px -248px; - width: 13px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-dropcap_text { - background-position: -65px -248px; - width: 13px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-equationplaceholder { - background-position: -78px -248px; - width: 13px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-fitpage { - background-position: -91px -248px; - width: 13px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-fitwidth { - background-position: -104px -248px; - width: 13px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-insideborders { - background-position: -117px -248px; - width: 13px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-insidehorizontalborders { - background-position: -130px -248px; - width: 13px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-insideverticalborders { - background-position: -143px -248px; - width: 13px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-leftborders { - background-position: -156px -248px; - width: 13px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-noborders { - background-position: -169px -248px; - width: 13px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-outsideborders { - background-position: -182px -248px; - width: 13px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-rightborders { - background-position: -195px -248px; - width: 13px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-sendbackward { - background-position: -208px -248px; - width: 13px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-sendtoback { - background-position: -221px -248px; - width: 13px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-topborders { - background-position: -234px -248px; - width: 13px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-zoomin { - background-position: -247px -248px; - width: 13px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-currencystyle { - background-position: -260px -248px; - width: 12px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-insertpagenumber { - background-position: 0px -261px; - width: 12px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-rotateclockwise { - background-position: -12px -261px; - width: 12px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-rotatecounterclockwise { - background-position: -24px -261px; - width: 12px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-alignmiddle { - background-position: -36px -261px; - width: 11px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-textsettings { - background-position: -47px -261px; - width: 10px; - height: 13px; - } - - .icon-accountingstyle { - background-position: -57px -261px; - width: 26px; - height: 12px; - } - - .icon-cellsettings_rightpanel { - background-position: -83px -261px; - width: 15px; - height: 12px; - } - - .icon-decreasedecimal { - background-position: -98px -261px; - width: 14px; - height: 12px; - } - - .icon-slicer_clearfilter { - background-position: -112px -261px; - width: 14px; - height: 12px; - } - - .icon-increasedecimal { - background-position: -126px -261px; - width: 13px; - height: 12px; - } - - .icon-angleclockwise { - background-position: -139px -261px; - width: 12px; - height: 12px; - } - - .icon-anglecounterclockwise { - background-position: -151px -261px; - width: 12px; - height: 12px; - } - - .icon-circle { - background-position: -163px -261px; - width: 12px; - height: 12px; - } - - .icon-firstsheet { - background-position: -175px -261px; - width: 12px; - height: 12px; - } - - .icon-larger { - background-position: -187px -261px; - width: 12px; - height: 12px; - } - - .icon-nofill { - background-position: -199px -261px; - width: 12px; - height: 12px; - } - - .icon-sup { - background-position: -211px -261px; - width: 12px; - height: 12px; - } - - .icon-deletecommenticon { - background-position: -223px -261px; - width: 11px; - height: 12px; - } - - .icon-selectcolumn_cursor { - background-position: -234px -261px; - width: 11px; - height: 12px; - } - - .icon-tabletemplate { - background-position: -245px -261px; - width: 26px; - height: 11px; - } - - .icon-merge { - background-position: -276px 0px; - width: 24px; - height: 11px; - } - - .icon-subscripticon { - background-position: -276px -11px; - width: 24px; - height: 11px; - } - - .icon-addborders { - background-position: -276px -22px; - width: 22px; - height: 11px; - } - - .icon-deletecells { - background-position: -276px -33px; - width: 21px; - height: 11px; - } - - .icon-linespacing { - background-position: -276px -44px; - width: 21px; - height: 11px; - } - - .icon-nonprintingcharacters { - background-position: -276px -55px; - width: 20px; - height: 11px; - } - - .icon-namedranges { - background-position: -276px -66px; - width: 16px; - height: 11px; - } - - .icon-table_settings_icon { - background-position: -276px -77px; - width: 16px; - height: 11px; - } - - .icon-viewsettingsicon { - background-position: -276px -88px; - width: 16px; - height: 11px; - } - - .icon-sub { - background-position: -276px -99px; - width: 13px; - height: 11px; - } - - .icon-aligncenter { - background-position: -276px -110px; - width: 12px; - height: 11px; - } - - .icon-alignleft { - background-position: -288px -110px; - width: 12px; - height: 11px; - } - - .icon-alignright { - background-position: -276px -121px; - width: 12px; - height: 11px; - } - - .icon-borderstyle { - background-position: -288px -121px; - width: 12px; - height: 11px; - } - - .icon-clearfilter { - background-position: -276px -132px; - width: 12px; - height: 11px; - } - - .icon-decreasedec { - background-position: -288px -132px; - width: 12px; - height: 11px; - } - - .icon-decreaseindent { - background-position: -276px -143px; - width: 12px; - height: 11px; - } - - .icon-increasedec { - background-position: -288px -143px; - width: 12px; - height: 11px; - } - - .icon-increaseindent { - background-position: -276px -154px; - width: 12px; - height: 11px; - } - - .icon-justify { - background-position: -288px -154px; - width: 12px; - height: 11px; - } - - .icon-resolvedicon { - background-position: -276px -165px; - width: 12px; - height: 11px; - } - - .icon-resolveicon { - background-position: -288px -165px; - width: 12px; - height: 11px; - } - - .icon-selecttable_cursor { - background-position: -276px -176px; - width: 12px; - height: 11px; - } - - .icon-sortandfilter { - background-position: -288px -176px; - width: 12px; - height: 11px; - } - - .icon-alignbottom { - background-position: -289px -99px; - width: 11px; - height: 11px; - } - - .icon-aligntop { - background-position: -276px -187px; - width: 11px; - height: 11px; - } - - .icon-diagonal_down_border { - background-position: -287px -187px; - width: 11px; - height: 11px; - } - - .icon-diagonal_up_border { - background-position: -276px -198px; - width: 11px; - height: 11px; - } - - .icon-sortatoz { - background-position: -287px -198px; - width: 11px; - height: 11px; - } - - .icon-sortztoa { - background-position: -276px -209px; - width: 11px; - height: 11px; - } - - .icon-percentstyle { - background-position: -287px -209px; - width: 10px; - height: 11px; - } - - .icon-underline { - background-position: -276px -220px; - width: 10px; - height: 11px; - } - - .icon-verticaltext { - background-position: -286px -220px; - width: 10px; - height: 11px; - } - - .icon-zoomout { - background-position: -276px -231px; - width: 10px; - height: 11px; - } - - .icon-rotatedown { - background-position: -286px -231px; - width: 9px; - height: 11px; - } - - .icon-highlightcolor { - background-position: -276px -242px; - width: 23px; - height: 10px; - } - - .icon-navigationicon { - background-position: -276px -252px; - width: 13px; - height: 10px; - } - - .icon-strike { - background-position: -276px -262px; - width: 12px; - height: 10px; - } - - .icon-smaller { - background-position: -289px -252px; - width: 11px; - height: 10px; - } - - .icon-yellowdiamond { - background-position: -288px -262px; - width: 11px; - height: 10px; - } - - .icon-lastsheet { - background-position: -237px -224px; - width: 10px; - height: 10px; - } - - .icon-rotateup { - background-position: -267px -234px; - width: 9px; - height: 10px; - } - - .icon-bold { - background-position: -292px -66px; - width: 8px; - height: 10px; - } - - .icon-nextsheet { - background-position: -292px -77px; - width: 8px; - height: 10px; - } - - .icon-previoussheet { - background-position: -292px -88px; - width: 8px; - height: 10px; - } - - .icon-italic { - background-position: -269px -91px; - width: 7px; - height: 10px; - } - - .icon-redo { - background-position: -180px -157px; - width: 17px; - height: 9px; - } - - .icon-undo { - background-position: -90px -71px; - width: 17px; - height: 9px; - } - - .icon-selectrow_cursor { - background-position: 0px -274px; - width: 12px; - height: 9px; - } - - .icon-horizontaltext { - background-position: -80px -70px; - width: 10px; - height: 9px; - } - - .icon-cellrow { - background-position: -12px -274px; - width: 9px; - height: 9px; - } - - .icon-resize_square { - background-position: -21px -274px; - width: 9px; - height: 9px; - } - - .icon-searchdownbutton { - background-position: -200px -178px; - width: 14px; - height: 8px; - } - - .icon-searchupbutton { - background-position: -30px -274px; - width: 14px; - height: 8px; - } - - .icon-constantproportions { - background-position: -44px -274px; - width: 13px; - height: 8px; - } - - .icon-tabstopcenter_marker { - background-position: -57px -274px; - width: 12px; - height: 8px; - } - - .icon-soft { - background-position: -69px -274px; - width: 10px; - height: 8px; - } - - .icon-tabstopleft_marker { - background-position: -268px -130px; - width: 8px; - height: 8px; - } - - .icon-tabstopright_marker { - background-position: -268px -143px; - width: 8px; - height: 8px; - } - - .icon-redo1 { - background-position: -159px -141px; - width: 13px; - height: 6px; - } - - .icon-undo1 { - background-position: -79px -274px; - width: 13px; - height: 6px; - } - - .icon-nextpage { - background-position: -295px -231px; - width: 5px; - height: 6px; - } - - .icon-previouspage { - background-position: -270px -52px; - width: 5px; - height: 6px; - } - - .icon-tab { - background-position: -147px -82px; - width: 10px; - height: 5px; - } - - .icon-connectionpoint { - background-position: -295px -237px; - width: 5px; - height: 5px; - } - - .icon-nonbreakspace { - background-position: -270px -58px; - width: 5px; - height: 5px; - } - - .icon-square { - background-position: -270px -65px; - width: 5px; - height: 5px; - } - - .icon-space { - background-position: -298px -22px; - width: 2px; - height: 3px; - } + background-position: 0px 0px; + width: 28px; + height: 28px; +} + +.icon-photoeditor { + background-position: -28px 0px; + width: 28px; + height: 28px; +} + +.icon-youtube { + background-position: 0px -28px; + width: 28px; + height: 28px; +} + +.icon-thumbnailsettingicon { + background-position: -56px 0px; + width: 34px; + height: 27px; +} + +.icon-translator { + background-position: -56px -27px; + width: 26px; + height: 26px; +} + +.icon-favorites_icon { + background-position: -28px -28px; + width: 26px; + height: 25px; +} + +.icon-conditionalformatting_button { + background-position: 0px -56px; + width: 32px; + height: 24px; +} + +.icon-help { + background-position: -32px -56px; + width: 24px; + height: 24px; +} + +.icon-rainbow_icon { + background-position: -56px -56px; + width: 24px; + height: 24px; +} + +.icon-telegram_icon { + background-position: -90px 0px; + width: 24px; + height: 24px; +} + +.icon-slicer_icon { + background-position: -90px -24px; + width: 21px; + height: 24px; +} + +.icon-arrow { + background-position: -90px -48px; + width: 23px; + height: 23px; +} + +.icon-insert_pivot { + background-position: 0px -80px; + width: 23px; + height: 23px; +} + +.icon-list_worksheets { + background-position: -23px -80px; + width: 23px; + height: 23px; +} + +.icon-change_case { + background-position: -46px -80px; + width: 45px; + height: 22px; +} + +.icon-fontsize { + background-position: -114px 0px; + width: 45px; + height: 22px; +} + +.icon-rowsandcolumns { + background-position: -114px -22px; + width: 45px; + height: 22px; +} + +.icon-SearchOptions { + background-position: -114px -44px; + width: 42px; + height: 22px; +} + +.icon-verticalalignment { + background-position: -114px -66px; + width: 33px; + height: 22px; +} + +.icon-pastespecialbutton { + background-position: 0px -103px; + width: 30px; + height: 22px; +} + +.icon-sparklines_button { + background-position: -30px -103px; + width: 28px; + height: 22px; +} + +.icon-thesaurus_icon { + background-position: -58px -103px; + width: 28px; + height: 22px; +} + +.icon-addworksheet { + background-position: -86px -103px; + width: 24px; + height: 22px; +} + +.icon-ascendingbutton { + background-position: -91px -80px; + width: 22px; + height: 22px; +} + +.icon-descendingbutton { + background-position: -110px -103px; + width: 22px; + height: 22px; +} + +.icon-go_to_the_next_word { + background-position: -132px -103px; + width: 22px; + height: 22px; +} + +.icon-inserttexticon { + background-position: 0px -125px; + width: 22px; + height: 22px; +} + +.icon-pagebreak1 { + background-position: -22px -125px; + width: 21px; + height: 22px; +} + +.icon-printareabutton { + background-position: -43px -125px; + width: 20px; + height: 22px; +} + +.icon-calculationicon { + background-position: -63px -125px; + width: 18px; + height: 22px; +} + +.icon-coeditingmode { + background-position: -81px -125px; + width: 18px; + height: 22px; +} + +.icon-header_footer_icon { + background-position: -99px -125px; + width: 18px; + height: 22px; +} + +.icon-versionhistoryicon { + background-position: -117px -125px; + width: 24px; + height: 21px; +} + +.icon-pivot_refresh { + background-position: -159px 0px; + width: 21px; + height: 21px; +} + +.icon-selectall { + background-position: 0px -147px; + width: 27px; + height: 20px; +} + +.icon-dataval_icon { + background-position: -27px -147px; + width: 26px; + height: 20px; +} + +.icon-sheetview_icon { + background-position: -53px -147px; + width: 25px; + height: 20px; +} + +.icon-bringforward_toptoolbar { + background-position: -159px -21px; + width: 20px; + height: 20px; +} + +.icon-changecolorscheme { + background-position: -159px -41px; + width: 20px; + height: 20px; +} + +.icon-chatgpt_icon { + background-position: -159px -61px; + width: 20px; + height: 20px; +} + +.icon-constantproportionsactivated { + background-position: -159px -81px; + width: 20px; + height: 20px; +} + +.icon-copystyle_selected { + background-position: -159px -101px; + width: 20px; + height: 20px; +} + +.icon-group_toptoolbar { + background-position: -159px -121px; + width: 20px; + height: 20px; +} + +.icon-image { + background-position: -78px -147px; + width: 20px; + height: 20px; +} + +.icon-insertautoshape { + background-position: -98px -147px; + width: 20px; + height: 20px; +} + +.icon-insert_symbol_icon { + background-position: -118px -147px; + width: 20px; + height: 20px; +} + +.icon-scaletofit { + background-position: -138px -147px; + width: 20px; + height: 20px; +} + +.icon-sendbackward_toptoolbar { + background-position: -158px -147px; + width: 20px; + height: 20px; +} + +.icon-show_password { + background-position: -180px 0px; + width: 20px; + height: 20px; +} + +.icon-sortcommentsicon { + background-position: -180px -20px; + width: 20px; + height: 20px; +} + +.icon-vector { + background-position: -180px -40px; + width: 20px; + height: 20px; +} + +.icon-zoom_icon { + background-position: -180px -60px; + width: 20px; + height: 20px; +} + +.icon-align_toptoolbar { + background-position: -180px -80px; + width: 19px; + height: 20px; +} + +.icon-inserttextarticon { + background-position: -180px -100px; + width: 16px; + height: 20px; +} + +.icon-chat_toptoolbar { + background-position: 0px -167px; + width: 24px; + height: 19px; +} + +.icon-chart { + background-position: -24px -167px; + width: 22px; + height: 19px; +} + +.icon-comment_toptoolbar { + background-position: -46px -167px; + width: 22px; + height: 19px; +} + +.icon-insertequationicon { + background-position: -68px -167px; + width: 22px; + height: 19px; +} + +.icon-pivotselecticon { + background-position: -90px -167px; + width: 22px; + height: 19px; +} + +.icon-functionicon { + background-position: -180px -120px; + width: 20px; + height: 19px; +} + +.icon-paste_style { + background-position: -180px -139px; + width: 20px; + height: 19px; +} + +.icon-addhyperlink { + background-position: -112px -167px; + width: 19px; + height: 19px; +} + +.icon-hiderulers { + background-position: -131px -167px; + width: 19px; + height: 19px; +} + +.icon-removecomment_toptoolbar { + background-position: -141px -125px; + width: 15px; + height: 19px; +} + +.icon-customsort { + background-position: -150px -167px; + width: 18px; + height: 18px; +} + +.icon-new_icon { + background-position: -168px -167px; + width: 18px; + height: 18px; +} + +.icon-search_advanced { + background-position: -200px 0px; + width: 18px; + height: 18px; +} + +.icon-searchbuttons { + background-position: 0px -186px; + width: 33px; + height: 17px; +} + +.icon-horizontalalignment { + background-position: -33px -186px; + width: 31px; + height: 17px; +} + +.icon-backgroundcolor { + background-position: -64px -186px; + width: 25px; + height: 17px; +} + +.icon-removeduplicates_icon { + background-position: -89px -186px; + width: 24px; + height: 17px; +} + +.icon-table { + background-position: -113px -186px; + width: 22px; + height: 17px; +} + +.icon-changecolumnwidthcursor { + background-position: -135px -186px; + width: 21px; + height: 17px; +} + +.icon-sharingicon { + background-position: -156px -186px; + width: 21px; + height: 17px; +} + +.icon-chaticon_new { + background-position: -177px -186px; + width: 19px; + height: 17px; +} + +.icon-groupicon { + background-position: -196px -186px; + width: 19px; + height: 17px; +} + +.icon-selectdata_icon { + background-position: -218px 0px; + width: 19px; + height: 17px; +} + +.icon-ungroupicon { + background-position: -218px -17px; + width: 19px; + height: 17px; +} + +.icon-search_icon_header { + background-position: -218px -34px; + width: 17px; + height: 17px; +} + +.icon-insertslicer { + background-position: -218px -51px; + width: 16px; + height: 17px; +} + +.icon-slicer_settings { + background-position: -218px -68px; + width: 16px; + height: 17px; +} + +.icon-addgradientpoint { + background-position: -218px -85px; + width: 12px; + height: 17px; +} + +.icon-removegradientpoint { + background-position: -218px -102px; + width: 12px; + height: 17px; +} + +.icon-levelnumbericons { + background-position: 0px -203px; + width: 48px; + height: 16px; +} + +.icon-usersnumber { + background-position: -48px -203px; + width: 22px; + height: 16px; +} + +.icon-close_icon { + background-position: -218px -119px; + width: 18px; + height: 16px; +} + +.icon-saveupdate { + background-position: -218px -135px; + width: 18px; + height: 16px; +} + +.icon-savewhilecoediting { + background-position: -218px -151px; + width: 17px; + height: 16px; +} + +.icon-collapserowsicon { + background-position: -218px -167px; + width: 16px; + height: 16px; +} + +.icon-converttorange { + background-position: -218px -183px; + width: 16px; + height: 16px; +} + +.icon-dropdownarrow { + background-position: -200px -18px; + width: 16px; + height: 16px; +} + +.icon-editcommenticon { + background-position: -200px -34px; + width: 16px; + height: 16px; +} + +.icon-expandrowsicon { + background-position: -200px -50px; + width: 16px; + height: 16px; +} + +.icon-filterbutton { + background-position: -200px -66px; + width: 16px; + height: 16px; +} + +.icon-firstlevelicon { + background-position: -200px -82px; + width: 16px; + height: 16px; +} + +.icon-highesttolowest { + background-position: -200px -98px; + width: 16px; + height: 16px; +} + +.icon-highesttolowest1 { + background-position: -200px -114px; + width: 16px; + height: 16px; +} + +.icon-lowesttohighest { + background-position: -200px -130px; + width: 16px; + height: 16px; +} + +.icon-lowesttohighest1 { + background-position: -200px -146px; + width: 16px; + height: 16px; +} + +.icon-pivot_settings { + background-position: -200px -162px; + width: 16px; + height: 16px; +} + +.icon-secondlevelicon { + background-position: -70px -203px; + width: 16px; + height: 16px; +} + +.icon-thirdlevelicon { + background-position: -86px -203px; + width: 16px; + height: 16px; +} + +.icon-distributevertically { + background-position: -186px -167px; + width: 14px; + height: 16px; +} + +.icon-textart_settings_icon { + background-position: -147px -66px; + width: 12px; + height: 16px; +} + +.icon-namedrangesicon { + background-position: -114px -88px; + width: 23px; + height: 15px; +} + +.icon-search_options { + background-position: -137px -88px; + width: 22px; + height: 15px; +} + +.icon-access_rights { + background-position: -102px -203px; + width: 19px; + height: 15px; +} + +.icon-chaticon { + background-position: -121px -203px; + width: 18px; + height: 15px; +} + +.icon-gotodocuments { + background-position: -139px -203px; + width: 18px; + height: 15px; +} + +.icon-print { + background-position: -157px -203px; + width: 17px; + height: 15px; +} + +.icon-bgcolor { + background-position: -174px -203px; + width: 16px; + height: 15px; +} + +.icon-about { + background-position: -190px -203px; + width: 15px; + height: 15px; +} + +.icon-abouticon { + background-position: -205px -203px; + width: 15px; + height: 15px; +} + +.icon-advanced_settings_icon { + background-position: -220px -203px; + width: 15px; + height: 15px; +} + +.icon-insertpivot { + background-position: 0px -219px; + width: 15px; + height: 15px; +} + +.icon-plus { + background-position: -15px -219px; + width: 15px; + height: 15px; +} + +.icon-plus_sheet { + background-position: -30px -219px; + width: 15px; + height: 15px; +} + +.icon-save { + background-position: -45px -219px; + width: 15px; + height: 15px; +} + +.icon-tabstopcenter { + background-position: -60px -219px; + width: 15px; + height: 15px; +} + +.icon-tabstopleft { + background-position: -75px -219px; + width: 15px; + height: 15px; +} + +.icon-feedback { + background-position: -90px -219px; + width: 14px; + height: 15px; +} + +.icon-flipupsidedown { + background-position: -104px -219px; + width: 14px; + height: 15px; +} + +.icon-shapesettings { + background-position: -118px -219px; + width: 14px; + height: 15px; +} + +.icon-file { + background-position: -132px -219px; + width: 13px; + height: 15px; +} + +.icon-back { + background-position: -145px -219px; + width: 12px; + height: 15px; +} + +.icon-fontcolor { + background-position: -157px -219px; + width: 25px; + height: 14px; +} + +.icon-numbering { + background-position: -182px -219px; + width: 24px; + height: 14px; +} + +.icon-spellcheckactivated { + background-position: -206px -219px; + width: 17px; + height: 14px; +} + +.icon-spellcheckdeactivated { + background-position: -237px 0px; + width: 17px; + height: 14px; +} + +.icon-distributehorizontally { + background-position: -237px -14px; + width: 16px; + height: 14px; +} + +.icon-fliplefttoright { + background-position: -237px -28px; + width: 15px; + height: 14px; +} + +.icon-sort { + background-position: -237px -42px; + width: 15px; + height: 14px; +} + +.icon-alignobjectbottom { + background-position: -237px -56px; + width: 14px; + height: 14px; +} + +.icon-alignobjectleft { + background-position: -237px -70px; + width: 14px; + height: 14px; +} + +.icon-alignobjectright { + background-position: -237px -84px; + width: 14px; + height: 14px; +} + +.icon-alignobjecttop { + background-position: -237px -98px; + width: 14px; + height: 14px; +} + +.icon-bordercolor { + background-position: -237px -112px; + width: 14px; + height: 14px; +} + +.icon-borderwidth { + background-position: -237px -126px; + width: 14px; + height: 14px; +} + +.icon-chartsettingsicon { + background-position: -237px -140px; + width: 14px; + height: 14px; +} + +.icon-clearicon { + background-position: -237px -154px; + width: 14px; + height: 14px; +} + +.icon-commentsicon { + background-position: -237px -168px; + width: 14px; + height: 14px; +} + +.icon-deleteicon { + background-position: -237px -182px; + width: 14px; + height: 14px; +} + +.icon-function { + background-position: -237px -196px; + width: 14px; + height: 14px; +} + +.icon-group { + background-position: -237px -210px; + width: 14px; + height: 14px; +} + +.icon-image_settings_icon { + background-position: -223px -219px; + width: 14px; + height: 14px; +} + +.icon-searchicon { + background-position: 0px -234px; + width: 14px; + height: 14px; +} + +.icon-shape_settings_icon { + background-position: -14px -234px; + width: 14px; + height: 14px; +} + +.icon-ungroup { + background-position: -28px -234px; + width: 14px; + height: 14px; +} + +.icon-alignobjectcenter { + background-position: -42px -234px; + width: 13px; + height: 14px; +} + +.icon-copystyle { + background-position: -55px -234px; + width: 12px; + height: 14px; +} + +.icon-gradientslider { + background-position: -67px -234px; + width: 12px; + height: 14px; +} + +.icon-hard { + background-position: -80px -56px; + width: 9px; + height: 14px; +} + +.icon-clear { + background-position: -79px -234px; + width: 26px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-outline { + background-position: -105px -234px; + width: 25px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-bullets { + background-position: -130px -234px; + width: 24px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-insertfunction { + background-position: -154px -234px; + width: 24px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-orientation { + background-position: -178px -234px; + width: 24px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-insertchart { + background-position: -202px -234px; + width: 22px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-insert_dropcap_icon { + background-position: -224px -234px; + width: 22px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-headerfooter { + background-position: -254px 0px; + width: 21px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-insertcells { + background-position: -254px -13px; + width: 21px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-pagesize { + background-position: -254px -26px; + width: 20px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-cut { + background-position: -254px -39px; + width: 16px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-removeduplicates { + background-position: -254px -52px; + width: 16px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-text_autoshape { + background-position: -254px -65px; + width: 16px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-changerange { + background-position: -254px -78px; + width: 15px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-feedbackicon { + background-position: -254px -91px; + width: 15px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-greencircle { + background-position: -254px -104px; + width: 15px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-alignobjectmiddle { + background-position: -254px -117px; + width: 14px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-clearstyle { + background-position: -254px -130px; + width: 14px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-copy { + background-position: -254px -143px; + width: 14px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-hyperlink { + background-position: -254px -156px; + width: 14px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-multiselect { + background-position: -254px -169px; + width: 14px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-paste { + background-position: -254px -182px; + width: 14px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-select_all { + background-position: -254px -195px; + width: 14px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-wraptext { + background-position: -254px -208px; + width: 14px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-allborders { + background-position: -254px -221px; + width: 13px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-bottomborders { + background-position: -254px -234px; + width: 13px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-bringforward { + background-position: 0px -248px; + width: 13px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-bringtofront { + background-position: -13px -248px; + width: 13px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-document_language { + background-position: -26px -248px; + width: 13px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-dropcap_margin { + background-position: -39px -248px; + width: 13px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-dropcap_none { + background-position: -52px -248px; + width: 13px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-dropcap_text { + background-position: -65px -248px; + width: 13px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-equationplaceholder { + background-position: -78px -248px; + width: 13px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-fitpage { + background-position: -91px -248px; + width: 13px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-fitwidth { + background-position: -104px -248px; + width: 13px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-insideborders { + background-position: -117px -248px; + width: 13px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-insidehorizontalborders { + background-position: -130px -248px; + width: 13px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-insideverticalborders { + background-position: -143px -248px; + width: 13px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-leftborders { + background-position: -156px -248px; + width: 13px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-noborders { + background-position: -169px -248px; + width: 13px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-outsideborders { + background-position: -182px -248px; + width: 13px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-rightborders { + background-position: -195px -248px; + width: 13px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-sendbackward { + background-position: -208px -248px; + width: 13px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-sendtoback { + background-position: -221px -248px; + width: 13px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-topborders { + background-position: -234px -248px; + width: 13px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-zoomin { + background-position: -247px -248px; + width: 13px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-currencystyle { + background-position: -260px -248px; + width: 12px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-insertpagenumber { + background-position: 0px -261px; + width: 12px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-rotateclockwise { + background-position: -12px -261px; + width: 12px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-rotatecounterclockwise { + background-position: -24px -261px; + width: 12px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-alignmiddle { + background-position: -36px -261px; + width: 11px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-textsettings { + background-position: -47px -261px; + width: 10px; + height: 13px; +} + +.icon-accountingstyle { + background-position: -57px -261px; + width: 26px; + height: 12px; +} + +.icon-cellsettings_rightpanel { + background-position: -83px -261px; + width: 15px; + height: 12px; +} + +.icon-decreasedecimal { + background-position: -98px -261px; + width: 14px; + height: 12px; +} + +.icon-slicer_clearfilter { + background-position: -112px -261px; + width: 14px; + height: 12px; +} + +.icon-increasedecimal { + background-position: -126px -261px; + width: 13px; + height: 12px; +} + +.icon-angleclockwise { + background-position: -139px -261px; + width: 12px; + height: 12px; +} + +.icon-anglecounterclockwise { + background-position: -151px -261px; + width: 12px; + height: 12px; +} + +.icon-circle { + background-position: -163px -261px; + width: 12px; + height: 12px; +} + +.icon-firstsheet { + background-position: -175px -261px; + width: 12px; + height: 12px; +} + +.icon-larger { + background-position: -187px -261px; + width: 12px; + height: 12px; +} + +.icon-nofill { + background-position: -199px -261px; + width: 12px; + height: 12px; +} + +.icon-sup { + background-position: -211px -261px; + width: 12px; + height: 12px; +} + +.icon-deletecommenticon { + background-position: -223px -261px; + width: 11px; + height: 12px; +} + +.icon-selectcolumn_cursor { + background-position: -234px -261px; + width: 11px; + height: 12px; +} + +.icon-tabletemplate { + background-position: -245px -261px; + width: 26px; + height: 11px; +} + +.icon-merge { + background-position: -275px 0px; + width: 24px; + height: 11px; +} + +.icon-subscripticon { + background-position: -275px -11px; + width: 24px; + height: 11px; +} + +.icon-addborders { + background-position: -275px -22px; + width: 22px; + height: 11px; +} + +.icon-deletecells { + background-position: -275px -33px; + width: 21px; + height: 11px; +} + +.icon-linespacing { + background-position: -275px -44px; + width: 21px; + height: 11px; +} + +.icon-nonprintingcharacters { + background-position: -275px -55px; + width: 20px; + height: 11px; +} + +.icon-namedranges { + background-position: -275px -66px; + width: 16px; + height: 11px; +} + +.icon-table_settings_icon { + background-position: -275px -77px; + width: 16px; + height: 11px; +} + +.icon-viewsettingsicon { + background-position: -275px -88px; + width: 16px; + height: 11px; +} + +.icon-sub { + background-position: -275px -99px; + width: 13px; + height: 11px; +} + +.icon-aligncenter { + background-position: -275px -110px; + width: 12px; + height: 11px; +} + +.icon-alignleft { + background-position: -287px -110px; + width: 12px; + height: 11px; +} + +.icon-alignright { + background-position: -275px -121px; + width: 12px; + height: 11px; +} + +.icon-borderstyle { + background-position: -287px -121px; + width: 12px; + height: 11px; +} + +.icon-clearfilter { + background-position: -275px -132px; + width: 12px; + height: 11px; +} + +.icon-decreasedec { + background-position: -287px -132px; + width: 12px; + height: 11px; +} + +.icon-decreaseindent { + background-position: -275px -143px; + width: 12px; + height: 11px; +} + +.icon-increasedec { + background-position: -287px -143px; + width: 12px; + height: 11px; +} + +.icon-increaseindent { + background-position: -275px -154px; + width: 12px; + height: 11px; +} + +.icon-justify { + background-position: -287px -154px; + width: 12px; + height: 11px; +} + +.icon-resolvedicon { + background-position: -275px -165px; + width: 12px; + height: 11px; +} + +.icon-resolveicon { + background-position: -287px -165px; + width: 12px; + height: 11px; +} + +.icon-selecttable_cursor { + background-position: -275px -176px; + width: 12px; + height: 11px; +} + +.icon-sortandfilter { + background-position: -287px -176px; + width: 12px; + height: 11px; +} + +.icon-alignbottom { + background-position: -288px -99px; + width: 11px; + height: 11px; +} + +.icon-aligntop { + background-position: -275px -187px; + width: 11px; + height: 11px; +} + +.icon-diagonal_down_border { + background-position: -286px -187px; + width: 11px; + height: 11px; +} + +.icon-diagonal_up_border { + background-position: -275px -198px; + width: 11px; + height: 11px; +} + +.icon-sortatoz { + background-position: -286px -198px; + width: 11px; + height: 11px; +} + +.icon-sortztoa { + background-position: -275px -209px; + width: 11px; + height: 11px; +} + +.icon-percentstyle { + background-position: -286px -209px; + width: 10px; + height: 11px; +} + +.icon-underline { + background-position: -275px -220px; + width: 10px; + height: 11px; +} + +.icon-verticaltext { + background-position: -285px -220px; + width: 10px; + height: 11px; +} + +.icon-zoomout { + background-position: -275px -231px; + width: 10px; + height: 11px; +} + +.icon-rotatedown { + background-position: -285px -231px; + width: 9px; + height: 11px; +} + +.icon-highlightcolor { + background-position: -275px -242px; + width: 23px; + height: 10px; +} + +.icon-navigationicon { + background-position: -275px -252px; + width: 13px; + height: 10px; +} + +.icon-strike { + background-position: -275px -262px; + width: 12px; + height: 10px; +} + +.icon-smaller { + background-position: -288px -252px; + width: 11px; + height: 10px; +} + +.icon-yellowdiamond { + background-position: -287px -262px; + width: 11px; + height: 10px; +} + +.icon-lastsheet { + background-position: -237px -224px; + width: 10px; + height: 10px; +} + +.icon-rotateup { + background-position: -80px -70px; + width: 9px; + height: 10px; +} + +.icon-bold { + background-position: -291px -66px; + width: 8px; + height: 10px; +} + +.icon-nextsheet { + background-position: -291px -77px; + width: 8px; + height: 10px; +} + +.icon-previoussheet { + background-position: -291px -88px; + width: 8px; + height: 10px; +} + +.icon-italic { + background-position: -268px -117px; + width: 7px; + height: 10px; +} + +.icon-redo { + background-position: -180px -158px; + width: 17px; + height: 9px; +} + +.icon-undo { + background-position: -90px -71px; + width: 17px; + height: 9px; +} + +.icon-selectrow_cursor { + background-position: 0px -274px; + width: 12px; + height: 9px; +} + +.icon-horizontaltext { + background-position: -12px -274px; + width: 10px; + height: 9px; +} + +.icon-cellrow { + background-position: -22px -274px; + width: 9px; + height: 9px; +} + +.icon-resize_square { + background-position: -31px -274px; + width: 9px; + height: 9px; +} + +.icon-searchdownbutton { + background-position: -200px -178px; + width: 14px; + height: 8px; +} + +.icon-searchupbutton { + background-position: -40px -274px; + width: 14px; + height: 8px; +} + +.icon-constantproportions { + background-position: -54px -274px; + width: 13px; + height: 8px; +} + +.icon-tabstopcenter_marker { + background-position: -67px -274px; + width: 12px; + height: 8px; +} + +.icon-soft { + background-position: -79px -274px; + width: 10px; + height: 8px; +} + +.icon-tabstopleft_marker { + background-position: -267px -221px; + width: 8px; + height: 8px; +} + +.icon-tabstopright_marker { + background-position: -267px -234px; + width: 8px; + height: 8px; +} + +.icon-redo1 { + background-position: -159px -141px; + width: 13px; + height: 6px; +} + +.icon-undo1 { + background-position: -89px -274px; + width: 13px; + height: 6px; +} + +.icon-nextpage { + background-position: -294px -231px; + width: 5px; + height: 6px; +} + +.icon-previouspage { + background-position: -270px -39px; + width: 5px; + height: 6px; +} + +.icon-tab { + background-position: -147px -82px; + width: 10px; + height: 5px; +} + +.icon-connectionpoint { + background-position: -294px -237px; + width: 5px; + height: 5px; +} + +.icon-nonbreakspace { + background-position: -270px -45px; + width: 5px; + height: 5px; +} + +.icon-square { + background-position: -270px -52px; + width: 5px; + height: 5px; +} + +.icon-space { + background-position: -297px -22px; + width: 2px; + height: 3px; +} /*STOP FOR ICON SSE*/ } @@ -15358,268 +15359,268 @@ input[id^="expanded"]:not(:checked) + label + ul.collapsible { } /*START HERE FOR ICON PDF*/ .icon-speech { - background-position: 0px 0px; - width: 28px; - height: 28px; - } + background-position: 0px 0px; + width: 28px; + height: 28px; +} - .icon-speechinput { - background-position: -28px 0px; - width: 28px; - height: 28px; - } +.icon-speechinput { + background-position: -28px 0px; + width: 28px; + height: 28px; +} - .icon-translator { - background-position: 0px -28px; - width: 26px; - height: 26px; - } +.icon-translator { + background-position: 0px -28px; + width: 26px; + height: 26px; +} - .icon-telegram_icon { - background-position: -26px -28px; - width: 24px; - height: 24px; - } +.icon-telegram_icon { + background-position: -26px -28px; + width: 24px; + height: 24px; +} - .icon-thesaurus_icon { - background-position: -56px 0px; - width: 28px; - height: 22px; - } +.icon-thesaurus_icon { + background-position: -56px 0px; + width: 28px; + height: 22px; +} - .icon-favorites_icon { - background-position: -56px -22px; - width: 20px; - height: 20px; - } +.icon-favorites_icon { + background-position: -56px -22px; + width: 20px; + height: 20px; +} - .icon-sortcommentsicon { - background-position: 0px -54px; - width: 31px; - height: 19px; - } +.icon-sortcommentsicon { + background-position: 0px -54px; + width: 20px; + height: 20px; +} - .icon-comment_toptoolbar { - background-position: -31px -54px; - width: 22px; - height: 19px; - } +.icon-comment_toptoolbar { + background-position: -20px -54px; + width: 22px; + height: 19px; +} - .icon-removecomment_toptoolbar { - background-position: -53px -54px; - width: 15px; - height: 19px; - } +.icon-removecomment_toptoolbar { + background-position: -42px -54px; + width: 15px; + height: 19px; +} - .icon-search_advanced { - background-position: -84px 0px; - width: 18px; - height: 18px; - } +.icon-search_advanced { + background-position: -57px -54px; + width: 18px; + height: 18px; +} - .icon-search_icon_header { - background-position: -84px -18px; - width: 18px; - height: 18px; - } +.icon-search_icon_header { + background-position: -84px 0px; + width: 18px; + height: 18px; +} - .icon-access_rights { - background-position: 0px -73px; - width: 22px; - height: 17px; - } +.icon-access_rights { + background-position: 0px -74px; + width: 22px; + height: 17px; +} - .icon-gotodocuments { - background-position: -22px -73px; - width: 20px; - height: 17px; - } +.icon-gotodocuments { + background-position: -22px -74px; + width: 20px; + height: 17px; +} - .icon-chaticon_new { - background-position: -42px -73px; - width: 19px; - height: 17px; - } +.icon-chaticon_new { + background-position: -42px -74px; + width: 19px; + height: 17px; +} - .icon-editcommenticon { - background-position: -84px -36px; - width: 16px; - height: 16px; - } +.icon-editcommenticon { + background-position: -84px -18px; + width: 16px; + height: 16px; +} - .icon-handtool { - background-position: -84px -52px; - width: 13px; - height: 16px; - } +.icon-handtool { + background-position: -84px -34px; + width: 13px; + height: 16px; +} - .icon-pagethumbnails { - background-position: -68px -54px; - width: 12px; - height: 16px; - } +.icon-pagethumbnails { + background-position: -84px -50px; + width: 12px; + height: 16px; +} - .icon-selectiontool { - background-position: -61px -73px; - width: 10px; - height: 16px; - } +.icon-selectiontool { + background-position: -61px -74px; + width: 10px; + height: 16px; +} - .icon-search_options { - background-position: -71px -73px; - width: 22px; - height: 15px; - } +.icon-search_options { + background-position: -71px -74px; + width: 22px; + height: 15px; +} - .icon-chaticon { - background-position: -102px 0px; - width: 18px; - height: 15px; - } +.icon-chaticon { + background-position: -102px 0px; + width: 18px; + height: 15px; +} - .icon-print { - background-position: -102px -15px; - width: 17px; - height: 15px; - } +.icon-print { + background-position: -102px -15px; + width: 17px; + height: 15px; +} - .icon-about { - background-position: -102px -30px; - width: 15px; - height: 15px; - } +.icon-about { + background-position: -102px -30px; + width: 15px; + height: 15px; +} - .icon-fitpage { - background-position: -102px -45px; - width: 13px; - height: 15px; - } +.icon-fitpage { + background-position: -102px -45px; + width: 13px; + height: 15px; +} - .icon-pagenumber { - background-position: 0px -90px; - width: 65px; - height: 14px; - } +.icon-pagenumber { + background-position: 0px -91px; + width: 65px; + height: 14px; +} - .icon-commentsicon { - background-position: -102px -60px; - width: 14px; - height: 14px; - } +.icon-commentsicon { + background-position: -102px -60px; + width: 14px; + height: 14px; +} - .icon-save { - background-position: -102px -74px; - width: 14px; - height: 14px; - } +.icon-save { + background-position: -102px -74px; + width: 14px; + height: 14px; +} - .icon-searchicon { - background-position: -65px -90px; - width: 14px; - height: 14px; - } +.icon-searchicon { + background-position: -65px -91px; + width: 14px; + height: 14px; +} - .icon-firstpage { - background-position: -79px -90px; - width: 11px; - height: 14px; - } +.icon-firstpage { + background-position: -79px -91px; + width: 11px; + height: 14px; +} - .icon-lastpage { - background-position: -90px -90px; - width: 11px; - height: 14px; - } +.icon-lastpage { + background-position: -90px -91px; + width: 11px; + height: 14px; +} - .icon-nextpage { - background-position: -93px -73px; - width: 9px; - height: 14px; - } +.icon-nextpage { + background-position: -75px -54px; + width: 9px; + height: 14px; +} - .icon-previouspage { - background-position: -101px -90px; - width: 9px; - height: 14px; - } +.icon-previouspage { + background-position: -93px -74px; + width: 9px; + height: 14px; +} - .icon-feedbackicon { - background-position: 0px -104px; - width: 15px; - height: 13px; - } +.icon-feedbackicon { + background-position: -101px -91px; + width: 15px; + height: 13px; +} - .icon-copy { - background-position: -15px -104px; - width: 14px; - height: 13px; - } +.icon-copy { + background-position: 0px -105px; + width: 14px; + height: 13px; +} - .icon-paste { - background-position: -29px -104px; - width: 14px; - height: 13px; - } +.icon-paste { + background-position: -14px -105px; + width: 14px; + height: 13px; +} - .icon-selectall { - background-position: -43px -104px; - width: 14px; - height: 13px; - } +.icon-selectall { + background-position: -28px -105px; + width: 14px; + height: 13px; +} - .icon-zoomin { - background-position: -57px -104px; - width: 13px; - height: 13px; - } +.icon-zoomin { + background-position: -42px -105px; + width: 13px; + height: 13px; +} - .icon-deletecommenticon { - background-position: -56px -42px; - width: 11px; - height: 12px; - } +.icon-deletecommenticon { + background-position: -56px -42px; + width: 11px; + height: 12px; +} - .icon-fitwidth { - background-position: -67px -42px; - width: 16px; - height: 11px; - } +.icon-fitwidth { + background-position: -67px -42px; + width: 16px; + height: 11px; +} - .icon-resolvedicon { - background-position: -70px -104px; - width: 12px; - height: 11px; - } +.icon-resolvedicon { + background-position: -55px -105px; + width: 12px; + height: 11px; +} - .icon-resolveicon { - background-position: -82px -104px; - width: 12px; - height: 11px; - } +.icon-resolveicon { + background-position: -67px -105px; + width: 12px; + height: 11px; +} - .icon-zoomout { - background-position: -110px -90px; - width: 10px; - height: 11px; - } +.icon-zoomout { + background-position: -79px -105px; + width: 10px; + height: 11px; +} - .icon-navigationicon { - background-position: -94px -104px; - width: 13px; - height: 10px; - } +.icon-navigationicon { + background-position: -89px -105px; + width: 13px; + height: 10px; +} - .icon-searchdownbutton { - background-position: -120px 0px; - width: 14px; - height: 8px; - } +.icon-searchdownbutton { + background-position: -84px -66px; + width: 14px; + height: 8px; +} - .icon-searchupbutton { - background-position: -120px -8px; - width: 14px; - height: 8px; - } +.icon-searchupbutton { + background-position: -102px -105px; + width: 14px; + height: 8px; +} /*STOP HERE FOR ICON PDF*/ } diff --git a/Web/images/Help/GettingStarted/Desktop/big/added_plugin.png b/Web/images/Help/GettingStarted/Desktop/big/added_plugin.png index df162b2e0..35404a170 100644 Binary files a/Web/images/Help/GettingStarted/Desktop/big/added_plugin.png and b/Web/images/Help/GettingStarted/Desktop/big/added_plugin.png differ diff --git a/Web/images/Help/GettingStarted/Desktop/big/cloud.png b/Web/images/Help/GettingStarted/Desktop/big/cloud.png index a6c18e495..366ee6bc8 100644 Binary files a/Web/images/Help/GettingStarted/Desktop/big/cloud.png and b/Web/images/Help/GettingStarted/Desktop/big/cloud.png differ diff --git a/Web/images/Help/GettingStarted/Desktop/big/create.png b/Web/images/Help/GettingStarted/Desktop/big/create.png index e4999a130..ed8574bf1 100644 Binary files a/Web/images/Help/GettingStarted/Desktop/big/create.png and b/Web/images/Help/GettingStarted/Desktop/big/create.png differ diff --git a/Web/images/Help/GettingStarted/Desktop/big/create2.png b/Web/images/Help/GettingStarted/Desktop/big/create2.png index ff4b0f6f0..42fe21238 100644 Binary files a/Web/images/Help/GettingStarted/Desktop/big/create2.png and b/Web/images/Help/GettingStarted/Desktop/big/create2.png differ diff --git a/Web/images/Help/GettingStarted/Desktop/big/local.png b/Web/images/Help/GettingStarted/Desktop/big/local.png index 7a60d1f63..0689fe717 100644 Binary files a/Web/images/Help/GettingStarted/Desktop/big/local.png and b/Web/images/Help/GettingStarted/Desktop/big/local.png differ diff --git a/Web/images/Help/GettingStarted/Desktop/big/plugins.png b/Web/images/Help/GettingStarted/Desktop/big/plugins.png index abb6a1f40..90a5a512a 100644 Binary files a/Web/images/Help/GettingStarted/Desktop/big/plugins.png and b/Web/images/Help/GettingStarted/Desktop/big/plugins.png differ diff --git a/Web/images/Help/GettingStarted/Desktop/big/recent.png b/Web/images/Help/GettingStarted/Desktop/big/recent.png index 83102e1c2..2214dc8c3 100644 Binary files a/Web/images/Help/GettingStarted/Desktop/big/recent.png and b/Web/images/Help/GettingStarted/Desktop/big/recent.png differ diff --git a/Web/images/Help/GettingStarted/Desktop/big/save.png b/Web/images/Help/GettingStarted/Desktop/big/save.png index 972de2812..62c222150 100644 Binary files a/Web/images/Help/GettingStarted/Desktop/big/save.png and b/Web/images/Help/GettingStarted/Desktop/big/save.png differ diff --git a/Web/images/Help/GettingStarted/Desktop/big/settings.png b/Web/images/Help/GettingStarted/Desktop/big/settings.png index 1fc40d536..142216507 100644 Binary files a/Web/images/Help/GettingStarted/Desktop/big/settings.png and b/Web/images/Help/GettingStarted/Desktop/big/settings.png differ diff --git a/Web/images/Help/GettingStarted/Desktop/big/templates.png b/Web/images/Help/GettingStarted/Desktop/big/templates.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..152b76e07 Binary files /dev/null and b/Web/images/Help/GettingStarted/Desktop/big/templates.png differ diff --git a/Web/images/Help/GettingStarted/Desktop/big/templates2.png b/Web/images/Help/GettingStarted/Desktop/big/templates2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8d8ffe28f Binary files /dev/null and b/Web/images/Help/GettingStarted/Desktop/big/templates2.png differ diff --git a/Web/images/Help/GettingStarted/Desktop/small/added_plugin.png b/Web/images/Help/GettingStarted/Desktop/small/added_plugin.png index db9aa02f4..f2ef95559 100644 Binary files a/Web/images/Help/GettingStarted/Desktop/small/added_plugin.png and b/Web/images/Help/GettingStarted/Desktop/small/added_plugin.png differ diff --git a/Web/images/Help/GettingStarted/Desktop/small/cloud.png b/Web/images/Help/GettingStarted/Desktop/small/cloud.png index abbcd68d7..9d45c6ac7 100644 Binary files a/Web/images/Help/GettingStarted/Desktop/small/cloud.png and b/Web/images/Help/GettingStarted/Desktop/small/cloud.png differ diff --git a/Web/images/Help/GettingStarted/Desktop/small/create.png b/Web/images/Help/GettingStarted/Desktop/small/create.png index 01c5336b0..bf67e4171 100644 Binary files a/Web/images/Help/GettingStarted/Desktop/small/create.png and b/Web/images/Help/GettingStarted/Desktop/small/create.png differ diff --git a/Web/images/Help/GettingStarted/Desktop/small/create2.png b/Web/images/Help/GettingStarted/Desktop/small/create2.png index d392316d7..1ca40b79b 100644 Binary files a/Web/images/Help/GettingStarted/Desktop/small/create2.png and b/Web/images/Help/GettingStarted/Desktop/small/create2.png differ diff --git a/Web/images/Help/GettingStarted/Desktop/small/local.png b/Web/images/Help/GettingStarted/Desktop/small/local.png index 2e2a6131c..dd4167af1 100644 Binary files a/Web/images/Help/GettingStarted/Desktop/small/local.png and b/Web/images/Help/GettingStarted/Desktop/small/local.png differ diff --git a/Web/images/Help/GettingStarted/Desktop/small/plugins.png b/Web/images/Help/GettingStarted/Desktop/small/plugins.png index 9f8333f59..88044c39d 100644 Binary files a/Web/images/Help/GettingStarted/Desktop/small/plugins.png and b/Web/images/Help/GettingStarted/Desktop/small/plugins.png differ diff --git a/Web/images/Help/GettingStarted/Desktop/small/recent.png b/Web/images/Help/GettingStarted/Desktop/small/recent.png index 01c5336b0..a84427d27 100644 Binary files a/Web/images/Help/GettingStarted/Desktop/small/recent.png and b/Web/images/Help/GettingStarted/Desktop/small/recent.png differ diff --git a/Web/images/Help/GettingStarted/Desktop/small/save.png b/Web/images/Help/GettingStarted/Desktop/small/save.png index 19a51127b..68deb8040 100644 Binary files a/Web/images/Help/GettingStarted/Desktop/small/save.png and b/Web/images/Help/GettingStarted/Desktop/small/save.png differ diff --git a/Web/images/Help/GettingStarted/Desktop/small/settings.png b/Web/images/Help/GettingStarted/Desktop/small/settings.png index 4d5c11f22..f55f10994 100644 Binary files a/Web/images/Help/GettingStarted/Desktop/small/settings.png and b/Web/images/Help/GettingStarted/Desktop/small/settings.png differ diff --git a/Web/images/Help/GettingStarted/Desktop/small/templates.png b/Web/images/Help/GettingStarted/Desktop/small/templates.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..34c59ce9b Binary files /dev/null and b/Web/images/Help/GettingStarted/Desktop/small/templates.png differ diff --git a/Web/images/Help/GettingStarted/Desktop/small/templates2.png b/Web/images/Help/GettingStarted/Desktop/small/templates2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cd21b9882 Binary files /dev/null and b/Web/images/Help/GettingStarted/Desktop/small/templates2.png differ diff --git a/Web/images/Help/Guides/big/guide100/connectedaccounts.png b/Web/images/Help/Guides/big/guide100/connectedaccounts.png index 834c15ce1..85fc06709 100644 Binary files a/Web/images/Help/Guides/big/guide100/connectedaccounts.png and b/Web/images/Help/Guides/big/guide100/connectedaccounts.png differ diff --git a/Web/images/Help/Guides/big/guide100/connecttoportal.png b/Web/images/Help/Guides/big/guide100/connecttoportal.png index f7ee74fa9..c780173da 100644 Binary files a/Web/images/Help/Guides/big/guide100/connecttoportal.png and b/Web/images/Help/Guides/big/guide100/connecttoportal.png differ diff --git a/Web/images/Help/Guides/big/guide100/connecttoservertab.png b/Web/images/Help/Guides/big/guide100/connecttoservertab.png index 30baf9391..81fb68824 100644 Binary files a/Web/images/Help/Guides/big/guide100/connecttoservertab.png and b/Web/images/Help/Guides/big/guide100/connecttoservertab.png differ diff --git a/Web/images/Help/Guides/big/guide130/connectedaccounts.png b/Web/images/Help/Guides/big/guide130/connectedaccounts.png index 9c79ae450..1651d1da8 100644 Binary files a/Web/images/Help/Guides/big/guide130/connectedaccounts.png and b/Web/images/Help/Guides/big/guide130/connectedaccounts.png differ diff --git a/Web/images/Help/Guides/big/guide130/connecttoportal.png b/Web/images/Help/Guides/big/guide130/connecttoportal.png index ea6bd706b..03f53b5b8 100644 Binary files a/Web/images/Help/Guides/big/guide130/connecttoportal.png and b/Web/images/Help/Guides/big/guide130/connecttoportal.png differ diff --git a/Web/images/Help/Guides/big/guide131/connectedaccounts.png b/Web/images/Help/Guides/big/guide131/connectedaccounts.png index 34ce7afdf..c82528e88 100644 Binary files a/Web/images/Help/Guides/big/guide131/connectedaccounts.png and b/Web/images/Help/Guides/big/guide131/connectedaccounts.png differ diff --git a/Web/images/Help/Guides/big/guide131/connecttoportal.png b/Web/images/Help/Guides/big/guide131/connecttoportal.png index c7301ef0c..9303f5822 100644 Binary files a/Web/images/Help/Guides/big/guide131/connecttoportal.png and b/Web/images/Help/Guides/big/guide131/connecttoportal.png differ diff --git a/Web/images/Help/Guides/big/guide160/connectedaccounts.png b/Web/images/Help/Guides/big/guide160/connectedaccounts.png index 2e7d95f35..0d1831820 100644 Binary files a/Web/images/Help/Guides/big/guide160/connectedaccounts.png and b/Web/images/Help/Guides/big/guide160/connectedaccounts.png differ diff --git a/Web/images/Help/Guides/big/guide160/connecttoliferay.png b/Web/images/Help/Guides/big/guide160/connecttoliferay.png index 67ee67176..92933b9cf 100644 Binary files a/Web/images/Help/Guides/big/guide160/connecttoliferay.png and b/Web/images/Help/Guides/big/guide160/connecttoliferay.png differ diff --git a/Web/images/Help/Guides/big/guide161/connecttokdrive.png b/Web/images/Help/Guides/big/guide161/connecttokdrive.png index eb6cf2930..c75fdbef9 100644 Binary files a/Web/images/Help/Guides/big/guide161/connecttokdrive.png and b/Web/images/Help/Guides/big/guide161/connecttokdrive.png differ diff --git a/Web/images/Help/Guides/big/guide161/manage_kdrive.png b/Web/images/Help/Guides/big/guide161/manage_kdrive.png index 3272d3b15..8d5ca3399 100644 Binary files a/Web/images/Help/Guides/big/guide161/manage_kdrive.png and b/Web/images/Help/Guides/big/guide161/manage_kdrive.png differ diff --git a/Web/images/Help/Guides/big/guide215/plugins_marketplace.png b/Web/images/Help/Guides/big/guide215/plugins_marketplace.png index bb2f4c2ac..9b39cd162 100644 Binary files a/Web/images/Help/Guides/big/guide215/plugins_marketplace.png and b/Web/images/Help/Guides/big/guide215/plugins_marketplace.png differ diff --git a/Web/images/Help/Guides/big/guide215/plugins_my.png b/Web/images/Help/Guides/big/guide215/plugins_my.png index 5ef7125b0..795e955de 100644 Binary files a/Web/images/Help/Guides/big/guide215/plugins_my.png and b/Web/images/Help/Guides/big/guide215/plugins_my.png differ diff --git a/Web/images/Help/Guides/big/guide217/connecttoMoodle.png b/Web/images/Help/Guides/big/guide217/connecttoMoodle.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7dd13d80c Binary files /dev/null and b/Web/images/Help/Guides/big/guide217/connecttoMoodle.png differ diff --git a/Web/images/Help/Guides/big/guide217/login_Moodle.png b/Web/images/Help/Guides/big/guide217/login_Moodle.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f45281f39 Binary files /dev/null and b/Web/images/Help/Guides/big/guide217/login_Moodle.png differ diff --git a/Web/images/Help/Guides/big/guide80/connectedaccounts.png b/Web/images/Help/Guides/big/guide80/connectedaccounts.png index abda810b0..2135a9ac7 100644 Binary files a/Web/images/Help/Guides/big/guide80/connectedaccounts.png and b/Web/images/Help/Guides/big/guide80/connectedaccounts.png differ diff --git a/Web/images/Help/Guides/big/guide80/connecttoportal.png b/Web/images/Help/Guides/big/guide80/connecttoportal.png index 866253161..2142fdbc8 100644 Binary files a/Web/images/Help/Guides/big/guide80/connecttoportal.png and b/Web/images/Help/Guides/big/guide80/connecttoportal.png differ diff --git a/Web/images/Help/Guides/big/guide80/connecttoportal2.png b/Web/images/Help/Guides/big/guide80/connecttoportal2.png index 51600e1b1..c0c761b72 100644 Binary files a/Web/images/Help/Guides/big/guide80/connecttoportal2.png and b/Web/images/Help/Guides/big/guide80/connecttoportal2.png differ diff --git a/Web/images/Help/Guides/big/guide80/createportal.png b/Web/images/Help/Guides/big/guide80/createportal.png index 60e0a1c8c..47513c41a 100644 Binary files a/Web/images/Help/Guides/big/guide80/createportal.png and b/Web/images/Help/Guides/big/guide80/createportal.png differ diff --git a/Web/images/Help/Guides/big/guide80/portaldocuments.png b/Web/images/Help/Guides/big/guide80/portaldocuments.png index dfef1a6f3..e65b88cc6 100644 Binary files a/Web/images/Help/Guides/big/guide80/portaldocuments.png and b/Web/images/Help/Guides/big/guide80/portaldocuments.png differ diff --git a/Web/images/Help/Guides/small/guide100/connectedaccounts.png b/Web/images/Help/Guides/small/guide100/connectedaccounts.png index 7144a0229..2c272dc9e 100644 Binary files a/Web/images/Help/Guides/small/guide100/connectedaccounts.png and b/Web/images/Help/Guides/small/guide100/connectedaccounts.png differ diff --git a/Web/images/Help/Guides/small/guide100/connecttoportal.png b/Web/images/Help/Guides/small/guide100/connecttoportal.png index 531b502c1..05c67d8b8 100644 Binary files a/Web/images/Help/Guides/small/guide100/connecttoportal.png and b/Web/images/Help/Guides/small/guide100/connecttoportal.png differ diff --git a/Web/images/Help/Guides/small/guide100/connecttoservertab.png b/Web/images/Help/Guides/small/guide100/connecttoservertab.png index 78d53711d..f2b0302cb 100644 Binary files a/Web/images/Help/Guides/small/guide100/connecttoservertab.png and b/Web/images/Help/Guides/small/guide100/connecttoservertab.png differ diff --git a/Web/images/Help/Guides/small/guide130/connectedaccounts.png b/Web/images/Help/Guides/small/guide130/connectedaccounts.png index ab907ad3e..ffed47ffc 100644 Binary files a/Web/images/Help/Guides/small/guide130/connectedaccounts.png and b/Web/images/Help/Guides/small/guide130/connectedaccounts.png differ diff --git a/Web/images/Help/Guides/small/guide130/connecttoportal.png b/Web/images/Help/Guides/small/guide130/connecttoportal.png index ca3ba86d2..4dfcf4772 100644 Binary files a/Web/images/Help/Guides/small/guide130/connecttoportal.png and b/Web/images/Help/Guides/small/guide130/connecttoportal.png differ diff --git a/Web/images/Help/Guides/small/guide131/connectedaccounts.png b/Web/images/Help/Guides/small/guide131/connectedaccounts.png index 1692d569a..8f8cffb9a 100644 Binary files a/Web/images/Help/Guides/small/guide131/connectedaccounts.png and b/Web/images/Help/Guides/small/guide131/connectedaccounts.png differ diff --git a/Web/images/Help/Guides/small/guide131/connecttoportal.png b/Web/images/Help/Guides/small/guide131/connecttoportal.png index 00be52275..a7c78ba7b 100644 Binary files a/Web/images/Help/Guides/small/guide131/connecttoportal.png and b/Web/images/Help/Guides/small/guide131/connecttoportal.png differ diff --git a/Web/images/Help/Guides/small/guide160/connectedaccounts.png b/Web/images/Help/Guides/small/guide160/connectedaccounts.png index 66af4bfee..a639bc206 100644 Binary files a/Web/images/Help/Guides/small/guide160/connectedaccounts.png and b/Web/images/Help/Guides/small/guide160/connectedaccounts.png differ diff --git a/Web/images/Help/Guides/small/guide160/connecttoliferay.png b/Web/images/Help/Guides/small/guide160/connecttoliferay.png index dc252aa69..485b72a91 100644 Binary files a/Web/images/Help/Guides/small/guide160/connecttoliferay.png and b/Web/images/Help/Guides/small/guide160/connecttoliferay.png differ diff --git a/Web/images/Help/Guides/small/guide161/connecttokdrive.png b/Web/images/Help/Guides/small/guide161/connecttokdrive.png index d9a862867..a0a6031c6 100644 Binary files a/Web/images/Help/Guides/small/guide161/connecttokdrive.png and b/Web/images/Help/Guides/small/guide161/connecttokdrive.png differ diff --git a/Web/images/Help/Guides/small/guide161/manage_kdrive.png b/Web/images/Help/Guides/small/guide161/manage_kdrive.png index a874f5d5c..ea904d8ad 100644 Binary files a/Web/images/Help/Guides/small/guide161/manage_kdrive.png and b/Web/images/Help/Guides/small/guide161/manage_kdrive.png differ diff --git a/Web/images/Help/Guides/small/guide215/plugins_marketplace.png b/Web/images/Help/Guides/small/guide215/plugins_marketplace.png index bc65a0c60..1871f94ea 100644 Binary files a/Web/images/Help/Guides/small/guide215/plugins_marketplace.png and b/Web/images/Help/Guides/small/guide215/plugins_marketplace.png differ diff --git a/Web/images/Help/Guides/small/guide215/plugins_my.png b/Web/images/Help/Guides/small/guide215/plugins_my.png index 629ba8928..baaef5931 100644 Binary files a/Web/images/Help/Guides/small/guide215/plugins_my.png and b/Web/images/Help/Guides/small/guide215/plugins_my.png differ diff --git a/Web/images/Help/Guides/small/guide217/connecttoMoodle.png b/Web/images/Help/Guides/small/guide217/connecttoMoodle.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..598f37ac0 Binary files /dev/null and b/Web/images/Help/Guides/small/guide217/connecttoMoodle.png differ diff --git a/Web/images/Help/Guides/small/guide217/login_Moodle.png b/Web/images/Help/Guides/small/guide217/login_Moodle.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..990b96cfe Binary files /dev/null and b/Web/images/Help/Guides/small/guide217/login_Moodle.png differ diff --git a/Web/images/Help/Guides/small/guide80/connectedaccounts.png b/Web/images/Help/Guides/small/guide80/connectedaccounts.png index 5a336044b..e8a611d20 100644 Binary files a/Web/images/Help/Guides/small/guide80/connectedaccounts.png and b/Web/images/Help/Guides/small/guide80/connectedaccounts.png differ diff --git a/Web/images/Help/Guides/small/guide80/connecttoportal.png b/Web/images/Help/Guides/small/guide80/connecttoportal.png index 89ea0f058..2725aa30a 100644 Binary files a/Web/images/Help/Guides/small/guide80/connecttoportal.png and b/Web/images/Help/Guides/small/guide80/connecttoportal.png differ diff --git a/Web/images/Help/Guides/small/guide80/connecttoportal2.png b/Web/images/Help/Guides/small/guide80/connecttoportal2.png index 8464d1df6..fc88b1703 100644 Binary files a/Web/images/Help/Guides/small/guide80/connecttoportal2.png and b/Web/images/Help/Guides/small/guide80/connecttoportal2.png differ diff --git a/Web/images/Help/Guides/small/guide80/createportal.png b/Web/images/Help/Guides/small/guide80/createportal.png index 35435608e..81083dccf 100644 Binary files a/Web/images/Help/Guides/small/guide80/createportal.png and b/Web/images/Help/Guides/small/guide80/createportal.png differ diff --git a/Web/images/Help/Guides/small/guide80/portaldocuments.png b/Web/images/Help/Guides/small/guide80/portaldocuments.png index ed3241b7d..5e3fef129 100644 Binary files a/Web/images/Help/Guides/small/guide80/portaldocuments.png and b/Web/images/Help/Guides/small/guide80/portaldocuments.png differ diff --git a/Web/installation/desktop-connect-moodle.aspx b/Web/installation/desktop-connect-moodle.aspx new file mode 100644 index 000000000..881b2af40 --- /dev/null +++ b/Web/installation/desktop-connect-moodle.aspx @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +<%@ Page Title="" Language="C#" MasterPageFile="~/Masters/InstallationGuides/InstallationDesktopArticles.master" %> +<%@ Register Namespace="TeamLab.Controls" Assembly="__Code" TagPrefix="cc" %> + + + + + + + + + + + +
          + + \ No newline at end of file